Scholia in Apollonium Rhodium Vetera

PROLEGOMENA

a. Γένος Ἀπολλωνίου τοῦ ποιητοῦ τῶν Ἀργοναυτικῶν

Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τῶν Ἀργοναυτικῶν ποιητὴς τὸ μὲν γένος ἦν Ἀλεξανδρεὺς φυλῆς Πτολεμαΐδος, υἱὸς δὲ Σιλλέως, ὡς δέ τινες Ἰλλέως. ἐγένετο δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ 〈τρίτου〉 Πτολεμαίου, Καλλιμάχου μαθητής. τὸ μὲν πρῶτον συνὼν Καλλιμάχῳ τῷ ἰδίῳ διδασκάλῳ 〈...〉 ὀψὲ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ ποιεῖν ποιήματα ἐτράπετο. τοῦτον λέγεται ἔτι ἔφηβον ὄντα ἐπιδείξασθαι τὰ Ἀργοναυτικὰ καὶ κατεγνῶσθαι, μὴ φέροντα δὲ τὴν αἰσχύνην τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τὸ ὄνειδος καὶ τὴν διαβολὴν τῶν ἄλλων ποιητῶν, καταλιπεῖν τὴν πατρίδα καὶ κατεληλυθέναι εἰς Ῥόδον, κἀκεῖ αὐτὰ ἐπιξέσαι καὶ ὀρθῶσαι καὶ οὕτως ἐπιδείξασθαι καὶ ὑπερευδοκιμῆσαι· διὸ καὶ Ῥόδιον ἑαυτὸν ἐν τοῖς ποιή-

Apollonius, the poet of the Argonautica, was by birth an Alexandrian of the Ptolemaic tribe, son of Silleus, or as some say, Illeus. He lived in the time of the third Ptolemy, a pupil of Callimachus. At first he was associated with Callimachus, his own teacher, ... but late he turned to composing poems. It is said that while still a youth he presented the Argonautica and was condemned; unable to bear the shame of the citizens and the reproach and slander of the other poets, he left his homeland and went down to Rhodes, and there he polished and corrected them, and thus presented them and won great renown; therefore he calls himself Rhodian in his poems.

5 Suid. 3419 Ἀπολλώνιος Ἀλεξανδρεύς, ἐπῶν ποιητής, διατρίψας ἐν Ῥόδῳ, υἱὸς Σιλλέως, ἐπὶ Πτολεμαίου τοῦ Εὐεργέτου ἐπικληθέντος (ἐπὶ — ἐπικλ. post Τιμάρχου leguntur, unde revocavit W), μαθητὴς Καλλιμάχου, σύγχρονος Ἐρατοσθένους καὶ Εὐφορίωνος καὶ Τιμάρχου, καὶ διάδοχος Ἐρατοσθένους γενόμενος ἐν τῇ προστασίᾳ τῆς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ βιβλιοθήκης. Pap. Oxyrh. 1241, II 1 inter praefectos bibliothecae Alexandrinae: 〈Ἀπολλώ〉νιος Σιλλέως Ἀλεξανδρεὺς ὁ καλούμενος Ῥόδιος, Καλλιμάχου γνώριμος. οὗτος ἐγένετο καὶ διδάσκαλος τοῦ τρίτου (πρώτου pap., corr. Hunt) βασιλέως. τοῦτον διεδέξατο Ἐρατοσθένης κτλ. 5 Suda 3419: Apollonius of Alexandria, epic poet, who spent time in Rhodes, son of Silleus, in the time of Ptolemy called Euergetes (the phrase "in the time of Ptolemy called Euergetes" is read after Timarchus, from where W restored it), pupil of Callimachus, contemporary of Eratosthenes and Euphorion and Timarchus, and successor of Eratosthenes in the directorship of the library in Alexandria. Pap. Oxyrh. 1241, II 1 among the directors of the Alexandrian library: "Apollonius son of Silleus, Alexandrian, called the Rhodian, acquaintance of Callimachus. He also became the teacher of the third (first in the papyrus, corrected by Hunt) king. He was succeeded by Eratosthenes, etc." 6 φυλῆς Πτ. post Ἰλλέως leguntur, transp. W | 7 τοῦ 〈τρίτου〉 Πτολεμαίου W : τῶν -ων : Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Εὐεργέτου Η | 8 lac. ind. W puncto post μαθητής posito, cf. R. Linde De div. recensionibus Ap. Rh. Argonauticon, Diss. Gott. 1885, 12 | 9 ἐτράπ- GPA : ἐτρέπ- L | 10 δὲ post τοῦτον addi vult Wil. ad l. cum haec verba pugnent cum antecedentibus, conicias ἐπὶ ἐφήβων ἐπιδ- bis K : ἐνδ- | 12 κατελ- LG : ἀπελ- P | 13 ἐπιξέσαι καὶ ὀρθῶσαι LG : ἐπιξέσαντα P : ἐπιξέσαντα διορθῶσαι F | 14 ἑαυτὸν L : αὐτὸν GP 6 φυλῆς Πτ. is read after Ἰλλέως, transposed by W | 7 τοῦ 〈τρίτου〉 Πτολεμαίου W : τῶν -ων : Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Εὐεργέτου in H | 8 lacuna indicated by W with a point placed after μαθητής, cf. R. Linde, De div. recensionibus Ap. Rh. Argonauticon, Diss. Gott. 1885, 12 | 9 ἐτράπ- in GPA : ἐτρέπ- in L | 10 W wishes to add δὲ after τοῦτον since these words conflict with the preceding; one might conjecture ἐπὶ ἐφήβων ἐπιδ- twice in K : ἐνδ- | 12 κατελ- in LG : ἀπελ- in P | 13 ἐπιξέσαι καὶ ὀρθῶσαι in LG : ἐπιξέσαντα in P : ἐπιξέσαντα διορθῶσαι in F | 14 ἑαυτὸν in L : αὐτὸν in GP

μασιν ἀναγράφει. ἐπαίδευσε δὲ λαμπρῶς ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ τῆς Ῥοδίων πολιτείας καὶ τιμῆς ἠξιώθη. LGP

He taught brilliantly there and was deemed worthy of Rhodian citizenship and honor. LGP

b. Ἀπολλωνίου βίος

Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ ποιητὴς τὸ μὲν γένος ἦν Ἀλεξανδρεύς, πατρὸς δὲ Σιλλέως ἤτοι Ἰλλέως, μητρὸς δὲ Ῥόδης. οὗτος ἐμαθήτευσε Καλλιμάχῳ ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ ὄντι γραμματικῷ, καὶ συντάξας ταῦτα τὰ ποιήματα ἐπεδείξατο. σφόδρα δὲ ἀποτυχὼν καὶ ἐρυθριάσας παρεγένετο ἐν τῇ Ῥόδῳ κἀκεῖ ἐπολιτεύσατο καὶ σοφιστεύει ῥητορικοὺς λόγους, ὅθεν αὑτὸν καὶ Ῥόδιον ἀποκαλεῖν βούλονται. ἐνταῦθα τοίνυν διάγων καὶ ἐπιξέσας αὑτοῦ τὰ ποιήματα, εἶτα ἐπιδειξάμενος σφόδρα εὐδοκίμησεν, ὡς καὶ τῆς Ῥοδίων ἀξιωθῆναι πολιτείας καὶ τιμῆς. τινὲς δέ φασιν, ὅτι ἐπανῆλθεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ καὶ αὖθις ἐκεῖσε ἐπιδειξάμενος εἰς ἄκρον εὐδοκίμησεν, ὡς καὶ τῶν βιβλιοθηκῶν 〈καὶ〉 τοῦ Μουσείου ἀξιωθῆναι αὐτὸν καὶ ταφῆναι δὲ σὺν αὐτῷ τῷ Καλλιμάχῳ. LGP.

Apollonius the poet was by birth an Alexandrian, son of Silleus or Illeus, and his mother was Rhode. He studied under Callimachus, who was a grammarian in Alexandria, and after composing these poems he presented them. Having failed utterly and being ashamed, he went to Rhodes and there became a citizen and taught rhetoric, whence they wish to call him Rhodian. Then, while living there and polishing his poems, he presented them and won great renown, so that he was deemed worthy of Rhodian citizenship and honor. But some say that he returned to Alexandria and again presented them there and won the highest renown, so that he was deemed worthy of the libraries and the Museum and was buried with Callimachus himself. LGP.

1 δὲ K : τε | 3 vita b post arg. B b collocatur ἄλλως praem. P ’Απ. β. LP : ἐκ παρομοίου G | 6 γραμματιστῇ Wil. ad l. | 8 αὑτὸν L : αὐτὸν G : om. P | 9 αὑτοῦ K : αὐ- | 11 ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ LG : εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν P | 13 〈προστασίας〉 ante τῶν βιβλ. suppleri vult Meineke Callim. Hymni et epigr. 1861, XVII add. Wil. ad l. 1 δὲ in K : τε | 3 vita b is placed after arg. in B and b, ἄλλως is prefixed in P, ’Απ. β. in LP : ἐκ παρομοίου in G | 6 γραμματιστῇ Wil. ad l. | 8 αὑτὸν in L : αὐτὸν in G : omitted in P | 9 αὑτοῦ in K : αὐ- | 11 ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ in LG : εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν in P | 13 〈προστασίας〉 before τῶν βιβλ. Meineke Callim. Hymni et epigr. 1861, XVII wishes to be supplied, Wil. ad l. adds

a. Καὶ τὰ μὲν τοῦ γένους ταῦτα· ἡ δὲ ὑπόθεσις τῶν Ἀργοναυτικῶν Ἀπολλωνίου τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον.

a. And these are the matters concerning his lineage; the plot of the Argonautica of Apollonius is as follows.

Τυρὼ ἡ Σαλμωνέως καὶ Ἀλκιδίκης θυγάτηρ ἐποίησεν ἐκ τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος Νηλέα καὶ Πελίαν. εἶτα γαμεῖ Κρηθέα τὸν Αἰόλου παῖδα καὶ ποιεῖ ἐξ αὐτοῦ Αἴσονα, Φέρητα, Ἀμυθάονα. καὶ γίνεται ἐκ μὲν Αἴσονος Ἰάσων, ἐκ δὲ Φέρητος Ἄδμητος, ἀπὸ δὲ Ἀμυθάονος Μελάμπους. καὶ ὁ μὲν Ἰάσων ἐκδίδοται Χείρωνι τρέφεσθαι καὶ τὴν ἰατρικὴν μανθάνειν, Αἴσονος τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν βασιλείαν τὴν ἰδίαν τῷ ἀδελφῷ Πελίᾳ καταλιπόντος καὶ ἄρχειν καὶ κρατεῖν τῆς Θεσσαλίας κελεύσαντος, ἕως οὗ

Tyro, daughter of Salmoneus and Alcidice, bore to Poseidon Neleus and Pelias. Then she married Cretheus, son of Aeolus, and bore to him Aeson, Pheres, and Amythaon. And from Aeson was born Jason, from Pheres Admetus, and from Amythaon Melampus. And Jason was given to Chiron to be raised and to learn medicine, since his father Aeson had left his own kingdom to his brother Pelias and ordered him to rule and govern Thessaly, until

ὑποστρέψει Ἰάσων ἀπὸ Χείρωνος. χρησμὸν δὲ ἦν εἰληφὼς παρὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ὁ Πελίας φυλάττεσθαι τὸν ἐπιόντα πρὸς αὐτὸν μονοπέδιλον· τεθνήξεται γὰρ δι’ αὐτοῦ. ὁ δὲ Ἰάσων αὐξηθεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς τοῦ πατρός, μεθέξων καὶ αὐτὸς τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς βασιλείας. γενό- μενος δὲ ἐν τῷ Ἀναύρῳ τῷ ποταμῷ — ἔστι δὲ οὗτος Θεσσαλίας — καὶ βουλόμενος παρελθεῖν, εὑρίσκει ἐπὶ τῆς ὄχθης τὴν Ἥραν γραῒ ὁμοιωθεῖσαν, βουλομένην μὲν διαπερᾶσαι, φοβουμένην δέ, καὶ ἑστῶσαν, φησίν (III 72), ὡς γραῦν. εἶτα τοῦτο γνοὺς ὁ Ἰάσων λαβὼν ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων διασώζει, κατὰ μέσον τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὸ ἓν πέδιλον καταλιπὼν ἐπὶ τοῦ πηλοῦ. εἶτα ἀπέρχεται ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν μονοπέδιλος καὶ εὑρίσκει πανήγυριν δημοσίαν καὶ θυσίαν ἀγομένην τοῖς θεοῖς παρὰ Πελίου. θεασάμενος οὖν τὸν Ἰάσονα μονοπέδιλον ὁ Πελίας ὑπομιμνήσκεται τοῦ χρησμοῦ. εὐλαβούμενος δὲ αὐτὸν ἀνελεῖν ἆθλον αὐτῷ προστάσσει τοιοῦτον, εἰπὼν ὅτι ἀπελθὼν εἰς τὴν Σκυθίαν τὸ χρυσόμαλλον δέρας κόμισον καὶ λαμ- βάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ σοῦ πατρός. τοῦτο δὲ προσέταττεν, οὐχ ὡς τοῦ κωδίου τοῦ χρυσοῦ δεόμενος, ἀλλ’ οἰόμενος αὑτὸν ἐν τῇ ἀλλοδαπῇ ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπό τινος ἢ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ναυαγήσοντα. LGP

Jason will return from Chiron. Pelias had received an oracle from Apollo to beware of the one-sandaled man who would come to him; for he would die because of him. Jason, having grown up, went to his father's brothers, intending to share in his father's kingdom. When he came to the river Anaurus—this is in Thessaly—and wished to cross, he found on the bank Hera disguised as an old woman, wanting to cross but afraid, and standing there, as he says (III 72), like an old woman. Then Jason, recognizing this, took her on his shoulders and carried her across, leaving one sandal in the mud in the middle of the river. Then he went to the city with one sandal and found a public festival and sacrifice being held to the gods by Pelias. Seeing Jason with one sandal, Pelias remembered the oracle. Being cautious about killing him, he assigned him such a contest, saying: "Go to Scythia and bring back the golden fleece, and you will receive your father's kingdom." He assigned this not because he needed the golden fleece, but thinking that Jason would be killed by someone in a foreign land or would be shipwrecked at sea. LGP

1 Pind. Pyth. IV 70 sqq. | Apoll. Bibl. I 107—109 | Hyg. Fab. 12. 13 | Serv. auct. Verg. Buc. IV 34 1 Pind. Pyth. IV 70 sqq. | Apoll. Bibl. I 107—109 | Hyg. Fab. 12. 13 | Serv. auct. Verg. Buc. IV 34 1 ὑποστρέψει Platt Journ. of Phil. 69, 1919, 45 : -έφει LG : -αφῇ P | ἀπὸ LP : ἐκ τοῦ G | 2 ἐπιόντα AF : ἀπ- | 3 τεθνήξεται LG : -εσθαι P | αὐτοῦ G : -όν LP | 7 βουλομένην GP : om. L | 9 κατὰ μέσον — καταλιπὼν L : καὶ κατὰ τὸ μέσον — καταλιπὼν G : κατὰ δὲ τὸ μέσον — ἀποβάλλει P | 10 ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν GP : ἐπὶ τῇ πόλει L : εἰς τὴν πόλιν A | 11 θεασ. οὖν — ὁ Π. L : θεασ. δὲ — ὁ Π. P : ὃς θεασ. G | 14 λαμβάνεις LG : λήψῃ P | 17 ἀναιρεῖσθαι LG : -ρεθήσεσθαι P : -ρήσεσθαι A | ναυαγήσοντα L : -ῆσαι G : -ήσειν P 1 ὑποστρέψει Platt Journ. of Phil. 69, 1919, 45 : -έφει in LG : -αφῇ in P | ἀπὸ in LP : ἐκ τοῦ in G | 2 ἐπιόντα in AF : ἀπ- | 3 τεθνήξεται in LG : -εσθαι in P | αὐτοῦ in G : -όν in LP | 7 βουλομένην in GP : om. L | 9 κατὰ μέσον — καταλιπὼν in L : καὶ κατὰ τὸ μέσον — καταλιπὼν in G : κατὰ δὲ τὸ μέσον — ἀποβάλλει in P | 10 ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν in GP : ἐπὶ τῇ πόλει in L : εἰς τὴν πόλιν in A | 11 θεασ. οὖν — ὁ Π. in L : θεασ. δὲ — ὁ Π. in P : ὃς θεασ. in G | 14 λαμβάνεις in LG : λήψῃ in P | 17 ἀναιρεῖσθαι in LG : -ρεθήσεσθαι in P : -ρήσεσθαι in A | ναυαγήσοντα in L : -ῆσαι in G : -ήσειν in P

b. τὸ δὲ κατὰ τὸ χρυςόμαλλον δέρας ταύτην ἔχει τὴν ὑπόθεσιν.

Ἀθάμας, υἱὸς Αἰόλου, ἀδελφὸς Κρηθέως, ὡς αὐτός φησιν Ἀπολ- λώνιος (III 560) ‘ἄμφω γὰρ Κρηθεὺς Ἀθάμας τ’ ἔσαν Αἰόλου υἷες’, ποιεῖ ἐκ Νεφέλης δύο παῖδας Φρίξον καὶ Ἕλλην. τελευτηςάσης δὲ ταύτης γαμεῖ δευτέραν γυναῖκα τὴν Ἰνώ. αὕτη ὡς μητρυιὰ ἐπεβούλευε τοῖς παιδίοις τοῖς ἐκ τῆς προτέρας γυναικὸς καὶ φρύττουσα τὰ σπέρματα παρεῖχε τοῖς γεωργοῖς πρὸς σπόρον. οἱ δὲ ἔσπειρον μὲν ἐν τῇ

Athamas, son of Aeolus, brother of Cretheus, as Apollonius himself says (III 560) 'for both Cretheus and Athamas were sons of Aeolus', has two children by Nephele, Phrixus and Helle. When she died, he married a second wife, Ino. She, as a stepmother, plotted against the children from the previous wife, and by roasting the seeds she gave them to the farmers for sowing. They sowed them in the

γῇ, ἡ δὲ γῆ λαβοῦσα οὐκ ἔφερεν τοὺς καρποὺς τοὺς ἐτησίους διὰ τὸ πεφρύχθαι αὐτὰ καὶ οὕτως σπαρῆναι. λοιπὸν Ἀθάμας τοὺς μάντεις συναγαγὼν ὡς βασιλεὺς ἐπερωτᾷ τὴν αἰτίαν βουλόμενος μαθεῖν. ἡ δὲ πέμπει πρὸς αὐτούς, δῶρα ἐπαγγελλομένη διδόναι πολλά, ὥστε εἰπεῖν, εἰ μὴ πρότερον τὰ παιδία τὰ ἐκ τῆς Νεφέλης τῆς προτέρας γυναικὸς Ἀθάμαντος ἀναιρεθείη, οὐκ ἂν φύσειεν ἡ γῆ τοὺς καρπούς. πεισθέντες οἱ μάντεις λέγουσι ταῦτα ὑποστρέψαντες τῷ Ἀθάμαντι. μελλόντων δὲ τῶν παίδων Νεφέλης, Φρίξου καὶ Ἕλλης, φονεύεσθαι κατῆλθε κριός. εἶτα ἐπὶ τῶν νώτων λαβὼν εἴσεισιν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ οὕτως ἄρ- χεται κολυμβᾶν. ἐλθὼν δὲ περὶ τὸ Τρωικὸν πέλαγος ἀποβάλλει τὴν Ἕλλην, ὅθεν καὶ ἀπ’ αὐτῆς Ἑλλήσποντος ὠνομάσθη, τὸν δὲ Φρίξον ἐπὶ τὴν Σκυθίαν διακομίζει. ἔνθα αὐτὸς σφάζει μὲν τὸν κριὸν καὶ θύει Διὶ Φυξίῳ, ὅτι ἐξέφυγε τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν τῆς μητρυιᾶς· γαμεῖ δὲ Χαλκιόπην θυγατέρα Αἰήτου τοῦ Σκυθῶν βασιλέως καὶ ποιεῖ ἐξ αὐτῆς παῖδας τέσσαρας Ἄργον, Κυτίσωρον, Μέλανα, Φρόντιν, καὶ οὕτως ἐκεῖσε τελευτᾷ. LGP

earth, but the earth, having received them, did not produce the annual crops because they had been roasted and thus sown. Then Athamas, gathering the seers as king, asks them the cause, wishing to learn it. She sends to them, promising to give many gifts, so that they would say that unless the children of Nephele, the former wife of Athamas, were first killed, the earth would not produce crops. Persuaded, the seers say these things, having returned to Athamas. When the children of Nephele, Phrixus and Helle, were about to be killed, a ram came down. Then taking them on its back, it goes into the sea and thus begins to swim. Coming to the Trojan sea, it throws off Helle, whence from her the Hellespont was named, and carries Phrixus to Scythia. There he slaughters the ram and sacrifices it to Zeus Phyxios, because he escaped the plot of his stepmother; he marries Chalciope, daughter of Aeetes, king of the Scythians, and has by her four children, Argus, Cytisorus, Melas, Phrontis, and thus dies there. LGP

2 αὐτοὺς (corr. W) — σπαρῆναι LG : τὸν σπόρον P | 3 συναγαγὼν PH : ἀγ- LG | ἐπερωτᾷ LG : ἠρώτα αὐτοὺς P | τῆς ἀφορίας post αἰτίαν add. P | 4 διδόναι π. ὥστε εἰπ. L : π. δοῦναι ὥστε εἰπ. G : δώσειν, εἰ φήσειαν πρὸς Ἀθάμαντα ὡς P | 6 φύσειεν LG : ἐκφ- P | post πεισθ. add. οὖν G, δὲ P, ante πεισθ. add. ἡ A | 9 τῶν νώτων LP : τὸν νῶτον G : τῶν ὤμων A | 12 ὁ Φρίξος post αὐτὸς add. G | 15 Κυτίσωρον (G) P : -σσ- L | 16 A add. in fine: τὸν βίον. τὸ δὲ κώδιον τοῦ κριοῦ ὑπῆρχε χρυσόμαλλον 2 αὐτοὺς (corr. W) — σπαρῆναι in LG : τὸν σπόρον in P | 3 συναγαγὼν in PH : ἀγ- in LG | ἐπερωτᾷ in LG : ἠρώτα αὐτοὺς in P | τῆς ἀφορίας after αἰτίαν add. P | 4 διδόναι π. ὥστε εἰπ. in L : π. δοῦναι ὥστε εἰπ. in G : δώσειν, εἰ φήσειαν πρὸς Ἀθάμαντα ὡς in P | 6 φύσειεν in LG : ἐκφ- in P | after πεισθ. add. οὖν in G, δὲ in P, before πεισθ. add. ἡ in A | 9 τῶν νώτων in LP : τὸν νῶτον in G : τῶν ὤμων in A | 12 ὁ Φρίξος after αὐτὸς add. G | 15 Κυτίσωρον (G) in P : -σσ- in L | 16 A add. in fine: τὸν βίον. τὸ δὲ κώδιον τοῦ κριοῦ ὑπῆρχε χρυσόμαλλον

C Ὅσοι ἔρχονται Ἀργοναῦται εἰς τὴν ναῦν μετὰ Ἰάσονος Ὀρφεὺς Οἰάγρου παῖς Θρᾷξ Ἀστερίων Κομήτου Ἴδμων Ἀπόλλωνος

18 hic catalogus totus pendet ex Apollonii versibus I 23—228 — Pind. Pyth. IV 171—191 | Diod. IV 41, 2 | Apoll. Bibl. I 111—113 | Val. Flacc. I 353—485 | Hyg. Fab. 14 | Orph. Arg. 118—229 | cf. O. Jessen Prol. in catalogum Argonautarum, Diss. Berol. 1889 20 cum in G dextra nominum series recte sequatur sinistram, in L hic invenitur ordo: α ὀρφεὺς οἰ. π. θρ. : β ἀστερίων κομ. ἰάμων (sic) ἀπ. : γ πολύφημος ἐλ. δ ἴφικλος φυλ. λβ πολυδεύκης διός : ε ἄδμητος φ. κάστωρ κτλ. numeri ab eadem manu recentiore adiecti sunt, quae in...

Πολύφημος Ἐλάτου Ἴφικλος Φυλάκου Πολυδεύκης Διός Ἄδμητος Φέρητος Κάστωρ Διός Εὔρυτος Ἑρμοῦ Λυγκεὺς Ἀφαρέως Ἐχίων Ἑρμοῦ Ἴδας Ἀφαρέως Γνωτὸς Αἰθάλου Περικλύμενος Νηλέως Κόρωνος Καινέως Ἀμφιδάμας Ἀλεοῦ Μόψος Ἀμφιλόχου Κηφεὺς Ἀλεοῦ Εὐρυδάμας Κτιμένου Ἀγκαῖος Λυκούργου Μενοίτιος Ἄκτορος Αὐγείας Ἡλίου Εὐρυτίων Τελέοντος Ἀστέριος Ὑπερασίου Εὐρυβώτης Ἀμφίων Ὑπερασίου Ὀιλεύς Εὔφημος Ποσειδῶνος Κάνθος Κανήθου Ἐργῖνος Ποσειδῶνος Κλυτίος Εὐρύτου Ἀγκαῖος Ποσειδῶνος Ἴφιτος Εὐρύτου Μελέαγρος Οἰνέως Τελαμὼν Αἰακοῦ Λαοκόων Πορθέως Πηλεὺς Αἰακοῦ Παλαιμόνιος Ἡφαίστου Βούτης Τελέοντος Ἴφικλος Θεστίου Φάληρος Ἄλκωνος Ἴφιτος Ναυβόλου Θησεὺς Αἰγέως Ζήτης Βορέου Τῖφυς Ἁγνίου Κάλαϊς Βορέου Φλίας Διονύσου Ἄκαστος Πελίου Ταλαὸς Βίαντος Ἄργος Διός

margine supplevit κβ φάληρος et — id quod Rostagno L’Eschilo Laurenziano 1896, 7 n. 3 investigavit — λα ἴδμων ἄβαντος. Keilium secutus nomina ita disposui, ut archetypi ratio revocaretur. | 21 Ἴδμων Ἀπ. hoc loco L (cf. notam ad v. 20), cum G ad v. 19 p. 5 in margine adiecerit praescripto numero κα’. | 4 immo Ἔρυτος I 52 | 6 nomen Γνωτὸς scholiasta ex I 53 sibι finxit | Αἰθαλείδης L e corr. m. rec. | 8 Ἀμπύκου K | 11 immo Εὐρυτίων (Ἴρου), Εὐρυβώτης (recte Ἐριβώτης) Τελέοντος, ut m. rec. in G refecit; cf. I 73 sq. | 14 Κανήθου G : om. L | 18 Πηλεὺς Αἰ. L : om. G | 20 Φάλλυρος (sic) Ἄλκωνος Ἴφιστος (sic) Ναυβόλου G : om. L, sed cf. notam ad p. 4 v. 20 | 21 Theseus falso inter Argonautas enumeratur, cf. I 101 sqq. | 24 immo Ἄργος Ἀρεστορίδης I 112

Ἀρήιος Βίαντος Ἰάσων Αἴσονος. LG Λεώδοκος Βίαντος Ἡρακλῆς Διός Ὕλας Θειοδάμαντος Ναύπλιος Κλυτονήου ἢ Ποσειδῶνος

3 Ἡρακλῆς Διός et Ναύπλιος Κλ. ἢ Ποσ. post Ἰάσων Αἴσ. traiecti agmen Argonautarum claudunt in G

1—4 a. Ἀρχόμενος: ἀπὸ περιεκτικοῦ ῥήματος ἡ μετοχὴ ἐσχημάτισται. περιεκτικὰ δέ εἰσιν, ὅσα 〈καὶ〉 δρᾶσίν καὶ πάθος ἐμφαίνουσιν, οἷον βιάζομαι, δωροῦμαι, σφαγιάζομαι. οὕτω καὶ τὸ ἄρχομαι τὸ μὲν τι σημαίνει ‘ἀπὸ σοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιοῦμαι’ — ἔθος γὰρ ἀπὸ θεῶν προοιμιάζεσθαι· ‘ἐκ Διὸς ἀρχώμεσθα’ (Arat. Phaen. 1; Theocr. XVII 1) —, τὸ δέ τι σημαίνει ‘ἀρχαιρεσιαζόμενος ὑπὸ σοῦ’ οἷον ἐνθουσιῶν. παραπλησίως γὰρ τοὺς ποιητὰς τοῖς μαινομένοις ἐνθουσιᾶν 〈λέγεται〉. κέχρηται δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀρχόμενος παρατατικοῦ μετοχῇ, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀρξά- μενος.

1-4a. Beginning: the participle is formed from a verb of encompassing sense. Encompassing verbs are those that indicate both action and passion, such as βιάζομαι, δωροῦμαι, σφαγιάζομαι. Thus also ἄρχομαι signifies on the one hand 'I make a beginning from you' — for it is customary to begin with the gods: 'let us begin from Zeus' (Arat. Phaen. 1; Theocr. XVII 1) —, and on the other hand it signifies 'being inspired by you', as if being filled with divine frenzy. For poets are said to be inspired like madmen. He uses the present participle ἀρχόμενος instead of ἀρξάμενος.

2 ἡ P : om. L | 3 add. W | 4 σφαγιάζ- P : σφραγίζ- L | 7 ὑπὸ σοῦ iterum post ἐνθουσιῶν legitur in L | 8 τοὺς ποιητὰς τ. μ. ἐνθουσιᾶν 〈λέγεται add. W〉 L : τ. μ. οἱ ποιηταὶ ἐνθουσιάζουσιν P 2 ἡ in P : omitted in L | 3 added by W | 4 σφαγιάζ- in P : σφραγίζ- in L | 7 ὑπὸ σοῦ is read again after ἐνθουσιῶν in L | 8 τοὺς ποιητὰς τ. μ. ἐνθουσιᾶν 〈λέγεται added by W〉 in L : τ. μ. οἱ ποιηταὶ ἐνθουσιάζουσιν in P

b. ὁ λόγος· ἀρχαιρεσιασθεὶς ὑπὸ σοῦ, Ἄπολλον, τὸ κλέος τῶν ἡρώων εἰς μνήμην ἄξω τῶν κατὰ τὸν Πελίαν 〈...〉. LmP

b. The meaning: having been inspired by you, Apollo, I will bring to memory the glory of the heroes of the time of Pelias 〈...〉. LmP

11 ἀρχαιρεσιασθείς P : ἀρχερεασθείς L | τὸ κλέος — Πελίαν L : εἰς μν. ἄξω τὰ ἔνδοξα τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν ἔργα P | 12 lac. ind. W 11 ἀρχαιρεσιασθείς in P : ἀρχερεασθείς in L | τὸ κλέος — Πελίαν in L : εἰς μν. ἄξω τὰ ἔνδοξα τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν ἔργα in P | 12 lacuna indicated by W

c. παλαιγενέων: διαφέρει τὸ παλαιὸν τοῦ ἀρχαίου. τὸ μὲν γὰρ παλαιὸν καὶ ἀρχαῖον, τὸ δὲ ἀρχαῖον οὐκ ἔστι παλαιόν. τὸ γὰρ ἀρχαῖον ἀναφέρει 〈εἰς〉 τὸ ἀρχῆς ἔχεσθαι.

c. παλαιγενέων: παλαιόν differs from ἀρχαῖον. For παλαιόν is also ἀρχαῖον, but ἀρχαῖον is not παλαιόν. For ἀρχαῖον refers to being connected with a beginning.

d. ἐύζυγον: εὐκάθεδρον. LgP

d. ἐύζυγον: well-benched. LgP

e. ἤλασαν Ἀργώ: ὁ μὲν Ἀπολλώνιος καλεῖ τὴν Ἀργὼ ἀπὸ Ἄργου τοῦ κατασκευάσαντος, Φερεκύδης (3 fg 106 J.) δὲ ἀπὸ Ἄργου

e. ἤλασαν Ἀργώ: Apollonius calls the Argo after Argus the builder, but Pherecydes (3 fg 106 J.) after Argus

17 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἀργώ: ἡ ναῦς· ἀφ’ ἧς (Voss., οὗ AB) καὶ οἱ Ἀργοναῦται. εἴρηται δέ, ὅτι Ἄργος αὐτὴν κατεσκεύασεν, ἢ ὅτι ἐν Ἄργει τῇ πόλει κατεσκευάσθη, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Ἡγήσανδρος (verba ὡς — Ἡγ. post κατεσκεύασεν leguntur, trai. W). cf. W 82 | Tz. Lyc. 286, 1 Sch. Ἀργῴου: Ἀργὼ ἐκλήθη ἡ τοῦ Ἰάσονος 17 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἀργώ: the ship; from which (Voss., οὗ AB) also the Argonauts. It is said that Argus built it, or that it was built in the city of Argos, as Hegesander relates (the words ὡς — Ἡγ. are read after κατεσκεύασεν, transposed by W). cf. W 82 | Tz. Lyc. 286, 1 Sch. Ἀργῴου: Ἀργὼ was the name of the ship of Jason

τοῦ Φρίξου υἱοῦ. ταύτην δὲ λέγουσι πρώτην ναῦν γεγενῆσθαι. ἄλλοι δὲ λέγουσιν, 〈ὅτι〉 Δαναὸς διωκόμενος ὑπὸ Αἰγύπτου 〈τὴν〉 πρώτην κατεσκεύασε, ὅθεν καὶ Δαναῒς ἐκλήθη.

the son of Phrixus. They say that this was the first ship. But others say that Danaus, fleeing from Aegyptus, built the first ship, whence it was also called Danaïs.

ναῦς, ἢ ὅτι κατὰ Ἀπολλώνιον Ἄργος ὁ Ἕστορος ἢ Ἀλέκτορος υἱὸς ἐναυπήγησεν ἢ ὅτι ἐν Ἄργει ἐναυπηγήθη, ὡς φησὶν Ἡγήσανδρος ὁ Σαλαμίνιος. cf. W 64. 67 | sch. Eur. Med. 1 | Diod. IV 41, 3 | Amm. Marc. XXII 8, 15 | Cassiod. Var. V 17, 2 ship, or because according to Apollonius Argus the son of Hestor or Alector built it, or because it was built in Argos, as Hegesander of Salamis says. cf. W 64. 67 | sch. Eur. Med. 1 | Diod. IV 41, 3 | Amm. Marc. XXII 8, 15 | Cassiod. Var. V 17, 2 1 γενέσθαι 〈μακράν〉 F, cf. W 26 | 2 add. K | Δαναὸς διωκόμενος — κατεσκεύασε L : -όν -ον — κατασκευάσαι P | 〈τὴν〉 πρώτην Weichert | πρώτος L : πρῶτον P 1 γενέσθαι 〈μακράν〉 in F, cf. W 26 | 2 added by K | Δαναὸς διωκόμενος — κατεσκεύασε in L : -όν -ον — κατασκευάσαι in P | 〈τὴν〉 πρώτην Weichert | πρώτος in L : πρῶτον in P

5 a. τοίην γὰρ Πελίῃ: τὸ τοίην τίθεται καὶ ἀνταποδοτικῶς, καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν, πρὸς τὰς παραβολάς· ‘οἵη περ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν’ (Ζ 146)· καὶ ἀναφορικῶς· ‘ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς τοίη περ ἐοῦσα’ (Γ 159). νῦν δὲ δύναται μὲν ἐπὶ θαυμασμοῦ κεῖσθαι τοῦ κατὰ προαίρεσιν λόγου, δύναται 〈δὲ〉 καὶ κατὰ ἀναφορὰν πρὸς τὰ ἐπιφερόμενα.

5a. τοίην γὰρ Πελίῃ: τοίην is used both correlatively, by way of comparison, in relation to similes: ‘οἵη περ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν’ (Ζ 146); and anaphorically: ‘ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς τοίη περ ἐοῦσα’ (Γ 159). Here it can be used to express admiration for the speech according to its intention, and it can also be used anaphorically in relation to what follows.

8 προαίρεσιν K : τὴν αἵρεσιν | add. K | πρὸς τὰ ἐπιφερόμενα F : τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ φερόμενα L : τὴν ἔπειτα φερομένην P 8 προαίρεσιν in K : τὴν αἵρεσιν | added in K | πρὸς τὰ ἐπιφερόμενα in F : τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ φερόμενα in L : τὴν ἔπειτα φερομένην in P

b. φάτις δὲ καὶ φήμη ἐπειδὰν ἐπὶ μέλλοντος λέγωνται, πρόρρησίν τινα σημαίνουσιν. P

b. φάτις and φήμη, when used of the future, signify a prophecy. P

7. 〈δημόθεν:〉 ἐκ τοῦ δήμου Ἰωλκίων. Lg

7. 〈δημόθεν:〉 from the people of the Iolcians. Lg

9. 〈Ἀναύρου:〉 Ἄναυρον λέγει τὸν χείμαρρον ποταμόν, ἐπειδὴ οἱ ἐξ ὑετῶν συνιστάμενοι οὕτω καλοῦνται.

9. 〈Ἀναύρου:〉 He calls Anaurus the torrential river, since those formed from rains are so called.

11. προχοῇσι: τῶν ποταμῶν οἱ συμβάλλοντες τόποι τῇ θαλάσσῃ προχοαὶ λέγονται, ὡς Ὅμηρος (Ρ 263): ‘ὡς δ’ ὅτ’ ἐπὶ προχοῇσι διιπε- τέος.’

11. προχοῇσι: the places where rivers meet the sea are called προχοαί, as Homer (Ρ 263): ‘ὡς δ’ ὅτ’ ἐπὶ προχοῇσι διιπε- τέος.’

12 Et. Or. 3, 2 | Et. M. 100, 57 | Et. Gud. 135, 20 De Stef. | 14 Et. M. 692, 52 | Suid. προχοαί 12 Et. Or. 3, 2 | Et. M. 100, 57 | Et. Gud. 135, 20 De Stef. | 14 Et. M. 692, 52 | Suid. προχοαί

14. Ἥρης δὲ Πελασγίδος: Ὁμηρικῶς τὴν Ἥραν Πελασγίδα εἶπεν, ἐκ τῆς Θεσσαλικῆς χώρας. Πελασγοὶ γάρ εἰσιν, οἳ τὴν Φθιωτικὴν κατῴκουν, ὡς φησιν Ὅμηρος (Β 681): ‘νῦν αὖ τούς, ὅσσοι τὸ Πελασγικὸν Ἄργος ἔναιον’, ἀφορίζων τῆς Πελοποννήσου, ἣν Ἀχαϊκὸν καλεῖ Ἄργος.

14. Ἥρης δὲ Πελασγίδος: In Homeric fashion he called Hera Pelasgian, from the Thessalian land. For the Pelasgians are those who inhabited Phthiotis, as Homer says (Β 681): ‘νῦν αὖ τούς, ὅσσοι τὸ Πελασγικὸν Ἄργος ἔναιον’, distinguishing it from the Peloponnese, which he calls Achaean Argos.

20 sch. A I 141. T 115 | Strab. VIII 369 20 sch. A I 141. T 115 | Strab. VIII 369 18 εἰσιν L : ἐλέγοντο P | 21 καλεῖ P : καὶ L 18 εἰσιν in L : ἐλέγοντο in P | 21 καλεῖ in P : καὶ in L

23—25 a. πρῶτά νυν Ὀρφῆος: Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 42 J.) δύο εἶναι Ὀρφεῖς φησιν, ὧν τὸν ἕτερον συμπλεῦσαι τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις.

23-25a. πρῶτά νυν Ὀρφῆος: Herodorus (31 fg 42 J.) says that there were two Orpheuses, of whom one sailed with the Argonauts.

Φερεκύδης ἐν τῇ ς’ (3 fg 26 J.) Φιλάμμωνά φησι καὶ οὐκ Ὀρφέα συμπεπλευκέναι. ἔστι δέ, ὡς Ἀσκληπιάδης (12 fg 6 c J.), Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Καλλιόπης· ἔνιοι δὲ ἀπὸ Οἰάγρου καὶ Πολυμνίας.

Pherecydes in the sixth book (3 fg 26 J.) says that Philammon, not Orpheus, sailed with them. He is, as Asclepiades (12 fg 6 c J.) says, the son of Apollo and Calliope; but some say of Oeagrus and Polymnia.

ζητεῖται δέ, διὰ τί Ὀρφεὺς ἀσθενὴς ὢν συνέπλει τοῖς ἥρωσιν· ὅτι μάντις ὢν ὁ Χείρων ἔχρησε δύνασθαι καὶ τὰς Σειρῆνας παρελθεῖν αὐτοὺς Ὀρφέως συμπλέοντος.

It is asked why Orpheus, being weak, sailed with the heroes; because Chiron, being a seer, prophesied that they would be able to pass the Sirens if Orpheus sailed with them.

2 sch. Pind. Pyth. IV 313 a | sch. Eur. Rhes. 895 | Apoll. Bibl. I 14 2 sch. Pind. Pyth. IV 313 a | sch. Eur. Rhes. 895 | Apoll. Bibl. I 14 5 δ. κατὰ τ. Σ. prop. R | 6 P add. in fine verba ταῦτα δέ φησιν Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 43 b J.) e sch. 31/34 a repetita; posteriore illo loco praeterm. φησὶ δὲ Ἡρόδωρος κτλ. 5 δ. κατὰ τ. Σ. proposed by R | 6 P adds at the end the words ταῦτα δέ φησιν Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 43 b J.) repeated from sch. 31/34 a; in that later place φησὶ δὲ Ἡρόδωρος etc. is omitted.

b. 〈σκοπιῆς〉 Πιμπληίδος ἄγχι τεκ〈έσθαι〉: Πίμπλεια χωρίον κατὰ Πιερίαν· οἱ δὲ ὄρος Θράκης, οἱ δὲ κρήνην καὶ κώμην τῆς Πιερίας.

b. 〈σκοπιῆς〉 Πιμπληίδος ἄγχι τεκ〈έσθαι〉: Pimpleia is a place in Pieria; but some say a mountain of Thrace, others a spring and village of Pieria.

7 sch. Lyc. 275 7 sch. Lyc. 275 7 Πίμπλεια Deicke e sch. Lyc. : -ειὰς K : -ιὰς L : ηὰς A : -ηίς P 7 Πίμπλεια Deicke from sch. Lyc. : -ειὰς in K : -ιὰς in L : ηὰς in A : -ηίς in P

27. θέλξαι: ἀπατῆσαι καὶ τέρψαι. τάσσεται δὲ ἡ λέξις ἐπὶ τῆς μετὰ βλάβης ἀπάτης· νῦν δὲ ὑπερβολικῶς κεῖται. ἀοιδάων δὲ ἐνοπῇ τῇ τῶν ᾠδῶν εὐρυθμίᾳ. οὐκ εὖ δέ· ἡ γὰρ ἐνοπὴ ἀεὶ ἐπὶ θορύβου τίθεται.

27. θέλξαι: to deceive and to delight. The word is used of deception accompanied by harm; but here it is used hyperbolically. ἀοιδάων δὲ ἐνοπῇ: by the rhythm of songs. Not well; for ἐνοπή is always used of noise.

10 sch. III 28 | Eust. 940, 63. 1236, 40. 1391, 8. 1800, 17 | 12 Eust. 370, 22 10 sch. III 28 | Eust. 940, 63. 1236, 40. 1391, 8. 1800, 17 | 12 Eust. 370, 22 12 ἀεὶ Naber Mnem. N. S. 34, 1906, 5 : καὶ 12 ἀεὶ Naber Mnem. N. S. 34, 1906, 5 : καὶ

29. Θρηικίης Ζώνης ἐπιτη〈λεθόωσαι〉: Ζώνη ἐστὶν ὀρεινὸς τόπος οὕτω καλούμενος καὶ πόλις ὁμώνυμος, ὡς φησι Νίκανδρος (fg 28 Schn.).

29. Thracian Zone, flourishing: Zone is a mountainous place so called, and a city of the same name, as Nicander says (fr. 28 Schn.).

30. ἑξείης στιχόωσιν 〈ἐπήτριμοι〉: στοιχηδὸν εἰσὶ καὶ ἑξῆς πυκναί.

30. In rows they stand close-packed: they are in ranks and in order, dense.

18 ἐπήτριμοι ἤγουν ἀλλεπάλληλοι in fine add. A 18 ἐπήτριμοι, that is, successive, added at the end in A

31—34 a. Πιερίηθεν: Πιερία ὄρος Θράκης, ἐν ᾗ διέτριβεν Ὀρφεύς. φησὶ δὲ Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 43 a J.), ὅτι παρήνησεν ὁ Χείρων τῷ Ἰάσονι, ὅπως τὸν Ὀρφέα σὺν τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις παραλάβῃ.

31-34a. From Pieria: Pieria is a mountain of Thrace, where Orpheus spent his time. Herodorus says (31 fr. 43a J.) that Chiron advised Jason to take Orpheus along with the Argonauts.

20 sch. μ 69 20 sch. μ 69 19 ἡ L : ἣ P | 21 A add. in fine e sch. 23/25 a: μάντις ὢν καὶ προγνοὺς δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς τὰς Σειρῆνας παρελθεῖν Ὀρφέως συμπλέοντος. cf. W 29 19 ἡ in L : ἣ in P | 21 A adds at the end from sch. 23/25a: being a seer and foreseeing that they could pass the Sirens with Orpheus sailing along. cf. W 29

b. 〈τοῖον:〉 οἷον εἴπομεν δηλονότι. Lg

b. Such: namely, as we have said. Lg

c. Βιστωνίδι κοιρανέοντα: γράφεται καὶ Βιστῶνι τε κοιρανέοντα. LmP

c. Ruling over Bistonian: it is also written 'and ruling over Bistonians'. LmP

23 Βιστῶνι τε L : Βιστωνίτας P 23 Βιστῶνι τε in L : Βιστωνίτας in P

35. 〈αὐτοσχεδόν:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ παραχρῆμα, εὐθέως. Lg

35. On the spot: meaning immediately, at once. Lg

37—38 a. 〈Πειρεσιάς:〉 ὄνομα πόλεως· ὡς Ἐρυθραὶ καὶ Πειρεσιαί. Lg

37-38a. Peiresiae: name of a city; like Erythrae and Peiresiae. Lg

1 Ἐρυθραί — Πειρεσιαί W : Ἐρύθρας — Πειρεσίας 1 Ἐρυθραί — Πειρεσιαί W : Ἐρύθρας — Πειρεσίας

b. Ἀπιδανός τε μέγας καὶ δ〈ῖος〉: Ἀπιδανὸς καὶ Ἐνιπεὺς ἀμφότεροι Θεσσαλίας ποταμοί. τὸ δὲ Φυλλήιον ὄρος Μαγνησίας.

b. Great Apidanus and divine: Apidanus and Enipeus are both rivers of Thessaly. The Phyllaean mountain is in Magnesia.

4 Μαγνησίας Dittrich propter Steph. Byz. s. v. Πειρεσία : Μακεδονίας 4 Μαγνησίας Dittrich proposed on account of Steph. Byz. s.v. Πειρεσία : Μακεδονίας

c. ἡ δὲ Πειρεσία χώρα ἢ πόλις, ἧς ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ Φυλλεῖον. P

c. Peiresia is a region or city, near which was the Phylleian. P

40—41. Λάρισαν δ’ ἐπὶ τοῖ〈σι〉: Λάρισαν τὴν Θεσσαλίας λέγει, ἣν ἔκτισεν Ἀκρίσιος, ἥτις ὠνομάσθη ἀπὸ Λαρίσης τῆς Πελασγοῦ, ὡς φησιν Ἑλλάνικος (4 fg 91 J.). εἰσὶ δὲ Λάρισαι τρεῖς· ἀρχαιοτάτη μὲν ἡ Ἀργειῶτις, ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτὴ ἡ ἀκρόπολις· δευτέρα δὲ ἡ ἐν τῷ Πελασγικῷ τῆς Θεσσαλίας, ἣν Ὅμηρος (Β 738) Ἄργισσάν φησι, πλησίον οὖσα τῆς Γυρτώνης, ἧς νῦν ὁ Ἀπολλώνιος μέμνηται· ἔστι δὲ καὶ περὶ Τροίαν, ἧς Ὅμηρος (Β 840 sq.) μνημονεύει· ‘φῦλα Πελασγῶν τῶν, οἳ Λάρισαν’. τὸν δὲ Πολύφημον Ἐλάτου παῖδα εἶπεν Ἀπολλώνιος, Σωκράτης (fg 10 M. IV 498) δὲ καὶ Εὐφορίων (fg 87 Scheidw.) Ποσειδῶνος. οἱ δὲ Λαπίθαι ἀπὸ Λαπίθου τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Στίλβης νύμφης ὠνομάσθησαν.

40-41. And after them Larisa: He means Larisa in Thessaly, which Acrisius founded, and which was named after Larisa, daughter of Pelasgus, as Hellanicus says (4 fr. 91 J.). There are three Larisas: the oldest is the Argive one, which is the acropolis itself; the second is in the Pelasgian part of Thessaly, which Homer (B 738) calls Argissa, being near Gyrtone, which Apollonius now mentions; there is also one near Troy, which Homer (B 840f.) mentions: 'the tribes of Pelasgians, those who [dwelt in] Larisa'. Apollonius said that Polyphemus was the son of Elatus, but Socrates (fr. 10 M. IV 498) and Euphorion (fr. 87 Scheidw.) say he was the son of Poseidon. The Lapiths were named after Lapithes, son of Apollo and the nymph Stilbe.

45—47 a. οὐδὲ μὲν Ἴφικλος: οὔτε Ὅμηρος οὔτε Ἡσίοδος (fg 50 Rz.2) οὔτε Φερεκύδης (3 fg 110 J.) λέγουσι τὸν Ἴφικλον συμπεπλευκέναι τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις. ὅτι δὲ μητρὸς ἦν Ἀλκιμέδης ὁ Ἰάσων, Φερεκύδης (3 fg 104 a J.) μὲν συμφωνεῖ τῷ Ἀπολλωνίῳ. Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 40 J.) δὲ Πολυφήμην τὴν Αὐτολύκου φησὶν Ἰάσονος εἶναι μητέρα. Ἄνδρων δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐπιτομῇ τῶν Συγγενειῶν (10 fg 5 J.) Αἴσονος καὶ

45-47a. Nor indeed Iphiclus: Neither Homer nor Hesiod (fr. 50 Rz.2) nor Pherecydes (3 fr. 110 J.) say that Iphiclus sailed with the Argonauts. That Jason's mother was Alcimede, Pherecydes (3 fr. 104a J.) agrees with Apollonius. But Herodorus (31 fr. 40 J.) says that Polypheme, daughter of Autolycus, was Jason's mother. Andron in his Epitome of Kinships (10 fr. 5 J.) says that Aeson and

17 sch. a post b collocatur in P | 18 συμπεπλευκέναι P : σὺν L | 19 ὅτι — Ἀπολλωνίῳ L : ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι Φ. μὲν συμφ. Ἀπ. λέγοντι Ἀλκιμέδην μητέρα εἶναι Ἰάσονος τὴν Φυλάκου θυγατέρα P | 21 Πολυμήδην ex Apoll. vel Πολυμήλην e sch. Hom. Ruhnken | 22 Αἴσονος καὶ Θεογνήτης τῆς Λ. (reliqua suppl. W) L : Θεογνήτην τὴν θυγατέρα Λ. μητέρα Ἰάσονος γεγονέναι φησίν P 17 sch. a is placed after b in P | 18 συμπεπλευκέναι in P : σὺν in L | 19 ὅτι — Ἀπολλωνίῳ in L : ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι Φ. μὲν συμφ. Ἀπ. λέγοντι Ἀλκιμέδην μητέρα εἶναι Ἰάσονος τὴν Φυλάκου θυγατέρα in P | 21 Πολυμήδην from Apollonius or Πολυμήλην from the Homeric scholia, Ruhnken | 22 Αἴσονος καὶ Θεογνήτης τῆς Λ. (the rest supplied by W) in L : Θεογνήτην τὴν θυγατέρα Λ. μητέρα Ἰάσονος γεγονέναι φησίν in P

Θεογνήτης τῆς Λαοδίκου 〈φησὶν Ἰάσονα γεγονέναι υἱόν〉.

Theognete, daughter of Laodicus, (he says Jason was the son).

b. τὸν δὲ Ἴφικλον Ἡσίοδος (fg 117 Rz.2) ἐπὶ πυρίνων ἀθέρων τρέχειν φησίν, Δημαρέτης (42 fg 1 J.) δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης. ἔστι δὲ υἱὸς Φυλάκου καὶ Κλυμένης τῆς Μινύου.

b. Hesiod (fr. 117 Rz.²) says that Iphiclus ran over wheat ears, but Demarete (42 fr. 1 J.) says over the sea. He is the son of Phylacus and Clymene, daughter of Minyas.

1 prior scholii b sententia posteriorem sequitur in P | 3 Hyg. Fab. 14 (44, 17 Schm.) 1 the first sentence of scholion b follows the second in P | 3 Hyginus, Fabulae 14 (44, 17 Schm.) 2 πύρινων ἀθέρων P : -ους -ας L : -ης -ος H | 3 Δημαρέτης L : -άρετος P : -άρατος F. cf. W Herm. 66, 1931, 466 | υἱὸς P : τῆς L 2 πύρινων ἀθέρων in P : -ους -ας in L : -ης -ος in H | 3 Δημαρέτης in L : -άρετος in P : -άρατος F. cf. W, Hermes 66, 1931, 466 | υἱὸς in P : τῆς in L

c. ὁ δὲ τρόπος ἀντίφρασις. ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘ταχέως δὲ ὁ Ἴφικλος ἦλθεν’· ‘οὐ πολὺν χρόνον ἔμεινεν ἐν Φυλάκῃ’.

c. The figure is antiphrasis. Instead of “swiftly Iphiclus came”: “he did not remain long in Phylace.”

d. 〈μήτρως:〉 ὁ θεῖος. Lgr

d. 〈μήτρως:〉 uncle. Lgr

5 sch. c in L post a legitur, in P post Ἀργοναύταις in sch. a immissum 5 sch. c is read after a in L, in P inserted after Ἀργοναύταις in sch. a

e. κασιγνήτην γὰρ ὄπυιεν: διὰ τοῦ παρεπομένου τὸ προηγούμενον δηλοῖ.

e. “For he married his sister”: through the attendant circumstance he indicates the preceding action.

f. 〈ὄπυιεν:〉 τὸ ἐγεγαμήκει· ἤτοι ἀπὸ τῶν ὠπῶν ἐσχηματισμένης τῆς λέξεως, ὅ ἐστιν ὀφθαλμῶν· ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄπτω καὶ ἐπιτηρῶ· ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς ὀπός, τῆς φωνῆς, διὰ τὰς τῶν ἀνδρῶν πρὸς τὰς γυναῖκας ὁμιλίας, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ ‘ὄαροι’ (I 327) αἱ γυναῖκες.

f. 〈ὄπυιεν:〉 “he had married”: either the word is formed from ὠπή, that is, “eyes”; or from ὄπτω and ἐπιτηρῶ, “I watch”; or from ὄψ, “voice,” because of the conversations of men with women, from which also women are called ὄαροι (I 327).

10 sch. ABT Σ 383 10 sch. ABT Σ 383 10 hoc sch. ab antecedente separavit W | 11 ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ P : ὁ L | ὄπτω καὶ ἐπιτηρῶ W : ὀπτῶν καὶ ἐπιτηρῶν L : ὀπῶ τὸ ἐπιτηρῶ P 10 W separated this scholion from the preceding one | 11 ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ in P : ὁ in L | ὄπτω καὶ ἐπιτηρῶ W : ὀπτῶν καὶ ἐπιτηρῶν in L : ὀπῶ τὸ ἐπιτηρῶ in P

48 a. 〈πηοσύνη:〉 συγγένεια Lg.

48 a. 〈πηοσύνη:〉 kinship. Lg.

b. ταύτης δὴ αὐτὸν ἡ συγγένεια παρεκέλευσεν. Lmr

b. This kinship urged him. Lmr

16 Apoll. Bibl. I 104 16 Apollodorus, Bibliotheca I 104

49 a. οὐδὲ Φεραῖς Ἄδμη〈τος〉: αἱ Φεραὶ ὠνομάσθησαν ἀπὸ Φέρητος τοῦ Κρηθέως, τοῦ Ἀδμήτου πατρός.

49 a. “Nor in Pherae did Admetus...”: Pherae was named after Pheres, son of Cretheus, the father of Admetus.

16 sch. B B 591 16 sch. B B 591 16 πόλις ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ post Φεραὶ add. A. cf. W 29 16 A. added “a city in Macedonia” after Φεραὶ. cf. W 29

b. 〈ἐυρρήνεσσι:〉 ταῖς καλὰ πρόβατα ἐχούσαις. Lgr

b. 〈ἐυρρήνεσσι:〉 those having fine sheep. Lgr

18 sch. III 1086 18 sch. III 1086 18 ταῖς — ἐχούσαις W : τῶν — ἐχόντων 18 ταῖς — ἐχούσαις W : τῶν — ἐχόντων

c. ἐυρρήνεσσι δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ πολυπροβάτοις. P

c. ἐυρρήνεσσι instead of πολυπροβάτοις, “rich in sheep.” P

50. ὄρος ὑπεράνω Φερῶν τὸ Χαλκωδόνιον. Lg (P)

50. The Chalcodonian mountain above Pherae. Lg (P)

51—52. οὐδ’ Ἀλόπῃ μίμνον: Θεσσαλίας πόλις ἢ Μαγνησίας. πολυλήιοι δὲ ἤτοι ἀπὸ τοῦ ληίου, τουτέστι σιτοφόρου πεδίου, ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς λείας, ὅπερ βέλτιον· ἐπιφέρει γὰρ εὖ δεδαῶτε δόλους. ἱστοροῦνται δὲ ἄυπνοι καὶ δεινοὶ καὶ φερέπονοι.

51–52. “Nor did they remain in Alope”: a city of Thessaly or Magnesia. πολυλήιοι either from λήιον, that is, “corn-bearing plain,” or from λεία, “booty,” which is better; for he adds “well skilled in wiles.” They are said to be sleepless, clever, and enduring.

22 sch. 936/49 f 22 sch. 936/49 f

53. 〈γνωτός:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδελφός. Lg

53. 〈γνωτός:〉 instead of “brother.” Lg

54—55 a. Αἰθαλίδης: ὄνομα κύριον. ἔστι δὲ υἱὸς Ἑρμοῦ καὶ Εὐπολεμείας τῆς Μυρμιδόνος.

54–55 a. Aethalides: a proper name. He is the son of Hermes and Eupolemeia, daughter of Myrmidon.

1 Hyg. Fab. 14 (44, 23 Schm.) 1 Hyginus, Fabulae 14 (44, 23 Schm.) 1 ὄνομα κύριον Lg πατρωνυμικοῦ τύπον ἔχον post κύριον add. P ceteris omissis 1 ὄνομα κύριον Lg; P added “having the form of a patronymic” after κύριον, omitting the rest

b. Ἄμφρυσσος γράφεται καὶ διὰ τοῦ β, ὡς Διονύσιος (32 fg 12 J.). ἔστι δὲ ποταμὸς Θεσσαλίας. προπαροξύνεται δέ, ὡς ἐν τῇ η’ τῆς Καθόλου (Herodian. I 213, 16 L.).

b. Amphryssus is also written with β, as Dionysius (32 fr. 12 J.) says. It is a river of Thessaly. It is accented on the antepenult, as in the eighth book of the Katholike (Herodian I 213, 16 L.).

3 Steph. Byz. Ἄμφρυσσος 3 Stephanus of Byzantium: Ἄμφρυσσος 3 hic Dionysius quis sit, non constat 3 it is not established who this Dionysius is

57—64 a. Γυρτῶνα Κόρωνος: ἣν Ὅμηρός φησι (Β 738) ‘Γυρτώνην τε νέμοντο’. ἔστι δὲ πόλις Θεσσαλίας ἢ Περραιβίας, ὡς 〈Σου〉ίδας (fg 5 M. II 464), ὠνομάσθη δὲ ἀπὸ Γυρτώνης τῆς Φλεγύου. ὁ δὲ Κόρωνος υἱός ἐστι Καινέως. μεμύθευται δὲ ὁ Καινεὺς πρότερον γεγονέναι γυνή, εἶτα Ποσειδῶνος αὐτῇ πλησιάσαντος μεταβληθῆναι εἰς ἄνδρα· τοῦτο γὰρ ἤτησε καὶ ἀτρωσίαν. ἤρισε δὲ καὶ Ἀπόλλωνι καὶ ἐνικήθη. καὶ ἐκέλευε τοὺς παριόντας ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ δόρυ αὐτοῦ· ἔνθεν ἡ παροιμία ‘τὸ Καινέως δόρυ’. τινὲς δέ φασι Καινέα συμπλεῦσαι τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις, οὐ Κόρωνον· ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος παρὰ Πινδάρου εἴληφε λέγοντος (fg 167 Schr.)· ‘ὁ δὲ χλωραῖς ἐλάτῃσι τυπεὶς ᾤχετο Καινεύς, σχίσας ὀρθῷ ποδὶ γᾶν.’ τοῦτο δὲ αὐτῷ συνέβη διὰ τὸ μήτε θύειν τοῖς θεοῖς μήτε εὔχεσθαι ἀλλ’ 〈ἢ〉 τῷ ἑαυτοῦ δόρατι· διὸ Ζεὺς ἐφορμᾷ αὐτῷ τοὺς Κενταύρους, οἵτινες κατὰ γῆν αὐτὸν ὠθοῦσιν.

57-64a. Gyrtone of Coronus: which Homer mentions (B 738) 'they dwelt in Gyrtone'. It is a city of Thessaly or Perrhaebia, as Suda says (fg 5 M. II 464), and it was named after Gyrtone, daughter of Phlegyas. Coronus is the son of Caeneus. The myth is that Caeneus was formerly a woman, and then after Poseidon had intercourse with her she was changed into a man; for she asked for this and for invulnerability. He also contended with Apollo and was defeated. And he used to make passers-by swear by his spear; hence the proverb 'the spear of Caeneus'. But some say that Caeneus sailed with the Argonauts, not Coronus; Apollonius took it from Pindar, who says (fg 167 Schr.): 'struck by green firs Caeneus went down, splitting the earth with upright foot.' This happened to him because he neither sacrificed to the gods nor prayed, but only to his own spear; therefore Zeus set the Centaurs upon him, who drove him into the ground.

6 Steph. Byz. Γυρτών: πόλις τῆς Θεσσαλίας καὶ Περραιβίας, ἣν Ὅμηρος Γυρτώνην καλεῖ ὡς Ἰτώνην καὶ Ἰτῶνα. ἀπὸ Γυρτῶνος τοῦ Φλεγύου ἀδελφοῦ, ὅστις αὐτὴν ἔκτισεν. cf. W 92 | 9 sch. A A 264 | Pap. Ox. 1611, 38—97 (Acusilaus 2 fg 22 J.) | Apoll. Epit. I 22 | Hyg. Fab. 14 (45, 3 Schm.) | Plut. De absurd. Stoic. opin. 1 (1057 D) 6 Stephanus of Byzantium: Γυρτών: a city of Thessaly and Perrhaebia, which Homer calls Gyrtone, like Itone and Iton. From Gyrton, brother of Phlegyas, who founded it. cf. W 92 | 9 sch. A A 264 | Pap. Ox. 1611, 38—97 (Acusilaus 2 fg 22 J.) | Apoll. Epit. I 22 | Hyg. Fab. 14 (45, 3 Schm.) | Plut. De absurd. Stoic. opin. 1 (1057 D) 7 ὡς Σουίδας K praeeunte auctore anonymo (K. Φ.) : ὡς ἴδας L : οὕτως ἴδας φησίν P | 8 Γυρτῶνος τοῦ Φλεγύου 〈ἀδελφοῦ〉 e Steph. Byz. Warnkross | 12 ἐκέλευε P : -εε L | παριόντας L : ὑπ’ αὐτόν P | 15 χλωραῖς L : -ῆς P | ᾤχετο F : οἴχεται L : ᾤχετ’ ἐς χθόνα reliquis omissis P, unde ᾤχεθ’ ὑπὸ χθόνα (Καινεύς κτλ.) Boeckh | 16 μήτε — μήτε P : μή — μήτε L : μή — μηδὲ Η | 17 ἀλλ’ 〈ἢ〉 Jacoby : ἀλλὰ 7 ὡς Σουίδας in K, with the anonymous author (K. Φ.) as source: ὡς ἴδας in L : οὕτως ἴδας φησίν in P | 8 Γυρτῶνος τοῦ Φλεγύου 〈ἀδελφοῦ〉 from Stephanus of Byzantium, Warnkross | 12 ἐκέλευε in P : -εε in L | παριόντας in L : ὑπ’ αὐτόν in P | 15 χλωραῖς in L : -ῆς in P | ᾤχετο in F : οἴχεται in L : ᾤχετ’ ἐς χθόνα with the rest omitted in P, whence ᾤχεθ’ ὑπὸ χθόνα (Καινεύς κτλ.) Boeckh | 16 μήτε — μήτε in P : μή — μήτε in L : μή — μηδὲ in H | 17 ἀλλ’ 〈ἢ〉 Jacoby : ἀλλὰ

b. 〈Κενταύροισιν:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ Κενταύρων. Lg

b. 〈Κενταύροισιν:〉 meaning 'by the Centaurs'. Lg

c. 〈καταΐγδην:〉 καταφορικῶς, μεθ’ ὁρμῆς. Lg

c. 〈καταΐγδην:〉 rushing down, with impetus. Lg

65. Ἀμπύκου υἱὸς ὁ Μόψος τοῦ Τιτάρωνος, μητρὸς δὲ Χλώρι- δος. Lm (P)

65. Mopsus, son of Ampycus of Titaron, and of Chloris as mother. Lm (P)

21 sch. Lyc. 881 | Hyg. Fab. 14 (45, 9 Schm.) 21 sch. Lyc. 881 | Hyg. Fab. 14 (45, 9 Schm.)

67—68 a. ἄγχι δὲ λίμνης Ξ〈υνιάδος〉: Ξυνιὰς λίμνη τῆς Θεσσαλίας· τινὲς δὲ πόλιν, ᾗ παράκειται 〈...〉 Βοιβηὰς λίμνη. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πόλεως εἴρηκε 〈λίμνην〉 Ξυνιάδα, ἐπειδὴ πλησίον αὐτῆς ἐστιν ἡ πόλις. ξυνὸν δὲ εἴρηται τὸ κοινόν· κοινὴ δέ ἐστιν Θεσσαλίας καὶ Βοιω- τίας αὕτη.

67-68a. near the lake Xynias: Xynias is a lake of Thessaly; but some say it is a city, beside which lies 〈...〉 the Boebean lake. From the city he called it the Xynian lake, since the city is near it. 'Xynon' means 'common'; and this lake is common to Thessaly and Boeotia.

1 Steph. Byz. Ξυνία 1 Stephanus of Byzantium: Ξυνία 2 ᾗ παράκειται 〈lac. ind. W〉 Βοιβηιὰς λίμνη L : παρὰ δ’ αὐτὴν Βοιβοιίδα λίμνην P : ᾗ παράκειται τῇ Βοιβηάδι λίμνῃ Vári | 3 suppl. W | ἡ HF : om. L : aliter P | 4 de Βοιωτίας iure dubitat Wil. ad l. 2 ᾗ παράκειται 〈lac. ind. W〉 Βοιβηιὰς λίμνη in L : παρὰ δ’ αὐτὴν Βοιβοιίδα λίμνην in P : ᾗ παράκειται τῇ Βοιβηάδι λίμνῃ Vári | 3 supplied by W | ἡ in HF : omitted in L : differently in P | 4 about Βοιωτίας Wil. rightly doubts at the passage

b. Κτιμένην Δολοπηίδα: Κτιμένη πόλις τῆς Θεσσαλίας. Δολοπηίδα δὲ τὴν Θεσσαλικήν εἶπε· Δόλοπες γὰρ ἔθνος Θεσσαλίας. Ὅμηρος (Ι 484)· ‘ναῖον δ’ ἐσχατιὴν Φθίης Δολόπεσσιν ἀνάσσων’.

b. Ctimene Dolopian: Ctimene is a city of Thessaly. He called it Dolopian, meaning Thessalian; for the Dolopes are a tribe of Thessaly. Homer (I 484): 'they dwelt in the farthest part of Phthia, ruling over the Dolopes'.

6 Steph. Byz. Κτιμένη: πόλις Θετταλίας ὑπὸ Πηλέως Φοίνικι δωρηθεῖσα, ἧς τοὺς πολίτας Ὅμηρος Δόλοπάς φησιν . . . καὶ 〈Ἀπολλώνιος〉 ‘Κτιμένην Δολοπηίδα’. cf. W 92 6 Stephanus of Byzantium, Κτιμένη: a city of Thessaly given by Peleus to Phoenix, whose citizens Homer calls Dolopes . . . and 〈Apollonius〉 ‘Κτιμένην Δολοπηίδα’. cf. W 92 7 Θεσσαλικήν Meineke ad Steph. : -ίαν 7 Θεσσαλικήν Meineke ad Steph. : -ίαν

69. ἐξ Ὀπόεντος: Ὀποῦς πόλις τῆς Λοκρίδος, ἀπὸ Ὀπόεντος τοῦ Ἠλείου. Ὅμηρος (Β 531)· ‘οἳ Κῦνόν τ’ ἐνέμοντ’ Ὀπόεντά τε Καλλίαρόν τε.’

69. From Opus: Opus is a city of Locris, named after Opus the Elean. Homer (Iliad 2.531): ‘who dwelt in Cynus and Opus and Calliarus.’

9 Steph. Byz. Ὀπόεις | sch. 1776/81 e | 14 Hyg. Fab. 14 (48, 20 Schm.) 9 Stephanus of Byzantium, Ὀπόεις | sch. 1776/81 e | 14 Hyginus, Fabulae 14 (48, 20 Schm.)

71—74. ἀλκήεις Ἐρ〈ιβώτης〉: ἰσχυρός· παραγώγως δὲ ἐσχημάτισται παρὰ τὴν ἀλκήν, ὡς φωνήεις παρὰ τὴν φωνήν. Ἡρόδωρος δὲ ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναυτικοῖς (31 fg 5 J.) τοῦτον Εὐρυβάτην καλεῖ καί φησιν αὐτὸν Τελέοντος υἱόν. Ἄκτορος δὲ υἱοὶ Μενοίτιος καὶ Ἶρος, τούτων δὲ υἱοί, Μενοιτίου μὲν καὶ Σθενέλης Πάτροκλος, Ἴρου δὲ Εὐρυτίων.

71-74. Mighty Eribotes: strong; it is formed by derivation from ἀλκή (strength), as φωνήεις from φωνή (voice). But Herodorus in his Argonautica (31 F 5 J.) calls him Eurybates and says he was the son of Teleon. The sons of Actor were Menoetius and Irus, and their sons were, of Menoetius and Sthenele, Patroclus, and of Irus, Eurytion.

16 sch. Pind. Ol. IX 107 a | Apoll. Bibl. III 176 16 sch. Pindar, Olympian 9.107a | Apollodorus, Bibliotheca 3.176 13 καὶ τιμήεις παρὰ τὴν τιμήν post φωνήν add. A. cf. W 29 | 16 Μ. μὲν καὶ Σθενέλης Π. W : Μ. μὲν Π. libri hoc loco, Μ. δὲ καὶ Σθενέλης Π. iidem post sch. 69 13 καὶ τιμήεις παρὰ τὴν τιμήν added after φωνήν by A. cf. W 29 | 16 Μ. μὲν καὶ Σθενέλης Π. W : Μ. μὲν Π. in the manuscripts at this point, Μ. δὲ καὶ Σθενέλης Π. in the same manuscripts after sch. 69

75—76. καὶ ἐπαῖξαι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπιδιῶξαι. περιττὸν μὲν τὸ μετόπισθεν, λείπει δὲ ὁ καὶ· καί ὅτε κλίνειαν φάλαγγας, εἰς φυγὴν τρέψειεν.

75-76. And to rush upon: meaning to pursue. The word μετόπισθεν (behind) is redundant, and the conjunction καί is missing: ‘and when they should rout the ranks, he would turn them to flight.’

19 κλίνειαν W : -ειε L : -ει P (-η V) : -ωσι AF. Oileus hostes etiam tum fugae dat, cum iam victores esse videntur | 20 τρέψειαν F, -ωσι A 19 κλίνειαν W : -ειε L : -ει P (-η V) : -ωσι AF. Oileus puts the enemy to flight even when they already seem to be victorious | 20 τρέψειαν F, -ωσι A

77—78. Κάνθος κίε: τὸν Κάνθον καὶ ὁ Κλέων καταλέγει.

77-78. Canthus went: Cleon also lists Canthus.

ἔστι δὲ Κανήθου υἱός, ἀφ’ οὗ 〈τὸ〉 ὄρος ἐν Βοιωτίᾳ· ἦν δὲ 〈οὗτος〉 Ἄβαντος παῖς, ἀφ’ οὗ οἱ Εὐβοεῖς Ἄβαντες.

He is the son of Canethus, after whom the mountain in Boeotia is named; and he was the son of Abas, after whom the Euboeans are called Abantes.

79 a. 〈Κήρινθον:〉 πόλις Εὐβοίας. Lg

79a. 〈Cerinthus:〉 a city of Euboea. Lg

b. 〈ὑπότροπος:〉 ὑποστρέψας. Lg

b. 〈returned:〉 having come back. Lg

81—82. δηωθῆναι: καινότερον νῦν δηωθῆναι τὸ φθαρῆναι. ἑξῆς δὲ ὁ ποιητὴς ὡς δυσφορῶν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀπωλείᾳ τῶν ἡρώων ἐπιφωνεῖ· ὡς οὐκ ἀνθρώ〈ποισιν〉. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐδέν ἐστι μέγιστον κακόν, οὗ ἄνθρωπος ἀποτυγχάνει. ἔδει οὖν διὰ τοῦ ᾱ ἀπαυρεῖν. ἢ ὅτι οὐδὲν κακὸν μέγιστον, ὃ εἴη 〈ἂν〉 ἀνθρώποις δυσχερὲς ἐπαυρεῖν, ὅ ἐστιν ἐπιτυχεῖν.

81-82. To be destroyed: here δηωθῆναι is used in a rather novel sense for ‘to be ruined.’ The poet, as if grieving over the destruction of the heroes, exclaims in sequence: ‘as not for mortals.’ The sense is: there is no greatest evil which a man fails to encounter. Therefore it should be ἀπαυρεῖν with long alpha. Or: because no evil is greatest which would be grievous for men to experience, that is, to meet with.

1 〈τὸ〉 add. Fr. | Βοιωτίᾳ L : Εὐβοίᾳ P | ἦν δὲ 〈οὗτος add. W〉 L : ὅδ’ ἦν F : aliter P | 5 καινότερον W Phil. Woch. 42, 1922, 891 : κοιν- | δ. τὸ φθ. P : τὸ δ. τὸ φθ. L | 6 ὡς δυσφορῶν F : ὡς ἂν δυσφορῶν L : ἔοικεν δυσφορεῖν P | 9 ὃ εἴη 〈ἂν〉 ἀ. δυσχερὲς ἐπ. K : ὃ μὴ ἀ. δυσχερὲς ἐπ. L : ὃ μὴ ἀ. εὐχερὲς ἐπ. F : οὗ μὴ ἐπ. τοῖς ἀ. συμβαίνει P 1 〈τὸ〉 added by Fr. | Βοιωτίᾳ L : Εὐβοίᾳ P | ἦν δὲ 〈οὗτος added by W〉 L : ὅδ’ ἦν F : differently in P | 5 καινότερον W Phil. Woch. 42, 1922, 891 : κοιν- | δ. τὸ φθ. P : τὸ δ. τὸ φθ. L | 6 ὡς δυσφορῶν F : ὡς ἂν δυσφορῶν L : ἔοικεν δυσφορεῖν P | 9 ὃ εἴη 〈ἂν〉 ἀ. δυσχερὲς ἐπ. K : ὃ μὴ ἀ. δυσχερὲς ἐπ. L : ὃ μὴ ἀ. εὐχερὲς ἐπ. F : οὗ μὴ ἐπ. τοῖς ἀ. συμβαίνει P

83—85. δύσιές τε καὶ ἀντολ〈αί〉: τοσοῦτόν φησι κεχωρισμένους τῆς τῶν Κόλχων χώρας, ὅσον τῶν ἀνατολῶν αἱ δύσεις ἀφεστήκασιν, ἐπεὶ ἡ μὲν Λιβύη ἐν δύσει, ἡ δὲ Κολχὶς ἐν ἀνατολῇ.

83-85. Settings and risings: he says they are as far removed from the land of the Colchians as the settings are distant from the risings, since Libya is in the west and Colchis in the east.

13 καὶ post ἐπεὶ add. L 13 καὶ added after ἐπεὶ by L

87. Οἰχαλίης ἐπίουροι: παῖδες Ἀντιόπης. Οἰχαλίας δὲ τῆς ἐν Εὐβοίᾳ. οἱ γὰρ νεώτεροί φασιν ἐν Εὐβοίᾳ εἶναι, Ὅμηρος δὲ ἐν τῷ Πελασγικῷ Ἄργει καταλέγει τὴν Οἰχαλίαν (Β 730)· ‘οἵ τ’ ἔχον Οἰχαλίην πόλιν Εὐρύτου Οἰχαλιῆος’, οἱ δὲ ὁμώνυμόν φασιν.

87. Guardians of Oechalia: children of Antiope. Of Oechalia in Euboea. For the younger poets say it is in Euboea, but Homer lists Oechalia in Pelasgian Argos (Iliad 2.730): ‘who held Oechalia, city of Eurytus the Oechalian,’ but others say it is a city of the same name.

90—94 a. οὐδ’ ὁμόθεν: οὐδ’ ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ τόπου. τὸ δὲ οὐ μέν ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ μήν. διεχωρίσθησαν γὰρ διὰ τὸν φόνον Φώκου, καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐν Σαλαμῖνι κατῴκησεν, ἥν φησι νῆσον Ἀτθίδα, ὁ δὲ Πηλεὺς ἐν Φθίᾳ. ἀφραδίῃ δὲ ἢτοι ἀνοίᾳ ἢ κακοβουλίᾳ.

90-94a. Nor from the same place: nor from the same spot. And the phrase οὐ μέν is used for οὐ μήν. For they were separated because of the murder of Phocus, and the one settled in Salamis, which he calls the Attic island, while Peleus settled in Phthia. And by folly, either ignorance or bad counsel.

b. 〈λιασθείς:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ φυγών. Lg

b. 〈Having turned aside:〉 instead of having fled. Lg

95—96. τοῖς δ’ ἔπι Κεκροπίηθεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ· σὺν τούτοις ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀττικῆς. Κεκροπία γὰρ λέγεται ἡ Ἀττικὴ ἀπὸ Κέκροπος τοῦ βασιλεύσαντος. ἕτερος δέ ἐστιν ὁ Τελέων οὗτος ὁ Βούτου πατὴρ

95-96. And with them from Cecropia: meaning, with these from Attica. For Attica is called Cecropia from Cecrops who was king. And this Teleon is different, the father of Butes, from the one mentioned before (v. 72), the father of Eribotes. And good with the ash spear means warlike, from the ash tree.

παρὰ τὸν πρότερον (ν. 72) εἰρημένον, τὸν τοῦ Ἐριβώτου πατέρα. ἐυμελίης δὲ ὁ πολεμικός, ἀπὸ τῆς μελίας.

from the one mentioned before (v. 72), the father of Eribotes. And good with the ash spear means warlike, from the ash tree.

97—100. Ἄλκων: ὄνομα κύριον, πατὴρ Φαλήρου. τὸν δὲ Ἄλκωνα Πρόξενός (fg 5 M. II 462) φησιν Ἐρεχθέως. φυγεῖν δὲ αὐτὸν λέγει ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀττικῆς μετὰ τῆς θυγατρὸς Χαλκιόπης εἰς Εὔβοιαν, ἐξαιτοῦντος δὲ τοῦ πατρὸς οὐκ ἐκδοῦναι τοὺς Χαλκιδέας. τὸ δὲ τηλύγετον ἐνταῦθα οὐ τὸν μονογενῆ, πρόσκειται γὰρ καὶ μοῦνον ἐόντα, ἀλλὰ καταγηράσαντι αὐτῷ γενόμενον· οἱ γὰρ τοιούτοι τῶν παίδων εἰσὶ προσφιλεῖς.

97-100. Alcon: a proper name, father of Phalerus. Proxenus (fg 5 M. II 462) says that Alcon was the son of Erechtheus. And he says that he fled from Attica with his daughter Chalciope to Euboea, and when his father demanded her back, the Chalcidians did not give her up. And here τηλύγετον does not mean only-begotten, for it is added 'and being alone', but born to him in his old age; for such children are dear.

101—04 a. Θησέα δ’ ὃς περὶ πά〈ντας〉: Θησεὺς καὶ Πει- ρίθοος, ὄντες τὸ γένος ὁ μὲν ἐκ Διός, ὁ δὲ Ποσειδῶνος, ἐφάμιλλον τῷ γένει τὴν πρᾶξιν ἐποιούντο. καὶ ὁ μὲν Θησεὺς τῆς Ἑλένης ἐρασθεὶς ἔσχεν συμπράττοντα αὐτῷ τὸν Πειρίθουν, ὁ δὲ Πειρίθοος τὴν Περσεφόνην ἐθελήσας ἀγαγέσθαι ἀναγκαίως εἶχε τὸν Θησέα ἑπόμενον. καὶ δὴ διὰ Ταινάρου κατελθόντες καὶ ἐπί τινος πέτρας καθεσθέντες αὖθις ἀναστῆναι οὐ δεδύνηνται. Ἡρακλῆς δὲ ὕστερον κατελθὼν διὰ τὸν Κέρβερον, τὸν μὲν Θησέα ἀπέσωσεν ὡς μὴ ἑκοντὶ κατελθόντα, τὸν δὲ Πειρίθουν εἴασεν, ἐπειδὴ προαιρέσει ἰδίᾳ κατῆλθεν. ἐπεστράτευσαν δὲ κατὰ τῆς Τροιζῆνος οἱ Διόσκουροι διὰ τὴν ἀδελφὴν Θησέως ὄντος ἐν Ἅιδου καὶ πορθήσαντες ἔλαβον αἰχμάλωτον Αἴθραν τὴν Θησέως μητέρα.

101-04a. Theseus, who beyond all: Theseus and Pirithous, being of the race, the one from Zeus, the other from Poseidon, made their deeds equal to their lineage. And Theseus, having fallen in love with Helen, had Pirithous as his accomplice, while Pirithous, wishing to marry Persephone, necessarily had Theseus following him. And indeed, having descended through Taenarum and seated themselves on a certain rock, they were unable to rise again. But Heracles, later descending for Cerberus, rescued Theseus as one who had not gone down willingly, but left Pirithous, since he had gone down by his own choice. And the Dioscuri marched against Troezen because of their sister while Theseus was in Hades, and having sacked it, they took captive Aethra, the mother of Theseus.

10 Apoll. Epit. I 23 sq. | Hyg. Fab. 79 10 Apoll. Epit. I 23 sq. | Hyg. Fab. 79 11 ὁ μὲν ἐκ Δ. ὁ δὲ Π. L : ὁ μὲν Δ. ὁ δὲ Π. P : ὁ μὲν ἐκ Δ. ὁ δὲ ἐκ Π. F | 15 post Ταινάρου P add. εἰς ἅδην, unde εἰς Ἅιδου F | 16 διὰ L : ἐπὶ P 11 ὁ μὲν ἐκ Δ. ὁ δὲ Π. in L : ὁ μὲν Δ. ὁ δὲ Π. in P : ὁ μὲν ἐκ Δ. ὁ δὲ ἐκ Π. in F | 15 after Ταινάρου P adds εἰς ἅδην, whence F has εἰς Ἅιδου | 16 διὰ in L : ἐπὶ in P

b. Ταιναρίην: Φερεκύδης ἐν τῇ θ' (3 fg 39 J.) φησὶν ‘ὅτι Ἔλατος ὁ Ἰκαρίου γαμεῖ Ἐριμήδην τὴν Δαμασίκλου· τῶν δὲ γίνεται Ταίναρος, ἀφ’ οὗ Ταίναρον καλεῖται ἡ πόλις καὶ ἡ ἄκρα καὶ ὁ λιμήν’. LmP

b. Taenarian: Pherecydes in the ninth book (3 fg 39 J.) says: "that Elatus son of Icarius marries Erimede daughter of Damasiclus; and of them is born Taenarus, from whom the city and the cape and the harbor are called Taenarum." LmP

21 Steph. Byz. Ταίναρος: ... ἔστι καὶ Ταίναρος ὁ (Ἐλάτου τοῦ add. Meineke) Ἰκαρίου υἱός, ἀφ’ οὗ καλεῖται ἡ πόλις καὶ ἡ ἄκρα καὶ ὁ λιμήν. cf. W 93 21 Stephanus of Byzantium, Ταίναρος: ... there is also Taenarus the son of Icarius (Meineke adds "son of Elatus"), from whom the city and the cape and the harbor are named. cf. W 93 22 Ἔλατος (P) : Λύλατος L : Ἀλήτης Apoll. Bibl. III 126 | Ἰκαρίου Meineke : Ἰκάρου | Δαμασίππου Apoll. Bibl. l. l. 22 Ἔλατος (in P) : Λύλατος in L : Ἀλήτης in Apollodorus, Bibliotheca III 126 | Ἰκαρίου Meineke : Ἰκάρου | Δαμασίππου in Apollodorus, Bibliotheca l. l.

c. κεινὴν ὁδόν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ματαίαν. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἀμφότεροι γὰρ οὗτοι συνοδεύσαντες πάντας ἂν μόχθων ἀνέπαυσαν τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας. τὴν δὲ αἰτίαν ἐνταῦθά φησιν ὁ Ἀπολλώνιος τοῦ μὴ συμπλεῦσαι αὐτούς. ἀναγινώσκεται δὲ καὶ κείνην βαρυτόνως κατὰ ἀναφορὰν καὶ κεινὴν ὀξυτόνως ἀντὶ τοῦ κενήν.

c. κεινὴν ὁδόν: meaning "vain." The sense: for both of these, if they had joined the voyage, would have relieved the Argonauts of all their toils. Apollonius here gives the reason why they did not sail with them. It is also read κείνην with barytone accent as an anaphoric reference, and κεινὴν with oxytone accent meaning κενήν ("empty").

2 πάντας Fr. : -ων | 4 post αὐτούς A add. δεσμοῖς γάρ, φησί, κατείχοντο ἐν τῷ Ἅιδῃ διὰ τὸ βουληθῆναι ἁρπάσαι τὴν Περσεφόνην. cf. W 29 2 πάντας Fr. : -ων | 4 after αὐτούς A adds δεσμοῖς γάρ, φησί, κατείχοντο ἐν τῷ Ἅιδῃ διὰ τὸ βουληθῆναι ἁρπάσαι τὴν Περσεφόνην. cf. W 29

105—08 a. Τῖφυς δ’ Ἀγνιάδ〈ης〉: αἱ Σῖφαι τῆς Βοιωτίας πόλις, Σιφαεὺς δὲ δῆμος Θεσπιέων· Θέσπεια δὲ 〈καὶ〉 πόλις Θεσσαλίας. Φερεκύδης (3 fg 107 J.) δὲ Ποντέως ἱστορεῖ τὸν Τῖφυν, ὁ δὲ Αἰσχύλος ἐν τῇ Ἀργοῖ (fg 21 N.2) τὸν Τῖφυν Ἴφυν καλεῖ.

105-08a. Tiphys son of Hagnias: Siphae is a city of Boeotia, and Siphaean is a deme of the Thespians; Thespeia is also a city of Thessaly. Pherecydes (3 fg 107 J.) records that Tiphys was the son of Ponteus, but Aeschylus in his Argo (fg 21 N.2) calls Tiphys "Iphys."

b. προδαῆναι: προμαθεῖν. ἀρίστου γὰρ αὕτη τέχνη κυβερνήτου. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἀγαθὸς μὲν καὶ ἡμέρας τῷ ἡλίῳ, νυκτὸς δὲ πρός τινα τῶν ἀστέρων τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ πλοῦ τεκμήρασθαι.

b. προδαῆναι: to learn beforehand. For this is the skill of a good helmsman. The meaning: he was good at judging the time for sailing by the sun by day, and by night by reference to some of the stars.

109. Τριτωνίς: Τρίτωνες τρεῖς, Βοιωτίας, Θεσσαλίας, Λιβύης· ἐν δὲ τῷ κατὰ Λιβύην ἐτέχθη ἡ Ἀθηνά.

109. Tritonis: There are three Tritons: of Boeotia, of Thessaly, of Libya; and in the one in Libya Athena was born.

112. 〈κείνης ὑποθημοσύνῃσι:〉 διὰ τὸ ταῖς βουλαῖς τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς γενέσθαι. Lg

112. 〈κείνης ὑποθημοσύνῃσι:〉 because it came about through the counsels of Athena. Lg

115. Φλείας δ’ αὖτ’ ἐπὶ τοῖσιν: πόλις Πελοποννήσου ἡ Ἀραιθυρέα, ἡ νῦν ὀνομαζομένη Φλιοῦς ἀπὸ Φλιοῦντος τοῦ Διονύσου καὶ Χθονοφύλης. κεῖται δὲ ἡ Φλιοῦς ἐπὶ ὅροις τῆς Σικυῶνος. καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ Διόνυσος Φλιοῦς ὠνομάζετο ἀπὸ τοῦ φλεῖν τὸν οἶνον, ὅ ἐστιν εὐθηνεῖν.

115. Phleias, and after him: A city of the Peloponnese, Araethyrea, now called Phlius, from Phlius, son of Dionysus and Chthonophyle. Phlius lies on the borders of Sicyon. And Dionysus himself was called Phlius, from φλεῖν ("to abound") in wine, that is, to flourish.

17 Steph. Byz. Φλιοῦς: πόλις Πελοποννήσου, ἡ πρότερον Ἀραιθυρέα καὶ Ἀράντεια, ἀπὸ Φλιοῦντος τοῦ Διονύσου καὶ Χθονοφύλης. ... ὠνόμασται δὲ παρὰ τὸ φλεῖν, ὅ ἐστιν εὐκαρπεῖν. cf. W 93 | Strab. VIII 382 | sch. D B 571 | 20 Socr. Coi fg 4 Tresp (Φλεύς) 17 Stephanus of Byzantium, Φλιοῦς: a city of the Peloponnese, formerly Araethyrea and Aranteia, from Phlius, son of Dionysus and Chthonophyle. ... It is named from φλεῖν, which means "to be fruitful." cf. W 93 | Strabo VIII 382 | sch. D B 571 | 20 Socrates of Cos, fg 4 Tresp (Φλεύς) 18 Φλιοῦς bis Holstenius : φλιοῦς(σ)α | 20 φλεῖν L : φλύειν P 18 Φλιοῦς twice Holstenius : φλιοῦς(σ)α | 20 φλεῖν in L : φλύειν in P

117. ἐφέστιος Ἀσωπ〈οῖο〉: Ἀσωπὸς ποταμὸς Θηβῶν ἔχων

117. ἐφέστιος Ἀσωπ〈οῖο〉: Asopus is a river of Thebes, having

22 Boeotiae flumen confunditur cum Peloponnesiaco. quare καὶ ἕτερος post Θηβῶν add. Η 22 The Boeotian river is confused with the Peloponnesian one; therefore H added καὶ ἕτερος after Θηβῶν

τὰς πηγὰς ἐν Ἀραιθυρέᾳ. ἐκεραυνώθη δὲ ὑπὸ Διὸς διώκων αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ ἡρπακέναι τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτοῦ Αἴγιναν, ὡς καὶ Καλλίμαχός (fg 375 Schn.) φησιν. 〈...〉 εἰς Αἴγιναν τὴν πόλιν 〈...〉.

its springs in Araethyrea. He was struck by lightning by Zeus while pursuing him because he had abducted his daughter Aegina, as Callimachus (fr. 375 Schn.) also says. 〈...〉 to Aegina the city 〈...〉.

118—21 a. Ἀργόθεν αὖ Ταλαός: ἐκ τοῦ Ἄργους τῆς χώρας, οὐ τῆς πόλεως. ἐν δὲ ταῖς Μεγάλαις Ἠοίαις (Hesiodi fg 149 Rz.2) λέγεται, ὡς ἄρα Μελάμπους φίλτατος ὢν τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι ἀποδημήσας κατέλυσε παρὰ Πολυφόντῃ. βοὸς δὲ αὐτῷ τεθυμένου, δράκοντος ἀνερπύσαντος παρὰ τὸ θῦμα, διαφθεῖραι αὐτὸν τοὺς θεράποντας τοῦ βασιλέως· τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως χαλεπήναντος τὸν Μελάμποδα λαβεῖν καὶ θάψαι, τὰ δὲ τούτου ἔγγονα τραφέντα ὑπὸ τούτου λείχειν τὰ ὦτα καὶ ἐμπνεῦσαι αὐτῷ τὴν μαντικήν. διόπερ κλέπτοντα αὐτὸν τὰς βόας τοῦ Ἰφίκλου περιληφθέντα δεθῆναι καὶ τοῦ οἴκου μέλλοντος πεσεῖν, ἐν ᾧ ἦν ὁ Ἴφικλος, τῇ διακόνων πρεσβύτιδι μηνῦσαι καὶ τούτου χάριν ἀφεθῆναι τῷ Ἰφίκλῳ. σαφὴς δὲ ἡ ἱστορία.

118-21a. Ἀργόθεν αὖ Ταλαός: from Argos the region, not the city. In the Great Ehoiai (Hesiod fr. 149 Rz.²) it is said that Melampus, being most dear to Apollo, went abroad and lodged with Polyphonte. When an ox was sacrificed to him, a serpent crawled up beside the victim, and the king's servants killed it; the king was angered, and Melampus took it and buried it, and its offspring, reared by him, licked his ears and breathed into him the art of prophecy. Therefore, when he was caught stealing the cattle of Iphiclus, he was bound, and when the house in which Iphiclus was was about to fall, he revealed it to the old woman among the servants, and for this favor he was released by Iphiclus. The story is clear.

b. 〈τῆς δ’ ἀμφί:〉 διὰ τὸν ἀδελφὸν Βίαντα. Lg

b. 〈τῆς δ’ ἀμφί:〉 because of his brother Bias. Lg

c. 〈Αἰολίδης:〉 Ἀμυθάονος γὰρ ἔστι τοῦ Κρηθέως τοῦ Αἰόλου τοῦ Ἕλληνος τοῦ Διός. Lm(P)

c. 〈Αἰολίδης:〉 for he is the son of Amythaon, son of Cretheus, son of Aeolus, son of Hellen, son of Zeus. Lm(P)

d. σταθμοῖσιν ἐν Ἰφίκ〈λοιο〉: Ἴφικλος Φυλάκου παῖς τοῦ Δηιονέως. μήτηρ δὲ Μελάμποδος Δωρίππη, ὡς Διευχίδας (fg 9 M. IV 390). φησὶ δὲ καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ ὀνόματος, ὅτι τεκοῦσα αὐτὸν ἡ μήτηρ εἰς σύνδενδρον ἐξέθετο τόπον, συνέβη δὲ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ ἡλίου μελανθῆναι ἀσκίους ὄντας.

d. σταθμοῖσιν ἐν Ἰφίκ〈λοιο〉: Iphiclus, son of Phylacus, son of Deioneus. The mother of Melampus is Dorippe, as Dieuchidas (fr. 9 M. IV 390) says. He also gives the reason for the name: that his mother, after giving birth to him, exposed him in a wooded place, and it happened that his feet were darkened by the sun, being unshaded.

124—29 a. νεῖον ἀπ’ Ἀρκαδ〈ίης〉: προπερισπωμένως ἀντὶ

124-29a. νεῖον ἀπ’ Ἀρκαδ〈ίης〉: with circumflex on the penult, meaning

τοῦ νεωστί, ὀξυτόνως δὲ τὴν γῆν. ὁ δὲ ἑξῆς λόγος οὕτω· ἐπειδὴ ἤκουσε μέλλειν πλεῖν τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας, νεωστί διεληλυθὼς τὸ Ἄργος, καθ’ Ἣν ὁδὸν ἐκόμιζε τὸν κάπρον ζῶντα ἐκ τοῦ Ἐρυμανθίου ὄρους, ὅπου κατὰ τὰς βήσσας ἐνέμετο Λαμπείας τε καὶ Ἐρυμάνθου, ἦλθεν ὡς Ἰάσονα. Λάμπεια δὲ ὄρος Ἀρκαδίας, ἐξ ἧς Ἐρύμανθος ποταμὸς ἔχει τὰς πηγάς.

“recently,” but with acute on the ultima, “the earth.” The sequence of thought is as follows: when he heard that the Argonauts were about to sail, having recently passed through Argos, along which road he was bringing the boar alive from Mount Erymanthus, where it grazed in the glens of Lampeia and Erymanthus, he came to Jason. Lampeia is a mountain of Arcadia, from which the river Erymanthus has its springs.

b. Λυγκήιον: ἀπὸ Λυγκέως τοῦ βασιλεύσαντος Ἄργους. ἐὰν δὲ Λυρκήιον, ἀπὸ ὄρους Ἄργους ἀκουστέον, ἀφ’ οὗ ὁ Ἴναχος καταφέρεται ποταμός.

b. Λυγκήιον: from Lynceus, the king of Argos. But if it is Λυρκήιον, it must be understood from the mountain of Argos, from which the river Inachus flows down.

c. τῖφος: ὁ κάθυγρος τόπος, ἔνθα διέτριβεν ὁ κάπρος. περὶ δὲ τοῦ κάπρου καὶ Ἡρόδωρός (31 fg 24 J.) φησιν, ὅτι ἐπὶ τὰς πύλας τῶν Μυκηνῶν κομίσας αὐτὸν ἀπέθετο. ἰλλόμενον δὲ δεδεμένον. διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἀπεθήκατο τοῦ βαστάζοντος ἐπιδείκνυται ἡ δύναμις, ὅτι εὐχερῶς.

c. τῖφος: the marshy place where the boar spent its time. About the boar, Herodorus (31 FGrH 24 J.) also says that he carried it to the gates of Mycenae and set it down. "ἰλλόμενον" means "bound." Through the word "ἀπεθήκατο" the strength of the one carrying it is shown, that he did so easily.

131. σὺν καί οἱ Ὕλας: οὗτος Ἡρακλέους ἐρώμενος, υἱὸς δὲ Θειοδάμαντος τοῦ Δρύοπος. καὶ Μνασέας (fg 10 M. III 151) μὲν οὕτως. Ἑλλάνικος (4 fg 131 a J.) δὲ Θειομένη ἀντὶ Θειοδάμαντος ὀνομάζει.

131. σὺν καί οἱ Ὕλας: This man was Heracles' beloved, son of Theiodamas son of Dryops. So Mnaseas (fr. 10 M. III 151). Hellanicus (4 FGrH 131a J.) names Theiomene instead of Theiodamas.

15 sch. 1212/19 a | sch. Theocr. XIII 7/9 a | Apoll. Bibl. I 117 | Hyg. Fab. 14 (46, 7 Schm.) 15 scholium on 1212/19 a | scholium on Theocritus XIII 7/9 a | Apollodorus, Bibliotheca I 117 | Hyginus, Fabulae 14 (46, 7 Schm.) 15 ἠκολούθει δὲ καὶ ὁ Ὕλλας... cf. W 28 | 17 Θειομένη ἀντὶ Sturz : Θειομένητα (ἀντὶ) Hoelzlin : Θειομένητα 15 ἠκολούθει δὲ καὶ ὁ Ὕλλας... cf. W 28 | 17 Θειομένη ἀντὶ Sturz : Θειομένητα (ἀντὶ) Hoelzlin : Θειομένητα

132 a. 〈ἰῶν:〉 τῶν βελῶν. Lg

132a. 〈ἰῶν:〉 of arrows. Lg

b. φύλακος: Ἰωνικῶς ὁ φύλαξ. Ἴωνες γὰρ τὰς γενικὰς ποιοῦ- σιν εὐθείας· τοῦ φύλακος ὁ φύλακος, τοῦ μάρτυρος ὁ μάρτυρος. τοῦ δὲ φύλακος ὀξυτονητέον τὴν πρώτην· Ἡρωδιανὸς (I 150, 3 L.) δὲ τὴν τελευταίαν ὀξύνει. φορεὺς δὲ ὁ φέρων. Lm(P)

b. φύλακος: in Ionic fashion for "the guard." For the Ionians make genitives into nominatives: "of the guard" becomes "the guard," "of the witness" becomes "the witness." The first syllable of φύλακος should be accented acute; but Herodian (I 150, 3 L.) accents the last syllable. φορεύς means "the one who carries." Lm(P)

133—38. Ναύπλιος υἱὸς Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀμυμώνης τῆς Δαναοῦ.

133-38. Nauplius, son of Poseidon and Amymone, daughter of Danaus.

24 sch. IV 1091 24 scholium on IV 1091 24 Ναύπλιολ — ἐστίν L : ὁ Ν. οὗτος ἀπὸ τοῦ παλαιοῦ... P 24 Ναύπλιολ — ἐστίν in L : ὁ Ν. οὗτος ἀπὸ τοῦ παλαιοῦ... in P

οὗτος δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχαίου Ναυπλίου ἐστίν. Προίτου δὲ λέγει τοῦ Βελλεροφόντου ἐχθροῦ, ἀνδρὸς δὲ Ἀντείας· καὶ Ὅμηρος (Ζ 152 sqq.) οἶδεν.

This man is descended from the ancient Nauplius. He speaks of Proetus, the enemy of Bellerophon and husband of Anteia; Homer (Iliad Z 152 ff.) also knows this.

139—44 a. Ἴδμων δ’ ὑστάτ〈ιος〉: Χαμαιλέων (fg 6 Koepke) φησι τὸν Θέστορα Ἴδμονα παρὰ τοῖς ἀρχαίοις καλεῖσθαι διὰ τὸ ἔμπειρον εἶναι, ἄλλοι φασὶ καὶ Θέστορα συμπλεῦσαι τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις. τὸν Ἀμφιάραον δὲ φησι συμπλεῦσαι Δηίοχος (fg 1 M. II 17). ὁ δὲ Ἴδμων, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Φερεκύδης (3 fg 108 J.), ἐγένετο παῖς Ἀστερίας τῆς Κορώνου καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος, οὗ καὶ Λαοθόης Θέστωρ· τοῦ δὲ Κάλχας. ἀναιρεῖται δὲ Ἴδμων ἐν Μαριανδυνίᾳ ὑπὸ κάπρου. ὅτι δὲ Ἄβαντος υἱὸς Ἴδμων, φησὶ καὶ Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 44 J.).

139-44a. Ἴδμων δ’ ὑστάτ〈ιος〉: Chamaeleon (fr. 6 Koepke) says that Thestor was called Idmon among the ancients because of his experience; others say that Thestor also sailed with the Argonauts. Deiiochus (fr. 1 M. II 17) says that Amphiaraus sailed with them. Idmon, as Pherecydes (3 FGrH 108 J.) relates, was the child of Asteria, daughter of Coronus, and Apollo; from him and Laothoe came Thestor; and from Thestor, Calchas. Idmon was killed in Mariandynia by a boar. That Idmon was the son of Abas, Herodorus (31 FGrH 44 J.) also says.

b. 〈ὑστάτιος:〉 τῶν ἐξ Ἄργους ὕστατος. Lg

b. 〈ὑστάτιος:〉 the last of those from Argos. Lg

c. μὴ ὁ δῆμος μέμψηται αὑτοῦ τὸ κλέος. Lm(P)

c. lest the people find fault with his glory. Lm(P)

d. Αἰολίδῃσιν: τοῖς υἱωνοῖς 〈Αἰόλου〉. Αἰόλου γὰρ τοῦ Ἕλληνος Κρηθεὺς καὶ Ἀθάμας, Κρηθέως δὲ Αἴσων, Αἴσονος δὲ ὁ Ἰάσων. Ἄβας δὲ Μελάμποδος ἦν τοῦ Ἀμυθάονος τοῦ Κρηθέως τοῦ Αἰόλου. Lm(P)

d. To the Aeolidae: to the descendants of Aeolus. For Cretheus and Athamas were sons of Aeolus, son of Hellen; Aeson was son of Cretheus, and Jason son of Aeson. Abas was son of Melampus, son of Amythaon, son of Cretheus, son of Aeolus.

146—49 a. καὶ μὴν Αἰτωλὶς κρα〈τερόν〉: εἰκότως αὐτὴν Αἰτωλίδα εἶπεν, ἐπεὶ Αἰτωλὸς ὁ Θέστιος. καὶ εἴρηκεν ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας, ὡς ἐάν τις τὸν Συρακόσιον Σικελὸν λέγῃ ἢ τὸν Ῥωμαῖον Ἰταλόν. ὁ δὲ Ἴβυκος (fg 41 B. III 249) αὐτὴν Πλευρωνίαν φησίν, Ἑλλάνικος (4 fg 119 J.) δὲ Καλυδωνίαν. ἡ δὲ Λήδα ἦν Θεστίου θυγάτηρ τοῦ βασιλέως τῆς Αἰτωλίας, Ἄρεως υἱοῦ καὶ Δημοδίκης, μητέρα δὲ αὐτῆς 〈λέγουσι Δηιδά〉μειαν. Γλαύκου δὲ αὐτὴν τοῦ Σισύφου εἶναι πατρὸς ἐν Κορινθιακοῖς λέγει Εὔμηλος (fg 6 Kink. 191) καὶ Παντειδυίας μη-

146-49a. And indeed the Aetolian woman, mighty: reasonably he called her Aetolian, since Thestius was an Aetolian. And he has spoken from the country, as if someone calls the Syracusan Sicilian or the Roman Italian. But Ibycus (fr. 41 B. III 249) calls her Pleuronian, and Hellanicus (4 fr. 119 J.) Calydonian. Leda was the daughter of Thestius, king of Aetolia, son of Ares and Demodice; and they say her mother was Deidamia. Eumelus (fr. 6 Kink. 191) in his Corinthiaca says that her father was Glaucus, son of Sisyphus, and her mother Panteidyia,

τρός, ἱστορῶν ὅτι τῶν ἵππων ἀπολομένων ἦλθεν εἰς Λακεδαίμονα ὁ Γλαῦκος καὶ ἐκεῖ ἐμίγη Παντειδυίᾳ· ἣν ὕστερον γήμασθαι Θεστίῳ, ὥστε τὴν Λήδαν γόνῳ μὲν οὖσαν Γλαύκου λέγεσθαι Θεστίου. Φερεκύδης δὲ ἐν τῇ β' (3 fg 9 J.) ἐκ Λαοφόνης τῆς Πλευρῶνος Λήδαν καὶ Ἀλθαίαν Θεστίῳ γενέσθαι φησίν. ὅτι δὲ Γλαύκου ἐστὶ θυγάτηρ, καὶ Ἀλκμὰν (fg 8 B. III 17) αἰνίττεται, λέγων ‘τοὺς τέκε θυγάτηρ Γλαύκω μάκαι- ρα’. φασὶ τὸν μὲν Πολυδεύκην Διός, τὸν δὲ Κάστορα Τυνδάρεω. τηλυγέτους δὲ νῦν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀγαπητούς, Ὅμηρος δὲ τοὺς ἐν γήρᾳ γεννωμένους.

recounting that when his horses perished, Glaucus came to Lacedaemon and there had intercourse with Panteidyia; later she married Thestius, so that Leda, though by birth Glaucus' daughter, was called Thestius' daughter. Pherecydes in the second book (3 fr. 9 J.) says that Leda and Althaea were born to Thestius from Laophonte, daughter of Pleuron. That she is Glaucus' daughter, Alcman (fr. 8 B. III 17) also hints, saying 'whom the blessed daughter of Glaucus bore'. They say that Polydeuces was son of Zeus, and Castor son of Tyndareus. 'Telygetous' here means 'beloved', but Homer uses it for those born in old age.

b. Αἰτωλὶς δὲ ἤτοι διὰ τὴν χώραν ἢ ἀπὸ Αἰτωλοῦ τοῦ ἥρωος. L

b. Aetolian, either because of the country or from Aetolus the hero.

152. Ἀρήνηθεν: Φερεκύδης (3 fg 127 J.) τὴν μητέρα τῶν περὶ Ἴδαν Ἀρήνην φησίν, ἀφ’ ἧς ἡ πόλις, Πείσανδρος (16 fg 2 J.) Πολυδώραν, Θεόκριτος (XXII 206) Λαοκόωσαν. οὗτοι δὲ συνηκμασαν τοῖς Διοσκούροις. Ἀρήνη δὲ πόλις Πελοποννήσου πλησίον Πύλου· καὶ Ὅμηρος (Β 591)· ‘οἱ δὲ Πύλον τ’ ἐνέμοντο καὶ Ἀρήνην ἐρατεινήν’.

152. From Arene: Pherecydes (3 fr. 127 J.) says that the mother of Idas and his brothers was Arene, after whom the city is named; Pisander (16 fr. 2 J.) says Polydora; Theocritus (XXII 206) says Laocoosa. These men were contemporaries of the Dioscuri. Arene is a city of the Peloponnese near Pylos; and Homer (B 591): 'and they dwelt in Pylos and lovely Arene'.

156—60 a. σὺν δὲ Περικλύμενος: ὅτι Νηλέως παῖς Περι- κλύμενος, δῆλον. φησὶ γὰρ ὁ ποιητὴς (λ 286)· ‘Νέστορά τε Χρόμιόν τε Περικλύμενόν τ’ ἀγέρωχον’. τοῦτον δὲ ὡς ἔγγονον αὑτοῦ ὁ Ποσει- δῶν — Νηλεὺς γὰρ Ποσειδῶνος — καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐκόσμησεν καὶ ἐχαρίσατο αὐτῷ εἰς πάντα μεταβάλλεσθαι, ὡς καὶ ὁ Εὐφορίων (fg 74 Scheidw.)· ‘ὅς ῥά τε πᾶσιν ἔικτο, θαλάσσιος ἠύτε Πρωτεύς’. ἀνήρηκεν

156-60a. And with them Periclymenus: that Periclymenus was the son of Neleus is clear. For the poet says (Od. 11.286): 'Nestor and Chromius and lordly Periclymenus.' Poseidon, as his descendant—for Neleus was the son of Poseidon—both adorned him among the others and granted him the ability to change into all things, as Euphorion also says (fr. 74 Scheidw.): 'who was like to all things, a sea-creature like Proteus.'

17 Νηλέως P : -ῆος L | 22 θαλάσσιος F : -ης L : -η τ’ P | ἀνήρηκεν Wil. : -σεν L : aliter P 17 Νηλέως in P : Νηλῆος in L | 22 θαλάσσιος in F : θαλάσσης in L : θαλάσση τ’ in P | ἀνήρηκεν Wil. : ἀνήρησεν in L : differently in P

δὲ αὐτὸν Ἡρακλῆς εἰς μυῖαν μεταβληθέντα ἐν τῷ πρὸς Πυλίους πολέμῳ κατὰ συμβουλὴν Ἀθηνᾶς τῷ ῥοπάλῳ αὐτὸν πλήξας 〈...〉 ἐμπαγέντα ὥσπερ μέλισσαν τῷ κέντρῳ· Ἡσίοδος (fg 14 Rz.2) δὲ μεταβληθέντα εἴς τινα τῶν συνήθων μορφῶν ἐπικαθεσθῆναι τῷ ὀμφαλῷ τοῦ ζυγοῦ τῶν Ἡρακλέους ἵππων, βουλόμενον εἰς μάχην καταστῆναι τῷ ἥρωι, τὸν δὲ Ἡρακλέα καιρίως αὐτὸν κατατοξεῦσαι τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ὑποδειξάσης. φησὶ δὲ οὕτως· Περικλύμενόν τ’ ἀγέρωχον ὄλβιον, ᾧ πόρε δῶρα Ποσειδάων Ἐνοσίχθων παντοῖ’· άλλοτε μὲν γὰρ ἐν ὀρνίθεσσι φάνεσκεν αἰετός, άλλοτε δ’ αὖτε πελέσκετο — θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι — μύρμηξ, άλλοτε δ’ αὖτε μελισσέων ἀγλαὰ φῦλα, άλλοτε δ’ αἰνὸς ὄφις καὶ ἀμείλιχος. εἶχε δὲ δῶρα παντοῖ’, οὐκ ὀνομαστά, τά μιν καὶ ἔπειτα δόλωσεν βουλῇ Ἀθηναίης’.

Heracles killed him when he had changed into a fly in the war against the Pylians, striking him with his club on the advice of Athena, 〈...〉 stuck like a bee with its sting. But Hesiod (fr. 14 Rz.²) says that he changed into one of his customary forms and sat upon the navel of the yoke of Heracles' horses, wishing to engage in battle with the hero, and that Heracles shot him fatally with an arrow when Athena pointed him out. He speaks thus: 'and lordly Periclymenus, blessed, to whom Poseidon the Earth-shaker gave gifts of all kinds: at one time he would appear among birds as an eagle, at another he would become—a wonder to behold—an ant, at another the splendid tribes of bees, at another a dread and pitiless serpent. He had gifts of all kinds, not to be named, which later deceived him by the counsel of Athena.'

b. 〈Πύλῳ:〉 ἀφ’ ἧς ἦν ὁ Νέστωρ, ἥτις ἐστὶ καὶ ἀμμώδης ἀπὸ τοῦ παραρρέοντος ποταμοῦ. Νηλεὺς δὲ ἔσχεν παῖδας ἐκ μὲν Χλώριδος Νέστορα, Περικλύμενον, Χρόμιον, ἐκ δὲ διαφόρων γυναικῶν Ταῦρον, Ἀστέριον, Πυλάωνα, Δηίμαχον, Εὐρύβιον, Ἐπιλέοντα, Φράσιν, Ἀντι- μένη, Εὐαγόραν ἤ, ὡς Ἀσκληπιάδης (12 fg 21 J.) φησίν, Ἀλάστορα. καὶ ὁ ποιητής (Λ 692)· ‘δώδεκα γὰρ Νηλῆος ἀμύμονος υἱέες ἦμεν’.

b. 〈Pylos:〉 from which Nestor came, which is also sandy from the river flowing past. Neleus had sons: from Chloris, Nestor, Periclymenus, Chromius; and from various women, Taurus, Asterius, Pylaon, Deimachus, Eurybius, Epileon, Phrasis, Antimenes, Euagoras, or, as Asclepiades (12 fr. 21 J.) says, Alastor. And the poet (Il. 11.692): 'for we were twelve sons of blameless Neleus.'

17 Apoll. Bibl. I 93 | 18 Hyg. Fab. 14 (46, 22 Schm.) | 24 Apoll. Bibl. III 102 17 Apollodorus, Library I 93 | 18 Hyginus, Fabulae 14 (46, 22 Schm.) | 24 Apollodorus, Library III 102 16 huic interpretamento suum lemma dedit W | ἀμμώδης spectat ad ἠμαθόεις epitheton Homericum | 19 Πυλάωνα L : Λυκάωνα P | Δηίμαχον F : Δήμ- L : Δόμ- (P) | 20 ἢ ὡς Ἀ. φ. Ἀλ. W : ὡς Ἀ. φ. καὶ Ἀλ. 16 W gave this interpretation its own lemma | ἀμμώδης refers to the Homeric epithet ἠμαθόεις | 19 Πυλάωνα in L : Λυκάωνα in P | Δηίμαχον in F : Δήμαχον in L : Δόμαχον in (P) | 20 ἢ ὡς Ἀ. φ. Ἀλ. W : ὡς Ἀ. φ. καὶ Ἀλ.

c. 〈συνοχῇ:〉 τῇ συμβολῇ. Lg

c. 〈συνοχῇ:〉 at the meeting-place. Lg

161—63. οἳ Τεγέην: Τεγέα πόλις Ἀρκαδίας. κλῆρον δὲ 〈Ἀφειδάντειον〉 τὴν βασιλείαν τὴν Ἀφείδαντος. ὁ γὰρ Ἀλεὸς ἱστο-

161-63. They who Tegea: Tegea is a city of Arcadia. And 〈the portion of Apheidas〉 means the kingdom of Apheidas. For Aleus is said to be the son of Apheidas, son of Arcas, from whom the land is called Arcadia. Apheidas, son of Arcas, an ancient hero, ruled over Tegea. There are two Cepheuses: one the son of Aleus, whom Apollonius mentions, and the other 〈...〉, whom Hellanicus mentions in his work On Arcadia (4 fr. 37 J.).

24 add. A | τὴν Ἀ. L : τοῦ Ἀ. P 24 added by A | τὴν Ἀ. in L : τοῦ Ἀ. in P

ρεῖται Ἀφείδαντος υἱὸς εἶναι τοῦ Ἀρκάδος, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ ἡ χώρα Ἀρκαδία. Ἀφείδας δὲ ὁ Ἀρκάδος, ἀρχαῖος ἥρως, ἐβασίλευσε Τεγέας. δύο δέ εἰσι Κηφεῖς, ὁ μὲν Ἀλεοῦ, οὗ μνημονεύει Ἀπολλώνιος, ὁ δὲ ἕτερος 〈...〉, οὗ μνημονεύει Ἑλλάνικος ἐν τῷ Περὶ Ἀρκαδίας (4 fg 37 J.).

He is said to be the son of Apheidas, son of Arcas, from whom the land is called Arcadia. Apheidas, son of Arcas, an ancient hero, ruled over Tegea. There are two Cepheuses: one the son of Aleus, whom Apollonius mentions, and the other 〈...〉, whom Hellanicus mentions in his work On Arcadia (4 fr. 37 J.).

1 verba ἀφ’ οὗ — Ἀρκαδία leguntur post Τεγέας, trai. W et Wil. | 3 lac. nomine patris (Λυκούργου ἢ cf. Apoll. Bibl. I 67) explendam ind. W 1 the words ἀφ’ οὗ — Ἀρκαδία are read after Τεγέας, transposed by W and Wil. | 3 the lacuna is to be filled with the name of the father (Λυκούργου or cf. Apoll. Bibl. I 67), indicated by W

164. Ἀγκαῖος: Λυκούργου καὶ Ἀντινόης Ἀγκαῖος καὶ Ἔποχος· τιμᾶται δὲ ὁ Λυκοῦργος παρ’ Ἀρκάσιν, ὥς φησιν Ἀριστομένης (M. IV 336). μνημονεύει καὶ Ὅμηρος τούτου τοῦ Λυκούργου (Η 142—45): ‘τὸν Λυκό- οργος — ὑποφθὰς δουρὶ μέσον περόνησε’. καὶ ἄγεται Μώλεια ἑορτὴ παρὰ Ἀρκάσιν, ἐπειδὴ Λυκοῦργος λοχήσας κατὰ τὴν μάχην εἷλεν Ἐρευθα- λίωνα· μῶλος δὲ ἡ μάχη.

164. Ancaeus: Ancaeus and Epochus were sons of Lycurgus and Antinoe; Lycurgus is honored among the Arcadians, as Aristomenes says (M. IV 336). Homer also mentions this Lycurgus (H 142–45): ‘τὸν Λυκόοργος — ὑποφθὰς δουρὶ μέσον περόνησε’. And a festival called Moleia is held among the Arcadians, because Lycurgus, having lain in ambush during the battle, captured Ereuthalion; for molos means battle.

168—70. βῆ δ’ ὅγε Μαιναλίης: Μαίναλος ὄρος Ἀρκαδίας καὶ πόλις, ἀπὸ Μαινάλου τοῦ Ἀρκάδος, οὗ πατὴρ Λυκάων. καλιῇ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ οἰκίᾳ, κυρίως δὲ ἡ ἐκ κάλων κατεσκευασμένη· κάλα δὲ τὰ ξύλα. ξυλίναις γὰρ ἐχρῶντο τὸ παλαιὸν οἰκίαις λιθ〈ίν〉ων μηδέπω ἐπινοηθέντων.

168–70. βῆ δ’ ὅγε Μαιναλίης: Maenalus is a mountain and city of Arcadia, named after Maenalus the Arcadian, whose father was Lycaon. καλιῇ is used instead of οἰκίᾳ, but properly it means a dwelling made of wood; κάλα are pieces of wood. For in ancient times they used wooden houses, since stone ones had not yet been devised.

172—73. βῆ δὲ καὶ Αὐγείης: οὗτος γόνῳ μὲν ἦν Ἡλίου, ἐπίκλησιν δὲ Φόρβαντος ἐκ τῆς Νηλέως Ὑρμίνης· οἱ δέ φασιν ἀπὸ τῆς Νυκτέως, οἱ δὲ αὐτὴν Ἐπειοῦ θυγατέρα εἶναι. δοκοῦσι δὲ ἀκτῖνες ἀπο- λάμπειν αὐτοῦ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν. τούτου δὲ τῶν βοσκημάτων ὁ Ἡρακλῆς τὴν κόπρον ἐκάθηρεν.

172–73. βῆ δὲ καὶ Αὐγείης: He was by birth the son of Helius, but by adoption the son of Phorbas, from Hyrmine daughter of Neleus; but some say he was from the daughter of Nycteus, and others that she was the daughter of Epeius. Rays seem to flash from his eyes. Heracles cleansed the dung of his cattle.

176. Ἀστέριος δέ: τὸν Ἀστερίωνα λέγει. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ Ὑπερ- ασίου βασιλέως τῆς Ἀχαΐας πόλις Ὑπερασία. Ὅμηρος (Β 573)· ‘οἵ θ’ Ὑπερασίην’.

176. Ἀστέριος δέ: He means Asterion. From Hyperasius, king of Achaea, the city Hyperesia is named. Homer (B 573): ‘οἵ θ’ Ὑπερασίην’.

177. Πελλήνης: ἡ Ἀχαϊκὴ Πελλήνη διὰ τοῦ ε, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα ἡ τῆς

177. Πελλήνης: The Achaean Pellene is spelled with ε, but the other one, in

Ἀρκαδίας διὰ τοῦ α γράφεται, Παλλήνη. Ἀχαιὶς δὲ μέρος τῆς Θεσσα- λίας, ἧς ἡ Πελλήνη.

Arcadia, is spelled with α, Pallene. Achaeis is a part of Thessaly, to which Pellene belongs.

1 scholiastam ineptire patet 1 it is clear that the scholiast is mistaken

179. Ταίναρον ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Λακωνικῆς ἀπὸ Ταινάρου τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος.

179. Taenarum is a promontory of Laconia, named after Taenarus son of Poseidon.

181. Εὐρώπη Τιτυοῦ τοῦ Ἐλάρης παιδός. οὗτος δὲ ἐν Ἅιδου τετιμώρηται διὰ τὸ εἰς Πυθῶνα στελλομένην κατασχεῖν τὴν Λητώ, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (λ 576)· ‘Τιτυὸν Γαίης υἱόν’. ὁ δὲ Εὐφορίων (fg 123 Scheidw.) Ἀρτέμιδός φησιν αὐτὸν ἧφθαι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τιμωρεῖσθαι.

181. Europa was the daughter of Tityus, son of Elara. He is punished in Hades because he seized Leto as she was going to Pytho, as Homer also says (λ 576): ‘Τιτυὸν Γαίης υἱόν’. But Euphorion (fg 123 Scheidw.) says that he was beloved of Artemis and is punished for that reason.

184. διερῇ πεφόρητο: διερή κυρίως ἡ ἐκ Διὸς γινομένη κάθυγρος γῆ, ἐξ οὗ καὶ διαίνω τὸ βρέχω. παρὰ δὲ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Υ 226—29)· ‘αἱ δ’ ὅτε δὴ σκιρτῷεν ἐπὶ ζείδωρον ἄρουραν’ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.

184. διερῇ πεφόρητο: διερή properly means the earth made wet by Zeus, from which also comes διαίνω, "I moisten." It is after the Homeric passage (Y 226-29): "but when they gambol over the grain-giving earth" and so forth.

9 Et. Or. 45, 19 | Et. M. 266, 56 | Eust. 881, 10 9 Et. Or. 45, 19 | Et. M. 266, 56 | Eust. 881, 10 11 δὴ P : om. L 11 δὴ in P : omitted in L

185—88 a. καὶ δ’ ἄλλω δύο παῖδε: ὁ μὲν ἦν υἱός, ὁ δὲ Ἐργῖνος ἀπόγονος· Ἀγκαῖος υἱὸς Ἀστυπαλαίας τῆς Φοίνικος καὶ Ποσει- δῶνος, Ἐργῖνος δὲ Κλυμένου τοῦ Πρέσβωνος καὶ Βουζύγης τῆς Λύκου. ὁ δὲ Μίλητος, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ ἡ πόλις Μίλητος, Εὐξαντίου τοῦ Μίνωος, οἱ δέ φασιν αὐτὸν Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Ἀρείας τῆς Κλεόχου· ἐκλήθη δὲ Μί- λητος, ὅτι ἐκρύβη ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς ἐν μίλακι. οἱ δέ φασιν ὑπὸ Σαρπη- δόνος τοῦ Διὸς Μίλητον κτισθῆναι, ὀνομασθεῖσαν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν Κρήτῃ. ὀνομασθῆναι δὲ αὐτὴν πρῶτον λέγουσι Πιτυοῦσσαν, οἱ δὲ Ἀστερίαν, εἶτα Ἀνακτορίαν, εἶτα Μίλητον. καὶ Ἀριστόκριτός (fg 1 M. IV 334) φησι,

185-88a. And two other sons: one was a son, the other Erginus was a descendant; Ancaeus was the son of Astypalaea, daughter of Phoenix, and Poseidon, while Erginus was the son of Clymenus, son of Presbon, and Buzyge, daughter of Lycus. Miletus, from whom the city Miletus is named, was the son of Euxantius, son of Minos; but some say he was the son of Apollo and Areia, daughter of Cleochus. He was called Miletus because he was hidden by his mother in a milax (yew). Others say that Miletus was founded by Sarpedon, son of Zeus, and named after the city in Crete. They say it was first called Pityussa, others Asteria, then Anactoria, then Miletus. And Aristocritus (fg 1 M. IV 334) says,

ὅτι Ἀρεία θυγάτηρ ἐγένετο Κλεόχου, ἧς καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος γενέσθαι βρέφος, καὶ τοῦτο ἐκτεθῆναι εἰς μίλακα, τὸν δὲ Κλέοχον ἀνελέσθαι καὶ ὀνομάσαι ἀπὸ τῆς μίλακος Μίλητον· τοῦτον δὲ ἀνδρωθέντα καὶ φθονούμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ Μίνωος ἀναχωρῆσαι εἰς τὴν Σάμον, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ τόπος ἐκεῖ Μίλητος. καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Σάμου μεταβὰς εἰς τὴν Καρίαν ἔκτισε πόλιν, Μίλητον ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ καλέσας. μαρτυρεῖ Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 45 J.).

That Areia was the daughter of Cleochus, and from her and Apollo a child was born, and this child was exposed in a milax, and Cleochus took him up and named him Miletus from the milax. When he grew up and was envied by Minos, he withdrew to Samos, from which also a place there is called Miletus. And moving from Samos to Caria he founded a city, calling it Miletus after himself. Herodorus (31 fg 45 J.) bears witness.

4 ἐκεῖ W : ἐστὶ L : τίς ἐστιν ἐκεῖ P 4 ἐκεῖ W : ἐστὶ L : τίς ἐστιν ἐκεῖ P

b. 〈ὁ δ’ Ἰμβρασίης ἕδος Ἥρης Παρθενίην:〉 τὴν Σάμον φησίν. Ἴμβρασος γὰρ ποταμὸς Σάμου, ὃς μετεκλήθη Παρθένιος διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖ παρθένον ἔτι οὖσαν τετράφθαι τὴν Ἥραν. καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fg 213 Schn.) μέμνηται. ὁ δὲ Ταρραῖος οὕτως (fg 10 Linnenkugel) Παρθενία δὲ ἡ Σάμος ἀπὸ Παρθενίας τῆς Σάμου γυναικὸς ὠνομάσθη. Lm (P)

b. 〈ὁ δ’ Ἰμβρασίης ἕδος Ἥρης Παρθενίην:〉 He means Samos. For Imbrasus is a river of Samos, which was renamed Parthenius because Hera was raised there while still a virgin. Callimachus (fg 213 Schn.) also mentions it. And Tarrhaeus says (fg 10 Linnenkugel): "Parthenia, Samos, was named after Parthenia, a woman of Samos." Lm (P)

c. 〈Παρθενίης〉 Ἀγκαῖος: Ἀριστοτέλης (fg 530 Rose) φησὶ τιθεὶς ἐπὶ Ἀγκαίου τὴν παροιμίαν, ὅτι γέγονε φιλογεώργος Ἀγκαῖος καὶ πολλὰς ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπέλους. εἰπόντος δὲ αὐτῷ τοῦ θερά- ποντος, ὅτι θᾶττον ἀποθανεῖται ἢ πίεται ἐκ τῶν καρπών τῆς ἀμπέλου, Ἀγκαῖος ὡρίμου γενομένου τοῦ καρποῦ, τρίψας βότρυν ἐκάλεσε τὸν θε- ράποντα καὶ εἶπεν, ὡς ἔζησεν μέχρις οὗ καρποφορήσῃ ἡ ἄμπελος, καὶ ἔμελλε πίνειν. τοῦ δὲ θεράποντος εἰπόντος ‘πολλά μεταξὺ πέλει κύλικος καὶ χείλεος ἄκρου’ διηγγέλη αὐτῷ τις σῦς διαλυμαινόμενος τὴν χώραν ἐφ’ ὃν ἐκδραμὼν πρὶν πίῃ, ἀνηρέθη ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ· διὸ ἐπεκράτησεν ἡ παρ- οιμία ἐπὶ τῶν παρὰ προσδοκίαν τι πασχόντων. καὶ Φερεκύδης ἐν τῇ η’ (3 fg 36 J.) φησὶ τὸν Ἀγκαῖον ὑπὸ τοῦ Καλυδωνίου συὸς πληγέντα τὸν μηρὸν ἀποθανεῖν.

c. 〈Parthenian〉 Ancaeus: Aristotle (fr. 530 Rose) says, applying the proverb to Ancaeus, that Ancaeus was fond of farming and planted many vines. When his servant told him that he would die sooner than drink from the fruit of the vine, Ancaeus, when the fruit was ripe, crushed a grape, called the servant, and said that he had lived until the vine bore fruit, and was about to drink. But when the servant said, 'Many things happen between the cup and the lip,' it was reported to him that a boar was ravaging the land; he rushed out against it before drinking and was killed by it. Therefore the proverb prevailed for those who suffer something contrary to expectation. And Pherecydes in the eighth book (3 fr. 36 J.) says that Ancaeus was struck in the thigh by the Calydonian boar and died.

193. ἀλλά ἑ θῆσσα γυ〈νή〉: θῆσσα ἡ δούλη. Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ καὶ τοὺς πενιχροὺς θῆτας λέγουσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ θητεύειν ἐπὶ μισθῷ διὰ τὸ ἐνδεεῖς εἶναι τῶν ἐπιτηδείων· καὶ ὥσπερ τῷ Κρὴς παράκειται τὸ Κρῆσσα θη- λυκόν, οὕτω καὶ τῷ θὴς θῆσσα.

193. But a hired woman: 'thessa' means a female slave. The Athenians also call the poor 'thetes', from 'theteuein' (to serve for hire), because they lack the necessities. And just as 'Kres' has the feminine 'Kressa', so 'thes' has 'thessa'.

194. 〈κοσμήτορα:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ καθηγητήν. Lg

194. 〈commander:〉 instead of 'leader'. Lg

195 a. 〈ὧδ’ ἔτι κουρίζων:〉 οὕτως ἀκμάζων ἔτι. Lg

195a. 〈thus still in his youth:〉 thus still in his prime. Lg

6 κουρίζων Schaefer : -ειν 6 κουρίζων Schaefer : -ειν

b. τὸ δὲ κουρίζων ἐνταῦθα ἀντὶ τοῦ κοῦρος ὤν, ἀλλαχοῦ δὲ καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ κούρους τρέφων. P

b. Here 'κουρίζων' means 'being a youth', but elsewhere it also means 'rearing youths'. P

7 τρέφων W : -ειν 7 τρέφων in W : -ειν

196. 〈τοῦ δ’:〉 τοῦ Μελεάγρου. Lg

196. 〈of him:〉 of Meleager. Lg

198. 〈λυκάβαντα:〉 ἐνιαυτόν. Lg

198. 〈lykabanta:〉 year. Lg

199/201 a. μήτρως: Ἀλθαία καὶ Ἴφικλος ἀδελφοὶ ἐκ Δηιδαμείας τῆς Περιήρους. Lm (P)

199/201a. Maternal uncle: Althaea and Iphiclus were siblings, children of Deidameia, daughter of Perieres. Lm (P)

b. Θεστιάδης Ἴφικλος: κασίγνητος Τοξέως καὶ Πληξίππου καὶ Ἀλθαίας τῆς Μελεάγρου μητρός. μήτρως οὖν ὁ Ἴφικλος Μελεάγρου [ἐκ τῆς Ἐφύρης ἵκανεν]. Η

b. Thestiades Iphiclus: brother of Toxeus and Plexippus and Althaea, the mother of Meleager. Therefore Iphiclus is Meleager's maternal uncle [he came from Ephyra]. H

202. Ὠλενίοιο: Ὤλενοι δύο, τῆς Ἀχαΐας 〈καὶ〉 τῆς Αἰτωλίας. Ὅμηρος (Β 639)· ‘οἳ Πλευρῶν’ ἐνέμοντο καὶ Ὤλενον’.

202. Olenian: There are two Oleni, one in Achaea and one in Aetolia. Homer (Iliad 2.639): 'who dwelt in Pleuron and Olenus'.

15 Steph. Byz. Ὤλενος | Strab. VIII 386 | sch. Pind. Ol. I 37a 15 Steph. Byz. Ὤλενος | Strab. VIII 386 | sch. Pind. Ol. I 37a 15 δύο, τ. Ἀ. K : τ. Ἀ. δύο (καὶ add. W) τῆς Αἰτωλίας P 15 δύο, τ. Ἀ. in K : τ. Ἀ. δύο (καὶ added by W) τῆς Αἰτωλίας in P

204 a. σιφλός: ἀντὶ τοῦ κεκακωμένος· οἱ δὲ τὸν κακόποδα καὶ ἐπιμωμητὸν ἀπέδοσαν.. σιφλὸς δὲ ὁ μῶμος.

204a. 'siphlos': instead of 'injured'; but some rendered it as 'bad-footed' and 'blameworthy'. 'Siphlos' means 'blame'.

17 Hes. σιφλόν | Συν. σιφλός | 21 Scymn. 485 17 Hes. σιφλόν | Συν. σιφλός | 21 Scymn. 485

b. 〈σιφλός:〉 χωλός. Sg

b. 〈siphlos:〉 lame. Sg

205. 〈ὅ:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ διό. Lg

205. 〈which:〉 instead of 'therefore'. Lg

207—09 a. ἐκ δ’ ἄρα Φωκή〈ων〉: οἱ Φωκεῖς ἐκλήθησαν ἀπὸ Φώκου τοῦ Αἰακοῦ. τὸν δὲ Ἴφιτον γενεαλογοῦσι Ναυβόλου καὶ Περι- νείκης τῆς Ἱππομάχου. ἡ δὲ Πυθὼ πόλις Φωκίδος, ἔνθα τὸ μαντεῖον, ἀπὸ τοῦ πυνθάνεσθαι τῶν μαντειών οὕτω κληθεῖσα ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐκεῖσε σεσῆφθαι τὸν δράκοντα.

207-09a. And from Phocis: the Phocians were named after Phocus, son of Aeacus. They trace Iphitus' lineage to Naubolus and Perineice, daughter of Hippomachus. Pytho is a city of Phocis, where the oracle is, so called from inquiring of the oracles (πυνθάνεσθαι) or from the dragon having rotted (σεσῆφθαι) there.

b. 〈ξεῖνος:〉 τοῦ Ἰάσονος φίλος ἦν. Lg

b. 〈ξεῖνος:〉 He was a friend of Jason. Lg

211—15 a. 〈Ζήτης:〉 ὄνομα κύριον. Lg

211-15a. 〈Ζήτης:〉 a proper name. Lg

b. 〈Κάλαϊς:〉 ὄνομα κύριον. Lg

b. 〈Κάλαϊς:〉 a proper name. Lg

c. Ζήτης καὶ Κάλαϊς: τούτους ἐκ διαφόρων τόπων συμπλεῦσαι τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις φασίν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ Θράκης ὡς Ἀπολλώνιος, Ἡρό- δωρος (31 fg 46 J.) δὲ ἐκ Δαυλίδος, Δοῦρις (76 fg 86 J.) δὲ ἐξ Ὑπερβορέων. καταλέγει δὲ τούτους καὶ Ἀντίμαχος (fg 7 B. II 290). Φανόδικος δὲ ἐν α’ Δηλιακῶν (fg 1 M. IV 473) ἐξ Ὑπερβορέων φησὶν αὐτοὺς ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸν πλοῦν. τὴν δὲ Ὠρείθυιαν Σιμωνίδης (fg 3 B. III 382) ἀπὸ Βριλησσοῦ φησιν ἁρπαγεῖσαν ἐπὶ τὴν Σαρπηδονίαν πέτραν τῆς Θράκης ἐνεχθῆναι· ἔστι γὰρ καὶ τῆς Κιλικίας ὁμώνυμος, ὡς Καλλισθένης (124 fg 39 J.) Στησίχορος δὲ ἐν τῇ Γηρυονίδι (fg 10 B. III 210) καὶ νῆσόν τινα ἐν τῷ Ἀτλαντικῷ πελάγει Σαρπηδονίαν φησί. περὶ δὲ τῆς Θρᾳκίας Σαρπηδονίας πέτρας, ὅτι πρὸς τῷ Αἵμῳ ὄρει ἐστί, Φερε- κύδης (3 fg 145 J.) φησί, περὶ τῆς ἁρπαγῆς ἱστορῶν τῆς Ὠρειθυίας. Χοιρίλος (fg 5 Kink.) δὲ ἁρπασθῆναί φησιν αὐτὴν ἄνθη ἀμέργουσαν ὑπὸ τὰς τοῦ Κηφισοῦ πηγάς. Ἡραγόρας δὲ ἐν τοῖς Μεγαρικοῖς (fg 4 M. IV 427) τὸν τὴν Ὠρείθυιαν ἁρπάσαντα Βορέαν υἱὸν Στρυμόνος φησίν, οὐχὶ δὲ τὸν ἄνεμον. ἡ δὲ Ὠρείθυια Ἐρεχθέως θυγάτηρ, ἣν ἐξ Ἀττικῆς ἁρπάσας ὁ Βορέας ἤγαγεν εἰς Θράκην, κἀκεῖσε συνελθὼν ἔτεκε Ζήτην καὶ Κάλαϊν, ὡς Σιμωνίδης ἐν τῇ Ναυμαχίᾳ (v. supra). 〈...〉 Φινεύς δὲ Κλεοπάτραν τὴν Ὠρειθυίας πρώτην ἔγημεν, μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ Ἰδαίαν τὴν Δαρδάνου, ἥτις ἀπεχθῶς ἔχουσα πρὸς τοὺς προγόνους, λέγω δὴ πρὸς τοὺς ἀπὸ Κλεοπάτρας υἱούς, ἐπειρᾶτο τυφλῶσαι αὐτούς. οἱ δέ, ὅτι ὁ πατὴρ ἐτύφλωσεν αὐτοὺς διαβαλούσης τῆς μητρυιᾶς πρὸς αὐτόν.

c. Zetes and Calais: they say that these sailed with the Argonauts from different places. For some say from Thrace, as Apollonius; Herodorus (31 FGrH 46 J.) from Daulis; Duris (76 FGrH 86 J.) from the Hyperboreans. Antimachus (fr. 7 B. II 290) also lists them. Phanodicus in the first book of his Deliaca (fr. 1 M. IV 473) says that they came from the Hyperboreans for the voyage. Simonides (fr. 3 B. III 382) says that Orithyia was snatched from Brilessus and carried to the Sarpedonian rock of Thrace; for there is also one of the same name in Cilicia, as Callisthenes (124 FGrH 39 J.) says. Stesichorus in the Geryoneis (fr. 10 B. III 210) says that there is also a certain island in the Atlantic sea called Sarpedonia. Concerning the Thracian Sarpedonian rock, that it is near Mount Haemus, Pherecydes (3 FGrH 145 J.) says, when relating the abduction of Orithyia. Choerilus (fr. 5 Kink.) says that she was snatched while gathering flowers by the springs of Cephisus. Heragoras in his Megarica (fr. 4 M. IV 427) says that the one who snatched Orithyia was Boreas, son of Strymon, not the wind. Orithyia was the daughter of Erechtheus, whom Boreas snatched from Attica and brought to Thrace, and there he lay with her and fathered Zetes and Calais, as Simonides says in the Naumachia (see above). 〈...〉 Phineus first married Cleopatra, daughter of Orithyia, and afterwards Idaea, daughter of Dardanus, who, being hostile to the stepchildren, I mean the sons of Cleopatra, tried to blind them. But they, because their father blinded them after their stepmother slandered them to him.

d. Κεκροπίηθεν: 〈...〉 Κρέουσα, Ὠρείθυια, Πρόκρις· Ὠρει- θυίας δὲ Χιόνη, Χθονία, Κλεοπάτρα, Ζήτης καὶ Κάλαϊς. ὁ δὲ Βορέας ἰδὼν παίζουσαν Ὠρείθυιαν πρὸς τῷ Ἰλισσῷ ἠράσθη αὐτῆς· ἐξ ἧς οὗτοι.

d. From Cecropia: 〈...〉 Creusa, Orithyia, Procris; and of Orithyia, Chione, Chthonia, Cleopatra, Zetes and Calais. Boreas, seeing Orithyia playing by the Ilissus, fell in love with her; from her these were born.

1 Apoll. Bibl. III 196. 199 1 Apollodorus, Library III 196, 199 1 Κεκροπίηθεν pro novo l. W | lac. indicare maluit W | 7 Ἀστικῆς Holstenius : Ἀττικῆς L : Θράκης PA | Σαπαϊκῆς K. cf. W 31 1 Κεκροπίηθεν as a new lemma W | W preferred to indicate a lacuna | 7 Ἀστικῆς Holstenius : Ἀττικῆς in L : Θράκης in PA | Σαπαϊκῆς K, cf. W 31

e. Κεκροπίηθεν: ἡ ἀκρόπολις τῆς Ἀττικῆς Κεκροπία ἐκαλεῖτο τὸ πρότερον. Lm (P)

e. From Cecropia: the acropolis of Attica was formerly called Cecropia. Lm (P)

f. 〈Ἰλισσοῦ:〉 ποταμὸς Ἀττικῆς. Lg

f. 〈Of the Ilissus:〉 a river of Attica. Lg

216—17 a. Σαρπηδονίην ὅθι πέ〈τρην〉: πόλις τῆς Ἀστι- κῆς ἀπὸ Σαρπηδόνος τοῦ τῆς Θράκης βασιλέως, ἀδελφοῦ Πόλτυος. 〈ποταμοῖο παρὰ ῥόον Ἐργίνοιο:〉 τοῦτο δὲ προσέθηκεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἑτέρα ἐστὶ Σαρπηδονία πέτρα τῆς Κιλικίας.

216-17a. Sarpedonian rock: a city of Attica named after Sarpedon, king of Thrace, brother of Poltys. 〈Beside the stream of the river Erginus:〉 he added this because there is also another Sarpedonian rock in Cilicia.

b. 〈Ἐργίνοιο:〉 ποταμὸς Θράκης. Lg

b. 〈Of Erginus:〉 a river of Thrace. Lg

218. λυγαίοις: σκοτεινοῖς, κατὰ μετωνυμίαν· λύγος γὰρ τὸ σκότος ἀπὸ τοῦ λύγου τοῦ φυτοῦ, ὅπερ ἐστὶ πυκνὸν καὶ δασύ. LmP

218. λυγαίοις: dark, by metonymy; for λύγος means darkness, from the plant λύγος, which is dense and thick. LmP

13 post σκότος A add. ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ λύγη (ἠλύγη ?) νὺξ ἡ σκοτεινή | λύγου P : -ος L 13 after σκότος A adds ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ λύγη (ἠλύγη ?) νὺξ ἡ σκοτεινή | λύγου in P : -ος in L

219—20. ἐπ’ ἀκροτάτοισι ποδ〈ῶν〉: τοῖς σφυροῖς ἢ τοῖς ἀστραγάλοις. ἐρεμνὰς δὲ ἤτοι κατὰ συγκοπὴν τὰς ἐρεβεννάς, τουτέστι [καταπληκτικὰς] σκοτεινὰς κυρίως, ἐξ οὗ μελαίνας. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἔσειον μελαίνας πτέρυγας κινούμενοι, καταπληκτικὰς τῷ ἰδέσθαι.

219-20. On the tips of their feet: on their ankles or heels. And ἐρεμνάς, by syncope for ἐρεβεννάς, that is, properly dark, hence black. The sense: they shook their black wings as they moved, terrifying to behold.

221—22. φολίδεσσι: ταῖς στίξεσι, τοῖς ποικίλμασι τῶν πτερῶν. 〈κράατος〉 ὑπάτοιο δὲ ἄκρας κεφαλῆς.

221-22. φολίδεσσι: with the spots, the variegated markings of the wings. 〈κράατος〉 ὑπάτοιο: of the top of the head.

19 add. Steph. | ὑπάτοιο idem : -ηε L : -ου P 19 added by Steph. | ὑπάτοιο the same : -ηε in L : -ου in P

224—26 a. οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδ’ αὐτοῖο πά〈ις〉: Ἄκαστος Πελίου υἱὸς ἔγημεν Κρηθηΐδα ἤ, ὥς τινες, Ἱππολύτην. ἡ δὲ Πηλέως ἐρασθεῖσα

224-26a. Nor even the son of him himself: Acastus, son of Pelias, married Cretheis or, as some say, Hippolyte. She fell in love with Peleus

224/26 a. ἀπήτει συνελθεῖν. ὡς δὲ ἀπετύγχανεν, προβαλοῦσα τὸν Πηλέα τῷ ἀνδρὶ κατηγόρει, ὅτι ἤθελεν αὐτῇ συνελθεῖν. ὁ δὲ δεξάμενος τὸν Πηλέα ὡς ἐπὶ θήραν εἰς τὸ Πήλιον κατέλειψεν ἄοπλον, ἵνα ὑπὸ θηρίων διαφθαρῇ. ἐπιστὰς δὲ Ἑρμῆς ἤ, ὥς τινες, Χείρων ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ἡφαιστότευκτον μάχαιραν. καὶ τὰ ἐπιτυγχάνοντα θηρία ἀναιρῶν ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ ἀνεῖλεν Ἄκαστον αὐτόν 〈τε〉 καὶ τὴν τοῦ Ἀκάστου γυναῖκα.

224/26a. and demanded to lie with him. When she failed, she accused Peleus to her husband, claiming that he wanted to lie with her. He took Peleus hunting on Pelion and left him unarmed, so that he would be killed by wild beasts. But Hermes appeared, or, as some say, Chiron, and gave him a Hephaestus-made knife. Killing the beasts he encountered, he returned to the city and killed Acastus himself and Acastus' wife.

εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ κίνδυνον αὐτοὺς ἔπεμπεν ὁ Πελίας, διὰ τί ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο; καὶ οὗτος μέν φησιν, ἄκοντος τοῦ πατρός· Δημάγητος δέ, ὅτι ἐκέλευσεν ὁ Πελίας τὴν Ἀργὼ ἀραιοῖς γόμφοις παγῆναι, ἵνα ταχέως ἀπολέσῃ αὐτούς· ὁ δὲ Ἄργος τοὐναντίον πεποίηκεν, καὶ πιστὸν ἔχων τὸν τέκτονα Ἄκαστος ἐπέβη.

But if Pelias was sending them into danger, why did his son go along? And this one says, against his father's will; but Demagetus says that Pelias ordered the Argo to be built with loose bolts, so that it would quickly destroy them; but Argus did the opposite, and Acastus, trusting the builder, went aboard.

17 sch Pind. Pyth. IV 122 | sch. Lyc. 874 | 18 sch. 45/47 a cum loc. sim. | 20 Rufin. Recogn. X 21 | 22 sch. Pind. Isthm. I 79 c | 23 sch. 709 17 sch. Pind. Pyth. IV 122 | sch. Lyc. 874 | 18 sch. 45/47 a with similar passages | 20 Rufin. Recogn. X 21 | 22 sch. Pind. Isthm. I 79 c | 23 sch. 709 1 προβαλοῦσα W : προλαβοῦσα L : διαβάλλουσα P | 2 δεξάμενος L : ἐξα- γαγὼν P | 3 lac. post Πήλιον statuit Berckmann | ἄοπλον P (cf. Deicke 17) : om. L | 6 ἀνεῖλεν Ἀκ. αὐτόν 〈τε〉 καὶ τὴν τοῦ Ἀκ. γυν. W : ἀνεῖλεν Ἄκ. καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ Ἄκ. γυν. L | τὴν τοῦ Ἀκ. γυν. ἀνήρηκεν, ὡς δέ τινες, καὶ τὸν Ἄκ. P | 8 Τιμάγητος (fg 5 M. IV 520) Mueller | Δημάρατος caute Jacoby | 10 καὶ πιστὸν ἔχ. τὸν τέκτονα L : τὸ πιστὸν οὖν ὁ Ἄκαστος ἔχ. παρὰ τοῦ Ἄργου P 1 προβαλοῦσα in W : προλαβοῦσα in L : διαβάλλουσα in P | 2 δεξάμενος in L : ἐξαγαγὼν in P | 3 lacuna after Πήλιον posited by Berckmann | ἄοπλον in P (cf. Deicke 17) : omitted in L | 6 ἀνεῖλεν Ἀκ. αὐτόν 〈τε〉 καὶ τὴν τοῦ Ἀκ. γυν. in W : ἀνεῖλεν Ἄκ. καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ Ἄκ. γυν. in L | τὴν τοῦ Ἀκ. γυν. ἀνήρηκεν, ὡς δέ τινες, καὶ τὸν Ἄκ. in P | 8 Τιμάγητος (fg 5 M. IV 520) Mueller | Δημάρατος cautiously Jacoby | 10 καὶ πιστὸν ἔχ. τὸν τέκτονα in L : τὸ πιστὸν οὖν ὁ Ἄκαστος ἔχ. παρὰ τοῦ Ἄργου in P

b. Ἄργος τε θεᾶς ὑπ〈οεργός〉: διὰ τὸ τὴν Ἀργὼ κατασκευάσαι Ἀθηνᾶς προνοίᾳ. διὰ τοῦτο ὁ ποιητής φησιν (I 19) Ἀθηνᾶς ὑποθημοσύνῃσι γενέσθαι αὐτήν.

b. Argus, the goddess’s helper: because he built the Argo by Athena’s forethought. For this reason the poet says (I 19) that it came into being by Athena’s instructions.

13 διὰ τοῦτο sqq., quae vulgo scholio a adhaerent, huc trai. W 13 διὰ τοῦτο and following, which are commonly attached to scholion a, transferred here by W

228. 〈συμμήστορες:〉 σύμβουλοι. Lg

228. 〈συμμήστορες:〉 counselors. Lg

230—33 a. ἀντὶ τοῦ γὰρ ὁ ἐπεί. Lg

230-33 a. For γὰρ ὁ is used instead of ἐπεί. Lg

b. ἐπεὶ Μινύαο θυγα〈τρῶν〉: ὁ γὰρ Μινύας πολλὰς εἶχεν θυγατέρας. καὶ γὰρ ὁ Ἰάσων Ἀλκιμέδης ἐστὶ τῆς Κλυμένης τῆς Μινύου θυγατρός. Στησίχορος (fg 54 B. III 225) δὲ Ἐτεοκλυμένης φησίν, Φερεκύδης (3 fg 104 b J.) δὲ Ἀλκιμέδης τῆς Φυλάκου. Ἰσονόης δὲ τῆς Δαναοῦ καὶ Διὸς γίνεται Ὀρχομενός, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ ἡ πόλις Ὀρχομενὸς καλεῖται· Ὀρχομενοῦ δὲ καὶ Ἑρμίππης τῆς Βοιωτοῦ γίνεται Μινύας — ἐπίκλησιν, φύσει δὲ Ποσειδῶνος —, ὃς ᾤκει ἐν Ὀρχομενῷ, ἀφ’ οὗ ὁ

b. Since the daughters of Minyas: for Minyas had many daughters. And indeed Jason is the son of Alcimede, daughter of Clymene, daughter of Minyas. Stesichorus (fg 54 B. III 225) says he is the son of Eteoclymene, and Pherecydes (3 fg 104 b J.) says he is the son of Alcimede, daughter of Phylacus. From Isonoe, daughter of Danaus and Zeus, was born Orchomenus, after whom the city Orchomenus is named; and from Orchomenus and Hermippe, daughter of Boeotus, was born Minyas — by surname, but in nature son of Poseidon — who lived in Orchomenus, from whom the

20 Ἰσονόης L : Ἰσιόνη P : Ἠιόνη F. cf. W 38 | 23 ᾤκει K : οἰκεῖ 20 Ἰσονόης in L : Ἰσιόνη in P : Ἠιόνη in F. cf. W 38 | 23 ᾤκει in K : οἰκεῖ

λαὸς Μινύαι ἐκλήθησαν· ἐκ δὲ Μινύου καὶ Κλυτοδώρας γίνεται Πρέσβων καὶ Περικλυμένη καὶ Ἐτεοκλυμένη, ἐκ δὲ Φανοσύρας τῆς Παιῶνος καὶ Μινύου Ὀρχομενὸς καὶ Διοχθώνδης καὶ Ἀθάμας. ὁ δὲ Σκήψιος Δημήτριος (fg 51 Gaede) φησι τοὺς τὴν Ἰωλκὸν οἰκοῦντας Μινύας προσαγορεύεσθαι.

people were called Minyae; and from Minyas and Clytodora were born Presbon, Periclymene, and Eteoclymene, and from Phanosyra, daughter of Paeon, and Minyas were born Orchomenus, Diochthondes, and Athamas. But Demetrius of Scepsis (fg 51 Gaede) says that those who inhabit Iolcus are called Minyae.

2 Παιῶνος W : Παίονος | 3 ἄλλος ante Ὄρχ. add. P 2 Παιῶνος in W : Παίονος | 3 ἄλλος before Ὄρχ. added in P

238. Παγασαί: ἀκρωτήριον Μαγνησίας· ὠνομάσθη δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐκεῖ πεπῆχθαι τὴν Ἀργώ. ὁ δὲ Σκήψιος (Demetrii Scepsii fg 52 Gaede) ἀπὸ τοῦ πηγαῖς περιρρέεσθαι τοὺς τόπους. ἔστι δὲ καὶ Παγασαίου Ἀπόλλωνος ἱερόν.

238. Pagasae: a headland of Magnesia; it was named from the Argo having been built there. But the Scepsian (Demetrius of Scepsis fg 52 Gaede) says from the places being washed by springs. There is also a sanctuary of Apollo Pagasaeus.

240. ἀστέρες ὣς νεφέ〈εσσι〉: πρὸς τὸ γένος καὶ τὴν τύχην καὶ τὴν ἀνδρίαν ἀπιδών, ἀστέρας μὲν τοὺς ἥρωάς φησι, νεφέλας δὲ τοὺς δημοτικοὺς ὄχλους.

240. Like stars among clouds: looking to their lineage, fortune, and courage, he calls the heroes stars, and the common crowds clouds.

10 ἀπιδών P : om. L 10 ἀπιδών in P : omitted in L

242—43. πόθι τόσσον ὅμιλον: οὐχ ὑγιῶς τὸ πόθι· ἔστι γὰρ τοῦ ἐν τόπῳ δηλωτικόν. ἔδει οὖν ποῖ εἰπεῖν. τὸ δὲ ἔκτοθι βάλλει ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀποστέλλει. Παναχαιίδα δὲ τὴν Θεσσαλίαν φησίν, ὅτι αὕτη πρώτη ἐκλήθη Ἀχαία ἀπὸ Ἀχαιοῦ τοῦ Ξούθου.

242-43. "Where such a throng": the word "where" is not used correctly; for it indicates place. It should have said "whither." And "he casts" is used for "he sends." He calls Thessaly "Panachaean," because it was first called Achaea after Achaeus, son of Xuthus.

244. πυρὶ δηώσειαν: συμφλέξειαν, καταπολεμήσειαν, καταστρέ- ψειαν. δόμους δὲ τὴν χώραν, τὴν γῆν, συνεκδοχικῶς.

244. "May they destroy with fire": may they burn up, may they subdue in war, may they overturn. "Houses" means the land, the earth, by synecdoche.

16 καταπολ- K : ἢ πολ- 16 καταπολ- in K : ἢ πολ-

246 a. ἀλλ’ οὐ φυκτὰ κέλ〈ευθα〉: ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐκφεύξιμος αὐτοῖς ἡ ὁδός, κατ’ ἀνάγκην γάρ ἐστιν· οὐδὲ ἄπρακτος ὁ ἆθλος, ἀνύσουσι γὰρ ῥᾳδίως, οἷον εὐκατόρθωτος· [ἢ οὕτως] ὥστε εἶναι τὸν λόγον· ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὑποφεύξιμα, οἷον ἀδύνατον ἦν αὐτοῖς μὴ ἐπιτελέσαι τὴν ἐπιταγήν, 〈...〉.

246a. "But not escapable are the paths": but the road is not avoidable for them, for it is by necessity; nor is the contest without accomplishment, for they will accomplish it easily, as it were easy to succeed; [or thus] so that the meaning is: but not to be fled from, as it were impossible for them not to fulfill the command, 〈...〉.

20 εὐκατόρθωτος Fr. : -ορθώτως L | del. Fr., verba οὐκ εὔπλοα in libris subsequentia ad sch. b post οἱ δὲ οὕτως revocans | 21 lac. ind. W 20 εὐκατόρθωτος Fr. : -ορθώτως in L | deleted by Fr., referring the words οὐκ εὔπλοα which follow in the manuscripts to sch. b after οἱ δὲ οὕτως | 21 lacuna indicated by W

b. πόνος δ’ ἄπρηκτος ἰοῦσιν: κατὰ κοινοῦ τὸ οὐ, ἵνα ᾖ· ἀλλ’ οὐ φυκτὰ κέλευθα οὐδέ ὁ πόνος ἄπρακτος, πρὸς τὸ αὐτῆμαρ δὲ δόμους ὀλοῷ πυρὶ δηώσειαν Αἰήτεω ὅτε μή σφιν ἑκὼν δέρος ἐγγυαλίξῃ. οἱ δὲ οὕτως· 〈οὐ φυκτά〉 οὐκ εὔπλοα 〈καὶ〉 ἄπρηκτος δύσπρακτος, δυσεργής, δυσκατόρθωτος.

b. "And the toil not unaccomplished for those who go": the negative is common, so that it is: but not escapable are the paths, nor is the toil unaccomplished, but on the same day may they destroy the house of Aeetes with destructive fire, unless he willingly gives them the fleece. Others thus: 〈not escapable〉 not easy to sail 〈and〉 unaccomplished, hard to accomplish, hard to work, hard to succeed.

25 〈οὐ φ.〉 suppl. F | 〈καὶ〉 suppl. Fr. 25 〈οὐ φ.〉 supplied by F | 〈καὶ〉 supplied by Fr.

247—49 a. 〈αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες:〉 καὶ τοῦτο ὡς πρὸς γυναικείαν φύσιν. ἄγαν θαυμαστῶς πρὸς τὰς φύσεις καὶ τοὺς λόγους ἀμφοτέροις ἀνέπλασεν. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἀνδράσιν, ἐπεὶ θρασυτέρα ἡ φύσις, ἄνυσιν καὶ τέλος τῶν μελλόντων εἰσάγει, ταῖς δὲ γυναιξίν, ἐπεὶ ἀσθενέστεραι, εὐχὰς καὶ ἱκεσίας ποιεῖ. τοιαῦται γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν μεγάλων καὶ φοβερῶν πραγμάτων αἱ γυναῖκες.

247-49a. 〈But the women:〉 this too is in accordance with feminine nature. He has marvelously adapted the natures and speeches to both. For to the men, since their nature is bolder, he introduces accomplishment and fulfillment of what is to come, but for the women, since they are weaker, he makes prayers and supplications. For such are women in great and fearful matters.

1 sch. a in libris adhaeret scholio b | 2 ἀμφοτέροις L : -ων (P) 1 sch. a in the manuscripts adheres to scholion b | 2 ἀμφοτέροις in L : -ων (in P)

b. νόστοιο τέλος θυμηδέες: θυμήρεες.

b. "Sweet end of return": pleasing.

251—52. δειλὴ Ἀλκιμέδη: ἐπίπονε. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· εἰ καὶ ὀψέ, ὅμως δ’ οὖν ἦλθε καὶ σοὶ κακόν, Ἀλκιμέδη. λείπει δὲ ἡ διὰ πρόθεσις· καὶ οὐ διετέλεσας λαμπρῶς τὸν βίον, αὐχοῦσα ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ υἱῷ.

251-52. "Wretched Alcimede": toil-worn. The sense: even if late, nevertheless evil came also to you, Alcimede. The preposition "through" is missing; and you did not continue your life splendidly, boasting in such a son.

10 αὐχοῦσα F : -ωσα L : aliter P 10 αὐχοῦσα in F : -ωσα in L : differently in P

254—55 a. 〈εἰ τὸ πάροιθεν:〉 [ἢ τέ οἱ ἦεν] πρὸ τοῦ τὸν ἆθλον ἐπιστῆναι. κακῶν δὲ ἤτοι τῶν ἰδίων ἢ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπι- τελεῖσθαι τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις.

254-55a. 〈If formerly:〉 [or "was to him"] before the contest came upon him. "Of evils" either of his own or of those about to be accomplished by the Argonauts.

11 lemmata permutavit W cod. Pal. 150 secutus 11 lemmata transposed by W following cod. Pal. 150

b. κτερέεσσιν: ἐνταφίοις. Lg (P)

b. "With funeral offerings": with burial gifts. Lg (P)

14 ἐνταφίοις L : -ιασμοῖς P 14 ἐνταφίοις in L : -ιασμοῖς in P

256—59. ὧς ὄφελεν καὶ Φρίξον: λέγεται γάρ, ὅτι τῆς Ἕλλης καταπεσούσης ἀγωνιῶντι τῷ Φρίξῳ κατὰ Διὸς βούλησιν ἐφθέγξατο θαρ- σύνων αὐτὸν ὁ κριὸς διασώσειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Σκυθίαν. τοῦτο δὲ αὐτὸ τῇ Ἀλκιμέδῃ ἔμελλε κακὸν γενέσθαι τοῦ υἱοῦ ἐκεῖσε στελλομένου. ἡ δὲ ἱστορία κεῖται παρὰ Ἑκαταίῳ (1 fg 17 J.), ὅτι ὁ κριὸς ἐλάλησεν. ἔνιοι δὲ φασιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ κριοπρώρου σκάφους πλεῦσαι. Διονύσιος δὲ ἐν β' (32 fg 2 b J.) Κριόν φησι Φρίξου τροφέα γενέσθαι καὶ συμπεπλευκέναι αὐτῷ εἰς Κόλχους· διὸ καὶ μεμυθεῦσθαι τὰ περὶ τῆς τοῦ κριοῦ θυσίας αὐτόθι.

256-59. Would that Phrixus too: for it is said that when Helle fell, the ram, by the will of Zeus, spoke to the anxious Phrixus, encouraging him that it would bring him safely to Scythia. This very thing was destined to become an evil for Alcimede, since her son was sent there. The story is found in Hecataeus (1 fr. 17 J.), that the ram spoke. But some say that he sailed on a ram-prowed vessel. Dionysius in his second book (32 fr. 2b J.) says that Crius was Phrixus' foster-father and sailed with him to Colchis; for this reason the story of the ram's sacrifice there was mythologized.

260. ἐπὶ προμολῇσι: 〈ἐπὶ〉 τῇ ἐξόδῳ τῶν ἀριστέων· ἀπὸ τοῦ εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν μολεῖν. ἐντεῦθεν καὶ τὰς πρώτας προβάσεις τῶν ὀρῶν προμολὰς λέγουσι.

260. At the entrance: at the exit of the nobles; from 'to go forward'. Hence they also call the first approaches of mountains 'entrances'.

24 add. W 24 added by W

262—63 a. 〈βεβολημένη:〉 λύπῃ βλαβεῖσα ἢ δυσθυμοῦσα. Lg

262-63a. 〈Stricken:〉 harmed by grief or dispirited. Lg

b. ὀξὺ δ’ ἑκάστην: μετενήνεκται ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἁφήν, ὡς

b. Sharp for each: it is transferred from things pertaining to touch, as

28 μετενήνεκται F : -ενήνοχεν L : -ηνέχθη P 28 μετενήνεκται in F : -ενήνοχεν in L : -ηνέχθη in P

παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ (Λ 269)· ‘ὡς δ’ ὅταν ὠδίνουσαν ἔχῃ βέλος ὀξύ’. ἄχος δὲ ἐστι σύγχυσις ψυχῆς, λύπη ἐπιτεταμένη· σαφὲς δὲ ἐκ τοῦ λέγειν τὸν ποιητήν (ο 358)· ‘ἡ δ’ ἄχεϊ οὗ παιδὸς ἀπέφθιτο’.

in Homer (Λ 269): 'as when a sharp dart holds a woman in labor'. Grief is a confusion of the soul, intense pain; this is clear from the poet saying (ο 358): 'she wasted away with grief for her son'.

264. ἐντυπὰς ἐν λεχ〈έεσσιν〉: ἄγαν περιεσφιγμένος, ὡς πάντα τὰ μέλη ἐκτυποῦσθαι ἐκ τῆς σφίγξεως. ἐντυπὰς δὲ λέγεται καὶ ὁ περιβεβλημένος κατὰ τῆς ὄψεως οὕτως ὥς καὶ τὸν τύπον διὰ τοῦ ἱματίου θεωρεῖσθαι.

264. Wrapped in bed: tightly bound, so that all the limbs are impressed from the constriction. 'Wrapped' is also said of one who has covered his face in such a way that the outline is seen through the cloak.

265. 〈ἔπειτα:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ δή· ἡ γὰρ ἔπειτα φωνὴ τῷ δὴ ἰσο- δυναμεῖ νῦν. Lg

265. 〈Then:〉 instead of 'indeed'; for the word 'then' is now equivalent to 'indeed'. Lg

8 τῷ K : τὸ 8 τῷ in K : τὸ

266. νῦν λέγει τὴν αἰτίαν, δι’ ἣν οἱ δοῦλοι συνηθροίζοντο. Lg

266. Now he gives the reason why the slaves were gathering. Lg

267. κατηφέες: κατάστυγνοι διὰ τὴν λύπην. τὸ δὲ ἠείροντο παθητικὸν ἀντὶ ἐνεργητικοῦ κεῖται τοῦ ἤειρον.

267. Downcast: gloomy because of grief. The passive 'were gathered' is used instead of the active 'gathered'.

11 ἠείροντο hoc loco F, post κατηφέες P : om. L 11 ἠείροντο in this place in F, after κατηφέες in P : omitted in L

268. 〈ἐπεχεύατο:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπέθηκεν, ἐπέβαλεν. Lg

268. 〈Poured upon:〉 instead of 'placed upon', 'threw upon'. Lg

269—72 a. ἀδινώτερον: ὅμοιον τὸ σχῆμα τῷ ‘μελάντερον ἠύτε πίσσα’ (Δ 277)· τὸ γὰρ συγκριτικόν ἔλαβεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπολελυμένου.

269-72a. More thickly: the figure is similar to 'blacker than pitch' (Δ 277); for he used the comparative instead of the positive.

15 sch. A Δ 277 15 sch. A Δ 277 14 τῷ HF : τὸ L : aliter P 14 τῷ in HF : τὸ in L : differently in P

b. ἠύτε κούρη: ἀκαταλλήλως τὴν παραβολὴν τέθεικεν· ὑπο- τίθεται γὰρ γραῦν μὲν τὸν Ἰάσονα, κόρην δὲ τὴν μητέρα· ἔδει δέ, φασί, κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον ταῦτα τάξαι. ἀλλ’ ἐροῦμεν, ὅτι προσφόρως ὑπόκειται ὁ Ἰάσων οὐ κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν γηροκομίαν τῆς μητρός — καὶ γὰρ ἡ γραῦς τὴν κόρην ἀνατρέφει —, ὡς ἡ μήτηρ πρός τε τὸ ἀφερέπονον διὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν — καὶ γὰρ τὸ γῆρας καὶ ἡ βραχεῖα ἡλικία παρεοίκασι — καὶ πρὸς τὸ χρήζειν τῆς τρεφούσης. μητρυιὰ δὲ ὥσπερ ἀπηνὴς ἐπικειμένη ἐστὶν ὁ Πελίας. τὸ δὲ κηδεμονῆες ἀπὸ τοῦ κηδε-

b. Like a maiden: he has made the comparison incongruously; for he supposes Jason to be an old woman and his mother a maiden; but they say it should have been arranged in the opposite way. But we shall say that Jason is appropriately placed not according to age, but according to the care of his mother—for the old woman rears the maiden—, as the mother is suited both to helplessness because of age—for old age and tender age are alike—and to needing someone to nourish her. And Pelias lies upon them like a harsh stepmother. And κηδεμονῆες is derived from κηδε-

μόνες παρήκται. οὕτω δὲ λέγονται οἱ κατὰ γάμον οἰκεῖοι, οἱ κηδεσταὶ καὶ κηδόμενοι.

μόνες is derived. Thus are called those related by marriage, the κηδεσταί and κηδόμενοι.

c. 〈οἰόθεν:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ οἴη. Lg

c. 〈οἰόθεν:〉 instead of οἴη. Lg

d. 〈πολιήν:〉 γραῦν. Lg

d. 〈πολιήν:〉 old woman. Lg

e. 〈μύρεται:〉 κλαίει, θρηνεῖ. Lg

e. 〈μύρεται:〉 weeps, laments. Lg

f. 〈ἡ οὐκ εἰσὶν ἔτ’ ἄλλοι:〉 τοῦτο καὶ πρὸς τὴν Ἀλκιμέδην, ᾗ οὐκ εἰσὶν ἄλλοι παῖδες. Lm

f. 〈ἡ οὐκ εἰσὶν ἔτ’ ἄλλοι:〉 this also refers to Alcimede, who has no other children. Lm

g. 〈ὑπὸ μητρυιῇ〉 βίοτον βαρὺν 〈ἡγηλάζει〉: λείπει τὸ οὖσα· ὑπὸ μητρυιᾷ οὖσα κακὴν ζωὴν διάγει. τίθεται γὰρ τὸ βίοτος καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ζωῆς ὡς νῦν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ πλούτου. τὸ δὲ ἡγηλάζει καὶ τὸ ἠλάσκει κατὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ πράγματος κεῖται· δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ ἐπὶ τῷ αὐτῷ τόπῳ διατρίβειν καὶ ἐνέχεσθαι καὶ ἐν [τῷ] αὐτῷ ἀναστρέφεσθαι. ἐπὶ γὰρ τῶν μυιῶν φησιν Ὅμηρος (Β 470)· ‘αἵτε κατὰ σταθμὸν ποιμνήιον ἠλάσκουσι’ καὶ (ι 457)· ‘ὅππῃ κεῖνος ἐμὸν μένος ἠλασκάζει’.

g. 〈ὑπὸ μητρυιῇ〉 βίοτον βαρὺν 〈ἡγηλάζει〉: the word οὖσα is missing; being under a stepmother she leads a wretched life. For βίοτος is used both of life, as here, and of wealth. And ἡγηλάζει and ἠλάσκει are used of the same thing; they mean to spend time in the same place and to be entangled and to move about in the same place. For Homer says of flies (Iliad 2.470): 'which buzz about the pastoral steading' and (Odyssey 9.457): 'wherever that one wanders with my strength'.

273 a. 〈νέον:〉 νεωστί. Lg

273 a. 〈νέον:〉 recently. Lg

b. 〈ἐστυφέλιξεν:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ καθήψατο, ἐλύπησεν. Lg

b. 〈ἐστυφέλιξεν:〉 instead of attacked, grieved. Lg

275 a. ἐκφλύξαι: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν. φλύζειν δὲ κυρίως τοὺς λέ- βητάς φαμεν καιομένους ἀναβάλλειν τῇ θερμότητι τὸ ὕδωρ. περισπᾶται δὲ τὸ ὀρεχθεῖν ὡς ποιεῖν· ἔστι δὲ μίμημα φωνῆς ἀνάρθρου. Ὅμηρος (Ψ 30)· ‘πολλοὶ μὲν βόες ὀρέχθεον’. δεῖ δὲ μᾶλλον ἀκούεσθαι ἐπὶ τοῦ στένειν.

275 a. ἐκφλύξαι: instead of to say. And properly we say that boiling cauldrons φλύζειν, that is, throw up water with heat. And ὀρεχθεῖν is circumflexed like ποιεῖν; it is an imitation of an inarticulate sound. Homer (Iliad 23.30): 'many oxen bellowed'. But it should rather be understood as groaning.

b. 〈ὀρεχθεῖ:〉 τραχύνεται. καὶ Ὅμηρος (ε 83)· ‘ἐν ἄλγεσι θυμὸν ὀρεχθών’. Lm(P)

b. 〈ὀρεχθεῖ:〉 is distressed. And Homer (Odyssey 5.83): 'groaning in his heart with grief'. Lm(P)

c. ἔοικε δὲ τὸ μὲν διὰ τοῦ ο περισπώμενον εἶναι, ὀρεχθῶ, τὸ δὲ διὰ τοῦ ε βαρύτονον [ὄν], ἐρέχθω. P

277. 〈κηδοσύνῃσιν:〉 ταῖς λύπαις ἐνεχομένη. Lm

277. 〈κηδοσύνῃσιν:〉 afflicted with sorrows. Lm

278 a. 〈ἐξειπόντος:〉 περιττὴ ἡ ἐξ. Lg

278 a. 〈ἐξειπόντος:〉 the ἐξ is redundant. Lg

b. 〈ἄκουσα:〉 Ἰωνικῶς. Lg

b. 〈ἄκουσα:〉 in Ionic fashion. Lg

280. 〈κηδέων:〉 τῶν λυπῶν. Lg

280. 〈κηδέων:〉 of sorrows. Lg

283 a. ἄλλα δὲ πάντα θρεπτή〈ρια〉: τὰ μὲν ἄλλα πάντα 〈θρεπτήρια〉 — ἀντὶ τῶν τροφείων — παρὰ σοῦ ἔχω, λοιπὸν δὲ ἐπε- θύμουν παρὰ σοῦ περισταλῆναι. L

283 a. ἄλλα δὲ πάντα θρεπτή〈ρια〉: all other things 〈θρεπτήρια〉—instead of τροφεῖα—I have from you, but finally I desired to be buried by you. L

b. τὸ δὲ πέσσειν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχειν. P

b. And “to cook” instead of “to have.” P

2 suppl. W 2 supplied by W

284 a. Ἀχαιιάδεσσι: ταῖς Θεσσαλαῖς, ἀπὸ Ἀχαιοῦ τοῦ Φθίου. Ὅμηρος (Β 684)· ‘Μυρμιδόνες δὲ καλεῦντο καὶ Ἕλληνες καὶ Ἀχαιοί’. L

284a. Achaean women: the Thessalian women, from Achaeus son of Phthius. Homer (Iliad 2.684): “They were called Myrmidons and Hellenes and Achaeans.” L

b. 〈ἀγητή:〉 διὰ τὴν σὴν παρουσίαν. Lg

b. 〈admired:〉 because of your presence. Lg

285—86 a. δμωὶς ὅπως: ἐν τῇ προεκδόσει κεῖται· ‘βείομαι οὐλο- μένοισιν ὀιζυρὴ ἀχέεσσιν’ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ‘σεῖο πόθῳ φίλε κοῦρε δυσάμμορος’.

285–86a. “Like a slave woman”: in the earlier edition it reads: “I shall go, wretched amid destructive griefs,” and the following: “through longing for you, dear youth, ill-fated.”

5 pater Phthii Achaeus dicitur Her. II 98 | Steph. Byz. Ἑλλάς 5 Achaeus is said to be the father of Phthius: Her. II 98 | Steph. Byz. Ἑλλάς 8 βείομαι οὐλ. ὀιζ. ἀχ. L : δμωὶς ὅπως κενοῖσι βείομαι (κεν ἔοισι βιώσομαι F) ἐν μεγάροισι P | 9 τά W : τὸ | add. οὕτως· ὀιζυρὴ ἀχέεσσι δυσαμ- μορος. εὕρηται δὲ καὶ οὕτω 8 βείομαι οὐλ. ὀιζ. ἀχ. in L : δμωὶς ὅπως κενοῖσι βείομαι (κεν ἔοισι βιώσομαι in F) ἐν μεγάροισι in P | 9 τά in W : τὸ | added: οὕτως· ὀιζυρὴ ἀχέεσσι δυσαμ- μορος. εὕρηται δὲ καὶ οὕτω

b. 〈σεῖο πόθῳ:〉 διὰ τὴν σὴν ἀπουσίαν. Lg

b. 〈through longing for you:〉 because of your absence. Lg

287. ᾧ ἔπι μούνῳ: ἄρρενι μόνῳ. εἶχεν γὰρ ἀδελφὴν Ἱππο- λύτην, ὡς φησιν Ἴβυκος (fg 39 B. III 249).

287. “On whom alone”: on the only male. For he had a sister Hippolyte, as Ibycus says (fr. 39 B. III 249).

288. μίτρην πρῶτον ἔλυ〈σα〉: λύουσι γὰρ τὰς ζώνας αἱ πρώτως τίκτουσαι καὶ ἀνατιθέασιν Ἀρτέμιδι· ὅθεν καὶ Λυσιζώνου Ἀρτέ- μιδος ἱερὸν ἐν Ἀθήναις.

288. “First loosed her girdle”: for women giving birth for the first time loosen their girdles and dedicate them to Artemis; hence also the sanctuary of Artemis the Girdle-loosener in Athens.

14 Hesych. λυσιζώνος 14 Hesych. λυσιζώνος 13 P ita incipit : τὸ δὲ μίτρην λῦσαι λέγεται μὲν καὶ φυσικῶς — λύσις γάρ ἐστιν ἡ κύησις —, λέγεται δὲ καὶ καθ’ ἱστορίαν. 13 P begins thus: “But the loosening of the girdle is spoken of both naturally—for childbirth is a loosening—and also according to history.”

292. κινύρετο: ἐθρήνει. κυρίως δὲ κινύρεσθαί ἐστιν ἐπὶ βοὸς καὶ εἴρηται παρὰ τὸ κινεῖν τὴν οὐρὰν ἐν τῷ μυκᾶσθαι· καὶ Ἀπίων δὲ εὑρὼν τὴν ἐτυμολογίαν παρὰ Ἀπολλοδώρῳ (244 fg 277 J.) ταύτην, ὅτι ταῦρος λέγεται παρὰ τὸ τείνειν τὴν οὐράν, μετέθηκε τὴν εὕρεσιν τῆς ἐτυμολογίας.

292. “Lamented”: mourned. Properly, “to lament” is used of a cow, and it is derived from “moving the tail” while lowing; and Apion, having found this etymology in Apollodorus (244 fr. 277 J.), that “bull” is derived from “stretching the tail,” transferred the discovery of the etymology.

293 a. 〈ἐπισταδόν:〉 ἐφεστηκυῖαι. Lg

293a. 〈standing over:〉 standing by. Lg

b. 〈τήν γε:〉 τὴν μητέρα. Lg

b. 〈her:〉 the mother. Lg

294. 〈παρηγορέων:〉 παραμυθούμενος. Lg

294. 〈consoling:〉 comforting. Lg

296 a. ὧδε λίην: πάνυ τετηρημένως. ἀδύνατον γὰρ μητέρα εἰς τοσοῦτον κίνδυνον ἐξιόντος παιδὸς μὴ κλαίειν.

296a. “Thus excessively”: very guardedly. For it is impossible for a mother not to weep when her child goes out into such great danger.

25 ἐξιόντος 〈τοῦ〉 παιδὸς F : -α παῖδα L : aliter P 25 ἐξιόντος 〈τοῦ〉 παιδὸς in F : -α παῖδα in L : differently in P

b. 〈ἐπεὶ οὐ μέν:〉 πρὸς τὸ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ (Ω 524)· ‘οὐ γάρ τις πρῆξις πέλεται κρυεροῖο γόοιο’. Lm (P)

b. 〈since not at all:〉 in reference to the Homeric line (Iliad 24.524): “for there is no profit in chilling lament.” Lm (P)

1 l. add. F | παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ F : παρ’ -ου L : Ὁμηρικόν P 1 lemma added by F | παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ in F : παρ’ -ου in L : Ὁμηρικόν in P

297 a. ἀλλ’ ἔτι κεν: παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν καὶ τοῦτο (Ω 551)· ‘πρὶν καὶ κακὸν ἄλλο πάθησθα’. Lm (P)

297a. “But still”: this too is from Homer (Iliad 24.551): “before you suffer some other evil.” Lm (P)

b. ἄροιο: λάβοις. ὅθεν καὶ τὸν Ἄρη τινὲς ἐτυμολογοῦσιν, ἀπὸ τοῦ λαμβάνειν καὶ ἀφελέσθαι ἐν πολέμῳ. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἐπὶ κακῷ κακὸν ἀποίσῃ.

b. “May you take”: may you receive. Whence some derive Ares, from taking and carrying off in war. The sense: you will carry away evil upon evil.

5 λάβοις BgP | 6 ἀφελέσθαι K : ὠφελεῖσθαι 5 λάβοις in BgP | 6 ἀφελέσθαι in K : ὠφελεῖσθαι

298. 〈ἀίδηλα:〉 ἀπροόρατα. Lg

298. 〈destructive:〉 unforeseen. Lg

299. ἀνιάζουσά περ ἔμπ〈ης〉: ὅτι ὁ πὲρ σύνδεσμος τίθεται πολλάκις ἀντὶ τοῦ γὲ καὶ δή. ‘μήδ’ οὕτως ἀγαθός περ ἐών’ (Α 131) οὕτως· Ἀρίσταρχος ἀπέδωκεν ‘ἀγαθὸς δὴ ὤν’· καὶ ‘φυγόντι περ αἰπὺν ὄλεθρον’ (ρ 47) ‘φυγόντι δή’. ἢ τὸ ἑξῆς οὕτως· τὴν μοῖραν καίπερ κατὰ θυμὸν ἀνιάζουσα ὅμως τλῆθι φέρειν.

299. “Though grieving, nevertheless”: that the conjunction “per” is often used instead of “ge” and “dē.” “Not even so, good though he is” (Iliad 1.131) thus: Aristarchus rendered it “being good indeed”; and “though he escaped sheer destruction” (Odyssey 17.47) “having escaped indeed.” Or the order is thus: though grieving in your heart over your fate, nevertheless endure to bear it.

300. 〈συνημοσύνησιν:〉 συνθήκαις, συμβουλαῖς. Lg

300. 〈συνημοσύνησιν:〉 with compacts, with counsels. Lg

302 a. 〈ἔχρη:〉 ὡς τὸ ἔφη καὶ ἔχρη. Lg

302a. 〈ἔχρη:〉 like "he said" and "he proclaimed." Lg

16 302 b et 303 in marg. inf. adiecta in L 16 302b and 303 added in the lower margin in L

b. ἔχρη: ἀντὶ τοῦ· ἐχρησμῴδησε περὶ τῆς ναυτιλίας.

b. ἔχρη: equivalent to: he prophesied about the voyage.

c. ἀτὰρ μετέπειτά γε: ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις, τῇ τε Ἀθηνᾷ καὶ ταῖς θεοπροπίαις, ἔτι θάρσει καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἀριστέων ἀρωγῇ τουτέστι βοήθεια. L

c. ἀτὰρ μετέπειτά γε: in addition to the things previously mentioned, namely Athena and the prophecies, take courage also in the aid of the nobles, that is, assistance. L

303. ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν αὖθ〈ι〉: παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (φ 350)· ‘ἀλλ’ εἰς οἶκον ἰοῦσα’.

303. ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν αὖθ〈ι〉: after the Homeric passage (φ 350): "but go into the house."

22 παρὰ P : om. L 22 παρὰ in P : omitted in L

304. μὴ δ’ ὄρνις ἀεικελ〈ίη〉: πάλιν παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Ω 218 sq.)· ‘μηδέ μοι αὐτὴ ὄρνις’ [ἀεικελίη].

304. μὴ δ’ ὄρνις ἀεικελ〈ίη〉: again after the Homeric passage (Ω 218 sq.): "nor let any bird be unseemly for me" [ἀεικελίη].

23 del. W 23 deleted by W

305. κεῖσε δ’ ὁμαρτήσουσιν ἔται: ἐπὶ Σκυθίαν συνελεύ- σονται. καὶ τὸ ὁμοῦ τυχεῖν ὁμαρτεῖν φασιν. ἔται δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἑταῖροι. [οὐκ] ἔστι δὲ συνώνυμος ἡ λέξις, κατὰ ἀποκοπὴν δὲ ἐξενή-

305. κεῖσε δ’ ὁμαρτήσουσιν ἔται: they will go together to Scythia. And they say that "to meet together" is "to accompany." ἔται is used for ἑταῖροι (companions). [It is not] a synonymous word, but it is formed by apocope.

24 ἐπὶ — φασιν L : τὸ κεῖσε εἰς τὴν Κολχίδα... | τὸ δὲ ὁμαρτεῖν ἐνταῦθα μὲν τὸ ἀκολουθεῖν... | 26 del. Hoelzlin 24 ἐπὶ — φασιν in L : τὸ κεῖσε εἰς τὴν Κολχίδα... | τὸ δὲ ὁμαρτεῖν ἐνταῦθα μὲν τὸ ἀκολουθεῖν... | 26 deleted by Hoelzlin

νεκται. πρῶτος δὲ Ὅμηρος κέχρηται λέγων (Π 456) ‘κασίγνητοί τε ἔται τε’. διὸ καὶ κατὰ τὸ πλεῖστον ἐκ πλήρους ἐκφέρεται (ε 141)· ‘οὐ γάρ μοι πάρα νῆες ἐπήρετμοι καὶ ἑταῖροι’.

It is formed. Homer first used it, saying (Π 456) "brothers and kinsmen." Therefore it is also for the most part expressed in full (ε 141): "for I have no ships with oars and companions."

306. προτέρωσε: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν· ‘οὐδ’ ἄρα μοι προτέρω νῆες κίον’ (ι 64).

306. προτέρωσε: equivalent to "forward": "nor did my ships go forward for me" (ι 64).

307. οἷος δ’ ἐκ νη〈οῖο〉: οἰκεία ἡ παραβολή· ὅ τε γὰρ Ἰάσων νέος καὶ ὁ Ἀπόλλων νέος. L

307. οἷος δ’ ἐκ νη〈οῖο〉: the comparison is appropriate; for Jason is young and Apollo is young. L

308 a. Δῆλος μία τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων, ἱερὰ Ἀπόλλωνος, ἡ πρὶν μὲν ἄδηλος, ὕστερον δὲ Ἀστερία διὰ τὸ σχῆμα, πάλιν δὲ Ὀρτυγία ἀπὸ τῆς ἀδελφῆς τῆς Λητοῦς.

308a. Delos is one of the Cyclades islands, sacred to Apollo, formerly called "unseen," later Asteria because of its shape, and again Ortygia from the sister of Leto.

b. ἠὲ Κλάρον: τόπος τῆς Κολοφῶνος ἀνιερωμένος Ἀπόλλωνι καὶ χρηστήριον ἔχων τοῦ θεοῦ, ὑπὸ Μαντοῦς τῆς Τειρεσίου θυγατρὸς καθι- δρυμένον ἢ ὑπὸ Κλάρου τινὸς ἥρωος, ὡς Θεόπομπος (115 fg 346 J.). Νεάνθης (84 fg 42 J.) δέ φησιν, ὅτι κατὰ κλῆρον ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔλαχε τὴν πόλιν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ κλήρου οὕτως αὐτὴν ὠνομάσθαι· ἢ διὰ τὸ αὐτόθι κληρώσασθαι Ποσειδῶνα Δία Ἅιδην. οἱ δὲ τὴν Θηβαΐδα γεγρα- φότες (Epigon. fg 4 Kink.) φασίν, ὅτι ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐπιγόνων ἀκροθίνιον ἀνετέθη Μαντὼ ἡ Τειρεσίου θυγάτηρ εἰς Δελφοὺς πεμφθεῖσα, καὶ κατὰ χρησμὸν Ἀπόλλωνος ἐξερχομένη περιέπεσε Ῥακίῳ τῷ Λέβητος υἱῷ Μυκη- ναίῳ τὸ γένος. καὶ γημαμένη αὐτῷ — τοῦτο γὰρ περιεῖχε τὸ λόγιον, γαμεῖσθαι ᾧ ἂν συναντήσῃ — ἐλθοῦσα εἰς Κολοφῶνα καὶ ἐκεῖ δυσθυ- μήσασα ἐδάκρυσε διὰ τὴν τῆς πατρίδος πόρθησιν. διόπερ ὠνομάσθη Κλάρος ἀπὸ τῶν δακρύων. ἐποίησεν δὲ Ἀπόλλωνι ἱερόν. λέγεται δὲ καὶ

b. ἠὲ Κλάρον: a place in Colophon consecrated to Apollo and having an oracle of the god, founded by Manto, daughter of Teiresias, or by a certain hero Clarus, as Theopompus (115 FGrH 346 J.) says. Neanthes (84 FGrH 42 J.) says that Apollo obtained the city by lot and that it was named from the lot (κλῆρος); or because there Poseidon, Zeus, and Hades cast lots. The authors of the Thebaid (Epigonoi fr. 4 Kink.) say that Manto, daughter of Teiresias, was sent to Delphi as an offering by the Epigoni, and in accordance with an oracle of Apollo she went out and met Rhacius, son of Lebes, a Mycenaean by descent. And she married him—for the oracle contained this, that she should marry whomever she met—and coming to Colophon and being distressed there, she wept because of the destruction of her fatherland. Therefore the place was named Clarus from her tears (κλάρα). She built a temple to Apollo. It is also said that

κρήνην ἀναβλύσαι ἀπὸ τῶν δακρύων Μαντοῦς κατὰ Κλάρον. ὁ δὲ Ῥάκιος οὕτως ὠνομάζετο διὰ τὴν πενιχρότητα καὶ κακοειμονίαν. 〈ὀνομάζεται δὲ καὶ Λάκιος·〉 συγγενὲς γὰρ τὸ λ̄ τῷ ρ̄, ὡς ὑδρηλοὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑδρηροί.

a spring gushed forth from the tears of Manto at Claros. And Rhacius was so named because of his poverty and wretched clothing. 〈He is also called Lacius;〉 for λ is akin to ρ, as in ὑδρηλοί for ὑδρηροί.

2 suppl. Bethe | 3 τὸ λ̄ τῷ ρ̄ L : τῷ λ̄ τὸ ρ̄ F : aliter P 2 supplied by Bethe | 3 τὸ λ̄ τῷ ρ̄ in L : τῷ λ̄ τὸ ρ̄ in F : differently in P

311—12 a. 〈κεκλομένων:〉 πάντων ὁμοῦ κελευομένων καὶ ἐπευ- φημούντων. Lm

311-12a. 〈κεκλομένων:〉 all together being summoned and shouting approval. Lm

b. τῷ δὲ ξύμβλητο: τοῦτο σύμβολον πρὸς τὸ καταγωνίσασθαι τὸν ἆθλον, ὅτι τε πρεσβυτέρα καὶ ὅτι ἱέρεια.

b. τῷ δὲ ξύμβλητο: this was a sign for overcoming the contest, both that she was older and that she was a priestess.

c. ξύμβλητο: συνήντησεν. Lg (P)

c. ξύμβλητο: she met. Lg (P)

d. πολιηόχου: τῆς φυλασσούσης τὰς πόλεις. L

d. πολιηόχου: of the one who guards cities. L

e. ἐν δὲ τῷ πολιήοχος ἐπεντέθη τὸ η̄. P

f. ἀρήτειρα: ἱέρεια.

f. ἀρήτειρα: priestess.

313—14 a. καί μιν δεξιτερῆς: γράφεται καὶ οὕτως 〈χειρὸς κύρεν〉, ἵν’ ᾖ· καὶ αὐτοῦ τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρὸς ἔθιγεν. L

313-14a. καί μιν δεξιτερῆς: it is also written thus 〈χειρὸς κύρεν〉, so that it means: and he touched her right hand. L

6 l. τῷ δὲ ξ. P : χειρὸς κύρεν L | 7 ἡ Ἰφιὰς ante καὶ ὅτι add. P | 9 scholia 311/12d, 311/12f, 313/14a in marg. inf. habet L | 10 πολιήοχος W : -ιοῦχος | 11 P add. ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρητήρ, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ τοῦ σ[α]ωτὴρ σώτειρα | 12 γράφεται W : ἔδει L : ἔκειτο prop. K | v. l. in falso lemmate scholii 311/12 b servatam hic inserendam esse vidit K 6 l. τῷ δὲ ξ. in P : χειρὸς κύρεν in L | 7 ἡ Ἰφιὰς added before καὶ ὅτι in P | 9 scholia 311/12d, 311/12f, 313/14a are in the lower margin in L | 10 πολιήοχος W : -ιοῦχος | 11 P adds ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρητήρ, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ τοῦ σ[α]ωτὴρ σώτειρα | 12 γράφεται W : ἔδει L : ἔκειτο proposed by K | the variant reading preserved in the false lemma of scholium 311/12 b should be inserted here, as K saw

b. οὐδέ τι φάσθαι: προσεληπτέον τὸν καί· ὅμως δὲ καὶ λαλῆσαι προθυμουμένη οὐκ ἔφθασε. τὸ γὰρ ἔμπης νῦν ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅμως. L

b. οὐδέ τι φάσθαι: the καί must be understood; nevertheless, though eager to speak, she did not succeed. For ἔμπης here means 'nevertheless'. L

14 τὸν HF : τὸ L 14 τὸν in HF : τὸ in L

319. 〈δειδέχατ’:〉 ἐδεξιοῦντο ἢ προσεδέχοντο. Lg

319. 〈δειδέχατ’:〉 they welcomed or received. Lg

320. προμολῆς: ταῖς προόδοις. ἢ γράφεται προμολὼν ἀντὶ τοῦ προελθὼν ἐπέστη. L

320. προμολῆς: with the advances. Or it is written προμολὼν instead of προελθὼν, 'having come forward, he stood by'. L

322. καταβλώσκοντας: κατερχομένους, καταμολίσκοντας. τὸ β̄ ἀντὶ τοῦ μ̄· συγγενῆ γὰρ τῷ β̄π̄ τῷ μ̄. ὅθεν καὶ ὁ ψωμὸς βλωμὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ βλώσκειν διὰ τοῦ λαιμοῦ, ὅ ἐστι κατέρχεσθαι, καὶ πίτυν βλωθρήν Ὅμηρος τὴν ἄχρι τοῦ αἰθέρος μολίσκουσαν.

322. καταβλώσκοντας: going down, coming down. β is used for μ; for β and π are akin to μ. Hence also a morsel is called βλωμός from βλώσκειν through the throat, that is, to go down, and Homer calls a pine βλωθρήν, the one that goes up to the aether.

323. 〈παρὲκ νόον:〉 παρὰ γνώμην. Lg

323. 〈παρὲκ νόον:〉 contrary to expectation. Lg

324. δέρμα δ’ ὁ μέν: σύνηθες τοῖς ἥρωσι δέρματα φορεῖν. Lm(P)

324. δέρμα δ’ ὁ μέν: it was customary for heroes to wear skins. Lm(P)

325. 〈αὐτὰρ ὅ:〉 ὁ Ἄκαστος. Lg

325. 〈αὐτὰρ ὅ:〉 Acastus. Lg

354. 〈παρασχεδόν:〉 παραχρῆμα. Lg

354. 〈παρασχεδόν:〉 immediately. Lg

389. 〈ἀιδνή:〉 σκοτεινή. Sm

389. 〈ἀιδνή:〉 dark. Sm

401 a. ἐυστείρης: εὐτρόπιδος. οἰήια δὲ τὰ πηδάλια οἷον οἰήσια, ἐπειδὴ οἰήσεως χρεία τῷ κυβερνήτῃ. οἱ δὲ γλωσσογράφοι τοὺς οἴακας.

401a. ἐυστείρης: with a good keel. And οἰήια are the rudders, as it were οἰήσια, because the helmsman has need of steering (οἴησις). But the glossographers say τοὺς οἴακας.

6 ceteris mutatis P add. veriloquium vulgare: λέγεται δὲ οὕτως ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴειν τὸ κομίζειν· κομιστικὰ γὰρ τὰ πηδάλια 6 with the rest changed, P adds the common etymology: λέγεται δὲ οὕτως ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴειν τὸ κομίζειν· κομιστικὰ γὰρ τὰ πηδάλια

b. 〈ἔρυσθαι:〉 φυλάττειν. Lg

b. 〈ἔρυσθαι:〉 to guard. Lg

402 a. 〈λάιγγας:〉 λίθους. Lg

402a. 〈λάιγγας:〉 stones. Lg

b. 〈ὀχλίζοντες:〉 κινοῦντες. Lg

b. 〈ὀχλίζοντες:〉 moving. Lg

403 a. νήεον αὐτόθ〈ι〉: ᾠκοδόμουν, κατεσκεύαζον, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν λίθων συνθέσεως, ἥ ἐστι νῆσις. ἢ ἐσώρευον· ἔνθεν καὶ ναῦς, ἐν ᾗ σωρεύεται ὁ φόρτος.

403a. νήεον αὐτόθ〈ι〉: they were building, constructing, from the placing together of stones, which is νῆσις. Or they were heaping up; hence also ναῦς, in which the cargo is heaped up.

b. 〈νηόν:〉 γράφεται βωμόν. Gg

b. 〈νηόν:〉 it is written βωμόν. Gg

c. ἐπάκτιος ὁ ἐν τῇ ἀκτῇ τιμώμενος. Lm(P)

c. ἐπάκτιος is the one honored on the shore. Lm(P)

406. τείως δ’ αὖτ’ ἀγέλη〈θεν ἐπιπροέηκαν:〉 ἐν τοσούτῳ, ἐν ὅσῳ ταῦτα ἐποίουν. ἡ δὲ πρὸ πρόθεσις νῦν ἐστι τόπου δηλωτική, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν, ὡς τὸ ‘ἐκ δ’ ἄγαγε πρὸ φόωσδε’ (Τ 118).

406. τείως δ’ αὖτ’ ἀγέλη〈θεν ἐπιπροέηκαν:〉 in the meantime, while they were doing these things. The preposition πρό here indicates place, meaning "forward," as in "ἐκ δ’ ἄγαγε πρὸ φόωσδε" (Iliad 19.118).

15 add. W 15 added by W

407. δύω βόε: εἰκότως ἐπὶ δυσὶ προσηγορίαις ‘Ἀκτίου Ἐμβασίου τε’ (ν. 404) δύο βοῦς ἄγουσιν.

407. δύω βόε: reasonably, for the two titles "Ἀκτίου Ἐμβασίου τε" (v. 404) they bring two oxen.

408. κουρότεροι: ἐπεὶ ἴσως ἀεὶ νέος ὁ θεός, καὶ οἱ τῶν ἑταί- ρων νεώτεροι τὴν θυσίαν ἐπιτελοῦσιν. καὶ Ὅμηρος ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν νέων θυσίας (Α 470)· ‘κοῦροι μὲν κρητῆρας ἐπεστέψαντο’. ἢτοι οὖν συγκρι- τικῶς ἐστιν ἢ πρωτοτύπως. L

408. κουρότεροι: since perhaps the god is always young, and the younger of the companions perform the sacrifice. Homer also, in the sacrifice of the young men (Iliad 1.470): "κοῦροι μὲν κρητῆρας ἐπεστέψαντο". So it is either comparative or in the positive degree. L

409. οὐλοχύτας: οἱ μὲν τὰ κανᾶ, ἐπεὶ δι’ αὐτῶν φέρεται τὰ πρὸς θυσίαν, οἱ δὲ τὰς κριθάς, ἐπειδὴ ὅλας ἔβαλλον ἐν τοῖς βωμοῖς.

409. οὐλοχύτας: some say the baskets, because through them the sacrificial materials are carried; others say the barley grains, because they threw them whole on the altars.

1 sch. ABT A 449 | Apoll. Lex. Hom. 124, 15 B. | Hesych. οὐλ. | Eust. 132, 22. 38. 133, 18 1 sch. ABT A 449 | Apoll. Lex. Hom. 124, 15 B. | Hesych. οὐλ. | Eust. 132, 22. 38. 133, 18 1 οὐλοχύτας W : χέρνιβα οἱ μὲν — βωμοῖς L : χέρνιβα μέν... οὐλοχύτας δέ... P. cf. W 41 1 οὐλοχύτας in W : χέρνιβα οἱ μὲν — βωμοῖς in L : χέρνιβα μέν... οὐλοχύτας δέ... in P. cf. W 41

411. Αἰσωνίδ〈α〉: Αἰσωνὶς πόλις τῆς Μαγνησίας ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς Ἰάσονος, ὡς καὶ Πίνδαρός (fg 273 Schr.) φησι καὶ Φερεκύδης (3 fg 103 a J.).

411. Αἰσωνίδ〈α〉: Aesonis is a city of Magnesia named after Jason's father, as Pindar (fr. 273 Schr.) and Pherecydes (3 fr. 103a J.) say.

3 Steph. Byz. Αἰσών 3 Steph. Byz. Αἰσών

413. ἄνυσιν καὶ πείραθ’ ὁδ〈οῖο〉: ἄνυσιν τὴν ἐνέργειαν. Ὅμηρος (Δ 56)· ‘οὐκ ἀνύω φθονέουσα’. πείραθ’ ὁδοῖο αὐτὸν τὸν πλοῦν καὶ τὸ πέρας τῆς ὁδοῦ.

413. ἄνυσιν καὶ πείραθ’ ὁδ〈οῖο〉: ἄνυσιν means the accomplishment. Homer (Iliad 4.56): "οὐκ ἀνύω φθονέουσα". πείραθ’ ὁδοῖο means the voyage itself and the end of the journey.

6 ἢ τὴν ταχυτῆτα post ἐνέργειαν add. P | 7 verba Ὅμηρος — φθονέουσα... revocavit F 6 ἢ τὴν ταχυτῆτα added after ἐνέργειαν by P | 7 the words Ὅμηρος — φθονέουσα... restored by F

414. ἐπαίτιοε: διὰ τὸ χρησμῳδῆσαι τῷ Πελίᾳ. ῥητορικῶς δὲ ὥσπερ αἰτίῳ γενομένῳ τοῦ πλοῦ τῷ θεῷ καὶ τὸ πᾶν πρᾶγμα ἀνατίθησι ὥσπερ οἰκεῖον.

414. ἐπαίτιοε: because he prophesied to Pelias. Rhetorically, as if the god were responsible for the voyage, he attributes the whole affair to him as his own.

9 ἐπαίτιος — Πελίᾳ L : τὸ δὲ ἐπαίτιος ἢ πρὸς τὸ δοθὲν μάντευμα... P (cf. W 38) 9 ἐπαίτιος — Πελίᾳ in L : τὸ δὲ ἐπαίτιος ἢ πρὸς τὸ δοθὲν μάντευμα... in P (cf. W 38)

416. παλίνορσον ἐς Ἑλλά〈δα〉: Ἑλλάδα οἱ μὲν τὴν Φθίαν φασὶ συνωνύμως, ἡμεῖς δὲ χώραν ὑπολαμβάνομεν εἶναι Ἑλλάδα, οὐ μέντοι γε τὴν αὐτὴν τῇ Φθίᾳ.

416. παλίνορσον ἐς Ἑλλά〈δα〉: Some say Hellas is Phthia, using the name synonymously, but we understand Hellas to be a region, not the same as Phthia.

12 sch. 904/06 a. III 993 12 sch. 904/06 a. III 993 16 τῷ α' τών L : γ' P 16 τῷ α' τών in L : γ' in P

419. Ὀρτυγίην: περὶ τῆς Ὀρτυγίας Φανόδικος ἐν τοῖς Δηλια- κοῖς (fg 2 M. IV 473) ἱστόρηκεν. καὶ Νίκανδρος ἐν τῷ α' τῶν Αἰτω- λικῶν ἐκ τῆς ἐν Αἰτωλίᾳ Ὀρτυγίας φησι τὴν Δῆλον ὀνομασθῆναι, γρά- φων τάδε (fg 5 Schn.)· ‘οἱ δ’ ἐξ Ὀρτυγίης Τιτηνίδος ὁρμηθέντες. οἱ μὲν τὴν Ἔφεσον, οἱ δὲ τὴν πρότερον Δῆλον καλουμένην, ἄλλοι δὲ τὴν ὁμοτέρμονα Σικελίᾳ νῆσον, 〈...〉 ὅθεν Ὀρτυγίαι πᾶσαι βοῶνται’. καὶ ἡ Δῆλος οὖν οὐχ, ὡς μεμύθευται, ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀστερίας μεταμορφώσεως

419. Ortygia: Phanodicus in his Deliaca (fr. 2 M. IV 473) has recorded the story about Ortygia. And Nicander in the first book of his Aetolica says that Delos was named from the Ortygia in Aetolia, writing as follows (fr. 5 Schn.): 'But they set out from Ortygia, daughter of Titan; some to Ephesus, some to the island formerly called Delos, others to the island bordering Sicily, ... whence all are called Ortygiae.' And so Delos is not, as the myth has it, from the transformation of Asteria,

τῆς Λητοῦς ἀδελφῆς, ἀλλὰ καθὸ πᾶσαι Ὀρτυγίαι ἀποικίαι εἰσὶ τῆς κατ’ Αἰτωλίαν Ὀρτυγίας.

the sister of Leto, but because all Ortygiae are colonies of the Ortygia in Aetolia.

421 a. ἐπίβαθρα: ἐπιβατήρια, μισθόν· νυνὶ δὲ τιμὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ εὐτυχῶς ἐπιβῆναι νῦν πρῶτον τῆς νεώς.

421a. ἐπίβαθρα: embarkation fees, payment; but here the price for having now first embarked successfully on the ship.

b. προτεθείμεθα: ἀντὶ τοῦ ποιοῦμεν· θεῖναι γὰρ τὸ ποιῆσαι.

b. προτεθείμεθα: instead of 'we do'; for 'to set' means 'to do'.

424. εὐδιόωντες: εὐδίως πλέοντες. Lg (P)

424. εὐδιόωντες: sailing in fair weather. Lg (P)

6 εὐδίως L : μετ’ εὐδίας P 6 εὐδίως in L : μετ’ εὐδίας in P

425. προχύτας: οἱ μὲν τὰς κριθάς, οἱ δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ, ὃ εἰώθασιν ἐμβάλλειν εἰς τὸ οὖς τοῦ ἱερείου ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἐπινεύειν τὸ ἱερεῖον. λείπει δὲ ἡ σῦν.

425. προχύτας: some say the barley grains, others the water which they are accustomed to pour into the ear of the sacrificial victim so that the victim nods assent. The preposition σύν is missing.

7 sch. Ar. Pac. 960 7 sch. Ar. Pac. 960 8 λείπει κτλ. ad ἅμ’ εὐχωλῇ spectant 8 λείπει κτλ. refers to ἅμ’ εὐχωλῇ

426 a. 〈ζωσάσθην:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνέστησαν. Lg

426a. 〈ζωσάσθην:〉 instead of 'they arose'. Lg

b. τὸ ζώσασθαι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναστῆναι ἢ ἑτοιμασθῆναι. σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὸ ὁπλίσασθαι. P

b. 'to gird oneself' instead of 'to arise' or 'to prepare oneself'. It also means 'to arm oneself'. P

11 Et. Gud. 233 | Et. M. 413, 32 11 Et. Gud. 233 | Et. M. 413, 32

430 a. χαλκείῳ πελέκει: Ἀπολλώνιός φησιν ἐν τῷ α' τῶν Ὑπομνημάτων (M. IV 314) τὸν σίδηρον ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχαίων χαλκὸν λέ- γεσθαι, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι μηδέπω εὑρεθέντος σιδήρου χαλκῷ ἐχρῶντο, ὡς καὶ Ἡσίοδός φησι (Op. 151)· ‘χαλκῷ δ’ εἰργάζοντο, μέλας δ’ οὐκ ἔσκε σίδηρος’.

430a. χαλκείῳ πελέκει: Apollonius says in the first book of his Commentaries (M. IV 314) that iron was called 'bronze' by the ancients, not realizing that before iron was discovered they used bronze, as Hesiod also says (Op. 151): 'They worked with bronze, and there was no black iron.'

b. 〈τένοντας:〉 τὰ νεῦρα, παρὰ τὴν τάσιν. Lg

b. 〈τένοντας:〉 the sinews, from 'stretching'.

431 a. περιρρηδὴς κερ〈άεσσιν〉: ἐπὶ πρόσωπον μεθ’ ὁρμῆς κατενεχθείς, ἐπιρραγεὶς εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν. ἢ [ἐπενεχθείς] ἀντὶ τοῦ περι- φερόμενος, ὡς καὶ παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ (χ 84 sq.)· ‘περιρρηδὴς δὲ τραπέζῃ κάππεσεν’. Ἀντίμαχος δὲ τὸ κατὰ κύκλον πεσεῖν οὕτω λέγει. νυνὶ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπενεχθεὶς εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν.

431a. περιρρηδὴς κερ〈άεσσιν〉: fallen headlong with force, dashed forward. Or [ἐπενεχθείς] instead of 'whirled around', as also in the poet (χ 84 sq.): 'and he fell headlong upon the table'. Antimachus uses the word for falling in a circle. But here it is instead of 'brought forward'.

b. 〈περιρρηδής:〉 περιφερής. Gg Sm

b. 〈περιρρηδής:〉 round. Gg Sm

434. καλύψαντες πύκα δημῷ: τῷ ἐπίπλῳ, ᾧ ἐνειλοῦσι τὰ ἱερεῖα, ἵνα εὐκαέστατα ὦσι.

434. Having covered them thickly with fat: with the caul, in which they wrap the sacrificial victims so that they may burn very well.

436. θηεύμενος: τὸ θηεῖσθαι Ὅμηρος ἐπὶ τοῦ θαυμάζειν τί- θησιν (κ 180)· ‘θηήσαντ’ ἔλαφον’· ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος ἐπὶ τοῦ βλέπειν. L

436. Gazing at: Homer uses 'to gaze at' for 'to marvel at' (κ 180): 'they gazed at the deer'; but Apollonius uses it for 'to look at'. L

437. 〈λιγνύν:〉 κάπνον. Lg

437. 〈smoke:〉 smoke. Lg

438. πορφυρέαις ἑλίκεσσιν: ταῖς τοῦ καπνοῦ συστροφαῖς πορφυριζούσαις, ταῖς τοῦ πυρὸς καμπαῖς καὶ [οἷον πορφυριζούσαις] εἰλή- σεσιν· ἐναργὴς δὲ ἡ φράσις.

438. With purple coils: with the smoke's convolutions turning purple, with the fire's twists and [as it were purpling] spirals; the expression is vivid.

441. κῶας ἄγοντας: ἔδει ‘ἄγουσιν’ εἰπεῖν πρὸς τὸ ὑμῖν (ν. 440). καὶ ὁ ποιητὴς δέ (A 541)· ‘αἰεί τοι φίλον ἐστὶν ἐμεῦ ἀπονόσφιν 〈ἐόντα〉’. L

441. Bringing the fleece: he should have said 'bringing' in agreement with 'you' (v. 440). And the poet too (A 541): 'always it is dear to you to be apart from me'. L

444. Ἀσίδος: ἡ Ἀσία ὠνομάσθη ἀπὸ Ἀσίας τῆς Προμηθέως μητρὸς καὶ Ἄτλαντος, οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πολλὴν ἄσιν ἔχειν. L

444. Of Asia: Asia was named after Asia, the mother of Prometheus and daughter of Atlas; but others say from having much mud (ἄσις). L

445—47 a. ὧδε κακοῖς δεδα〈ώς〉: οὐκ ἐκ τῶν καθόλου, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν ἐμοὶ βλαβερῶν. ὑπέρβατον δέ ἐστι καὶ πλεονάζει ὁ καὶ σύνδεσμος, λείπει δὲ ἡ ἐξ̄ πρόθεσις, καὶ 〈ἡ〉 πτῶσις ἐνήλλακται, δοτικὴ ἀντὶ γενικῆς. ἔστι δὲ καὶ τὸ ῥῆμα συντελικόν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξῆλθον. ὁ δὲ λόγος οὕτως· ἔμπροσθεν ἐκ κακῶν οἰωνῶν ἐγνωκὼς τὸν ἐμαυτοῦ μόρον ἐξῆλθον ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος, ἵνα ὑμῖν συμπλεύσας κλέος ἀπενέγκωμαι. L

445-47a. Thus with evil 〈bonds〉: not from the general, but from the things harmful to me. It is a hyperbaton and the conjunction 'and' is redundant, the preposition 'from' is missing, and the case is changed, dative instead of genitive. The verb is also in the perfect tense, instead of 'I went out'. The sense is this: having known beforehand from evil omens my own fate, I went out from my homeland, so that by sailing with you I might win renown. L

b. ὄφρ’ ἐπιβαίην: ὑπέρβατόν ἐστι. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ὄφρ’ ἐπιβαίην νηός, ἐπιβάντι δὲ τῆς νηὸς ἡ εὐδοξία τοῖς οἴκοις λίποιτο. L

b. So that I might embark: it is a hyperbaton. The order is: so that I might embark on the ship, and for the one who has embarked on the ship, good repute might be left to his household. L

450. σταθερόν: ἀντὶ τοῦ καυματηρὸν καὶ θερμόν· λέγει δὲ τὴν μεσημβρίαν ἐκ τοῦ συμβαίνοντος, ἐπειδή μεσουρανήσας ὁ ἥλιος θερμαίνει

450. Steadfast: instead of 'scorching' and 'hot'; he speaks of midday from what happens, since the sun, having culminated, warms

πάντα διὰ τὸ πανταχόθεν ἐπίσης ἀπέχειν τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἢ διὰ τὸ ἑστηκέναι, ἧττον γὰρ δοκεῖ τότε κινεῖσθαι ὁ ἥλιος.

all things because it is equally distant from the things below on all sides, or because it stands still, for the sun seems to move less then.

454. πολιοῦ: διὰ τὸ λευκαίνεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων κλυζόμενον. φυλλάδα δὲ τὴν στιβάδα τῶν φύλλων.

454. Of the gray: because it is whitened by being washed by the waves. And 'leafage' means the bed of leaves.

456 a. λαρόν: παρὰ τὸ λίαν ἀρηρὸς ἢ παρὰ τὸ λῶ̄ τὸ θέλω πεποίηται. Ἡσίοδος δέ φησι (fg 207 Rz.2) ‘λαροῖς ποσίν’· τοῖς κατ’ ὄψιν ἡδέσιν.

456a. Sweet: derived from 'exceedingly fitted' or from λῶ, 'I wish'. Hesiod says (fr. 207 Rz.²) 'with sweet feet': those pleasing to the sight.

b. 〈λαρόν:〉 ἡδύ. Lg

b. 〈λαρόν:〉 sweet. Lg

459 a. ἐψιόωνται: παρὰ τὴν ἐψίαν, ἥ ἐστι διὰ λόγων παιδιά, οἷον ἐπεσία τις οὖσα παρὰ τὸ ἔπος· διὸ καὶ ψιλοῦται. ὅτε δὲ δασύνεται, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀκολουθοῦσιν.

459a. ἐψιόωνται: from ἐψία, which is jesting through words, as if it were some ἐπεσία from ἔπος; for this reason it is written with a smooth breathing. But when it has a rough breathing, it means 'they follow'.

b. 〈ἐψιόωνται:〉 διὰ λόγου μετριάζουσιν. Sm

b. 〈ἐψιόωνται:〉 they behave moderately in speech. Sm

c. ἄατος: ἡ ἄγαν βλαπτική· τὸ γὰρ ᾱ τὸ πρῶτον ἐπίτασίς ἐστιν, ὡς ἀχανὲς καὶ ἀτενές. L

c. ἄατος: the exceedingly harmful; for the first α is intensive, as in ἀχανές and ἀτενές. L

461. πορφυρέεσκεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ βάθους ἐνεθυμεῖτο· πορ- φύρα γάρ ἐστιν εἶδος ἰχθύος ἐν βάθει εὑρισκόμενον. ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμερίμνα καὶ τὸν τῆς γῆς καὶ τὸν 〈τῆς〉 θαλάσσης κίνδυνον.

461. πορφυρέεσκεν: instead of 'he was pondering deeply'; for πορφύρα is a kind of fish found in the deep. Or instead of 'he was anxious about the danger both of land and of sea'.

462. 〈ὑποφρασθείς:〉 θεωρήσας. Lg

462. 〈ὑποφρασθείς:〉 having observed. Lg

468. Ζεὺς τόσον: περὶ τοῦ Κύκλωπος Ὅμηρος (ι 277)· ‘οὐδ’ ἂν ἐγὼ Διὸς ἄχθος ἀλευάμενος πεφιδοίμην’. διὰ τούτων δὲ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὑπερηφανία δηλοῦται. καὶ Ὅμηρος δὲ ἀσεβῆ αὐτὸν λέγει (I 559)· ‘καί ῥα ἄνακτος ἐναντίον εἵλετο τόξον’.

468. Ζεὺς τόσον: about the Cyclops Homer (ι 277): 'not even I, avoiding the wrath of Zeus, would spare you'. Through these words his arrogance is shown. And Homer also calls him impious (I 559): 'and he took up his bow against the lord'.

471. τοῖον μ’ Ἀρήνη〈θεν〉: Ἀρήνη πόλις Πελοποννήσου· νῦν δὲ Ἔρανα λέγεται, ὡς φησι Πείσανδρος (16 fg 3 J.). φησὶ δὲ ὑπερηφά- νως, ὡς οὐ φέρεις με σύμπλουν, ἀλλὰ βοηθόν.

471. τοῖον μ’ Ἀρήνη〈θεν〉: Arene is a city of the Peloponnese; now it is called Erana, as Pisander says (16 fg 3 J.). He speaks arrogantly, as if 'you are not carrying me as a fellow-sailor, but as a helper'.

473. χαλίκρητον: τὸν ἄκρατον, τὸν χαλῶντα τὰς φρένας. Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ τὸν ἄκρατον χάλιν λέγουσιν. Αἰσχύλος (fg 448 N.2) δὲ καὶ τὰς Βάκχας χαλιμάδας φησὶ λέγεσθαι.

473. χαλίκρητον: the unmixed, that which relaxes the mind. The Athenians call unmixed wine χάλις. Aeschylus (fg 448 N.2) also says that the Bacchae are called χαλιμάδες.

475. Ἴδμων δὲ κα〈ί〉: οἰκείως τὸν Ἴδμονα ὡς μάντιν ὄντα ποιεῖ ἐναντιούμενον τῷ Ἴδᾳ ἐχθρῷ ὄντι Ἀπόλλωνι.

475. Ἴδμων δὲ κα〈ί〉: appropriately he makes Idmon, being a seer, oppose Idas, who is an enemy of Apollo.

477. 〈ζωρόν:〉 τὸ ἄκρατον. Lg

477. 〈ζωρόν:〉 the unmixed. Lg

478 a. οἰδάνει: ἐπαίρει, μετεωρίζει, θρασύνει· ἡ δὲ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάσσης, ὅταν ἄρξηται μετεωρίζεσθαι.

478a. οἰδάνει: stirs up, raises, emboldens; the metaphor is from the sea, when it begins to swell.

b. 〈οἰδάνει:〉 ἀναπείθει. Sm

b. 〈οἰδάνει:〉 persuades. Sm

481 a. 〈ἐπιφλύειν:〉 ὑβρίζειν, φλυαρεῖν. Lg Sm

481a. 〈ἐπιφλύειν:〉 to insult, to talk nonsense. Lg Sm

b. τὸ ἐπιφλύειν ἀντὶ τοῦ φλυαρεῖν καὶ λοιδορεῖν. P

b. ἐπιφλύειν instead of φλυαρεῖν and λοιδορεῖν. P

482 a. Ἀλωιάδας: τὴν περὶ τούτων ἱστορίαν καὶ Ὅμηρος (Ε 385 sqq. λ 305 sqq.) οἶδεν. Ἐρατοσθένης (241 fg 35 J.) δὲ γηγενεῖς αὐτούς φησι, διὰ δὲ τὸ ἀνατετράφθαι ὑπὸ τῆς Ἀλωέως γυναικὸς μυθευθῆναι ὡς Ἀλωέως εἰσὶν υἱοί. Ἡσίοδος (fg 9 Rz.2) δὲ Ἀλωέως καὶ Ἰφιμεδείας κατ’ ἐπίκλησιν, ταῖς δὲ ἀληθείαις Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἰφιμεδείας ἔφη, καὶ Ἄλον πόλιν Αἰτωλίας ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν ἐκτίσθαι, ἧς Ὅμηρος (Β 682) μνημονεύει· ‘οἵ τ’ Ἄλον εἶχον’.

482a. Ἀλωιάδας: Homer (Ε 385 sqq. λ 305 sqq.) also knows the story about them. Eratosthenes (241 fg 35 J.) says they were earth-born, and because they were reared by the wife of Aloeus, the myth arose that they were sons of Aloeus. Hesiod (fg 9 Rz.2) said they were sons of Aloeus and Iphimedeia by adoption, but in truth of Poseidon and Iphimedeia, and that the city Alos in Aetolia was founded by their father, which Homer (Β 682) mentions: 'who held Alos'.

b. 〈Ἀλωιάδας:〉 τοὺς Ἀλωέως. Sm

b. 〈Ἀλωιάδας:〉 the sons of Aloeus. Sm

483. οὐδ’ ὅσον: οὐδὲ ὀλίγον. Lg (Sg) (P)

483. οὐδ’ ὅσον: not even a little. Lg (Sg) (P)

485. ἐκ δ’ ἐγέλασσε: καὶ τοῦτο κουφότητος σημεῖον, εἴγε καὶ Ἰσοκράτης (Ad Demon. 15) φησί· ‘μήτε γέλωτα προπετῆ στέργε’.

485. And she laughed: this too is a sign of frivolity, since Isocrates (Ad Demon. 15) says: 'Do not cherish precipitate laughter'.

486 a. κερτομίοισιν: εἰρωνευτικοῖς, τὸ κέαρ τέμνειν καὶ λυπεῖν δυναμένοις. ἐπιλλίζων δὲ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπιμωκώμενος· ἔπιλλοι γὰρ οἱ στραβοί.

486a. With mocking words: with ironic words, able to cut and pain the heart. And 'winking' means mocking with the eyes; for 'squint-eyed' people are called 'epilloi'.

b. 〈ἐπιλλίζων:〉 ἀγρίως βλέπων. Sg

b. 〈Winking:〉 looking fiercely. Sg

487—89 a. ἄγρει νυν: δι’ ἀμφοτέρων ἐπισκώπτει τὸν Ἴδμονα, πρῶτον μὲν ὡς ἀτεχνῆ μάντιν, δεύτερον δὲ ὡς μέγα φρονοῦντα ἐπὶ Ἀπόλλωνι τῷ πατρὶ ὡς μέγα δυναμένῳ τοὺς αὐθάδεις καθαιρεῖν. τοῦτο δὲ μετὰ ἀπειλῆς δρᾷ λοιδορῶν.

487-89a. Come now: through both he mocks Idmon, first as an unskilled seer, and second as one who takes pride in Apollo his father as being very powerful to bring down the arrogant. And he does this with a threat, reviling him.

b. 〈ἐνίεπε:〉 ἔνειπε. Sg

b. 〈Tell:〉 say. Sg

c. 〈πατὴρ τεός:〉 Ἀπόλλων. Sm

c. 〈Your father:〉 Apollo. Sm

491 a. τὸ δὲ χρειὼ δηλοῖ καὶ τὸ κατὰ χρείαν καὶ μοῖραν λε- γόμενον καὶ τὸ μέλλον. P

491a. The word 'chreio' indicates both what is said according to need and fate, and what is destined. P

b. 〈χρειώ:〉 μαντείαν. Sm

b. 〈Chreio:〉 prophecy. Sm

c. χρειὼ θεσπίζων μεταμώλιον: μεταμελείας ἄξιον. γρά- φεται δὲ καὶ μεταμώνιον, ὅ ἐστι μάταιον, μετὰ ἀνέμων φερόμενον. ἀπὸ γενικῆς πληθυντικῆς γίνεται κτητικὸς τύπος εἰς -ιος τῷ ῑ παραληγό- μενος, οἷον ἄλλων ἀλλώνιος, ἀνέμων ἀνεμώνιος.

c. Prophesying a vain chreio: worthy of regret. It is also written 'metamonion', which means vain, carried away with the winds. From a plural genitive a possessive form in -ios is made, with iota in the penultimate syllable, as 'allon' 'allonios', 'anemon' 'anemonios'.

492. χώετ’ ἐνιπτάζων: ἐχολοῦτο καὶ ὠργίζετο κακολογῶν καὶ μεμφόμενος.

492. He was angry, rebuking: he was enraged and angered, speaking ill and blaming.

494—95. λαιῇ: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν τῇ ἀριστερᾷ. πείραζεν δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥρμοττεν. περιττὴ δὲ ἡ ἀνά· τὸ γὰρ ἑξῆς· καὶ Ὀρφεὺς δέ. εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἐκ τῆς ἀνά τὸ ἀναστὰς λέγει· ἀναστὰς δὲ καὶ ὁ Ὀρφεύς. τοῦτο δὲ ποιεῖ, ἵνα τὰς στάσεις καὶ τὰς φιλονεικίας τῇ ἑαυτοῦ μουσικῇ καταπαύσῃ.

494-95. With the left hand: by euphemism, with the left hand. 'He tested' instead of 'he fitted'. The 'ana' is redundant; for the sequence is: 'and Orpheus'. Unless, indeed, from the 'ana' he means 'having stood up': 'and Orpheus having stood up'. He does this in order to put an end to the factions and rivalries by his own music.

496—98 a. ἤειδεν δ’ ὡς γαῖα: τὴν πρώτην σύγχυσιν τῶν στοι- χείων ᾄδειν βούλεται, ὡς ἔκ τινος φιλονεικίας τὸ ἴδιον ἕκαστον μετέσχεν καὶ τάξιν ἔλαβεν. οἰκεία δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὑποκειμένοις πράγμασιν ἡ ᾠδή, ὅτι πρέπον ἐστὶ τῆς μάχης παύσασθαι καὶ εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν διάθεσιν ἐπα- νιέναι.

496-98a. He sang how the earth: he wishes to sing of the first confusion of the elements, how from some strife each obtained its own place and took its order. The song is also appropriate to the present circumstances, because it is fitting to cease from battle and return to one's proper disposition.

b. νείκεος ἐξ ὀλοοῖο: Ἐμπεδοκλῆς (cf. 31 B 17 sqq. Diels- Kranz) φησιν, ὅτι συγκεχυμένων ἁπάντων τὸ πρότερον νεῖκος καὶ φιλία παραπεμφθέντα τὴν διάκρισιν ἐποιήσαντο, χωρὶς δὲ τούτων οὐδὲν δύ-

b. From destructive strife: Empedocles (cf. 31 B 17 sqq. Diels-Kranz) says that when all things were previously mixed together, strife and love, being introduced, brought about the separation, and apart from these nothing...

ναται γενέσθαι· ᾧ ἕπεται, ὡς εἰκός, καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος. ὁ δὲ Θαλῆς (cf. 11 A 12 Diels-Kranz) ἀρχὴν ὑπεστήσατο πάντων 〈τὸ〉 ὕδωρ, λαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ ποιητοῦ λέγοντος (H 99)· ‘ἀλλ’ ὑμεῖς πάντες ὕδωρ καὶ γαῖα γέ- νοισθε’. καὶ Ζήνων (fg 104 Arn.) δὲ τὸ παρ’ Ἡσιόδῳ (Theog. 116 sq.) χάος ὕδωρ εἶναί φησιν, οὗ συνιζάνοντος ἰλὺν γίνεσθαι, ἧς πηγνυμένης ἡ γῆ στερεμνιοῦται· τρίτον δὲ ἔρωτα γεγονέναι καθ’ Ἡσίοδον (ib. 120), ἵνα τὸ πῦρ παραστήσῃ· πυρωδέστερον γὰρ πάθος ὁ ἔρως. Ἀναξα- γόρας (cf. 59 Α 72 Diels-Kranz) δὲ μύδρον εἶναι τὸν ἥλιόν φησιν, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα γίνεσθαι. διὸ καὶ Εὐριπίδης (Or. 983) γνώριμος αὐτῷ γεγονὼς φησι χρυσέαν βῶλον τὸν ἥλιον εἶναι. τὴν δὲ σελήνην ὁ αὐτὸς Ἀναξαγόρας (59 Α 77 Diels-Kranz) χώραν πλατεῖαν ἀποφαίνει, ἐξ ἧς δοκεῖ ὁ Νεμεαῖος λέων πεπτωκέναι.

to become; whom Apollonius, as is likely, also follows. But Thales (cf. 11 A 12 Diels-Kranz) posited water as the principle of all things, taking it from the poet who says (H 99): 'but may you all become water and earth.' And Zeno (fg 104 Arn.) says that the chaos in Hesiod (Theog. 116 sq.) is water, from the settling of which mud comes to be, and when this solidifies the earth is made firm; and third, Eros came to be according to Hesiod (ib. 120), in order to represent fire; for love is a rather fiery passion. Anaxagoras (cf. 59 A 72 Diels-Kranz) says that the sun is a red-hot mass, from which all things come to be. Therefore Euripides (Or. 983), who was his pupil, says that the sun is a golden clod. And the same Anaxagoras (59 A 77 Diels-Kranz) declares that the moon is a broad land, from which the Nemean lion is thought to have fallen.

501. οὔρεα: Δοῦρις (76 fg 87 J.) φησι τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν Γιγάντων κατενεχθέντας λίθους, τοὺς μὲν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν πεσόντας γενέσθαι νήσους, τοὺς δὲ εἰς τὴν γῆν ὄρη.

501. Mountains: Duris (76 fg 87 J.) says that the stones brought down by the Giants, those that fell into the sea became islands, and those that fell on the land became mountains.

509. Δικταῖον: τὸ Κρητικόν, ἔνθα ἀνετράφη ὁ Ζεύς, ὡς καὶ Καλλίμαχος (Hymn. I 4 sqq.) ἱστορεῖ.

509. Dictaean: Cretan, where Zeus was reared, as Callimachus (Hymn. I 4 sqq.) also relates.

513—15 a. τοὶ δ’ ἄμοτον: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀμότως καὶ ἀκορέστως. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· λήξαντος δὲ τῆς ᾠδῆς ἀπλήρωτοι αὐτῆς ὄντες ἔτι προετετά- κεισαν τὰς κεφαλὰς ἀνατετακότες τὰ ὦτα καὶ ἠρεμοῦντες ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ· τοιαύτῃ ἡδονῇ συνείχοντο.

513-15a. But they unceasingly: instead of 'unceasingly' and 'insatiably.' The sense: when the song ceased, still unsatisfied with it, they had stretched their heads forward with ears pricked up and were keeping quiet in stillness; such was the pleasure that held them.

b. τοῖόν σφιν: τοιαύτην ἐπέθηκεν ἡδονὴν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν αὐ- τοῦ. L

b. Such for them: such pleasure did he impose on those listening to him. L

516—18 a. οὐδ’ ἐπιδὴν μετέπειτ〈α〉: οὕτως ἀναστρεπτέον τὴν φράσιν· ἔπειτα οὐκ ἐπιδὴν οὐδὲ μετὰ χρόνον κεράσαντες, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐθέως καὶ μετολίγον.

516-18a. Nor even after mixing: the phrase must be read thus: 'then not even after mixing nor after a time,' meaning 'immediately and after a little while.'

b. 〈ἡ θέμις:〉 ὅτι ἔθος ἦν τοῖς παλαιοῖς κρατῆρα κιρνᾶν, ὅτε μέλλοιεν καθεύδειν, καὶ τὰς γλώσσας τῶν ἱερείων ἐπιθύειν τῷ Ἑρμῇ καὶ

b. <The custom:> because it was the custom of the ancients to mix a bowl when they were about to sleep, and to offer the tongues of the sacrificial victims to Hermes and

ἐπισπένδειν οἶνον. καὶ ἴσως φυσικῶς. ἐπεὶ γὰρ Ἑρμῆς λόγος εἶναι παραδέδοται, ὄργανον δὲ αὐτοῦ ἡ γλῶσσα, ἥτις ὕπνου ἐπιπεσόντος ἠρε- μεῖ, εἰκότως τῷ Ἑρμῇ αὐτὴν θύουσιν. καὶ Ὅμηρος (γ 332) ‘ἀλλ’ ἄγε τάμνετε γλώσσας’ ἀντὶ τοῦ παύετε τοὺς λόγους.

To pour wine as a libation. And perhaps this is natural. For since Hermes is traditionally said to be reason, and his instrument is the tongue, which rests when sleep falls, they fittingly sacrifice it to Hermes. And Homer (Od. 3.332): 'But come, cut out the tongues' instead of 'stop your speeches.'

c. ἡ θέμις ἐστί: Διευχίδας ἐν τοῖς Μεγαρικοῖς (fg 8 M. IV 390) ἱστορεῖ, ὅτι Ἀλκάθους ὁ Πέλοπος διὰ τὸν Χρυσίππου φόνον φυγα- δευθεὶς ἐκ τῶν Μυκηνῶν ἤρχετο κατοικήσων εἰς ἑτέραν πόλιν. ὡς δὲ περιέπεσε λέοντι λυμαινομένῳ τὰ Μέγαρα, ἐφ’ ὃν καὶ ἕτεροι ἦσαν ἀπε- σταλμένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν Μεγάρων, καταγωνίζεται τοῦτον καὶ τὴν γλῶτταν αὐτοῦ εἰς πήραν θέμενος ἤρχετο πάλιν εἰς τὰ Μέγαρα. καὶ ἀπαγγελλόντων τῶν ἀπεσταλμένων ἐπὶ τὴν θήραν, ὅτι αὐτοί εἰσιν οἱ κατηγωνισμένοι, προσκομίσας τὴν πήραν ἤλεγξεν αὐτούς. διόπερ θύσας τοῖς θεοῖς ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸ τελευταῖον τὴν γλῶσσαν ἐπέθηκεν τοῖς βωμοῖς, καὶ ἀπὸ τότε ἔθος τοῦτο διέμεινε Μεγαρεῦσι. Φιλόχορος δὲ ἐν τῷ Περὶ θυσιῶν (fg 173 M. I 413) φησίν, ὅτι τὸ κάλλιστον τοῦ σώ- ματος καὶ πρωτεῦόν ἐστι. καὶ Ὅμηρος (γ 341) ‘γλώσσας δ’ ἐν πυρὶ βάλλον’.

c. Themis is: Dieuchidas in his Megarian History (FGrH 8 M. IV 390) relates that Alcathous, son of Pelops, exiled from Mycenae because of the murder of Chrysippus, was on his way to settle in another city. When he encountered a lion ravaging Megara, against which others had also been sent by the king of Megara, he overcame it and, placing its tongue in a pouch, went back to Megara. And when those sent on the hunt reported that they were the ones who had overcome it, he brought forward the pouch and exposed them. Therefore the king, after sacrificing to the gods, finally placed the tongue on the altars, and from then on this custom remained among the Megarians. Philochorus in his On Sacrifices (FGrH 173 M. I 413) says that it is the finest and foremost part of the body. And Homer (Od. 3.341): 'they cast the tongues into the fire.'

d. [κηληθμῷ:] ἐν δὲ τῇ προεκδόσει μετὰ τοῦτο γέγραπται· ‘ἦμος δὲ τριτάτη φάνη ἠὼς τῇδ’ ἐπὶ νυκτί βουθύσιον Ἑκάτοιο καταυτόθι δαινυμένοισι, τῆμος ἄρ ἐκ Διόθεν πνοιὴ πέσεν, ὦρτο δὲ Τῖφυς κεκλόμενος βαίνειν ἐπὶ σέλμασι. τοὶ δ’ ἀΐοντες 〈...〉.’ ἑξῆς δὲ τῶν ἐκκειμένων ‘σμερδαλέον δὲ λιμήν’ (ν. 524).

d. [With enchantment:] In the preliminary edition after this is written: 'But when the third dawn appeared on that night, while they were feasting there on a sacrifice of oxen to the Far-shooter, then from Zeus a breeze fell, and Tiphys arose, bidding them to go aboard the benches. And they, hearing <...>.' Then after the quoted lines: 'and dreadfully the harbor' (v. 524).

525. 〈ἐπισπέρχουσα:〉 προτρεπομένη. Lg

525. <Urging on:> encouraging. Lg

526—27. ἐν γάρ οἱ δόρυ: πιθανῶς ἐκ τῆς Δωδωνίδος φησὶ δρυὸς τὸ ξύλον εἶναι ἐν τῇ Ἀργοῖ τὸ φωνῆεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὕτη ἐφθέγγετο, ὡς φησιν Ὅμηρος (Ξ 327 sq.)· ‘ὄφρα θεοῖο ἐκ δρυὸς ὑψικόμοιο βουλὴν ἐπακούσοι.’

526-27. For in it a spear: plausibly he says that the speaking timber in the Argo is from the Dodonian oak, since that too spoke, as Homer says (Il. 14.327-8): 'so that he might hear the counsel of the god from the high-leafed oak.'

528. οἱ δ’ ἀνὰ σέλματα: τὰς τῶν ἐρετῶν καθέδρας, τὰ σελι- δώματα. καθόλου δὲ τὸ πλατὺ ξύλον σέλμα λέγεται καὶ σελίδωμα, ὅθεν καὶ τὰς σελίδας τῶν ῥαψῳδιῶν διὰ τὸ πλάτος φαμέν.

528. They upon the benches: the seats of the rowers, the rowing-benches. In general the broad plank is called a bench and a rowing-bench, whence we also call the columns of rhapsodies 'pages' because of their breadth.

530. 〈ἔντεσιν:〉 νῦν ταῖς κώπαις. Lg

530. <With gear:> here, with oars. Lg

532—33. ποσσὶν ὑπεκλύσθ〈η〉: καὶ αὐτῷ ἐπικαθεσθέντι κά- τωθεν παρὰ τοῖς ποσὶ μᾶλλον ἐπεκλύσθη ἡ τρόπις τῆς νεὼς καὶ ἐν βάθει τῆς θαλάσσης ἐγένετο τῷ βάρει τοῦ ἥρωος.

532-33. With his feet he was washed under: and as he sat upon it, the keel of the ship was washed from below rather at his feet and went into the depth of the sea by the weight of the hero.

536—41 a. ἢ ἐνὶ Πυθοῖ 〈ἢ που ἐν Ὀρτυγίῃ〉: ἐν τῇ Δήλῳ. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς οὕτως· καθάπερ ἠΐθεοι ἐν Δελφοῖς ἢ ἐν Δήλῳ ἢ ἐπὶ Ἰσμηνῷ περὶ τὸν βωμὸν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος χορὸν στήσαντες πρὸς τὸ τῆς κιθάρας μέλος ἡρμοσμένως 〈τὴν γῆν〉 κροτοῦσι τοῖς ποσίν, οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι τῇ τοῦ Ὀρφέως κιθάρᾳ κηλούμενοι σφοδρότερον πρὸς τὴν κωπη- λασίαν ἤεσκαν. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς ὁμαρτῇ ῥήσσωσιν. ἡ δὲ ὑπὸ πρόθεσις παρήκται ὡς παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ (Β 824) ‘ὑπαὶ πόδα νείατον Ἴδης.’

536-41a. Or in Pytho or perhaps in Ortygia: in Delos. The sequence is as follows: just as young men in Delphi or in Delos or on the Ismenus, having set up a dance around the altar of Apollo, beat the ground with their feet in time to the lyre's melody, so these men, charmed by Orpheus' lyre, drove the ship more vigorously. The sequence is: they strike together. The preposition hypo is derived as in Homer (Iliad 2.824) 'beneath the lowest foot of Ida.'

b. Ἰσμηνοῖο: Ἰσμηνὸς ποταμὸς Βοιωτίας, ἐφ’ ᾧ Ἰσμηνίου Ἀπόλ- λωνος ἱερόν. Lm P

b. Ismenus: Ismenus is a river of Boeotia, on which there is a sanctuary of Ismenian Apollo. Lm P

c. 〈ἐπὶ δὲ ῥόθια κλύζοντο:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ· ἐπεκλύζοντο δὲ τὰ κύματα. Lg

c. And the waves were dashed upon: meaning: the waves were dashed upon. Lg

542 a. 〈ἀφρῷ:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ ἀφροῦ. Lg

542a. With foam: meaning with foam. Lg

b. κήκιεν ἄλμ〈η〉: ἀνεδίδοτο καὶ ἀνεπήδα ἑκατέρωθεν τῆς νεὼς ἡ θάλασσα. L

b. The sea gushed: the sea was thrown up and leaped up on either side of the ship. L

543. μορμύρου〈σα〉: δεινῶς ταρασσομένη καὶ κινουμένη φο- βερῶς. ἐν δὲ τῇ προεκδόσει· ‘μορφύρουσα τυπήσιν ἐρισθενέων †μένει† ἀνδρῶν’.

543. Roaring: terribly disturbed and moving fearfully. In the earlier edition: 'roaring with the blows of mighty men'.

544. στράπτε δ’ ὑπ’ ἠελ〈ίῳ〉: εἰς κόσμον τῆς νεὼς εἰώθασιν ὅπλα περιτιθέναι.

544. And it flashed beneath the sun: for the adornment of the ship they are accustomed to attach ornaments.

545—46. μακραὶ δ’ αἰὲν ἐλ〈ευκαίνοντο〉: ὁ νοῦς· ἐλευ- καίνετο δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ καθάπερ ἀτραπὸς διὰ χλοηφοροῦντος πεδίου. ἢ ἄλλως· ὡς δήλη ἐστὶν ἡ ὁδὸς πεδίου μεταξὺ χλοηφόρου, οὕτω καὶ ὁ τύπος τῆς νεὼς ἐφαίνετο.

545-46. And long white lines: the sense: the water was whitened like a path through a grassy plain. Or otherwise: just as a road is visible in the midst of a grassy plain, so also the track of the ship appeared.

547—48. ἡμιθέων ἀνδρῶν: διὰ τούτου ἐβεβαιώσατο καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς σκοπεῖν καὶ θαυμάζειν τὸν πλοῦν· οὐ γὰρ ἁπλῶς τινες ναῦται ἦσαν, ἀλλ’ ἡμίθεοι. τὸ δὲ νῆα πρὸς πᾶν θαῦμα κεῖται ὑπὸ Ἀθηνᾶς εἰργασμένης.

547-48. Of demigod men: through this he confirmed that even the gods watched and marveled at the voyage; for they were not simply some sailors, but demigods. The ship is set as a wonder for all, having been made by Athena.

551 a. Ἀθ〈ηναίης〉 Ἰτωνίδος: Ἰτωνίας Ἀθηνᾶς ἐστιν ἱερόν ἐν Κορωνείᾳ τῆς Βοιωτίας. ὁ μέντοι Ἀπολλώνιος οὐκ ἂν λέγοι τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν ἐπὶ κατασκευῇ τῆς Ἀργοῦς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν Κορωνείᾳ ἐπικλήσεως, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀπὸ Θεσσαλικῆς Ἰτωνίας, περὶ ἧς Ἑκαταῖος μὲν ἐν τῇ α' τῶν Ἱστοριῶν (1 fg 2 J.) λέγει· Ἀρμενίδας δὲ ἐν τοῖς Θηβαϊκοῖς (fg 1 M. IV 339) Ἀμφικτύονος υἱὸν Ἴτωνον ἐν Θεσσαλίᾳ γεννηθῆναι, ἀφ’ οὗ Ἴτων πόλις καὶ Ἰτωνὶς Ἀθηνά. μέμνηται καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος ἐν τῷ α' τῶν Κορίννης (fg 30 B. III 551) ὑπομνημάτων (fg 53 M. III 234).

551a. Of Itonian Athena: there is a sanctuary of Itonian Athena in Coronea in Boeotia. However, Apollonius would not say that Athena was called from the epithet in Coronea for the building of the Argo, but rather from the Thessalian Itonia, about which Hecataeus in the first book of his Histories (1 fg 2 J.) says: but Armenidas in his Thebaica (fg 1 M. IV 339) says that Itonus, son of Amphictyon, was born in Thessaly, from whom the city Iton and Itonian Athena are named. Alexander also mentions it in the first book of his commentary on Corinna (fg 30 B. III 551) (fg 53 M. III 234).

b. Τριτωνίδος: γράφεται Ἰτωνίδος. LgP

b. Tritonian: it is written Itonian. LgP

554. πολιῇ δ’ ἐπὶ κύματος ἀγῇ: τῷ αἰγιαλῷ, ἔνθα τὰ κύ- ματα περιάγνυται.

554. And on the gray break of the wave: on the shore, where the waves break around.

Σουίδας δὲ ἐν Θεσσαλικοῖς (fg 1 M. II 464) φησιν Ἰξίονος υἱὸν εἶναι Χείρωνα ὥσπερ καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς τῶν Κενταύρων. ὁ δὲ τὴν Γι- γαντομαχίαν ποιήσας (Titanomachiae fg 7 K.) φησίν, ὅτι Κρόνος μετα-

But Soudas in his Thessalica (fg 1 M. II 464) says that Chiron was the son of Ixion, just like the rest of the Centaurs. The author of the Gigantomachy (Titanomachiae fg 7 K.) says that Cronus...

μορφωθεὶς εἰς ἵππον ἐμίγη Φιλύρᾳ τῇ Ὠκεανοῦ, διόπερ καὶ ἱπποκένταυρος ἐγεννήθη Χείρων. τούτου δὲ γυνὴ Χαρικλώ. εἰκότως δὲ παρεισήνεγκεν εἰκόνα τοῦ Χείρωνος, καὶ ὅτι φιλάνθρωπος δικαιότατός τε Κενταύρων, καὶ διὰ τὴν οἰκειότητα τὴν πρὸς τὸν Ἰάσονα· παρ’ αὐτοῦ γὰρ ἔμαθε τὴν ἰατρικήν, ὅθεν καὶ Ἰάσων ἐκλήθη, παρὰ τὴν ἴασιν.

Having taken the form of a horse, he had intercourse with Philyra, daughter of Oceanus, and for this reason Chiron was born a horse-centaur. His wife was Chariclo. It is reasonable that he introduced an image of Chiron, both because he was the most humane and most just of the Centaurs, and because of his close relationship with Jason; for from him Jason learned the art of medicine, whence he was also called Jason, from 'healing' (iasis).

555. 〈τέγγε:〉 ἔβρεχε. Lg

555. 〈τέγγε:〉 he was wetting. Lg

557. 〈ἐπωλένιον φορέουσα:〉 ἐπὶ χειρὸς ἔχουσα. Lg

557. 〈ἐπωλένιον φορέουσα:〉 having it on her arm. Lg

558. Πηλείδην Ἀχιλ〈ήα〉: ἠκολούθησεν Ἀπολλώνιος τοῖς μεθ’ Ὅμηρον ποιηταῖς ὑπὸ Χείρωνος λέγων τὸν Ἀχιλλέα τραφῆναι. δια- πεφωνήκασι δέ τινες καὶ περὶ τῆς Ἀχιλλέως μητρός, καθάπερ Λυσίμαχος ὁ Ἀλεξανδρεὺς ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ τῶν Νόστων (fg 11 M. III 338), κατὰ λέξιν λέγων· ‘Σουίδας (fg 6 M. II 465) γὰρ καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης ὁ περὶ Εὐβοίας πεπραγματευμένος (M. II 142) καὶ ὁ τοὺς Φρυγίους λόγους γράψας (cf. 595 B 299e Diels) καὶ Δαΐμαχος (65 fg 2 J.) καὶ Διο- νύσιος ὁ Χαλκιδεὺς (fg 6 M. IV 394) οὐ τὴν περὶ Ἀχιλλέως διεσπαρ- μένην ἀφείκασιν μένειν ἐπὶ χώρας δόξαν, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον οἱ μὲν ἐκ Θέτιδος αὐτὸν νομίζουσι γεγονέναι τῆς Χείρωνος, Δαΐμαχος (v. supra) δὲ ἐκ Φιλομήλας τῆς Ἄκτορος’.

558. Peleus' son Achilles: Apollonius followed the poets after Homer in saying that Achilles was raised by Chiron. But some have disagreed also about the mother of Achilles, as Lysimachus of Alexandria in the second book of the Returns (fg 11 M. III 338), saying verbatim: 'For Souidas (fg 6 M. II 465) and Aristotle, who wrote about Euboea (M. II 142), and the writer of the Phrygian tales (cf. 595 B 299e Diels) and Daïmachus (65 fg 2 J.) and Dionysius of Chalcis (fg 6 M. IV 394) have not left the scattered opinion about Achilles to remain in place, but on the contrary some believe he was born from Thetis, daughter of Chiron, while Daïmachus (see above) says from Philomela, daughter of Actor.'

559. περιηγέα: τὴν καμπὰς ἔχουσαν. Lg (P)

559. περιηγέα: having curves. Lg (P)

563. μεσόδμη: ἡ ἱστοθήκη, ὅπου τίθεται ὁ ἱστὸς καὶ κλίνεται.

563. μεσόδμη: the mast-holder, where the mast is placed and reclines.

564—67 a. πρότονοι οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱστοῦ ἐκτεινόμενοι κάλοι ἐπὶ πρώραν καὶ πρύμναν.

564-67a. πρότονοι are the ropes stretched from the mast to the prow and stern.

b. ἠλακάτη τὸ τοῦ ἱστοῦ λεπτότατον καὶ ἀνώτατον, ὑπὲρ ὅ ἐστι τὸ καρχήσιον. ἕως οὖν, φησί, τοῦ ἄκρου τοῦ ἱστοῦ ἀνείλκυσαν τὰ ἄρμενα.

b. The mast's thinnest and highest part, above which is the top. So, he says, they hauled the sails up to the tip of the mast.

διακριδὸν δὲ διόλου ἢ διατεταμένως. περόνῃσι δὲ τοῖς πασσάλοις τοῖς κατὰ τὰ σανιδώματα καὶ τοὺς τῆς νεὼς τοίχους, ἐφ᾽ ὧν τὰ τοῦ ἀρμένου σχοινία δεσμεύουσιν. 2 τοίχους L : τροχούς P2 τοίχους in L : τροχούς in P

And 'distinctly' means throughout or stretched tight. And 'with pins' means with the pegs along the planking and the ship's sides, on which they bind the ropes of the rigging.

ἐπ᾽ ἰκριόφιν: τὸ ἴκριον τοῦ ἱστοῦ μέρος. φησὶ δὲ Ἐρατοσθένης ἐν τῷ Ἀρχιτεκτονικῷ (fg 60 Strecker): “ἱστός· πτέρνη, καρχήσιον, θωράκιον, ἠλακάτη, κεραία, ἴκριον”. βέλτιον δὲ νοεῖν ἴκριον τὴν καλουμένην κεραίαν, ἧς τὰ ἄκρα ἀκροκέραια†. κάλωες δέ, δι᾽ ὧν στέλλεται τὸ ἱστίον, διὰ κρίκων διειλημμένοι. τούτων δὲ οἱ κάλοι, οἷς κατάγεται τὸ ἱστίον, μέσουροι λέγονται, οἱ δὲ ἑλκόμενοι εἰς πρώραν 〈καὶ πρύμναν〉 ἐξ ἑκατέρου μέρους τοῦ ἱστοῦ πρότονοι, οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὰς γωνίας πόδες· ἑξῆς τούτων πρόποδες, μεθ᾽ οὕς εἰσιν οἱ τέρθριοι λεγόμενοι, εἶτα μέσοι. ἠλακάτη δὲ τὸ ἀνώτατον τοῦ ἱστοῦ μέρος, ὥς φησιν Ἐρατοσθένης (v. supra). 5 Athen. XI 474f Poll. I 91 Eust. 1423, 135 Athen. XI 474f Poll. I 91 Eust. 1423, 13 7 Hesych. κάλοι7 Hesych. κάλοι 6 θωρ- P : θαρ- L6 θωρ- in P : θαρ- in L βέλτιον — ἧς τὰ ἄκρα P : τὰ δὲ ἄκρα ceteris omissis L. cf. Deicke 10, W 45βέλτιον — ἧς τὰ ἄκρα in P : but the rest omitted in L, with only τὰ δὲ ἄκρα. cf. Deicke 10, W 45 7 ἀκροκέραια K : ἀκρόκερα κάλωες (P) : -υς L7 ἀκροκέραια in K : ἀκρόκερα κάλωες in (P) : -υς in L 8 διειλημμένοι K : -ων L : aliter P8 διειλημμένοι in K : -ων in L : differently in P 9 suppl. W e sch. a9 supplied by W from scholion a 10 οἱ (P) : τὰ L10 οἱ in (P) : τὰ in L

κάλωας ἀπ᾽ εὐθείας τῆς κάλως κατὰ Ἀττικούς. 14 Eust. 1271, 514 Eust. 1271, 5

Τισαίη ἀκρωτήριον Θεσσαλίας ἢ Μαγνησίας, τινὲς δὲ τῆς Θεσπρωτίας. 15 sch. 568 post 569 collocatur in L15 scholion 568 is placed after 569 in L

εὐθήμονι: εὖ διατεθειμένῃ, εὐρύθμῳ, εὐποιήτῳ· θεῖναι γὰρ τὸ ποιῆσαι. 17 Et. Gen. (B) εὐθήμονι: εὐποιήτῳ. I 569. ἐκ τοῦ θεῖναι τὸ ποιῆσαι. καὶ Πίνδαρος (Ol. III 8) δι᾽ ὅλου θέσιν τὸ ποίημα λέγει. sch. Pind. Ol. III 14a17 Et. Gen. (B) εὐθήμονι: εὐποιήτῳ. I 569. ἐκ τοῦ θεῖναι τὸ ποιῆσαι. καὶ Πίνδαρος (Ol. III 8) δι᾽ ὅλου θέσιν τὸ ποίημα λέγει. sch. Pind. Ol. III 14a

〈νηοσσόον:〉 τὰς ναῦς σῴζουσαν. Lg

νηοσσόον δέ φησι τὴν Ἄρτεμιν ἢ διὰ τὸ σῴζειν τὰς ναῦς ἢ διὰ τὸ σεύειν καὶ κινεῖν αὐτάς. P 24 sch. Pind. Pyth. I 40 Et. M. 123, 11. 156, 1524 sch. Pind. Pyth. I 40 Et. M. 123, 11. 156, 15

〈Ἄρτεμιν:〉 τὴν Ἄρτεμιν ὑμνεῖ διὰ τὸ τὸν τόπον ἱερὸν αὐτῆς εἶναι. Lm (P)

ἄπλετοι: ἀπροσπέλαστοι, μεγάλοι. διασκαίροντες δὲ διαψαίροντες, νηχόμενοι. διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἄμμιγα 〈παύροις〉 τὸ τοῦ μέλους θελκτικὸν σημαίνει, οἱονεὶ μηκέτι αὐτοὺς βλάπτοντες, ἀλλὰ μεθ᾽ ἡσυχίας ἑπόμενοι. 25 διαψ. νηχ. L : διανηχ. χαίροντες P : νηχ. χορεύοντες BPa (cf. W 15) suppl. Fr.25 διαψ. νηχ. in L : διανηχ. χαίροντες in P : νηχ. χορεύοντες in BPa (cf. W 15) supplied by Fr.

〈ὁ δέ τ᾽ εἶσι πάρος:〉 προπορεύεται ὁ ποιμήν. Lg 1 οἱονεὶ K : οἷόν οἱ αὐτ- Fr. (P) : ἑαυτ- L1 οἱονεὶ in K : οἷόν οἱ αὐτ- in Fr. (P) : ἑαυτ- in L

νόμιον μέλ〈ος〉: ποιμενικόν, παρὰ τοὺς νομέας. ἢ νόμιον μέλος ὕμνος παρὰ τοῖς ἀρχαίοις οὕτω λεγόμενος.

ἠερίη πολυλή〈ιος〉: ἡ Θεσσαλία παρὰ τὸ μέλαιναν εἶναι τὴν γῆν· οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον Ἠερίαν φασίν. ἢ ἠερία ἀντὶ τοῦ πρωία ἀπὸ τοῦ ἦρι. 7 sch. IV 267 (Et. Gen.) Steph. Byz. Ἀερία. Αἴγυπτος — Eust. Dion. Per. 2397 sch. IV 267 (Et. Gen.) Steph. Byz. Ἀερία. Αἴγυπτος — Eust. Dion. Per. 239 Et. Or. 67, 3 Et. M. 421, 17 Eust. 141, 9Et. Or. 67, 3 Et. M. 421, 17 Eust. 141, 9 7 φασί L : μαρτυρεῖ P7 φασί in L : μαρτυρεῖ in P

Πελασγῶν: τῶν Θεσσαλῶν ἀπὸ Πελασγοῦ τοῦ Ἰνάχου, ἢ ἀπὸ Πελασγῶν ἔθνους βαρβαρικοῦ οἰκήσαντος τὴν Θεσσαλίαν καὶ τὸ Ἄργος, ἢ ἀπὸ Πελασγοῦ τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος υἱοῦ καὶ Λαρίσης. Στάφυλος δὲ ὁ Ναυκρατίτης (fg 1 M. IV 505) Πελασγόν φησι Ἀργεῖον τὸ γένος μετοικῆσαι εἰς Θεσσαλίαν καὶ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ Πελασγίαν τὴν Θεσσαλίαν κληθῆναι. ὅτι δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ οἱ Ἀργεῖοι ἐκαλοῦντο Πελασγοί, Σοφοκλῆς ἐν Ἰνάχῳ φησί (fg 270, 4 Pearson): “〈...〉 καὶ Τυρσηνοῖσι Πελασγοῖς”. 9 Herod. I 579 Herod. I 57 11 Dion. Hal. I 17, 311 Dion. Hal. I 17, 3 14 Dion. Hal. I 25, 414 Dion. Hal. I 25, 4 φησί K (cf. IV 267. 270)φησί in K (cf. IV 267. 270) 15 lac. ind. W 34, ubi si non plura certe haec verba desiderantur a Dionysio servata: μέγα πρεσβεύων Ἄργους τε γύαις Ἥρας τε πάγοις15 lacuna indicated by W 34, where if not more, at least these words preserved by Dionysius are missing: μέγα πρεσβεύων Ἄργους τε γύαις Ἥρας τε πάγοις

ἐρίπνας: ἀπορρῶγας κολώνας, σπήλαια κρημνώδη. λέγουσι δὲ οὕτως καὶ τὰς οἰκίας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐρηρεῖσθαι. ἐρίπνη δὲ λέγεται ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀκρωτηρίου παρὰ τὸ ἄγαν πνέεσθαι. 16 sch. Il. 434. 1247b Hesych. Phot. ἐρίπναι16 sch. Il. 434. 1247b Hesych. Phot. ἐρίπναι 17 sch. Nic. Ther. 22 Et. M. 372, 30 Et. Gud. 525, 18 De Stef.17 sch. Nic. Ther. 22 Et. M. 372, 30 Et. Gud. 525, 18 De Stef.

Σηπιάς: ἀκρωτήριον ἐν Ἰωλκῷ, οὕτω καλούμενον διὰ τὸ τὴν Θέτιν ἐνταῦθα εἰς σηπίαν μεταβληθῆναι διωκομένην ὑπὸ Πηλέως. LmP 19 sch. Eur. Andr. 1265 Et. Gen. (AB) Σηπιάς: ἄκρα ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ. οὕτω δὲ (δὲ om. A) λέγεται διὰ τὸ Θέτιν ἐνταῦθα εἰς σηπίαν μεταβληθῆναι ὑπὸ Πηλέως διωκομένην, ὡς καὶ (καὶ om. B) Ἡρόδοτος (VII 191, 2). cf. W 79 Tzetz. Lyc. 175 (85, 4 Sch.)19 sch. Eur. Andr. 1265 Et. Gen. (AB) Σηπιάς: a headland in Magnesia. It is so called because Thetis was there changed into a cuttlefish while being pursued by Peleus, as also Herodotus (VII 191, 2). cf. W 79 Tzetz. Lyc. 175 (85, 4 Sch.) 19 l. etiam in L adest ἐν Ἰωλκῷ L : Μαγνησίας P19 the lemma is also present in L: ἐν Ἰωλκῷ in L : Μαγνησίας in P

εἰναλίη Σκίαθος: ἡ παραθαλασσία. νῆσος γὰρ ἡ Σκίαθος τῆς Θεσσαλίας ἐγγὺς Εὐβοίας, ἧς καὶ Σιμωνίδης (fg 212 B. III 527) μέμνηται. Πειρεσιαὶ δὲ πόλις Μαγνησίας. Μάγνησσα δὲ πόλις τῇ χώρᾳ ὁμώνυμος, ἄγαν εὔδιος καὶ παραθαλάσσιος. 21 Et. Gen. (AB) ἄπωθεν: τὸ πω μέγα, οἷον: I 583. Σκίαθος δέ ἐστι νῆσος Εὐβοίας, ἀντικρὺ δὲ ἡ Εὔβοια τῆς Θεσσαλίας. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά.21 Et. Gen. (AB) ἄπωθεν: πω means great, as in: I 583. Sciathus is an island of Euboea, and Euboea is opposite Thessaly. Apollonius, the author of the Argonautica.

Μάγνησσα: τὴν Μαγνησίαν λέγει τὴν κατὰ Θεσσαλίαν. ἔστι γὰρ καὶ ἑτέρα Μαγνησία περὶ Ἔφεσον, ἐκτισμένη ὑπὸ Λευκίππου τοῦ Καρὸς μετοικήσαντος ἐκεῖ σὺν Μάγνησι τοῖς ἐκ Κρήτης. 4 Kern Die Inschr. von Magnesia am Maeander 1900, 14 (Nr. 17) Parth. Narr. am. 5 Con. Narr. 294 Kern Die Inschr. von Magnesia am Maeander 1900, 14 (Nr. 17) Parth. Narr. am. 5 Con. Narr. 29 2 ὁμώνυμος P : -ύμως L2 ὁμώνυμος in P : -ύμως in L 4 Λευκίππου L : Μάγνητος P (cf. W 39)4 Λευκίππου in L : Μάγνητος in P (cf. W 39)

Μάγνησσά θ᾽ ὑπεύδ〈ιος〉: ὁ νοῦς· οὐ τραχεῖά τις οὐδὲ πετρώδης, ἀλλ᾽ ὁμαλή τις καὶ εὔδιος.

〈παλιμπνοίῃσιν:〉 ἐναντίαις πνοαῖς. Lg

ἔκελσαν: ὥρμισαν. LgP

καί μιν κυδ〈αίνοντες〉: τὸν Δόλοπα. ὁ δὲ Δόλοψ Ἑρμοῦ υἱός, ὃς ἐν Μαγνήσσῃ τῇ πόλει ἀπώλετο καὶ αὐτόθι τάφον παρὰ τῷ αἰγιαλῷ ἔσχεν, ὡς Κλέων ἐν α᾽ τῶν Ἀργοναυτικῶν. τοῖς μὲν οὖν κατοιχομένοις ὡς περὶ ἡλίου δυσμὰς ἐναγίζουσι, τοῖς δὲ Οὐρανίδαις ὑπὸ τὴν ἕω, ἀνατέλλοντος τοῦ ἡλίου. ἔντομα δὲ τὰ σφάγια, κυρίως τὰ τοῖς νεκροῖς ἐναγιζόμενα, διὰ τὸ ἐν τῇ γῇ αὐτῶν ἀποτέμνεσθαι τὰς κεφαλάς. οὕτω γὰρ θύουσι τοῖς χθονίοις, τοῖς δὲ οὐρανίοις ἄνω ἀναστρέφοντες τὸν τράχηλον σφάζουσιν· Ὅμηρος (Α 459): ‘αὐέρυσαν μὲν πρῶτα’. 12 sch. Pind. Isthm. IV 110b12 sch. Pind. Isthm. IV 110b 14 Et. Gen. (B) ἔντομα: τὰ τοῖς κατοιχομένοις θυόμενα. ἐκτέμνεται [καὶ om. Et. M.] γὰρ τούτων (Et. M., -οις B) ὁ τράχηλος· τὰ δὲ τοῖς οὐρανίοις θεοῖς ἀνακλᾶται. ἢ ἔντομα τὰ εὐνουχισθέντα τῶν προβάτων (ἔντομα — προβάτων etiam A). τοιαῦτα δὲ ἔθυον τοῖς νεκροῖς ἄγονα διὰ τὸ καὶ αὐτοὺς εἶναι ἀγόνους. I 587. Et. M. add. II 926 Et. Gen. χύτλα (v. ad sch. 1075/77a) sch. AT A 459 Eust. 1671, 61 Suid. ἐντομίδαι14 Et. Gen. (B) ἔντομα: the things sacrificed to the dead. For their neck is cut out [καὶ omitted by Et. M.], but those for the heavenly gods are bent back. Or ἔντομα are the castrated sheep (ἔντομα — προβάτων also in A). Such things they sacrificed to the dead, barren because they themselves are barren. I 587. Et. M. adds II 926 Et. Gen. χύτλα (see on scholion 1075/77a) sch. AT A 459 Eust. 1671, 61 Suid. ἐντομίδαι 12 τοῖς μὲν — σφάζουσιν L : τὸ δὲ ἔντομα ἤγουν εὐνοῦχα. εὐνοῦχα δὲ τοῖς τεθνηκόσιν ἐνάγιζον, τὰ ἄγονα τοῖς ἀγόνοις. διὸ καὶ τῷ Δόλοπι τοιαῦτα θύουσι. καὶ δύνοντος ἡλίου διὰ τὸ δῦσαι κἀκείνους, καὶ πρηνῆ πρὸς τὴν γῆν ὁρῶντα σφάζουσιν, ὅτι ἤδη ἀπολώλασιν. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοῖς καταχθονίοις θεοῖς θύουσι. τοὐναντίον δὲ τοῖς οὐρανίοις θεοῖς· ἔνορχά τε γὰρ καὶ ἀνατέλλοντος τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ πρὸς οὐρανὸν ὁρῶντα ὕπτια P. cf. Deicke 11, W 48. 7412 τοῖς μὲν — σφάζουσιν in L : τὸ δὲ ἔντομα ἤγουν εὐνοῦχα. εὐνοῦχα δὲ τοῖς τεθνηκόσιν ἐνάγιζον, τὰ ἄγονα τοῖς ἀγόνοις. διὸ καὶ τῷ Δόλοπι τοιαῦτα θύουσι. καὶ δύνοντος ἡλίου διὰ τὸ δῦσαι κἀκείνους, καὶ πρηνῆ πρὸς τὴν γῆν ὁρῶντα σφάζουσιν, ὅτι ἤδη ἀπολώλασιν. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοῖς καταχθονίοις θεοῖς θύουσι. τοὐναντίον δὲ τοῖς οὐρανίοις θεοῖς· ἔνορχά τε γὰρ καὶ ἀνατέλλοντος τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ πρὸς οὐρανὸν ὁρῶντα ὕπτια in P. cf. Deicke 11, W 48. 74

κεῖαν: ἔθυσαν. λείπει δὲ ἡ παρὰ πρόθεσις, ἵν᾽ ᾖ· ἔθυον τῷ Δόλοπι παρὰ τῷ οἴδματι τῆς θαλάσσης.

διπλόα: δύο ἡμέρας. LgP

ἐλινύεσκον: περὶ τὸ αὐτὸ διέτριβον, ἢ στρευγόμενοι 〈ἢ〉 ἐμποδιζόμενοι τῆς ὁδοῦ. 1 sch. 862a cum loc. sim.1 sch. 862a with similar passages. 1 στρευγόμενοι (ἢ) Fr. : ἐστρεύγοντο1 στρευγόμενοι (ἢ) Fr. : ἐστρεύγοντο

Μελίβοιαν: πόλις Θεσσαλίας. LgSgP

Ὁμόλη ὄρος Θεσσαλίας οὕτω καλούμενον ἢ πόλις Θράκης. Lm (P) 4 sch. Theocr. VII 103a. b Paus. IX 8, 6 Steph. Byz. Ὁμόλη4 sch. Theocr. VII 103a. b Paus. IX 8, 6 Steph. Byz. Ὁμόλη

οὐδέ τι δηρόν: ὁ λόγος· οὐκ ἔμελλον μετὰ πολὺ παρέρχεσθαι τὰ ῥεύματα τοῦ ποταμοῦ. L 7 post ῥεύματα in A haec : τοῦ Ἀμύρου ποταμοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ὀλίγῳ δῆλον.7 after ῥεύματα in A these words: τοῦ Ἀμύρου ποταμοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ὀλίγῳ δῆλον.

τὸ δὲ ὑπεκβαλεῖν τὸ παραμεῖψαι τὰ ῥεῖθρα τοῦ Ἀμύρου ποταμοῦ σημαίνει. εὐρυμένας δὲ φάραγγας τὰς εἰς πλάτος ἀνεῳγμένας. P 8 ὑπεκβαλεῖν F : -βάλλειν P8 ὑπεκβαλεῖν in F : -βάλλειν in P 9 φάραγγας F : φάλ- P9 φάραγγας in F : φάλ- in P

Ἄμυρος ποταμὸς Θεσσαλίας ἔκρεων μετὰ τὴν Μελίβοιαν [κείμενος], προσαγορευόμενος ἀπὸ Ἀμύρου τοῦ υἱοῦ Ποσειδῶνος. ἔστι δὲ καὶ πόλις. Lm (P) 11 Steph. Byz. Ἄμυρος. Ἰωλκός11 Steph. Byz. Ἄμυρος. Ἰωλκός 11 Θεσσαλίας Sg del. Fr.11 Θεσσαλίας Sg deleted by Fr.

Ὄσσης: Ὄσσα ὄρος πρὸς τῷ τέλει τῆς Θεσσαλίας, μεθ᾽ ὃ διαδέχεται ἡ Μακεδονία. κλίτεα δὲ τὰς ἀνακλίσεις τῶν ὀρῶν καὶ τὰς βάσεις. Παλλήνη δὲ ὄρος Θράκης καὶ πόλις, ὅθεν ἦν ὁ Πρωτεύς. Καναστραῖον δὲ ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Παλλήνης. Ὄλυμποι δέ εἰσιν ἕξ· Μακεδονίας, Θετταλίας, ἐν ᾧ καὶ Ὀλύμπιά φησιν Ἀπολλόδωρος (244 fg 174 J.) ἄγεσθαι, καὶ Μυσίας καὶ Λυκίας καὶ Ἤλιδος καὶ Ἀρκαδίας. 14 Et. Gen. (AB) Ὄσση: I 598. ὄρη Θεσσαλίας κύκλῳ περιέχοντα ταύτην ε᾽· Πήλιον (ἐπήλιον AB, ἐστί· Π. Reitzenstein) Ὄσση Ὄθρυς Ὄλυμπος Πίνδος. cf. W 8114 Et. Gen. (AB) Ὄσση: I 598. ὄρη Θεσσαλίας κύκλῳ περιέχοντα ταύτην ε᾽· Πήλιον (ἐπήλιον AB, ἐστί· Π. Reitzenstein) Ὄσση Ὄθρυς Ὄλυμπος Πίνδος. cf. W 81 17 Steph. Byz. Κάναστρον: . . . Σοφοκλῆς δὲ ὑπομνηματίζων τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά ‘Καναστραῖον’, φησίν, ‘ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Παλλήνης’. cf. W 91 Et. Gen. (AB) Κάναστρα: ἀκρωτήριον τῆς (τῆς om. B) Παλλήνης.17 Steph. Byz. Κάναστρον: . . . Σοφοκλῆς δὲ ὑπομνηματίζων τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά ‘Καναστραῖον’, φησίν, ‘ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Παλλήνης’. cf. W 91 Et. Gen. (AB) Κάναστρα: ἀκρωτήριον τῆς (τῆς om. B) Παλλήνης. 18 Herod. VII 123 Strab. VII 330 sch. Thuc. I 126, 5 Dem. XIX 192 Diod. XVII 16 Arrian. I 11, 118 Herod. VII 123 Strab. VII 330 sch. Thuc. I 126, 5 Dem. XIX 192 Diod. XVII 16 Arrian. I 11, 1 17 Καναστραῖον K : Κανάστρα L : Κάναστρον P17 Καναστραῖον in K : Κανάστρα in L : Κάναστρον in P 18 Μακ. (ἢ) Θεττ. vel Μακ. [Θεττ.] prop. Jacoby18 Μακ. (ἢ) Θεττ. or Μακ. [Θεττ.] proposed by Jacoby 19 Λυκίας L (cf. Strab. XIV 666) : Κιλικίας P (cf. Strab. XIV 671)19 Λυκίας in L (cf. Strab. XIV 666) : Κιλικίας in P (cf. Strab. XIV 671)

〈ἤνυσαν:〉 παρέπλευσαν. Lg

ἦρι δὲ νισ〈σ〉ομέ〈νοισιν〉: Ἄθως ὄρος τῆς Θράκης ὑψηλότατον. 22 Et. Gen. (B Voss.) Ἄθως: I 601. ἀκρωτήριον Θράκης. Σοφοκλῆς (fg 776 Pearson): ‘Ἄθως σκιάζει νῶτα Λημνίας βοός’. ἐν γὰρ τῇ Λήμνῳ βοῦς χαλκῆ ἵδρυται, ἐφ᾽ ἣν (ἣ B) τοῦ Ἄθω ἡ σκιὰ φθάνει. cf. W 80. sch. Theocr. VII 76/77 d22 Et. Gen. (B Voss.) Ἄθως: I 601. ἀκρωτήριον Θράκης. Σοφοκλῆς (fg 776 Pearson): ‘Ἄθως σκιάζει νῶτα Λημνίας βοός’. ἐν γὰρ τῇ Λήμνῳ βοῦς χαλκῆ ἵδρυται, ἐφ᾽ ἣν (ἣ B) τοῦ Ἄθω ἡ σκιὰ φθάνει. cf. W 80. sch. Theocr. VII 76/77 d

ἡ δὲ διάνοια· ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ Ἄθως αὐτοῖς ἀνεφάνη ἀπέχων τῆς Λήμνου τοσοῦτον, ὅσον ἂν ναῦς πλέουσα ἀπὸ ἠοῦς μέχρι μεσημβρίας πλοῦν διανύσῃ. καὶ τοσοῦτον, φησίν, ἀπέχουσαν τὴν Λῆμνον ὅμως σκιάζει διὰ τὸ ὕψος παρακλίναντος τοῦ ἡλίου· οὐ μόνον δὲ, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέχρι Μυρίνης. πόλις δέ ἐστιν ἡ Μυρίνη πρὸς τῷ τέλει τῆς Λήμνου, δίπολις γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Λῆμνος· ἔχει γὰρ Ἡφαιστίαν καὶ Μύριναν. ἐκλήθη δὲ ἀπὸ Μυρίνης τῆς Θόαντος γυναικός, Κρηθέως δὲ θυγατρός. 6 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἡφαιστία: δύο πόλεις ἦσαν τῆς Λήμνου, Μύρρινά τε καὶ Ἡφαιστία. — Et. Gen. (AB) Δίπολίς ἐστιν ἡ Λῆμνος. ἔχει γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ Ἡφαιστίαν καὶ Μύριναν. αὕτη δὲ ἐπικέκληται οὐ παρὰ τὸ μύρεσθαι καὶ ῥεῖν, ὡς τινές φασιν, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ Μυρίνης τῆς Θόαντος γυναικός. cf. W 79 Et. M. 595, 24 Steph. Byz. Λῆμνος. Μύρινα6 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἡφαιστία: δύο πόλεις ἦσαν τῆς Λήμνου, Μύρρινά τε καὶ Ἡφαιστία. — Et. Gen. (AB) Δίπολίς ἐστιν ἡ Λῆμνος. ἔχει γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ Ἡφαιστίαν καὶ Μύριναν. αὕτη δὲ ἐπικέκληται οὐ παρὰ τὸ μύρεσθαι καὶ ῥεῖν, ὡς τινές φασιν, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ Μυρίνης τῆς Θόαντος γυναικός. cf. W 79 Et. M. 595, 24 Steph. Byz. Λῆμνος. Μύρινα

The meaning is: at daybreak Athos appeared to them, being as far from Lemnos as a ship sailing from dawn until midday would cover. And although Lemnos is so far away, he says, it nevertheless casts a shadow because of its height when the sun declines; and not only that, but even as far as Myrina. Myrina is a city at the end of Lemnos, for Lemnos has two cities: it has Hephaestia and Myrina. It was named after Myrina, the wife of Thoas and daughter of Cretheus.

〈κολώνη:〉 ἀκρώρεια. Lg

ἔνδιον: μεσημβρινόν. LgSm (P)

〈καὶ ἐσάχρι:〉 περιττὸς ὁ καὶ σύνδεσμος. Lm

Σιντηΐδα: ἐπιθετικῶς Σιντηὶς ἡ Λῆμνος· Τυρσηνοὶ γὰρ αὐτὴν πρῶτοι ᾤκησαν βλαπτικώτατοι ὄντες. ἢ τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων οἰκισθεῖσαν· καὶ Ὅμηρος (θ 294) ‘ᾤχετο δ᾽ ἐς Λῆμνον μετὰ Σίντιας ἀγριοφώνους’. Ἑλλάνικος (4 fg 71 c J.) δέ φησι Σίντιας ὀνομασθῆναι τοὺς Λημνίους διὰ τὸ πρώτους ὅπλα ποιῆσαι πολεμικὰ πρὸς τὸ σίνεσθαι τοὺς πλησίον καὶ βλάπτειν. 12 Et. Gen. (AB) Σιντηΐδα: οἷον: I 608. τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν Σιντίων κατοικισθεῖσαν. ἔθνος δὲ τυραννικὸν (Τυρσηνικὸν Hemsterhuis) τοῦτο καὶ (καὶ om. A) λῃστρικόν. τινὲς δὲ Σιντίους τοὺς Λημνικούς (Λημνίους Et. M.) φασιν. οὗτοι γὰρ λαβόντες πλοῖα (ὅπλα V) τοὺς παριόντας ἔσινον ὅ ἐστιν ἔβλαπτον [ὅθεν καὶ σίνος τὸ βλάβος om. Et. M.]. ἢ ὅτι δοκοῦσιν αὐτοὶ πρῶτοι ἐπινενοηκέναι τὰ πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον ὅπλα, ἅπερ ὁμολογουμένως βλάπτει (ἢ sqq. e sch. Hom. sumpta om. B). sch. ABT A 594 sch. θ 294 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 141, 25 B.12 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) Σιντηΐδα: such as: I 608. the one settled by the Sintians. This is a tyrannical (Tyrrhenian Hemsterhuis) and piratical people. Some say the Sintians are the Lemnians (Lemnioi in Etymologicum Magnum). For these, taking ships (weapons in V), harmed those passing by, that is, damaged them [whence also sinos, damage, omitted in Etymologicum Magnum]. Or because they are thought to have first invented weapons of war, which admittedly cause harm (the following from scholia on Homer omitted in B). scholia ABT on A 594, scholia on θ 294, Apollonius Lexicon Homericum 141, 25 B. 16 παρὰ pro πρὸς K16 παρὰ instead of πρὸς in K

ἔνθ᾽ ἄμυδις: αἱ Λήμνιαι γυναῖκες ἐπιπολὺ τῶν τῆς Ἀφροδίτης τιμῶν κατολιγωρήσασαι, καθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν τὴν θεὸν ἐκίνησαν. πάσαις γὰρ δυσοσμίαν ἐνέβαλεν, ὡς μηκέτι αὐτὰς τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἀρέσκειν. 18 sch. A H 468 sch. Pind. Pyth. IV 88b. 449 Apoll. Bibl. I 114 sq. Hyg. Fab. 1518 scholia A on H 468, scholia on Pindar Pythian IV 88b. 449, Apollodorus Bibliotheca I 114 sq., Hyginus Fabulae 15

τῶν δὲ πρὸς Θρᾷκας ἐχόντων πόλεμον καὶ παλλακὰς ἐκεῖθεν αἰχμαλώτους λαμβανόντων καὶ ἀποστραφέντων τὰς γνησίας γαμετὰς κατὰ τὴν τῆς θεοῦ ὀργήν, ἐψηφίσαντο αἱ γυναῖκες νύκτωρ τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀνελεῖν. καὶ οὐ μόνον τοῦτο ἐποίησαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς αἰχμαλώτους ἀνεῖλον, καὶ δεδοικυῖαι, μὴ οἱ παῖδες ἀνδρωθέντες τιμωρίαν πατρῴων ζητήσωσι λαβεῖν, πᾶν ὁμοῦ τὸ ἄρσεν γένος ἀνεῖλον. 1 παλλακάς Fr. : πολλάκις L : πολλὰς P1 παλλακάς in Fr. : πολλάκις in L : πολλὰς in P 2 ἀποστραφέντων A : -στρεφόντων L : -στρεφομένων (P) F2 ἀποστραφέντων in A : -στρεφόντων in L : -στρεφομένων in (P) F

When those who were at war with the Thracians and took captive concubines from there turned away from their lawful wives because of the goddess's wrath, the women voted to kill their husbands at night. And not only did they do this, but they also killed the captive women, and fearing that their sons, when grown, would seek to exact vengeance for their fathers, they killed the entire male sex together.

ἐπὶ ληιάδεσσι: ταῖς αἰχμαλώτοις. LgSmP 7 ταῖς -οις A : ταῖς -ίσιν S : τὰς -ους P : τοὺς -ους L : πρὸς -ους K7 ταῖς -οις in A : ταῖς -ίσιν in S : τὰς -ους in P : τοὺς -ους in L : πρὸς -ους in K

〈ἔρον:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔρωτα, Αἰολικῶς διὰ τοῦ ο. Lg 8 Io. Gramm. Comp. III 42 (O. Hoffmann Die griech. Dial. 2, 1892, 221) Greg. Cor. De dial. aeol. 32 (608 Sch.) Hesych. Suid. ἔρον. Et. M. 379, 35 Et. Gud. 528, 19 De Stef. sch. ABT A 469 Eust. 136, 33. 988, 68 Ioannes Grammaticus Compendium III 42 (O. Hoffmann Die griech. Dial. 2, 1892, 221), Gregorius Corinthius De dialectis aeolicis 32 (608 Sch.), Hesychius, Suda ἔρον, Etymologicum Magnum 379, 35, Etymologicum Gudianum 528, 19 De Stef., scholia ABT on A 469, Eustathius 136, 33. 988, 6

ἀντιπέρηθεν: ἐξ ἐναντίας· οὕτω γὰρ κεῖται ἡ Θράκη τῆς Λήμνου. L

ἄτισσαν: ὅτι ἄτιμον αὐτὴν ἐπὶ πολύν χρόνον ἐποίησαν. τῶν δὲ ἄλλων ἱστορούντων, ὅτι κατὰ χόλον τῆς Ἀφροδίτης αἱ Λημνιάδες δύσοσμοι ἐγένοντο, Μυρσίλος ἐν πρώτῳ Λεσβιακῶν (fg 7 M. IV 458) διαφέρεται καί φησι τὴν Μήδειαν παραπλέουσαν διὰ ζηλοτυπίαν ῥῖψαι εἰς τὴν Λῆμνον φάρμακον καὶ δυσοσμίαν γενέσθαι ταῖς γυναιξίν, εἶναί τε μέχρι τοῦ νῦν κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν ἡμέραν τινά, ἐν ᾗ διὰ τὴν δυσωδίαν ἀπέχειν τὰς γυναῖκας ἄνδρα τε καὶ υἱεῖς. 14 Phot. Suid. Λήμνιον βλέπων Antig. Hist. mir. 118 K.14 Photius, Suda Λήμνιον βλέπων, Antigonus Historiarum mirabilium 118 K. 13 Μυρσίλος K : -τίλος Λεσβιακῶν AH : -ικῶν13 Μυρσίλος in K : -τίλος Λεσβιακῶν in AH : -ικῶν 17 ἄνδρας H17 ἄνδρας in H

〈ἀμφ᾽ εὐνῇ:〉 λείπει τὸ ζηλοτυπήσασαι. Lg

οἴη δ᾽ ἐκ πασέων: πρῶτον μέν, διότι πατήρ, ἔδωκε τὴν ὀφειλομένην τῷ Θόαντι σωτηρίαν, δεύτερον δὲ διὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν καὶ ὅτι οὐκ αἴτιος ἦν αὐτὸς οὐδὲ συνεργὸς τῆς τῶν ἄλλων Λημνίων ἀσελγείας.

ἐς Οἰνοίην ἐρύ〈σαντο〉: εἴληφε τὴν ἱστορίαν παρὰ Θεολύτου (M. IV 515). Σίκινος δέ ἐστι νῆσός τις πρὸ τῆς. 24 Et. Gen. (AB) Σίκινον: Σίκινός ἐστι νῆσος πρὸς τῇ Εὐβοίᾳ, Οἰνόη (A, -οίη B) τὸ πρότερον καλουμένη διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὴν ἀμπελόφυτον. μετωνομάσθη δὲ ἀπὸ (τοῦ add. B) υἱοῦ Θόαντος (τοῦ add B) Σικίνου καὶ νύμφης Οἰνόης Ναΐδος (A, δαΐδος B). Ἀπολλώνιος (Et. M. add. καὶ τὸν μὲν αὐδηθεῖσαν e vv. 623—624). Steph. Byz. Σίκινος — Plin. Nat. hist. IV 7024 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) Σίκινον: Sikinos is an island near Euboea, formerly called Oinoe (A, -oie B) because it is vine-growing. It was renamed after (the added in B) son of Thoas (the added in B) Sikinos and the nymph Oinoe the Naiad (A, daidos B). Apollonius (Etymologicum Magnum adds: and him addressed from verses 623-624). Stephanus Byzantius Σίκινος — Pliny Natural History IV 70

Εὐβοίας, τὸ πρότερον Οἰνοίη καλουμένη διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὴν ἀμπελόφυτον. μνημονεύει δὲ τῆς μετονομασίας Ξεναγόρας (240 fg 31 J.) λέγων ὅτι μετωνομάσθη ἀπὸ Σικίνου τοῦ υἱοῦ Θόαντος καὶ νύμφης Οἰνηΐδος. ὅτι δὲ ἐνθάδε Θόας ἐσεώθη καὶ Κλεών ὁ Κουριεὺς ἱστορεῖ καὶ Ἀσκληπιάδης ὁ Μυρλεανός, δεικνὺς ὅτι παρὰ Κλέωνος τὰ πάντα μετήνεγκεν Ἀπολλώνιος. 3 Σ. τοῦ υἱοῦ Θ. K : Σ. υἱοῦ Θ. P : τοῦ υἱοῦ Θ. Σ. L νύμφης Οἰνηΐδος Sam. Bochart Geogr. sacra³ 1692, 416, cf. sch. Theocr. I 3/4c : νύμφης Οἰνοίης L : Νηΐδος νύμφης ἐν Οἰνόῃ P. cf. Deicke 12, W 453 Σ. τοῦ υἱοῦ Θ. in K : Σ. υἱοῦ Θ. in P : τοῦ υἱοῦ Θ. Σ. in L; νύμφης Οἰνηΐδος Sam. Bochart Geogr. sacra³ 1692, 416, cf. sch. Theocr. I 3/4c : νύμφης Οἰνοίης in L : Νηΐδος νύμφης ἐν Οἰνόῃ in P. cf. Deicke 12, W 45

Of Euboea, formerly called Oinoe because it is vine-growing. Xenagoras (240 FGrH 31 J.) mentions the renaming, saying that it was renamed after Sikinos, son of Thoas and the nymph Oineis. That Thoas was saved here is recorded by both Cleon of Curium and Asclepiades of Myrlea, showing that Apollonius took everything from Cleon.

ἐπακτῆρες: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἁλιεῖς. ἐπὶ νήσου κυνηγοὺς οὐ δεῖ λέγειν. Lg (P)

〈τόν:〉 Σίκινον. Sg

ταῖσι δὲ βουκολ〈ίαι〉: λοιπὸν γὰρ διὰ τὸ ἀνδρῶν πολὺν χρόνον στερίσκεσθαι τὴν νῆσον, ἡ πεῖνα αὐτὰς καὶ εἰς ἀνδρεῖον μετέβαλεν βίον καὶ ἐπιτήδευμα. 10 ἐστερῆσθαι A πεῖνα K : πεῖρα10 ἐστερῆσθαι in A; πεῖνα in K : πεῖρα

〈διατμήξασθαι:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀροτριᾶν. Lg

〈Ἀθηναίης πέλεν ἔργων:〉 τῶν ἱστουργικῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων γυναικείων. Lg

ἦ θαμὰ δὴ πάπτ〈αινον〉: ὁ ἦ σύνδεσμος ἰσοδυναμεῖ τῷ δή, ὥστε κεῖσθαι τὸν δὴ σύνδεσμον ὡς παρ᾽ Ὁμήρῳ (Α 518) ‘ἦ δὴ λοίγια’ ἐκ παραλλήλου. 15 Hesych. ἦ15 Hesychius ἦ

Μυρίνη πόλις τῆς Λήμνου, ἧς καὶ ἀνωτέρω (v. 604) μέμνηται. L

θυιάσιν ὠμοβό〈ροις〉: μαινάσιν, Βάκχαις· παρὰ τὸ θύειν καὶ ὁρμᾶν μαινομένας. ἔνθεν καὶ τὴν Σεμέλην Θυώνην καλοῦσιν, ἐπειδὴ Αἰσχύλος (p. 73 N.²) ἔγκυον αὐτὴν παρεισήγαγεν οὖσαν καὶ ἐνθεαζομένην, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰς ἐφαπτομένας τῆς γαστρὸς αὐτῆς ἐνθεαζομένας. τὸ δὲ ὠμοβόροις, ὅτι πολλάκις τῇ μανίᾳ κατασχεθεῖσαι καὶ ὠμοσπάρακτα ἐσθίουσιν, ὡς καὶ Εὐριπίδης ἐν Βάκχαις (1125 sqq.) φησίν. 20 sch. III 755 Et. Or. 73, 17 Et. Gen. (AB) θυάδες sch. Pind. Pyth. III 177a Suid. Θυώνη Eust. 114, 4320 scholia on III 755, Etymologicum Orionis 73, 17, Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) θυάδες, scholia on Pindar Pythian III 177a, Suda Θυώνη, Eustathius 114, 43 20 in L post l haec sunt: μαινάσιν. ἔνθεν κτλ. usque ad ἐνθεαζομένας, deinde ἄλλως. μαινάσιν Βάκχαις καὶ ἡ Σεμέλη Θυώνη παρὰ τὸ θύειν καὶ ὁρμᾶν μαινομένας. P praestat quae supra leguntur. cf. W Phil. 81, 1926, 23; Überl. 4920 in L after l these are found: μαινάσιν. ἔνθεν κτλ. up to ἐνθεαζομένας, then ἄλλως. μαινάσιν Βάκχαις καὶ ἡ Σεμέλη Θυώνη παρὰ τὸ θύειν καὶ ὁρμᾶν μαινομένας. P provides what is read above. cf. W Phil. 81, 1926, 23; Überl. 49

〈φὰν γάρ που ἱκάνειν:〉 ἔλεγον γὰρ αὐτοὺς ὡς εἰς πόλεμον ἐληλυθέναι. Lg 1 glossam in L versui 633 superscriptam huc rettulit W1 the gloss written above verse 633 in L W referred to this place 2 ἐληλυθέναι A : ἐλήλυθεν L : ἐλήλυθον F2 ἐληλυθέναι in A : ἐλήλυθεν in L : ἐλήλυθον in F

Θοαντιάς: δύο τύποι εἰσὶ τῶν θηλυκῶν πατρωνυμικῶν, ὁ εἰς ας οἷον Πηλιάς καὶ ὁ εἰς ις οἷον Πελοπίς. καὶ ταῦτα δὲ εἰς ας μεταβάλλει τὴν τελευταίαν, ἐπειδὴ ἔχει τὸ ι πρὸ τῆς τελευταίας συλλαβῆς, ἵνα μὴ εἴη κακόφωνα. 4 Πηλιάς K : Πε- ταῦτα scil. τὰ εἰς ις ληγόμενα θηλυκά πατρωνυμικά4 Πηλιάς in K : Πε- these, namely the feminine patronymics ending in ις 6 κακόφωνα F : -ον L : aliter P6 κακόφωνα in F : -ον in L : differently in P

〈ἀμηχανίῃ δ᾽ ἐχέοντο:〉 ἐν ἀπορίᾳ οὖσαι ἐπορεύοντο. Lg

〈ἐπὶ δέος ἠωρεῖτο:〉 ἐπέκειτο. Lg

τείως δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἐκ νη〈ός〉: ἐν τοσούτῳ, ἐν ὅσῳ αὗται ὡπλίζοντο. ἐπεκτέταται δὲ τὸ τέως, κείμενον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἕως, ἕως δή.

σφωιτέροιο τοκ〈ῆος〉: ἀκαίρως τῷ δυϊκῷ ἐχρήσατο ἀντὶ ἑνικοῦ.

〈Ἀχέροντος:〉 ποταμὸς Ἅιδου. Lg

ἀπροφάτους: ἀπροσφωνήτους, ἀπροφασίστους.

〈ἀπροφάτους:〉 σκοτεινάς. Sm

ἐπιδέδρομε λήθ〈η〉: ὅτι λέγονται οἱ τεθνηκότες λήθην τῶν γεγονότων αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ ζωῇ λαμβάνειν. οὗτος οὖν, φησί, καὶ τεθνηκὼς εἰς λήθην οὐκ ἔπεσεν καὶ μετεμψυχωθεὶς κατὰ τὸν τῶν φιλοσόφων λόγον ἤδει τίς ἦν διὰ τὰς τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ βουλὰς. Φερεκύδης (3 fg 109 J.) δέ φησιν, ὅτι δῶρον εἶχε παρὰ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ ὁ Αἰθαλίδης τὸ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ποτὲ μὲν ἐν Ἅιδου, ποτὲ δὲ ἐν τοῖς ὑπὲρ τὴν γῆν τόποις εἶναι. φασὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν Αἰθαλίδην οἱ Πυθαγορικοί (cf. 14, 8 Diels-Kranz) τῆς ψυχῆς οὔσης ἀφθάρτου κατὰ μὲν τοὺς Τρωικοὺς χρόνους ἀναβιώσαντα Εὔφορβον εἶναι τὸν Πάνθου, ἔπειτα ἐκ τούτου Πύρρον τὸν Κρῆτα, εἶτα Ἠλεῖόν τινα, οὗ τὸ ὄνομα ἀγνοεῖται, μετὰ ταῦτα αὐτὸν τὸν Πυθαγόραν. Πυθαγόρας δέ, ἐν τῷ μεταλλοιοῦσθαι... 22 Diog. Laert. VIII 4 Porph. Vita Pyth. 45 Theol. arithm. 40 Ast22 Diog. Laert. VIII 4 Porph. Vita Pyth. 45 Theol. arithm. 40 Ast 18 τῶν φιλοσόφων L : Φιλοχώρου P (cf. W 38)18 τῶν φιλοσόφων in L : Φιλοχώρου in P (cf. W 38) 19 ad Syrium Pherecydem cum aliis haec refert Diels 7 B 8 D.-Kranz, sed cf. Rohde Psyche² 2, 1898, 167 n. 119 Diels 7 B 8 D.-Kranz refers this to Syrius Pherecydes along with others, but cf. Rohde Psyche² 2, 1898, 167 n. 1 21 ἐν Ἅιδου K : εἰς ᾅδου ὑπὲρ P in sch. f : ὑπό L21 ἐν Ἅιδου in K : εἰς ᾅδου ὑπὲρ in P in sch. f : ὑπό in L 25 Δήλιον pro Ἠλεῖον propter Diog. Laert. l. l. Staveren Misc. Obs. 10, 1739, 39225 Δήλιον for Ἠλεῖον on account of Diog. Laert. l. l. Staveren Misc. Obs. 10, 1739, 392 26 [ἐν] τῷ K, λέγων Fr.26 [ἐν] τῷ in K, λέγων Fr.

τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ παρεισδύνειν εἰς ἕτερα σώματα, φησίν, ὅτι γένοιτο μὲν πρῶτον Αἰθαλίδης Ἑρμοῦ υἱὸς καὶ Σαμίας ἑταίρας, εἶτα Εὔφορβος Τρώς, εἶτα 〈...〉 καὶ Πυθαγόρας· τὴν δὲ μνήμην αὑτῷ παρέπεσθαι τῷ κεχαρίσθαι Ἑρμῆν τῷ Αἰθαλίδῃ υἱῷ ὄντι. 2 verba Ἑρμοῦ — ἑταίρας post alterum εἶτα leguntur, unde transposuit W lacuna simul indicata2 the words Ἑρμοῦ — ἑταίρας are read after the second εἶτα, from where W transposed them, at the same time indicating a lacuna 3 αὑτῷ W : αὐ-3 αὑτῷ W : αὐ-

the souls also slip into other bodies, he says, that first he became Aethalides, son of Hermes and a Samian courtesan, then Euphorbus the Trojan, then 〈...〉 and Pythagoras; and that memory attended him because Hermes had favored Aethalides, his son.

μεμόρηται: κατὰ ἔκθλιψιν τοῦ ι, ἔστι γὰρ μεμοίραται ἀντὶ τοῦ κεκλήρωται. Αἰθαλίδης δέ, κῆρυξ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν, ἑτερήμερος, ὥς φασιν, ὥστε μίαν μὲν ἐν Ἅιδου, μίαν δὲ ὑπὲρ τὴν γῆν ἡμέραν διάγειν. 6 Et. Gen. (B) Αἰθαλίδην: οἷον I 641—642. ὁ Αἰθαλίδης Ἑρμοῦ παῖς ἦν ἑτερήμερος καὶ μίαν ἡμέραν ὑπὸ τὸν Ἅιδην διῆγεν, ἑτέραν δὲ ὑπὸ (B, ἐπὶ Et. M.) τὴν γῆν.6 Et. Gen. (B) Αἰθαλίδην: as in I 641–642. Aethalides was the son of Hermes, living one day under Hades and the other above the earth (B, ἐπὶ Et. M.). 6 κεκλήρωται Lg6 κεκλήρωται in Lg 7 φασιν W : φησιν ἐν Ἅιδου W e sch e : ὑπό τὸν (e verbis subsequentibus) ᾅδην ὑπὲρ τὴν γῆν P : ὑπὸ τὴν L7 φασιν W : φησιν ἐν Ἅιδου W from sch e : ὑπὸ τὸν (from the following words) ᾅδην ὑπὲρ τὴν γῆν in P : ὑπὸ τὴν in L

μειλίξατο: παρεκάλεσεν, ἔπεισε τῷ λόγῳ συνετὸς ὤν. καὶ γέγονε παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Ο 207): ‘ἐσθλὸν καὶ τὸ τέτυκται, ὅτ᾽ ἄγγελος αἴσιμα εἰδῇ’. 15 sch. 456a cum loc. sim.15 sch. 456a with similar passages

ἤματος ἀνομένοιο: τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπὶ δύσιν ἀνυομένης. 11 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀνομένοιο: οἷον I 651. 〈τελειουμένου, [τοῦ] πληρουμένου add. Et. M.〉, παρὰ τὸ ἄνω τὸ ἀνύω. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά.11 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀνομένοιο: as in I 651. 〈being completed, [the] being filled add. Et. M.〉, from ἄνω, ἀνύω. Apollonius, the author of the Argonautica. 11 ut supra L : ἤγουν τελειουμένου, ἐπὶ τὴν δύσιν ὄντος P (cf. W 88)11 as above in L : ἤγουν τελειουμένου, ἐπὶ τὴν δύσιν ὄντος in P (cf. W 88)

πείσματα: τὰ τῆς πρώρας σχοινία. ὁ δὲ λόγος· καίτοι τῆς πνοῆς οὔσης τοῦ βορέου ἐπιτηδείας τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις πρὸς τὸν πλοῦν, ὅμως οὐκ ἔλυσαν τὰ σχοινία. 12 τὰ τῆς πρώρας P : om. L12 τὰ τῆς πρώρας in P : omitted in L 13 τῆς πνοῆς οὔσης — ἐπιτηδείας Wellauer : τῇ -ῇ -ῃ — -είᾳ13 τῆς πνοῆς οὔσης — ἐπιτηδείας Wellauer : τῇ -ῇ -ῃ — -είᾳ 14 ὅμως — σχοινία P : om. L14 ὅμως — σχοινία in P : omitted in L

λαρόν: ἡδύ, ἀπολαυστικόν· παρὰ τὸ λῶ πεποίηται, ὃ σημαίνει τὸ θέλω. ἤια δὲ νῦν ἐφόδια βρώματα. 16 sch. 1180 cum loc. sim.16 sch. 1180 with similar passages 16 βρώματα Sm16 βρώματα in Sm

μή δ᾽ ἄμμε: δῶμεν αὐτοῖς χρείας, ἵνα ἐκτὸς τῶν πύργων μένωσιν ἀπρόσοδοι πρὸς ἡμᾶς, μήπως διὰ τὴν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἀνάγκην καὶ χρείαν εἰσιόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἀκριβῶς τὰ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς μάθωσιν. L

〈θυμηδές:〉 θυμηρες, ἀγαπητόν. Lg

ἡμετέρη μέν νυν: κατ᾽ ἔγκλισιν τὸ νὺν ἀναγνωστέον· οὐ γὰρ δηλοῖ χρόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ δή. ἐκτατέον δὲ διὰ τὸ μέτρον.

〈παρενήνοθε:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ παρελήλυθεν. Lg

ὑμέων δ᾽ εἴ τις: παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Ξ 107): ‘νῦν δ᾽ εἴη, ὃς τῆσδέ γ᾽ ἀμείνονα μῆτιν ἐνίσποι’. L

ῥικνοῖσι: ῥυσοῖς. ἡ δὲ λέξις παρὰ Καλλιμάχῳ (fg 49 Schn. = 44 Kapp): ‘ναὶ μὰ τὸ ῥικνὸν σῦφαρ ἐμόν’. διασκευάζει δὲ Ὅμηρος τὴν γραῦν οὕτως (β 16): ‘ὃς δὴ γήραϊ κυφὸς ἔην’. 4 Sch. II 1984 Sch. II 198

ἐπιχνοάουσαι: ὡς χνοῦν ἀναφυούσας ἔχουσαι τὰς τρίχας. 7 ἀναφ. ἔχ. τὰς L : ἔχ. φυομένας τὰς λευκάς P7 ἀναφ. ἔχ. τὰς in L : ἔχ. φυομένας τὰς λευκάς in P

μόλις: κακῶς διὰ τοῦ λ· ἔδει γὰρ διὰ τοῦ γ μόγις, παρὰ τὸν μόγον. 8 Hellad. Chrest. (Phot. Bibl. 530a 38 B.) Et. M. 590, 2 Eust. 193, 348 Hellad. Chrest. (Phot. Bibl. 530a 38 B.) Et. M. 590, 2 Eust. 193, 34

ἐπαύρεσθαι: ἐὰν μὲν παροξυτόνως, ἔσται συντελικὸς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπολαῦσαι· ἐὰν δὲ προπαροξυτόνως, παρατατικὸς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπολαύειν.

〈ὅδ᾽ ὅμιλος:〉 ὁ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν. Lg

ἄλλα δ᾽ ὀπίσσω: πολλὰ δὲ κακὰ χείρονα μάχης καὶ πολέμου ἔσται. L

ἄγονοι: ἄσπερμοι διὰ τὸ ἀνδρὶ μὴ συνεῖναι. διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἐπιθέτου τοῦ γήρως τὸν λόγον ἐπιπλεῖον ἐκάκωσε, στυγερὸν γῆρας εἰπών.

βώσεσθε: ἀντὶ τοῦ βιώσεσθε. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· αἱ δὲ νεώτεραι πῶς βιώσεσθε καὶ ζήσεσθε, ὅταν γηράσητε, τῶν μὲν παλαιοτέρων παρελθουσῶν, ὑμῶν δὲ λοιπὸν μὴ δυναμένων ἐργάζεσθαι; ἢ αὐτόματοι οἱ βόες ἀροτριάσουσι, καὶ θερίσουσι τοῦ ἔτους περιερχομένου, μηδενὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐπικειμένου τῷ ἔργῳ; 19 Et. Gen. (AB) βώσεσθε: οἷον I 685. σημαίνει τὸ βιώσεσθε. Ἀπολλώνιος.19 Et. Gen. (AB) βώσεσθε: as in I 685. It means βιώσεσθε. Apollonius.

πρόκα: εὐθέως. Lg (P)

〈καὶ πρόκα τελλομένου ἔτεος:〉 γράφεται καὶ περιτελλομένου ἔτεος. Lm

ἦ μὲν ἐγών: ἐν ἤθει λέγει ταῦτα· εἰ καὶ πεφρίκασιν οἷον φοβοῦνται ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ αἱ κῆρες ἐλθεῖν νῦν, ὅμως ἀποθανοῦμαι· λέγει δὲ τῷ ὑπεργεγηρακέναι.

〈κτερέων:〉 ἐνταφίων. Lg

αὔτως, ᾗ θέμις ἐστί: οὕτως ὡς προσῆκόν ἐστιν.

ἐπήβολος: ἐπιτυχὴς καὶ καιρία ἐστὶν 〈ἡ〉 φυγὴ τῶν κακῶν. ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ δεσπόζουσα καὶ συμφέρουσα. 2 καιρία K : κυρία L : om. P ἐστὶν (ἡ) φυγὴ W 46 : ἐστὶν ἡ ἀποφυγὴ P : ἐπὶ τύχῃ L : ἐπὶ φυγῇ Haupt Opusc. 3, 3632 καιρία in K : κυρία in L : omitted in P ἐστὶν (ἡ) φυγὴ W 46 : ἐστὶν ἡ ἀποφυγὴ in P : ἐπὶ τύχῃ in L : ἐπὶ φυγῇ Haupt Opusc. 3, 363 3 fort. ἁρμόζουσα3 perhaps ἁρμόζουσα

〈ἀλεωρή:〉 ἡ φυγὴ τοῦ κακοῦ ἤτοι τῆς ἀτεκνίας. Sm

ληίδα: καταχρηστικῶς τὰ χρήματα, κυρίως δὲ τὰ ἐκ λαφυραγωγίας.

ἄστυ: ἐτυμολογεῖ Εὔμολπος τὴν λέξιν ἄστυ λέγων παρὰ τὸ 〈ἄνω〉 ἵστασθαι· ἐπὶ μετεώρου γὰρ κεῖνται αἱ πόλεις. 7 Hesych. ἄστυ sch. rec. B Z 95 Epim. Hom. (Cram. An. Ox. I 31, 19) Et. M. 160, 10 Et. Gud. 221, 1 De Stef.7 Hesych. ἄστυ sch. rec. B Z 95 Epim. Hom. (Cram. An. Ox. I 31, 19) Et. M. 160, 10 Et. Gud. 221, 1 De Stef. 8 suppl. K ex Et. 2358 supplied by K from Et. 235

〈ὑποβλήδην:〉 ὑποβολάδην, εὐθέως. Lg

ὑποβλήδην κυρίως σημαίνει, ἐπειδὰν λέγοντός τινος ἕτερος περικόψας τὸν ἐκείνου λόγον λέγῃ. καὶ ὑποβάλλειν ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ. ἔστι δ᾽ ὅτε τὸ ὑποβάλλειν σημαίνει τὸ ἐνίστασθαι καὶ ἐναντιοῦσθαι. ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸ ὑποβλήδην ἀντὶ τοῦ λάθρα συναινεῖν κεῖται. P 10 Eust. 106, 110 Eust. 106, 1

ἥδε μενοινή: ἀντὶ τοῦ βουλή. ἀστείως δέ, ἐπεὶ αὐτῇ ἤρεσε τὰ λεχθέντα, ἵνα μὴ ὥσπερ ἀκολασίαν κατηγορῆται, τὴν κοινὴν πασῶν ἐπικαλεῖται μαρτυρίαν.

καὶ ἄγγελον μετὰ νῆα: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν ναῦν. περιττὸς δὲ ὁ καὶ σύνδεσμος.

ὄρσο μοι, Ἰφινό〈η〉: τὸ ἑξῆς· ὄρσο μοι, Ἰφινόη, τοῦδ᾽ ἀνέρος ἀντιόωσα, ὅστις στόλου ἡγεμονεύει, ἡμέτερόνδε μολεῖν. τὸ δὲ ἀντιόωσα ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀντιάσουσα οἷον ἀξιώσουσα, τουτέστι δεησομένη. στόλος δέ ἐστιν ἐπὶ πρᾶξίν τινα πορευόμενον πλῆθος, καὶ ἐπὶ νεῶν τε λέγεται καὶ σχεδὸν ἐπὶ πάσης ὁρμῆς καὶ μείζονος παρασκευῆς. προστίθησι δὲ οὕτω Παλαμήδης· “οὕτω δὲ λέγεται καὶ ἡ εἰς ὀξὺ 〈τῆς νεὼς〉 ἀπόληξις”. 22 Hesych. Suid. στόλος sch. 1089a22 Hesych. Suid. στόλος sch. 1089a 23 τε W : δὲ L : aliter P σχεδὸν — παρασκευῆς L : πεζῇ P23 τε W : δὲ L : differently in P σχεδὸν — παρασκευῆς in L : πεζῇ in P 24 προσ- F : προτ- L : om. P24 προσ- in F : προτ- in L : omitted in P 25 suppl K25 supplied by K

εὐμενέοντας: τοῦτο ὡς πρὸς ὃ 〈φόβον〉 εἶχον, μὴ ἄρα πολέμιοι ἦσαν. L 26 εἶχον, cui 〈φόβον〉 praem. W 26, L : ἐν νῷ εἶχον A : ἐδεδοίκεισαν F : ἔλεγον K26 εἶχον, to which 〈φόβον〉 is prefixed W 26, in L : ἐν νῷ εἶχον in A : ἐδεδοίκεισαν in F : ἔλεγον in K

κούρη τοί μ᾽ ἐφέ〈ηκε〉: διὰ τοῦ κόρη τὸν τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν φόβον ἀποκρούεται καὶ ἀποτρέπεται· καὶ γὰρ αὐτοὶ ἐδεδοίκεισαν ἑωρακότες αὐτὰς καθωπλισμένας. παρθένος γὰρ ἡ καλέσασα. τὸ δὲ Θοαντιάς ἀντὶ τοῦ Θοαντίς. 1 709. Et. Gen. (AB) Μινύας: Ἀπολλώνιος (om. B): I 709. Μινύας (om. B) τοὺς ἀπὸ Μινύου τὸ γένος ἔχοντας ἥρωας (τοὺς — ἥρωας hoc loco in A, post l. in B leguntur).1 709. Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) Μινύας: Apollonius (omitted in B): I 709. Μινύας (omitted in B) the heroes who trace their lineage from Minyas (the phrase “the heroes who trace their lineage from Minyas” is read here in A, after the lemma in B). 2 verba καὶ ἀποτρ. post καθωπλισμένας collocantur, trai. K2 the words καὶ ἀποτρ. are placed after καθωπλισμένας, transposed by K 4 Θοαντίς K, cf. sch. 637 : Θόαντος4 Θοαντίς in K, cf. scholion 637 : Θόαντος

〈ἐναίσιμος:〉 καθήκων, ἀβλαβής. Lg

εἴσαντο: ἀντὶ τοῦ διενοήθησαν, ὑπέλαβον. τηλυγέτην δὲ νῦν ἀκουστέον μόνην. ὁ γὰρ νοῦς· διενοήθησαν δὲ μονογενῆ Θόαντι τὴν Ὑψιπύλην γεγενημένην τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ πατρὸς εἰληφέναι. 6 sch. 230/33 b6 scholion 230/33 b

Ἰτωνίδος: ἐν Θεσσαλίᾳ θεὰ Ἰτωνὶς τιμᾶται καὶ ἐν Κορωνείᾳ [πόλις] τῆς Βοιωτίας, ἀπὸ Ἰτώνου τοῦ ἥρωος. ἀστείως δὲ οὐ πολεμικῇ σκευῇ χρώμενον εἰσάγει, ἀλλ᾽ ἐσθῆτι κοσμούμενον· πρῶτον μέν, ὅτι ἀπόλεμον αὐτὸν ἐκάλει, ἔπειτα, ὅτι καὶ γυναικῶν μόνων ἡ πόλις, αἳ μάλιστα τοῖς τοιούτοις χαίρουσι. καὶ ὁ Μένανδρος (fg 736 K. III 208): “εὐκαταφρόνητος τῇ στολῇ εἴσειμι καὶ ταῦτ᾽ εἰς γυναῖκας”. ἤδη δὲ καὶ διὰ τῆς δωρησαμένης θεοῦ τὸ τῆς χλανίδος κάλλος ἐσήμηνεν. P 9 sch. 551a cum loc. sim. Steph. Byz. Ἴτων9 scholion 551a with similar passage in Stephanus of Byzantium, Ἴτων 10 post Κορωνείᾳ K lac. ind. verbis ἐστὶ δὲ καὶ Ἰτώνη explendam. mihi vocem πόλις (L, πόλει F) delere magis placuit propter sch 551a10 after Κορωνείᾳ K indicated a lacuna to be filled with the words ἐστὶ δὲ καὶ Ἰτώνη. I preferred to delete the word πόλις (in L, πόλει in F) because of scholion 551a ἥρωος K e Steph. : ἱερέωςἥρωος in K from Stephanus : ἱερέως 11 χρώμενον — κοσμούμενον F : -ος — -ος L : aliter P εἰσάγει K : ἐξάγει11 χρώμενον — κοσμούμενον in F : -ος — -ος in L : differently in P; εἰσάγει in K : ἐξάγει 12 μόνον F12 μόνον in F 14 ταῦτ᾽ K : ταύτα14 ταῦτ᾽ in K : ταύτα 15 ἐσήμηνεν K : -αινεν15 ἐσήμηνεν in K : -αινεν

δρυόχους: ἐν οἷς καταπήσσεται ἡ τρόπις ξύλοις, ταῦτα οὕτω καλοῦσιν. Ὅμηρος (τ 574): ‘ἵσταχ᾽ ἑξείης, δρυόχους ὥς, δώδεκα πάντας’. δρύοχοι οὖν τὰ ἐγκοίλια τῆς νεώς. κανόνας δὲ τὰς στάθμας, οἷς τὰ ξύλα καὶ τοὺς τοίχους οἱ τέκτονες ἐξισάζουσιν. δάε δέ· ἐδίδαξεν ἡ θεός. 16 sch. τ 574 Et. M. 288, 41 Eust. 1878, 6216 scholion τ 574; Etymologicum Magnum 288, 41; Eustathius 1878, 62

τῆς μὲν ῥηΐτε〈ρον〉: ἐν τῇ προεκδόσει τῷ τῆς μὲν ῥηΐτερόν κεν ἑξῆς ἐστιν ἄκρα δὲ πορφυρέη (v. 728), οἱ δὲ μεταξὺ δύο οὐκ εἰσίν. L 21 eodem lemmate praemisso A haec praestat: ῥᾷον ἂν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν ἥλιον ἀνερχόμενον πέμψειας ἢ ἴδοις εἰς ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἐρύθημα. cf. W 2921 with the same lemma prefixed, A offers this: ῥᾷον ἂν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν ἥλιον ἀνερχόμενον πέμψειας ἢ ἴδοις εἰς ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἐρύθημα. cf. W 29

ἔρευθος: ἐρύθημα. ἔστι δὲ καὶ βοτάνης εἶδος ἐρυθρόν, ᾗ τὰ ἔρια βάπτουσιν. ἐρευθήεσσα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ πυρρά, ὑπέρυθρος. καὶ ἔστι παρὰ τὸ Σαπφικόν (fg inc. lib. 37 Lobel = 20 B. III 96): ‘παντοδαπαῖς〈ι〉 μεμιγμένα χροιαῖσιν’. 1 Hesych. ἔρευθος. ἐρυθαίνει Συν. ἐρυθαίνει (236, 16 Ba. Phot. Suid.)1 Hesychius, ἔρευθος. ἐρυθαίνει; Synagoge, ἐρυθαίνει (236, 16 Ba.; Photius; Suda) 4 παντοδαπαῖς〈ι〉 Wil. Sappho u. Simonides 1913, 90 n. 1 : -δαπαῖς : -οδαποῖς〈ι〉 Diehl Anth. lyr. 1, 1925, 385 μεμιγ- Wil. χροιαῖσιν Diehl, χροῖαισιν Seidler Rh. Mus. 3, 1829, 2064 παντοδαπαῖς〈ι〉 Wilamowitz, Sappho und Simonides 1913, 90 n. 1 : -δαπαῖς : -οδαποῖς〈ι〉 Diehl, Anthologia lyrica 1, 1925, 385; μεμιγ- Wilamowitz; χροιαῖσιν Diehl, χροῖαισιν Seidler, Rheinisches Museum 3, 1829, 206

〈ἄκρα〉: τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὸ τέλος. Lg

〈ἐκέκαστο:〉 ἐκεκόσμητο, ἐπέκειτο. Lg

Κύκλωπες: οὗτοι γάρ, Βρόντης καὶ Στερόπης, τῷ Διὶ τὸν κεραυνὸν ἔδωκαν. καὶ Ἡσίοδος (Theog. 141): ‘οἳ βροντήν Ζηνὶ ἔδοσαν τεῦξάν τε κεραυνόν’.

〈ἐπ᾽ ἀφθίτῳ:〉 ἐπὶ θείῳ καὶ θαυμαστῷ καὶ ἀθανάτῳ ἔργῳ. Lg

ἤτοι ἐπὶ ποσότητος τόσον ἢ ἐπὶ θαύματος, τοσοῦτον ἀντὶ τοῦ μεγάλως. Lm (P)

μιῆς δ᾽ ἔτι δεύετο: ὅτι ἦν ἡμιτελὴς παρὰ μίαν ἀκτῖνα ὁ κεραυνός. αἰνίττεται δέ, ὅτι τὸ κατασκεύασμα ἀληθῶς εἶχε τὸν κεραυνὸν καὶ ὀλίγῳ ἐλαττούμενον τῆς ἀληθοῦς λαμπηδόνος· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε ἦν τεχνίτην ἐν ποικίλματι ὁμοίαν τὴν λαμπηδόνα ποιῆσαι τῆς ἀληθοῦς.

μαλεροῖο: οἱ νεώτεροι τοῦ λαμπροῦ, οἱ δὲ τοῦ μαραντικοῦ. Lg (P) 18 Hesych. μαλερόν Συν. μ. (295, 4 Ba. Phot. Suid.) sch. Pind. Ol. IX 34a—e18 Hesychius, μαλερόν; Synagoge, μ. (295, 4 Ba.; Photius; Suda); scholion on Pindar, Olympian IX 34a–e 18 οἱ νεώτεροι — μαραντικοῦ ut supra L : τὸ δὲ μαλερὸν παρὰ μὲν τοῖς παλαιοῖς τὸ λαμπρόν ἐσήμαινε, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς νεωτέροις τὸ μαραντικόν P18 οἱ νεώτεροι — μαραντικοῦ as above in L : τὸ δὲ μαλερὸν παρὰ μὲν τοῖς παλαιοῖς τὸ λαμπρόν ἐσήμαινε, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς νεωτέροις τὸ μαραντικόν in P

Ἀντιόπης: δύο Ἀντιόπαι ἐγένοντο, ἡ μὲν Νυκτέως, ἡ δὲ Ἀσωποῦ, ἧς καὶ μέμνηται· ἧς καὶ Διὸς Ἀμφίων καὶ Ζῆθος, οἳ καὶ ἐτείχισαν τὰς Θήβας. 20 sch. AT N 302 sch. λ 260. 262. 264 Paus. IX 5, 6sq. Prob. Verg. Ecl. II 23 Apoll. Bibl. III 44 Palaeph. 4120 scholion AT on N 302; scholion λ 260, 262, 264; Pausanias IX 5, 6sq.; Probus on Vergil, Eclogues II 23; Apollodorus, Bibliotheca III 44; Palaephatus 41 21 Et. Gen. (AB) Ζῆθος: ὁ ἥρως. οὗτος (A, Ζῆθος B) γάρ καὶ Ἀμφίων ἐτείχισαν τὰς Θήβας ὡς παρὰ Ἀπολλωνίῳ I 735—738. εἴρηται παρὰ τὸν (τὸ A) ζήτω μέλλοντα Ζῆθος ὡς ἐρίσω ἔριθος. ἢ ὅτι ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ ἐζήτησεν εὐμαρῶς τεκεῖν αὐτόν. Εὐριπίδης (fg 181 N.²): ‘τὸν μὲν κίκλησκε Ζῆθον· ἐζήτησε γὰρ τόκοισιν εὐμάρειαν ἡ τεκοῦσά νιν’. — Et. Gud. 230, 54. 57 Sturz21 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) Ζῆθος: the hero. For he (A, Ζῆθος in B) and Amphion built the walls of Thebes, as in Apollonius I 735–738. It is derived from the future ζήτω, Ζῆθος, like ἐρίσω, ἔριθος. Or because his mother sought (ἐζήτησεν) to give birth to him easily. Euripides (fr. 181 N.²): ‘τὸν μὲν κίκλησκε Ζῆθον· ἐζήτησε γὰρ τόκοισιν εὐμάρειαν ἡ τεκοῦσά νιν’. — Etymologicum Gudianum 230, 54. 57 Sturz 20 de scholiis 735/37a et 740/41a v. Radtke Herm. 36, 1901, 6620 on scholia 735/37a and 740/41a see Radtke, Hermes 36, 1901, 66

καὶ τὰς Θήβας ἐτείχισαν, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρός φησιν (λ 263): “οἳ πρῶτοι Θήβης ἕδος ἔκτισαν ἑπταπύλοιο”. Φερεκύδης (3 fg 41 c J.) δὲ καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν παραδίδωσι· διότι Φλεγύας πολεμίους ὄντας εὐλαβοῦντο. 〈...〉 βασιλεύοντι 〈...〉 Κάδμῳ 〈...〉. 4 verba βασιλεύοντι Κάδμῳ ab interpolatore quodam male interposita censuit Heyne Ad Apoll. Bibl. Obs. 1803, 231, defendit Keil. Radtke Pherecydi abiudicans a vetere commentatore aliunde adiecta ea esse putat fortasse sola haec verba supersunt de sententia ad exemplum scholii N 302 ita fere restituenda: 〈μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τὰς Θήβας ἀναιρεθῆναι Εὐρυμάχου〉 βασιλεύοντος 〈καὶ ἔρημον γενέσθαι τὴν πόλιν μέχρι τῆς〉 Κάδμου 〈ἀφίξεως〉.4 the words βασιλεύοντι Κάδμῳ were judged by Heyne, Ad Apollodori Bibliothecam Observationes 1803, 231, to have been wrongly inserted by some interpolator; Keil defended them. Radtke, denying them to Pherecydes, thinks they were added from elsewhere by an old commentator; perhaps only these words remain of a sentence to be restored roughly as follows on the model of scholion N 302: 〈μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τὰς Θήβας ἀναιρεθῆναι Εὐρυμάχου〉 βασιλεύοντος 〈καὶ ἔρημον γενέσθαι τὴν πόλιν μέχρι τῆς〉 Κάδμου 〈ἀφίξεως〉.

and they built the walls of Thebes, as Homer also says (λ 263):

〈κεῖτο πέλας:〉 ἀστείως ὡς πρὸς τὴν ἕδραν τῆς πόλεως καὶ τὴν στάσιν τῶν τειχῶν τὸ κεῖτο ἔταξεν. Lg (P) 6 verba τῶν τειχῶν in L post πόλεως, in P post ἕδραν leguntur; trai. W6 the words τῶν τειχῶν are read in L after πόλεως, in P after ἕδραν; transposed by W

ἐπωμαδὸν ἠέρταζ〈εν〉: κατὰ τοὺς ὤμους ἐβάσταζεν, ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων ἦρεν. διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἐοικὼς ἐκόλασε τὸν λόγον διὰ τὸ ἐν γραφῇ εἶναι· οὐ γὰρ ἀληθῶς ἐκακοπάθει ἐν τῇ γραφῇ. 7 Et. Gen. (AB) ἐπωμαδόν: ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων. (B add. ἱέμενοι, i. e. initium versus I 738).7 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) ἐπωμαδόν: on the shoulders. (B adds ἱέμενοι, i.e. the beginning of verse I 738).

ἐπὶ οἷ: ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ τῷ Ζήθῳ ἑπόμενος. τὸ δὲ δὶς τόσση ἀντὶ τοῦ διπλασίων τῷ Ἀμφίονι ἐπηκολούθει πέτρα. ὅτι δὲ ἠκολούθησαν τῇ Ἀμφίονος λύρᾳ οἱ λίθοι αὐτόματοι, ἱστορεῖ καὶ Ἀρμενίδας ἐν α᾽ (fg 2 M. IV 339). τὴν δὲ λύραν δοθῆναι Ἀμφίονι ὑπὸ Μουσῶν φησι, Διοσκορίδης (fg 8 M. II 196) δὲ ὑπὸ Ἀπόλλωνος. καὶ Φερεκύδης δὲ ἐν τῇ ι᾽ (3 fg 41 a J.) ἱστορεῖ ὑπὸ Μουσῶν. 10 Et. M. 368, 45 s. v. ἐπωμαδόν versibus I 738—741 laudatis pergit: (ἤιε:) εἵπετο καὶ ἀπήει (haec post κρουούσῃ leguntur, transp. W). (δὶς τόσση . . . πέτρη:) διπλασίων ἠκολούθει τῇ Ἀμφίονος κιθάρᾳ κρουούσῃ τῆς βασταζομένης ὑπὸ Ζήθου. Ζῆθος γὰρ καὶ Ἀμφίων ἐτείχισαν τὰς Θήβας. Ἀπολλώνιος Ἀργοναυτικοῖς.10 Etymologicum Magnum 368, 45 s.v. ἐπωμαδόν, after quoting lines I 738–741, continues: (ἤιε:) he followed and departed (these words are read after κρουούσῃ, transposed by W). (δὶς τόσση . . . πέτρη:) twice as large followed the lyre of Amphion as it was struck, compared to the one carried by Zethus. For Zethus and Amphion built the walls of Thebes. Apollonius in the Argonautica. 11 τῷ Ἀμφίονι W : τοῦ -ος11 τῷ Ἀμφίονι in W : τοῦ -ος 12 Ἀρμενίδας Fiorillo Herodes Att. 1801, 117 : Ἀντιμ-12 Ἀρμενίδας Fiorillo Herodes Att. 1801, 117 : Ἀντιμ- 15 η᾽ dubitanter prop. Jacoby ἱστορεῖ K : -ρίᾳ15 η᾽ dubitanter prop. Jacoby ἱστορεῖ in K : -ρίᾳ

δὶς τόσση δέ: διπλῆ ὡς πρὸς ἣν ἐβάσταζεν ὁ Ζῆθος. διὰ δὲ τούτου οὐδὲν ἕτερον δηλοῖ ἢ τὴν τῆς μουσικῆς καὶ τὴν τῆς εὐπαιδευσίας ἀρετὴν ὡς πρὸς τὴν ἄλογον ἀνδρίαν, παραινὼν ὅτι ὁ μὲν καὶ σφόδρα ἰσχυρὸς ὀλίγον καίτοι κακοπαθῶν ἔφερεν, ὁ δὲ μέγιστον τῇ εὐπαιδευσίᾳ φέρειν ἠδύνατο. 18 καὶ K : ὡς L : aliter P18 καὶ in K : ὡς in L : aliter in P

ὀχμάζουσα: κατέχουσα, βαστάζουσα, καίτοι μὴ οὖσα πολεμική, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐραστὴ χαριζομένη. κυρίως δέ ἐστιν ὀχμάσαι τὸ ἵππον ὑπὸ χαλινὸν ἀγαγεῖν ἢ ὑπὸ ὄχημα. κυρίως δὲ λέγεται τὸ ἐν μάχῃ κρατῆσαι, ἀπὸ τῆς αἰχμῆς. θοὸν δὲ τὸ εὐκίνητον καὶ εὐμετάφορον, ἀπὸ τοῦ θοάζειν, ὅ ἐστι ταχύνειν. Lm (P) 1 Et. Gen. (AB) ὀχμάζω: τὸ κατέχω ἐκ (ἀπὸ B) τοῦ ἔχω ὄχμος (καὶ add. B) ὀχμάζω . . . οἷον: I 743—746. τὸ παλαιὸν οἱ χιτῶνες τὸ μέρος τὸ πρὸς τῷ τραχήλῳ (τὸν τράχηλον A) καὶ τοῖς ὤμοις (τὴν ὤμην A) ἠνεωγμένον εἶχον ὡς τὸ πρὸς τοῖς ποσί· φίβλαις δὲ πυκναῖς συνεῖχον (W, συνιὸν A, legi non potest in B) τοῦτο. λέγει οὖν, ὅτι ἐπηρμένων τῶν συνεχοουσῶν τὸ ἀριστερὸν μέρος τοῦ χιτῶνος καὶ τῶν 〈ἐπ᾽ add. Reitzenstein〉 ἀριστεροῖς (-ῶν A) ὤμοις φιβλῶν ἐκεχάλαστο ὁ χιτὼν ἕως τοῦ μαζοῦ κάτω τοῦ σκαιοῦ, ὡς φαίνεσθαι τοῦτον. Ἀπολλώνιος.1 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) ὀχμάζω: I hold fast from (ἀπὸ in B) ἔχω, ὄχμος (καὶ added in B), ὀχμάζω . . . for example: I 743–746. In ancient times the tunics had the part at the neck (τὸν τράχηλον in A) and the shoulders (τὴν ὤμην in A) open, as also the part at the feet; and they held it together with close-set brooches (W, συνιὸν in A, illegible in B). He says, then, that when the brooches holding the left side of the tunic and those on the left shoulders were raised, the tunic hung loose down to the left breast, so that it was visible. Apollonius. 3 haec ad αἰχμάζειν pertinere monet Wil. ad l.3 Wil. ad l. notes that these words pertain to αἰχμάζειν. 4 θοὸν sqq. scholio antecedenti in L adhaerentia recto hoc loco praebet P4 θοὸν sqq., which in L adhere to the preceding scholion, P rightly presents in this place.

δίκηλον κυρίως τὸ τῷ Διὶ ἐοικὸς ἄγαλμα, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ καὶ πᾶν ὁμοίωμα, ὡς καὶ νῦν. καὶ δικηλιστὰς δὲ τοὺς σκωπτικοὺς τοὺς ἐν τῷ σκώπτειν ἀπομιμουμένους τινὰς ἄλλους. ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀσπίδι, φησί, χαλκῇ οὔσῃ ἐφαίνετο αὐτῇ μορφὴ ὁμοία. 6 sch. IV 1672 cum loc. sim. — sch. Lyc. 1179 Hesych. δείκηλα. δίκηλον — Suid. δείκηλα6 sch. IV 1672 with similar passages — sch. Lyc. 1179 Hesych. δείκηλα. δίκηλον — Suid. δείκηλα 7 Athen. XIV 621 e Hesych. δεικηλισταί Suid. δικηλιστῶν7 Athen. XIV 621 e Hesych. δεικηλισταί Suid. δικηλιστῶν 7 δικηλιστὰς K : -ίτας7 δικηλιστὰς in K : -ίτας

〈δίκηλον:〉 εἴδωλον. Lg

ἐν δὲ βοῶν: ἡ Τάφος νῆσός ἐστι μία τῶν Ἐχινάδων, ἣν 〈...〉 οἰκοῦντες ἄνδρες λῃστρικώτατοι ἐτύγχανον τὸν τρόπον καὶ εἰς Ἄργος ποτὲ ἐλθόντες τὰς τοῦ Ἠλεκτρύωνος βόας ἀπήλασαν τοῦ πατρὸς Ἀλκμήνης. γενομένης δὲ μάχης καὶ ὁ Ἠλεκτρύων καὶ οἱ τούτου παῖδες ἀνηρέθησαν. διὸ Ἀλκμήνη μετέστη καὶ ἀνεκήρυξεν τὸν ἑαυτῆς γάμον τῷ τιμωρησομένῳ τὸν πατρῴον φόνον. τιμωρησάμενος δὲ Ἀμφιτρύων ἔγημεν. ἡ ἱστορία σαφῶς ἐν τῇ Ἀσπίδι παρ᾽ Ἡσιόδῳ (1—19). 15 Apoll. Bibl. II 57 sch. Pind. Nem. X 24 b15 Apoll. Bibl. II 57 sch. Pind. Nem. X 24 b 12 lac. ind. W, ubi P haud male e sch. b inseruit verba ᾤκησαν Τηλεβόαι, οἳ πρότερον τὴν Ἀκαρνανίαν 〈οἳ〉 ante καὶ inseri vult Wil. ad l.12 W indicates a lacuna, where P not badly inserted from sch. b the words ᾤκησαν Τηλεβόαι, οἳ πρότερον τὴν Ἀκαρνανίαν; Wil. ad l. wants 〈οἳ〉 inserted before καὶ. 13 ποτὲ ἐλθ- Wil. ad l. : ἐπελθόντες13 ποτὲ ἐλθ- Wil. ad l. : ἐπελθόντες

Τηλεβόαι τὴν Ἀκαρνανίαν οἰκοῦντες μετῴκησαν εἰς Τάφον 〈...〉 διὰ βοῶν ζήτησιν. περὶ δὲ τῆς μάχης Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 15 J.) ἱστορεῖ, ὅτι Περσέως καὶ Ἀνδρομέδας δ᾽ παῖδες ἐγένοντο, Ἀλκαῖος, Σθενέλαος, 18 ἄλλως praem. L18 L prefixes ἄλλως. 19 lac. ind. Wil. ad l.19 Wil. ad l. indicates a lacuna.

Μήστωρ, Ἠλεκτρύων, καὶ κοινὴν ἔσχον τὴν βασιλείαν. Μήστορος δὲ θυγάτηρ Ἱπποθόη, ἧς καὶ Ποσειδῶνος Πτερέλαος· Πτερελάου παῖδες Τηλεβόας καὶ Τάφιος, ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἡ νῆσος. ὡς δέ τινες, Τηλεβόου τοῦ Πτερελάου ἐγένοντο παῖδες οἱ καλούμενοι Τηλεβόαι. ἐλθόντες δὲ ἀπήτουν Ἠλεκτρύωνα τὰ τῆς μάμμης ἑαυτῶν Ἱπποθόης, ἀντιστάντες δὲ αὐτοῖς οἱ Ἠλεκτρυωνίδαι ἀνηρέθησαν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν. Τηλεβόαι οὖν οἱ Τάφιοι, ἤτοι ὅτι τῆλε οἰκοῦντες ἀπὸ Ἄργους τὰς βοῦς ἀπήλασαν, ἢ ἀπὸ Τηλεβόου τοῦ Πτερελάου τοῦ βασιλέως υἱοῦ, οὗ ἀδελφὸς Τάφιος, ἀφ᾽ οὗ καὶ ἡ νῆσος. 1 Apoll. Bibl. II 54 Tzetz. Lyc. 301, 11 Sch.1 Apoll. Bibl. II 54 Tzetz. Lyc. 301, 11 Sch. 1 μετὰ τὸν Περσέως θάνατον post βασιλείαν add. P1 P adds μετὰ τὸν Περσέως θάνατον after βασιλείαν. 2 verba Πτερελάου — νῆσος, quae in L post ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν leguntur, W trai. huc, ubi L non habet nisi nomen Τηλεβόας (quod Wil. ad l. deleri iussit), cum P praestet τοῦ δὲ Τηλεβόας καὶ Τάφιος (sic). Jacoby verbis Πτερελάου — νῆσος tradito loco relictis hic prop. 〈τοῦ δὲ Τάφιος καὶ〉 Τηλεβόας.2 The words Πτερελάου — νῆσος, which in L are read after ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν, W transposed to this place, where L has only the name Τηλεβόας (which Wil. ad l. ordered to be deleted), while P offers τοῦ δὲ Τηλεβόας καὶ Τάφιος (sic). Jacoby, leaving the words Πτερελάου — νῆσος in their transmitted position, proposed here 〈τοῦ δὲ Τάφιος καὶ〉 Τηλεβόας. 3 οὗ W et Wil. ad l. e fine scholii : ὧν Τηλ. τοῦ Πτ. W : Πτ. τοῦ Τηλ.3 οὗ W and Wil. ad l. from the end of the scholion : ὧν Τηλ. τοῦ Πτ. W : Πτ. τοῦ Τηλ. 5 L post ἑαυτῶν add. verba τῆς μητρός, quae olim verbis τῆς μάμμης explicandis ascripta fuisse videntur (cf. W 53). recte haec praetermisit Luetke Pherecydea, Diss. Gott. 1893, 74, cum Wil. (ap. Luetkium) Ἱππ. τῆς Μήστορος, Jacoby τῆς 〈Πτερελάου〉 μητρὸς Ἱππ. restituere praeferrent.5 L after ἑαυτῶν adds the words τῆς μητρός, which seem to have been once written as a gloss to explain the words τῆς μάμμης (cf. W 53). Luetke rightly omitted these in Pherecydea, Diss. Gott. 1893, 74, since Wil. (in Luetke) preferred to restore Ἱππ. τῆς Μήστορος, Jacoby τῆς 〈Πτερελάου〉 μητρὸς Ἱππ.

Mestor and Electryon held the kingship in common. Mestor's daughter was Hippothoe, and by Poseidon she had Pterelaus. Pterelaus' sons were Teleboas and Taphius, from whom the island is named. But according to some, the sons of Teleboas son of Pterelaus were those called Teleboans. They came and demanded from Electryon the property of their grandmother Hippothoe, and when the sons of Electryon opposed them, they were killed by them. So the Teleboans are the Taphians, either because they drove off the cattle from Argos while living far away (tēle), or from Teleboas son of King Pterelaus, whose brother was Taphius, from whom the island is named.

ἀμέρσαι: στερησαι. LgP

δηριόωντες: ἀγωνιζόμενοι. ὁ γὰρ Οἰνόμαος Ἄρεως ὢν παῖς καὶ Ἁρπίνης τῆς Ἀσωποῦ, ἐξ Εὐρυθόης τῆς Δαναοῦ θυγατέρα ἔχων Ἱπποδάμειαν καὶ χρησμὸν λαβὼν ἀναιρεθήσεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἰδίου γαμβροῦ, οὐκ ἐβούλετο ἐκδοῦναι αὐτὴν εἰ μὴ τῷ νικήσαντι δι᾽ ἵππων. προέκειτο δὲ αὐτοῖς Κλάδεως ποταμὸς ἀφετηρία, Ἰσθμοῖ δὲ τὸ τέρμα. καὶ ἀνεῖλεν ιγ᾽ μνηστῆρας, ὡς Πίνδαρος (Ol. I 79) ἱστορεῖ. ἐλθόντος δὲ τοῦ Πέλοπος ἐπὶ τὸν ἆθλον μετὰ ἵππων δεδομένων αὐτῷ ὑπὸ Ποσειδῶνος, ἐρασθεῖσα ἡ Ἱπποδάμεια ἔπεισεν Μυρτίλον τὸν Ἑρμοῦ μὲν παῖδα, ἁρματοπηγὸν δὲ καὶ ἡνίοχον Οἰνομάου, παρασκευάσαι 〈ὥς〉 κατα... 11 Apoll. Epit. II 4—7 sch. A B 104 sch. Eur. Or. 990 Serv. Verg. Georg. III 7 Hyg. Fab. 84 Tzetz. Lyc. 73, 19 Sch.11 Apoll. Epit. II 4—7 sch. A B 104 sch. Eur. Or. 990 Serv. Verg. Georg. III 7 Hyg. Fab. 84 Tzetz. Lyc. 73, 19 Sch. 12 ἐξ Robert Griech. Heldensage 1, 1920, 210 n. 2 : ἐκ τῆς propter Tzetz. l.l. Bethe Quaest. Diod. myth., Diss. Gott. 1887, 48 : ἤτοι12 ἐξ Robert Griech. Heldensage 1, 1920, 210 n. 2 : ἐκ τῆς on account of Tzetz. l.l. Bethe Quaest. Diod. myth., Diss. Gott. 1887, 48 : ἤτοι 13 ἀναιρεθήσεσθαι F : ὅτι ἀναιρεθήσεται P : ἀναιρεθῆναι L13 ἀναιρεθήσεσθαι in F : ὅτι ἀναιρεθήσεται in P : ἀναιρεθῆναι in L 15 Ἰσθμοῖ (sic) L : -ός P15 Ἰσθμοῖ (sic) in L : -ός in P 18 Πέλοπος post Ἱππ. add. P18 Πέλοπος after Ἱππ. added in P 19 παρασκευάσαι 〈ὥς add. K〉 L : ὥστε P19 παρασκευάσαι 〈ὥς added by K〉 in L : ὥστε in P

τροχίσαι τὸν πατέρα, βουλομένη Πέλοπι γήμασθαι. 〈...〉 σκευάσαντα τὸν ἔμβολον ἐκ κηροῦ, ἵνα ἐν τῷ δρόμῳ θλασθέντος αὐτοῦ νικήσας Πέλοψ λάβῃ αὐτὴν πρὸς γάμον. Φερεκύδης δὲ ἐν η᾽ (3 fg 37 a J.) φησίν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐνέθηκεν ἐν τῷ ἄξονι τὸν ἔμβολον, καὶ οὕτως ἐκκυλισθέντος τοῦ τροχοῦ ἐκπεσεῖν τὸν Οἰνόμαον. αἱ δὲ τοῦ Οἰνομάου ἵπποι Ψύλλα καὶ Ἅρπιννα. ὁ δὲ Μυρτίλος Ἑρμοῦ υἱὸς ἐκ μιᾶς τῶν Δαναοῦ θυγατρῶν Φαεθούσης, οἱ δὲ ἐκ Κλυμένης, οἱ δὲ ἐκ Μυρτοῦς μιᾶς τῶν Ἀμαζόνων. 1 verba βουλ. Π. γ. deleri volebat W 53 〈ὁ δὲ Μυρτίλος ἐρῶν αὐτῆς καὶ βουλόμενος αὐτῇ χαρίσασθαι〉 ἐσκεύασεν Jacoby ex Apoll., lac. indicare satis nunc habuit W1 the words βουλ. Π. γ. W 53 wanted to be deleted 〈ὁ δὲ Μυρτίλος ἐρῶν αὐτῆς καὶ βουλόμενος αὐτῇ χαρίσασθαι〉 ἐσκεύασεν Jacoby from Apoll., W now considered it sufficient to indicate the lacuna 3 post γάμον A add. ὃ καὶ γέγονεν3 after γάμον A adds ὃ καὶ γέγονεν

to torture her father, wishing to marry Pelops. 〈...〉 having fitted the linchpin of wax, so that when it was crushed in the race, Pelops might win and take her in marriage. But Pherecydes in the eighth book (3 fg 37 a J.) says that he did not put the linchpin in the axle, and thus when the wheel rolled off, Oenomaus fell out. The mares of Oenomaus were Psylla and Harpinna. Myrtilus was the son of Hermes by one of the daughters of Danaus, Phaethusa, or according to others by Clymene, or by Myrto, one of the Amazons.

παραιβάτις: οὐχ ὅτι αὐτῷ κατὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα συμπαρῆν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ὁ τεχνίτης ἀμφότερα δεῖξαι θέλων, καὶ τὸν δρόμον καὶ τὴν νίκην, τοῦτο πεποίηκεν. Lm (P) 8 sch. b post d collocatur in L8 sch. b is placed after d in L

προτενές: προτεταμένον ἔχων τὸ δόρυ. Lg (P)

ἄξονος ἐν πλήμνῃ〈σι〉: διαφέρει πλήμνη καὶ πλήσμη· ἡ μὲν γὰρ τὴν χοινικίδα σημαίνει τοῦ τροχοῦ, ἡ δὲ πλήσμη τὴν πλήμμυραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ. διόπερ παρ᾽ Ἡσιόδῳ οὕτως ἀναγνωστέον (fg 217 Rz.²): “αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐν πλήσμηισι διιπετέος ποταμοῖο”, καὶ οὐχ, ὥς τινες, “ἐν πλήμνηισ᾽, εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἔξωθεν προσλάβοιμεν τὴν σὺν πρόθεσιν, σὺν πλήμνηισιν. Lm P 12 Amm. De diff. adf. voc. 110 Valck. sch. ABT E 726 Erot. 72, 3 N. Apoll. Lex. Hom. 132, 13 B. Hesych. πλήμνη Συν. πλῆμναι (344, 1 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 676, 40 Et. Gud. 471, 51 Sturz Et. Αἵμ. 628, 912 Amm. De diff. adf. voc. 110 Valck. sch. ABT E 726 Erot. 72, 3 N. Apoll. Lex. Hom. 132, 13 B. Hesych. πλήμνη Συν. πλῆμναι (344, 1 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 676, 40 Et. Gud. 471, 51 Sturz Et. Αἵμ. 628, 9 16 qui haec scripsit, apud Hesiodum αὐτὸς δὲ πλήσμηισι legisse videtur, ut monet Marckscheffel Hes. fragm. 1840, 310 προσλάβοιμεν F : λάβοιμεν P : προσλάβωμεν L16 the writer of this seems to have read in Hesiod αὐτὸς δὲ πλήσμηισι, as Marckscheffel notes, Hes. fragm. 1840, 310 προσλάβοιμεν in F : λάβοιμεν in P : προσλάβωμεν in L

παρακλιδόν: παρακεκλιμένως ἔπιπτεν. Lg (P)

〈βούπαις:〉 μέγας παῖς, οὔπω τέλειος ἀνήρ. Lg (P) 19 Et. M. 209, 21. 45 Et. Gud. 447, 7 Sturz19 Et. M. 209, 21. 45 Et. Gud. 447, 7 Sturz

Τιτυὸν μέγαν: Ἐλάρη μήτηρ Τιτυοῦ. μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν δὲ τῆς μητρὸς λέγεται παρὰ τῆς Γῆς ἀνατετράφθαι, καθὰ καὶ Ὅμηρος 20 Et. Gen. (A² B) Ἐλέρα: I 761—62. Φερεκύδης φησιν (Φ. φ. om. A), ὅτι Ἐλάρα Ὀρχομενοῦ θυγάτηρ ἦν (ἦν om. A), ἣ ἐμίγη Ζεύς, καὶ ἀνέθρεψεν (immo ὤθησεν) αὐτὴν κατὰ γῆς φοβούμενος τὰς Ἥρας ζηλοτυπίας, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἀνεδόθη ὁ Τιτυός· διόπερ καὶ γηγενὴς λέγεται. (cum in A spatium relictum sit, B hic habet λείπει.) καὶ ἄλλως. Ἐλάρα ἐκ Ποσειδῶνος ἐγκυμονήσασα τὸν Τιτυόν, καὶ μὴ δυνηθεῖσα ἐπὶ τῆς γαστρὸς βαστάσαι20 Et. Gen. (A² B) Ἐλέρα: I 761—62. Pherecydes says (Φ. φ. omitted in A), that Elara was the daughter of Orchomenus (ἦν omitted in A), with whom Zeus had intercourse, and he hid her (rather ὤθησεν) under the earth fearing Hera's jealousy, and from the earth Tityos was brought forth; therefore he is called earth-born. (since a space is left in A, B here has λείπει.) And otherwise. Elara, having conceived Tityos by Poseidon, and not being able to bear him in her womb

ἱστορεῖ (λ 576): “καὶ Τιτυὸν εἶδον, Γαίης ἐρικυδέος υἱόν”. Φερεκύδης (3 fg 55 J.) δέ φησιν, ὅτι Ἐλάρῃ τῇ Ὀρχομενοῦ μιγεὶς ὁ Ζεὺς ὤθησεν αὐτὴν κατὰ γῆς ἤδη κύουσαν δεδοικὼς τὴν τῆς Ἥρας ζηλοτυπίαν, καὶ ἀνεδόθη 〈ἐκ〉 τῆς γῆς Τιτυός· διὸ καὶ γηγενὴς καλεῖται. 1 post υἱόν A ceteris praetermissis add.: οὗτος βιαζόμενος τὴν Λητὼ τοξεύεται πρὸς Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ ἀναιρεῖται1 after υἱόν A, with the rest omitted, adds: οὗτος βιαζόμενος τὴν Λητὼ τοξεύεται πρὸς Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ ἀναιρεῖται 3 κατὰ γῆς F : κατὰ γῆν L : εἰς τὴν γῆν P ἤδη κύουσαν P : om. L3 κατὰ γῆς in F : κατὰ γῆν in L : εἰς τὴν γῆν in P ἤδη κύουσαν in P : omitted in L 4 add. K ex Et.4 added by K from Et.

he relates (λ 576):

Ἐλάρη μήτηρ Τιτυοῦ, ὃν κύουσα ἐκ Διὸς καὶ ἀδυνατοῦσα γεννῆσαι διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ παιδὸς ἀπώλετο 〈...〉. δοκεῖ δὲ ἡ ἱστορία ἀπίθανος εἶναι καὶ ἄπιστος, ὅτι ἐκ δευτέρου ἡ Γῆ ἐγέννησε τὸν Τιτυόν. ἀλλ᾽ ἐροῦμεν, ὅτι οἱ ποιηταὶ τοὺς τερατώδεις κατὰ τὸ σῶμα Γῆς εἶναί φασιν. οὕτω γὰρ καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fg 376 Schn.) τὰ δεινά τῶν θηρίων Γῆς εἶναι ἔφη. ὅτι δὲ μέγας ὁ Τιτυός, καὶ Ὅμηρός φησιν (λ 577): “ὃ δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα”. φαμὲν οὖν, ὅτι, ὅτε πρὸς Ἐλάρης ἐτέχθη, ἐδόκει αὐτῆς εἶναι διὰ τὸ βραχὺ τοῦ σώματος· ὡς δὲ αὐξηθεὶς τερατώδης ἐγένετο, ἔπλασαν καὶ τεχθῆναι αὐτὸν καὶ τετράφθαι πρὸς τῆς Γῆς. 22 sch. III 265 Paus. IX 34, 6 sq. Serv. auct. Verg. Aen. V 24122 sch. III 265 Paus. IX 34, 6 sq. Serv. auct. Verg. Aen. V 241 5 ἄλλως praem. κύουσα P : τεκοῦσα L5 ἄλλως prefixed κύουσα in P : τεκοῦσα in L 6 lac. ind. W 746 lacuna indicated by W 74 13 ἔπλασαν H : εἴπασαν L : εἶπον F : ἔφασαν P13 ἔπλασαν in H : εἴπασαν in L : εἶπον in F : ἔφασαν in P αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ ἄπειρον καὶ μέγα ἔχειν μέγεθος, ἀπέθανε καὶ ἐτάφη. ῥαγείσης δὲ τῆς γαστρὸς αὐτῆς, λαβοῦσα ἡ Γῆ τὸ βρέφος ἀνέθρεψεν, καὶ τέλειον (-εον A) γενόμενον ἀπέδωκεν (immo ἀνέδωκεν). ὅθεν ἐνομίσθη Γῆς εἶναι υἱός. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. cf. W 74 Apoll. Bibl. I 23 sch. η 324 Eust. 1581, 35 Serv. Verg. Aen. VI 595αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ ἄπειρον καὶ μέγα ἔχειν μέγεθος, ἀπέθανε καὶ ἐτάφη. ῥαγείσης δὲ τῆς γαστρὸς αὐτῆς, λαβοῦσα ἡ Γῆ τὸ βρέφος ἀνέθρεψεν, καὶ τέλειον (-εον A) γενόμενον ἀπέδωκεν (immo ἀνέδωκεν). ὅθεν ἐνομίσθη Γῆς εἶναι υἱός. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. cf. W 74 Apoll. Bibl. I 23 sch. η 324 Eust. 1581, 35 Serv. Verg. Aen. VI 595

〈βούπαις οὔπω πολλός —〉 Τιτυὸν μέγαν: τὸ μέγαν θαυμαστικῶς εἴρηται, ὅτι βούπαις ὢν μέγαν ἐτόξευσεν. καὶ ἤτοι πρὸς τὴν θείαν φύσιν ἀκουστέον ἢ πρὸς τὸ ὑπ᾽ ὄψιν εἶναι τὴν ὕβριν τῆς μητρός, ὅτι πολλάκις τὰ δεινὰ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν καὶ τὴν φύσιν οἶδε βιάζεσθαι. πρὸς ὃ ὁ ποιητὴς οὐ τῷ κυρίῳ ὀνόματι ἐχρήσατο, ἀλλὰ τῷ κατὰ φύσιν, μητέρα εἰπών. 14 suppl. Fr.14 supplied by Fr.

ἐν καὶ Φρίξος ἔην Μινυή〈ιος〉: Μινυήιος ὁ Ἰώλκιος· τὴν γὰρ Ἰωλκόν Μινύαι ᾤκουν, ὡς φησι Σιμωνίδης ἐν Συμμίκτοις (8 fg 3 J.). δύναται δὲ καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ Ὀρχομένιος· πολλοί γάρ φασιν ἐν Ὀρχομενῷ οἰκῆσαι τὸν Ἀθάμαντα. 20 ἔην P : om. L20 ἔην in P : omitted in L 21 Ἰώλκιος Lg21 Ἰώλκιος in Lg 23 φασιν PAH : φησιν L23 φασιν in PAH : φησιν in L

ζητητέον δὲ τί βούλεται αὐτῷ ταῦτα τὰ ποικίλματα. καὶ ἐροῦμεν, ὅτι ὁ ποιητὴς διὰ τῆς χλαμύδος οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ τὴν κοσμικὴν τάξιν καὶ τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων πράξεις φησί. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν διὰ τοῦ κεραυνοῦ καὶ τῶν Κυκλώπων θεόν τινα καὶ θείαν φύσιν ἀλληγορεῖ· διὸ καί φησιν (v. 730): “ἐπ᾽ ἀφθίτῳ ἥμενοι ἔργῳ”. μεθ᾽ ὃ πόλεις κτιζομένας διὰ τῆς τοῦ Ἀμφίονος λύρας ἱστορεῖ· ἔπειτα τὰ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι πάντα γινόμενα, ἔρωτάς τε καὶ πολέμους — τοῦτο γὰρ βούλεται αὐτῷ ἡ Ἀφροδίτη ὁπλοφοροῦσα, ἡ δὲ βία καὶ αἱ μάχαι διὰ τῆς τῶν Ταφίων ἱστορίας —, ἀγῶνάς τε καὶ γάμους διὰ τῶν τοῦ Πέλοπος ἄθλων, ἀσεβείας τε καὶ τιμωρίας πρὸς τῶν κρειττόνων διὰ τοῦ Τιτυοῦ, ἐπιβουλάς τε καὶ διαβολὰς καὶ σωτηρίας διὰ τῆς τοῦ Φρίξου ἱστορίας, καὶ σχεδὸν πάντα τὰ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι γινόμενα διὰ τῆς χλαμύδος ποιητικῶς ἔφρασεν. δῶρον δέ φησιν εἶναι τὴν χλαμύδα τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς, ἐπειδὴ ὅ τε κόσμος ὑπὸ τῆς θείας φρονήσεως γέγονε, τῶν τε ἐν αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πραττομένων οὐδὲν ἄνευ φρονήσεως ὀρθῶς γένοιτ᾽ ἄν. 3 τ. ἀνθρ. P : om. L3 τ. ἀνθρ. in P : omitted in L 10 διαβολὰς Fr. : διάπλους L : δόλους P10 διαβολὰς in Fr. : διάπλους in L : δόλους in P 12 δῶρον — γένοιτ᾽ ἄν P : om. L12 δῶρον — γένοιτ᾽ ἄν in P : omitted in L

One must inquire what these embroidered designs mean to him. And we shall say that the poet, through the cloak, speaks of nothing other than the cosmic order and the deeds of men. And first, through the thunderbolt and the Cyclopes, he allegorizes some god and divine nature; therefore he also says (v. 730):

εἰσαΐων: ἐφθέγγετο γὰρ ὁ κριὸς πιστούμενος τῷ Φρίξῳ τὴν σωτηρίαν κατὰ βούλησιν Διός. Lm (P)

〈ὅδ᾽ ᾖ:〉 κριός. Sg

ἐξενέποντι: περιττὴ ἡ ἐξ. LgP

〈ἐξενέποντι:〉 ἀνθρώπῳ. Sm 21 novum sch. W constituit e verbis, quae subsequenti in L post λαβών inserta, in P sub finem adiecta leguntur.21 W established a new scholion from the words which in L are inserted after λαβών in the following scholion, and in P are added at the end.

〈τοῖ᾽ ἄρα δῶρα:〉 πρὸς δὲ παρθένον στελλόμενος παρθένου δώρα μεταχειρίζεται.

ὄρρ᾽ Ἀταλάντη: Ἰασίωνος θυγάτηρ, ἣν ἔγημεν Μειλανίων. ἑτέρα γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Ἀρκαδική, 〈ἑτέρα〉 ἡ Σχοινέως, ἣν ἔγημεν Ἱππομένης. Μαίναλος δὲ ὄρος Ἀρκαδίας, ἐν ᾧ ἡ Ἀταλάντη διῆγεν, ἀπὸ Μαινάλου τοῦ Ἀρκάδος, ὥς φησιν Ἑλλάνικος (4 fg 162 J.). 24 sch. Theocr. III 40/42 d Apoll. Bibl. III 10924 sch. Theocr. III 40/42 d Apoll. Bibl. III 109 25 Et. Gen. (AB) Μαίναλον: ὄρος Ἀρκαδίας ἀπὸ Μαινάλου υἱοῦ Ἑρμοῦ, ἔνθα ἡ Ἀταλάντη τῷ Ἰάσονι παρέσχε τὸ (τὸ om. A) δόρυ ξένιον. Ἀπολλώνιος (om. A): I 769—770. sch. 168/70 cum loc. sim.25 Et. Gen. (AB) Μαίναλον: ὄρος Ἀρκαδίας ἀπὸ Μαινάλου υἱοῦ Ἑρμοῦ, ἔνθα ἡ Ἀταλάντη τῷ Ἰάσονι παρέσχε τὸ (τὸ om. A) δόρυ ξένιον. Ἀπολλώνιος (om. A): I 769—770. sch. 168/70 cum loc. sim. 23 Ἰασίωνος ex Ael. Var hist. XIII 1 Hoelzlin : Ἰάσονος : Ἰάσου K Μειλ- F : Μιλ- L : Μελ- P23 Ἰασίωνος from Ael. Var hist. XIII 1 Hoelzlin : Ἰάσονος : Ἰάσου K Μειλ- F : Μιλ- L : Μελ- P 24 Ἀρκαδική, 〈ἑτέρα〉 W Überl. u. Entst. d. Theokrit-Scholien 1920, 98 n. 2 : Ἀργεία. Wil. S.-B. d. Preuss. Ak., Ph.-h. Kl. 17, 1925, 220 n. 1 nomen Ἀργεία hinc sublatum primae sententiae adicere praefert.24 Ἀρκαδική, 〈ἑτέρα〉 W Überl. u. Entst. d. Theokrit-Scholien 1920, 98 n. 2 : Ἀργεία. Wil. S.-B. d. Preuss. Ak., Ph.-h. Kl. 17, 1925, 220 n. 1 prefers to add the name Ἀργεία, taken from here, to the first sentence. 25 Ἱππομένης Muretus Opp. 2, 1789, 908 : -μέδων Μαίναλον Wil. l. l.25 Ἱππομένης Muretus Opp. 2, 1789, 908 : -μέδων Μαίναλον Wil. l. l.

αἱ δὲ Ἀριστάρχειοι (I 404, 10 Ludwich) δι᾽ ἑτέρου ρ ἔχουσι τὰς τοιαύτας γραφάς, ὡς Ἡρακλέων (fg 11 Berndt Progr. gymn. Insterb. 1914, 21) φησὶν ἐν τῇ π τῆς Ἰλιάδος (228) ‘τό ῥα τότ᾽ ἐκ χηλοῖο λαβών’. τὸ δὲ δεῖσεν ἀργαλέας ἔριδας τὰς τῶν μνηστήρων λέγει τῆς Ἀταλάντης ἔριδας· ἔδεισεν, μὴ εἰς στάσιν αὐτοὺς ἐξάψῃ καὶ διαφορά τις γένηται μεταξύ, τῶν μὲν μιγῆναι αὐτῇ θελόντων, τῆς δὲ τὴν παρθενίαν τηρούσης. ὅτι δὲ ἐμίγησαν οἱ Ἀργοναῦται ταῖς Λημνίαις, Ἡρόδωρος ἱστορεῖ ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναυτικοῖς (31 fg 6 J.). Αἰσχύλος δὲ ἐν Ὑψιπύλῃ (p. 79 N.²) ἐν ὅπλοις φησὶν αὐτὰς ἐπελθούσας χειμαζομένοις ἀπείργειν, μέχρι λαβεῖν ὅρκον παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀποβάντας μιγήσεσθαι αὐταῖς. Σοφοκλῆς δὲ ἐν ταῖς Λημνίαις (II p. 52 Pearson) καὶ μάχην ἰσχυρὰν αὐτοῖς συνάψαι φησίν. 1 sch. III 37 sch. AT Π 2281 sch. III 37 sch. AT Π 228 4 τό ῥα K cum Hom. : τόρρα τὸ δὲ δεῖσεν usque ad συνάψαι φησίν in L adhaerent scholio 763/64a, cum recto hoc loco legantur in P4 τό ῥα K with Hom. : τόρρα τὸ δὲ δεῖσεν up to συνάψαι φησίν in L adhere to scholion 763/64a, although they are read in the correct place here in P 11 ἀποβάντας K : -βασι (sic) L : aliter P11 ἀποβάντας K : -βασι (sic) L : differently P 12 〈αὐτὰς〉 αὐτοῖς P : αὐτοὺς L12 〈αὐτὰς〉 αὐτοῖς P : αὐτοὺς L

The Aristarchean editions (I 404, 10 Ludwich) have such readings with a second rho, as Heracleon (fg 11 Berndt Progr. gymn. Insterb. 1914, 21) says in the 17th book of the Iliad (228)

καλύβαις: ταῖς διὰ τῶν ἱματίων, νηγατέαις δὲ νεοκατασκευάστοις.

καλύβῃσι: ἀντὶ τοῦ παστῷ. Lg (P) 18 ἤτοι — μνηστείαν L : ἤτοι δὲ δι᾽ ἔρωτα ἢ δι᾽ ἀμνηστίαν (l. -είαν) εἴργεσθαί φησι τὰς παρθένους P post sch. 775 b18 ἤτοι — μνηστείαν in L : ἤτοι δὲ δι᾽ ἔρωτα ἢ δι᾽ ἀμνηστίαν (l. -είαν) εἴργεσθαί φησι τὰς παρθένους in P after schol. 775 b

〈θηήσαντο:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔβλεψαν. Lg

κυανέοιο: νῦν λαμπροῦ. Lg (P) 21 Et. M. 727, 35 Eust. 861, 1. 1218, 34. 1546, 45. 1553, 3921 Et. M. 727, 35 Eust. 861, 1. 1218, 34. 1546, 45. 1553, 39

τῷ ἴκελος: ἤτοι κατ᾽ ἔρωτα λέγει ἢ κατὰ μνηστείαν. διόλου δὲ ἁρμόζουσα καὶ οἰκεία ἡ εἰκών. καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸν ἐρῶσα ἐξεδέχετο παρθένος καταλαμπόμενον τῷ κάλλει.

ἀνὰ στίβον: ἀνὰ τὴν ὁδόν, παρὰ τὸ στείβω τὸ περιπατῶ.

ἐπεκλονέοντο: οὐ καλῶς τὸ ἐπεκλονέοντο εἴρηκεν ἅμα τῇ χαρᾷ· κλόνος γὰρ ἡ ταραχή. Ὅμηρος (Ε 93): ‘ὡς ὑπὸ Τυδείδῃ πυκιναὶ κλονέοντο φάλαγγες’. 23 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 100, 29 B. Hesych. κλόνος — Συν. κ. (279, 13 Ba. Phot. Suid.)23 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 100, 29 B. Hesych. κλόνος — Συν. κ. (279, 13 Ba. Phot. Suid.)

ἀπηλεγέως: ἀντὶ τοῦ συντόμως, ἀποφατικῶς. Ἡρωδιανὸς δὲ ἐν τῷ γ᾽ τῆς Καθόλου (I 79, 23 L.) ἀνηλεγέως φησί. 25 sch. II 17/18. III 19. 439 sch. AT I 30925 sch. II 17/18. III 19. 439 sch. AT I 309 4 τό ῥα K cum Hom. : τόρρα τὸ δὲ δεῖσεν usque ad συνάψαι φησίν in L adhaerent scholio 763/64 a, cum recto hoc loco legantur in P4 τό ῥα K with Hom. : τόρρα τὸ δὲ δεῖσεν up to συνάψαι φησίν in L adhere to scholion 763/64 a, although they are read in the correct place here in P 11 ἀποβάντας K : -βασι (sic) L : aliter P11 ἀποβάντας K : -βασι (sic) L : differently P 12 [αὐτὰς] αὐτοῖς P : αὐτοὺς L12 [αὐτὰς] αὐτοῖς P : αὐτοὺς L 18 ἤτοι — μνηστείαν L : ἤτοι δὲ δι᾽ ἔρωτα ἢ δι᾽ ἀμνηστίαν (l. -είαν) εἴργεσθαί φησι τὰς παρθένους P post sch. 775 b18 ἤτοι — μνηστείαν in L : ἤτοι δὲ δι᾽ ἔρωτα ἢ δι᾽ ἀμνηστίαν (l. -είαν) εἴργεσθαί φησι τὰς παρθένους in P after sch. 775 b

προφανέντι: περιττὴ ἡ πρὸ πρόθεσις. θεράπναι δὲ κατὰ συγκοπὴν τοῦ θεράπαιναι. Apoll. Lex. Hom. 38, 22 B. Hesych. ἀπηλεγέως Et. M. 121, 14 Et. Gud. 165, 5 De Stef.Apoll. Lex. Hom. 38, 22 B. Hesych. ἀπηλεγέως Et. M. 121, 14 Et. Gud. 165, 5 De Stef.

σανίδες: οὕτω λέγονται τὰ ὑπερμήκη ξύλα καὶ πλατέα οἷον τανίδες, παρὰ τὴν τάσιν. Et. Or. 141, 24 Or. Werf. 616, 21 Et. M. 708, 13 Et. Gud. 495, 44 SturzEt. Or. 141, 24 Or. Werf. 616, 21 Et. M. 708, 13 Et. Gud. 495, 44 Sturz

ἔνθα μιν: ἐν τῇ προεκδόσει· ἔνθα μιν Ἰφινόη προδόμου διὰ ποιητοῖο / ἐσσυμένως καλῆς ἐπὶ δίφρακος εἶσεν ἄγουσα. L

καλῆς διὰ παστάδος: ἣν ἡμεῖς προστάδα λέγομεν. εἴρηται δὲ οὕτως διὰ τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ σιτεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς οἱονεὶ πάσασθαι. καλῆς δὲ ἤτοι ὅτι βασίλεια τὰ οἰκήματα ἢ ὅτι ἐρωτικά· τοιαῦτα γὰρ τὰ τῶν ἐρώντων, ὡς καὶ Ἀνακρέων (fg 119 B. III 286) ἐπὶ ἐρωμένης φησίν 〈...〉. 8 Et. Gen. (AB) παστάδα: παστάς, ἣν ἡμεῖς προστάδα (Anon. ap. Gaisf., παστάδα AB) λέγομεν: διὰ τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ ἡμᾶς (ἡμ. om. B) σιτεῖσθαι, παρὰ τὸ πάσασθαι (πάσσ- A). ‘καλῆς διὰ παστάδος εἰς ἕν (ἕν om. A) ἄγουσα’ (I 789). Hesych. παστάδες8 Et. Gen. (AB) παστάδα: παστάς, ἣν ἡμεῖς προστάδα (Anon. ap. Gaisf., παστάδα AB) λέγομεν: διὰ τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ ἡμᾶς (ἡμ. om. B) σιτεῖσθαι, παρὰ τὸ πάσασθαι (πάσσ- A). ‘καλῆς διὰ παστάδος εἰς ἕν (ἕν om. A) ἄγουσα’ (I 789). Hesych. παστάδες 8 διὰ παστάδος Rutgers Var. lect. 1618, 9 ex Et. : δι’ ἀναστάδος. cf. W 578 διὰ παστάδος Rutgers Var. lect. 1618, 9 ex Et. : δι’ ἀναστάδος. cf. W 57 προστάδα L : προπαστάδα P : παραστάδα Aπροστάδα in L : προπαστάδα in P : παραστάδα in A 9 σιτεῖσθαι PA : -άσθαι L9 σιτεῖσθαι in PA : -άσθαι in L 11 poetae verba intercidisse statuit K11 K judged that the poet's words have been lost

〈δι’ ἀναστάδος:〉 ἐπιπέδου. Sm 12 ἐπιπέδου W : ὑπο-12 ἐπιπέδου W : ὑπο-

ἦσθ᾽ αὕτως: εἰκῇ ἐκαθέζεσθε. ἤδη δὲ καὶ διὰ τούτου ἐφ᾽ ὃ ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὸν ἠνίξατο καὶ τὰ τῆς εὐμενείας οὕτω πορίζεται.

ὑπ᾽ ἀνδράσιν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπ᾽ ἀνδρῶν. Ὅμηρος (B 816)· ‘Τρωσὶ μὲν ἡγεμόνευε’. τοῦτο δὲ Ἰώνων ἴδιον. ταῦτα δὲ πλάττεται ἡ Ὑψιπύλη, ἀποδημεῖν ἐπὶ Θράκης τοὺς ἄνδρας. ἀρόωσι δὲ ἀροτριῶσιν, ἀφ᾽ οὗ τὸ διάγουσιν ἀκουστέον. πλάττεται δὲ καὶ ἀφανίζει τὸ ἀληθῶς γεγονὸς καὶ τὸν φόνον τῶν ἀνδρῶν. 17 ἀρόωσι PA : -εαι L17 ἀρόωσι in PA : -εαι in L ἀροτριᾶν AF : -οῦσιν L : om. Pἀροτριᾶν in AF : -οῦσιν in L : om. in P

ἐπινάστιοι: ἔποικοι. LgP

ἀπορνυμένους δὲ ἤτοι ἀπερχομένους τοὺς Λημνίους φησίν. P

ἐπαύλους: τὰς ἐπαύλεις, τὰς μάνδρας. ἢ καταχρηστικῶς· τὰς οἰκίας τῶν Θρᾳκῶν ἐπόρθουν οἱ Λήμνιοι. 23 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 71, 1 B. Hesych. ἐπαύλους23 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 71, 1 B. Hesych. ἐπαύλους 23 ἐπαύλους Pierson Verisim. 1831, 201 : ἐπαύλεις L : έναύλους P23 ἐπαύλους Pierson Verisim. 1831, 201 : ἐπαύλεις in L : έναύλους in P 24 δηλονότι οἱ Λήμνιοι Lg24 δηλονότι οἱ Λήμνιοι Lg

ἐκ νηῶν: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τῶν νηῶν. LgP 2 sch. b post 805a collocatur in L2 sch. b is placed after 805a in L

αὐτῇσι δ᾽ ἀπείρο〈να〉: θαυμαστικῶς, οἷον· ληιάδας αὐτὰς καὶ δεσποίνας ἡμῶν ἔφερον ἄγοντες. ἐν δὲ τῇ προεκδόσει· ‘ἐκ νηῶν, ἄμυδις δὲ βόας καὶ μῆλα κόμιζον / αὐτήσειν κούρῃσιν ἀπείρονα ληίδα δεῦρο. / καὶ τότ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀνά δῆμον ἀάατος ἔμπεσε λύσσα, / οὐκ οἶδ᾽ ἢ θεόθεν ἢ αὐτῶν ἀφροσύνῃσι.’ L ληιάδας K : -ίδαςληιάδας K : -ίδας 14 ἀπ- Par. 2729 : ἐπ- L in contextu, P14 ἀπ- in Par. 2729 : ἐπ- in L in context, in P

οὐλομένης: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῆς δεινῆς ἢ, ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβαίνοντος, ὀλέθρου ποιητικῆς, ὡς τὸ ‘πολύδακρυν Ἄρηα’ (Hom.) τὸν δακρύων ποιητικόν.

πορεύνετο: κατεσκευάζετο. LgP

θυμοφθόρον ἄτην: τὸν ἔρωτα λέγει. Lg (P)

ᾗ ματίῃ: τῇ ἑαυτῶν ματαιότητι καὶ μωρίᾳ καὶ φρενοβλαβείᾳ νικηθέντες.

ἀπεσσεύοντο: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐδίωκον. LgP

εἴ κέ ποτ᾽ αὖτις: περιττὸς ὁ κὲ σύνδεσμος. ὁ γὰρ λόγος· πολὺν χρόνον ὑπεμείναμεν, εἴ ποτε μεταμεληθῶσιν. ἵνα δὲ μὴ ὥσπερ ζηλοτυπίαν καὶ ἀκρασίαν κατηγορήσῃ τῶν γυναικῶν, ἐπὶ πολὺ αὐτάς φησιν ἐνηνοχέναι τὸ πάθος. L

σκοτίη: ἡ ἐκ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων. LgP 19 αἰχμ. L : παλλακῶν P19 αἰχμ. in L : παλλακῶν in P

χήραί τ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ〈σιν〉: ἵνα μὴ τῶν παρθένων ἀσέλγειαν κατηγορῇ, [εἶπεν] ἐπὶ τούτῳ φησίν· ἐδυσφόρουν διὰ τὰς χηρευούσας μητέρας καὶ ἐφρόντιζον· κατὰ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ ἀλάληντο. ἢ πρὸς ἕτερον· ὅτι οὐδεμία ἡμῶν πρὸς γάμον ἤρχετο, εἴχομεν γὰρ τὴν τῶν μητέρων χηρείαν καὶ ὕβριν διδάσκαλον τῶν ἡμῖν ἐσομένων. L 21 [εἶπεν] Fr., 〈δι’ ὧν〉 εἶπεν K21 [εἶπεν] Fr., 〈δι’ ὧν〉 εἶπεν K τούτῳ W : -ωντούτῳ W : -ων 22 ἢ W : καί22 ἢ W : καί

οὐδὲ πατήρ: πρὸς πλείονα οἶκτον καὶ ἔμφασιν διόλου τοῖς φυσικοῖς ὀνόμασι χρῆται. L

λώβην: κάκωσιν, ὕβριν. LgP 27 κάκωσιν L : κακὴν P27 κάκωσιν in L : κακὴν in P

15 806. Et. Gen. (AB) ληιάδες: οἷον I 806. ἀνεκοιμῶντο 〈σὺν add. Reitzenstein〉 ταῖς (τοῖς A) αἰχμαλώτοις. λέγονται δὲ (δὲ om. B) καὶ ληίτιδες αἱ αὐταὶ παρὰ τῷ αὐτῷ ποιητῇ, οἷον I 818—819. ληίτιδες δὲ (δὲ om. B) σημαίνει λαφυραγωγοὶ πολεμικαί (-οί A). sch. A K 46015 806. Et. Gen. (AB) ληιάδες: such as I 806. They slept with the captive women. They are also called ληίτιδες in the same poet, such as I 818–819. ληίτιδες means warlike plunderers. sch. A K 460

ὑπέρβιον: μέγα καὶ θαυμαστόν· οἶδε γὰρ αὐτὸ δεινὸν καὶ ἄπιστον, εἰ γυναῖκες ἀνδρῶν ἐκράτησαν. διὸ καὶ τὴν τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐπίταξίν φησιν εἰληφέναι. 3 ἐπίταξιν K : σύν-3 ἐπίταξιν K : σύν-

αὐταῖς ληιάδεσ〈σιν〉: λείπει ἡ σὺν πρόθεσις, ἵν᾽ ᾖ· σὺν αὐταῖς ταῖς γυναιξί. L

θεσσάμενοι: ἐξ αἰτήσεως ἀναλαβόντες, αἰτήσαντες· θέσσασθαι γὰρ τὸ αἰτῆσαι καὶ ἱκετεῦσαι. καὶ Ἡσίοδος (fg 201 Rz.2) ‘θεσσάμενος γενεὴν Κλεοδαίου κυδαλίμοιο’. καὶ Ἀρχίλοχος (fg 11 B. II 386)· ‘πολλά δ᾽ ἐυπλοκάμου πολιῆς ἁλὸς ἐν πελάγεσσι θεσσάμενοι γλυκερόν νόστον’. δαιμονίως δὲ καὶ τοῦτο πλάττεται· ἦν γὰρ εὐθέως ζητῆσαι· εἰ οἱ ἄνδρες ἀπέβησαν, κἂν ἡ βραχύτερα τῶν ἀρρένων που ἡλικία; 7 Hesych. θέσσεσθαι7 Hesych. θέσσεσθαι 7 θεσσάσθαι Schaefer : θέσθαι7 θεσσάσθαι Schaefer : θέσθαι 8 Κλεοδαίου Car. Lehmann De Hesiodi carm. perd., Diss. Berol. 1828, 67 : Κλεαδ-8 Κλεοδαίου Car. Lehmann De Hesiodi carm. perd., Diss. Berol. 1828, 67 : Κλεαδ- 9 de ἐυπλοκάμου vv. dd. iure dubitarunt, v. notam Bergkii9 about ἐυπλοκάμου the various readings rightly raised doubts, see Bergk's note

Θρηικίης ἄροσιν: περιφραστικῶς τὴν Θράκην. LgP 11 ποῦ F11 ποῦ F

χιονώδεα: οἱ μέν, ὅτι λευκόγεως ἡ Θράκη, οἱ δὲ τὴν συνεχῶς χιονιζομένην παρὰ τὸ δυσχείμερον εἶναι· ὃ καὶ βέλτιον, ψυχρὰ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ χώρα· διὸ κάκεῖθεν τοὺς ἀνέμους πνεῖν ἐμυθεύσαντο. Διοφάνης δὲ βόθρον φασὶν εἶναι ἐν τῇ Θράκῃ, ἐξ οὗ φυσήματα ἀνέμων γίνεσθαι, καὶ μυθευθῆναι οὕτω Θράκην ἀνέμων οἰκητήριον. 14 Et. Gen. (AB) ἄροσιν: I 819. 826. ψυχρὰ ἔστιν ἡ Θράκη· διὸ τοὺς ἀνέμους κἀκεῖθεν πνεῖν ἐμύθευσαν (-εν A). Διοφάνης δὲ βόθρον εἶναι ἐν Θράκῃ, ἐξ οὗ φυσήματα ἀνέμων γίνεσθαι, καὶ μυθευθῆναι Θράκην οὕτως τῶν ἀνέμων οἰκητήριον εἶναι.14 Et. Gen. (AB) ἄροσιν: I 819. 826. ψυχρὰ ἔστιν ἡ Θράκη· διὸ τοὺς ἀνέμους κἀκεῖθεν πνεῖν ἐμύθευσαν (-εν A). Διοφάνης δὲ βόθρον εἶναι ἐν Θράκῃ, ἐξ οὗ φυσήματα ἀνέμων γίνεσθαι, καὶ μυθευθῆναι Θράκην οὕτως τῶν ἀνέμων οἰκητήριον εἶναι. 15 Διοφάνης = Διόφαντος ex Et. Schwartz RE2 V 1051 : Διονυσοφ- L : Νικοφ- P (cf. W 38)15 Διοφάνης = Διόφαντος ex Et. Schwartz RE2 V 1051 : Διονυσοφ- in L : Νικοφ- in P (cf. W 38)

γέρας: τὴν βασιλείαν. LgP

Αἰγαίης: τὸ Αἰγαῖον πέλαγός φησιν. ἐκλήθη δὲ ἀπὸ νήσου Αἰγῶν καλουμένης. Ὅμηρος (Θ 203) ‘οἱ δέ τοι εἰς Ἑλίκην τε καὶ Αἰγάς’, αὕτη γὰρ ἱερὰ Ποσειδῶνος, ἐν ᾗ μηδένα κοιμᾶσθαι λόγος διὰ τὰ φαντάσματα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὥς φησι Νικοκράτης (fg 2 M. IV 466). 19 Et. Gen. (BCD) Αἰγαῖον πέλαγος: Αἰγαί, τῆς Εὐβοίας νῆσος δυσχείμερος, ἀφ᾽ ἧς καὶ τὸ πέλαγος Αἰγαῖον ἐκλήθη. οἱ δέ, ὅτι ἀπὸ Ποσειδῶνος ὠνομάσθη· οὕτω γὰρ λέγεται ὁ θεός (οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ Π. ὀνομασθῆναί 〈φασιν· Αἰγαῖος〉 γὰρ οὗτος λ. ὁ θ. Reitz.). οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ Αἰγέως τοῦ πατρὸς Θησέως κατακρημνίσαντος ἑαυτόν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκροπόλεως εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. οὐκ εὖ add Gaisford): πολὺ γὰρ ἀπέχει ἡ ἀκρόπολις τῆς θαλάσσης παραπλέοντι (Reitz., περιπλ- codd.) [νήσω del. Reitz.]. οὕτως Ὧρος (Ὠρίων ὁ Θηβαῖος CD). cf. Reitzenstein Gesch. d. griech. Et. 1897, 319, 8; W 89 sch. 1165c Strab IX 40; Suid. Αἰγαῖον πέλαγος ἀξ. 50 T N 2119 Et. Gen. (BCD) Αἰγαῖον πέλαγος: Αἰγαί, τῆς Εὐβοίας νῆσος δυσχείμερος, ἀφ᾽ ἧς καὶ τὸ πέλαγος Αἰγαῖον ἐκλήθη. οἱ δέ, ὅτι ἀπὸ Ποσειδῶνος ὠνομάσθη· οὕτω γὰρ λέγεται ὁ θεός (οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ Π. ὀνομασθῆναί 〈φασιν· Αἰγαῖος〉 γὰρ οὗτος λ. ὁ θ. Reitz.). οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ Αἰγέως τοῦ πατρὸς Θησέως κατακρημνίσαντος ἑαυτόν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκροπόλεως εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. οὐκ εὖ add Gaisford): πολὺ γὰρ ἀπέχει ἡ ἀκρόπολις τῆς θαλάσσης παραπλέοντι (Reitz., περιπλ- codd.) [νήσω del. Reitz.]. οὕτως Ὧρος (Ὠρίων ὁ Θηβαῖος CD). cf. Reitzenstein Gesch. d. griech. Et. 1897, 319, 8; W 89 sch. 1165c Strab IX 40; Suid. Αἰγαῖον πέλαγος ἀξ. 50 T N 21

οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ Ποσειδῶνος ὀνομασθῆναί φασι τὸ πέλαγος· Αἰγαῖος γὰρ οὗτος λέγεται ὁ θεός, ὥς φησι Φερεκύδης (3 fg 43 J.). †Νικοκράτης† δέ φησιν, ὅτι ἀπὸ Αἰγέως κατακρημνίσαντος ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκροπόλεως εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. οὐκ εὖ· πολὺ γὰρ ἀπέχει ἡ ἀκρόπολις τῆς θαλάσσης παραπλέοντι. 1 post Νικοκράτης add. A οἱ δὲ τὸ πέλαγος Αἰγαῖόν φασιν ὡς δίκην αἰγὸς ἀϊσσόντων ἐν αὐτῷ τῶν κυμάτων. cf. W 291 after Νικοκράτης A adds: but others say that the Aegean sea is so called because the waves rush in it like a goat. cf. W 29 2 φασι P : φησι L2 φασι in P : φησι in L 3 nomen Nicocratis iteratum postquam Deicke 38 in dubitationem vocavit, reiecit W Herm. 69, 19343 the name of Nicocrates repeated, after Deicke 38 called it into doubt, W rejected it in Herm. 69, 1934

Others say that the sea was named from Poseidon; for this god is called Aegean, as Pherecydes says (3 fr. 43 J.). †Nicocrates† says that it is from Aegeus, who threw himself down from the acropolis into the sea. Not well: for the acropolis is far from the sea for one sailing along the coast.

ἀμαλδύνουσα: ἀφανίζουσα καὶ τῷ πλάσματι κρύπτουσα. τὸ δὲ ἴσκεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔλεγεν, κακῶς· Ὅμηρος γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡμοίου. 6 Erot. 16, 5 N. Apoll. Lex. Hom. 26, 17 B. Hesych. ἀμαλδῦναι Συν. ἀμαλδύνεσθαι (Phot. Suid.)6 Erot. 16, 5 N. Apoll. Lex. Hom. 26, 17 B. Hesych. ἀμαλδῦναι Συν. ἀμαλδύνεσθαι (Phot. Suid.) 7 sch. ABT Π 41 sch. τ 203. χ 31 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 92, 35 B. Hesych. ἴσκε Phot. ἴσκειν Suid. ἴσκεν Et. M. 476, 39 Eust. 1861, 51. 1917, 53 cf. Lehrs De Arist. stud. Hom.2 1865, 977 sch. ABT Π 41 sch. τ 203. χ 31 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 92, 35 B. Hesych. ἴσκε Phot. ἴσκειν Suid. ἴσκεν Et. M. 476, 39 Eust. 1861, 51. 1917, 53 cf. Lehrs De Arist. stud. Hom.2 1865, 97 6 κατακρύπτουσα καὶ καλύπτουσα τὴν ἀλήθειαν A6 κατακρύπτουσα καὶ καλύπτουσα τὴν ἀλήθειαν in A 7 γὰρ Fr. : δὲ L : aliter P7 γὰρ in Fr. : δὲ in L : differently in P

μάλα κεν: ὁ νοῦς· λίαν ἡμῖν ἐστιν ἀρεστὸν τυχεῖν ὧν ἔχομεν χρείαν, σὺ δὲ ὅμοια δίδως. νῦν γὰρ τὸ ὀπάζεις κεῖται ἀντὶ τοῦ δίδως. 9 ὅμοια W : ὁμοίως L : om. P9 ὅμοια in W : ὁμοίως in L : omitted in P ὀπάζεις AF : -εινὀπάζεις in AF : -ειν

〈χρησμοσύνης:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ χρείας. Lg

μάλα κεν θυμηδέος: θυμηδὴς χρησμοσύνη ἡ τὸν θυμὸν εὐφραίνουσα χρεία. P

ὑπότροπ〈ος〉: ἀπελθὼν πρὸς τὰς ναῦς, πάλιν ἥξω πρὸς τὴν πόλιν.

τὸ δὲ χάζομαι τὸ παραχωρῶ σημαίνει, ἵν᾽ ᾖ· ἔγωγε μὲν οὐ παραχωρῶ ἢ σοὶ ἢ ἄλλῳ ὁτωοῦν τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀθερίζων καὶ καταφρονῶν τῆς τοιαύτης ἀρχῆς, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς ἐπικειμένους μοι ἄθλους. P

χειρὸς θίγε: ἤδη σύμβολον αὐτῇ τῆς ἑταιρίας διὰ τῆς ἐφάψεως δίδωσιν. 19 ἑταιρίας F : -είας L : aliter P19 ἑταιρίας in F : -είας in L : differently in P

μῦθον ὅτ᾽ ἤδη: ὁ νοῦς· μετέπειτα δὲ αἱ θεραπαινίδες ἦλθον βαστάζουσαι ξένια, ὅτε ἤδη ὁ Ἰάσων πάντα τὰ παρὰ τῆς Ὑψιπύλης ῥηθέντα τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ἑταίροις συνετέλεσε λέγων.

Ἡφαίστοιο χάριν: ἱερὰ γὰρ Ἡφαίστου ἡ Λῆμνος. τὸ δὲ πολυμήτιος παρὰ τὸ ‘εἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι’ (Hom.) γέγονεν.

〈καὶ〉 ἔκυρσαν: περιττὸς ὁ καί. τὸ δὲ ἔκυρσαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔτυχον. LgP 1 τὸ sqq. P : om. L1 τὸ and following in P : omitted in L

Ἡρακλῆος ἄνευθε: τοῦτο ἕνεκα τῆς οἰκονομίας φησὶν ὁ ποιητής — πάντων γὰρ ταῖς ἡδοναῖς νικωμένων μόνος οὗτος πρὸς τὸν ἆθλον αὐτοὺς προτρέπεται — καὶ πρὸς τὴν κρατερὰν καὶ εὔφρονα φύσιν τοῦ ἥρωος. L 5 κρατεράν F : ἑτέραν L5 κρατεράν in F : ἑτέραν in L

Ἥρης υἷα: Ἡσιόδῳ ἐπηκολούθησεν 〈ἐξ〉 Ἥρας μόνης τὸν Ἥφαιστον λέγοντι γεγενῆσθαι (Th. 927 sq.)· ‘Ἥρη δ᾽ Ἥφαιστον κλυτὸν οὐ φιλότητι μιγεῖσα γείνατο’. Ὅμηρος δὲ Διὸς καὶ Ἥρας φησὶν αὐτόν. 7 suppl. F7 supplied by F 10 αὐτόν PAH : -ήν L10 αὐτόν in PAH : -ήν in L

καὶ αὐτὴν Κύπριν: διότι τὰ παρόντα ἐρωτικά, καὶ ὅτι τοῦ θεοῦ γαμετὴ αὕτη, οὗ ἱερὰ ἡ Λῆμνος. L

ἀμβολίη: ὑπέρθεσις. LgP 13 ὑπέρθεσις PA corr. : -έσει LA ante corr.13 ὑπέρθεσις in PA corrected : -έσει in LA before correction

ἂν ἐλίνυον: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἤργουν. παρὰ τὰ αἴλινα τὰ θρηνητικὰ [ἐντεῦθεν] γεγένηται διὰ τὸ ἀνήνυτά τινα εἶναι, παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Ω 524)· ‘οὐ γάρ τις πρῆξις πέλεται’. L 14 παρὰ 〈τὸ〉 — γεγενῆσθαι (ἢ) vel παρὸ — γενήσεται (ἢ) K14 παρὰ 〈τὸ〉 — γεγενῆσθαι (ἢ) or παρὸ — γενήσεται (ἢ) in K 15 del. W 2615 deleted by W 26 διά W : παράδιά in W : παρά

ἐλίνυον: παρέμενον. Lg (P) 14 Et. Gen. (A2B) ἐλίνυον: διέτριβον, ἀνεστρέφοντο, περιεφέροντο. ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰλίνου (ἐλίνου A2B) εἴρηται, οἷον I 862. sch. 589 Erot. fg 25 N. Hesych. Suid. ἐλινύειν14 Et. Gen. (A2B) ἐλίνυον: διέτριβον, ἀνεστρέφοντο, περιεφέροντο. ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰλίνου (ἐλίνου A2B) εἴρηται, οἷον I 862. sch. 589 Erot. fg 25 N. Hesych. Suid. ἐλινύειν

δαιμόνιοι: τεχνικῶς καὶ συνετῶς οὐχ ἕνα τινὰ λοιδορεῖ, ἀλλὰ τοὺς πάντας, καὶ οὐ πρῶτον τὴν ἀκρασίαν αὐτοῖς ὀνειδίζει, πρὶν τὰ συμφέροντα δηλώσῃ. παρὰ δὲ τοῖς φυσικοῖς ὁ Ἡρακλῆς σύνεσις καὶ ἀλκὴ λαμβάνεται. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὦ μακάριοι, ἐξειργόμεθα 〈ὑπὸ〉 τοῦ ἡμῶν αἵματος τῆς πατρίδος; ἢ γάμων ἐνδεεῖς ὄντες ἐνταῦθα ἥκομεν, μεμψάμενοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν πολίτιδας καὶ Λῆμνον κατοικήσοντες τοῖς κλήροις διελόμενοι; ἢ οὕτως· ὦ μακάριοι, ἐμφύλιον φόνον δράσαντες ἐξειργόμεθα τῆς πατρίδος; ἐπειδὴ οἱ τοιοῦτοι ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος φυγῇ ἐνιαυσιαίᾳ ἐζημιοῦντο. 22 add. W22 added by W

ὀνοσσάμενοι πολιήτιδας: κυρίως τὸ πολίτιδας γυναῖκας ἔταξεν, οἱονεὶ τὰς Ἑλληνίδας γυναῖκας ἀπαρνησάμενοι συμβιοῦν βαρ-

βάροις ἤλθομεν; καὶ οὔ φησι τὸ κάλλος αὐτῶν ἀποφυγόντες· τάχα γὰρ ἀληθῶς ἐν τῇ Λήμνῳ εὐπρεπεστέρας εἶναι γυναῖκας συνέβαινεν· καὶ πρὸς τὸ σεμνὸν τοῦ Ἡρακλέους. L

Did we come with heavy ships? And he says not having escaped their beauty; for perhaps truly in Lemnos it happened that the women were more beautiful; and this is in keeping with the dignity of Heracles. L

εὐκλειεῖς: ἔνδοξοι. καὶ διὰ τούτου δὲ ἐνυβρίζει. οἶδε γὰρ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν πλοῦν ἐλθόντα εἰς εὐδοξίαν· ταύτην δὲ ἂν ἀπώλεσαν, εἰ ἐπιπολὺ διέτριψαν. L

ἐπὶ δηρὸν ἐελμέ〈νοι〉: καί τοῦτο συνετῶς καὶ τεχνικῶς. τὸν χρόνον αἰτιᾶται· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὀλίγον ἀμελῆσαι τοῦ πόνου συγγνώμης ἂν εἴη, τὸ δὲ ἐπιπολὺ ἀνυπόστατον ἦν παντὶ ἀνδρί. καὶ ἔσπασεν αὐτὸ παρὰ τό ‘πάντων μὲν κόρος ἐστί’ (Ν 636). L

ἴομεν αὖτις 〈ἕκαστοι〉 ἐπὶ σφέα: οὐχ ὑγιῶς τὸ σφέα κεῖται, ἰσοδυναμεῖ γὰρ τῷ σὰ ἐπὶ τρίτου προσώπου τασσομένῳ. ἔδει οὖν εἰπεῖν· ἴομεν αὖτις ἕκαστοι ἐφ᾽ ἡμέτερα. ἔστι γὰρ συζυγία τῶν προσώπων αὕτη ἡμέτερα ὑμέτερα σφέτερα, τοῦ δὲ σφά· ἁμά ὑμά σφά. L 11 add. F11 added by F 12 τῷ H : τὸ12 τῷ in H : τὸ τασσομένῳ Hoelzlin : -όμενοντασσομένῳ in Hoelzlin : -όμενον

ἐσανδρώσῃ: ἀνδρῶν πληρώσῃ, εἰρωνικῶς. Lg (P)

λείρια: καθόλου τὰ ἄνθη λείρια λέγεται. ἔστι δὲ κυρίως λεγόμενον ἄνθος λείριον, καί φησιν ὁ Θεόφραστος ἐν τῷ Περὶ φυτῶν (Hist. plant. VI 6, 9) τὸν νάρκισσον οὕτω λέγεσθαι, οἱ δὲ τὸ κρίνον. 16 Diosc. Mat. med. IV 158 Erot. 59, 1 N. Athen. XV 681 b. 683 d Poll. VI 107 Hesych. λείρια Συν. λ. (289, 3 Ba. Phot. Suid.)16 Diosc. Mat. med. IV 158 Erot. 59, 1 N. Athen. XV 681 b. 683 d Poll. VI 107 Hesych. λείρια Συν. λ. (289, 3 Ba. Phot. Suid.) 16 sch. a post c collocat L16 sch. a placed after c in L δὲ post l. add. Lδὲ added after the lemma in L 17 καί φ. W 26 : ὅ φ. L, quo servato λεγόμενον pro λέγεσθαι prop. K : aliter P17 καί φ. in W 26 : ὅ φ. in L, which if retained, λεγόμενον for λέγεσθαι proposed by K : differently in P

σιμβληίδος: σίμβλους καλοῦσι τὰ ἀγγεῖα, ἐν οἷς κηροποιοῦσιν αἱ μέλισσαι. σιμβληίδος οὖν πέτρας, ἐν ᾗ μελιτουργοῦσιν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, οἱονεὶ σίμβλου τάξιν ἐχούσης. 19 sch. II 132/34 b sch. Theocr. VII 80 — sch. Hes. Theog. 594 Hesych. σίμβλοι Συν. σ. (364, 21 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 713, 23 Et. Gud. 500, 43 Sturz19 sch. II 132/34 b sch. Theocr. VII 80 — sch. Hes. Theog. 594 Hesych. σίμβλοι Συν. σ. (364, 21 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 713, 23 Et. Gud. 500, 43 Sturz 20 μελιττ- K20 μελιττ- in K

ἄλλοτέ τ᾽ ἄλλον: παρὰ τὸ Ἰσοκράτους (Ad Demon. 52)· ‘ὥσπερ γὰρ τὴν μέλιτταν ὁρῶμεν ἐφ᾽ ἅπαντα μὲν τὰ βλαστήματα καθιζάνουσαν, ἀφ᾽ ἑκάστου δὲ τὰ χρήσιμα συλλέγουσαν, οὕτω δὴ καὶ τῆς παιδείας 〈...〉’. 25 lac. ind. K25 lacuna indicated by K

ὣς ἄρα ταίγε: αἱ Λημνιάδες γυναῖκες. ἡ δὲ παραβολὴ οὐχ ὑγιὴς οὐδὲ εἰς πάντα ἁρμόζεται. ἔστω γὰρ μελίτταις εἰκάζεσθαι τὰς γυ- 27 ὑγιὴς K : -ιῶς27 ὑγιὴς in K : -ιῶς

ναῖκας, ἄνθεσι δὲ τοὺς ἥρωας, σίμβλῳ δὲ κοίλῳ τὴν πόλιν· τὰ δὲ ἐπίλοιπα πῶς ἂν οὐκ εἴη ἀνάρμοστα, δι᾽ ὧν φησι· χαίρει καὶ ἀγάλλεται ὁ λειμών, καίτοι λυπεῖται ἡ πόλις, διὸ φησι κινυρόμεναι· καὶ πάλιν ἀνάρμοστον τὸ ‘γλυκὺν ἄλλοτέ τ᾽ ἄλλον καρπὸν ἀμέργουσιν’· οὐ γὰρ δὴ τὸν ἀρειότερον τῶν ἡρώων ἑκάστη ἔσπευδεν ἀπολαμβάνειν. ταῦτα δ᾽ ἂν πρὸς τὴν πρώτην μῖξιν καὶ σύνοδον ἡρμόζετο. L

women, and to flowers the heroes, and to a hollow hive the city; but how would the remaining parts not be incongruous, through which he says: the meadow rejoices and exults, although the city grieves, wherefore he says wailing; and again incongruous is 'they pluck the sweet fruit, one at one time, another at another'; for surely each woman was not eager to receive the more warlike of the heroes. But these things would have been fitting for the first mingling and union. L

3 διὸ K : δι᾽ ὧν3 διὸ in K : δι᾽ ὧν

πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιλαμβανομένους τῆς παραβολῆς, ὅτι οὐ πάντα τὰ λεγόμενα ἁρμόττει τοῖς προκειμένοις, ῥητέον, ὅτι τὰ μὲν τῆς παραβολῆς πρὸς σαφήνειαν τοῦ γενομένου λαμβάνεται, τὰ δὲ πρὸς κάλλος μόνον καὶ ἔκφρασιν συντελεῖ. P

To those who find fault with the comparison, because not all the things said fit the subject, one must say that some parts of the comparison are taken for clarity of what happened, while others contribute only to beauty and description. P

6 πρὸς W : παρὰ6 πρὸς in W : παρὰ

ἐνδυκέως: ἐπιμελῶς, σπουδαίως. τὸ δὲ κινυρόμεναι οὐκ εὖ· σημαίνει γὰρ τὸ θρηνῳδούσαι καὶ ἔδει κλαίουσαι, δακρυόεσσαι.

ἐνδυκέως: carefully, zealously. But κινυρόμεναι is not good; for it means 'lamenting', and it should be 'weeping', 'tearful'.

12 κλαίουσαι post θρηνῳδούσαι legitur, trai. K12 κλαίουσαι is read after θρηνῳδούσαι, transposed by K

εὐχόμεναι: ὅτι διὰ τὸ ἀσθενὲς ἡ γυναικεία φύσις πάντοτε ἐπὶ τὸ εὔχεσθαι τρέπεται, δῆλον ἐκ τῶν πρώτων, δι᾽ ὧν φησιν (v. 247 sq.)· ‘αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες πολλὰ μάλ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι’.

Praying: because the female nature, on account of its weakness, always turns to prayer, as is clear from the earlier lines, where he says (v. 247 sq.): 'but the women very much to the immortals'.

11 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀμφικινυρόμεναι: I 883—884. Ἀπολλώνιος. κινυρόμεναι· μέλπουσαι, ἄδουσαι· ἀπὸ τῆς κινύρας. cf. Reitzenstein Gesch. d. griech. Et. 1897, 40, 13; W 8311 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) ἀμφικινυρόμεναι: I 883-884. Apollonius. κινυρόμεναι: singing, chanting; from κινύρα. cf. Reitzenstein Gesch. d. griech. Et. 1897, 40, 13; W 83

νείσεο: ἄγαν ἐρωτικὴ 〈ἡ〉 προσφώνησις καὶ ἡ εὐχή. πρῶτον γὰρ αὐτῷ 〈τὴν σωτηρίαν〉 κατεύχεται, ἔπειτα, ἐπεὶ οἶδε καὶ τὴν πᾶσαν σπουδὴν καὶ τὸ φίλτρον τῷ Ἰάσονι οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ τὴν τῶν ἑταίρων σωτηρίαν, καὶ ταύτην αὐτῷ κατεύχεται, οὐ τοσοῦτον ἐκείνοις χαριζομένη ὅσον Ἰάσονι.

Return: the address and the prayer are very amatory. For first she prays for his safety, then, since she knows that all his zeal and love for Jason is nothing other than the safety of his comrades, she prays for this too for him, not so much to gratify them as Jason.

16 888. Et. Gen. (A) ἀπηρής: ὁ ἀβλαβής. Ἀπολλώνιος (I 888)· ‘καί σε θεοὶ σὺν ἀπηρέσιν αὖθις ἑταίροις’. cf. Epim. Hom. (Cram. An. Ox. I 84, 7) ἀπηρήσ: ὁ ἀβλαβής. Ἀπολλώνιος Ἀργοναυτικοῖς (I 556)· ‘νόστον ἐπευφήμησεν ἀπηρέα νισσομένοισιν’. Methodius (W 97) nomen poetae sine versu praebuisse videtur.16 888. Etymologicum Genuinum (A) ἀπηρής: the unharmed. Apollonius (I 888): 'and may the gods bring you back with unharmed comrades'. cf. Epimerismi Homerici (Cram. An. Ox. I 84, 7) ἀπηρήσ: the unharmed. Apollonius in the Argonautica (I 556): 'he prayed for a return unharmed for those departing'. Methodius (W 97) seems to have provided the poet's name without the verse. 16 add. K16 added in K 17 suppl. W17 supplied by W

νείσεο: νείσομαι μὲν τὸ πορεύομαι σημαίνει, τὸ δὲ τοὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ σαυτῷ, πρωτότυπος ἀντὶ συνθέτου ἀντωνυμίας. P

Return: νείσομαι means 'I go', and τοί is used for σαυτῷ, a primitive pronoun instead of a compound one. P

ῥηιδίως δ᾽ ἂν ἑοῖ: βούλεται λέγειν· ῥᾳδίως δ᾽ ἂν ἑαυτῷ καὶ πολὺν ἀθροίσαις λαόν. οὐκ εὖ δὲ ἔθηκεν τὸ ἑοῖ· ἔστι γὰρ τρίτου προσώπου δηλωτικόν, ὡς παρ᾽ Ὁμήρῳ (δ 38)· ‘ὀτρηροὺς θεράποντας ἐπισπέσθαι ἑοῖ αὐτῷ’. L

Easily then his own: he means to say: 'easily then you could gather a great host for yourself'. But he did not use ἑοῖ correctly; for it indicates the third person, as in Homer (δ 38): 'nimble servants to follow him himself'. L

μενοινήν: ἀντὶ τοῦ γνώμην καὶ διάνοιαν, ἢ μέριμναν. Lm (P)

προτιόσσομαι: ἐννοῶ, προορῶμαι. Lg (P)

λίπε δ᾽ ἧμιν ἔπος: ὁ νοῦς ἐστι τοιοῦτος· εἰπὲ δή μοι συμβουλήν τινα, ἐὰν γένηταί με τεκεῖν, ὥστε τῷ γεννωμένῳ ὑποθέσθαι τινά· ἐλλείπει γὰρ εἰς τὸν πλήρη λόγον. L

ἐξανύσαι δὲ τὸ τελέσαι. P

ἀγαιόμενος: θαυμάζων τῆς διαθέσεως καὶ τοῦ ἔρωτος.

ἐμέθεν πέρι θυμὸν ἀρείω: ὁ νοῦς· σὺ δὲ κρείττονα περὶ ἐμοῦ ψυχὴν καὶ ὑπόνοιαν ἔχε, τὰ περὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἡμῶν σκεπτομένη· οὐ γὰρ εὐτελεῖς ἐσμεν, ὡς τὴν ἰδίαν καταλείψαντες εἰς ἑτέραν μετοικεῖν. L 10 σκεπτομένη Steph. : -ω10 σκεπτομένη in Steph. : -ω 11 post ἑτέραν A add. ὡς μὴ ἔχοντες πατρίδα11 after ἑτέραν A adds ὡς μὴ ἔχοντες πατρίδα

Πελίαο ἕκητι: τουτέστιν ἕνεκα Πελίου ἐστί μοι οἰκεῖν. Lm (P)

Ἑλλάδα γαῖαν: νῦν τὴν Θεσσαλίαν. Ὅμηρος δὲ μίαν Θεσσαλίας πόλιν οἶδε τὴν Ἑλλάδα. Πελασγίδος δὲ τῆς Θετταλικῆς, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐνοικησάντων Πελασγῶν. L 13 sch. 416. III 99313 sch. 416. III 993

σὺ δ᾽ ἄρσενα: τοῦτο ὡς ἐν θαυμασμῷ· εἰ ἄρα ἐν γυναικῶν πόλει κἂν ἐξ ἐπιγονῆς ἔσται ποτὲ ἄρρην τις. L

δύης ἄκος: τῆς ταλαιπωρίας οἷον παραμύθιον καὶ ἴαμα. ὅθεν καὶ ἐνδυκὲς περιττεύοντος τοῦ κ, ὥς φησι Τρύφων (fg 133 Velsen Tryph. gramm. Alex. fragm. 1853, 99)· ἔστι γὰρ ἐνδυὲς τὸ μετὰ πολλῆς κακοπαθείας γενόμενον, καὶ ἐνδυκέως ἐξ αὐτοῦ. 21 post γενόμενον L add. verba προσηνὲς καὶ ἡδύ, quae olim ad δεῦκος pertinuisse probat sch. 1037/38 b21 after γενόμενον L adds the words προσηνὲς καὶ ἡδύ, which the scholium on 1037/38 b proves once belonged to δεῦκος

ἐφέστιοι: ἔποικοι· Λακεδαιμόνιοι γὰρ τὴν οἰκίαν ἑστίαν φασίν. Lm (P) 22 Hesych. ἑστία Συν. ἑ. (237, 25 Ba. Phot. Suid.)22 Hesychius ἑστία Συν. ἑ. (237, 25 Ba. Phot. Suid.) 23 φασίν F : φησί L : aliter P23 φασίν in F : φησί in L : differently in P

παροίτατος: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρότερος· ἐσχημάτισται δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πάρος. καὶ Ὅμηρος (Ψ 459)· ‘ἄλλοι μοι δοκέουσι παροίτεροι ἔμμεναι ἵπποι’. 24 sch. ABT Ψ 459 Et. M. 654, 6 Eust. 1905, 3324 sch. ABT Ψ 459 Et. M. 654, 6 Eust. 1905, 33

ὡς δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι: διὰ τούτου τῶν ἡρώων ὑπεραπολογεῖται, ὅτι καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὰς Λημνιάδας συνόδου προαρξαμένου τοῦ ἀρχηγοῦ καὶ οὗτοι συνετίθεντο, καὶ νῦν δὲ πάλιν ἐκείνου τοῦ πλοῦ ἀρχομένου καὶ οὗτοι εἵποντο.

ἐνεχερώ: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐφεξῆς. Lg (P)

ἁλιμυρέος: τῆς ὑπὸ θαλάσσης περιρρεομένης. ‘ἁλιμυρήεντες’ δὲ ‘ποταμοί’ (Φ 190) οἱ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν βάλλοντες. 2 sch. II 554b Apoll. Lex. Hom. 23, 10 B. Hesych. ἁλιμυρηέντων Suid. ἁλιμυρήεις Et. M. 64, 102 sch. II 554b Apoll. Lex. Hom. 23, 10 B. Hesychius ἁλιμυρηέντων Suid. ἁλιμυρήεις Et. M. 64, 10 2 ἁλιμυρήεντες P : -ίεντες L2 ἁλιμυρήεντες in P : -ίεντες in L

ἐς Ἠλέκτρης: τὴν Σαμοθράκην λέγει. ἐκεῖ γὰρ ᾤκει Ἠλέκτρα ἡ Ἄτλαντος καὶ ὠνομάζετο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐγχωρίων Στρατηγίς· ἥν φησιν Ἑλλάνικος (4 fg 23 J.) Ἠλεκτρυώνην καλεῖσθαι. ἐγέννησε δὲ γ᾽ παῖδας· Δάρδανον τὸν εἰς Τροίαν κατοικήσαντα, ὃν καὶ Πολυάρκη φησὶ λέγεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἐγχωρίων, καὶ Ἠετίωνα, ὃν Ἰασίωνα ὀνομάζουσι, καί φασι κεραυνωθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑβρίζοντα ἄγαλμα τῆς Δήμητρος· τρίτην δὲ ἔσχεν Ἁρμονίαν, ἣν ἠγάγετο Κάδμος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς Ἠλεκτρίδας πύλας τῆς Θήβης ὠνομάσθαι ἱστορεῖ καὶ Ἑλλάνικος ἐν α᾽ Τρωικῶν (v. supra) καὶ Ἰδομενεύς [ἐν α᾽ Τρωικῶν] (fg 18 M. II 494). Ἀθηνικῶν (fg 1 M. IV 345) δέ φησιν, ὅτι Διὸς καὶ Ἠλέκτρας ἐγένετο Ἰασίων καὶ Δάρδανος. 4 sch. Eur. Phoen. 1129. 7 Apoll. Bibl. III 138 Con. Narr. 21 Steph. Byz. Δάρδανος Diod. V 48 Dion. Hal. Ant. Rom. I 61, 14 sch. Eur. Phoen. 1129. 7 Apoll. Bibl. III 138 Con. Narr. 21 Steph. Byz. Δάρδανος Diod. V 48 Dion. Hal. Ant. Rom. I 61, 1 4 ἐς Ἠλέκτρης AHF : ἐς -ην L : ἑσπέριοι P4 ἐς Ἠλέκτρης in AHF : ἐς -ην in L : ἑσπέριοι in P 7 Πολυάρκη Wil. ad l. : -άρχη7 Πολυάρκη Wil. ad l. : -άρχη 8 φασί F Ἰασίωνα F : Ἠείωνα8 φασί in F Ἰασίωνα in F : Ἠείωνα 11 ὠνομάσθαι Rol. Koehler Leipz. Stud. 18, 1898, 213 : ὀνομάσαι11 ὠνομάσθαι Rol. Koehler Leipz. Stud. 18, 1898, 213 : ὀνομάσαι 12 del. K, ἐν α᾽ Σαμοθρᾳκικῶν prop. Sintenis Plut. Per. 1835, 31512 deleted by K, proposed by Sintenis Plut. Per. 1835, 315 as ἐν α᾽ Σαμοθρᾳκικῶν 13 verba Ἀθηνικῶν — Δάρδανος in libris scholio b post Διονυσόδωρος inserta leguntur; huc traiecit Max. Warnkross De paroemiographis, Diss. Gryph. 1881, 6413 the words Ἀθηνικῶν — Δάρδανος are read in the manuscripts inserted into scholium b after Διονυσόδωρος; transferred here by Max. Warnkross De paroemiographis, Diss. Gryph. 1881, 64 Ἀθηνικῶν Guil. Dindorf Zs. f. d. Altert. 6, 1839, 1135 : ἈθηνίωνἈθηνικῶν Guil. Dindorf Zs. f. d. Altert. 6, 1839, 1135 : Ἀθηνίων 14 Ἰασίων F : Ἰάσων14 Ἰασίων in F : Ἰάσων

ἀρρήτους ἀγανῇσι: τὰς τελετὰς λέγει τὰς ἐν Σαμοθράκῃ ἀγομένας, ἃς εἴ τις μυηθείη, ἐν τοῖς κατὰ θάλασσαν χειμῶσι διασῴζεται. καὶ Ὀδυσσέα δέ φασι μεμυημένον ἐν Σαμοθράκῃ χρήσασθαι τῷ κρηδέμνῳ ἀντὶ ταινίας (ε 346)· περὶ γὰρ τὴν κοιλίαν οἱ μεμυημένοι ταινίας ἅπτουσι πορφυρᾶς. καὶ Ἀγαμέμνονα δέ φασι μεμυημένον ἐν ταραχῇ ὄντα πολλῇ κατὰ Τροίαν ἀκαταστασίαν τῶν Ἑλλήνων παῦσαι πορφυρίδα ἔχοντα (Θ 221). μυοῦνται δὲ ἐν τῇ Σαμοθράκῃ τοῖς Καβείροις, ὡς Μνασέας (fg 27 M. III 154) φησί. καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν δ᾽ τὸν ἀριθμόν· Ἀξίερος,

Unutterable with gentle rites: he means the rites performed in Samothrace, which if anyone is initiated into, he is preserved in storms at sea. And they say that Odysseus, having been initiated in Samothrace, used the veil instead of a fillet (ε 346); for around the belly the initiated fasten purple fillets. And they say that Agamemnon, having been initiated, when he was in great confusion at Troy, stopped the disorder of the Greeks by holding a purple cloth (Θ 221). They are initiated in Samothrace to the Cabeiri, as Mnaseas (fg 27 M. III 154) says. And their names are four in number: Axieros,

22 Et. Gen. (AB) Κάβειροι: ὀνόματα θεῶν. καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν δ᾽ (γ᾽ B) τὸν ἀριθμόν: Ἀξίερος, Ἀξιοκέρσα, Ἀξιόκερσος, (...). Ἀξίερος22 Et. Gen. (AB) Κάβειροι: names of gods. And their names are four (three in B) in number: Axieros, Axiokersa, Axiokersos, (...). Axieros 15 ἀρρήτους G in verbis poetae (cf. W 56) : ἀρρήκτους15 ἀρρήτους in G in the words of the poet (cf. W 56) : ἀρρήκτους

Ἀξιοκέρσα, Ἀξιόκερσος, 〈Κάσμιλος〉. Ἀξίερος μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἡ Δημήτηρ, Ἀξιοκέρσα δὲ ἡ Περσεφόνη, Ἀξιόκερσος δὲ ὁ Ἅιδης· ὁ δὲ προστιθέμενος τέταρτος Κάσμιλος ὁ Ἑρμῆς ἐστιν, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Διονυσόδωρος (68 fg 1 J.). Κάβειροι δὲ δοκοῦσι προσαγορεύεσθαι ἀπὸ Καβείρων τῶν κατὰ Φρυγίαν ὀρῶν, ἐπεὶ ἐντεῦθεν μετηνέχθησαν. οἱ δὲ δύο εἶναι τοὺς Καβείρους φασί, [πρότερον] πρεσβύτερον μὲν Δία, νεώτερον δὲ Διόνυσον.

Axiokersa, Axiokersos, 〈Kasmilos〉. Axieros then is Demeter, Axiokersa is Persephone, Axiokersos is Hades; and the fourth added, Kasmilos, is Hermes, as Dionysodorus (68 fg 1 J.) relates. The Cabeiri seem to be named from the Cabeirian mountains in Phrygia, since they were brought from there. Others say that the Cabeiri are two, the elder Zeus, the younger Dionysus.

ἡ δὲ Σαμοθράκη ἐκαλεῖτο πρότερον Λευκοσία, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Ἀριστοτέλης ἐν Σαμοθράκης πολιτείᾳ (fg 538 Rose 1567a 34). ὕστερον δὲ ἀπὸ Σάου, τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ καὶ Ῥήνης παιδός, Σάμος προσωνομάσθη κατὰ παρένθεσιν τοῦ μ. Θρᾳκῶν δὲ οἰκησάντων αὐτὴν ἐκλήθη Σαμοθράκη.

Samothrace was formerly called Leucosia, as Aristotle relates in the Constitution of Samothrace (fg 538 Rose 1567a 34). Later, from Saos, the son of Hermes and Rhene, it was renamed Samos by insertion of the m. When Thracians settled it, it was called Samothrace.

7 sch. AT N 12 sch. BT Ω 78 Heracl. Pont. fg 21 M. II 218 Dion. Hal. Ant. R. I 61, 3 Eust. 1340, 147 sch. AT N 12 sch. BT Ω 78 Heracl. Pont. fg 21 M. II 218 Dion. Hal. Ant. R. I 61, 3 Eust. 1340, 14 μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἡ Δημήτηρ, Ἀξιοκέρσα ἡ Περσεφόνη, Ἀξιόκερσος δὲ ὁ Ἅιδης. Κάβειροι δὲ δοκοῦσι προσηγορεύεσθαι ἀπὸ Καβείρων ὀρέων Φρυγίας, ἐπειδή (ἐπεὶ B) ἐντεῦθεν μετηνέχθησαν. οἱ δὲ δύο εἶναι τοὺς Καβείρους, πρεσβύτερον μὲν Δία, νεώτερον δὲ Διόνυσον. Et. Gud. 289, 20 Sturz Strab. X 472μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἡ Δημήτηρ, Ἀξιοκέρσα ἡ Περσεφόνη, Ἀξιόκερσος δὲ ὁ Ἅιδης. Κάβειροι δὲ δοκοῦσι προσηγορεύεσθαι ἀπὸ Καβείρων ὀρέων Φρυγίας, ἐπειδή (ἐπεὶ B) ἐντεῦθεν μετηνέχθησαν. οἱ δὲ δύο εἶναι τοὺς Καβείρους, πρεσβύτερον μὲν Δία, νεώτερον δὲ Διόνυσον. Et. Gud. 289, 20 Sturz Strab. X 472 1 suppl. Abr. Berkel Steph. Byz. 1694, 416 n. 831 supplied by Abr. Berkel Steph. Byz. 1694, 416 n. 83 4 προσηγορεύεσθαι Et.4 προσηγορεύεσθαι in Et. 5 φασί PH : φησί L5 φασί in PH : φησί in L 6 πρότερον om. H Et.6 πρότερον omitted by H and Et. 10 Bethe Herm. 24, 1889, 424 in fine addi vult 〈ὑπό (immo ἀπὸ) τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ἰωνικῆς Σάμου ἀποίκων〉 coll. sch. Hom.10 Bethe Herm. 24, 1889, 424 at the end wants to add 〈ὑπό (immo ἀπὸ) τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ἰωνικῆς Σάμου ἀποίκων〉, comparing sch. Hom.

ἀγανῇσι τελεσεφορίῃσι: ταῖς θείαις καὶ ὁσίαις μυσταγωγίαις. Lg (P)

θέμιστας: ἀντὶ τοῦ μυστήρια. Lg (P)

σαώτεροι: ἀκινδυνότεροι. λέγονται γὰρ οἱ αὐτόθι μυηθέντες ἐπακούεσθαι εἰς ὃ ἂν εὔξωνται, ὡς Ἀριστοφάνης (Pac. 277 sq.)· ‘ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τις ὑμῶν ἐν Σαμοθράκῃ τυγχάνει / μεμυημένος, νῦν ἐστιν εὔξασθαι καλόν.’

δοκοῦσι γὰρ μᾶλλον σῴζεσθαι οἱ τὰ μυστήρια εἰδότες.

For those who know the mysteries seem to be saved more.

14 sch. Ar. Pac. 277. 278 Et. Gud. 289, 34 Sturz14 sch. Ar. Pac. 277. 278 Et. Gud. 289, 34 Sturz 16 τυγχάνει PH : -η L16 τυγχάνει in PH : -η in L

τῶν μὲν ἔτ᾽ οὐ προτ〈έρω〉: τὸ μὲν προτέρω ἐστὶ σημαντικὸν τοῦ εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν, ὡς καὶ παρ᾽ Ὁμήρῳ (ι 64)· ‘οὐδ᾽ ἄρα μοι προτέρω νῆες κίον’· κεῖται δὲ νῦν καταχρηστικῶς ἐπὶ τοῦ λόγου. ὁ γὰρ νοῦς· τούτων δὲ οὐκ ἂν ἔτι πλέον τι εἴποιμι, ἀλλὰ χαίροι μὲν ἡ νῆσος, χαίροιεν δὲ καὶ οἱ δαίμονες, ὧν ἐστι τὰ μυστήρια· οὐ γὰρ καθῆκον ἡμῖν ἐστιν αὐτὰ λέγειν. 19 sch. 306 cum loc. sim.19 sch. 306 with similar passages 22 ἐπὶ πλέον H22 ἐπὶ πλέον in H

ὄργια: τὰ μυστήρια, παρὰ τὸ εἴργειν τοὺς ἀμυήτους αὐτῶν. ἢ τὰ ἐν ὀργάσι γινόμενα· ὀργάδες δὲ οἱ σύμφυτοι τόποι καὶ ὑγροί.

Μέλανος διὰ βένθ〈εα〉: Μέλας πόντος οὕτω λεγόμενος, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Εὔδοξος ἐν δ᾽ Γῆς περιόδου (fg 24 Brandes 4. Jahresb. d. Vereins von Freund. d. Erdk. zu Leipz. 1865, 61)· ὄπισθεν δὲ αὐτοῦ εἶναι τὴν Σαρπηδονίαν πέτραν φησίν. ὅτι δὲ οὕτω λέγεται, καὶ Ὅμηρος (Ω 79)· ‘ἔνθορε Μείλανι πόντῳ’. ὠνομάσθη δὲ ἀπὸ Μέλανος τοῦ Φρίξου υἱοῦ ἐμπεσόντος, ἢ ἀπὸ ποταμοῦ Μέλανος καλουμένου κἀκεῖ 〈ἐκ〉ρέοντος. 1 Et. M. 629, 38 7 sch. Τ Ω 79 Strab. VII 331 fg 52 Eust. Dion. Per. 414. 538 Plin. Nat. hist. IV 43 Pomp. Mel. II 2, 271 Et. M. 629, 38 7 sch. Τ Ω 79 Strab. VII 331 fg 52 Eust. Dion. Per. 414. 538 Plin. Nat. hist. IV 43 Pomp. Mel. II 2, 27 4 (τῆς) περιόδου F : -ου L : -ῳ sine δ᾽ P4 (τῆς) περιόδου in F : -ου in L : -ῳ without δ᾽ in P 6 φησίν P: φασίν L6 φησίν in P: φασίν in L 8 suppl. W8 supplied by W

τῇ μὲν Θρῃκ〈ῶν〉: ταύτῃ μέν, τῇ χειρὶ τῇ δεξιᾷ. περαίην δὲ τὴν κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον κειμένην· ἡ γὰρ Ἴμβρος ἀντικρὺ ἐστὶ τῆς Θράκης. Ὅμηρος (Ω 753)· ‘ἐς Σάμον ἔς τ᾽ Ἴμβρον καὶ Λῆμνον’· Σάμον γὰρ εἶπεν ἐνταῦθα τὴν Σαμοθράκην. 11 ἐς Σ. ἔς τ᾽ Ἴ. Hom. : ἐς τ᾽ Ἴ. ἐς Σ. L : ἐς τ᾽ Ἴ. τε Σ. P11 ἐς Σ. ἔς τ᾽ Ἴ. in Hom. : ἐς τ᾽ Ἴ. ἐς Σ. in L : ἐς τ᾽ Ἴ. τε Σ. in P

Χέρνησον: τὴν μετὰ Θράκην κειμένην Χερσόνησον. ἦν δὲ πρότερον νῆσος. ἔστι δὲ πλησίον Τροίας. ἔστι καὶ ἑτέρα Χερσόνησος, Καρίας, ἔνθεν ἦν Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ περὶ Καρίας γράψας. 13 sch. IV 1174/75 b13 sch. IV 1174/75 b 15 hic Alexander is est, qui vulgo Polyhistor audit.15 this Alexander is the one who is commonly called Polyhistor.

Ἀθαμαντίδος: τουτέστιν εἰς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον, ἀπὸ Ἕλλης τῆς Ἀθάμαντος θυγατρός. 16 τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Lg16 τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου in Lg

Ῥοιτειάδ〈ος〉: ἀπὸ Ῥοιτείας τῆς Πρωτέως θυγατρός. Ῥοίτειον δὲ καὶ Σίγειον ἀκρωτήρια τῆς Ἰλίου. Lm (P) 18 Et. Gen. (AB) Ῥοίτειον: “Ῥοιτιάδος ἔνδοθεν ἄκρης” (I 929). ἔστι δὲ ἀκρωτήριον τῆς (τ. om. A) Τροίας. (λέγεται δὲ ἀπὸ Ῥοιτείας add. W, ἀπὸ addiderat iam Miller) τῆς Πρωτέως θυγατρός. ὁ δὲ Χοιροβοσκὸς διὰ τῆς ει διφθόγγου. — Tz. Lyc. 200, 28. 338, 10 Sch.18 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) Ῥοίτειον: “Ῥοιτιάδος ἔνδοθεν ἄκρης” (I 929). It is a promontory of Troy. (It is said to be from Rhoiteia, daughter of Proteus.) Choeroboscus spells it with the diphthong ει. — Tzetzes on Lycophron 200, 28. 338, 10 Sch. 18 l. in L adest18 the lemma is present in L

Ἀβαρνίδος: ἡ Ἀβαρνὶς πόλις τῆς Λαμψάκου. ὠνομάσθη δὲ ἀπὸ αἰτίας τοιαύτης. Διονύσου ἐρασθεῖσα Ἀφροδίτη ἐμίγη αὐτῷ καὶ ἀναχωρήσαντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν Ἰνδικὴν ἐμίγη τῷ Ἀδώνιδι. ὡς δὲ ἦλθεν ὁ Διόνυσος, στέφανον ποιήσασα ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ. καὶ στέψασα αὐτὸν ἀκολουθῆσαι μὲν ἠδεῖτο διὰ τὸ ἤδη γεγαμῆσθαι, εἰς δὲ Λάμψακον ἀναχωρήσασα τὸ ἐξ αὐτῆς κυοφορούμενον ἠβούλετο τεκεῖν. Ἥρα δὲ ζηλοτυποῦσα μεμαγευμένῃ τῇ χειρὶ ἐφήψατο τῆς γαστρὸς αὐτῆς καὶ ἐποίησε τεκεῖν ἄμορφον, ὃν Πρίαπον προσαγορευθῆναι ἐκ τοῦ ἀπαρνήσασθαι τὴν Ἀφροδίτην καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Ἀπαρνίδα κληθῆναι. ὕστερον δὲ κατὰ μετάθεσιν τοῦ στοιχείου ἐκλήθη Ἀβαρνίς. Περκώτη δὲ πόλις Τροίας, ἣν καὶ Ὅμηρός φησιν.

Abarnidos: Abarnis is a city of Lampsacus. It was named from the following cause. Aphrodite fell in love with Dionysus and had intercourse with him, and when he departed for India she had intercourse with Adonis. When Dionysus returned, she made a garland and went to meet him. And after crowning him she was ashamed to follow him because she was already married, but she withdrew to Lampsacus and wished to give birth to the child she was carrying by him. But Hera, out of jealousy, touched her belly with a bewitched hand and made her give birth to a misshapen child, who was called Priapus because Aphrodite denied him, and for this reason the place was called Aparnis. Later, by a change of letter, it was called Abarnis. Percote is a city of Troy, as Homer also says.

20 Et. Gen. (CD) Ἀβαρνίδα: οἷον I 932. Περκώτη δέ ἐστι πόλις Τροίας, Ἀβαρνὶς δὲ πόλις Λαμψάκου. ὠνομάσθη δὲ ἐκ (ἀπὸ Et. M.) τοιαύτης αἰτίας. Διονύσου ἐρασθεῖσα Ἀφροδίτη ἐμίγη αὐτῷ. ἀναχωρήσαντος δὲ τούτου εἰς τὴν Μηδικὴν (Ἰνδικὴν Reitz.) ἐγαμήθη Ἀδώνιδι. ὡς δὲ ἦλθεν ὁ Διόνυσος, στέφανον ποιήσασα ἀπήντησεν (ὑπ- Reitz.) αὐτῷ, ἠδεῖτο δὲ ἀκολουθῆσαι αὐτῷ διὰ τὸ γεγαμῆσθαι, εἰς δὲ Λάμψακον ἀναχωρήσασα τὸ ἐξ αὐτοῦ κυοφορούμενον ἐβούλετο ἀνελεῖν (τεκεῖν Reitz.). ἡ δὲ Ἥρα ζηλοτυπήσασα μεμαγευμένῃ τῇ χειρὶ ἐφήψατο τῆς γαστρὸς αὐτῆς καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτὴν τεκεῖν (ἀναχωρήσαντος — τεκεῖν Et. M., καὶ ἔτεκεν ἐξ αὐτοῦ CD) παῖδα, ὃν Πρίηπον ὀνομασθῆναί φασιν, ἄσχημον καὶ βαθυαιδοῖον· καὶ τοῦτον ἀπαρνήσασθαι τὴν Ἀφροδίτην καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου Ἀπαρνίδα κληθῆναι (κληθ. Et. M., om. CD) καὶ κατὰ ἐναλλαγὴν (κατὰ δὲ ἐν. Et. M.) τοῦ στοιχείου Ἀβαρνίδα. cf. Reitzenstein Gesch. d. griech. Etym. 1897, 318; W 96. Et. Gen. (A) Περκώτη: ἔστι δὲ πόλις Τροίας καὶ Περκώσιος ὁ πολίτης. cf. Reitzenstein l. l. 325. Steph. Byz. Ἀβαρνος: ... Ἀπολλώνιος I 932—933 (ἠιόνα). τοῦτο δὲ Σοφοκλῆς ὑπομνηματίζων ἱστορεῖ τὴν Ἀφροδίτην ἄμορφον ἐν Λαμψάκῳ τεκοῦσαν τὸν Πρίαπον ἀπαρνήσασθαι καὶ τὴν χώραν Ἀπαρνίδα καλέσαι, ἣ κατὰ παραφθορὰν καὶ Ἀβαρνὶς καλεῖται. cf. W 90 Nonn. abb. ad Greg. Naz. Contra Jul. II 34 (36, 1053 Migne) Suid. Πρίαπος III Tz. Lyc. 266, 1 Sch. cf. Hans Herter De Priapo 1932 (Rel.gesch. Vers. u. Vorarb. 23) 63—7120 Etymologicum Genuinum (CD) Ἀβαρνίδα: as at I 932. Percote is a city of Troy, and Abarnis is a city of Lampsacus. It was named from the following cause. Aphrodite fell in love with Dionysus and had intercourse with him. When he departed for Media (India Reitz.), she married Adonis. When Dionysus returned, she made a garland and went to meet him, but she was ashamed to follow him because she was married, and she withdrew to Lampsacus and wished to destroy (give birth to Reitz.) the child she was carrying by him. But Hera, out of jealousy, touched her belly with a bewitched hand and made her give birth to a child, whom they say was named Priapus, ugly and with large genitals; and Aphrodite denied him, and from this the place was called Aparnis, and by a change of letter Abarnis. cf. Reitzenstein Gesch. d. griech. Etym. 1897, 318; W 96. Etymologicum Genuinum (A) Περκώτη: it is a city of Troy, and Περκώσιος is the citizen. cf. Reitzenstein l. l. 325. Stephanus of Byzantium Ἀβαρνος: ... Apollonius I 932–933 (ἠιόνα). Sophocles, in his commentary, relates that Aphrodite, having given birth to the misshapen Priapus in Lampsacus, denied him and called the region Aparnis, which by corruption is also called Abarnis. cf. W 90 Nonnus, abbot, on Gregory of Nazianzus, Against Julian II 34 (36, 1053 Migne) Suda Πρίαπος III Tzetzes on Lycophron 266, 1 Sch. cf. Hans Herter De Priapo 1932 (Rel.gesch. Vers. u. Vorarb. 23) 63–71

2 (ἀν)ῆλθεν Ad. Michaelis Arch.-epigr. Mitt. aus Österr. 1, 1877, 832 (ἀν)ῆλθεν Ad. Michaelis Arch.-epigr. Mitt. aus Österr. 1, 1877, 83 4 ἐξ αὐτῆς, quod Herter 68 defendit, L : ἐξ αὐτοῦ Et. : ἐν αὐτῇ P4 ἐξ αὐτῆς, which Herter 68 defends, in L : ἐξ αὐτοῦ in Et. : ἐν αὐτῇ in P 6 ἄμορφον L : παῖδα τά τε ἄλλα δύσμορφον καὶ αἰδοῖον ἔχοντα ὑπερμέγεθες P6 ἄμορφον in L : παῖδα τά τε ἄλλα δύσμορφον καὶ αἰδοῖον ἔχοντα ὑπερμέγεθες in P ἐκ τοῦ — κληθῆναι L, ubi K lac. ind. explicatione nominis Priapi explendam : ἰδοῦσα δὲ ἡ Ἀφροδίτη οὐκ ἠξίωσεν ἀναλαβέσθαι, τά τε ἄλλα μισήσασα τὸν παῖδα καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀπρεπὲς τοῦ αἰδοίου (e scholio b). διὰ οὖν τὸ τὴν Ἀφροδίτην ἀπαρνηθῆναι τὸν παῖδα ἐκεῖ Ἀπαρνὶς ἡ πόλις ἐκλήθη Pἐκ τοῦ — κληθῆναι in L, where K indicated a lacuna to be filled with the explanation of the name Priapus : ἰδοῦσα δὲ ἡ Ἀφροδίτη οὐκ ἠξίωσεν ἀναλαβέσθαι, τά τε ἄλλα μισήσασα τὸν παῖδα καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀπρεπὲς τοῦ αἰδοίου (from scholion b). διὰ οὖν τὸ τὴν Ἀφροδίτην ἀπαρνηθῆναι τὸν παῖδα ἐκεῖ Ἀπαρνὶς ἡ πόλις ἐκλήθη in P

Πιτύεια: ἡ Λάμψακος τὸ πρότερον Πιτύεια προσηγορεύετο, ἥν τινες Πιτύουσαν ὀνομάζουσι 〈διὰ τὸ ἔχειν πίτυς πολλάς〉. τινὲς δέ φασιν, ὅτι Φρίξος γενόμενος ἐνταῦθα θησαυρὸν ἔθηκεν καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου ἡ πόλις ὠνομάσθη· Θρᾷκες γὰρ τὸν θησαυρὸν πιτύην λέγουσι. μνημονεύει δὲ αὐτῆς καὶ Ὅμηρος (B 829)· ‘καὶ Πιτύειαν ἔχον’. 10 Et. Gen. (AB) Πιτύεια: ἔστιν ἄκρον περὶ (παρὰ A) τὴν Λάμψακον. καὶ Πιτύεια πρότερον ἡ Λάμψακος ἐκαλεῖτο διὰ τὸ ἔχειν πίτυς πολλάς. Ἀπολλώνιος I 933. Steph. Byz. Λάμψακος: πόλις κατὰ τὴν Προποντίδα ... πάλαι Πιτύουσα λεγομένη, ὡς Δηίοχος ὁ Κυζικηνός (fg 10 M. II 19). Ἐπαφρόδιτος (fg 29 Luenzner) δὲ Πιτύειαν ὑφ᾽ Ὁμήρου ταύτην κληθῆναι διὰ τὸ πιτύων ἔχειν πλῆθος Λαομεδόντειαν καλουμένην. sch. B B 829 Eust. 355, 42 Strab. XIII 58810 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) Πιτύεια: it is a headland near (παρὰ in A) Lampsacus. And Pityeia was formerly called Lampsacus because it had many pines. Apollonius I 933. Stephanus of Byzantium Λάμψακος: a city on the Propontis ... formerly called Pityousa, as Deiochus of Cyzicus (fg 10 M. II 19). Epaphroditus (fg 29 Luenzner) says that Pityeia was called by Homer this name because it had an abundance of pines, being called Laomedonteia. sch. B B 829 Eust. 355, 42 Strab. XIII 588 11 Πιτύουσαν Steph. Byz. : Πιτύαν F : Πινύαν L : om. P. haec e loc. sim. suppl. K11 Πιτύουσαν in Stephanus of Byzantium : Πιτύαν in F : Πινύαν in L : omitted in P. These were supplied by K from a similar passage.

ἡ δὲ Ἀβαρνὶς τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου, ᾗ τὸ παλαιὸν Ἀπαρνὶς ἐκαλεῖτο, ὡς εἴρηται, ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀφροδίτην ἐνταῦθα τεκοῦσαν τὸν Πρίαπον ἀπαρνήσασθαι τὸν παῖδα διὰ τὸ ἀπρεπὲς τοῦ αἰδοίου.

Aparnis is a place on the Hellespont, which in ancient times was called Aparnis, as has been said, from Aphrodite, having given birth to Priapus there, renouncing the child because of the unseemliness of his genitals.

4 ἡ δὲ Ἀβαρνίς — αἰδοίου L : om. hoc loco P (v. not. ad sch. a)4 ἡ δὲ Ἀβαρνίς — αἰδοίου in L : omitted in this place in P (see note on scholion a)

πορφύροντα: διέπλευσαν τὸν τοῖς ῥοθίοις μελαινόμενον καὶ σφοδρὰ κύματα ἔχοντα. Lg (P)

ἔστι δέ τις αἰπεῖα: Προποντίς ἐστι τὸ μετὰ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον πέλαγος, οὗ ἑξῆς ὁ Θρᾳκικὸς Βόσπορος. ἐν οὖν ταύτῃ τῇ Προποντίδι ἐστὶ νῆσος, ἣ ὕστερον χερρόνησος γεγένηται καὶ ἰσθμόν τινα ἔσχεν· πᾶσα γὰρ γῆ ἐξέχουσα εἰς θάλασσαν ἰσθμὸς καλεῖται. ταύτῃ οὖν τῇ χερρονήσῳ παράκειται Ἄρκτων ὄρος, κυρίως οὕτω λεγόμενον, ἐπειδή φασι τὰς τροφοὺς τοῦ Διὸς ἐκεῖ διατριβούσας εἰς ἄρκτους μεταβληθῆναι· ἢ ὅτι ὁ τόπος ἔνθηρος, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ θηρίου τῆς ἄρκτου ὠνομάσθη· ἢ διὰ τὸ ὑψηλὸν τοῦ ὄρους, ἀπὸ τοῦ δοκεῖν ταῖς ἄρκτοις προσπελάζειν ταῖς ἀστρῴοις. τοῦτο δὲ ἄγριοί τινες Γηγενεῖς ᾤκουν. αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν χερρόνησον καὶ τὸν ἰσθμὸν ᾤκουν Δολίονες, ὧν ἐβασίλευε Κύζικος.

There is a steep island: The Propontis is the sea after the Hellespont, after which comes the Thracian Bosporus. In this Propontis there is an island, which later became a peninsula and had a certain isthmus; for every land projecting into the sea is called an isthmus. Near this peninsula lies Mount Arcton, properly so called, since they say that the nurses of Zeus, spending time there, were changed into bears; or because the place is full of wild beasts, and it was named from the animal, the bear; or because of the height of the mountain, from its seeming to approach the celestial bears. This mountain was inhabited by certain wild Earth-born men. The peninsula itself and the isthmus were inhabited by the Doliones, whose king was Cyzicus.

τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς οὕτως· ἔστι δέ τις ἐν τῇ Προποντίδι νῆσος ὑψηλή, ἀπέχουσα βραχὺ τῆς Φρυγίας κατὰ τὸ ῥεῦμα τοῦ ἰσθμοῦ, ἐπικειμένη τῇ γῇ ὑπὲρ τὸν Αἴσηπον ποταμόν, ἔχουσα ἑκατέρωθεν ἀκτάς· καλεῖται δὲ Ἄρκτων ὄρος.

The sequence is as follows: there is a high island in the Propontis, a short distance from Phrygia along the stream of the isthmus, lying close to the land above the Aesepus river, having shores on both sides; and it is called Mount Arcton.

12 sch. g cum loc. sim. 13 Strab. XII 57512 sch. g with similar passages 13 Strab. XII 575 10 Θρᾳκικός P : om. L10 Θρᾳκικός in P : omitted in L 11 καὶ Fr. : ἢ L : om. P11 καὶ in Fr. : ἢ in L : omitted in P 12 immo χερρόνησος καλεῖται (Fr.)12 rather χερρόνησος καλεῖται (Fr.)

〈αἰπεῖα:〉 μεγάλη. Lg

〈Προποντίδος:〉 τὸ πρὸ τοῦ Εὐξείνου πέλαγος. Lg

ἔστι δὲ χερρόνησος, ἐφ᾽ ἧς κεῖται ἡ Κυζικηνῶν πόλις· νῆσον δὲ αὐτὴν ἔφη διὰ τὸ πρότερον αὐτὴν οὖσαν νῆσον ὕστερον συνῆφθαι τῇ ἠπείρῳ. L

It is a peninsula, on which lies the city of the Cyzicenes; he called it an island because, having formerly been an island, it was later joined to the mainland. L

26 sch. d in L adhaeret scholio a26 scholion d in L is attached to scholion a

〈νῆσος:〉 τὴν Κύζικον λέγει. Sm

ἀπὸ Φρυγίης: ἡ Φρυγία παράκειται τῇ Τροίᾳ, ἔστι δὲ τὰ ἔθνη τῆς Ἀσίας. τοῖς οὖν εἰς Κόλχους πορευομένοις ἐκ μὲν δεξιῶν...

ἔστιν ἡ Ἀσία, ἐκ δὲ ἀριστερῶν ἡ Εὐρώπη. πολυλήιον δὲ τὴν Φρυγίαν εἶπεν τὴν πολύπυρον ἢ πολυθρέμμονα. 1 808. 1721 808. 172

Asia is on the right, and Europe on the left.

ὅσσον τ᾽ ἐπιμύρ〈ε〉τ〈αι〉: ὅσον, φησί, διάστημα ἰσθμοῦ ἔστιν. οἱ δὲ τὸ ὅσον θαυμαστικῶς ἤκουσαν, ὃ κρεῖττον, ἵνα ᾖ· ἡ χερρόνησος καὶ εἰς θάλασσαν κειμένη καὶ ἰσθμόν ἔχουσα — εἶτα θαυμαστικῶς· ὅσον γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἰσθμὸς βοᾷ τοῖς κύμασι ῥησσόμενος. ἰσθμὸς δὲ καλεῖται ὁ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν μερῶν θάλασσαν ἔχων τόπος· εἴρηται δὲ ἰσθμὸς παρὰ τὸ ἐν στενῷ εἶναι, οἷον ἴστνος τις ὤν· ὅθεν καὶ τοῦ τραχήλου τὰ παρίσθμια. πορθμὸς δὲ ὁ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων γῆν ἔχων. 6 sch. a sch. b 671 sch. Dion. Per. 80 Amm. De diff. 76 Valck. συν. ἰσθμός. πορθμός (263, 20. 346, 25 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. Or. 76, 16 Et. M 477, 22. 683, 15 Et. Gud. 282, 48 Sturz6 sch. a sch. b 671 sch. Dion. Per. 80 Amm. De diff. 76 Valck. συν. ἰσθμός. πορθμός (263, 20. 346, 25 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. Or. 76, 16 Et. M 477, 22. 683, 15 Et. Gud. 282, 48 Sturz 8 Melet. De nat. hom. (Cram. An. Ox. III 85, 15) Et. Or. 129, 18 Et. M. 633, 57 Et. Gud. 282, 46. 434, 52. 453, 33 Sturz8 Melet. De nat. hom. (Cram. An. Ox. III 85, 15) Et. Or. 129, 18 Et. M. 633, 57 Et. Gud. 282, 46. 434, 52. 453, 33 Sturz 4 L add. in marg. σημ(είωσαι), ὅτι τὸ ἤκουσαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνόησαν ἢ ὑπείληφον (!) τάσσεται4 L adds in margin σημ(είωσαι), ὅτι τὸ ἤκουσαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνόησαν ἢ ὑπείληφον (!) τάσσεται 8 verba οἷον — ὤν post τόπος leguntur, trai. W ἴστνος W : ἴσμος L : εἰσισμός P8 the words οἷον — ὤν are read after τόπος, transposed by W; ἴστνος in W : ἴσμος in L : εἰσισμός in P 9 ὁ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων γῆν ἔχων L : ἡ μεταξὺ δύο γαιῶν στενή θάλασσα P9 ὁ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων γῆν ἔχων in L : ἡ μεταξὺ δύο γαιῶν στενή θάλασσα in P

ἐπιμύρεται: ηχεῖ, βοᾷ. Lg (P)

ἐπιπρηνής: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπίπροσθεν. LgGg (P)

καταειμένος: καταρρεόμενος, ἢ καταπνεόμενος, ἢ κεκαλυμμένος φυτοῖς. LgGm (P) 12 Eust. 1871, 3612 Eust. 1871, 36

ἀμφίδυμοι δὲ, ὅτι ὁ τῆς Κυζίκου λιμὴν δισσὰς εἰσόδους ἐξ ἑκατέρου μέρους ἔχει. L 14 sch. l in L adhaeret scholio d14 sch. l in L adheres to scholion d

ἀμφίδυμοι: δύο εἰσόδους ἔχουσαι· τοιοῦτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ Κυζίκου λιμήν. LgGg (P) 14 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀμφίδυμοι: ... λέγεται δὲ καὶ ὁ λιμὴν τῆς Κυζίκου ἀμφίδυμος, δισσὰς εἰσόδους (ἐξ) ἑκατέρου (Reitz., ἑκατέρωθεν AB) μέρους ἔχων, οἷον I 939-940 (Αἰσήποιο).14 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀμφίδυμοι: ... λέγεται δὲ καὶ ὁ λιμὴν τῆς Κυζίκου ἀμφίδυμος, δισσὰς εἰσόδους (ἐξ) ἑκατέρου (Reitz., ἑκατέρωθεν AB) μέρους ἔχων, οἷον I 939-940 (Αἰσήποιο). ἔστι δὲ οὗτος (W Fr., οἶνος A) ποταμός (ἔστι sqq. om. B). sch. IV 982/92 d sch. b 847 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 27, 31 B. Eust. 1319, 62 sch. Dion. Per. 493 Hesych. ἀμφ.ἔστι δὲ οὗτος (W Fr., οἶνος A) ποταμός (ἔστι sqq. om. B). sch. IV 982/92 d sch. b 847 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 27, 31 B. Eust. 1319, 62 sch. Dion. Per. 493 Hesych. ἀμφ. 16 ἔχουσαι G : -οντες L : (λιμὴν)-ων P τοιοῦτος κτλ. LP : om. G16 ἔχουσαι in G : -οντες in L : (λιμὴν)-ων in P; τοιοῦτος κτλ. in LP : omitted in G

Αἰσήποιο: ποταμός 〈πέραν〉 Κυζίκου. LgP 18 suppl. W18 supplied by W

Γηγενέες: τούτων καὶ Ἡρόδωρος μνημονεύει ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναυτικοῖς (31 fg 7 J.), καὶ ὅτι ἐπολέμησαν Ἡρακλεῖ. 19 cf. Aem. Knorr De Ap. Rh. Arg. fontibus, Diss. Lips. 1902, 28—30. quo viam monstrante Knaack Herm. 37, 1902, 293 n. 1 et Berl. ph. Woch. 24, 1904, 784 post Ἡρακλεῖ suppleri vult 〈ἐν τῷ καθ' Ἡρακλέα γράφει〉 vel similia.19 cf. Aem. Knorr De Ap. Rh. Arg. fontibus, Diss. Lips. 1902, 28—30. quo viam monstrante Knaack Herm. 37, 1902, 293 n. 1 et Berl. ph. Woch. 24, 1904, 784 post Ἡρακλεῖ suppleri vult 〈ἐν τῷ καθ' Ἡρακλέα γράφει〉 vel similia.

οἱ μὲν οὖν Γηγενεῖς περὶ Κύζικον ᾤκουν, οἱ δὲ Δολίονες περὶ τὸν ἰσθμόν.

The Earthborn, then, dwelt around Cyzicus, and the Doliones around the isthmus.

ἥρως Αἰνήιος: Κυζίκου πατὴρ Αἰνεύς, Ἀπόλλωνος παῖς καὶ Στίλβης 〈...〉 ὅθεν καὶ πόλις ὠνόμασται. 〈...〉 μητρὸς δὲ Εὐανθείας. μετέστη δὲ ἐκ Θεσσαλίας καὶ ᾤκησε περὶ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον. 4 lac. priorem ind. Wil. ad l.; fortasse verba ὅθεν — ὠνόμασται post Εὐανθείας traicienda sunt. lac. posteriorem ind. W 34, ubi de Aenei uxore Aeneta eiusque patre Eusoro actum esse videtur. K scholiis 1063 et 1065/66 collatis in Εὐανθείας nomen Neanthis scriptoris Cyziceni latere putaverat assentiente Knaack Comm. phil. in hon. sodal. phil. Gryph. 1887, 36 n. 3.4 the earlier lacuna was indicated by Wil. ad l.; perhaps the words ὅθεν — ὠνόμασται are to be transposed after Εὐανθείας. The later lacuna was indicated by W at 34, where the discussion seems to have been about Aeneus' wife Aenete and her father Eusorus. K, comparing scholia 1063 and 1065/66, had thought that in the name Εὐανθείας the name of Neanthes, a writer of Cyzicus, was concealed, with Knaack agreeing, Comm. phil. in hon. sodal. phil. Gryph. 1887, 36 n. 3.

ἐν δ᾽ ἥρως Αἰνήιος: ὅτι Αἰνεὺς Θετταλὸς ὢν τὸ γένος ᾤκησεν ἐν Ἑλλησπόντῳ. γήμας δὲ Εὐεώρου βασιλέως τῶν Θρᾳκῶν Αἰνήτην, γεννᾷ Κύζικον, ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἡ πόλις. Εὐεώρου δὲ υἱὸς Ἀκάμας, ὃν Ὅμηρος ἐν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ (Β 844) ἡγεῖσθαι Θρᾳκῶν ἅμα τῷ Πείρῳ 〈φησίν〉. 9 τῷ Πείρῳ Steph. : τοῦ Πείρου L : om. P9 τῷ Πείρῳ in Steph. : τοῦ Πείρου in L : omitted in P 10 add. F10 added by F

δίου Εὐεώροιο: τοῦ ἐνδόξου Εὐεώρου ἡ θυγάτηρ. Εὔεωρος δὲ Θράκης βασιλεύς· Ὅμηρος (Ζ 8)· ‘υἱὸν Εὐεώρου Ἀκάμαντ᾽ ἠύν τε μέγαν τε’. 11 Εὐεώροιο F : -ου L : om. P11 Εὐεώροιο in F : -ου in L : omitted in P

〈Αἰνήτη:〉 Κυζίκου μήτηρ. Lg

〈τούς:〉 τοὺς Δολίονας. Lg

〈ἔκπαγλοι:〉 τερατώδεις. Lg

προὔτυψεν: ὥρμησεν, ἐπέλασεν. LgP 17 ἐπήλασεν Schaefer17 ἐπήλασεν Schaefer

λιμὴν ὑπέδεκτο: ὁ Πάνορμος λιμὴν τῆς Κυζίκου, οὗ ὁμώνυμος πόλις ἐν Σικελίᾳ. 18 L in contextu scholiorum praebet verba usque ad Κυζίκου, cum in margine legantur Π. λιμὴν Κ., οὗ κτλ. cf. W Phil. 81, 1926, 1818 L in the context of the scholia provides the words up to Κυζίκου, while in the margin are read Π. λιμὴν Κ., οὗ κτλ. cf. W Phil. 81, 1926, 18

κεῖσε καὶ εὐναίης: λείπει ἡ ἀντὶ πρόθεσις, ἵν᾽ ᾖ· τὸν ἀντὶ εὐναίας καὶ ἀγκύρας λίθον διὰ τὸ βεβρῶσθαι ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἀπολύσαντες ἕτερον ἔλαβον, ἐκεῖνον δὲ κατέλιπον ἐν τῇ Ἀρτακίᾳ κρήνῃ. Μιλήσιοι δὲ ἐνοικήσαντες, κατὰ χρησμὸν Ἀπόλλωνος ἄραντες τὴν ἄγκυραν ἀνιέρωσαν ἐν τῷ ναῷ τῆς Ἰασονίας Ἀθηνᾶς.

〈ἐννεσίῃσιν:〉 βουλαῖς. Lg

κρήνῃ ὑπ᾽ Ἀρτακ〈ίῃ〉: Ἀρτακία κρήνη περὶ Κύζικον, ἧς καὶ Ἀλκαῖος (fg 205 Lobel = 115 B. III 185) μέμνηται καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fg 547 Schn.), ὅτι τῆς Δολιονίας ἐστίν.

〈κεῖνον:〉 τὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἡρώων καταλειφθέντα. Lg

Νηλεῖδαι: οἱ μετὰ Νηλέως τοῦ Κόδρου ἀποικήσαντες ἐκ τῆς Ἀττικῆς Ἴωνες καὶ τὴν Καρίαν καὶ Φρυγίαν κατασχόντες, χρησμοῖς τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ ἀφιέρωσαν.

ὀλίγον δὲ λίθον τὸν μικρὸν ἔφη, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (υ 259) ‘ὀλίγην τράπεζαν’ καὶ Θεόκριτος (Ι 47) ‘ὀλίγον κοῦρον’. P 5 cf. Deicke 17, W 485 cf. Deicke 17, W 48

τοὺς δ᾽ ἄμυδις: Δηίοχος (fg 2 M. II 17) τοὺς μὲν Δολίονας οὐκ ὀνομάζει, τὸν δὲ Κύζικόν φησι πυθόμενον τὴν τῶν ἀριστέων γενεὰν ξενίσαι.

στόλον δὲ τὸν πλοῦν φησιν, ὃν ἐστέλλοντο. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· τούτους δὲ οἱ Δολίονες καὶ ὁ Κύζικος, ἐπειδὴ ἔμαθον τίνες εἰσί, φιλοφρόνως ἐξένισαν. καὶ γὰρ καὶ οἱ Δολίονες ἄποικοι Θετταλῶν εἰσιν, διὸ καὶ αὐτοὺς ὡς ὁμοφύλους ἐδέξαντο.

He calls the voyage a 'expedition' (στόλον), which they were making. The order is: 'But the Doliones and Cyzicus, when they learned who they were, received them kindly as guests.' For indeed the Doliones are colonists of the Thessalians, and therefore they received them as kinsmen.

7 cf. Fitch Am. J. of Phil. 33, 1912, 33 Δηίοχος Clinton Fasti Hell. II 1824, 323 b : Δηίλοχος L : om. P7 cf. Fitch Am. J. of Phil. 33, 1912, 33 Δηίοχος Clinton Fasti Hell. II 1824, 323 b : Δηίλοχος in L : omitted in P 11 φιλοφρόνως Lg ἐξενοδόχησαν Lg11 φιλοφρόνως Lg ἐξενοδόχησαν Lg

πέπιθον: ἔπεισαν αὐτοὺς ἐνδότερον ὁρμίσαι τὴν ναῦν· τὸ γὰρ πρότερον ἔξωθεν τῆς πόλεως ἦσαν ὁρμίσαντες. 14 πρότερον K : πλέον L : πλοῖον F : om. P14 πρότερον in K : πλέον in L : πλοῖον in F : omitted in P

〈εἰρεσίῃ:〉 κωπηλασίᾳ. Lg

προτέρωσε: ἐσωτέρω. LgP 16 ἐσωτέρω L : ἐνδοτ- P16 ἐσωτέρω in L : ἐνδοτ- in P

ἀνάψαι: ἐκδῆσαι. Lg (P)

ἔνθ᾽ οἵγ᾽ Ἐκβα〈σίω〉: ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκβάσεως τῆς νεὼς ἐπὶ τὴν Δολιονίαν. Δηίοχος (fg 3 M. II 17) δὲ τὸ ἱερὸν οὐκ Ἐκβασίου Ἀπόλλωνός φησιν εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ Ἰασονίου Ἀπόλλωνος, Σωκράτης δὲ ἐν Ἐπικλήσεσι (fg 15 a M. IV 499) Κυζικηνοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος. 19 Δηίοχος H : Διίοχος P : Δηίλοχος L19 Δηίοχος in H : Διίοχος in P : Δηίλοχος in L 21 φησι καλεῖσθαι in fine add. P21 φησι καλεῖσθαι added at the end by P

〈θυηπολίης:〉 θυσίας. Lg

〈ἄναξ:〉 ὁ Κύζικος. Lg

〈φάτις:〉 φήμη ἢ χρησμός. Lg

ὁ δὲ στόλος ἐνταῦθα ὡς περιληπτικὸν ὄνομα συντάσσεται πρὸς πληθυντικὸν ῥῆμα τὸ ἵκωνται. P

But he

ἰσόν που κἀκείνῳ: [ἀντὶ τοῦ νεωστί.] τοῦτο [δὲ] φησιν ὡς καὶ τοῦ Κυζίκου τὴν αὐτὴν ἡλικίαν ἄγοντος τῷ Ἰάσονι. γράφεται 27 del. Gerhard Lect. Apoll. 1816, 827 deleted by Gerhard Lect. Apoll. 1816, 8

δέ

ἁρμοῖ που κἀκείνῳ ὑποσταχύεσκον ἀντὶ τοῦ· ἀρτίως, νεωστί ὑπηύξανον, ὑπήνθουν. ἴουλος δὲ καλεῖται ἡ πρώτη ἐξάνθησις καὶ ἔκφυσις τῶν ἐν τῷ γενείῳ τριχῶν. ὁ μέντοι Ἐρατοσθένης ὄνομα ᾠδῆς ἐρίθων ἀπέδωκεν, ἐν τῷ Ἑρμῇ λέγων οὕτω (fg XII Hiller):

ἁρμοῖ που κἀκείνῳ ὑποσταχύεσκον instead of: just now, newly they were growing up, they were blooming. ἴουλος is called the first flowering and growth of the hairs on the chin. Eratosthenes, however, gave it as the name of a song of reapers, saying thus in his Hermes (fg XII Hiller):

‘ἦν χερνῆτις ἔριθος ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλοῦ πυλεῶνος / δενδαλίδας τεύχουσα, καλοὺς δ᾽ ἤειδεν ἰούλους.’

οὐκ ἔστι δὲ, φησὶ Δίδυμος (fg I 5, 32 Schmidt 66), ἀλλ᾽ ὕμνος εἰς Δήμητρα ὡς ὁ οὔπιγγος παρὰ Τροιζηνίοις εἰς Ἄρτεμιν. ἔστι γὰρ οὖλος καὶ ἴουλος ἡ ἐκ τῶν δραγμάτων συναγομένη δέσμη καὶ Οὐλιὼ ἡ Δημήτηρ. λέγεται δὲ ἴουλος καὶ ζῷόν τι, θηρίδιον πολύπουν· ἑκατέρωθεν γὰρ ἔχει πολλοὺς πόδας ὥσπερ ἡ σκολοπένδρα. Θεόφραστος δὲ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Φανίαν ἐπιστολῇ (fg 185 Wimmer) καὶ ὄνον φησὶν αὐτὸν καλεῖσθαι, ὡς παρὰ Σοφοκλεῖ ἐν Κωφοῖς Σατύροις (fg 363 Pearson)· ‘κυλισθεὶς ὥς τις ὄνος ἰσόσπριος’.

But it is not, says Didymus (fr. I 5, 32 Schmidt 66), but a hymn to Demeter, like the oupingos among the Troezenians to Artemis. For oulos and ioulos is the sheaf gathered from the handfuls, and Ouliō is Demeter. Ioulos is also called a certain animal, a small many-footed creature; for it has many feet on each side, like the centipede. Theophrastus, in his letter to Phanias (fr. 185 Wimmer), says that it is also called onos, as in Sophocles in the Deaf Satyrs (fr. 363 Pearson): 'rolling like a donkey of equal weight'.

1 sch. Theocr. IV 50/51 c. d Et. Gen. (AB) ἁρμοῖ Hesych. Suid. ἁρμοῖ Eust. 140, 13 cf. Deicke 61, W 1081 sch. Theocr. IV 50/51 c. d Et. Gen. (AB) ἁρμοῖ Hesych. Suid. ἁρμοῖ Eust. 140, 13 cf. Deicke 61, W 108 3 sch. II 43 Et. Gen. (AB) ἴουλος: ἡ πρώτη ἐξάνθησις τῶν τριχῶν κατὰ τὰς παρειάς, ἀπὸ ἰούλου τοῦ ζῴου τοῦ πολλοὺς καὶ πυκνούς (καὶ π. om. Β) ἔχοντος πόδας, ὥσπερ (ὡς Β) Ἀπολλώνιος. οἷον II 40—43 (οἷον sqq. om. Β). χνοάοντας ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς χνοῦν τοὺς ἰούλους ἀναφέρων, τὸ δὲ ἔτι ἀντὶ τοῦ νεωστί. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ᾠδῆς ὄνομα, ὥς φησι Ἐρατοσθένης ἐν τῷ Ἑρμῇ· ‘ἦ χερνῆτις ἔριθος ἐφ' ὑψηλοῦ πυλεῶνος †δανδαί τις† στείχουσα καλὰς ἤ(ε)ιδεν ἰούλους’ (ἡ χ. sqq. om. Β). Tz. Lyc. 23, 17 Sch. Chil. XIII 561—566 sch. Theocr. X 41/42 d Hesych. ἰοῦλοι Συν. ἴουλος (262, 25 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Athen. XIV 618 d. 619 b Eust. 1162, 40. 1164, 10 Ar. Hist. an. IV 1, 523 b 18. I 5, 489 b 21 Et. M. 111, 9 Hesych. Phot. ὄνος ἰσόσπριος3 sch. II 43 Et. Gen. (AB) ἴουλος: the first sprouting of hair on the cheeks, from the ioulos animal, which has many and dense (καὶ π. om. B) feet, as Apollonius. For example II 40—43 (οἷον sqq. om. B). χνοάοντας instead of as down referring to the iouloi, and ἔτι instead of recently. It is also the name of a song, as Eratosthenes says in the Hermes: 'or a poor spinner walking on a high gate †δανδαί τις† sang beautiful iouloi' (ἡ χ. sqq. om. B). Tz. Lyc. 23, 17 Sch. Chil. XIII 561—566 sch. Theocr. X 41/42 d Hesych. ἰοῦλοι Συν. ἴουλος (262, 25 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Athen. XIV 618 d. 619 b Eust. 1162, 40. 1164, 10 Ar. Hist. an. IV 1, 523 b 18. I 5, 489 b 21 Et. M. 111, 9 Hesych. Phot. ὄνος ἰσόσπριος 3 ἴουλος δὲ καλείται F : -οι δὲ -οῦνται L : aliter P3 ἴουλος δὲ καλείται in F : -οι δὲ -οῦνται in L : aliter in P 6 ἦν P : ἦν L : ᾗ ex Et. F : ἢ Naeke Opusc. I 51 χ. ἔριθος L : δ᾽ ἄρα χ. τις P πυλεῶνος ex Et. F : πετεῶνος6 ἦν in P : ἦν in L : ᾗ from Et. in F : ἢ Naeke Opusc. I 51 χ. ἔριθος in L : δ᾽ ἄρα χ. τις in P πυλεῶνος from Et. in F : πετεῶνος 7 καλὰς ex Et. F δ᾽ P : om. L7 καλὰς from Et. in F δ᾽ in P : om. in L 14 ὥς τις L : ὥσπερ P14 ὥς τις in L : ὥσπερ in P 15 ἰσόσπριος Hesych. Phot. : ἰσόπριος15 ἰσόσπριος Hesych. Phot. : ἰσόπριος

but

ἐπισταχύεσκον: ἐπήνθουν. Lg (P)

μεμόρητο: ἐκεκλήρωτο ὑπὸ τῆς τύχης, μεμοιραμένως εἶχεν. τὸ δὲ κατάλληλον· οὐδέ νύ πω παίδεσσιν ἀγάλλεσθαι μεμόρητο.

ἀκήρατος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄπαις καὶ καθαρὰ ὠδίνων. Κλείτη δὲ θυγάτηρ Μέροπος Περκωσίου τὸ γένος, μάντεως, ἣν Κύζικος ἔγημεν, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Δηίοχος (fg 4 M. II 17) καὶ Ἔφορος (70 fg 184 J.). 2 Et. Gen. (AB) Κλειτή: ... ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος καὶ στίχον ἐπιφέρει, οἷον I 976. εὗρον δὲ σχόλιον ἐν αὐτῷ, ὅτι Κυζίκου γαμετὴ καὶ Μέροπος θυγάτηρ Περκωσίου (Περκῶτις Α) τὸ γένος, μάντεως (in Β desunt omnia inde α τὴν μέν in verbis poetae). διχῶς δὲ ὁ τόνος, οἱ δὲ πλείους ὀξύνουσι. σημαίνει δὲ τὴν ἔνδοξον, παρὰ τὸ κλειτός. Parthen. 28 Con. Narr. 41, 5 cf. Knaack Comm. phil. in hon. sod. phil. Gryph. 1887, 352 Et. Gen. (AB) Κλειτή: ... but Apollonius also adds a verse, for example I 976. I found a scholium on it, that she was the wife of Cyzicus and daughter of Merops of Percote (Περκῶτις A) by birth, a seer (in B everything from α τὴν μέν in the poet's words is missing). The accent is twofold, but the majority accent it acute. It means 'glorious', from κλειτός. Parthen. 28 Con. Narr. 41, 5 cf. Knaack Comm. phil. in hon. sod. phil. Gryph. 1887, 35 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄπαις ἢ καθαρά Lg1 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄπαις ἢ καθαρά in Lg 3 Δηίοχος V : Διίοχος P : Δηίλοχος L3 Δηίοχος in V : Διίοχος in P : Δηίλοχος in L

〈νέον:〉 νεωστί. Lg

τὸ δὲ ἀντιπέρηθεν ἢ τὸ ἐκ τῆς Εὐρώπης δηλοῖ — ἀντίκειται γὰρ ἡ Εὐρώπη τῇ Ἀσίᾳ — ἢ τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀντικειμένου τῆς Προποντίδος πρὸς τὴν Κύζικον· τῆς γὰρ Πιτυείας βασιλεὺς ἦν Μέροψ ὁ Περκώσιος, ὡς δηλοῖ Ὅμηρος ἐν Καταλόγω (Β 829). P

but the

τὸ δὲ βάλεν 〈δ᾽〉 ἀπὸ δείματα θυμοῦ τοῦτο ἐμφαίνει, ὅτι χρησμόν τινα ἔοικε φοβεῖσθαι ὡς μέλλων τεθνήξεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν. P

but the

〈ἀμοιβαδίς:〉 ἐνηλλαγμένως. Lg

ἄνυσιν: τόν τε πλοῦν καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἣν πρᾶξιν ἔπλεον. ἀστείως δὲ ταύτην αὐτοῖς τὴν ἐρώτησιν δίδωσι τὴν κατεπείγουσαν καὶ χρησίμην. περικτιόνων δὲ περιοίκων.

〈πεύθοντο:〉 ἠρώτων. Lg

οὐ μὲν ἐπιπρό: εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν τῆς Δολιονίας, ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ διόλου. διὰ δὲ τούτου οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ τὴν ἀπραγμοσύνην τοῦ Κυζίκου ἐμφαίνει.

ἠοῖ δ᾽ εἰσανέβαν: ἡ εἰς πρόθεσις περιττή· Δίνδυμον δὲ ὄρος Κυζίκου ἱερὸν τῆς Ῥέας, διὰ τὸ διδύμους μαστοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ 21 Et. Gen. (AB) Δίνδυμον: ὄρος Φρυγίας. I 985—986 (ἁλός). Ἀπολλώνιος. Αὔρα γέγονέν τις κόρη εὔοπτος, φιλοκύνηγος, οἰκοῦσα ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ. ταύτην ποτὲ κυνηγοῦσαν σὺν Ἀρτέμιδι Διόνυσος ἑωρακὼς καὶ βιασάμενος ἔγκυον ἐποίησεν. ἰδοῦσα δὲ Ἄρτεμις ἐδίωξεν ἀπειλήσασα. φοβουμένη δὲ τὴν ὀργὴν τῆς θεοῦ (τοῦ θ. Α) ἡ Αὔρα ἔρχεται ἐκ τοῦ Πόντου εἰς Κύζικον καὶ ἀνελθοῦσα ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους δίδυμα τίκτει, δι᾽ ἃ καὶ (καὶ om. Β) ἐκάλεσαν (Fr., -εν) τὸ ὄρος Δίνδυμον. ἢ ἐπεὶ (ἐπειδὴ Β) δύο ἄκρας ἔχει, ἐκλήθη Δίνδυμον.21 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) Δίνδυμον: a mountain of Phrygia. I 985–986 (ἁλός). Apollonius. Aura was a certain maiden, beautiful, fond of hunting, living in Pontus. Once when she was hunting with Artemis, Dionysus saw her and forced her, making her pregnant. Artemis saw her and chased her with threats. Fearing the goddess's anger, Aura went from Pontus to Cyzicus and went up onto the mountain, where she gave birth to twins, on account of which they called the mountain Dindymon. Or because it has two peaks, it was called Dindymon.

ἀνήκειν, ὥς φησι Φιλοστέφανος (fg 2 M. III 29), οὕτω προσαγορευθέν· σύμπασα δὲ ἡ Φρυγία ἱερὰ τῇ θεῷ. ἢ διὰ τὸ δύο ἔχειν ἄκρας οὕτω καλεῖται.

to belong, as Philostephanus says (fr. 2 M. III 29), so named; and all Phrygia is sacred to the goddess. Or because it has two peaks it is so called.

Χυτοῦ λιμένος: Χυτὸς λιμὴν ἐν Κυζίκῳ οὕτω καλούμενος. ἐπεχείρησαν δὲ οἱ Πελασγοὶ χῶσαι αὐτόν, ὥς φησι Δηίοχος (fg 5 M. II 17), κατὰ ἔχθος τὸ πρὸς τοὺς Θεσσαλούς, ὑφ᾽ ὧν ἐξεβέβληντο. οὗτος (v. 989 sq.) δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Γηγενῶν φησι κεχῶσθαι αὐτόν, ποιητικῶς. 4 Et. Gen. (B) Χυτῷ λιμένι: Χυτὸς λιμὴν Κυζίκου. Χυτὸς δὲ καλεῖται ὁ περικλεισθεὶς καὶ λίθοις οἰκοδομηθεὶς καὶ μὴ αὐτοφυὴς ὤν. καλεῖται δὲ οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἰλὺν ἔχων καὶ ἄσιν (Et. Μ., -ην Β) ἤγουν ἀκαθαρσίαν. cf. W 82 de toto loco v. Tümpel Phil. 56, 1897, 340; Aem. Knorr De Ap. Rh. Arg. fontibus, Diss. Lips. 1902, 17; Knaack Herm. 37, 1902, 2924 Etymologicum Genuinum (B) Χυτῷ λιμένι: Chytos harbor of Cyzicus. Chytos is called the one enclosed and built with stones and not natural. It is also called that which has mud and silt, that is, filth. cf. W 82 on the whole passage see Tümpel Phil. 56, 1897, 340; Aem. Knorr De Ap. Rh. Arg. fontibus, Diss. Lips. 1902, 17; Knaack Herm. 37, 1902, 292 5 γὰρ pro δὲ F Δηίοχος LV : Διίοχος P5 γὰρ instead of δὲ in F; Δηίοχος in LV : Διίοχος in P

προτέρου ἐξήλασαν: καθ᾽ ὃν τὸ πρότερον ἦσαν ὁρμισθέντες. 9 ἐξήλασαν AH : ἐξελα. (sic) L : om. P9 ἐξήλασαν in AH : ἐξελα. (sic) in L : omitted in P

Γηγενέες δ᾽ ἑτέ〈ρωθεν〉: Δηίοχος (v. sch. 987 a) 〈...〉 Θετταλοὺς εἶναι. οὗτος δὲ Γηγενεῖς φησιν ἐγχειρογάστορας τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις ἐπιβουλεῦσαι [δοκοῦντας λῃστὰς εἶναι]. Πολύγνωστος δὲ ἐν τοῖς Περὶ Κυζίκου (M. IV 481) λῃστὰς αὐτοὺς λέγει. 11 Δηίοχος V : Διίοχος P : Δηίλοχος L11 Δηίοχος in V : Διίοχος in P : Δηίλοχος in L 12 lac. ind. W. dictum fuisse videtur secundum Deiochum Pelasgos impetum fecisse in Argonautas ut Thessalos : 〈διὰ τὸ〉 Θετταλοὺς εἶναι οὗτος δὲ Γ. φ. ἐγχ. W : φ. ἐγχ. τοὺς δὲ Γ. φ.12 lacuna indicated by W. It seems to have been said according to Deiochus that the Pelasgians made an attack on the Argonauts as Thessalians : 〈διὰ τὸ〉 Θετταλοὺς εἶναι οὗτος δὲ Γ. φ. ἐγχ. W : φ. ἐγχ. τοὺς δὲ Γ. φ. 13 del. W monente Ed. Schwartz De Dion. Scytobr., Diss. Bonn. 1880, 11 n. 1. post haec verba L e sch. 987 a repetit ὡς Δηίοχος (Πολύγνωστος nimis audacter Wachsmuth ap. Knorr l. l. 18). verba Πολύγνωστος — λέγει e sch. 996/97, ubi in L post λέοντος inserta leguntur, cum P huc trai. Ed. Fitch in litteris a. d. XV. kal. Oct. 1910 ad Deickium datis. fortasse tota sententia hoc modo restituenda est: οὗτος — ἐπιβουλεῦσαι, Πολύγνωστος δὲ ἐν τοῖς Περὶ Κυζίκου δοκοῦντας λῃστὰς αὐτοὺς εἶναι 〈...〉.13 deleted by W on the advice of Ed. Schwartz De Dion. Scytobr., Diss. Bonn. 1880, 11 n. 1. After these words L repeats from scholium 987a ὡς Δηίοχος (Πολύγνωστος too audaciously Wachsmuth ap. Knorr l. l. 18). The words Πολύγνωστος — λέγει from scholium 996/97, where in L they are inserted after λέοντος, Ed. Fitch in a letter dated 15 October 1910 to Deicke transferred here with P. Perhaps the whole sentence should be restored thus: οὗτος — ἐπιβουλεῦσαι, Πολύγνωστος δὲ ἐν τοῖς Περὶ Κυζίκου δοκοῦντας λῃστὰς αὐτοὺς εἶναι 〈...〉.

ἀμφιρρῶγας: ἤτοι διερρωγυίας καὶ διεσχισμένας ἢ διαβεβρωμένας ὑπὸ τῆς θαλάσσης.

〈κἀκεῖνα〉 θεὰ τρέφεν: μυθικῶς φησιν ὑπὸ Ἥρας 17 add. W 39, cum sententia scholii haec esse videatur: Apollonius monstra Cyzicena perinde a Iunone ad augendam Herculis gloriam educata esse finxit ac vulgo leo Nemeaeus, Callimacho auctore cerva Cerynea creditur.17 added by W 39, since the meaning of the scholium seems to be this: Apollonius represented the Cyzicene monsters as having been reared by Juno to increase the glory of Hercules, just as commonly the Nemean lion, and according to Callimachus the Cerynean hind, are believed to have been.

ἐφ᾽ Ἡρακλεῖ τετράφθαι τοὺς Γηγενεῖς. ὁ δὲ μῦθος ἀπὸ τοῦ Νεμεαίου λέοντος. μέμνηται δὲ καὶ Καλλίμαχος ἐν οἷς φησι (Hymn. III 107—09)· “τήν δὲ μίαν Κελάδοντος ὑπὲρ ποταμοῖο φευγοῦσαν / Ἥρης ἐννεσίῃσιν, ἀέθλιον Ἡρακλῆι / ὕστερον ὄφρα γένοιτο, πάγος Κερύνειος ἔδεκτο.” 1 Hes. Theog. 3281 Hes. Theog. 328 5 πάγος Κερύνειος ἔδεκτο codd. Call. : πάγος Κεραύνιος ἔδεκτο L : πάγης που δέκτο κεραυνοῦ P5 πάγος Κερύνειος ἔδεκτο in the manuscripts of Callimachus : πάγος Κεραύνιος ἔδεκτο in L : πάγης που δέκτο κεραυνοῦ in P

that the Earthborn were reared for Heracles. The story is from the Nemean lion. Callimachus also mentions it where he says (Hymn III 107–09):

σὺν δὲ καὶ ὧλλοι: τῆς νεωτέρας Ἰάδος τὸ ὧλλοι. τὸ δὲ δῆθεν ποτὲ μὲν παραπληρωματικόν, ποτὲ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ δηλαδὴ ἢ ὡς δή. ὑπερβεβίβασται δὲ ἡ φράσις. ἔστι γὰρ τὸ ἑξῆς· σὺν δὲ καὶ ὧλλοι δῆθεν ὑπότροποι ἀντιόωντες ἥπτοντο φόνοιο. 6 sch. 1081 cum loc. sim. 7 Et. Gen. (AB) δῆθεν: I 998. τὸ δῆθεν ποτὲ μέν ἐστι παραπληρωματικὸν (παραπλήσιον A) δή, ποτὲ δὲ ὡς δή.6 scholium 1081 with similar passages. 7 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) δῆθεν: I 998. δῆθεν is sometimes a filler word for δή, sometimes like δή. 8 σὺν W : ὡς L : deest in P8 σὺν in W : ὡς in L : lacking in P

εἰσόκε πάντας: ἀδιαλείπτως ταρασσομένους ἐδάιξαν. ἢ οὕτως· ἐναντιούμενοι ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἀκαταπαύστως συνταρασσομένους αὐτοὺς ἀνεῖλον. 10 ἢ ἀνεκπλήκτως post ἀδ. add. P10 ἢ ἀνεκπλήκτως added after ἀδ. in P

ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε δούρατα μακ〈ρά〉: ἡ παραβολὴ πρὸς πάντα ἁρμόδιος καὶ ὑγιής. ξύλοις γὰρ εἰκάζει αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὸ εὐτράπελον τῶν σωμάτων καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν αὐτῶν διατριβήν, καὶ ξυλοτόμοις δὲ τοὺς ἥρωας. τὸ δὲ ὄφρα νοτισθέντα κρατεροὺς ἀνεχοίατο γόμφους πρός τε τὴν τῶν αἰγιαλῶν 〈ἐγγύτητα〉 καὶ πρὸς ἕτερον, ὅτι οἱ τέκτονες τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν, ἵνα πλείονος καμάτου ἀπαλλαγῶσιν ἐργαζόμενοι καὶ τοὺς σφῆνας ἐπιβάλλοντες, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἥρωες αὐτοὺς ἀνεῖλον, ὅπως λοιπὸν αὐτοῖς ἀκίνδυνος γένηται ἡ εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἀνάβασις. 14 κατὰ πάντα AH, cf. W 3114 κατὰ πάντα in AH, cf. W 31 16 ξυλοτόμοις K : -ους16 ξυλοτόμοις in K : -ους 17 suppl. F17 supplied by F

ὄφρα νοτισθ〈έντα〉: ὅπως βραχέντα εὐεπίδεκτα γένηται τῶν σφηνῶν.

ἐνὶ ξυνοχῇ: ἐν τῇ περιφερείᾳ καὶ τῷ πρώτῳ τοῦ λιμένος. Lg (P)

δύπτοντες κεφαλ〈άς〉: ἀντὶ τοῦ δύνοντες τὰς κεφαλάς. παρατατικὸν δὲ εἴρηκεν ἀντὶ συντελικοῦ δύψαντες, ἐπὶ τῷ δύπτειν ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν κατενεχθέντες. δύπτειν δέ ἐστι τὸ δύνειν, 〈δύπται δὲ αἴθυιαι〉, 28 Et. M. 291, 1828 Etymologicum Magnum 291, 18 27 τῷ δύπτειν Steph. : τῷ τύπτειν27 τῷ δύπτειν in Steph. : τῷ τύπτειν 28 suppl. Bergk ex Et.28 supplied by Bergk from Et.

ὡς παρὰ Καλλιμάχῳ (fg 167 Schn.)· “δύπται δ᾽ ἐξ ἁλὸς ἐρχόμενοι.” πρότερος δὲ Ἀντίμαχος (fg 6 B. II 290)· “ἠύτε τις καύηξ δύπτῃ ἐς ἁλμυρὸν πέλαγος.” 2 τις L : om. P δύπτῃ A (cf. W 31) : δύπτει P : δύνη L : δύπτης Meineke ap. Bergk2 τις in L : omitted in P; δύπτῃ in A (cf. W 31) : δύπτει in P : δύνη in L : δύπτης Meineke ap. Bergk 3 πέλαγος L : ὕδωρ ad Homeri exemplum P. fortasse poetae verba hunc in modum redintegranda: δύπτης | ἠύτε τις καύηξ ἁλμυρὸν ἐς (ita iam Bergk pro ἐς ἁ.) πέλαγος. Diehl Anth. lyr. gr. 1, 1925, 87 prop. ἠύτε τις καύηξ δύπτῃ 〈...〉 | ἁλμυρὸν ἐς πέλαγος ἡ πνοή3 πέλαγος in L : ὕδωρ in P, following the Homeric model. Perhaps the poet's words should be restored in this way: δύπτης | ἠύτε τις καύηξ ἁλμυρὸν ἐς (thus already Bergk for ἐς ἁ.) πέλαγος. Diehl Anth. lyr. gr. 1, 1925, 87 proposes ἠύτε τις καύηξ δύπτῃ 〈...〉 | ἁλμυρὸν ἐς πέλαγος ἡ πνοή

as in Callimachus (fr. 167 Schn.):

ἀταρβής: ἀκίνδυνος καὶ ἄφοβος τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὡς ἀπολωλότων. L

ῥιπὴ μένεν: οὐκέτι ἀσφαλὴς καὶ ὁμοία ἔμενεν ἡ τοῦ ἀνέμου πνοή, ἀλλ᾽ ἐναντία ἐγένετο· προσληπτέον γὰρ τὸ ἡ ἄρθρον. ἐξ οὗ ὁ λόγος· ἐπιούσης δὲ νυκτὸς οὐκέτι ἔμενεν ὁμοίως ἡ πνοὴ τοῦ ἀνέμου. 7 ἡ πνοή Lg7 ἡ πνοή in Lg 8 ἐξ οὗ L : ἑξῆς F (cf. W 26) : deest in P8 ἐξ οὗ in L : ἑξῆς in F (cf. W 26) : lacking in P

ἀλλὰ θύελλαι: αἱ χειμεριναὶ καταιγίδες καὶ πνοαί. ὅθεν Ὅμηρος ἐν συνωνυμίᾳ τίθησι θυέλλας τε καὶ ἁρπυίας ἀντὶ τοῦ καταιγιδώδεις πνοάς, ἀπὸ τοῦ οἷον ἁρπάζειν παραγώγως (υ 66)· “ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε Πανδαρέου κούρας ἀνέλοντο θύελλαι,” εἶτα (77)· “τόφρα δὲ τὰς κούρας ἅρπυιαι ἀνηρείψαντο,” ὡς τῶν αὐτῶν οὐσιῶν. τὸ μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁρπάζειν, τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ θύειν, ὅ ἐστι μετὰ βίας ἄειν. 12 sch. α 241 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 43, 29 B. Eust. 414, 40 Hesych. ἅρπυιαι Et. Or. 28, 17 Et. M. 148, 31 Et. Gud. 204, 7. 15 De Stef.12 sch. α 241; Apoll. Lex. Hom. 43, 29 B.; Eust. 414, 40; Hesych. ἅρπυιαι; Et. Or. 28, 17; Et. M. 148, 31; Et. Gud. 204, 7. 15 De Stef.

ἁρπάγδην δὲ εἶπεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁρπάζειν, ὡς φοράδην ἀπὸ τοῦ φέρειν καὶ ἀΐγδην ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀΐσσειν. 16 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 88, 25 B. Joh. Maur. 83 (Reitz. 176) Et. Or. 73, 21 Et. M. 457, 27 Et. Gud. 266, 36. 38 Sturz16 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 88, 25 B.; Joh. Maur. 83 (Reitz. 176); Et. Or. 73, 21; Et. M. 457, 27; Et. Gud. 266, 36. 38 Sturz

ἐκ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔβησ〈αν〉: ἐξέβησαν καὶ προσεπελάσθησαν πάλιν τοῖς Δολίοσι. τὸ δὲ ἐυξείνοισιν, ὥσπερ καὶ αὐτὸς δεινοπαθῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβεβηκόσι τοῦτό φησιν.

Ἱερὴ δὲ φατίζε〈ται〉: κατ᾽ εὐφημισμόν. τὰ γὰρ μεγάλα τῶν παθῶν εὐφήμως ἱερὰ καὶ καλά φαμεν, ὡς καὶ τὰς Ἐρινύας Εὐμενίδας καὶ τὴν λοιμικὴν νόσον ἱεράν, ὡς καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fg 276 Schn.)· “ψευδόμενοι δ᾽ ἱερὴν φημίζομεν”. 23 sch. ABT Π 407 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 90, 12 B. Hesych. ἱερόν. ἱερὸν ἰχθύν Συν. ἱερῷ (260, 24 Ba. Phot. Suid.)23 sch. ABT Π 407; Apoll. Lex. Hom. 90, 12 B.; Hesych. ἱερόν. ἱερὸν ἰχθύν; Συν. ἱερῷ (260, 24 Ba.; Phot.; Suid.)

1 καὶ τὴν λοιμ. νόσον ἱεράν L : τὴν δὲ λέπραν ἱερὰν νόσον, ἤδη δέ τινες καὶ τὴν λοιμ. οὕτως ἐκάλεσαν P (cf. W 42)1 καὶ τὴν λοιμ. νόσον ἱεράν in L : τὴν δὲ λέπραν ἱερὰν νόσον, ἤδη δέ τινες καὶ τὴν λοιμ. οὕτως ἐκάλεσαν in P (cf. W 42)

〈ἐνόησεν:〉 ἔγνω. Sm 3 ἔγνω W : -ωσαν3 ἔγνω W : -ωσαν

〈ἐπήιϊσαν:〉 οὐκ ἐπήρχοντο, φησίν, ἀληθῶς ὡς ἐπὶ τοὺς ἥρωας· ἠγνόησαν γάρ, διότι νὺξ ἦν. Lg 4 hic interpres ἐπήιϊσαν falso ab ἐπιέναι derivasse videtur, cf. Damsté Adv. ad Ap. Rh. Arg. 1922, 324 this interpreter seems to have falsely derived ἐπήιϊσαν from ἐπιέναι, cf. Damsté Adv. ad Ap. Rh. Arg. 1922, 32

τὸ δὲ ἐπήισαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ᾔσθοντο. P

but the

Μακριέων: τῶν καλουμένων Μακρώνων, οἵ εἰσιν ἄποικοι Εὐβοέων, ἀφ᾽ οὗ καὶ Μάκρωνες ἐκλήθησαν· καὶ Μάκρις γὰρ ἡ Εὔβοια ἐκαλεῖτο.

Πελασγικὸν δὲ εἶπεν διὰ τὸ πλησιόχωρον εἶναι τὴν Εὔβοιαν τῇ Πελοποννήσῳ, ἣ πρότερον ἐκαλεῖτο Πελασγία. ἦσαν δὲ ἀστυγείτονες τῶν Δολιόνων οἱ Μάκρωνες. οἱ δὲ ἔθνος Βεχείρων φασὶ τοὺς Μακριέας, οἵτινες ἀεὶ πολεμοῦσι τοῖς Κυζικηνοῖς. ἦσαν δὲ τὰ πολεμικά ἔργα ἠσκηκότες, ὡς ἱστοροῦσι Φιλοστέφανός (fg 4 M. III 29) τε καὶ Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 64 J.) οἱ τὰ περὶ τῶν βίων αὐτῶν γεγραφότες. Διονύσιος δὲ ὁ Χαλκιδεὺς (fg 10 M. IV 395) εἰρῆσθαί φησιν αὐτοὺς Μάκρωνας, ἐπειδὴ Εὐβοέων εἰσὶν [Μάκρωνες] ἄποικοι. ἄλλοι δὲ Μάκρωνας αὐτοὺς φασὶ λέγεσθαι διὰ τὸ πλείονας εἶναι παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς μακροκεφάλους ὥσπερ παρὰ τοῖς Πέρσαις γρυπούς. μέμνηται δὲ τούτων Ἡρόδοτος ἐν β᾽ (104).

He said "Pelasgian" because Euboea is near the Peloponnese, which was formerly called Pelasgia. The Macrones were neighbors of the Doliones. Some say the Macrieis are a tribe of the Becheires, who are always at war with the Cyzicenes. They had practiced the arts of war, as Philostephanus (fr. 4 M. III 29) and Herodorus (31 fr. 64 J.), who have written about their lives, record. Dionysius of Chalcis (fr. 10 M. IV 395) says they are called Macrones because they are colonists of the Euboeans. Others say they are called Macrones because there are more long-headed people among them, just as among the Persians there are hook-nosed people. Herodotus mentions them in Book 2 (104).

Πελασγικὸν δὲ ἄρεα εἶπεν τὸν τῶν Μακριέων, ἐπεὶ Εὐβοέων εἰσὶν ἄποικοι, ἡ δὲ Εὔβοια πλησίον Πελοποννήσου κεῖται, ἥτις τὸ παλαιὸν Πελασγὶς ἐκαλεῖτο.

He called the war of the Macrieis "Pelasgian" because they are colonists of the Euboeans, and Euboea lies near the Peloponnese, which in ancient times was called Pelasgis.

8 sch. II 392/94a. IV 1174/75b Steph. Byz. Μάκρις Eust. Dion. Per. 5208 sch. II 392/94a. IV 1174/75b; Steph. Byz. Μάκρις; Eust. Dion. Per. 520 10 Strab. V 221 (Ephorus) Plin. Nat. hist. IV 9 Steph. Byz. Πελοπόννησος10 Strab. V 221 (Ephorus); Plin. Nat. hist. IV 9; Steph. Byz. Πελοπόννησος 17 Et. Gen. (AB) Μάκρωνες: ἔθνος. οἷον I 1024. Μάκρις (-ὴ B) δέ ἐστιν πόλις ἐγγὺς Κυζίκου. ἄλλοι (-ος B) δέ, ὅτι διὰ τὸ (τὸ om. B) τοὺς (deleri vult Reitz.) πλείονας εἶναι μακροκεφάλους τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ κατοικοῦντας (Μάκριδα εἰρῆσθαί φασιν add. Reitz.). An. Peripl. pont. Eux. 37 Hippocr. De aëre 1417 Et. Gen. (AB) Μάκρωνες: a tribe. As in I 1024. Μάκρις (-ὴ B) is a city near Cyzicus. Others (-ος B), because (τὸ omitted in B) the (Reitz. wants to delete τοὺς) majority of those dwelling in it are long-headed (Reitz. adds Μάκριδα εἰρῆσθαί φασιν). An. Peripl. pont. Eux. 37; Hippocr. De aëre 14 12 Μακριέας W : Μάκριας12 Μακριέας W : Μάκριας 14 Ἡρόδωρος P : Φιλόδωρος, cui corrector e coniectura suprascripsit Νυμφό, L. cf. W 4614 Ἡρόδωρος in P : Φιλόδωρος, over which a corrector wrote Νυμφό by conjecture, in L. cf. W 46 16 del. K16 deleted by K 20 ἄρεα F : ἄρηα20 ἄρεα in F : ἄρηα

Μακριέων: ὅμοροι Δολίοσιν οὗτοι καὶ πολέμιοι. Lg (P)

〈τῷ:〉 διό, ἐπεὶ Μάκρωνας αὐτοὺς ἐνόμισαν, συνέβαλον. Lg

σὺν δ᾽ ἔλασαν: τὸ Ὁμηρικὸν παραγράφει (Δ 447)· “σύν ῥ᾽ ἔβαλον ῥινούς, σὺν δ᾽ ἔγχεα καὶ μένε᾽ ἀνδρῶν.”

ῥιπή: ὁρμή. Lg (P)

ἥ τ᾽ ἐνὶ θάμνοις: τοῖς στελέχεσι τῶν δένδρων, ἀπὸ τῆς θέσεως (ψ 190)· “θάμνος ἔφυ τανύφυλλος ἐλαίης.” καὶ ταῦτα δὲ ἐξ Ὁμήρου παρήκται (Ο 605 sq.)· “μαίνετο δ᾽ ὡς ὅτ᾽ Ἄρης ἐγχέσπαλος ἢ ὀλοὸν πῦρ / οὔρεσι μαίνηται, βαθέης ἐν τάρφεσιν ὕλης.” 5 Ecl. (Cram. An. Ox. II 449, 24 Et. M. 442, 23 Et. Gud. 254, 37 Sturz Suid. θάμνος5 Ecl. (Cram. An. Ox. II 449, 24 Et. M. 442, 23 Et. Gud. 254, 37 Sturz Suid. θάμνος

〈αὐαλέοισι:〉 ξηροῖς. Lg

〈κορύσσεται:〉 μετεωρίζεται. Lg

ζαμενής: ἄγαν ἰσχυρός, τοῦ ζα κατ᾽ ἐπίτασιν ὄντος, ὡς ζάπλουτος ζάθεος. Lg (P) 12 Hesych. ζαμενής sch. Pind. Pyth. IX 65. Nem. IV 21a12 Hesych. ζαμενής sch. Pind. Pyth. IX 65. Nem. IV 21a 13 ζάθεος L : ζάκοτος P13 ζάθεος in L : ζάκοτος in P

〈ὅγε:〉 ὁ Κύζικος δηλονότι. Lg

ὑπὲρ μόρον: συνυπακούεται τὸ σχὼν ἢ ἄλλο τι παραπλήσιον, ἵν᾽ ᾖ· οὐδ᾽ ὅγε ὁ Κύζικος ὑπερεχὼν τὸν μόρον τῆς δηιοτῆτος, ἤγουν τὸν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ θάνατον, ἔμελλεν ἐπανήξειν οἴκαδε. P

τὸν [δὲ] Κύζικον οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ Διοσκούρων φασὶν ἀναιρεθῆναι, ἄλλοι δὲ ὑπὸ Ἰάσονος. τὸ δὲ ἑοῖο καὶ νῦν κακῶς κεῖται· ἔστι γὰρ προσληπτικὸν ἰσοδυναμοῦν τι ἑαυτοῦ. 18 sch. 1032 in libris adhaeret scholio 1040/41; trai. W particula δὲ simul deleta. enuntiatum posterius τὸ δὲ ἑοῖο κτλ. huc pertinere iam Schaefer viderat18 sch. 1032 in the manuscripts is attached to scholium 1040/41; transposed by W, with the particle δὲ deleted at the same time. The following sentence τὸ δὲ ἑοῖο etc. Schaefer had already seen belongs here.

Some say that Cyzicus was killed by the Dioscuri, but others say by Jason. The

ἐρραίσθη: ἐθραύσθη. LgP

τὸ δὲ μοῖραν ἀνέπλησε σημαίνει· τὸ πρόσταγμα τῆς εἱμαρμένης ἐτέλεσε. P 23 ἐτέλεσε F : τελέσαι23 ἐτέλεσε in F : τελέσαι

The

〈τὴν γὰρ θέμις:〉 τοῦτο ὥσπερ ἀποδεικτικόν ἐστι τοῦ ἄφυκτον εἶναι τὴν μοῖραν, ὡς φησι καὶ Ὅμηρος. Lg (P)

〈τόν:〉 τὸν Κύζικον. Lg

ἀδευκέος ἔκτοθεν ἄτης: οὐ προσηνοῦς, ἀπεοικυίας, πικρᾶς· δεῦκος γὰρ τὸ γλυκύ, ὅθεν τὸ Πολυδεύκης· καὶ γὰρ ζῶν εὐεργετικώτατος... 27 Et. Gen. (B) ἀδευκέος: (οἷον I 1034—1037 add. Et. M.). ἀπεοικυίας ἢ πικρᾶς. δεῦκος γὰρ τὸ γλυκύ, ὅθεν καὶ Πολυδεύκης ἐκλήθη. (καὶ γὰρ ζῶν εὐερ-27 Et. Gen. (B) ἀδευκέος: (such as I 1034—1037 add. Et. M.). Unseemly or bitter. For δεῦκος means sweet, whence Polydeuces was named. (For while living he was most beneficent, 28 ὅθεν καὶ τὸ A28 ὅθεν καὶ τὸ in A

γετικώτατος καὶ ἀποθεωθεὶς ἅμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ διασῴζει τὰς ναῦς. ἢ ἀφανοῦς καὶ ἀπροοράτου, παρὰ τὸ δείκω. τὸ δὲ

ἔκτοθεν ταὐτόν ἐστι τῷ ἐκτός. περὶ δὲ τῆς μάχης καὶ Δηίοχος (fg 6 M. II 18) ἱστορεῖ. περὶ δὲ τῆς τοῦ Κυζίκου ἀναιρέσεως καὶ τῆς ὅλης μάχης οὐ συμφωνεῖται. Ἔφορος (70 fg 61 J.) μὲν γάρ φησι τοὺς Δολίονας Πελασγοὺς ὄντας καὶ ἐχθρωδῶς διακειμένους πρὸς τοὺς τὴν Θεσσαλίαν καὶ Μαγνησίαν κατοικοῦντας διὰ τὸ ἀπελασθῆναι ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐπιθέσθαι αὐτοῖς, γράφων ἐν τῇ θ᾽. ἠκολούθηκε δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος Δηιόχῳ (v. supra). Καλλισθένης δὲ ἐν τῷ α᾽ τοῦ Περίπλου (124 fg 6 J.) κατ᾽ ἔχθραν φησὶ τοὺς οἰκοῦντας τὴν Κύζικον ἐπιθέσθαι νυκτὸς τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις.

ἔκτοθεν is the same as ἐκτός. About the battle also Deiochus (fg 6 M. II 18) gives an account. But about the killing of Cyzicus and the whole battle there is no agreement. Ephorus (70 fg 61 J.) says that the Doliones, being Pelasgians and hostilely disposed toward the inhabitants of Thessaly and Magnesia because they had been driven out by them, attacked them, writing in the ninth book. Apollonius followed Deiochus (see above). But Callisthenes in the first book of the Periplus (124 fg 6 J.) says that the inhabitants of Cyzicus attacked the Argonauts at night out of enmity.

γετικώτατος ἦν καὶ ἀπαθανατισθεὶς μετὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τοὺς ναυτικοὺς σῴζει add. Et. M.). sch. II 267a. b. 388/91c sch. δ 489. ζ 273 Hesych. ἀδευκής Et. Or. 24, 20 Et. M. 16, 26he was most beneficent and after being immortalized with his brother saves sailors add. Et. M.). sch. II 267a. b. 388/91c sch. δ 489. ζ 273 Hesych. ἀδευκής Et. Or. 24, 20 Et. M. 16, 26 2 ἀφανοῦς Lg 3 τῷ Steph. : τὸ L : aliter P Δηίοχος et Δηιόχῳ Clinton l. ad sch. 961/63 l. : Δηίλοχος et Δηιλόχῳ 7 νύκτωρ post ἐπιθέσθαι add. P2 ἀφανοῦς in Lg 3 τῷ in Steph. : τὸ in L : differently in P Δηίοχος and Δηιόχῳ Clinton l. ad sch. 961/63 l. : Δηίλοχος and Δηιλόχῳ 7 νύκτωρ after ἐπιθέσθαι added in P

and after being deified together with his brother he saves the ships. Or of unseen and unforeseen, from δείκω. The

〈αὐτῇ ὑπὸ νυκτί:〉 αὐτῇ τῇ νυκτί, θαυμαστικῶς. Lg

〈πέδησεν:〉 κατέσχεν. Lg

〈πολεῖς:〉 μνημονεύει Δηίοχος τῶν ἀναιρεθέντων, ὡς φησι Σοφόκλειος. Lg 13 Δηίοχος W : Δηίλοχος 14 Σοφόκλειος K, sed cf. W 90, 113 Δηίοχος in W : Δηίλοχος 14 Σοφόκλειος in K, but cf. W 90, 1

Τηλεκλῆα ἠδὲ Μεγαβρόντην: πέπλακε τὰ ὀνόματα ταῦτα Ἀπολλώνιος, οὐκ ἀπὸ ἱστορίας ἔλαβεν. οὕτω Ταρραῖος (fg 12 Linnenkugel De Lucillo Tarrhaeo, Diss. Monast. 1926, 95).

Ἀρτάκεα: Ἡρωδιανὸς βαρυτονεῖ τὸ ὄνομα ἐν τῷ γ᾽ τῆς Καθόλου (I 68, 28 L.)· Ἀρτάκης γάρ.

〈ἐνναέται:〉 ἔποικοι. Lg

ἠύτε κίρκους ὠκυπ〈έτας〉: εἶδος ἱέρακος. ἔστι 21 Et. Gen. (AB) πέλεια: κίρκος ἐστὶν εἶδος ἱέρακος. ἔστι (εἰσὶ B) δὲ γένη ἱεράκων (ἱέρακος A) η᾽, ὥς φησι Καλλίμαχος ἐν τοῖς Περὶ ὀρνέων. πέλεια δὲ περιστερᾶς εἶδος οἷον φάσσα (φάσσαι A, φάσαι B). ἐτυμολογεῖται δὲ (δὲ om. A) ὡς οἶμαι παρὰ τὸ πέλαν (πελόν B), ὃ σημαίνει τὸ μέλαν. Et. Gen. (AB) κίρκος: κρίκος κίρκος (κίρκος κρίκος A) καὶ τὸ κρικώσω κιρκώσω Ἀττικῶς λέγεται (ex Herodiano Περὶ παθῶν II 375, 29 L.). I 1049—1050. ἔστιν δὲ εἶδος ἱέρακος. Et. Gud. 458, 22 Sturz (cf. Reitzenstein Gesch. d. gr. Et. 1897, 95) Arist. Hist. an. IX 36, 620a 17 Plin. Nat. hist. X 2121 Et. Gen. (AB) πέλεια: κίρκος is a kind of hawk. There are eight kinds of hawks, as Callimachus says in his On Birds. πέλεια is a kind of dove like the wood pigeon. It is etymologized, I think, from πέλαν, which means black. Et. Gen. (AB) κίρκος: κρίκος κίρκος and κρικώσω κιρκώσω is said in Attic (from Herodian On Affections II 375, 29 L.). I 1049—1050. It is a kind of hawk. Et. Gud. 458, 22 Sturz (cf. Reitzenstein Gesch. d. gr. Et. 1897, 95) Arist. Hist. an. IX 36, 620a 17 Plin. Nat. hist. X 21

δὲ ἱεράκων γένη ἕξ, ὡς Καλλίμαχος ἐν τοῖς Περὶ ὀρνέων (fg 100c 1 Schn.). καὶ Ὅμηρος δὲ ἔοικε τοῦτο γινώσκειν· φησί γοῦν (ν 86 sq.)· “οὐδέ κεν ἴρηξ / κίρκος ὁμαρτήσειεν ἐλαφρότατος πετεηνῶν” καί (ο 526) “κίρκος Ἀπόλλωνος ταχὺς ἄγγελος”. ὁ δὲ ἱέραξ ἱερός ἐστιν Ἀπόλλωνος.

πέλεια δὲ περιστερᾶς εἶδος ὅμοιον φάττῃ, ὡς φησιν Ἀριστοτέλης (Hist. an. V 13, 544 b 1).

πέλεια is a kind of dove similar to the wood pigeon, as Aristotle says (Hist. an. V 13, 544 b 1).

5 sch. BT O 237 Eust. 87, 65 sch. BT O 237 Eust. 87, 6 1 〈δεκα〉έξ (i. e. ις᾽ pro ϛ᾽) Schneider propter Plinii l. l. 2 φησί γοῦν K : φησὶν οὖν1 〈δεκα〉έξ (i.e. ις᾽ for ϛ᾽) Schneider on account of Pliny's passage 2 φησί γοῦν in K : φησὶν οὖν

There are six kinds of hawks, as Callimachus in his On Birds (fg 100

ὑποτροπίῃ: ὑποστροφῇ τουτέστι φυγῇ. Lg (P)

ἠῶθεν δ᾽ ὀλ〈οήν〉: ἅμα ἠοῖ κακὴν ἀμπλακίην καὶ ἀπροσμηχάν〈ητ〉ον εἶδον οἷον ἀβοήθητον. L 11 suppl. W11 supplied by W

τρὶς περὶ χαλκείοις δίχα: χαλκείοις σὺν ἔντεσι. ὑπέρβατον δέ ἐστι. τὸ γὰρ ἑξῆς· χαλκείοις σὺν ἔντεσι περιδινηθέντες, ὅ ἐστι περιδραμόντες.

τύμβῳ ἐν ἐκτερέ〈ιξαν〉: τύμβον ἔστησαν. κτερεΐξαι τὸ θάψαι· ἔθαψαν γάρ, τάφον αὐτῷ ποιήσαντες. 15 ἐν ἐκτ- W : ἐνεκτ- κτερεΐξαι W : καὶ ταρχύσαι15 ἐν ἐκτ- in W : ἐνεκτ- κτερεΐξαι in W : καὶ ταρχύσαι 16 post θάψαι P add. κτερεΐξαι δὲ τὸ τύμβον ποιῆσαι καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῷ τύμβῳ τελέσαι16 after θάψαι P adds κτερεΐξαι δὲ τὸ τύμβον ποιῆσαι καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῷ τύμβῳ τελέσαι

τοῦ δὲ Λειμωνίου πεδίου μέμνηται Δηίοχος (fg 7 M. II 18), περί τε τοῦ τάφου Κυζίκου ὁ αὐτός. 17 sch. 1061 post 1062 legitur, traici iussit Schaefer Δηίοχος V : Διίοχος P : Δηίλοχος L17 sch. 1061 is read after 1062, Schaefer ordered it to be transposed: Δηίοχος in V : Διίοχος in P : Δηίλοχος in L

but of

τὸ δὲ ἀγκέχυται Ὁμηρικῶς κατὰ τὴν ἀρχαίαν ἀγωγήν (Ψ 256)· ‘χυτὴν ἐπὶ γαῖαν ἔχευαν’. 19 ἀγκ- L : ἐγκ- P γὴν (sic) post ἀγωγήν add. L19 ἀγκ- in L : ἐγκ- in P; γὴν (sic) after ἀγωγήν added in L

but the

οὐδ᾽ ἄλοχος Κλείτη: ὁ μὲν Ἀπολλώνιος νεόγαμον τὸν Κύζικον καὶ ἄπαιδα ἱστορεῖ, Εὐφορίων δὲ ἐν Ἀπολλοδώρῳ (fg 4 Scheidw.) μελλόγαμον. τὴν δὲ 〈γαμετήν〉 οὐ Κλείτην 〈τήν〉 Μέροπος λέγει θυγατέρα, Λάρισαν δὲ τὴν Πιάσου· οὐδὲ παθεῖν τι, ἀπαχθῆναι δὲ αὐτὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός. Νεάνθης δὲ ἐν τοῖς Μυθικοῖς (84 fg 11 J.) 21 Parth. Narr. am. 28 Con. Narr. 41, 521 Parth. Narr. am. 28; Con. Narr. 41, 5 23 τὴν δὲ 〈γαμετήν〉 οὐ Κλ. 〈τὴν〉 Μ. K : τὴν δὲ γαμετὴν οὐ Μ. Meineke Euph. 1823, 60 : τὴν δὲ Κλ. οὐ Μ.23 τὴν δὲ 〈γαμετήν〉 οὐ Κλ. 〈τὴν〉 Μ. in K : τὴν δὲ γαμετὴν οὐ Μ. Meineke Euph. 1823, 60 : τὴν δὲ Κλ. οὐ Μ. 24 Λάρισαν L corr. : Θρήσσαν L ante corr., PA ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς θανάτῳ post τι add. P 25 αὐτήν L : οἴκαδε P Νεάνθης L : Εὐάνθης P24 Λάρισαν in L corrected : Θρήσσαν in L before correction, in P and A; ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς θανάτῳ after τι added in P; 25 αὐτήν in L : οἴκαδε in P; Νεάνθης in L : Εὐάνθης in P

συμφωνεῖ τῷ Ἀπολλωνίῳ. περὶ δὲ τῆς Κλείτης φησὶ Δηίοχος (fg 8 M. II 18) ὑπὸ λύπης τελευτῆσαι. ἱστορεῖ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος ἄτεκνον τὸν Κύζικον ἀνηρῆσθαι, Νεάνθης (v. supra) δὲ ἐσχηκέναι φησὶ παῖδα ὁμώνυμον. 1 Δηίοχος littera λ deleta V : Διίοχος P : Δηίλοχος L 3 Νεάνθης C. Mueller FHG III 11 : Εὐάνθης ἑαυτῷ in fine add. P1 Δηίοχος with the letter λ deleted in V : Διίοχος in P : Δηίλοχος in L; 3 Νεάνθης C. Mueller FHG III 11 : Εὐάνθης; ἑαυτῷ at the end added in P

It agrees with Apollonius. But about Cleite, Deiiochus (fg 8 M. II 18) says that she died of grief. Apollonius records that Cyzicus was killed childless, but Neanthes (see above) says that he had a son of the same name.

τὴν δὲ καὶ αὐταί: τοῦτο ἤτοι πρὸς θαυμασμὸν τοῦ πάθους — τοσοῦτον γὰρ ἦν, ὡς καὶ τὴν θείαν φύσιν ἀνεγεῖραι — ἢ ὅτι ὑπόκεινται αἱ γυναῖκες θρηνοῦσαι, ἵνα ᾖ· μετὰ τῶν Δολιόνων καὶ αὐταὶ αἱ νύμφαι ὠδύροντο τὴν Κλείτην. Νεάνθης (84 fg 12 J.) δὲ καὶ Δηίοχος (fg 8 M. II 18) ἱστοροῦσιν, ὅτι ἀπήγξατο ἡ Κλείτη καὶ ὅτι ἐκ ταύτης κρήνη ἐν Κυζίκῳ 〈...〉. 8 Parth. Narr. am. 288 Parth. Narr. am. 28 7 Νεάνθης Marquardt Cyzicus 1836, 168 n. 1 : Εὐάνθης 8 Δηίοχος W : Διίοχος P : Δηίλοχος LV 9 ἐκ Fr. : ἡ L. lac. ind. W. P, quem Jacoby sequitur, totum locum ita explevit: καὶ Δ. δὲ καὶ Εὐ. ἀπάγξασθαί φασιν αὐτήν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν δακρύων αὐτῆς κρήνην γενέσθαι, κληθεῖσαν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτῆς Κλείτην.7 Νεάνθης Marquardt Cyzicus 1836, 168 n. 1 : Εὐάνθης; 8 Δηίοχος W : Διίοχος in P : Δηίλοχος in L and V; 9 ἐκ Fr. : ἡ L. W indicated a lacuna. P, whom Jacoby follows, filled the whole passage thus: καὶ Δ. δὲ καὶ Εὐ. ἀπάγξασθαί φασιν αὐτήν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν δακρύων αὐτῆς κρήνην γενέσθαι, κληθεῖσαν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτῆς Κλείτην.

ἣν καλέουσι Κλείτην: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁμωνύμως τῇ παιδί, πρὸς τὸ πλείονα χρόνον τοῦ πάθους τὴν μνήμην σῴζεσθαι [βουλόμενοι]. περικλεὲς δὲ [ἢ] τὸ ἐπίδοξον καὶ διαβόητον ἔκ τε τῆς τοῦ πάθους ὑπερβολῆς καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα διαθέσεως γενόμενον. 11 del. W 12 [ἢ] τὸ Fr. : ἢ τὸ L : ἤτοι K : aliter P11 deleted by W; 12 [ἢ] τὸ Fr. : ἢ τὸ in L : ἤτοι in K : differently in P

μυληφάτου: τοῦ πυροῦ, τουτέστι τοῦ σίτου, τοῦ ἀλεύρου τοῦ ὑπὸ μύλης τεθραυσμένου ἐν τῷ ἀλήθεσθαι. φησὶ δὲ τοὺς ἄρτους. 14 sch. β 355 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 114, 9 B. Hesych. μυληφάτου Et. Or. 98, 19 Et. M. 594, 42 Eust. 868, 39. 1445, 57. 1450, 1814 sch. β 355; Apoll. Lex. Hom. 114, 9 B.; Hesych. μυληφάτου; Et. Or. 98, 19; Et. M. 594, 42; Eust. 868, 39. 1445, 57. 1450, 18

ἄφλεκτα: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὠμά. LgP

〈διαζώεσκον:〉 ἔζων. Lg

χύτλα: κυρίως τὰ μεθ᾽ ὕδατος ἔλαια, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ τὰ ἐναγίσματα καὶ αἱ χοαί. πέλανοι δὲ πέμματα ποιά. Ἀττικοὶ δὲ πέλανον λέγουσι πᾶν τὸ πεπηγός, ὡς Εὐριπίδης περὶ τοῦ ἀφροῦ τοῦ πεπηγότος περὶ τοὺς ὀδόντας οὕτως ἔθηκεν τὴν λέξιν, οἷον (Orest. 220)· 18 Et. Gen. (B) χύτλα: οἷον II 926. χύτλα κυρίως τὰ μεθ᾽ ὕδατος ἔλαια, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐναγίσματα. Καλλίμαχος (fg 479 Schn.)· ‘χύτλων ἀντιασάντων (ἀντιάσαντες Schneider)’, ἔντομα μήλων τὰ εὐνοῦχα, ἐπειδὴ ταῦτα μάλιστα ἔθυον τοῖς νεκροῖς ὡς ἄγονα ὄντα ἀγόνοις καὶ αὐτοῖς οὖσιν (inde ab ἔντομα e glossa ἔντομα repetita, quae ad v. 587 ascriptα est). cf. W 77 sch. ζ 80 Hesych. Suid. χύτλα18 Et. Gen. (B) χύτλα: as in II 926. χύτλα properly are oils mixed with water, but by misuse also the offerings to the dead. Callimachus (fg 479 Schn.): ‘χύτλων ἀντιασάντων (ἀντιάσαντες Schneider)’, ἔντομα μήλων are the castrated ones, since they especially sacrificed these to the dead as being barren to those who are themselves barren (from ἔντομα repeated from the gloss ἔντομα, which was ascribed to v. 587). cf. W 77; sch. ζ 80; Hesych.; Suid. χύτλα 19 Et. Gen. (AB) πέλανος: οἷον I 1077. εἰσὶ πέμματα ποιά. Ἀττικοὶ δὲ πέλανον λέγουσι πᾶν τὸ πεπηγός, ὡς Εὐριπίδης περὶ τοῦ ἀφροῦ τοῦ πεπηγότος περὶ τοὺς ὀδόντας οὕτως ἔθηκεν τὴν λέξιν, οἷον (Orest. 220)·19 Et. Gen. (AB) πέλανος: as in I 1077. They are certain cakes. The Attics call πέλανος everything that is congealed, as Euripides used the word for the foam congealed around the teeth, as (Orest. 220):

δὲ πᾶν τὸ πεπηγὸς οὕτω λέγουσι. τὸ δὲ Κύζικον ἐνναίοντες ἀντὶ τοῦ οἱ Κυζικηνοί. Ἰάονες δὲ διὰ τὸ ἀποίκους εἶναι Μιλησίων. καὶ γὰρ εἰς Μίλητον ὁ Νηλεὺς ἀποικίαν ἐστείλατο καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐπὶ Κύζικον μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον· ὅθεν καὶ τοὺς Κυζικηνοὺς Ἴωνας ἐκάλεσεν. 4 Κυζικηνοὺς Hoelzlin : Μιλησίους4 Κυζικηνοὺς Hoelzlin : Μιλησίους

but they call everything congealed thus. But the

πελάνους ἐπαλετρ〈εύουσιν〉: πᾶς δῆμος ἐπὶ τῆς μύλης ἐπαλετρεύουσι καὶ ἀλήθουσι πελάνους. πέλανος δὲ ὁ διαπεπηγμένος καὶ ῥυπαρὸς 〈ἀφρὸς〉 κατὰ Ἀττικούς, ὡς καὶ Εὐριπίδης (Orest. 220)· ‘στόματος ἀφρώδη πέλανον’. φησὶ δὲ τοὺς ἀκαθάρτους καὶ εὐτελεῖς ἄρτους, οὓς ὁ Θεόκριτος (XXIV 138) Δωρικούς φησιν. sch. rec. Aesch. Pers. 204 — sch. Eur. Or. 220 Hesych. πέλανον. πέλανος — Συν. πέλανοι (335, 20 Ba. Phot. Suid.)sch. rec. Aesch. Pers. 204 — sch. Eur. Or. 220; Hesych. πέλανον. πέλανος — Συν. πέλανοι (335, 20 Ba.; Phot.; Suid.) 7 suppl. Blomfield Aesch. Pers. 1814, 1827 supplied by Blomfield Aesch. Pers. 1814, 182

ἦμαθ᾽ ὁμοῦ: τὸ ὁμοῦ παρ᾽ Ὁμήρῳ μὲν τὸ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τόπῳ σημαίνει (Λ 127) “ὁμοῦ δ᾽ ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους”, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς μεθ᾽ Ὅμηρον καὶ ἄλλα σημαίνει, ὡς καὶ Σοφοκλῆς ἐπὶ χρόνου τέθεικεν αὐτό (Oed. R. 4 sq.)· ‘πόλις δ᾽ ὁμοῦ μὲν θυμιαμάτων γέμει, / ὁμοῦ δὲ παιάνων τε καὶ στεναγμάτων’. νῦν δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁμοίως κεῖται, ὡς καὶ παρ᾽ Εὐριπίδῃ (Herc. 455)· ‘ὁμοῦ γέροντες καὶ νέοι καὶ μητέρες’. 10 sch. BT Λ 127 sch. Plat. Phaed. 72 C Lex. rhet. 285, 1 B. Hesych. Phot. Suid. ὁμοῦ Eust. 878, 13. 1713, 3110 sch. BT Λ 127; sch. Plat. Phaed. 72 C; Lex. rhet. 285, 1 B.; Hesych.; Phot.; Suid. ὁμοῦ; Eust. 878, 13. 1713, 31 10 τῷ αὐτῷ P : αὐτῷ τῷ L10 τῷ αὐτῷ in P : αὐτῷ τῷ in L

〈ἐπιπλομένη:〉 ἐπερχομένη. Lgr (P)

ὧλλοι μέν ῥα: ἡ τοιαύτη συναλοιφὴ τῆς νεωτέρας Ἰάδος ἐστί. διὸ μέμφονται Ζηνοδότῳ εἰπόντι 〈δεῖν ἀναγινώσκειν〉 (Β 1) “ὧλλοι μέν ῥα θεοί τε καὶ ἀνέρες”· οὐ κέχρηται γὰρ ταύτῃ Ὅμηρος. 19 Et. Gen. (B) ὧλλοι: οἷον I 1081 καὶ I 998 ἀντὶ τοῦ οἱ ἄλλοι. αἱ τοιαῦται συναλοιφαὶ τῆς δευτέρας εἰσὶν Ἰάδος, ᾗ Ὅμηρος οὐ χρῆται. sch. 998/99 sch. AB B 1. A K 1 Apoll. De constr. I 6. 62 — Philem. Lex. techn. 31619 Et. Gen. (B) ὧλλοι: as in I 1081 and I 998, instead of οἱ ἄλλοι. Such contractions are of the second Ionic dialect, which Homer does not use. sch. 998/99; sch. AB B 1. A K 1; Apoll. De constr. I 6. 62 — Philem. Lex. techn. 316 20 suppl. W ex Et.20 supplied by W from Et.

πύματον λάχος: ὕστατον κλῆρον καὶ μερίδα τοῦ ἐν τῇ Δολιονίᾳ ὕπνου λαμβάνοντες καὶ ἐκεῖσε ὑπνοῦντες· τῇ γὰρ ἑξῆς ἀναπλεῖν ἔμελλον. LgM P 22 ὕστατον P : ὕστερον LG22 ὕστατον in P : ὕστερον in LG 23 Δολιονίᾳ Hoelzlin : Δολο- ὕπνου GF : -οῦν LP καὶ ἐκεῖσε κτλ. L(P) : om. G23 Δολιονίᾳ Hoelzlin : Δολο- ὕπνου in GF : -οῦν in LP; καὶ ἐκεῖσε κτλ. in L(P) : omitted in G

〈πύματον λάχος:〉 τοῦ ἐν Κυζίκῳ ὕπνου ὕστατον λάχος φησίν. Sm 1 τοῦ — ὕπνου sch. a : τὸν — ὕπνον ὕστατον P in sch. a : ὕστερον1 τοῦ — ὕπνου in sch. a : τὸν — ὕπνον ὕστατον in P in sch. a : ὕστερον

ἀδινὰ κνώσσοντασ: ἐφύλαττον μεγάλως καὶ βαθέως ὑπνοῦντας. ὁ δὲ Ταρραῖος (fg 8 Linnenkugel De Lucillo Tarrhaeo, Diss. Monast. 1926, 89) λεπτὰ κοιμωμένους καὶ οὐ κατὰ βάθος.

〈θεσπίζουσα:〉 προλέγουσα, μαντευομένη. Lg

λῆξιν ὀρινομένων: τὴν κατάπαυσιν καὶ λώφησιν τῆς τῶν ἀνέμων βίας. 〈ἀκταίης:〉 τὸ γὰρ ὄρνεον θαλάσσιον καὶ ἐν τοῖς αἰγιαλοῖς βιοῦν. λέγεται δὲ καὶ ὁ Ζεὺς ἐφεξῆς ιε᾽ ἡμέρας ἤ, ὡς τινες, ιδ᾽ εὐδιεινὰς ποιεῖν, ἵνα ἀποκυήσῃ παρὰ τοῖς αἰγιαλοῖς, αἱ ἀλκυονίδες ἡμέραι καλοῦνται, ζ᾽ πρὸ τοῦ τόκου καὶ ζ᾽ μετὰ τὸν τόκον. εἴληφε δὲ τὰ περὶ τῶν ἀλκυόνων παρὰ Πινδάρου ἐκ Παιάνων (fg 62 Schr.). εὐλόγως δὲ ὄσσαν εἶπε τὴν τῆς ἀλκυόνος φωνήν· ὑπὸ γὰρ Ἥρας ἦν ἀπεσταλμένη, ὡς φησι Πίνδαρος. 8 Arist. Hist. an. V 8, 542 b 4 Plin. Nat. hist. X 90 Ps.-Plat. Alcyon. 1. 2 cum sch. sch. Theocr. VII 57 b sch. Lyc. 730. Et. M 66, 29 . Et. Gud. 91, 24 De Stef. — Eust. 776, 188 Arist. Hist. an. V 8, 542 b 4; Plin. Nat. hist. X 90; Ps.-Plat. Alcyon. 1. 2 with sch.; sch. Theocr. VII 57 b; sch. Lyc. 730; Et. M 66, 29; Et. Gud. 91, 24 De Stef. — Eust. 776, 18 8 add. W8 added by W 10 εὐδιεινὰς Steph. : εὐδιηνὰς AF : εὐδινὰς L : εὐδίας P αἱ K : καὶ10 εὐδιεινὰς Steph. : εὐδιηνὰς in AF : εὐδινὰς in L : εὐδίας in P; αἱ in K : καὶ 12 τῶν ἀλκυόνων F : τὴν -ην L : τὴν -α P12 τῶν ἀλκυόνων in F : τὴν -ην in L : τὴν -α in P

ἀκταίης ὄρνιθος: τῆς παρὰ ταῖς ἀκταῖς καὶ τοῖς αἰγιαλοῖς διατριβούσης καθήκουσαν φωνὴν ἀκούσας. 15 sch. ABT A 105. AT B 93 Et. M. 633, 30 Eust. 1417, 3815 sch. ABT A 105; AT B 93; Et. M. 633, 30; Eust. 1417, 38

ἀφλάστοιο: Ἀπολλόδωρος ἐν ταῖς Λέξεσι (cf. 244 fg 240 J.) ἀποδέδωκεν ἄφλαστον τὸ ἀκροστόλιον. οὐκ εὖ, ἐπειδὴ τὸ 17 Et. Gen. (B) ἀκροστόλιον: τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ στόλου... sch. ABT O 717 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 49, 6 B. Eust. 1039, 36 (e Pausania) Συν. ἄφλαστα (172, 10 Ba.) gl. Herod. VI 114 Hesych. Suid. ἄφλαστον Poll. I 90 sch. Lyc. 295 Tz. Lyc. 24, 25 Sch. Et. M. 177, 42 cf. Didym. 79. 181 Schm.17 Et. Gen. (B) ἀκροστόλιον: τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ στόλου... sch. ABT O 717; Apoll. Lex. Hom. 49, 6 B.; Eust. 1039, 36 (from Pausanias); Συν. ἄφλαστα (172, 10 Ba.); gl. Herod. VI 114; Hesych.; Suid. ἄφλαστον; Poll. I 90; sch. Lyc. 295; Tz. Lyc. 24, 25 Sch.; Et. M. 177, 42; cf. Didym. 79. 181 Schm. 17 Ἀπολλόδωρος Schwartz RE² I, 1894, 2871 e Συν. : Ἀπολλώνιος. Wellmann 1931, 65 hunc Apollonium putat esse Chaeridis filium.17 Ἀπολλόδωρος Schwartz RE² I, 1894, 2871 from Συν. : Ἀπολλώνιος. Wellmann 1931, 65 thinks this Apollonius is the son of Chaeris.

ἀκροστόλιόν ἐστι τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ στόλου, στόλος δὲ λέγεται τὸ ἐξέχον ἀπὸ τῆς πτυχῆς καὶ διῆκον ἄχρι τῆς πρώρας ξύλον· πτυχὴ δὲ λέγεται, ὅπου τὸ τῆς νεὼς ἐπιγράφεται ὄνομα. ἔστιν οὖν ἄφλαστον 〈οὐ〉 τὸ ἀκροστόλιον 〈τὸ〉 κατὰ τὴν πρώραν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ποιητὴς αὐτὸ παραδίδωσιν ἐπὶ τῆς πρύμνης λέγων (Ο 716 sq.)· “Ἕκτωρ δὲ πρύμνηθεν ἐπεὶ λάβεν, οὔτι μεθίει / ἄφλαστον μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχων.” καὶ εἴρηται ἄφλαστον κατὰ συγγένειαν τοῦ φ πρὸς τὸ θ, ἄθλαστον· κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν, ἐπεὶ εὔθλαστόν ἐστιν. ἔστιν οὖν ἄφλαστον σανίδιον κατὰ τὴν πρύμναν. 1 τὸ ἄκρον P cum Et. : om. L1 τὸ ἄκρον in P with Et. : omitted in L 3 ἄφλ. 〈οὐ〉 τὸ ἀκρ. 〈τὸ〉 Deicke 25 e sch. BT O 717 : ἀκρ. τὸ ἄφλ.3 ἄφλ. 〈οὐ〉 τὸ ἀκρ. 〈τὸ〉 Deicke 25 from sch. BT O 717 : ἀκρ. τὸ ἄφλ.

The acrostolion is the tip of the stolos, and stolos is the name for the timber that projects from the ptyche and extends to the prow; ptyche is the name for the place where the ship's name is inscribed. Therefore the acrostolion at the prow is not the aphlaston, but the poet applies the term to the stern when he says (O 716 sq.):

〈ἀφλάστοιο:〉 ἀκροστολίου. Gg

ἐκ γὰρ τῆς ἄνεμ〈οι〉: ἐκ ταύτης τῆς Ῥέας καὶ γῆ καὶ θάλασσα καὶ οὐρανὸς συνέχεται. οἱ γὰρ φυσικοὶ αὐτὴν γῆν φυσιολογοῦσι καὶ τὴν πάντων ἁρμογὴν καὶ σύνδεσμον, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῆς ἐτυµολογοῦσι παρὰ τὸ ῥεῖν ἀεὶ καὶ ποιεῖν τείρεα. καὶ φυσικῶς ταύτης ἄνδρα τὸν Κρόνον φασίν, οἱονεὶ τὸν χρόνον μεταβολῇ τῶν ἀντιστοίχων· σύνεστι δὲ τῇ τῶν στοιχείων τάξει ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὁ χρόνος. καὶ εἶτα λοιπὸν ἀλληγορικῶς τούτους τῶν θαλασσίων καὶ οὐρανίων καὶ χθονίων θεῶν πατέρασ εἶναί φασι· μετὰ γὰρ τὴν τῶν στοιχείων θέσιν καὶ σύνδεσμον συνέβη καὶ θεοὺς καὶ θεῶν δυνάμεις καὶ διαφορὰς μαθεῖν τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ τιμῆσαι. 13 sch. 1141/48 b sch. Hes. Theog. 135 Et. M. 701, 18 Plat. Crat. 402 B Corn. 613 sch. 1141/48 b; sch. Hes. Theog. 135; Et. M. 701, 18; Plat. Crat. 402 B; Corn. 6 17 δὲ L : γὰρ P17 δὲ in L : γὰρ in P

πεπείρηται: συνέχεται, συνέζευκται. LgGgP

Ἱερῆς ἐκ πείσματα: ἧς καὶ ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις μέμνηται εἰπών (v. 1019)· “Ἱερὴ δὲ φατίζεται ἥδ᾽ ἔτι πέτρη.” 22 ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω A. ἐν τοῖς προτέροις prop. Schaefer, traditum defendit Bernhardy Dion. Per. 2, 1828, 77022 ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω A. ἐν τοῖς προτέροις proposed by Schaefer, the traditional reading defended by Bernhardy Dion. Per. 2, 1828, 770 23 ἥδ᾽ ἔτι L : εἰσέτι P23 ἥδ᾽ ἔτι in L : εἰσέτι in P

ἤρεσαν: ἐκωπηλάτησαν. τῷ δὲ συντελικῷ ἀντὶ παρατατικοῦ εἶπεν, τοῦ ἤρεσσον. λιμένα δὲ Θρηίκιον λέγει, ἐπειδὴ κεῖται μὲν ἡ Κύζικος ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτοις τῆς Φρυγίας, συνάπτει δὲ ἡ Βιθυνία τῇ Φρυγίᾳ, Βιθυνοί δὲ Θρᾷκες κατὰ τὸ δεξιὸν μέρος. ἢ ἐπειδὴ Θρᾷκες Κύζικον ᾤκησαν. 24 ἐκωπηλάτησαν Gg24 ἐκωπηλάτησαν in Gg 27 〈τῶν〉 κατὰ prop. Fr.27 〈τῶν〉 κατὰ proposed by Fr.

καὶ πᾶσα περαίη Θρηικ〈ίης〉: καὶ πᾶσα ἡ ἐν- 28 καὶ πᾶσα ἡ — Θράκης L : ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τὸ ἐξ ἐναντίας μέρος τῆς28 καὶ πᾶσα ἡ — Θράκης in L : ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τὸ ἐξ ἐναντίας μέρος τῆς

ἀντία χώρα τῆς Θράκης. 〈Μακριάδες...〉 Ποντικὸν δὲ ἔθνος οἱ Μάκρωνες. τὸ δὲ χερσὶν ἑαῖς οὐκ εὖ εἴρηκεν· ὤφειλε γὰρ σφετέραις. 1 lac. ind. W, ubi P praestat: Μακριάδος δὲ λέγει σκοπιὰς τὴν τῶν Μακρώνων χώραν1 lacuna indicated by W, where P offers: Μακριάδος δὲ λέγει σκοπιὰς τὴν τῶν Μακρώνων χώραν

The land opposite Thrace.

〈ἠερόεν〉 στόμα Βοσπόρου: ἠερόεν οἷον ἀερώδες ἤτοι ὁμιχλῶδες. Βόσπορος δὲ τὸ τῆς Προποντίδος στενόν, οὕτω κληθὲν ἀπὸ τῆς διανηξαμένης βοός, τῆς Ἰοῦς. 4 sch. II 168 cum loc. sim.4 sch. II 168 with similar passages 3 add. W3 added by W

ἐκ δ᾽ ἑτέρης: οὐ λέγει ἐκ δ᾽ ἑτέρης ἠπείρου — καὶ γὰρ ἡ Μυσία καὶ ὁ Αἴσηπος τῆς Ἀσίας —, ἐπὶ ἑτέρας δὲ χώρας λέγει, τῆς Τρῳάδος, καθ᾽ ἣν ὁ Αἴσηπος ῥεῖ χωρίσων αὐτὴν τῆς Μυσίας. καὶ Ὅμηρος (Μ 21)· ‘Γρήνικός τε καὶ Αἴσηπος’. ἡ δὲ Τρῳὰς ἀπὸ Μυσίας ἀρχομένη τῆς Μεγάλης ἐπὶ τοῦ Αἰσήπου λήγει· ἡ δὲ Δολιονία καὶ Φρυγία ἄρχεται μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ Αἰσήπου, λήγει δὲ ἐπὶ Ῥυνδάκου. Μυσίαι δὲ δύο, ὧν ἡ μὲν μία τῇ Εὐρώπῃ πλησιάζει, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα τῇ Ἀσίᾳ· τῆς οὖν ἐν Ἀσίᾳ Μυσίας αἱ κολῶναι τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις ἐφαίνοντο. 11 Strab. XII 571 Ptol. Geogr. VIII 11, 111 Strab. XII 571; Ptol. Geogr. VIII 11, 1 10 τῆς Μεγάλης P (cf. Ptol. Geogr. V 2, 5. 14) : om. L Δολιονία F : Δολο-10 τῆς Μεγάλης in P (cf. Ptol. Geogr. V 2, 5. 14) : omitted in L; Δολιονία in F : Δολο-

καὶ πεδίον Νηπήιον: πεδίον Νηπείας ἔστι περὶ Κύζικον. μνημονεύει δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ Καλλίμαχος ἐν Ἑκάλῃ (fg 45 Schn. = 101 Kapp)· ‘Νηπείης ἥ τ᾽ ἄργος, ἀοίδιμος Ἀδρήστεια.’ τὴν δὲ Νήπειαν Διονύσιος ὁ Μιλήσιος (32 fg 9 J.) πεδίον τῆς Μυσίας φησὶν εἶναι. ὁ γὰρ βασιλεὺς τῶν Μυσῶν Ὄλυμπος θυγατέρα Ἰάσου ἔγημεν, Νήπειαν ὄνομα, καὶ κατώκησεν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ τούτῳ, ὃ νῦν καλεῖται Νηπείας πεδίον. Ἀπολλόδωρος (244 fg 175 J.) δὲ φησι Νηπείας πεδίον ἐν Φρυγίᾳ. ὁ δὲ Καλλίμαχός φησιν ἐν Ὑπομνήμασι (fg 100h 3 Schn.) Νέμεσιν εἶναι τὴν τὸ πεδίον κατέχουσαν. ἔστι δὲ 14 Et. Gen. (A) στύπος: I 1116—18. σχόλιον. πεδίον (περὶ) Κύζικον ἱερὸν τῆς Νεμέσεως. Νηπηίη δὲ ἡ νέα (immo Νηπήιον δὲ τὸ νέον) ποιητικῶς. ἔστι δὲ καὶ πόλις Μυσίας Ἀδρήστεια ἀπὸ Ἀδράστου τοῦ ἱδρυσαμένου. cf. W 71 Strab. XIII 588 Steph. Byz. Ἀδράστεια14 Et. Gen. (A) στύπος: I 1116—18. σχόλιον. πεδίον (περὶ) Κύζικον ἱερὸν τῆς Νεμέσεως. Νηπηίη δὲ ἡ νέα (rather Νηπήιον δὲ τὸ νέον) poetically. There is also a city of Mysia, Adrasteia, named after Adrastus its founder. cf. W 71; Strab. XIII 588; Steph. Byz. Ἀδράστεια 17 ἥ τ᾽ Bentley : ἥ τ᾽ L : ἥδ᾽ P ἄργος L : Ἄργου P 19 Ὄλυμπος, quod P om., post ἔγημεν est in L. trai. K, delendum non sine dubitatione censet Jacoby 23 〈καὶ χώρα〉 e Steph. Byz. post ἔστι δὲ suppleri vult Deicke 2617 ἥ τ᾽ Bentley : ἥ τ᾽ in L : ἥδ᾽ in P; ἄργος in L : Ἄργου in P; 19 Ὄλυμπος, which P omits, is after ἔγημεν in L. transposed by K, Jacoby thinks it should be deleted not without hesitation; 23 〈καὶ χώρα〉 from Steph. Byz. after ἔστι δὲ Deicke wants to be supplied; 26

καὶ πόλις καλουμένη Ἀδρήστεια ἀπὸ 〈Ἀδράστου〉 τοῦ ἱδρυσαμένου. ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος ἑκατέρων μέμνηται, τῆς τε πόλεως καὶ τοῦ πεδίου· φησὶ γάρ· ἄστυ τε καὶ πεδίον Νηπήιον Ἀδρηστείης. τῆς δὲ πόλεως καὶ Ὅμηρος μνημονεύει (Β 828)· ‘οἳ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Ἀδρήστειαν εἶχον’.

And a city called Adrasteia, named after Adrastus its founder. Apollonius mentions both, the city and the plain; for he says:

ἔσκε δέ τι στιβα〈ρὸν στύπος〉: στύπος τὸ πρέμνον καὶ στέλεχος, ἐξ οὗ καὶ 〈Ἀρχίλοχος (fg 127 B. II 423) ‘ὀρέων〉 ἀπεστύπαζον’. βρέτας δὲ τὸ βροτῷ ἐοικός. καὶ Εὐφορίων (fg 125 Scheidw.) δὲ ἐκ τούτου κινηθεὶς τὸ ξόανον τῆς μητρὸς τῶν θεῶν φησιν ἀµπέλινον εἶναι, διὰ τὸ τὴν ἄµπελον ἴσως ἱερὰν εἶναι τῆς Ῥέας. 5 Et. Gen. (A) στύπος: ... πᾶν δὲ δένδρον σκληρὸν καὶ στερεὸν στύπος λέγεται. ἢ τὸ ταπεινὸν παρὰ τὸ στύφεσθαι... 7 sch. Ar. Equ. 31 Hesych. Suid. βρέτας Et. M. 213, 3 Et. Gud. 286, 11 De Stef.5 Etymologicum Genuinum (A) στύπος: ... every hard and solid tree is called στύπος. Or the lowly one, from στύφεσθαι... 7 sch. Ar. Equ. 31 Hesych. Suid. βρέτας Et. M. 213, 3 Et. Gud. 286, 11 De Stef. 5 add. Steph. 6 στέλεχος GgSm suppl. K ex Et. 7 post ἀπεστύπαζον Deicke 26 ex Et. inseri vult πᾶν δὲ δένδρον κτλ.5 added by Steph. 6 στέλεχος in GgSm, supplied by K from Et. 7 after ἀπεστύπαζον Deicke 26 from Et. wishes to insert πᾶν δὲ δένδρον κτλ.

πρόχνυ: παντελῶς. LgGgSmP

γεράνδρυον: ἀρχαῖον, ξηρόν, ἄχρηστον. LgGgSmP 11 Et. Gen. (AB) γεράνδρυον: παλαιὸν φυτόν. Άπολλώνιος I 1117—1118. σημαίνει δὲ τὸ γεγηρακὸς καὶ παλαιὸν δένδρον. ... Hesych. γεράνδρυεσ sch. Clem. Al. Protr. 10, 22 St. Phryn. Praep. soph. 38, 7 De B.11 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) γεράνδρυον: old plant. Apollonius I 1117—1118. It signifies the aged and old tree. ... Hesych. γεράνδρυεσ sch. Clem. Al. Protr. 10, 22 St. Phryn. Praep. soph. 38, 7 De B. 11 ἀρχαῖον LG : παλαιὸν P : om. S ξηρόν GS : ξύλον LP ἄχρηστον S : om. LGP11 ἀρχαῖον in LG : παλαιὸν in P : omitted in S ξηρόν in GS : ξύλον in LP ἄχρηστον in S : omitted in LGP

〈ὀκριόεντι〉 κολωνῷ: τῇ ἐξεχούσῃ ἀκρώρειᾳ. Lg (P) 12 Et. Gen. (AB) κολώνη: I 1120. 1114. ... σημαίνει δὲ ἄμφω τὰ ἀκρωτήρια. sch. II 695 a sch. ABT Gen. Φ 31912 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) κολώνη: I 1120. 1114. ... it signifies both the headlands. sch. II 695 a sch. ABT Gen. Φ 319

χέραδος: ἡ τῶν βραχέων λίθων συλλογή τῶν καθ᾽ ἕνα χειρὶ ληφθῆναι δυναμένων, οὓς Ὅμηρος χερμάδιά φησι. τὸ δὲ βωμὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς βωμοῦ κατασκευήν. 13 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 167, 21 B. Hesych. Suid. χέραδος Et. M. 808, 40 Eust. 1238, 6 14 sch. Pind. Pyth. III 86 Hesych. χερμαδίῳ. χερμάς Suid. χερμαδίῳ Et. Or. 166, 19 Et. M. 808, 46 Tz. Lyc. 20, 30 Sch. Eust. 715, 39. 1084, 1513 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 167, 21 B. Hesych. Suid. χέραδος Et. M. 808, 40 Eust. 1238, 6 14 sch. Pind. Pyth. III 86 Hesych. χερμαδίῳ. χερμάς Suid. χερμαδίῳ Et. Or. 166, 19 Et. M. 808, 46 Tz. Lyc. 20, 30 Sch. Eust. 715, 39. 1084, 15 12 add. K 13 ἡ — συλλογή Gg 14 χερμάδια PA : -αδίους L12 added by K 13 ἡ — συλλογή in Gg 14 χερμάδια in PA : -αδίους in L

χέραδες λέγονται οἱ σωροί τῶν μικρῶν λίθων. φησὶ Δημήτριος ὁ Σκήψιος (fg 70 Gaede) τὴν διάλεκτον Ἀπολλωνιατῶν εἶναι τῶν ἐν Πόντῳ. μνημονεύει καὶ Σαπφώ (fg inc. lib. 30 Lobel = 114 B. III 127) ‘μή κίνη χεράδας’ καὶ Ὅμηρος (Φ 319) ‘ἅλις χεράδος περιχεύας’.

χέραδος δὲ ὁ τῶν λίθων σωρός· εἰς δὲ τὴν τοῦ βωμοῦ κατασκευὴν λίθους ἐσώρευον.

χέραδος is the heap of stones; for the construction of the altar they heaped up stones.

1 Et. M. 808, 36 Hesych. χεράς 21 sch. II 780/83 a1 Et. M. 808, 36 Hesych. χεράς 21 sch. II 780/83 a 1 ἢ praem. χεράδες P : χέραδες L σωροὶ τῶν μικρῶν W ex Et. : μικροὶ σωροὶ τῶν 4 κίνη Ahrens : κίνει Et. : κενὴ χεράδας Et. : χεράδος P : χέραδος L1 ἢ prefixed χεράδες in P : χέραδες in L σωροὶ τῶν μικρῶν in W from Et. : μικροὶ σωροὶ τῶν 4 κίνη Ahrens : κίνει in Et. : κενὴ χεράδας in Et. : χεράδος in P : χέραδος in L

δρυΐνοισιν: εἰκότως· ἡ γὰρ δρῦς ἱερὰ τῆς Ῥέας, ὡς φησιν Ἀπολλόδωρος ἐν γ᾽ Περὶ θεῶν (244 fg 92 J.).

δρυΐνοις δὲ αὐτούς φησι στέφεσθαι διὰ τὸ μεμερίσθαι τῇ θεῷ τὸ δένδρον τοῦτο, διὰ τὸ καὶ πρὸς στέγας καὶ πρὸς τροφὴν 〈τὸ〉 πρῶτον χρησιμεῦσαι. 10 sch. b ab a segregavit Muenzel 1883, 39 th. 17 11 add. idem10 sch. b separated from a by Muenzel 1883, 39 th. 17 11 added by the same

Δινδυμίην: τὴν ἐν τῷ Δινδύμῳ ὄρει τιμωμένην ἐπικαλούμενοι καὶ ἱκετεύοντες. Lg (P)

ἐνναέτιν Φρυγίης, Τιτίην θ᾽ ἅμα: [περί] τῶν Ἰδαίων Δακτύλων καλουμένων πρώτους 〈τούτους〉 φησὶν εἶναι καὶ παρέδρους τῇ μητρὶ τῶν θεῶν, ἀκολουθῶν Μαιανδρίῳ λέγοντι Μιλησίους, ὅταν θύωσι τῇ Ῥέᾳ, προθύειν Τιτίᾳ καὶ Κυλλήνῳ. εἰσὶ δὲ οὗτοι τῶν Ἰδαίων Δακτύλων μοιρηγέται καὶ μητρὸς θεῶν πάρεδροι. Καλλίστρατος δὲ ἐν τῇ β᾽ τῶν Καθ᾽ Ἡράκλειαν περὶ Τιτίου φησίν (fg 2 M. IV 354)· ‘ὁ δὲ Τιτίας ἥρως ἐγχώριος, ὃν οἱ μὲν μυθεύουσι παῖδα Διός, οἱ δὲ τὸν πρεσβύτατον τῶν Μαριανδυνοῦ τοῦ Κιμμερίου παίδων, δι᾽ ὃν μάλιστα τὸ ἔθνος ηὔξηται καὶ προάγεται ἔτι εἰς εὐδαιμονίαν·

The nine-year-old Phrygian woman, and Titias together: [concerning] the so-called Idaean Dactyls, he says that these were the first and the assessors of the mother of the gods, following Maeandrius who says that the Milesians, whenever they sacrifice to Rhea, sacrifice first to Titias and Cyllenus. These are the leaders of the Idaean Dactyls and the assessors of the mother of the gods. But Callistratus in the second book of his On Heraclea says about Titias (fg 2 M. IV 354): 'Titias is a local hero, whom some mythologize as a child of Zeus, but others as the eldest of the children of Mariandynus, son of Cimmerius, through whom especially the nation has grown and is still advancing to prosperity;'

15 del. W, περι〈ττῶν〉 prop. K 16 suppl. K 17 Μαιανδρίῳ Meineke 1846, 15 : Μαιάνδρῳ L : Μενάνδρῳ P (cf. W 38) 18 προθύειν Hemsterhuys 1744, 290 : προσθ- 20 τῇ L : τῷ P τῶν P : τῷ L 21 ὁ δέ L : om. P μυθεύουσι L : -ονται P 22 τὸν P : om. L πρεσβύτατον Mueller : -τερον15 deleted by W, περι〈ττῶν〉 proposed by K 16 supplied by K 17 Μαιανδρίῳ Meineke 1846, 15 : Μαιάνδρῳ in L : Μενάνδρῳ in P (cf. W 38) 18 προθύειν Hemsterhuys 1744, 290 : προσθ- 20 τῇ in L : τῷ in P τῶν in P : τῷ in L 21 ὁ δέ in L : omitted in P μυθεύουσι in L : -ονται in P 22 τὸν in P : omitted in L πρεσβύτατον Mueller : -τερον

ἀπεθεώθη δὲ ὑπὸ Μαριανδυνῶν’, καὶ Προμαθίδας δὲ ἐν τοῖς Περὶ Ἡρακλείας (fg 1 M. III 201) λέγει περὶ Τιτίου, ὅστις ἦν, καὶ Θεοφάνης (188 fg 2 J.). ὅτι δὲ νύμφη τῆς Οἰαξίδος γῆς δραξαμένη τοὺς καλουμένους Ἰδαίους Δακτύλους ἐποίησε, παρὰ Στησιμβρότου (107 fg 12 b J.) εἴληφε. 〈...〉 καὶ ὅτι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν διερρύησαν, Δακτύλους κληθῆναι. Σοφοκλῆς δὲ αὐτοὺς Φρύγας καλεῖ ἐν Κωφοῖς Σατύροις (fg 364 Pearson). 1 verba ἀπεθεώθη — Μαρ. post Θεοφάνης leguntur, trai. W ὑπὸ K : ἀπὸ Προμαθίδας G. J. Vossius 1699, 187 : -χίδας 3 τῆς L : τις P 5 lac. ind. K collato Et.1 the words ἀπεθεώθη — Μαρ. are read after Θεοφάνης, transposed by W; ὑπὸ in K : ἀπὸ; Προμαθίδας G. J. Vossius 1699, 187 : -χίδας; 3 τῆς in L : τις in P; 5 lacuna indicated by K, comparing Et.

He was deified by the Mariandynians, and Promathidas in his work On Heraclea (fr. 1 M. III 201) speaks about Titius, who he was, and Theophanes (188 fr. 2 J.). That a nymph of the Oaxian land, grasping the earth, produced the so-called Idaean Dactyls, he took from Stesimbrotus (107 fr. 12 b J.). 〈...〉 and that because they slipped through the hands, they were called Dactyls. Sophocles calls them Phrygians in The Deaf Satyrs (fr. 364 Pearson).

Δάκτυλοι Ἰδαῖοι: ἐκατέρους πέντε φασὶ τούτους εἶναι, δεξιοὺς μὲν τοὺς ἄρσενας, ἀριστεροὺς δὲ τὰς θηλείας. Φερεκύδης (3 fg 47 J.) δὲ τοὺς μὲν δεξιοὺς κ᾽ λέγει, τοὺς δὲ εὐωνύμους λβ᾽. γόητες δὲ ἦσαν καὶ φαρμακεῖς, καὶ δημιουργοί σιδήρου λέγονται πρώτοι καὶ μεταλλεῖς γενέσθαι· ἀριστεροὶ μὲν αὐτῶν, ὡς φησι Φερεκύδης (v. supra), οἱ γόητες, οἱ δὲ μεταλλεύοντες δεξιοί. ὠνομάσθησαν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς μητρὸς Ἴδης. ὡς 〈δὲ〉 Ἑλλάνικός (4 fg 89 J.) φησι, Ἰδαῖοι Δάκτυλοι ἐκλήθησαν, ὅτι ἐν τῇ Ἴδῃ συντυχόντες τῇ Ῥέᾳ ἐδεξιώσαντο τὴν θεὸν καὶ τῶν δακτύλων αὐτῆς ἥψαντο. ὡς δὲ Μνασέας ἐν τῷ α᾽ Περὶ Ἀσίας (fg 26 M. III 154), Ἰδαῖοι Δάκτυλοι λέγονται ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς Δακτύλου. 4 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἰδαῖοι Δάκτυλοι: I 1127—31. ... διὸ καὶ Δάκτυλοι προσαγορεύονται, ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων δακτύλων· Ἰδαῖοι δέ, ἐπεὶ ἐν ὄρει τῆς Κρήτης ἐγένοντο. Στησίμβροτος δὲ... Διὸς καὶ Ἴδης νύμφης... ἐκέλευσε ταῖς ἰδίαις (Ἰδαίαις B) τροφοῖς λαβεῖν κόνιν... Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά... Diod. V 64, 3 Strab. X 473 Diom. Ars gramm. I 478, 21 K.4 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἰδαῖοι Δάκτυλοι: I 1127—31. ... διὸ καὶ Δάκτυλοι προσαγορεύονται, ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων δακτύλων· Ἰδαῖοι δέ, ἐπεὶ ἐν ὄρει τῆς Κρήτης ἐγένοντο. Στησίμβροτος δὲ... Διὸς καὶ Ἴδης νύμφης... ἐκέλευσε ταῖς ἰδίαις (Ἰδαίαις B) τροφοῖς λαβεῖν κόνιν... Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά... Diod. V 64, 3 Strab. X 473 Diom. Ars gramm. I 478, 21 K. 8 ἐκατέρους W : ἕξ καὶ 11 εἶναι post λέγονται add. L 12 αὐτῶν post οἱ γόητες legitur, trai. K 13 μεταλλεύοντες W : ἀναλύοντες verba ὠνομάσθησαν δὲ ἀπὸ τ. μ. Ἴδης post γενέσθαι sunt, trai. W 14 add. W οἱ δέ φασιν ὅτι ante Ἰδαῖοι inserit P 15 διὰ τὸ ἐν τ. Ἴ. ἐντυχόντας (ἐντ- etiam F) τ. Ῥ. τοὺς γόητας δεξιώσασθαι τ. θ. κ. τ. δ. αὐτ. ἅψασθαι GmSm, cf. W 10 17 λέγονται P : om. L8 ἐκατέρους in W : ἕξ καὶ; 11 εἶναι after λέγονται added in L; 12 αὐτῶν after οἱ γόητες is read, transposed by K; 13 μεταλλεύοντες in W : ἀναλύοντες; the words ὠνομάσθησαν δὲ ἀπὸ τ. μ. Ἴδης are after γενέσθαι, transposed by W; 14 added by W; οἱ δέ φασιν ὅτι before Ἰδαῖοι inserted in P; 15 διὰ τὸ ἐν τ. Ἴ. ἐντυχόντας (ἐντ- also in F) τ. Ῥ. τοὺς γόητας δεξιώσασθαι τ. θ. κ. τ. δ. αὐτ. ἅψασθαι in GmSm, cf. W 10; 17 λέγονται in P : omitted in L

καὶ τῆς μητρὸς Ἴδης. ὁ δὲ τὴν Φορωνίδα συνθεὶς γράφει οὕτως (fg 2 Kinkel): “ἔνθα γόητες / Ἰδαῖοι Φρύγες ἄνδρες ὀρέστεροι οἰκί᾽ ἔναιον, / Κέλμις Δαμναμενεύς τε μέγας καὶ ὑπέρβιος Ἄκμων, / εὐπάλαμοι θεράποντες ὀρείης Ἀδρηστείης, / οἳ πρῶτοι τέχνην πολυμήτιος Ἡφαίστοιο / εὗρον ἐν οὐρείῃσι νάπαις ἰόεντα σίδηρον / ἤνεγκάν τ᾽ ἐς πῦρ καὶ ἀριπρεπὲς ἔργον ἔτευξαν.” 3 ἔνθα P : ἐνθάδε L3 ἔνθα in P : ἐνθάδε in L 9 ἦν, τ’ ἐς π. Wil. ad l. : ἐς π. τ’ ἦν. — ἔτευξαν W : ἔδειξαν9 ἦν, τ’ ἐς π. Wil. ad l. : ἐς π. τ’ ἦν. — ἔτευξαν in W : ἔδειξαν

and of their mother Ida. The author of the Phoronis writes as follows (fr. 2 Kinkel):

Δικταῖον: τὸ Κρητικὸν σπήλαιον· Δίκτη γὰρ ὄρος Κρήτης. Lg (P) 10 sch. 50910 sch. 509

〈ἀμφοτέρῃσιν:〉 λείπει χερσί. Lg

δραξαμένη: ἔθος ἐστὶ ταῖς κυούσαις τῶν παρακειμένων λαμβάνεσθαι καὶ ἀποκουφίζειν ἑαυτὰς τῶν ἀλγηδόνων, ὡς καὶ Λητὼ ἐλάβετο τοῦ φοίνικος. 〈...〉 ἔδει δὲ εἰπεῖν ‘Ὀαξίδος’· προσετέθη δὲ τὸ ι. 15 Et. Gen. (AB) Οἰαξίς: I 1131. Οἰαξίς (immo Ὄαξος, cf. Steph. Byz. s. v.) χωρίον Κρήτης ὑψηλόν, τινὲς δὲ ὄνομα πόλεως. καὶ ἐπλεόνασε τὸ ι: Ὀαξὶς (B, -ία A) γὰρ ἦν, καὶ Οἰαξὶς ὡς Πυλογενέος Πυλοιγενέος. cf. W 7515 Et. Gen. (AB) Οἰαξίς: I 1131. Οἰαξίς (immo Ὄαξος, cf. Steph. Byz. s. v.) χωρίον Κρήτης ὑψηλόν, τινὲς δὲ ὄνομα πόλεως. καὶ ἐπλεόνασε τὸ ι: Ὀαξὶς (B, -ία A) γὰρ ἦν, καὶ Οἰαξὶς ὡς Πυλογενέος Πυλοιγενέος. cf. W 75 15 lac. ind. W 7515 lacuna indicated by W 75

ἐβλάστησεν: ἐγέννησεν. LgP

ἐριώλας: διαφόρως ἀνεγνώσθη, ἐπικρατεῖ δὲ ἡ βαρεῖα τάσις. Lm (P) 17 Herodian. I 324, 7. II 318, 32 L.17 Herodian. I 324, 7. II 318, 32 L. 17 l. in L adest ἐριώλας Steph. in ann. : ἐργώλας17 the lemma in L is ἐριώλας Steph. in ann. : ἐργώλας

Ὀρφῆος ἀνωγῇ: τῇ τοῦ Ὀρφέως παρακελεύσει, ὡς αὐτοῦ τῆς ὀρχήσεως προκαταρχομένου.

βηταρμὸν δὲ τὴν ὄρχησιν παρὰ τὴν ἁρμόδιον βάσιν αὐτῶν· λέγει δὲ νῦν τὴν πυρρίχην ὄρχησιν. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ὠρχοῦντο τοῖς ξίφεσι τὰς ἀσπίδας κομποῦντες διὰ τὸ τὸν Κύζικον θρηνεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν Δολιόνων, ἵνα μὴ τῆς θυσίας οὔσης

Betarmos means the dance, from their harmonious step; he now means the pyrrhic dance. The sequence is: they danced with swords, striking their shields, because Cyzicus was being mourned by the Doliones, so that no ill-omened sound might rise up during the sacrifice; whence also the Phrygians propitiate Rhea with cymbals and drums.

20 Et. Gen. (AB) βητάρμων: ... I 1135. εἴρηται δὲ βηταρμὸς διὰ τὸ μετὰ ἁρμονίας βαίνειν. οὕτως Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά (ὁ τὰ Ἀργ. om. B). sch. θ 250 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 51, 16 B. Lex. rhet. 226, 11 B. Et. Or. 32, 10 Et. Gud. 268, 11 De Stef.20 Et. Gen. (AB) βητάρμων: ... I 1135. εἴρηται δὲ βηταρμὸς διὰ τὸ μετὰ ἁρμονίας βαίνειν. οὕτως Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά (ὁ τὰ Ἀργ. om. B). sch. θ 250 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 51, 16 B. Lex. rhet. 226, 11 B. Et. Or. 32, 10 Et. Gud. 268, 11 De Stef. 20 τὴν ὄρχησιν — πυρρίχην ὄρχησιν Gm20 τὴν ὄρχησιν — πυρρίχην ὄρχησιν in Gm 21 τὴν ἁρμ. β. αὐτῶν L : τὸ ἁρμ. β. αὐτὴν ἔχειν G : aliter P νῦν LP : om. G21 τὴν ἁρμ. β. αὐτῶν in L : τὸ ἁρμ. β. αὐτὴν ἔχειν in G : differently in P; νῦν in LP : omitted in G 22 κομποῦντες L : κτυπ- PA22 κομποῦντες in L : κτυπ- in PA

δύσφημος φωνὴ ἀναφέρηται· ὅθεν καὶ Φρύγες κυμβάλοις καὶ τυμπάνοις τὴν Ῥέαν ἱλάσκονται.

an ill-omened sound may rise up; whence also the Phrygians propitiate Rhea with cymbals and drums.

ῥόμβος τροχίσκος, ὃν στρέφουσιν ἱμᾶσι τύπτοντες, καὶ οὕτως κτύπον ἀποτελοῦσι. τινὲς δὲ ῥύμβον αὐτὸν καλοῦσιν, ὡς καὶ Εὔπολις ἐν Βάπταις (fg 72 Kock I 274) καὶ Δίδυμος (fg I 5, 33 Schmidt 69). 3 Et. Gen. (AB) ῥόμβῳ: οἷον: I 1139. μυστικῷ σανιδίῳ... sch. IV 143/44 a cum loc. sim. Eust. Dion. Per. 1134 ... sch. Theocr. II 30 a Hesych. ῥόμβος. ῥύμβος — Phot. ῥόμβος — sch. Clem. Alex. Protr. 302, 28 St. (Diogenianus, cf. W 99) — Eust. 1387, 473 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) ῥόμβῳ: for example: I 1139. μυστικῷ σανιδίῳ... sch. IV 143/44 a with similar passages Eust. Dion. Per. 1134 ... sch. Theocr. II 30 a Hesych. ῥόμβος. ῥύμβος — Phot. ῥόμβος — sch. Clem. Alex. Protr. 302, 28 St. (Diogenianus, cf. W 99) — Eust. 1387, 47 3 τροχίσκος — ἀποτελοῦσι Gm Sm3 τροχίσκος — ἀποτελοῦσι in Gm Sm 4 ἀποτελοῦσι LP : ποιοῦσιν GS αὐτὸν K : αὐτὸ L : om. P4 ἀποτελοῦσι in LP : ποιοῦσιν in GS; αὐτὸν in K : αὐτὸ in L : omitted in P 5 οὕτως Δ. prop. K5 οὕτως Δ. proposed by K

ἀνταίη: ἡ Ῥέα οὕτω λέγεται, διότι ἐναντία τοῖς Τελχῖσιν ἐγένετο. ὡς δέ τινες, ἀνταίη ἡ εὐάντητος καὶ εὐλιτάνευτος. 6 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀνταία: ἡ Ῥέα, ὅτι τοῖς Τελχῖσιν ἐναντία ἐγένετο: παρὰ τὸ ἄντην ἀνταία. Μεθόδιος. cf. W 986 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) ἀνταία: Rhea, because she was hostile to the Telchines: from ἄντην, ἀνταία. Methodius. cf. W 98 7 εὐάντ. καὶ εὐλιτ. AB : εὐλιτ. καὶ εὐάντ. L : ἀλιτάνευτος καὶ ἀσυνάντητος P7 εὐάντ. καὶ εὐλιτ. in AB : εὐλιτ. καὶ εὐάντ. in L : ἀλιτάνευτος καὶ ἀσυνάντητος in P

σήματ᾽ ἔγεντο: διὰ τούτου οὐδὲν ἕτερον ὁ ποιητής φησιν ἢ τὴν τῆς θεοῦ φύσιν· καὶ τοῖς φυσικοῖς γὰρ δοκεῖ ἡ αὐτὴ εἶναι τῇ γῇ, γῆς δὲ εὐμενείας σημεῖον τὸ εὔκαρπα εἶναι τὰ δένδρα καὶ πόας αὐτομάτους φύειν. 9 sch. 1098/1102 a cum loc. sim.9 sch. 1098/1102 a with similar passages 9 γὰρ δοκεῖ ἡ αὐτὴ W : φησί (φασί F), δοκεῖ τὴν αὐτὴν L : aliter P9 γὰρ δοκεῖ ἡ αὐτὴ in W : φησί (φασί in F), δοκεῖ τὴν αὐτὴν in L : differently in P 10 γῆς Fr. : τῆς10 γῆς in Fr. : τῆς

τερείνης: τῆς ἁπαλῆς καὶ χλωρᾶς. εἰλυοὺς δὲ τὰς καταδύσεις τῶν θηρῶν. ξυλόχους δὲ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ὑλώδεις τόπους. ἔστι δὲ ὑπερβατόν· εἰλυούς τε ξυλόχους τε καταλιπόντες. διὰ πολλῶν δὲ τὸ θαυμαστὸν παρέστησε, διά τε τοῦ διψάδος καὶ ὅτι... 12 Et. Gen. (AB) εἰλυός: σημαίνει τὴν κατάδυσιν τοῦ ὄφεως καὶ τὸν φωλεόν. οἷον: I 1144 (οἷον sqq. om. A).12 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) εἰλυός: signifies the descent of the serpent and its lair. For example: I 1144 (οἷον and following omitted in A). 15 τοῦ W : τῆς15 τοῦ in W : τῆς

οὐκ ὀλίγον τὸ ἀναδοθὲν ὕδωρ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄληκτον. τὸ δὲ ναῖεν οὐκ εὖ. ἔδει γὰρ χωρὶς τοῦ ι νᾶεν, ἵν᾽ ᾖ ἔρρει, ὡς παρ᾽ Ὁμήρῳ (ι 222)· ‘νᾶεν δ᾽ ὀρῷ ἄγγεα πάντα’. d. ἡ δὲ σύνταξις κατὰ μετάθεσιν, ὡς τὸ ‘ῥέε δ᾽ αἵματι γαῖα’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘αἷμα ἔρρεεν ἐν τῇ γῇ’. ἢ μεταληπτέον τὸ ναῖεν εἰς τὸ κατάρρυτον, ἵν᾽ ᾖ· ‘κατάρρυτον ἦν τὸ Δίνδυμον ὕδασιν’. P 5 τὸ κατάρρυτον F : τὸ κατάρρυτος ἦν P5 τὸ κατάρρυτον in F : τὸ κατάρρυτος ἦν in P

Not a little water was given forth, but also unceasing. And the

〈ποίη:〉 βοτάνης. Lg

〈παροίτερον:〉 ἔμπροσθεν, πρότερον. Lg

ἀνέβραχε: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνεδόθη. LgP

διψάδος: ξηρᾶς. Lg (P)

νῆσον: τὴν Κύζικον. Lg (P)

ἀελλόποδες: ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχεῖς. Lg (P)

κίχον: κατέλαβον. LgP

ζαχρηέσιν αὔραις: μεγάλως ἐπιβαρούσαις καὶ πνεούσαις, κυρίως δὲ ζαχρηὲς τὸ βιαίως ταῖς χερσὶ πραττόμενον· παρὰ γὰρ τὰς χεῖρας πεποίηται ἡ λέξις καὶ τὸ ζα ἐπιτατικόν. 15 Et. Gen. (AB) ζαχρειής: οἷον I 1159... Ἀπολλώνιος.15 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) ζαχρειής: for example I 1159... Apollonius. 15 πραττόμενον F cum Et. : τι πράττειν15 πραττόμενον in F with Et. : τι πράττειν

μετελώφεον: ἐπαύοντο. LgP 17 sch. III 485 b cum loc. sim.17 sch. III 485 b with similar passages 17 ἐπαύοντο L : -σαντο P17 ἐπαύοντο in L : -σαντο in P

ἐφέλκετο· πρὸς τὴν πάντων αὐτῶν ἀργίαν καὶ τὴν τοῦ κύματος ὑπερβολὴν τὸ ἐφέλκετο πρὸς πλείονα εἶπεν ἔμφασιν· ὅπερ καὶ Καλλίμαχος ἐπὶ τοῦ ταύρου ἡττηθέντος φησίν (fg 275 Schn. = 57 Kapp)· ‘ὃ μὲν εἷλκεν, ὃ δ᾽ εἵπετο νωθρὸς ὁδίτης’. 20 ὃ μὲν εἷλκεν P (fortasse e coniectura) : om. L20 ὃ μὲν εἷλκεν in P (perhaps by conjecture) : omitted in L

λελιημένοι 〈ἠπείροιο〉: ἢ ταραττόμενοι ἢ προθυμούμενοι. Lg (P)

Ῥυνδακίδας: Ῥυνδακὸς ποταμός ἐστι Φρυγίας, οὗ μνημονεύει Βακχυλίδης (fg 67 B. III 588 = 50 Blass-Snell). 〈...〉 ταῖς δὲ ἀληθείαις τάφος ἐστὶ τοῦ Βριάρεω, κατὰ τὴν ἔξοδον. Καλλί- 25 Eust. 123, 3325 Eust. 123, 33 24 ποταμός e sch. b Schaefer : τόπος24 ποταμός from sch. b by Schaefer : τόπος 25 lac. ind. W et Wil. ad l., cf. sch. c25 lacuna indicated by W and Wil. at the line, cf. sch. c 26 κατὰ τὴν ἔξοδον P scholio b haec verba post πρὸς ᾧ iniciens : κατὰ τὴν εἴσοδον L26 κατὰ τὴν ἔξοδον in P, inserting these words after πρὸς ᾧ in scholion b : κατὰ τὴν εἴσοδον in L

μαχος δὲ ἱστορεῖ περὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν ποταμῶν (fg 100e 2 Schn.) καὶ Δημήτριος ὁ Σκήψιος ἐν Τρωικῷ διακόσμῳ (fg 71 Gaede). 2 Τρωικῷ Holstenius ap. Hoelzlin. 364 : τῷ αὐτῷ2 Τρωικῷ by Holstenius in Hoelzlin. 364 : τῷ αὐτῷ

machus relates about the river in his work On the Rivers of Asia (fg 100

Ῥυνδακὸς ποταμὸς Φρυγίας ὁ νῦν Μέγιστος, πρὸς ᾧ καὶ Αἰγαίωνός τινος ἥρωος Μυσοῦ τάφος. Ῥυνδακὸς δὲ ὡς Αἰακός. 4 Et. Gen. (AB) Ῥυνδακός: ὡς Αἰακός. ἔστιν δὲ ποταμὸς Φρυγίας.4 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) Ῥυνδακός: like Αἰακός. It is a river of Phrygia. 4 ἄλλως praem. L Μάκεστος Holstenius ... sed traditum nomen tueri videtur Polyb. V 77, 9. ... cf. Bürchner RE² Ia 12874 ἄλλως prefixed in L; Μάκεστος by Holstenius ... but the transmitted name seems to be supported by Polyb. V 77, 9. ... cf. Bürchner RE² Ia 1287 5 hoc repugnat praeceptο Herodiani II 88, 7 L.5 this contradicts the rule of Herodian II 88, 7 L.

μέγα τ᾽ ἠρίον: γράφεται καὶ

μέγα τε ῥίον. καὶ τὸ μὲν ῥίον ἐστὶν ὄρος ἤτοι ἀκρωτήριον, τὸ δὲ ἠρίον μνημεῖον. ὁ δὲ περὶ τοῦ Αἰγαίωνος μῦθος ὑπὸ Δημητρίου φέρεται τοῦ Σκηψίου (v. sch. a). Κιναίθων δὲ ἐν τῇ Ἡρακλείᾳ φησίν, ὅτι Αἰγαίων καταγωνισθεὶς ὑπὸ Ποσειδῶνος κατεποντίσθη εἰς τὸ νῦν λεγόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπολλωνίου ἠρίον Αἰγαίωνος, τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ Βριάρεων καλῶν. περὶ δὲ τῆς κλήσεως τοῦ πελάγους 〈...〉 μὲν ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ τῆς Νησιάδος φησὶν ἐν τούτοις· ‘τὸ Αἰγαῖον πέλαγος οἳ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς περὶ Κάνας Αἰγὸς ἐπώνυμον γεγονέναι φασίν, οἳ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Καρυστίας τῆς Αἰγαίης ὀνομαζομένης. αἳ μὲν γὰρ Αἰγαί, ἔνθεν τὸν Ποσειδῶνα παραγίνεσθαί φασι, κατὰ Πελοπόννησόν εἰσιν ἐν τοῖς περὶ Κρίσαν τόποις. εἰσί δέ τινες, οἳ διὰ τὸ θεωρεῖσθαι δι᾽ ὅλου τοῦ πελάγους τὴν παρακειμένην γῆν’. τὸν δὲ Αἰγαίωνα Ἡσίοδός (Theog. 149) φησὶν Οὐρανοῦ καὶ Γῆς· Βριάρεως δὲ καὶ Αἰγαίων καὶ Γύης ὁ αὐτὸς λέγεται

Great headland. And ῥίον is a mountain or promontory, while ἠρίον is a tomb. The myth about Aegaeon is reported by Demetrius of Scepsis (see sch. a). Cinaethon in his Heraclea says that Aegaeon, defeated by Poseidon, was sunk into the sea at the place now called by Apollonius the tomb of Aegaeon, calling the same also Briareus. Concerning the naming of the sea, 〈...〉 in the third book of the Nesiad says in these words: 'The Aegean sea some say was named after the goat (αἴξ) near Canai, others after Carystia called Aegaea. For Aegae, whence they say Poseidon comes, are in the Peloponnese in the regions around Crisa. There are some who say it is because the adjacent land is seen throughout the whole sea.' Hesiod (Theog. 149) says that Aegaeon is the son of Uranus and Earth; and Briareus and Aegaeon and Gyes are said to be the same.

12 sch. 831 cum loc. sim.12 sch. 831 with similar passages 7 post μνημεῖον L add. : οἴομαι δέ τινα ἀγνοοῦντα τὸν μῦθον τὸ ἠρίον μεταπεποιηκέναι ἢ γραφέως ἁμαρτήματι περιλελεῖφθαι (παρα- K) τὸ η. cf. W 537 after μνημεῖον L adds: I think that someone ignorant of the myth altered the tomb, or that the eta was left by a scribe's error (παρα- in K). cf. W 53 8 περὶ L : πρός F : κατὰ P τοῦ Αἰγαίωνος A, cf. sch. d : τὸν Αἰγαίωνα φέρεται F : φαίνεται L : aliter P8 περὶ in L : πρός in F : κατὰ in P, τοῦ Αἰγαίωνος in A, cf. sch. d : τὸν Αἰγαίωνα φέρεται in F : φαίνεται in L : aliter in P 9 Σκηψίου C. Mueller FHG IV 368 : Κνιδίου : Καλλατιανοῦ ... Κιναίθων K e sch. 1355/57c ... : Κόνων (26 fg 2 J.)9 Σκηψίου C. Mueller FHG IV 368 : Κνιδίου : Καλλατιανοῦ ... Κιναίθων in K from sch. 1355/57c ... : Κόνων (26 fg 2 J.) 11 hic interpres ἠρίον Αἰγαίωνος intellexisse videtur mare Aegaeum, cf. Steph. Byz. Κάρυστος11 this interpreter seems to have understood ἠρίον Αἰγαίωνος as the Aegean sea, cf. Steph. Byz. Κάρυστος 12 nomen auctoris intercidisse patet, 〈Ξεναγόρας〉 prop. Hecker Phil. 5, 1850, 417 μὲν ἐν Hecker : ἐν μὲν12 it is clear that the author's name has fallen out, 〈Ξεναγόρας〉 proposed by Hecker Phil. 5, 1850, 417; μὲν ἐν Hecker : ἐν μὲν 13 περὶ ante τῆς Ν. add. P13 περὶ before τῆς Ν. added by P 14 περὶ Κάνας Meineke Steph. Byz. 1849, 312 : περκανίας14 περὶ Κάνας Meineke Steph. Byz. 1849, 312 : περκανίας 17 derivabant igitur nomen aut ab αἰγιαλός (W) aut ab ἀεὶ γαῖα (Wil. ad l.)17 therefore they derived the name either from αἰγιαλός (W) or from ἀεὶ γαῖα (Wil. ad l.) 19 Γύης K : Γύγης19 Γύης in K : Γύγης

συνωνύμως. Εὔμηλος δὲ ἐν τῇ Τιτανομαχίᾳ (Titan. fg 2 Kink. 6) τὸν Αἰγαίωνα Γῆς καὶ Πόντου φησὶ παῖδα, κατοικοῦντα δὲ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τοῖς Τιτᾶσι συμμαχεῖν. καὶ Ἴων φησὶν ἐν διθυράμβῳ (fg 11 B. II 255) ἐκ μὲν τοῦ πελάγους αὐτὸν παρακληθέντα ὑπὸ Θέτιδος ἀναχθῆναι φυλάξοντα τὸν Δία, Θαλάσσης δὲ παῖδα. ἄλλοι δὲ θαλάσσιον θηρίον φασὶ τοῦτον.

Synonymously. But Eumelus in the Titanomachy (Titan. fg 2 Kink. 6) says that Aegaeon was the child of Earth and Pontus, and that dwelling in the sea he fought on the side of the Titans. And Ion says in a dithyramb (fg 11 B. II 255) that he was summoned from the sea by Thetis to protect Zeus, and that he was the child of Thalassa. Others say that he was a sea monster.

μέγα τ᾽ ἠρίον: γράφεται καὶ μέγα τε ῥίον Αἰγαίωνος. 〈κακῶς〉· οὐ γὰρ τὸ ὄρος, ἀλλὰ τὸ μνημεῖον δηλοῖ. ὁ δὲ περὶ τοῦ Αἰγαίωνος μῦθός ἐστιν οὗτος· φυγὼν ἐκ τῆς Εὐβοίας ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Φρυγίαν κἀκεῖ τὸν βίον ἐτελεύτησεν· γίγας δὲ ἦν. οὕτως Ταρραῖος (fg 11 a Linnenkugel De Lucillo Tarrh., Diss. Monast. 1926, 93). 8 suppl. K cf. W 1108 supplied by K, cf. W 110

τυτθὸν ὑπ᾽ ἐκ Φρυ〈γίης〉: τὴν οὖσαν ὀλίγον ἄνω τῆς Φρυγίας. οὕτω γὰρ καὶ Ὅμηρος (Β 858—863) κεῖσθαί φησι τὴν Φρυγίαν, ἐγγὺς πάνυ τῆς Μυσίας. διὸ καί τινες μίαν εἶναί φασιν ἀμφοτέρας, διὰ τὸ πάνυ πλησιάζειν.

παρεμέτρεον: παρέπλεον. LgP

ἀνοχλίζων: ἀνακινῶν ἐν τῷ κωπηλατεῖν καὶ ἀνακόπτων τὰ κύματα κατὰ τὰς δίνας. τετρηχότος δὲ τραχυνομένου καὶ σφοδροῦ ὄντος. ὁλκοὺς δὲ τὰς φυσήσεις καὶ οἷον ἐπάρσεις καὶ μετεωρισμοὺς τῶν κυμάτων. τὸ δὲ μεσσόθεν ἔμφασιν καὶ τῆς τοῦ πελάγους δεινότητος καὶ τῆς τοῦ ἥρωος ῥώμης ἔχει. τρύφος δὲ τὸ κλάσμα τῆς κώπης. 4 Α 401—406 17 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀνοχλίζω: τὸ ἀνέχω. οἷον I 1167. τετρηχότος σημαίνει τεταραγμένου, ὁλκοὺς τὰς ἐκχύσεις. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά.4 Α 401—406 17 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀνοχλίζω: τὸ ἀνέχω. For example I 1167. τετρηχότος means τεταραγμένου, ὁλκοὺς means τὰς ἐκχύσεις. Apollonius, the author of the Argonautica. 21 τὸ κλάσμα Lg21 τὸ κλάσμα in Lg

μεσσόθεν ἄξεν: διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν φησὶ καταλελεῖφθαι τὸν Ἡρακλέα ἐν Κίῳ· οἳ δὲ ἐν Ἀφεταῖς, ἐπειδὴ ἑτεροκλινῆ τὴν Ἀργὼ ἐποίει, Ἔφορος δὲ ἐν α᾽ (70 fg 14 a J.) ἀποδεδρακέναι αὐτὸν δι᾽ Ὀμφάλην. 24 sch. 1289/91 a cum loc. sim.24 sch. 1289/91 a with similar passages 23 φησὶ W : φασί23 φησὶ W : φασί 25 ἀποδεδρακέναι Wil. ad l. : ἀποδέδωκεν lac. post Ὀμφάλην indicata K : ἀναδέδωκεν L : παραδέδωκεν F : φησί verbo καταλελεῖφθαι in fine adiectο P25 ἀποδεδρακέναι Wil. ad l. : ἀποδέδωκεν, with a lacuna after Ὀμφάλην indicated by K : ἀναδέδωκεν in L : παραδέδωκεν in F : φησί with καταλελεῖφθαι added at the end in P

ἀήθεσσον: ἀήθεις ἦσαν τοῦ ἠρεμεῖν διὰ τὴν ἔμφυτον τοῦ ἥρωος δύναμιν. 27 ἀήθεις ἦσαν τοῦ ἠρεμεῖν Gm27 ἀήθεις ἦσαν τοῦ ἠρεμεῖν in Gm

ἐν προμολῇ: τῇ προστάδι καὶ τοῖς προθύροις. λέγονται δὲ προμολαὶ καὶ τὰ ἐξώπυλα μέρη, ὡς αὐτὸς ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις φησί (v. 320)· ‘στῆ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπὶ προμολῇσιν, οἳ δ᾽ ἀντίοι ἠερέθοντο’. 1 1174. Et. Gen. (AB) προμολῇ: I 1174. προμολὴ ἔστιν ἡ προαυλία... 6 sch. III 8311 1174. Et. Gen. (AB) προμολῇ: I 1174. προμολὴ is the προαυλία... 6 sch. III 831 1 προθύρᾳ Sg 2 ἐν τῷ α᾽ A1 προθύρᾳ in Sg; 2 ἐν τῷ α᾽ in A

τετρυμ〈μ〉ένα: καταπεπονημένα ὑπὸ καμάτου. LgGgSmP 5 καταπεπονημένα LSP : -πεπατημένα G ὑπὸ καμάτου L : ὑπὸ τοῦ κόπου P : om. GS5 καταπεπονημένα in LSP : -πεπατημένα in G; ὑπὸ καμάτου in L : ὑπὸ τοῦ κόπου in P : omitted in GS

αὐσταλέος: κατάξηρος καὶ ἀνεπιμέλητος. LgP

περιτριβέας: κοπιασάσας ἐκ τοῦ πόνου. Lg (P)

ἠρήσατο: ἀντὶ τοῦ προσεῖπεν. LgP 8 κατηρήσατο (-άσατο F) ἢ post τοῦ add. P8 κατηρήσατο (-άσατο in F) or after τοῦ added by P

Κιανίδος: περιφραστικῶς τὴν Κίον. ἔστι δὲ πόλις Μυσίας ἀπὸ Κίου τοῦ ἀφηγησαμένου τῆς Μιλησίων ἀποικίας, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Ἀριστοτέλης ἐν Κιανῶν πολιτείᾳ (fg 471 Rose 1555 b 31)· κατώκησαν δὲ αὐτὴν πρῶτον Μυσοί, ἔπειτα Κᾶρες, τρίτον Μιλήσιοι. καὶ ποταμὸς δὲ ἔστιν οὕτως ὀνομαζόμενος, τὴν πόλιν περιρρέων, οὗ μνημονεύει Σκύλαξ ὁ Καρυανδεύς (Peripli maris interni fg 2 M. Geogr. gr. min. I, XXXIV). 9 Et. Gen. (AB) Κιανίς: I 1177. Κίος πόλις Μυσίας... sch. 1346 12 sch. 1321/23 a. 1346. IV 1470 Strab. XII 5649 Et. Gen. (AB) Κιανίς: I 1177. Κίος, a city of Mysia... sch. 1346 12 sch. 1321/23 a. 1346. IV 1470 Strab. XII 564 9 τὴν Κίον Sm 12 hoc loco leguntur verba καί ποτ. δέ ἔστιν οὕτ. ὀν. τὴν Μυσίαν περιρρ. quibus corrector olim adscripsisse videtur quae nunc in L scholio b adhaerent : καί ποτ. δέ ὁμώνυμος τῇ πόλει περιρρ. τὴν πόλιν, unde P post Καρυανδεύς adiecit : περιρρέει δὲ καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὁ ποτ. οὗτος. cf. W Phil. 81, 1926, 229 τὴν Κίον in Sm; 12 at this place are read the words καί ποτ. δέ ἔστιν οὕτ. ὀν. τὴν Μυσίαν περιρρ., to which a corrector seems once to have added what now adheres to scholion b in L : καί ποτ. δέ ὁμώνυμος τῇ πόλει περιρρ. τὴν πόλιν, from which P added after Καρυανδεύς : περιρρέει δὲ καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὁ ποτ. οὗτος. cf. W Phil. 81, 1926, 22

ἀμφ᾽ Ἀργανθώνειον: ὄρος τῆς Κίου. 16 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἀργανθώνειον: ὄρος Κίου, οἷον I 1178. τινὲς δὲ Ἀργανθώνην αὐτό φασιν. ... Σιμύλος δέ... ‘Μύσιον ἀπύοντα...’ Steph. Byz. Ἀργανθών· ὄρος Μυσίας... Strab. XII 56416 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἀργανθώνειον: a mountain of Cius, for example I 1178. But some call it Arganthone. ... Simylus says... ‘Μύσιον ἀπύοντα...’ Steph. Byz. Ἀργανθών· a mountain of Mysia... Strab. XII 564 16 〈ὑπερκείμενον〉 in fine addi vult K16 〈ὑπερκείμενον〉 K wants added at the end

ἤϊά τέ σφι: ἐφόδια βρώματα. σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄχυρα· Ὅμηρος (ε 368)· ‘ἠΐων θημῶνα τινάξῃ’. 1 sch. 659/61 a sch. AB N 103 sch. β 289. ε 368 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 82, 33 B. Hesych. ἤϊα Et. Or. 69, 13 Et. M. 423, 20 Eust. 922, 55. 1445, 37. 1539, 161 sch. 659/61 a sch. AB N 103 sch. β 289. ε 368 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 82, 33 B. Hesych. ἤϊα Et. Or. 69, 13 Et. M. 423, 20 Eust. 922, 55. 1445, 37. 1539, 16

κάγκανα: κατάξηρα. LgSm (P) 3 κατάξηρα LV : ξηρά SP3 κατάξηρα in LV : ξηρά in SP

λεχαίην φυλλάδα: τὴν πρὸς λέχη καὶ στιβάδας ἐπιτηδείαν.

στόρνυσθαι: λείπει τὸ ὥς, ἵν᾽ ᾖ ὥστε στόρνυσθαι. τὸ δὲ δινεύεσκον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔστρεφον, παρέτριβον· τὰ γὰρ ξύλα παρέτριβον καὶ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν πῦρ ἔλαβον. πυρήϊα γὰρ ταυτά φησι τὰ προστριβόμενα ἀλλήλοις πρὸς τὸ πῦρ ἐγγεννᾶν, ὧν τὸ μέν ἐστιν ὕπτιον, ὃ καλεῖται στορεύς, θάτερον δέ, παραπλήσιον τρυπάνῳ, ἐπιτρίβοντες τῷ στορεῖ στρέφουσιν. 7 Et. Gen. (AB) πυρήϊα: I 1184. ... τινὲς δὲ τοὺς πυροβόλους (πυρεκβόλους V) λίθους. 8 Hesych. στορεύς7 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) πυρήϊα: I 1184. ... τινὲς δὲ τοὺς πυροβόλους (πυρεκβόλους V) λίθους. 8 Hesychius στορεύς 5 ὥς L : ὥστε PA. cf. W 31 7 ἔλαβον K : ἔβαλον P : ἔβαλλον L 9 ὅπερ ante ἐπιτρ. add. F5 ὥς in L : ὥστε in PA. cf. W 31 7 ἔλαβον in K : ἔβαλον in P : ἔβαλλον in L 9 ὅπερ added before ἐπιτρ. in F

υἱὸς Διός: ὁ Ἡρακλῆς. Lg (P) 16 Et. M. 28, 4816 Etymologicum Magnum 28, 48

φθαίη: προλάβοι πρὸ τοῦ πλοῦ. Lg (P)

καταχείριον: τὸ τῇ χειρὶ ἁρμόδιον. LgP 13 τὸ τῇ χειρὶ P (cf. W 46) : om. L13 τὸ τῇ χειρὶ in P (cf. W 46) : omitted in L

ἀλαλήμενος: ἢ διὰ τὸ ἄπειρον εἶναι τῶν τόπων ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ περιερχόμενος, ἕως ἂν αὑτῷ ἁρμόδιον εὕρῃ. 14 ἄπειρον PA : -ος L14 ἄπειρον in PA : -ος in L

ταναῆς: τεταμένης καὶ ἐπιμήκους. αἴγειρος δὲ παρὰ τὸ ἐκ τῆς ἔρας ἀΐσσειν καὶ κινεῖσθαι, ἢ παρὰ τὸ κατάγνυσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνέμων. 17 conicias [καὶ] ἢ παρὰ τὸ κινεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν καταιγιζόντων ἀνέμων17 you might conjecture [καὶ] ἢ παρὰ τὸ κινεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν καταιγιζόντων ἀνέμων

ἔδυ δ᾽ ἀπὸ δέρμα: τὸ ἑξῆς· ἀπέδυ δέρμα λέοντος. χαλκοβαρεῖ δὲ τῷ ἰσχυρῷ ἢ τῷ πρὸς τῷ τέλει χαλκῷ βεβαρημένῳ. Πείσανδρος (16 fg 4 J.) δέ φησι χαλκοῦν εἶναι τὸ... 20 sch. BT O 465 Hesych. χαλκοβαρής — Eust. 1025, 3520 scholia BT on Iliad O 465 Hesychius χαλκοβαρής — Eustathius 1025, 35 21 χαλκοῦν L : ὁλόχαλκον P21 χαλκοῦν in L : ὁλόχαλκον in P

ῥόπαλον Ἡρακλέους. ἐτυμολογοῦσι δὲ 〈τοῦτο〉 παρὰ τὴν ῥοπὴν καὶ τὸ ἀλοιᾶν. δαπέδοιο δὲ ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης.

The club of Heracles. They derive it etymologically from ῥοπή (force) and ἀλοιᾶν (to thresh). And δαπέδοιο from the root.

1 Et. Gen. (AB) ῥόπαλον: παρὰ τὸ εἰς ἕτερον μέρος ῥέπειν (B, ἔπειν A). ἢ παρὰ τὴν ῥοπὴν καὶ τὸ ἀλοιᾶν, ὅ ἐστι τύπτειν, γίνεται ῥόπαλον. I 1196. χαλκοβαρεῖ δὲ τῷ βαρουμένῳ χαλκῷ (B, ὑπὸ χαλκοῦ A)· κέντρους γὰρ (γὰρ om. B) εἶχεν [ἢ] ἡλωμένους βαρεῖς καὶ μεγάλους διὰ τὸ τὰ πληττόμενα ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ μεγάλως βλάπτεσθαι. Et. Gud. 495, 53 Sturz sch. AB Λ 10. sch. Theocr. IX 23c Eust. 672, 12. 862, 47. 1815, 101 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) ῥόπαλον: παρὰ τὸ εἰς ἕτερον μέρος ῥέπειν (B, ἔπειν A). ἢ παρὰ τὴν ῥοπὴν καὶ τὸ ἀλοιᾶν, ὅ ἐστι τύπτειν, γίνεται ῥόπαλον. I 1196. χαλκοβαρεῖ δὲ τῷ βαρουμένῳ χαλκῷ (B, ὑπὸ χαλκοῦ A)· κέντρους γὰρ (γὰρ om. B) εἶχεν [ἢ] ἡλωμένους βαρεῖς καὶ μεγάλους διὰ τὸ τὰ πληττόμενα ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ μεγάλως βλάπτεσθαι. Etymologicum Gudianum 495, 53 Sturz scholia AB on Iliad Λ 10. scholia on Theocritus IX 23c Eustathius 672, 12. 862, 47. 1815, 10 1 〈τοῦτο〉 add. W, ubi αὐτὸ P1 〈τοῦτο〉 added by W, where P has αὐτὸ

τύπος: τὸ στέλεχος. LgP 17 sch. 14117 scholion on line 141

ἔχμασι: κωλύμασι. LgSm (P)

ἀπροφάτως: ἀθρόως. LgP

κατάιξ: σφοδρὰ ὁρμή. LgP

〈κατάιξ:〉 καταιγίς. Sm

αὐτοῖσι σφήνεσσι: τοῖς περὶ τὴν ἱστοδόκην φησὶ τοῖς περιέχουσι καὶ κρατύνουσι τὸν ἱστόν. διόλου δὲ ἡ παραβολὴ ὑγιὴς καὶ ἐρρωμένη. ἱστῷ γὰρ τὴν ἐλάτην εἰκάζει διὰ τὸ ἰθυτενὲς καὶ εὐαυξές· καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνη ἱστοῦ δίκην ἵσταται· χειμερινῷ δὲ καιρῷ τὴν ἀθρόαν τοῦ ἥρωος ἐπιφάνειαν, σφοδρῷ δὲ ἀνέμῳ τὴν ῥώμην. τὸ δὲ αὐτοῖσι σφήνεσσι διὰ τὰ περιέχοντα τῆς ἐλάτης τὴν ῥίζαν χώματα· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνα ὥσπερ σφηνῶν δίκην αὐτὴν περιεῖχεν, οἱ δὲ †τόνοι† προτόνων δίκην ἐπεῖχον τεταμένοι.

With their own wedges: he means the parts around the mast-holder that surround and strengthen the mast. Throughout, the comparison is sound and vigorous. For he likens the fir tree to a mast because of its straightness and tall growth; for that tree also stands like a mast. And he likens the sudden appearance of the hero to a wintry season, and his strength to a violent wind. The phrase "with their own wedges" refers to the earth that surrounds the root of the fir tree; for those mounds of earth also surrounded it like wedges, and the †τόνοι† held the place of forestays, stretched tight.

18 sch. 1289/91 a18 scholion on lines 1289/91 a 9 κρατύνουσι Platt: κρατοῦσι L : aliter P9 κρατύνουσι Platt : κρατοῦσι in L : differently in P 11 εὐαυξές P : εὐαξές L ἐκείνη W : κἀκείνη P : ἐκεῖνο L11 εὐαυξές in P : εὐαξές in L ἐκείνη W : κἀκείνη in P : ἐκεῖνο in L 13 διὰ post ἀνέμῳ add. L13 διὰ added after ἀνέμῳ in L 15 οἱ δὲ †τόνοι† Platt e v. 1191, sed desideratur αἱ δὲ ῥίζαι. melius P locum ita recoxit : τοὺς δὲ προτόνους εἰς τὸν τόνον καὶ τὴν τάσιν τῶν ῥιζῶν15 οἱ δὲ †τόνοι† Platt from v. 1191, but αἱ δὲ ῥίζαι is missing. P reworked the passage better as follows: τοὺς δὲ προτόνους εἰς τὸν τόνον καὶ τὴν τάσιν τῶν ῥιζῶν

τόφρα: ἐν ὅσῳ τὴν ἐλάτην ἔτεμνεν ὁ Ἡρακλῆς. Lg (P)

τόφρα δ᾽ Ὕλας: τὸν Ὕλαν ὁ μὲν Ἀπολλώνιος Θειοδάμαντός φησιν υἱὸν εἶναι, Ἑλλάνικος (4 fg 131 b J.) δὲ Θειομένους. Ἀντικλείδης δὲ ἐν Δηλιακοῖς (140 fg 2 J.) ἱστόρησεν οὐ τὸν Ὕλαν εἰς τὴν ὑδρείαν ἐξεληλυθέναι, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ὕλλον, καὶ ἀνεύρετον γενέσθαι. ἐγένοντο δὲ πολλοὶ ἐρώμενοι Ἡρακλέους· Ὕλας, Φιλοκτήτης καὶ Δίομος καὶ Πέρινθος καὶ Τρίγξ, ἀφ᾽ οὗ πόλις τῆς Λιβύης. Σωκράτης δὲ ἐν... 21 sch. Ar. Ran. 651 Steph. Byz. Διόμεια sch. Clem. Al. Protr. 315, 12 St.21 scholia on Aristophanes, Frogs 651 Stephanus of Byzantium, Διόμεια scholia on Clement of Alexandria, Protrepticus 315, 12 St. 22 sch. Theocr. XIII 7/9 a22 scholia on Theocritus XIII 7/9 a 22 Πέρινθος Wil. : Περιθόας Τρίγξ Merkel coll. Strab. XVII 825 : Φρίξ. traditum retineri vult Wil. l. l. Λυκίας pro Λιβύης prop. Wil. ad l.22 Πέρινθος Wilamowitz : Περιθόας Τρίγξ Merkel, comparing Strabo XVII 825 : Φρίξ. Wilamowitz in the same place wishes to retain the traditional reading. He proposes Λυκίας instead of Λιβύης, ad loc.

τῷ Πρὸς Εἰδόθεον (fg 9 M. IV 498) φησι τὸν Ὕλαν ἐρώμενον Πολυφήμου καὶ οὐχ Ἡρακλέους γενέσθαι. Ὄνασος δὲ ἐν α᾽ Ἀμαζονικῶν (41 fg 1 a J.) ἀληθέστερον τὴν ἱστορίαν ἐκτίθεται, οὐχ ἡρπάσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ νυμφῶν, ἀλλὰ κατηνέχθαι αὐτὸν εἰς κρήνην καὶ οὕτως ἀποθανεῖν.

ἀπρεπὲς δὲ νεανίαν ὑδρίαν βαστάζειν· Ὅμηρος (η 20) δὲ πρεπόντως παρθένον. πιθανώτερον δὲ ἦν ἀμφορέα εἰπεῖν, ὡς Καλλίμαχος (fg 546 Schn.).

It is unseemly for a young man to carry a water-jar; Homer (Od. 7.20) appropriately has a maiden do so. It would have been more plausible to say an amphora, as Callimachus does (fr. 546 Schn.).

2 sch. 1234/39 b sch. Theocr. XIII 48 Philarg. Verg. Buc. VI 43 sch. Bern. ib. — Serv. auct. Verg. Aen. I 619 10 Diod. IV 36, 2 Apoll. Bibl. II 1502 scholion on lines 1234/39 b scholia on Theocritus XIII 48 Philargyrius on Vergil, Eclogues VI 43 scholia Bernensia on the same — Servius auctus on Vergil, Aeneid I 619 10 Diodorus IV 36, 2 Apollodorus, Bibliotheca II 150 2 Ἀμαζονικῶν Holstenius : -ίδων2 Ἀμαζονικῶν in Holstenius : -ίδων 5 〈κάλπιν εἰς〉 ὑδρείαν prop. Schneider5 〈κάλπιν εἰς〉 ὑδρείαν proposed by Schneider 6 ἀμφορέα Hecker : ἀμφότερα6 ἀμφορέα in Hecker : ἀμφότερα

In the work To Eidotheos (fr. 9 M. IV 498) he says that Hylas became the beloved of Polyphemus and not of Heracles. But Onasus in the first book of his Amazonica (41 fr. 1 a J.) sets out the story more truthfully: he was not snatched by nymphs, but fell into a spring and so died.

δίζετο: πρὸς τὸ ἄπειρον τῶν τόπων τὸ δίζεσθαι. Lg (P)

φθαίη: προλάβοι πρὸ τοῦ συμποσίου. Lg (P)

νηπιάχοντα: Ἡρακλῆς γήμας Δηιάνειραν τὴν Οἰνέως θυγατέρα καὶ διάγων ἐν Καλυδῶνι, ἐν συμποσίῳ Κύαθον [ἤτοι] τὸν Οἰνέως οἰνοχόον, Ἀρχιτέλους δὲ παῖδα, πλήξας κονδύλῳ ἀνεῖλεν, ὅτι αὐτῷ τὰ ποδάνιπτρα [ὕδατα!] ἀγνοῶν ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν ἐπέχεεν. φεύγων οὖν τὸν φόνον καὶ σὺν τῇ γαμετῇ στελλόμενος ἀνεῖλεν ἐν Εὐήνῳ ποταμῷ Νέσσον Κένταυρον, ὡς καὶ Ἀρχίλοχος (fg 147 B. II 428) ἱστορεῖ. ἔπειτα προϊὼν ἔφερεν καὶ Ὕλλον τὸν υἱὸν καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν Δρυοπίαν — λῃστρικὸν δὲ τὸ ἔθνος ὁμοροῦν τοῖς Μηλιεῦσιν, ὡς Φερεκύδης ἐν τῇ γ᾽ (3 fg 19 J.) φησίν —, τοῦ παιδὸς πεινῶντος καὶ τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ Λίχα ἀπολιμπανομένου, συντυχὼν τῷ Θειοδάμαντι ἠτεῖτο ὀλίγην τροφήν. ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἐδίδου. ὀργισθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἡρακλῆς καὶ ἀποσπάσας αὐτοῦ τὸν ἕνα βοῦν, θύσας εὐωχεῖτο. ὁ δὲ Θειοδάμας ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἐστράτευσε καθ᾽ Ἡρακλέους, καὶ εἰς τοσαύτην ἀνάγκην κατέστη ὁ Ἡρακλῆς, ὡς καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα Δηιάνειραν καθοπλίσαι, καὶ λέγεται καὶ κατὰ τὸν μαζὸν τότε τετρῶσθαι. περιγενόμενος δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ ἀνελὼν τὸν Θειοδάμαντα ἐδέξατο τὸν τούτου υἱὸν Ὕλαν, καὶ τὸ πᾶν δὲ ἔθνος διὰ τὴν λῃστείαν μετῴκισεν 〈εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον〉, ἵνα τῇ πολλῇ τῶν... 16 Apoll. Bibl. II 153 Nonn. ad Greg. Naz. Or. I 41 (36, 1008 Migne) 24 sch. 131 cum loc. sim. 25 Et. M. 154, 816 Apollodorus, Library II 153; Nonnus, Commentary on Gregory of Nazianzus, Oration I 41 (36, 1008 Migne); 24 scholium on line 131 with similar passages; 25 Etymologicum Magnum 154, 8 9 πρὸ L : om. P9 πρὸ in L : omitted in P 11 del. Wil. ad l.11 deleted by Wilamowitz at this line 13 del. idem13 deleted by the same 25 ἐδέξατο L : ἀνεδ- P25 ἐδέξατο in L : ἀνεδ- in P 26 μετῴκισεν P : -ησεν L suppl. Dibbelt. voluerant suppleri εἰς Ἄργος Schneider, εἰς Ἀσίνην Bethe26 μετῴκισεν in P : -ησεν in L, supplemented by Dibbelt. They had wanted to supplement with εἰς Ἄργος according to Schneider, with εἰς Ἀσίνην according to Bethe

ἀνθρώπων ἐπιμιξίᾳ τοῦ λῃστρικοῦ ἤθους ἀπόσχωνται. 〈...〉 περὶ Τραχῖνα τὴν Θεσσαλικὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν Οἴτην τὸ ὄρος πρὸς τοῖς ὅροις τῆς Φωκίδος. τούτων δὲ καὶ ὁ Καλλίμαχος (fg 410 Schn.) μέμνηται. Φερεκύδης δὲ ἐν τῷ β᾽ (3 fg 8 J.) φησίν, ὅτι Πολυδώρᾳ τῇ Δαναοῦ μίσγεται Σπερχειὸς ὁ ποταμός, τῶν δὲ γίνεται Δρύοψ, ἀφ᾽ οὗ Δρύοπες καλοῦνται· οἰκοῦσι δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ Σπερχειῷ ποταμῷ. 3 cf. Pfeiffer Kallimachosstudien 1922, 78—102 4 Ant. Lib. 323 cf. Pfeiffer, Kallimachosstudien 1922, 78–102; 4 Antoninus Liberalis 32 1 verba περὶ — Φωκίδος huc trai. W. quorum initio suppleas cum Schneidero ᾤκησε δὲ vel simile aliquid.1 the words περὶ — Φωκίδος transferred here by W., at the beginning of which you may supply with Schneider ᾤκησε δὲ or something similar. 5 Σπερχειός Berkel : Πηνειός5 Σπερχειός in Berkel : Πηνειός

so that they may abstain from their piratical character through association with humans. 〈...〉 around Trachis, the Thessalian city, and Mount Oeta on the borders of Phocis. Callimachus (fr. 410 Schn.) also mentions these. Pherecydes in book 2 (3 fr. 8 J.) says that the river Spercheius had intercourse with Polydora, daughter of Danaus, and from them was born Dryops, after whom the Dryopes are named; and they dwell by the river Spercheius.

ἀντιόωντα: ἐναντιωθέντα. LgP 7 ἐναντιωθέντα L : -ιούμενον P7 ἐναντιωθέντα in L : -ιούμενον in P

ἵετο γὰρ πρόφα〈σιν〉: οὐκ ἄδικος ὢν ὁ Ἡρακλῆς τοῦτο ἤθελεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τὸ ἐκείνων λῃστρικὸν ἄγαν παύσῃ· ἀλεξίκακος γὰρ ὁ θεός. 10 in fine add. P : ταύτῃ τοι καὶ ἐρέθισε (ἠρ- F) Θειοδάμαντα, ἵν᾽ ἀφορμῆς λαβόμενος τιμωρήσαιτο (-σηται F) τὸ ἔθνος10 at the end P adds: ταύτῃ τοι καὶ ἐρέθισε (ἠρ- F) Θειοδάμαντα, ἵν᾽ ἀφορμῆς λαβόμενος τιμωρήσαιτο (-σηται F) τὸ ἔθνος

Δρυόπεσσι βαλέσθαι: Δρύοπες ἔθνος περὶ τὸν Παρνασσὸν ἄδικον, ὃ κατεπολέμησεν Ἡρακλῆς καὶ μετέστησεν εἰς Πελοπόννησον. ὠνομάσθησαν δὲ ἀπὸ Δρύοπος τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Δίας τῆς Λυκάονος. 11 Et. Gen. (AB) Δρύοψ: ... I 1213. ... Strab. VIII 373 sch. Lyc. 480 (173, 1 Sch.)11 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) Δρύοψ: ... I 1213. ... Strabo VIII 373; scholium on Lycophron 480 (173, 1 Sch.) 13 Ἀπόλλωνος — Λυκάονος K ex Et. : Λυκάονος — Λυκαονίας (-είας P)13 Ἀπόλλωνος — Λυκάονος in K from the Etymologicum : Λυκάονος — Λυκαονίας (-είας P)

ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν τηλοῦ κεν: φησίν, ὅτι τὴν ἡμῶν ποίησιν καὶ τὸν τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν πλοῦν καὶ τὰ σπουδαζόμενα ἀποπλανήσειεν 〈ἄν〉, εἰ βουλοίμην εἰπεῖν τὰ συμβάντα τοῖς Δρύοψιν. 16 add. K16 added by K

λείπει τὸ λεγόμενα, ἵν᾽ ᾖ· ἀλλὰ ταῦτα λεγόμενα ἀποστήσει με τῆς ἐν χερσὶν οὔσης ᾠδῆς. Lg

the word is missing

ἥν καλέουσι Πηγάς: ὄνομα κρήνης Πηγαὶ οὕτω κυρίως. ἀγχίγυοι δὲ οἱ πλησιόχωροι, οἱ γείτονες.

〈ἀμφίγυοι:〉 γράφεται ἀγχί〈γυοι〉. Lg

ἐναύλους: τὰ σπήλαια νῦν. Lg (P)

ὑλήωροι: αἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι διατρίβουσαι. Lg (P) 23 Et. Gen. (B) ὑληωροί: ἁμαδρυάδες. I 1227.23 Etymologicum Genuinum (B) ὑληωροί: ἁμαδρυάδες. I 1227.

καλλινάοιο: καλλιρρόου. Lg (P)

Ἐφυδατίη: ὄνομα νύμφης. LgP

ἐρευθόμενον: ἀντὶ τοῦ λάμποντα. LgP

διχόμηνις: πληροσέληνος. LgP 3 πληροσ- L : παυσ- P3 πληροσ- in L : παυσ- in P

Κύπρις: τὸ ἐρωτικὸν πάθος. LgP

λέχρις ἐπιχριμφθ〈είς〉: πλαγίως πρὸς τὴν κρήνην ἐπικλιθείς. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὡς καθῆκε τὴν ὑδρίαν ἐπὶ τὴν κρήνην, ἐμφορουμένου τοῦ ὕδατος εἰς τὸ ἀγγεῖον μετὰ σφοδροῦ ἤχου, τῇ εὐωνύμῳ χειρὶ τοῦ αὐχένος αὐτοῦ ἐπιλαβομένη ἐφίλει ἡ νύμφη, τῇ δεξιᾷ δὲ καθείλκυσεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ.

λέχρις ἐπιχριμφθ〈είς〉: leaning sideways toward the spring. The sense: when she lowered the water-jar to the spring, as the water was pouring into the vessel with a loud noise, the nymph took hold of his neck with her left hand and kissed him, and with her right hand she pulled him down into the water.

9 ἡ νύμφη W : φησί L : om. hic P, qui ante τῇ εὐωνύμῳ addere praetulit ἡ νύμφη9 ἡ νύμφη in W : φησί in L : omitted here in P, which preferred to add ἡ νύμφη before τῇ εὐωνύμῳ

αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἥγε: Θεόκριτος ἐν τοῖς Βουκολικοῖς ἐν τῷ Ὕλᾳ ἐπιγραφομένῳ (XIII 46 sqq.) ὑπὸ πασῶν φησιν αὐτὸν τῶν νυμφῶν ἡρπάσθαι. Ὄνασος δὲ ἐν τῷ α᾽ τῶν Ἀμαζονικῶν (41 fg 1 b J.) πεσόντα τὸν Ὕλαν φησὶν ὑποβρύχιον γενέσθαι. καὶ Νίκανδρος ἐν τῷ β᾽ τῶν Ἑτεροιουμένων (fg 48 Schn.) ὑπὸ πασῶν φασιν αὐτὸν ἁρπαγῆναι νυμφῶν· ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος ὑπὸ μιᾶς. 13 sch. 1207 b cum loc. sim. 22 sch. 306 cum loc. sim.13 scholium on line 1207b with similar passages; 22 scholium on line 306 with similar passages 14 β᾽ pro β᾽ e fontis indiculo ... corrigendo v. Edg. Martini 1896, XLV n. 15 Ἑτερο- Holstenius : Ἑταιρ-14 β᾽ for β᾽ from the index of sources ... correcting, see Edg. Martini 1896, XLV n.; 15 Ἑτερο- in Holstenius : Ἑταιρ-

〈τέρεν:〉 τὸ ἁπαλόν, ἐκ δὲ τούτου τὸ νέον. Lg

Εἰλατίδης: γράφεται καὶ Εἰλασίδης. κατὰ γάρ τινας Ἐλάτου υἱός ἐστιν ὁ Πολύφημος, κατὰ δέ τινας Ποσειδῶνος. γυναῖκα δὲ ἔσχεν ὁ Πολύφημος Λαονόμην, Ἡρακλέους ἀδελφήν, Ἀμφιτρύωνος καὶ Ἀλκμήνης θυγατέρα. 20 contra Laonomae maritus vocatur Euphemus sch. Pind. Pyth. IV 79 b20 on the contrary, Euphemus is called the husband of Laonome in the scholium on Pindar, Pythian IV 79b

προτέρωσε: 〈εἰς τὸ〉 ἔμπροσθεν τῆς ὁδοῦ. Lg (P) 22 add. F22 added by F

ἠύτε τις θήρ: κυρίως οἱ ποιηταὶ τὸν λέοντά φασι θῆρα, ὡς καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fg 211 Schn.)· “θηρὸς ἀερτάζων δέρμα κατωμάδιον.” 23 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 88, 3 B. Hesych. θήρ Et. M. 332, 14. 451, 24 Et. Gud. 262, 16. 265, 7 Sturz23 Apollonius Sophista, Lexicon Homericum 88, 3 B.; Hesychius θήρ; Etymologicum Magnum 332, 14. 451, 24; Etymologicum Gudianum 262, 16. 265, 7 Sturz 25 ἦν post ἀερτ. add. P κατωμάδιον P : -άδος L25 ἦν added after ἀερτ. by P; κατωμάδιον in P : -άδος in L

αἰθόμενος: καιόμενος τῷ λιμῷ. τὸ δὲ τοιοῦτον οὐχ ὅτι ὁ λιμὸς θερμασίας ἐστὶ ποιητικός, ἀλλὰ τὸ αἴθεσθαι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σπεύδειν ἐστίν. 2 αἴθεσθαι P : αἰθόμενος L2 αἴθεσθαι in P : αἰθόμενος in L

ἐνὶ σταθμοῖσιν: ἐνήλλακται ἡ ἐν πρόθεσις ἀντὶ τῆς εἰς. ὁ γὰρ νοῦς· οἱ γὰρ νομῆες εἰς τοὺς σταθμοὺς προήλασαν.

ὣς τότ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Εἰλατίδ〈ησ〉: διόλου ὑγιὴς καὶ ἐρρωμένη ἡ εἰκών. προβάτοις γὰρ βοήσασιν εἰκάζει τὸν Ὕλαν διὰ τὸ τῆς ἡλικίας νέον καὶ τὸ τοῦ σώματος ἁπαλόν, θηρὶ δὲ κατακούσαντι καὶ σπεύδοντι τὸν Πολύφημον διὰ τὴν ἔμφυτον τοῦ ἥρωος δύναμιν. τὸ δὲ λιμῷ αἰθόμενος, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς 〈τοιαύ〉τῃ διαθέσει πρὸς τὸν παῖδα ὥρμα. τὸ δέ οὐκ ἐπέκυρσε ποίμνῃσιν πρὸς τὸ συμβεβηκός· καὶ γὰρ ἡ νύμφη συνεῖρξεν τὸν παῖδα πρὸ τῆς τοῦ Πολυφήμου παρουσίας καὶ βοηθείας. 10 suppl. W10 supplemented by W

ληίδ᾽ ἑτοίμην: κτῆμα καὶ λάφυρον ἕτοιμον, διὰ τὸ ἀκμητὶ καὶ χωρὶς μάχης λαβεῖν.

εὖ δέ μιν ἔγνω: διὰ τὸ λάμπειν τὴν σελήνην· εἶπεν γάρ (v. 1231), ὅτι διχόμηνος ἔλαμπεν.

ἄσθματι: τῷ ἐκ τοῦ δρόμου γενομένῳ φυσήματι. Lg (P)

ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε τίς τε μύωπι: μύωψ εἶδος μυίας κατὰ τὸ ἔαρ γινόμενον, ἥτις ταῖς λαγόσι τῶν βοῶν ἐπικαθεζομένη δάκνει αὐτὰς καὶ εἰς μανίαν ἄγει, ἀφ᾽ οὗ καὶ οἶστρος λέγεται. Σώστρατος δὲ ἐν τῇ δ᾽ Περὶ ζῴων (fg 10 Wellm.) διαστέλλει τὸν μύωπα τοῦ οἴστρου. ὁ μὲν γὰρ μύωψ ἐκ τῶν ξύλων ἀπογεννᾶται, ὁ δὲ οἶστρος ἐκ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ποταμοῖς ἐπιπλεόντων ζῳαρίων. 18 Et. Gen. (AB) μύωψ: μυῖά τις ἐρεθίζουσα τὰς (A, τοὺς B) βοῦς. I 1265. sch. Theocr. VI 28 a sch. χ 299 Hesych. οἶστρος. μύωψ. Ael. Nat. an. IV 51. VI 37 Serv. Verg. Georg. III 146. 148 Tz. Lyc. 151, 9 Sch. Eust. 1928, 15 cf. Wellmann 1891, 344; 1916, 9 22 sch. III 276/77 b Arist. Hist. an. V 19, 552a 29. 551b 2118 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) μύωψ: μυῖά τις ἐρεθίζουσα τὰς (A, τοὺς B) βοῦς. I 1265.; scholium on Theocritus VI 28a; scholium on Odyssey χ 299; Hesychius οἶστρος. μύωψ.; Aelian, On the Nature of Animals IV 51. VI 37; Servius on Vergil, Georgics III 146. 148; Tzetzes on Lycophron 151, 9 Sch.; Eustathius 1928, 15; cf. Wellmann 1891, 344; 1916, 9; 22 scholium on III 276/77b; Aristotle, History of Animals V 19, 552a 29. 551b 21 19 λαγόσι Schmidt : λογάσι δάκνουσι PA19 λαγόσι in Schmidt : λογάσι δάκνουσι in PA 21 δ᾽ dubitationem movet... utrum numerus Athenaei (δ᾽ pro δύο) an scholiastae (δ〈ευτέρα〉 pro δ᾽) corrigi debeat21 δ᾽ raises the question... whether the number of Athenaeus (δ᾽ for δύο) or that of the scholiast (δ〈ευτέρα〉 for δ᾽) should be corrected

πίσσεά τε προλιπὼν καὶ ἐλεπσίδας: οἱ μὲν τοὺς συμ- 24 Et. Gen. (A²B) ἐλεπσίδας: I 1266. πίσσεα οἱ κάθυγροι τόποι. ἐλεπσίδας δὲ οἱ μὲν τοὺς συμ-24 Et. Gen. (A²B) ἐλεπσίδας: I 1266. πίσσεα are the wet places. ἐλεπσίδας: some [say] the [places] with trees, 24 οἱ μὲν — ἀνέμου Gm24 οἱ μὲν — ἀνέμου in Gm

φύτους τόπους, οἱ δὲ τοὺς ἑλώδεις καὶ πηλώδεις, ἄμεινον δὲ τοὺς 〈λεπώδεις καὶ〉 πετρώδεις παρὰ τὸ λέπεσθαι ὑπό τε τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ ἀνέμου καὶ ὑετοῦ. ὅθεν καὶ λέπα τὰ ἀκρωτήρια τῶν ὀριῶν· Εὐριπίδης (Phoen. 24) ‘καὶ Κιθαιρῶνος λέπας’. 3 sch. Eur. Phoen. 24 Hesych. Suid. λέπας Eust. 1246, 29. 1865, 533 sch. Eur. Phoen. 24 Hesych. Suid. λέπας Eust. 1246, 29. 1865, 53 2 suppl. ex Et. W 3 λέπα K ex Et. : -η L : aliter P2 suppl. from Et. W 3 λέπα in K from Et. : -η in L : differently in P

others the marshy and muddy places, but better the 〈rough and〉 rocky places, from being worn away by sun and wind and rain. Whence also λέπα [means] the peaks of mountains: Euripides (Phoen. 24) 'and the crags of Cithaeron'.

ὡς ὅτε μαιμώων: διόλου ὑγιὴς ἡ παραβολή. ταύρῳ γὰρ βεβλημένῳ εἰκάζει τὸν Ἡρακλέα διὰ τὸ τοῦ ἥρωος καρτερόν. ἐπικείμενον δὲ μύωπά φησι τὴν τοῦ Ὕλα ζήτησιν· καὶ γὰρ αὕτη δίκην μύωπος αὐτὸν ἤλγυνεν. τὸ δὲ πίσσεά τε προλιπὼν πρὸς τὴν ναῦν καὶ τὴν τῶν ἑταίρων σύνοδον. τὸ δὲ οὐδὲ νομήων, ὅτι οὔτε τοῦ ἐξάρχου τοῦ πλοῦ Ἰάσονος ἐπεστράφη οὔτε τῶν ἄλλων ἑταίρων. τὸ δὲ ἄλλοτ᾽ ἄπαυστος, ὅτι ποτὲ μὲν ἔτρεχεν ἕως κάμῃ, ποτὲ δὲ ἑστήκει. τὸ δὲ ἵησι μύκημα, ὅτι καὶ οὗτός ποτε ἐβόα καλῶν τὸν Ὕλαν. 12 1269. Et. Gen. (AB) μύκημα: μυκηθμός, ἡ τῶν βοῶν φωνή. I 1269. ἐξ οὗ καὶ (καὶ om. B) τὸ μυκώμενος.12 1269. Et. Gen. (AB) μύκημα: μυκηθμός, the voice of cattle. I 1269. From which also (καὶ omitted by B) the [word] μυκώμενος. 9 οὔτε — οὔτε K : οὐδὲ — οὐδὲ L : aliter P9 οὔτε — οὔτε in K : οὐδὲ — οὐδὲ in L : differently in P 11 ἑστήκει K : ἔστηκεν L : ἵστατο P11 ἑστήκει in K : ἔστηκεν in L : ἵστατο in P

αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἀκροτάτας: ἀντέστραπται τὰ πρῶτα. ὁ γὰρ ἑξῆς λόγος ἐστίν· ὡς δὲ πρὸς ταῖς ἀκρωρείαις ὁ ἑωσφόρος ἐφάνη, παραχρῆμα πνοαὶ παρῆλθον, ταχέως δὲ ὁ Τῖφυς παρεκελεύσατο ἐμβάντας ἀπολῦσαι τὸ ἱστίον. 14 Et. Gen. (B) ἄκριας: τὰς ἀκρωρείας. ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρις ἄκριος ἄκριας, οἷον I 1273. οὕτως Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. cf. W 8314 Et. Gen. (B) ἄκριας: the mountain ridges. From ἄκρις ἄκριος ἄκριας, as in I 1273. Thus Apollonius, the author of the Argonautica. cf. W 83 13 ἀντέστραπται W : ἀντιτέτραπται Wil. : ἀντιγέγραπται K : -o L : om. P13 ἀντέστραπται in W : ἀντιτέτραπται in Wil. : ἀντιγέγραπται in K : -o in L : omitted in P

ὕψι δὲ νηός: ἀνασπάσαντες τὰς ἀγκύρας καὶ τοῦ ὅρμου ἀνακινήσαντες τὴν ναῦν. γελοῖος δὲ Ἔφορος (70 fg 42 a J.) νομίζων πρῶτον Ἀνάχαρσιν τὴν διπλῆν ἄγκυραν εὑρηκέναι· πρεσβύτεροι γὰρ Ἀναχάρσιδος οἱ Ἀργοναῦται. 19 Strab. VII 303 Plin. Nat. Hist. VII 20919 Strab. VII 303 Plin. Nat. Hist. VII 209 20 P add. in fine ἴσως δὲ συνεκδοχικῶς τὸ πληθυντικὸν ἔλαβεν ἀντὶ ἑνικοῦ20 P adds at the end: ἴσως δὲ συνεκδοχικῶς τὸ πληθυντικὸν ἔλαβεν ἀντὶ ἑνικοῦ

〈ἀνεκρούσαντο κάλωας:〉 διὰ τοῦ προηγουμένου τὸ ἐπακολουθοῦν δηλώσας, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ ἱστίον ἐχάλασαν. 21 sch. b in L adhaeret scholio 1273/75, unde F lemmate adiecto removit. P ad verba ἐπαύρεσθαι ἀνέμοιο falso haec rettulit21 sch. b in L adheres to scholion 1273/75, whence F removed it by adding a lemma. P falsely referred this to the words ἐπαύρεσθαι ἀνέμοιο

ἀνεκρούσαντο: προσέκρουσαν τῇ νηὶ τὰ σχοινία τῆς ἀγκύρας διὰ τὸ βεβρέχθαι. Lg (P) 1 qui hanc glossam adscripsit, sch. b non recte intellexerat1 the one who added this gloss had not correctly understood sch. b

ἦμος δ᾽ οὐρανόθεν χαροπή: χαροπὴν τὴν ἠὼ διὰ τὸ λαμπρύνειν τὸν ἀέρα καὶ φωτίζειν. τὸ δὲ γλαυκὸν καὶ χαροπὸν συνωνύμως λέγεται· ἀμφότερα γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ λαμπροῦ. διὸ καὶ ἐπήνεγκεν διαγλαύσσουσιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ φωτίζουσιν ἢ διαλάμπουσιν. ὅθεν καὶ ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ γλαυκῶπις καὶ γλήνη ἡ κόρη τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ, παρὰ τὸ γλαύσσειν, ὅ ἐστι λάμπειν. καὶ Εὐριπίδης ἐπὶ τῆς σελήνης ἐχρήσατο (fg 1009 N.²): “γλαυκῶπις [τε] στρέφεται μήνη”. 2 1279. Et. Gen. (AB) Ποσειδεῖον: . . . τὸ δὲ Ποσειδεῖόν ἐστιν ἄκρον τῆς Μυσίας, οἷον I 1279. 3 Et. Gen. (B) χαροπός: περιχαρής, εὐόφθαλμος. ἐξ οὗ χαροπὴ παρὰ Ἀπολλωνίῳ· I 1280—81. διαλάμπουσιν· ἐξ οὗ γλαυκῶπις ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ. περάτη νῦν μὲν ἡ ἀνατολή· δύναται δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δύσεως καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἄρκτου καὶ μεσημβρίας περάτη λέγεσθαι· ἑκάστη γὰρ τούτων ἀντικρὺ γωνίας τῆς ἄλλης τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κειμένη περάτη καὶ τέλος ἐστίν. Et. Gen. (AB) γλαύσσουσι: I 1281. ἀντὶ τοῦ λάμπουσιν· ἐξ οὗ καὶ γλαυκῶπις. περάτη νῦν μὲν ἡ ἀνατολή· δύναται δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δύσεως καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἄρκτου καὶ μεσημβρίας περάτη λέγεσθαι καὶ τέλος. 6 Epim. Hom. (Cram. An. Ox. I 101, 1) Et. M. 233, 34 Et. Gud. 312, 6. 14 De Stef. 7 Et. Or. 40, 1 Et. M. 234, 3 Et. Gud. 312, 21. 313, 2 De Stef. 8 Plut. De facie in orbe lunae 21 (934 D) 13 Et. Gen. χαροπός. γλαύσουσι (v. ad sch. a)2 1279. Et. Gen. (AB) Ποσειδεῖον: . . . but the Poseideion is a cape of Mysia, as in I 1279. 3 Et. Gen. (B) χαροπός: very joyful, bright-eyed. From which χαροπὴ in Apollonius: I 1280—81. διαλάμπουσιν· from which γλαυκῶπις [epithet of] Athena. περάτη now [means] the east; but it can also be said of the west and of the north and south as περάτη: for each of these, lying opposite the angle of the other part of the sky, is a boundary and end. Et. Gen. (AB) γλαύσσουσι: I 1281. Instead of λάμπουσιν· from which also γλαυκῶπις. περάτη now [means] the east; but it can also be said of the west and of the north and south as περάτη and end. 6 Epim. Hom. (Cram. An. Ox. I 101, 1) Et. M. 233, 34 Et. Gud. 312, 6. 14 De Stef. 7 Et. Or. 40, 1 Et. M. 234, 3 Et. Gud. 312, 21. 313, 2 De Stef. 8 Plut. De facie in orbe lunae 21 (934 D) 13 Et. Gen. χαροπός. γλαύσουσι (v. ad sch. a) 6 διαγλαύσσουσιν et γλαύσσειν P : -αύσουσιν et -αύσειν L διαλάμπουσι Lg6 διαγλαύσσουσιν and γλαύσσειν in P : -αύσουσιν and -αύσειν in L διαλάμπουσι in Lg 9 del. Wil. ad l.9 deleted by Wil. at the line

〈ἐκ περάτης:〉 ἐκ τοῦ πέρατος καὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ γῆν ἡμισφαιρίου. Lg

ἡ δὲ περάτη σημαίνει μὲν κατὰ τινας καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ γῆν ἡμισφαίριον. λέγεται δὲ κυρίως ἡ ἀνατολή· πέρας γὰρ αὕτη τῆς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κινήσεως· ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ ἄρχεται καὶ εἰς αὐτὴν τελευτᾷ. P 13 αὕτη F : αὐτή13 αὕτη in F : αὐτή

but she

〈τούςγ᾽:〉 Ἡρακλέα, Πολύφημον καὶ Ὕλαν. Lg

σφεωιτέρων: οὐχ ὑγιῶς δυϊκὸν κατὰ πλήθους ἔθηκεν· ἔδει γὰρ πληθυντικὸν εἰπεῖν. Lg (P)

〈οὐδέ τι τοῖον:〉 οὔτε ἀγαθὸν οὔτε φαῦλον προΐετο λόγον. Lg

Τελαμῶνα δ᾽ ἔλεν χόλος: οὗτος γὰρ πάνυ Ἡρακλέους γέγονεν ἑταῖρος, ὃς καὶ [εἰς] πολλοὺς ἄθλους αὐτῷ συν- 21 del. W21 deleted by W

εμάχησεν καὶ εἰς Ἴλιον συνέπλευσεν καὶ συνεπολέμησεν Ἀμαζόνας καὶ τὸν Ἀλκυονέα ἀνεῖλεν, ὡς καὶ ὁ Πίνδαρος (Nem. IV 25 sqq., Isthm. VI 26sqq.) ἱστορεῖ. ὁ δὲ Βουκόλος ἁπλῶς αὐτοὺς ἔφη φίλους εἶναι (Theocr. XIII 38): “οἳ μίαν ἄμφω ἑταῖροι ἀεὶ δαίνοντο τράπεζαν.” ὁ δὲ λόγος· καθέζῃ ὡς ἔτυχες ἥσυχος.

Ἀπολλώνιος μὲν οὖν ἀπολελεῖφθαί φησι τὸν Ἡρακλέα περὶ Κίον ἐκβάντα ἐπὶ τὴν Ὕλα ζήτησιν· Διονύσιος δὲ ὁ Μιτυληναῖος (32 fg 6 b J.) συμπεπλευκέναι φησὶ τὸν ἥρωα τοῖς ἀριστεῦσιν ἕως Κόλχων καὶ τὰ περὶ Μήδειαν συμπεπραχέναι τῷ Ἰάσονι. ὁμοίως καὶ Δημαρέτης (42 fg 2 b J.). Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 41 b J.) δέ φησι μὴ συμπεπλευκέναι αὐτόν τε καί τινας ἄλλους. Ἡσίοδος ἐν τῷ Κήυκος γάμῳ (fg 154 Rz.²) ἐκβάντα φησὶν αὐτὸν ἐφ᾽ ὕδατος ζήτησιν τῆς Μαγνησίας περὶ τὰς ἀπὸ τῆς ἀφέσεως αὐτοῦ Ἀφετὰς καλουμένας ἀπολειφθῆναι. Ἀντίμαχος δὲ ἐν τῇ Λύδῃ (fg 8 B. II 290) φησὶν ἐκβιβασθέντα τὸν Ἡρακλέα διὰ τὸ καταβαρεῖσθαι τὴν Ἀργὼ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἥρωος 〈...〉 καὶ Ποσείδιππος ὁ ἐπιγραμματογράφος (fg 4 Schott Posid. epigr., Diss. Berol. 1907, 106) ἠκολούθησε καὶ Φερεκύδης (3 fg 111 b J.). Ἔφορος δὲ ἐν τῇ ε᾽ (70 fg 14 b J.) φησὶν αὐτὸν ἑκουσίως ἀπολελεῖφθαι πρὸς Ὀμφάλην τὴν Λυδῶν βασιλεύουσαν. ἰδίως δὲ Ἀντικλείδης ἐν τῇ β᾽ τῶν Δηλιακῶν (140 fg 2 J.) Ὕλλον φησὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέους υἱὸν ἀποβάντα ἐφ᾽ ὕδωρ μὴ ὑποστρέψαι.

Apollonius, then, says that Heracles was left behind near Cius after disembarking to search for Hylas; but Dionysius of Mytilene (32 F 6b J.) says that the hero sailed with the chiefs as far as Colchis and accomplished the business concerning Medea together with Jason. Similarly also Demaretes (42 F 2b J.). But Herodorus (31 F 41b J.) says that he and certain others did not sail with them. Hesiod in the Marriage of Ceyx (fr. 154 Rz.²) says that he disembarked to search for water in Magnesia and was left behind near the place called Aphetae from his departure. But Antimachus in the Lyde (fr. 8 B. II 290) says that Heracles was put ashore because the Argo was weighed down by the hero 〈...〉 and Poseidippus the epigrammatist (fr. 4 Schott, Posid. epigr., Diss. Berol. 1907, 106) followed, and Pherecydes (3 F 111b J.). But Ephorus in the fifth book (70 F 14b J.) says that he was left behind voluntarily to go to Omphale, queen of the Lydians. But Anticleides in the second book of the Deliaca (140 F 2 J.) says that Hyllus, the son of Heracles, disembarked for water and did not return.

7 sch. 1167/68 b Apoll. Bibl. I 118 (cf. W 100) sch. Pind. Pyth. IV 303 b Diod. IV 44, 5 9 Diod. IV 41, 3 12 Herod. VII 193, 2 13 Arist. Pol. III 13 (1284a 22) 20 sch. 1207b7 sch. 1167/68 b Apoll. Bibl. I 118 (cf. W 100) sch. Pind. Pyth. IV 303 b Diod. IV 44, 5 9 Diod. IV 41, 3 12 Herod. VII 193, 2 13 Arist. Pol. III 13 (1284a 22) 20 sch. 1207b 6 καθ. — ἥσυχος Lg ἔτυχες Lg : -εν 9 τὰ Wellauer : τὸν P : τοῖς L : 〈ἐν〉 τοῖς K 10 Δημαρέτης L : -άρετος P : -άρατος F. cf. W Herm. 66, 1931, 466 13 ἐφ᾽ Ὕλα ζήτησιν Kullmer 1902, 340, sed cf. Herod. περὶ P : παρὰ L 16 lac. ind. Luetke 1893, 35 n. 3; deest enim verbum infinitivum sententiae priori, posteriori casus dativus, suppl. τούτῳ ante καὶ Ποσ. P, Ἡσιόδῳ post Φερ. L 18 α᾽ pro ε᾽ propter sch. 1167/68 b Car. Mueller FHG I 2336 καθ. — ἥσυχος Lg ἔτυχες Lg : -εν 9 τὰ Wellauer : τὸν P : τοῖς L : 〈ἐν〉 τοῖς K 10 Δημαρέτης L : -άρετος P : -άρατος F. cf. W Herm. 66, 1931, 466 13 ἐφ᾽ Ὕλα ζήτησιν Kullmer 1902, 340, sed cf. Herod. περὶ P : παρὰ L 16 lac. ind. Luetke 1893, 35 n. 3; deest enim verbum infinitivum sententiae priori, posteriori casus dativus, suppl. τούτῳ ante καὶ Ποσ. P, Ἡσιόδῳ post Φερ. L 18 α᾽ pro ε᾽ propter sch. 1167/68 b Car. Mueller FHG I 233

fought and sailed to Ilium and fought alongside the Amazons and killed Alcyoneus, as Pindar (Nem. IV 25 sqq., Isthm. VI 26sqq.) relates. But Bucolus simply said that they were friends (Theocr. XIII 38):

〈ἐπεὶ νύ τοι:〉 ὅτι δή σοι. Lg

ἄρμενον: ἁρμόδιον, ἀρεστόν. LgP

ὄφρα τὸ κείνου κῦδ〈ος〉: ἀστείως καὶ τεχνικῶς...

οὐ τοῦ κατεπείγοντος καιροῦ μέμνηται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸν νόστον ἀνάγει τὸν λόγον, ἵνα πλέον κακίσῃ τὴν πρᾶξιν· οὐδὲν γάρ σοι διεφέρετο ἐν Σκυθίᾳ ὑπὸ Ἡρακλέους ἡττῆσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως τοῦτό σοι αἰσχύνην ἔφερεν ὕστερον ἡμῶν εἰς Ἑλλάδα ἐπανελθόντων. διὸ καὶ τὴν κοινὴν πάντων σωτηρίαν ὑπὲρ τῆς σῆς εὐδοξίας παρήκας.

He does not mention the urgent occasion, but refers the speech to the return, in order to reproach the deed more; for it made no difference to you to be defeated by Heracles in Scythia, but nevertheless this brought shame upon you later when we returned to Greece. Therefore you also abandoned the common safety of all for the sake of your own glory.

ἀλλὰ τί μύθων ἦδος: Ἡρωδιανὸς ἐν τῷ κ᾽ (I 537, 11 L.) φησίν, ὅτι τὰ εἰς ος λήγοντα οὐδέτερα διεύλλαβα, ἀρχόμενα ἀπὸ φύσει μακρᾶς, ψιλοῦται· αἶσχος ἦθος εὖρος εἶδος. οὕτως οὖν καὶ τὸ ἦδος. τὸ δὲ ἡθμὸς δασύνεται καίτοι τὸ η ἔχον πρὸ τοῦ θ τῇ ἐννοίᾳ, τοῦ ἥσω μέλλοντος δασυνομένου. ἐλλείπει δὲ τὸ μοί. ὁ γὰρ νοῦς· ἀλλὰ τί τούτων ἡδός μοι τῶν λόγων; πορεύσομαι γὰρ χωρὶς τῶν συντεθειμένων σοι τούτων τὸν δόλον.

But what pleasure is there in words: Herodian in the twentieth book (I 537, 11 L.) says that disyllabic neuter nouns ending in -ος, beginning with a naturally long vowel, have a smooth breathing: αἶσχος, ἦθος, εὖρος, εἶδος. Thus also ἦδος. But ἡθμός is aspirated, although it has η before θ in meaning, because the future ἥσω is aspirated. But μοί is missing. For the sense is: but what pleasure is there for me in these words? For I will go apart from this deceit that has been arranged for you.

6 sch. A Α 576 Suid. ἦμαρ Et. M. 420, 356 sch. A Α 576 Suid. ἦμαρ Et. M. 420, 35 11 τὸ μοί A : τὸ σοί11 τὸ μοί A : τὸ σοί

ὀστλίγγες: αἱ λαμπηδόνες. ἐν ἄλλοις δὲ σημαίνει ἡ λέξις τοὺς βοστρύχους· ‘ἀπ᾽ ὀστλίγγων δ᾽ αἰὲν ἄλειφα ῥέει’ (Callim. fg 12 Schn.). τοῦτο δέ φησιν Ἡρωδιανὸς ἐν τῷ β᾽ τῆς Καθόλου (I 44, 4 L.)· παρὰ μὲν Ἀπολλωνίῳ καὶ Φιλητᾷ (fg. 24 Kuchenmueller) διὰ τοῦ α᾽. 13 Et. Gen. (AB) ὀστλίγγες: οἷον I 1297. ... Ὧρος (immo Ὠρίων W) καὶ ἄλλοι. Et. Or. 116, 29 sch. Nic. Al. 471 Hesych. ἀστλίγγας. ὀστλίγξ Suid. ὀστλίγγες Et. M. 159, 5813 Et. Gen. (AB) ὀστλίγγες: such as I 1297. ... Horus (actually Orion W) and others. Et. Or. 116, 29 sch. Nic. Al. 471 Hesych. ἀστλίγγας. ὀστλίγξ Suid. ὀστλίγγες Et. M. 159, 58 13 λαμπηδόνες Gg fortasse ἐν Αἰτίοις, cf. Et. Gen. et Et. Or. 16 Ἀπολλωνίῳ PH : -ου L Φιλίτᾳ Croenert 1902, 21213 λαμπηδόνες in Gg perhaps in the Aetia, cf. Et. Gen. and Et. Or. 16 Ἀπολλωνίῳ in PH : -ου in L Φιλίτᾳ Croenert 1902, 212

ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ αὐτὸ ἂψ ὀπίσω. Lg (P)

The same thing expressed in parallel.

λαῖτμα βιησάμενοι: ἀντὶ τοῦ μαχεσάμενοι τῷ κατεπείγοντι ἀνέμῳ καὶ βιασάμενοι. λαῖτμα δὲ τὸ κύτος τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ διάστημα, οἱονεὶ λάταμα, ἢ παρὰ τὸ λατύσσεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, 20 sch. BT T 267 sch. η 35 Hesych. λαῖτμα20 sch. BT T 267 sch. η 35 Hesych. λαῖτμα 21 διάστημα θαλάσσης οἱονεὶ λάτμημα Lg λάταμα W e sch. T 267 : λάτμημα L : λαίτμημα P λατύσσεσθαι coll. Hesych. λατύσσει K : λαττύπεσθαι L : om. P21 διάστημα θαλάσσης οἱονεὶ λάτμημα in Lg λάταμα W from sch. T 267 : λάτμημα in L : λαίτμημα in P λατύσσεσθαι coll. Hesych. λατύσσει K : λαττύπεσθαι in L : om. in P

ὅ ἐστι τύπτεσθαι. Σιληνὸς δὲ ἐν Γλώσσαις πέλαγος εἶναι καὶ Εἰρηναῖος ἐν α᾽ Ἀπολλωνίου (fg 18 Haupt Opusc. II 439) ἀποδεδώκασιν.

That is, to be struck. But Silenus in his Glosses and Irenaeus in the first book of his work on Apollonius (fg 18 Haupt Opusc. II 439) have rendered it as 'sea'.

εἰ μὴ Θρηικίοιο: τούτους Ἡρακλῆς ἀνεῖλεν ὕστερον εὑρὼν περὶ Τῆνον τὴν νῆσον, ἣ παράκειται Δήλῳ. Νίκανδρος δέ φησιν οὕτως (fg 113 Schn.): ‘ἐπειδὴ Ἡρακλῆς ἐμνησικάκει τῷ Βορέᾳ’. Ὅμηρος (Ο 26): “τόν σὺ ξὺν Βορέῃ ἀνέμῳ πεπιθοῦσα θυέλλας.” Ἀνησίδαμος δὲ ἐν Τηνιακοῖς (M. IV 286), ἐπειδὴ τὸν Ἡρακλέα ξενίσαντες ἐνήδρευσαν αὐτὸν φονεῦσαι βουλόμενοι. 2 α᾽ P : b᾽ L 7 ξὺν Βορέῃ P : ξυμβορέῃ L 8 Την- P : Ταιν- L2 α᾽ in P : b᾽ in L 7 ξὺν Βορέῃ in P : ξυμβορέῃ in L 8 Την- in P : Ταιν- in L

ἄθλων γὰρ Πελίαο ἕως τοῦ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτοῖς: ὅτι Ἡρακλῆς ἀνεῖλε τοὺς Βορεάδας διὰ τὸ κωλῦσαι τὴν ναῦν ὑποστρέψαι πάλιν εἰς τὴν Μυσίαν, φησὶν Ἀπολλώνιος. Σῆμος (fg 18 M. IV 495) δὲ φησι διὰ τὸ λειφθῆναι δρόμῳ τὸν Ἡρακλέα ὑπὸ τῶν Βορεαδῶν, Στησίμβροτος (107 fg 19 J.) δέ, ὅτι διαφοράν ἔσχον πρὸς τὸν Ἡρακλέα περὶ τῶν δεδομένων δώρων ὑπὸ Ἰάσονος τοῖς ἀριστεῦσι. Νίκανδρος δὲ ὁ Κολοφώνιος ἐν τῇ α᾽ τῶν Οἰταϊκῶν (fg 15 Schn.) φησι Βορέαν αἴτιον γεγονέναι τοῦ θανάτου τῶν προειρημένων διὰ τοῦ χειμάσαι τὸν Ἡρακλέα εἰς Κῶ ὑποστρέφοντα. 13 λειφθ- P : ληφθ- L Στησίχορος cuius ad carmen de Peliae ludis funebribus haec referenda sint, Schwartz 1880, 11 n. 2 14 φησιν post δέ add. P 17 τοῦ χ. W : τὸ χ. 18 εἰς Κῶ K : ἐν Κῷ13 λειφθ- in P : ληφθ- in L Stesichorus, to whose poem on the funeral games of Pelias these things should be referred, Schwartz 1880, 11 n. 2 14 φησιν after δέ added in P 17 τοῦ χ. W : τὸ χ. 18 εἰς Κῶ K : ἐν Κῷ

δεδουπότος: μετὰ γὰρ τὸν θάνατον Πελίου ἀνιόντας ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν πατρίδα τοὺς Βορεάδας ἐκ τοῦ ἐπιταφίου αὐτοῦ ἀγῶνος συντυχὼν Ἡρακλῆς καὶ ὑπομνησθεὶς αὐτοῦ τούτου, ὅτι αὐτὸν ἀναζητηθῆναι ἐκώλυσαν, ἀνεῖλεν αὐτοὺς ἐν Τήνῳ τῇ νήσῳ. 3 Apoll. Bibl. III 199 Hyg. Fab. 14 (47, 21 Schm.)3 Apoll. Bibl. III 199 Hyg. Fab. 14 (47, 21 Schm.)

στήλας τε δύω: τῶν δύο τάφος ἐστὶν ἐν Τήνῳ τῇ νήσῳ καὶ στῆλαι, ὧν τὴν ἑτέραν πάντως συμβαίνει ὑπὸ ἀνέμου κινεῖσθαι τοῦ Βορέου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν.

καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧς ἤμελλε: Καλλιμάχου ὁ στίχος (fg 212 Schn.). κοινόν δὲ ἁμάρτημα πάντων τῶν μεθ᾽ Ὁμήρον ποιητῶν, τὰ ἀπὸ συμφώνου ἀρχόμενα ῥήματα κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα χρόνον διὰ τοῦ η ἐκφέρειν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρατατικοῦ. 27 Herodian. II 789, 28. 835, 12 L.27 Herodian. II 789, 28. 835, 12 L.

τοῖσιν δὲ Γλαῦκος: Γλαῦκος Πολύβου παῖς, Ἀνθηδόνιος τὸ γένος — ἡ δὲ Ἀνθηδὼν Βοιωτικὴ πόλις, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (Β 508) ‘Ἀνθηδόνα τ᾽ ἐσχατόωσαν’ —, ἁλιεὺς τὴν τέχνην, ὃς πολλῶν ποτε ἰχθύων εὐτυχήσας ἄγραν μεταξὺ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἀποκαμὼν ἀπέθετο τὸ φορτίον τῶν ἰχθύων, ὁ δὲ εἷς τούτων ἀθάνατον φαγὼν βοτάνην ἀνέζησε. λαβὼν δὲ καὶ ὁ Γλαῦκος, φαγὼν καὶ αὐτὸς ἀπεθεώθη. εἶτα ὡς εἰς ἄκρον γήρως ἤρχετο, μηκέτι φέρων ἐδίσκευσεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς θάλασσαν καὶ ἐτιμήθη ὡς θαλάσσιος δαίμων. καὶ τὸν ἰχθὺν τὸν γλαῦκον ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ κεκλῆσθαι λέγουσι. 1 Paus. IX 22, 7 Athen. VII 296 b—297 a sch. Eur. Or. 364 Et. M. 685, 44 Tz. Lyc. 241, 9 Sch. Serv. Verg. Aen. V 823. Georg. I 4371 Paus. IX 22, 7 Athen. VII 296 b—297 a sch. Eur. Or. 364 Et. M. 685, 44 Tz. Lyc. 241, 9 Sch. Serv. Verg. Aen. V 823. Georg. I 437 3 πολλῶν L : -ήν P 7 γήρως L : γήρας P3 πολλῶν in L : -ήν in P 7 γήρως in L : γήρας in P

〈βρυχίης:〉 τῆς ταραχώδους. Lg

βρυχίαν δὲ ἅλα τὴν βρυχώδη φησί. P

νήϊον 〈ὁλκαῖον〉 λέγεται μέρος τῆς νεώς, οὗπερ σύρεται κατὰ τὸ ὕδωρ. LmP 12 sch. IV 160912 sch. IV 1609 12 suppl. Hoelzlin οὗπερ idem : ὅπερ12 supplied by Hoelzlin οὗπερ the same : ὅπερ

τίπτε παρέκ μεγάλ〈οιο〉: τὸ ἑξῆς· τίπτε μενεαίνετε παρέκ μεγάλοιο Διὸς βουλήν; τουτέστι· τί προθυμεῖσθε παρὰ τὴν τοῦ Διὸς βουλήν;

Ἄργει οἱ μοῖρ᾽ ἐστίν: ὅτι ἄθλους ἐπιτελῶν Ἡρακλῆς παραλιπὼν τούτους ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀριστεῖς, αὐτὸς Ἀπολλώνιος ἐν τῷ καταλόγω τῶν ἡρώων (I 124 sqq.) φησί.

ἐκπλῆσαι: ἐκπληρῶσαι. LgP

εἴ κ᾽ ἔτι παύρους: ἐὰν ἔτι ὀλίγους πρὸς οἷς ἤνυσεν ἀνύσῃ ἄθλους. συνέστιον δὲ συνδιαιτητήν, ὁμοτράπεζον, ὁμότιμον, ὅτι ἡ κοινὴ τράπεζα τὴν αὐτὴν τιμὴν τοῖς μεταλαμβάνουσιν αὐτῆς δίδωσιν. 21 οἷς A : οὓς L : aliter P21 οἷς in A : οὓς in L : differently in P

προχοῇσι Κίοιο: ποταμὸς Μυσίας, ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἡ Κίος ὁμωνύμως τῷ ποταμῷ. ἐτελεύτα γὰρ Πολύφημος τοῖς Χάλυψι μαχόμενος· ἔστι δὲ ἔθνος Σκυθικόν. 25 sch. 1177/78a cum loc. sim.25 sch. 1177/78a with similar passages 26 ὁμώνυμος AH26 ὁμώνυμος in AH

Χαλύβων: Χάλυβες ἔθνος Σκυθίας, ὅπου ὁ σίδηρος γίνεται. Καλλίμαχος (fg 35e Schn. = Pap. Soc. It. 1092, 48): ‘Χαλύβων ὡς ἀπόλοιτο γένος’. 28 sch. II 373/76a. 1005/06a Aesch. Prom. 714 Xen. An. V 5, 1 Strab. XII 549 Dion. Per. 768 Steph. Byz. Χάλυβες sch. Lyc. 1109 Ps.-Arist. De mirab. ausc. 48 Amm. Marc. XXII 8, 2128 sch. II 373/76a. 1005/06a Aesch. Prom. 714 Xen. An. V 5, 1 Strab. XII 549 Dion. Per. 768 Steph. Byz. Χάλυβες sch. Lyc. 1109 Ps.-Arist. De mirab. ausc. 48 Amm. Marc. XXII 8, 21

ὃν πόσιν: κακῶς τέθεικεν τὸ ὃν πόσιν· ἔστι γὰρ προσληπτικὸν ἰσοδυναμοῦν τῷ αὐτῆς. δεῖ δὲ εἰπεῖν ἧς πόσιν· τοῦτο γὰρ ἰσοδυναμεῖ τῷ ἑαυτής, ἵν᾽ ᾖ ὁ λόγος· ἐποιήσατο νύμφη ἑαυτῆς πόσιν. 2 αὐτῆς — (τῷ) ἑαυτῆς W : ἑαυτῆς — αὐτῆς L : ἑαυτῆς — ἑαυτῆς P. mira manet scholiastae sententia.2 αὐτῆς — (τῷ) ἑαυτῆς W : ἑαυτῆς — αὐτῆς in L : ἑαυτῆς — ἑαυτῆς in P. The scholiast's meaning remains strange.

ἀλίαστον: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολύ. LgP

δύψας: καταδύς. LgP

γήθησαν: διὰ τὸ μαθεῖν τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ἀπολείψεως. LgP

ἐσσυμένως: ταχέως. LgP

προσπτύξατο: ἐδεξιώσατο, ἐφιλοποιήσατο τοῖς λόγοις. 8 ἐφιλοποιήσατο L : ἐφιλοφρονήσατο P8 ἐφιλοποιήσατο in L : ἐφιλοφρονήσατο in P

μή μοί τι χολώ〈σεαι〉: διὰ μὲν τοῦ μή μοι χολώσεαι τὸ ἀποφατικὸν τέταχεν ἀντὶ τῆς ἀπαγορεύσεως. ἔδει γὰρ εἰπεῖν· μή μοι χόλου, προστακτικῶς. 10 ἀντὶ P : ἀπὸ L : ἐπὶ Hoelzlin10 ἀντὶ in P : ἀπὸ in L : ἐπὶ Hoelzlin

ἀφραδίῃσιν: ἀγνοίαις. κατὰ μεσότητα ἀκουστέον· ἀφραδέως, ἀδιανοήτως.

εἴ τί περ ἀασάμην: κατὰ μεταφορὰν ἀπὸ τῶν ἁρματοδρόμων. ὑπερφίαλον δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡμαρτημένον, οἷον ὑπέρφυλον κατὰ παρέμπτωσιν τοῦ α, καταστρέφει δὲ εἰς τὸ οὐ καθῆκον οὐδὲ νόμιμον. 15 Et. Or. 154, 2815 Et. Or. 154, 28 14 interpres ἀασάμην ἀπὸ ἀάζειν derivasse videtur14 the interpreter seems to have derived ἀασάμην from ἀάζειν 16 καθῆκον P : -ήκοντα L16 καθῆκον in P : -ήκοντα in L

〈ἧκεν:〉 γράφεται εἷλεν. Lg

ἀλλ᾽ ἀνέμοισι δώομεν: ἡ διάνοια παρὰ τοῦ ποιητοῦ (θ 408 sq.): “ἔπος δ᾽ εἴ πέρ τι βέβακται / δεινόν, ἄφαρ τὸ φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι θύελλαι.” 19 1335. Et. Gen. (A1-2B) δώομεν: ἐνταῦθα σημαίνει τὸ συμβουλεύομεν... οἷον I 1335.19 1335. Et. Gen. (A1-2B) δώομεν: here it means 'we advise'... such as I 1335. 19 τοῦ ποιητοῦ W : τῷ ποιητῇ L : aliter P19 τοῦ ποιητοῦ W : τῷ ποιητῇ in L : differently in P

ἐπιφραδέως: διανενοημένως, συνετῶς. LgP

ἐκυδάασσαο: ἐλοιδόρησας· κύδος γὰρ ἀρσενικῶς ἡ λοιδορία παρὰ Συρακοσίοις. Σοφοκλῆς Αἴαντι μαστιγοφόρῳ (722): 24 Et. Gen. (AB) ἐκυδάασσατο: σημαίνει τὸ ἐλοιδόρησεν. I 1337. ἔστι δὲ κύδος... Aesch. Prom. 714 Xen. An. V 5, 1 Strab. XII 549 Dion. Per. 768 cum Eust. comm. Steph. Byz. Χάλυβες sch. Lyc. 1109 Ps.-Arist. De mirab. ausc. 48 Amm. Marc. XXII 8, 2124 Et. Gen. (AB) ἐκυδάασσατο: it means 'he reviled'. I 1337. And it is κύδος... Aesch. Prom. 714 Xen. An. V 5, 1 Strab. XII 549 Dion. Per. 768 with Eust. comm. Steph. Byz. Χάλυβες sch. Lyc. 1109 Ps.-Arist. De mirab. ausc. 48 Amm. Marc. XXII 8, 21

‘κυδάζεται τοῖς πᾶσιν Ἀργείοις ὁμοῦ’.

'He is reviled by all the Argives together'.

ἀρσενικῶς καὶ σημαίνει παρὰ Συρακοσίοις (τὸ — Συρ. om. B) τὴν λοιδορίαν. ἀπὸ οὖν (οὖν om. B) τοῦ κῦδος κυδάζω κυδάζομαι κυδάζεται· καὶ Σοφοκλῆς Αἴαντι μαστιγοφόρῳ ‘κυδάζεται τοῖς πᾶσιν Ἀργείοις (-οισιν B)’ ἀντὶ λοιδορεῖται. Hesych. Phot. Suid. κῦδος Hesych. Phot. κυδάζεσθαι Suid. κυδάζεται Eust. 64, 31. 790, 40In the masculine and among the Syracusans it means 'abuse'. Therefore from κῦδος comes κυδάζω, κυδάζομαι, κυδάζεται; and Sophocles in Ajax the Whip-bearer: 'he is reviled by all the Argives' instead of 'he is abused'. Hesych. Phot. Suid. κῦδος Hesych. Phot. κυδάζεσθαι Suid. κυδάζεται Eust. 64, 31. 790, 40

ἐνηέος ἀνδρός: ἐνηλλαγμέναι εἰσὶν αἱ πτώσεις. ὁ γὰρ νοῦς· εἰς προσηνῆ ἄνδρα ἁμαρτεῖν.

ἀρθμηθέντες: φιλιωθέντες. LgP

βαλέεσθαι: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολίσαι. Lg (P) 5 πολίσαι P : ποιῆσαι L5 πολίσαι in P : ποιῆσαι in L

ἐπώνυμον ἄστυ: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁμώνυμον τοῦ ποταμοῦ. καὶ γὰρ Κίος ὁ ποταμὸς καὶ ἡ πόλις. ὠνόμασται δὲ ὁ ποταμὸς ἀπὸ Κίου τοῦ ἡγησαμένου Μιλησίων. 6 sch. 1177/78a cum loc. sim.6 sch. 1177/78a with similar passages 7 ἡ P : om. L7 ἡ in P : om. in L

ἐπηπείλησε δὲ γαῖαν Μυ〈σίδ᾽〉: ἀνάστατον καὶ ἔρημον ποιήσειν παραυτὰ καὶ εὐθέως τὴν Μυσίδα ἤτοι Μυσῶν χώραν ἠπείλησε.

τὸ δὲ Μυσίδα ἔχει μὲν τύπον ὑποκοριστικοῦ, οὐ μὴν ἔστιν ὑποκοριστικόν. καὶ τὸ Ἀσίδος (v. 444) ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἀσίας. P

The form Mysida has the shape of a diminutive, but it is not a diminutive. And Asidos (v. 444) stands for Asias. P

13 Ἀσίδος — Ἀσίας W : Ἀσίδα — Ἀσίαν13 Ἀσίδος — Ἀσίας in W : Ἀσίδα — Ἀσίαν

ὁππότε: Ἀττικόν ἐστι παρωχημένου χρόνου ἰσοδυναμοῦν τῷ ὅτε· ‘ὁππότε μιν ξυνδῆσαι Ὀλύμπιοι ἤθελον’ (Α 399). τίθεται δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἐπιόντα χρόνον συνεκφερομένου αὐτῷ τοῦ ἐπιζευκτικοῦ συνδέσμου τοῦ ἄν· ‘ὁππόταν ἡβήσητε’ (α 41). ἔδει οὖν ἐπιζευκτικῷ αὐτὸν χρήσασθαι τῷ εἴ· ‘εἰ μή μοι τλαίης γε θεά’ (ε 178). 15 suppl. F15 supplied by F

ἢ ζωοῦ εὕροιεν Ὕλα μόρον: ἀντὶ τοῦ μοῖραν ἀκουστέον· παρεσχημάτισται γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ μοῖρα, ὡς τὸ πύλῳ ἀπὸ τῆς πύλης παρ᾽ Ὁμήρῳ (Ε 397) ‘ἐν πύλῳ ἐν νεκύεσσι βαλών’. μοῖραν οὖν ἢ ζῶντος ἢ τεθνηκότος· ἧς ἐστί ποτε μοίρας, εἴτε ζῶν εἴτε νεκρός. 19 sch. II 470. III 427/31a Eust. 1191, 30. 1193, 60 20 sch. T E 397 Et. M. 33, 47 Eust. 333, 43. 563, 2619 sch. II 470. III 427/31a Eust. 1191, 30. 1193, 60 20 sch. T E 397 Et. M. 33, 47 Eust. 333, 43. 563, 26 20 ἀπὸ τῆς πύλης P : om. L20 ἀπὸ τῆς πύλης in P : omitted in L 21 μοῖραν οὖν W : μόρον οὖν μοῖραν21 μοῖραν οὖν in W : μόρον οὖν μοῖραν

τοῖο δὲ ῥύσι᾽ ὄπα〈σσαν〉: ἀντὶ τοῦ Ὕλα ἐνέχυρα οἱ Μυσοὶ παρέσχον τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ, ὑπὲρ τοῦ πάντοτε αὐτὸν ἐπιζητεῖν. πλεονάζει δὲ ἡ ἀπὸ πρόθεσις.

μαστεύοντες: ζητοῦντες· ἐξ οὗ καὶ μαστὺς ἡ ζήτησις. Καλλίμαχος (fg 277 Schn.)· ‘μαστύος ἄλλοτ᾽ ἔκαμνον ἀλητύϊ’. ὅθεν καὶ μαστοὶ καλοῦνται διὰ τὸ ἀναγκαίως ζητεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν παίδων.

ἐρέουσιν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐρευνῶσι, ζητοῦσιν. Ὅμηρος (φ 31) ‘τὰς ἐρέων Ὀδυσῆϊ συνήντετο’ καὶ (δ 337) ‘κνημοὺς ἐξερέῃσι’. 4 sch. φ 31 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 76, 1 B. Et. M. 372, 7 Eust. 1498, 444 sch. φ 31 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 76, 1 B. Et. M. 372, 7 Eust. 1498, 44

ἐυκτιμένης τε μέλονται Τρηχῖνος: Τραχὶν πόλις Θεσσαλίας, ἔνθα τοὺς παῖδας τῶν Μυσῶν ἐνῴκισεν Ἡρακλῆς, ὅτε ἀντενέχυρα τοῦ Ὕλα ἐδέξατο αὐτούς. οὐχ ὑγιῶς δὲ τέθεικεν τὸ αὐτόθι· δηλωτικὸν γάρ ἐστι τοῦ παρόντος τόπου, ἴσον τῷ (Κ 65)· ‘αὖθι μένειν, μή πως ἀβροτάζομεν ἀλλήλοιιν.’ ἔδει δὲ εἰπεῖν τὸν ἀφεστῶτα τόπον, ὡς τὸ (κ 82 sq.) ‘ὅθι ποιμένα ποιμὴν ἠπύει’. 10 ἀβροτάζομεν L : -άζομεν PH10 ἀβροτάζομεν in L : -άζομεν in PH 12 ἠπύει L : ἀπύει P12 ἠπύει in L : ἀπύει in P

νάσσατο: ἀντὶ τοῦ κατῴκισε. LgP 13 κατῴκισε P : -σας L13 κατῴκισε in P : -σας in L

ῥύσια: τὰ ἀντί τινος ἐνέχυρα διδόμενα ὑπὲρ τῆς πράξεως. ὅτι δὲ Κιανοὶ ὅμηρα ἔδοσαν Ἡρακλεῖ καὶ ὤμοσαν μὴ λήξειν ζητοῦντες Ὕλον καὶ φροντίδα ἔχουσι Τραχινίων διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖσε κατοικισθῆναι ὑφ᾽ Ἡρακλεῖ τοὺς ὁμηρεύσαντας, Κιναίθων ἱστορεῖ ἐν Ἡρακλείᾳ (Kinkel 212). 14 Hesych. Phot. Suid. ῥύσια14 Hesych. Phot. Suid. ῥύσια 14 sch. c ante a collocatur in L πράξεως K : ἄξεως14 sch. c is placed before a in L πράξεως in K : ἄξεως 17 Ἡρακλέους H Κόνων propter sch. 1165 c Seeliger17 Ἡρακλέους in H Κόνων on account of sch. 1165 c Seeliger

νηῦν δὲ πανημερ〈ίην〉: ὁ νοῦς οὕτως· τὴν δὲ ναῦν δι᾽ ὅλης ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ὁ ἄνεμος ἔφερεν σφοδρῶς ἐπιπνέων, τῆς δὲ ἡμέρας ἐπιφανείσης οὐδὲ ὀλίγον ἔπνει, ἀλλ᾽ εὐθέως ἐπαύετο. 18 νηῦν δὲ F : v. τε L : om. P18 νηῦν δὲ in F : v. τε in L : omitted in P

εἰσανέχουσαν: ἐξέχουσαν καὶ ἐπηρμένην ἢ ἀνέχουσαν καὶ ἀνατεταμένην ἀκτὴν πλατεῖαν ἰδόντες, ἐπίκωποι γενόμενοι καθώρμισαν τὴν ναῦν. 21 καὶ ἀνατ. — ἰδόντες W : ἀκτὴν ἀνατ. ἀκτὴν πλ. ἰδ. L : ἀνατ. καὶ πλ. ἰδ. ἀκτήν P21 καὶ ἀνατ. — ἰδόντες in W : ἀκτὴν ἀνατ. ἀκτὴν πλ. ἰδ. in L : ἀνατ. καὶ πλ. ἰδ. ἀκτήν in P 22 πλατεῖαν K : πλαγίαν22 πλατεῖαν in K : πλαγίαν

[Ἔνϑα δ’ ἔσαν σταϑμοί τε βο〈ῶν〉:]

Τοῦ β΄ τῶν Ἀργοναυτικῶν τὰ κεφάλαιά ἐστι τάδε. Ἄμυκος ὁ τῶν Βεβρύκων ἡγούμενος διαπυκτεύει Πολυδεύκει καὶ ἀναιρεῖται. διὸ μάχη γίνεται τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν καὶ τῶν Βεβρύκων, καὶ πολλοὺς ἀναιροῦσιν οἱ Ἀργοναῦται, οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ φεύγουσιν. ἔπειτα παραγίνονται οἱ Ἀργοναῦται πρὸς Φινέα πεπηρωμένον τὰς ὄψεις, ὃς ἱκετεύει βοηϑῆσαι αὐτῷ. Ἅρπυιαι γὰρ ἐξ ἀφανοῦς τινος πορευόμεναι, τούτου τὴν τροφὴν ἁρπάζουσαι ἄγευστον αὐτὸν ἐποίουν. ἐγίνωσκε δέ, ἅτε δὴ μάντις, ὑπὸ τίνων ἦν μεμοιραμένον αὐτὰς διωχϑῆναι. οἱ δὲ Βορεάδαι οὐκ ἠπείϑησαν, ἀλλ’ ἐδίωξαν αὐτάς. ἐν τοσούτῳ δὲ Φινεὺς αὐτοῖς ἐξηγεῖται τὸν εἰς Κόλχους πλοῦν. ἐπανελϑόντες δὲ οἱ Βορεάδαι διηγοῦνται ὡς κατηγωνίσαντο τὰς Ἁρπυίας. ἑξῆς δέ ἐστι τὰ περὶ Κυρήνην τὴν Ὑψέως καὶ Ἀρισταῖον τὸν Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς Κυρήνης υἱόν, καὶ ὅσα μεμύϑευται περὶ τῶν ἐτησίων ἀνέμων, καὶ ὡς τὰς Συμπληγάδας διέπλευσαν καὶ ἐν τῇ παρα- κειμένῃ τῇ Θυνίδι χώρᾳ νήσῳ ἐγένοντο καὶ ἐπεφάνη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἀπόλλων, ἔνϑα τέμενος κατασκευάσαντες Ἑῷον τὸν ϑεὸν ἐπωνόμασαν· τά τε περὶ τὴν Μαριανδυνίαν καὶ ἐνταῦϑα κειμένην Ἀχερουσίαν ἄκραν, καὶ ὡς Λύκος ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς χώρας ταύτης φιλοφρονέστατα αὐτοὺς ὑπεδέξατο, ὅτι ἐχϑρὸν αὐτῷ Ἄμυκον ὄντα ἐκόλασαν, Ἴδμων δὲ ὁ μάντις καὶ Τῖφυς ὁ κυβερνήτης ὅτι ἐτελεύτων ἐν τῇ Μαριανδυνίᾳ.

2 l. del. Steph. διὸ K : δι’ ὃν P αὐτῶν post πολλουο add. P ὄντα post πεπηρωμένον add. P οἱ δὲ L : ἱκετεύσαντος οὖν οἱ P παρακ- P : περικ- L τῇ Θ. χ. ν. ἐγ. K : ν. ἐγ. τῇ Θ. χ. L : ν. τῇ Θ. χ. ἐγ. P κειμένην W : ἅμα L : om. PA. ἅμα (καὶ Ἀνϑεμουσίδα λίμνην καὶ) Ἀχ. coni. K Ἴδμων δὲ L : καὶ ὡς Ἴ. P ὅτι W : ὅτε L : τότε K : ὡς P. ἐτελεύτων L : τελευτῶσιν P

τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς περὶ τῶν παρὰ Χάλυψι καὶ Τιβαρηνοῖς καὶ Μοσσυνοίκοις νομίμων λέγεται καὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ νήσῳ τοῦ Ἄρεως μυϑευομένων ὀρνέων, ὡς ἐξηλάϑησαν ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν· καὶ ὡς οἱ Χαλκιόπης τῆς Μηδείας ἀδελφῆς καὶ Φρίξου υἱοὶ στελλόμενοι εἰς Ὀρχομενὸν ἐναυάγησαν, κατ- αχϑέντες δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἄρεως νῆσον συνέβαλον τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις, καὶ ἀλ- λήλους γνωρίσαντες κοινῇ ἔπλευσαν εἰς τὸν ἐν Κόλχοις ποταμὸν Φᾶσιν.

1 a. 〈ἔνϑα δ’:〉 ἐν τῷ αἰγιαλῷ, ᾧ προσωρμίσϑησαν. Lm

1a. 〈There:〉 on the shore, where they had moored. Lm

b. αὖλις δὲ ἡ διατριβὴ καὶ ἡ διαγωγή. Lm (P)

b. αὖλις is the stay and the sojourn. Lm (P)

c. Ἄμυκος δὲ Βεβρύκων βασιλεύς, ἔϑνους Βιϑυνῶν. Lm

c. Amycus was king of the Bebryces, a Bithynian people. Lm

2 a. Βεβρύκων βασιλῆος: τῶν Βεβρύκων ἐβασίλευσεν Ἄμυκος, τῆς Βιϑυνίας τά τε ἄλλα κατ’ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους καὶ τὰ παρα- ϑαλάσσια κατεχόντων. κατῴκησαν δέ τινες αὐτῶν καὶ περὶ τὴν Λυδίαν ἐν τοῖς πλησίον Ἐφέσου τε καὶ Μαγνησίας τόποις. Χάρων (fg 7 M. I 33) δέ φησι καὶ τὴν Λαμψακηνῶν χώραν πρότερον Βεβρυκίαν καλεῖσϑαι ἀπὸ τῶν κατοικησάντων αὐτὴν Βεβρύκων. τὸ δὲ γένος αὐτῶν ἠφάνισται διὰ τοὺς γενομένους πολέμους καϑάπερ καὶ ἄλλων ἐϑνῶν.

2a. King of the Bebryces: Amycus was king of the Bebryces, who at that time occupied the rest of Bithynia and its coastal regions. Some of them also settled around Lydia in the places near Ephesus and Magnesia. Charon (fr. 7 M. I 33) says that the territory of the Lampsacenes was formerly called Bebrycia after the Bebryces who settled it. Their race has been wiped out by the wars that occurred, just as other peoples have.

b. 〈ἀγήνορος:〉 αὐϑάδους. Lg

b. 〈ἀγήνορος:〉 arrogant. Lg

c. ἀγήνορα δὲ τὸν ὑπερήφανον. P

c. ἀγήνορα means the haughty one. P

3—4 a. Βιϑυνὶς Μελίη: ἄδηλον πότερόν ἐστι τὸ κύριον. Με- λίαν δέ φησιν αὐτὴν διὰ τό τινας τῶν νυμφῶν Μελίας καλεῖσϑαι ἀπὸ

3-4a. Bithynian Melie: it is unclear whether it is a proper name. He calls her Melia either because some of the nymphs are called Meliae after Melia the daughter of Oceanus, as Callimachus says (fr. 404 Schn.), or because they spend their time among ash trees like the Hamadryads; and Bithynian because she happens to be Bithynian by birth. 〈...〉 He called him Genethlius because he rules over moisture and is the cause of all nourishment and generation, inasmuch as water is generative of all things.

1—6. Et. Gen. (AB; 31, 16 Reitz.) Ἄμυκος: γέγονεν τῶν Βεβρύκων βασιλεύς. δέδωκε δὲ νόμον, ἵν’ (ἵν’ del. Kaibel ap. Reitz.) ὅστις ἀπὸ ξένης ἔλϑῃ εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ χώραν ἀποπειρᾶν αὐτὸν 〈δέῃ add. Reitz.〉 εἰς πένταϑλον, καὶ οὐκ εἴα ἀναχωρῆσαι, πρὶν ἢ πεῖραν αὐτοῦ σχῇ. II 5 sq. ἔστι δὲ καὶ πόλις Ἄμυκος ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ κληϑεῖσα (A, κτισϑεῖσα B). Ib. (AB; 33, 16 Reitz.) Ἄμυκος: ἔστιν (ἔ- om. B) ὄνομα πόλεως. εἴρηται εἰς τὸ Σταϑμός (A, ϑυμός B) περὶ αὐτῆς (Reitz., αὐτοῦ AB). sed s. v. Σταϑμός de oppido Ἄμυκος nihil legitur. cf. W 81 Plin. Nat. hist. V 127 (Eratosth. fg III B. 85 B.) Et. Gen. (AB) Βιϑυνὶς Μελίη: εἴρηται εἰς τὸ ὑπεροπληέστατον. Ib. (B) ὑπεροπληέστα- τον: οἷον II 4 τὸν ὑπερηφανώτατον καὶ βίαιον. χρῶνται δὲ τῇ λέξει Αἰολεῖς καὶ Ἀκαρνᾶνες· ἀντὶ τοῦ (hic lac. statui vult Miller) ὑπέροπλος (W, ὑπεροπλία B) 1 δὲ P : om. L | 2 τῶν — μυϑευομένων P : τὴν — μυϑευομένων L | 3 καὶ ὡς οἱ P : καὶ οἱ L | 13 κατεχόντων W : κατέχων αὐτῶν L | 20 πότερόν W : ποιόν L : om. P

Μελίας τῆς Ὠκεανοῦ, ὥς φησι Καλλίμαχος (fg 404 Schn.), ἢ διὰ τὸ περὶ μελίας δένδρα διατρίβειν καϑάπερ Ἁμαδρυάδας· Βιϑυνίδα δὲ διὰ τὸ Βιϑυνὴν τὸ γένος τυγχάνειν. 〈...〉 Γενέϑλιον δὲ εἶπεν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ δεσπόζειν τοῦ ὑγροῦ καὶ πάσης τροφῆς καὶ γενέσεως αἴτιον εἶναι, καϑὸ τὸ ὕδωρ πάντων γεννητικόν.

Melia the daughter of Oceanus, as Callimachus says (fr. 404 Schn.), or because they spend their time among ash trees like the Hamadryads; and Bithynian because she happens to be Bithynian by birth. 〈...〉 He called him Genethlius because he rules over moisture and is the cause of all nourishment and generation, inasmuch as water is generative of all things.

b. Βιϑυνίς: ὄνομα κύριον. Lg (P)

b. Bithynian: a proper name. Lg (P)

c. Μελίη: ἐπίϑετον. Lg (P)

c. Melie: an epithet. Lg (P)

d. ὑπεροπληέστατον: ὑπερηφανώτατον. Lg (P)

d. ὑπεροπληέστατον: most arrogant. Lg (P)

5. ὃς καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ξένοις κακὸν νόμον ἔϑηκεν. Lg

5. Who also established an evil law against strangers. Lg

10 6. ἀποστείχειν: ἀναχωρεῖν. Lg P

10 6. ἀποστείχειν: to depart. Lg P

8—10 a. καὶ δὲ τότε: ὁ νοῦς· καὶ τότε δὲ πρὸς τὴν ναῦν ἐλϑών, τοῦ μὲν τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν πυϑέσϑαι τοῦ πλοῦ, τουτέστι τίνος χρείαν ἔχουσι καὶ τίνες εἰσίν, ἠφροντίστησεν, τοιαῦτα δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν. L

8-10a. And then: the sense: and then, coming to the ship, he did not care to ask about the needs of their voyage, that is, what they needed and who they were, but spoke such words to them. L

b. χρειώ μιν ἐρέσϑαι: τὸ μιν ἑνικὸν ἀντὶ πληϑυντικοῦ τοῦ αὐτούς, τοὺς ἥρωας. δύναται δὲ καὶ ἑνικὸν εἶναι, ἵνα περὶ τοῦ Ἀμύκου λάβωμεν· ἔδει γὰρ αὐτόν — τὸν Ἄμυκον — ἐρωτῆσαι τοὺς ἥρωας. ὁ δὲ Θεόκριτος (XXII 53 sq.) ἄλλως ἱστόρησεν.

b. χρειώ μιν ἐρέσϑαι: the μιν is singular instead of plural, meaning them, the heroes. But it can also be singular, so that we take it as referring to Amycus: for he—Amycus—had to ask the heroes. Theocritus (XXII 53 sq.) tells the story differently.

c. τὸ δὲ ὄτισεν ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ ἐφρόντισεν· ὃ γὰρ οὐ τιμᾷ τις, ἐκείνου οὐδὲ φροντίζει. P

c. ὄτισεν stands for 'he did not care'; for what one does not honor, one does not care about. P

20 d. τὸ δὲ παρασχεδὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐγγύς. P

20 d. παρασχεδόν stands for 'near'. P

12—14. ϑέσμιον: νόμιμον. ὁ δὲ λόγος· νόμος ἐστὶ τὸν προσ- πλεύσαντα τῇ Βεβρυκίᾳ τῶν ξένων μὴ ἀπαλλάττεσϑαι πρὶν ἢ ἐμοὶ πυκτεῦσαι. L

12-14. ϑέσμιον: lawful. The meaning: it is a law that no stranger who lands in Bebrycia may depart before boxing with me. L

15—16 a. τῷ καί μοι: διό μοι τὸν ἄριστον ὑμῶν κεκριμένως στήσατε πυγμῇ μοι διαγωνίσασϑαι. L

15-16a. τῷ καί μοι: therefore, having chosen the best of you, set him to contend with me in boxing. L

b. τὸ δὲ ἀποκριδὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ κατ’ ἐκλογήν. P

b. ἀποκριδόν stands for 'by selection'. P

γάρ. ἡ δὲ Μελία ἀμφίβολον, ἢ κύριον ὄνομα τῆς νύμφης ἢ ἐπίϑετον. οἱ δὲ Βιϑυνοὶ πρότερον Θρᾷκες ἦσαν. Hesych. μελίαι Eust. 1210, 36. Συν. ϑέσμιον (256, 1 Ba. Phot. Suid.) 2 μελίας P : μηλέας L | Βιϑυνίδα — τυγχάνειν L : Bithynis δὲ τὸ κύριον, ἐξ ἧς ἴσως καὶ ἡ Βιϑυνία ἐκλήϑη. ἢ παρωνύμως αὕτη ἀπὸ τοῦ τῶν Βιϑυνῶν ὀνόματος P | 3 lac. ind. K | 5 γενν- Pa : γεν- LP | 8 ὑπερηφανώτατον L : -φανέστατον P | 10 ἀναχ- L : ἀποχ- P | 12 hunc scholiastam μέν pro μιν legisse K recte monuit

c. τὸ δὲ δηρινϑῆναι ἀντὶ τοῦ μαχέσασϑαι, ἀπὸ τοῦ δηρίνομαι· τοῦτο δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ δηρίομαι. P

c. δηρινϑῆναι stands for 'to fight', from δηρίνομαι; and this from δηρίομαι. P

17—18. εἰ δ’ ἂν ἀπηλεγέοντες: ἀφροντιστοῦντες, παρ’ οὐδὲν ἡγησάμενοι. 〈...〉. ὁ δὲ Ἡρωδιανὸς ἀνηλεγέως φησὶ διὰ τοῦ ν ἐν τῷ ς' τῆς Καϑόλου (I 79, 23 L.). ὁ δὲ νοῦς· εἰ δὲ ἀφροντιστήσαντες τοὺς νόμους μου παρ’ οὐδὲν ἡγήσεσϑε, πείσεσϑε ἄν, οἶμαι, οὐχὶ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ἀνάγκην.

17-18. εἰ δ’ ἂν ἀπηλεγέοντες: being heedless, considering it as nothing. 〈...〉 Herodian says ἀνηλεγέως with ν in the sixth book of the Katholike (I 79, 23 L.). The sense: if you disregard my laws and consider them as nothing, you will suffer, I think, no ordinary compulsion.

19. 〈μέγα φρονέων:〉 οἷον ὑπὲρ ἄνϑρωπον. Lg

19. 〈μέγα φρονέων:〉 as if beyond human. Lg

21. αἶψα δ’ ἑὸν ἑτά〈ρων〉: δασύνεται τὸ ἑὸν. εἰ γάρ δασεῖαι αἱ ἀρκτικαί εἰσι καὶ εἴ ποτε μετασχηματίζονται, πάλιν τὴν δασεῖαν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἔχουσιν, οἷον ἔρσα ἑέρση, ἕδνα ἕεδνα.

21. αἶψα δ’ ἑὸν ἑτά〈ρων〉: ἑὸν is aspirated. For if the initial letters are aspirated and if ever they are transformed, they again have the rough breathing at the beginning, as in ἔρσα, ἑέρση, ἕδνα, ἕεδνα.

22—23 a. ἴσχεο νῦν: ἐπίσχες, ὅστις ποτὲ ὑπάρχεις· πειϑαρχήσομεν γάρ οἷς λέγεις νόμοις. διὰ δὲ τοῦ μηδὲ τὸ ὄνομα εἰδέναι σφόδρα αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀξενίαν ὠνείδισεν. L

22-23a. ἴσχεο νῦν: restrain yourself, whoever you are; for we will obey the laws you speak of. And by not even knowing his name he reproached his inhospitality greatly. L

15 b. τό δὲ ὅτις εὔχεαι ἐπὶ καταφρονήσει εἴρηται. P

15b. The phrase ὅτις εὔχεαι is said in contempt. P

25 a. 〈ἀπηλεγέως:〉 πάλιν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀφροντίστως. Lg

25a. 〈ἀπηλεγέως:〉 again instead of 'carelessly'. Lg

b. ἐλίξας: οἷον ἐπιστρέψας εἰς αὐτὸν τὰ ὄμματα. Lg (P)

b. ἐλίξας: as if turning his eyes upon him. Lg (P)

27. ἰλλόμενος: εὐνειλούμενος καὶ συστρεφόμενος. Lg P

27. ἰλλόμενος: being rolled up and twisted together. Lg P

28 a. ἐπὶ δ’ ὄσσεται οἰόϑεν οἷος: φασὶ τὸν λέοντα τρωϑέντα μόνον ἐπιτηρεῖν τὸν τρώσαντα. μόνος οὖν ὑπάρχων μόνον ἐκεῖνον προσβλέπει τὸν τρώσαντα.

28a. ἐπὶ δ’ ὄσσεται οἰόϑεν οἷος: they say that a lion, when wounded, watches only the one who wounded him. So being alone, he looks only at the one who wounded him.

b. οἰόϑεν: μόνον. καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης (Hist. an. IX 44, 629 b 24) δέ φησι τοῦτο ποιεῖν τὸν λέοντα. L

b. οἰόϑεν: alone. And Aristotle (Hist. an. IX 44, 629 b 24) says that the lion does this. L

3 sch. I 785 cum loc. sim. sch. B I 309 Eust. 1424, 18 19 Et. Gen. (AB) ἰλλόμενος: παρατηρῶν (περι- AB. spectat haec glossa potius ad ἐπὶ δ’ ὄσσεται). II 26–29. Ἀριστοτέλης (sch. b, -φάνης AB) δὲ τὸν λέοντα λέγει τρω- ϑέντα παρατηρεῖν μόνον τὸν τρώσαντα. 4 lac. ind. W, ubi de ἀπηλεγέως dictum fuisse oportet, cf. sch. 25 a ἀνηλεγέως L : ἀνηλε〈γέοντες ... καὶ τὸ ἐπίρρημα ἀνηλεγέως P 9 sch. 21 post 22/23 a est in L ἀεὶ γὰρ αἱ δ. ἀρκτικῶν (corr. K) — ἕεδνα ut supra L : ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ ὧν. τὸ γὰρ προστιϑέμενον τοῖς δασυνομένοις ε καὶ αὐτὸ δασύνεται· ἕδνον ἕεδνον, ἔρση ἑέρση, ὃν ἑόν P 13 εἰδέναι A : εἶναι L : ϑεῖναι K : εἰπεῖν F. cf. W 31 17 ἐπι- L : περι- P. αὐτόν L : τὸν Πολυδεύκην P 18 καὶ συστρ. P : om. L

30. ἐύστιπτον: εὔστρεπτον, εὐπίλητον, παρὰ τὸ στείβειν· ὅϑεν καὶ στιβὰς καὶ στιβεῖς οἱ κναφεῖς.

30. ἐύστιπτον: well-twisted, well-compressed, from στείβειν; whence also στιβάς and στιβεῖς, the fullers.

32—34 a. λώπην: χλανίδα. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ὁ δὲ τὴν μέλαιναν καὶ διπλῆν χλανίδα σὺν αὐταῖς ταῖς περόναις ἀπέβαλεν. λώπην δὲ τὴν διφϑέραν. καλαύροπα δὲ ποιμενικὴν ῥάβδον. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ διὰ τὸ σκληρὸν καὶ ἄγριον τοῦ ἀνδρός.

32-34a. λώπην: a cloak. The sense: he threw off the black double cloak together with its brooches. λώπην means the leather garment. καλαύροπα is a shepherd's staff. And this is because of the man's harshness and wildness.

b. τὴν φορέεσκεν: ἥντινα ἐβάσταζεν ἐκ κοτίνου οὖσαν, τουτ- έστιν ἀγριελαίου. ὀριτρεφέος δὲ τοῦ ἐν ὄρει τεϑραμμένου κοτίνου.

b. τὴν φορέεσκεν: which he carried, being of wild olive, that is, of the wild olive tree. ὀριτρεφέος means 'of the wild olive nurtured in the mountain'.

35 a. ἑαδότα δέ φησι τὸν ἀρέσαντα τόπον. P

35a. ἑαδότα he says meaning the place that pleased. P

10 b. 〈ἑαδότα:〉 ἀρέσκοντα. Sm

10b. 〈ἑαδότα:〉 pleasing. Sm

36. 〈ἕζον:〉 καϑέζεσϑαι ἐποίουν. Sm

36. 〈ἕζον:〉 they made to sit down. Sm

38—39 a. ὀλοοῖο Τυφωέος: διὰ τὸ τερατῶδες καὶ ἐκτράπελον τοῦ σώματος τοῦτό φησιν· ἐνομίζετο, φησίν, ἢ Τυφῶνος ἢ Γῆς υἱός, ἀντὶ τοῦ μέγας. ἔστι δὲ ἀπὸ ὀρϑῆς τῆς Τυφωεύς.

38-39a. ὀλοοῖο Τυφωέος: he says this because of the monstrous and extraordinary nature of his body; he was believed, he says, to be the son of Typhon or of Earth, meaning 'great'. It is from the nominative Τυφωεύς.

15 b. πέλωρ δὲ λέγεται τὸ ϑηρίον καὶ τὸ ὑπερμέγεϑες. P

15b. πέλωρ is said of a beast and something of enormous size. P

40. χωομένη Διί: ἐπεὶ λέγεται ἡ Γῆ κατὰ ὀργήν, ὅτε τοὺς Τιτάνας κατεταρτάρωσεν ὁ Ζεύς, γεννῆσαι τοὺς Γίγαντας.

40. χωομένη Διί: since Earth is said in anger, when Zeus cast the Titans into Tartarus, to have given birth to the Giants.

42. ἑσπερίην διὰ νύκτα: ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ νύκτα, τουτέστι περὶ τὸν ἕσπερον. Ὅμηρος (X 318): 'ἕσπερος, ὃς κάλλιστος ἐν οὐρανῷ'. ἀμαρυγαὶ δὲ αἱ ἀκτῖνες, αἱ λαμπηδόνες.

42. ἑσπερίην διὰ νύκτα: instead of 'during the night', that is, around evening. Homer (X 318): 'Hesperus, who is fairest in the sky'. ἀμαρυγαί are the rays, the gleams.

43. ἔτι χνοάοντας ἰούλους: τοὺς ἰούλους ὡς χνοῦν ἀναφύ- οντας ἔχων, τὰς ἐξανϑήσεις τῶν γενείων. λέγεται δὲ ἴουλος καὶ ϑηρίον πολύπουν καὶ εἶδος ᾠδῆς, ὥς φησιν Ἐρατοσϑένης (fg XII Hiller = 241 fg 36 J.).

43. ἔτι χνοάοντας ἰούλους: having the downy beards, the first growths of the cheeks, still sprouting like down. ἴουλος is also called a many-footed creature and a kind of song, as Eratosthenes says (fg XII Hiller = 241 fg 36 J.).

25 44. τὸ δὲ ἀντέλλειν τὸ φύειν ἐνταῦϑα ἐνεργητικῶς σημαίνει. P

25 44. Here ἀντέλλειν actively means 'to produce'. P

45—47 a. πῆλε δὲ χεῖρας: οἷον· προσεπάλλετο διάπειραν τῶν

45-47a. πῆλε δὲ χεῖρας: as if he was making trial of his own hands, whether they were as nimble as before and not sluggish from the toil of rowing. L

1 Et. Gen. (AB) εὔστιπτον: εὖ πεπιλημένον (Gaisford, πεπλυμένον AB) καὶ πεπατημένον. II 30 (καὶ πεπ. et verba poetae om. A). 3 Et. Gen. (A) καλαύροπα: in fine glossae Homericae II 30—35. ἐρεμνὴν δίπτυχα λώπην πορφύραν ἢ μελανὴν χλαμύδα, κοτίνοιο δὲ τῆς ἀγριελαίας (W, τὴν -αν A), ἑαδότα ἀρεστόν. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. 7 sch. 843 cum loc. sim. 16 Apoll. Bibl. I 34. 20 Hesych. ἀμάρυγγες — Συν. ἀμαρυγή et -άς (78, 23 sq. Ba. Phot. Suid.) 21 sch. I 972 a cum loc. sim. 1 εὐστρεπτον Gg | 8 ἀγριελαίου Gg | 22 ἵ. καὶ ϑ. K : καί ϑ. ἵ.

χειρῶν ἑαυτοῦ ποιούμενος, εἰ ὡς πρὶν εὐκίνητοί εἰσι μηδ’ ἀπὸ τοῦ τῆς εἰρεσίας καμάτου δυσκινήτως ἔχοιεν. L

b. πῆλε means 'he moved', and πειράζειν means 'to test'. P

b. τὸ δὲ πῆλε τὸ ἐκίνει σημαίνει καὶ πειράζειν τὸ δοκιμάζειν. P

48. οὐ μὰν αὖτ’ Ἄμυκ〈ος〉: Amycus did not test himself. And by this he shows his arrogance.

48. οὐ μὰν αὖτ’ Ἄμυκ〈ος〉: οὐ μὴν ὁ Ἄμυκος διεπειράσεν ἑαυτοῦ. καὶ διὰ τούτου δὲ δηλοῖ τὸ ὑπερήφανον αὐτοῦ.

48. οὐ μὰν αὖτ’ Ἄμυκ〈ος〉: Amycus did not test himself. And by this he shows his arrogance.

49. καὶ οἱ ὀρέχϑει: ἐν ὀρέξει ἦν· νῦν δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐφώρμα καὶ ἐπεϑύμει. σημαίνει δὲ ἡ λέξις καὶ τὸ ἔστενεν· 'ὀρέχϑεον ἀμφὶ σι- δήρῳ (Ψ 30).

49. "and he was eager": he was in desire; but now it stands for "he rushed upon and desired." The word also means "he groaned": "they groaned around the iron" (Iliad 23.30).

50. 〈κεδάσεσαι:〉 σκορπίσαι. Lg

50. "to scatter": to disperse. Lg

10 51. Λυκωρεύς: οὗτος ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ πεποίηται, οὐκ ἐξ ἱστο- ρίας παρείληπται.

51. Lycoreus: this man has been invented by the poet, not taken from history.

52—53 a. ἱμάντας: τοὺς καλουμένους μύρμηκας. ἀζαλέους δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ξηρούς· ὅϑεν τινὲς οὐκ ἀπὸ Ἀζᾶνος βασιλέως, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ τραχεῖαν εἶναι Ἀζανίαν φασὶ κληϑῆναι τὴν Ἀρκαδίαν· τραχεῖα γὰρ ἐστι καὶ ξηρά.

52-53a. "straps": the so-called "ants." "Dry" instead of "parched"; hence some say that Arcadia was called not after King Azan, but because Azania is rough; for it is rough and dry.

b. περὶ δ’ οἵ γ’ ἔσαν: περισσῶς κατεσκληκότες ἦσαν. ὅϑεν καὶ σκέλος τὸ ἄσαρκον μέρος τοῦ σώματος, καὶ σκληφρὸς ἄνϑρωπος ἀπὸ τούτου.

b. "and they were around": they were excessively emaciated. Hence also "leg" is the fleshless part of the body, and "scrawny man" from this.

54. ὑπερφιάλοις: ὑπερηφάνοις. ἡ δὲ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῆς φιάλης· τὸ γὰρ πληϑύον αὐτῆς ὑπερφίαλον, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπέρμετρον. φιάλη δὲ εἶδος λεβητώδους ἀγγείου.

54. "overweening": arrogant. The metaphor is from the phiale; for its overflow is "hyperphialon", meaning "excessive". A phiale is a kind of cauldron-shaped vessel.

55—56 a. πάλου ἄτερ: χωρὶς κλήρου. καὶ διὰ τούτου δὲ πάλιν ὑπερήφανον δείκνυσι. τὸ δέ ἵνα μή μοι ἀτέμβηαι μετόπισϑεν ὥσπερ ἤδη ἑαυτῷ πεπιστευκὼς τὴν νίκην. καὶ τοῦτο βάρβαρον. εἰ γὰρ ὁ κλῆρος τὴν στάσιν λύειν ἐπίσταται

55-56a. "without lot": apart from casting lots. And through this again he shows him arrogant. The phrase "so that you may not blame me afterwards" as if he already trusted victory to himself. And this is barbaric. For if the lot knows how to resolve strife

7 sch. I 275 a cum loc. sim. 12 Eust. 1324, 19. 13 Eust. 28, 9. 16 Et. Or. 9, 14. 20, 16. 145, 30. Et. M. 716, 33. Et. Gud. 212, 15. 213, 11 De Stef. 545, 7 Sturz. 17 sch. Plat. Euthyd. 271 b Hesych. σκληφροί — Phot. σκληφρόν. 19 Et. M. 780, 10. Et. Gud. 542, 51 Sturz. Epim. Hom. (Cram. An. Ox. I 421, 1) Eust. 389, 29. 1400, 37. 5 ἑαυτοῦ P : -όν L. τούτου W : -ων L : deest in P. 13 fortasse post ξηρούς supplendum (ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄζω τὸ ξηραίνω), cum Eustathii l. l. nomen Azaniae, Et. M. 22, 51 ἀζαλέος a verbo azein derivetur. 17 σκληφρός W coll. loc. sim. : σκληρός H : σκηρός L : om. P. 20 αὐτῆς F : αὐτοὺς L : ἐν αὐτῇ P. 24 ἑαυτῷ Hoelzlin : σε-

καὶ ἑκάστῳ τὰ ἴσα διδόναι, πῶς ἂν ὕστερον ἔμελλεν αὐτῷ ἀντιμάχεσϑαι; μᾶλλον γὰρ νῦν ἐστασίασεν ἂν μὴ κληρωϑείς.

and to give equal things to each, how would he later be likely to contend against him? For rather now he would have quarreled if he had not been allotted.

b. ἀτέμβηαι: ἵνα μή μοι μέμψῃ ὕστερον ὡς χείρονας εἰληφώς. τὸ γὰρ ἀτέμβεσϑαι οἱ νεώτεροι οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦ στερίσκεσϑαι ἤκουσαν, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τοῦ μέμφεσϑαι.

b. "you may blame": so that you may not find fault with me later as having received inferior things. For the younger poets understood "atembesthai" not in the sense of "to be deprived", but in the sense of "to blame".

60. παραβλήδην: παραβλητικῶς. Lg (P)

60. "in a challenging manner": provocatively. Lg (P)

62. ἀπροφάτως: ἀδιστάκτως, ἀδιακρίτως, μηδὲν πρὸς τὴν ἀναίρεσιν προφασισάμενος. Lg P

62. "without excuse": without hesitation, without distinction, making no pretext for the killing. Lg P

64. παρηγορέοντες: ἀντὶ τοῦ προτρεπόμενοι. Lg (P)

64. "exhorting": instead of "urging on". Lg (P)

65. τὸ δὲ ἤδειν ἀντὶ τοῦ πληϑυντικοῦ κεῖται τοῦ ἤδεσαν, ὡς καὶ τό ‘τῆς δ’ ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί’ (Hes. Theog. 321). P

65. "they knew" is used for the plural "they knew", as also "of her there were three heads" (Hesiod, Theogony 321). P

66. 〈κακῇ δήσαντες ἐν αἴσῃ:〉 ἐν κακῇ μοίρᾳ. Lg

66. "binding in evil fate": in evil destiny. Lg

67. οἱ δ’ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἱμᾶσι διασταδόν: ἐν τῇ ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων διαστάσει παρεσκευάσαντο. Lg (P)

67. "when they stood apart with straps": they prepared themselves at a distance from each other. Lg (P)

68 a. 〈ῥεϑέων:〉 νῦν τῶν προσώπων. Lg

68a. "of the limbs": here, of the faces. Lg

b. ῥέϑος δὲ ἅπαν μέλος, ἐνταῦϑα δὲ τὸ πρόσωπον. P

b. "Rhethos" is every limb, but here the face. P

70—74 a. ἅτε κῦμα ϑαλ〈άσσης〉: καϑάπερ, φησί, κῦμα μετε- ωριζόμενον νηὶ προσπίπτει, τῇ δὲ ἐμπειρίᾳ τοῦ κυβερνήτου παρακλίναντος ἡ ναῦς διαφεύγει, οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ἄμυκος ἐπέκειτο μὲν ἐκφοβῶν αὐτόν, διεκκλινόμενος δὲ ἐκεῖνος ἄτρωτος ἦν. L

70-74a. "like a wave of the sea": just as, he says, a wave rising up strikes a ship, but by the skill of the helmsman who turns it aside the ship escapes, so also Amycus pressed upon him to frighten him, but he, avoiding him, was unwounded. L

b. ἀλύσκει: ἐκφεύγει. διὰ δὲ τὴν τραχύτητα καὶ τὴν σφοδρὰν αὐτοῦ ὁρμὴν κύματι εἰκάζει τὸν Ἄμυκον, κυβερνήτῃ δὲ τεχνίτῃ τὸν Πολυδεύκην.

b. "escapes": flees. Because of his roughness and his violent rush he likens Amycus to a wave, and Polydeuces to a skilled helmsman.

c. φοβέων: ταράσσων· τῇ ἀϑρόᾳ κατ’ αὐτοῦ ὁρμῇ ἐμβραδύνειν οὐ συνεχώρει αὐτόν.

c. "terrifying": disturbing; by his dense rush against him he did not allow him to delay.

75—78 a. ἀΐσσων: λείπει ἡ ὑπό, ἵνα ᾖ ὑπαϊσσων καὶ ὑποφεύγων τὸν Ἄμυκον τῇ ἑαυτοῦ τέχνῃ ἄπληκτος καὶ ἀβλαβὴς διέμεινεν. L

75-78a. "darting": the preposition "under" is missing, so that it is "darting under" and "fleeing from" Amycus by his own skill he remained unwounded and unharmed. L

b. ἀπηνέα δ’ αἶψα νοή〈σας〉: συνιδών, φησίν, ὁ Πολυ- δεύκης, ὅπου ἄπρακτος καὶ εὐεπιχείρητος ἦν, συνέμιξεν αὐτῷ τὰς χεῖρας ὑποστάς.

b. "and quickly perceiving his ruthlessness": perceiving, he says, Polydeuces, where he was ineffective and easy to attack, engaged his hands with him, standing his ground.

4 sch. 1199. III 97/99 b sch. T Ψ 445 16 sch. AT Π 856. ABT X 68 Philem. Lex. 164 Hesych. ῥέϑη Συν. ῥέϑος (358, 20 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 701, 29 Et. Gud. 491, 19 Sturz Eust. 1090, 27. 1257, 21 3 μέμψεις Gg 4 ἀτέμβεσϑαι P : -βειν L 20 διεκκλ- F : διακλ- Auctarium IV 9

c. ᾗ κάρτος ἀάατος καὶ ἀρ〈είων〉: ὁ Πολυδεύκης, φησί, παρετήρει τὸν Ἄμυκον, ὅπου ἄτρωτος τυγχάνει καὶ οὐκ εὐεπιχείρητός ἐστιν. ἢ οὕτως· συνιδών, ἐν ᾧ ὑπερεῖχεν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν ᾧ καταδεέστερος ἦν, ὑποστὰς συνέμιξεν αὐτῷ τὰς χεῖρας. 〈...〉. ϑάρσος δὲ ϑράσους διαφέρει· ϑάρσος γὰρ τὸ εὔλογον, ϑράσος δὲ τὸ μετὰ ἰταμότητος. οὕτω καὶ Ἀρίστιππος ὁ φιλόσοφος.

c. ᾗ κάρτος ἀάατος καὶ ἀρ〈είων〉: Polydeuces, he says, was watching Amycus to see where he was invulnerable and not easy to attack. Or thus: having observed in what respect he was superior to him and in what respect he was inferior, he withstood him and engaged him in combat. 〈...〉. Courage (ϑάρσος) differs from boldness (ϑράσος): for courage is reasonable, while boldness is with recklessness. So also Aristippus the philosopher.

d. 〈ᾗ τε χερείων:〉 ἢ καὶ ἀρείων. Lg

d. 〈ᾗ τε χερείων:〉 or also ἀρείων. Lg

79—83 a. ὡς δ’ ὅτε νήια δοῦρα ϑοοῖς ἀντίξοα γόμφοις: οὕτως ἀντεξυσμένα ἀλλήλοις, ὥστε, ἡνίκα συμβάλλονται ἐναντία, συναρ- μόζειν ἀλλήλοις. ἢ τὰ ἀντικείμενα τοῖς σφησίν· εἰς γὰρ τὰ πλάγια τῶν σανίδων τιϑέασι τοὺς σφῆνας πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν. ὑληουργοὶ δὲ ὑλοτόμοι καὶ τὰς ναῦς ἐργαζόμενοι. ὥσπερ δὲ ναυπηγήσιμα ξύλα συναρμόζοντες ξυλουργοὶ γόμφοις συνεχῶς ταῖς σφύραις τύπτουσιν, ἐγείρεται δὲ ἄλλος ἐξ ἄλλου ψόφος, οὕτως ὁ Ἄμυκος καί ὁ Πολυδεύκης ἀλλήλων ἔτυπτον τὰς σιαγόνας.

79-83a. ὡς δ’ ὅτε νήια δοῦρα ϑοοῖς ἀντίξοα γόμφοις: thus planed against each other, so that, when they are brought together opposite each other, they fit together. Or the things placed opposite the wedges; for they put the wedges into the sides of the planks for security. ὑληουργοί are woodcutters and those who work on ships. And just as carpenters fitting ship-timber together strike continuously with hammers on the pegs, and one sound after another arises, so Amycus and Polydeuces struck each other's jaws.

b. ϑοοῖς: ὀξέσι. 〈...〉. καὶ ‘Ὅμηρος (ι 327)’ ‘ἐγὼ δ’ ἐϑόωσα παραστάς’. Lm (P)

b. ϑοοῖς: sharp. 〈...〉. And Homer (Od. 9.327): 'I, standing near, sharpened it.' Lm (P)

c. τὸ δὲ ἐπιβλήδην τό ἐπιβλητικῶς σημαίνει· ἐπιβάλλουσι γὰρ πρὸς ἄλληλα τὰ ξύλα οἱ ναυπηγοί. P

c. ἐπιβλήδην means 'in a throwing-on manner'; for shipwrights throw the timbers against each other. P

d. ἄηται: ἐξηχεῖται, ἀκούεται. Lg P

d. ἄηται: resounds, is heard. Lg P

e. ἄδην δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ συνεχῶς ἢ ἀκορέστως. P

e. ἄδην instead of 'continuously' or 'insatiably'. P

f. βρυχὴ δὲ ἔστιν ὁ τῶν ὀδόντων ἦχος. P

f. βρυχή is the sound of teeth. P

1 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀρείων: ὁ βελτίων. Ὅμηρος (Ο 641)· ‘πατρὸς πολὺ χεί- ρονος υἱὸς ἀρείων’. εἴρηται δὲ παρὰ τὸ Ἄρης, ἵν’ ᾖ κυρίως ὁ κατὰ πόλεμον καλλίων. οὕτως Ταρραῖος ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναυτικοῖς (οὕτως sqq. om. B, Lucillii Tarrhaei fg 9 Linnenkugel). cf. W 56. 82 4 sch. AB E 2 sch. Opp. Hal. III 516 Ammon. De diff. adf. voc. 71 Valck. Eust. 511, 41. 1762, 32 11 Et. Gen. (B) ὑληουργοί: ὑλοτόμοι. II 80—81. (ἄηται) ἀντὶ τοῦ φέρεται (W, -ον- ται). τὸ δὲ ἐπιβλήδην σημαίνει τὸ ἐπιβαλλόντως. Ἀπολλώνιος. cf. W 88 16 sch. ι 327 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 88, 6 B. Eust. 1631, 34 1 ἀάατον (corr. W ex ipsis poetae verbis) καὶ ἀρ. L : ἄατον P 3 haec vulgatam lectionem ᾗ τε χερείων explicant αὐτοῦ F : -όν L : aliter P κατα- δεέστερος A H F : -ον L : aliter P 4 lac. ind. W, ubi inter κάρτος et κράτος nihil interesse dictum fuisse videtur 6 Χρύσιππος Valckenaer Amm. De diff. adf. voc. Nov. ed. 1822, XXX 9 τὰ ἀντεξυσμένα Lg 16 lac. ind. W, ubi desiderantur verba ὅϑεν ϑοοῦν τὸ ἀποξύνειν 20 ἀκ- L : ἐξακ- P

84 a. 〈ἐπισταδὸν οὐτάζοντες:〉 ἐν τῷ συνεστάναι πλήσσον- τες. Lg

84a. 〈ἐπισταδὸν οὐτάζοντες:〉 striking while standing firm. Lg

b. τὸ ἐπισταδὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπιστατικῶς καὶ ἀμετακινήτως. P

b. ἐπισταδόν instead of 'steadfastly' and 'immovably'. P

88—89 a. φορβάδος ἀμφὶ βοός: ὑπὲρ νομάδος καὶ εὐτραφοῦς βοός. 〈...〉 ἵνα τὸ τῆς κατανομῆς ὄνομα πλέον καὶ μεῖζον τῇ βοΐ δοίη τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὸ κάλλος. Ἀντίπατρος ἐν τῷ Περὶ ζῴων φησὶ τὸν ἀλκιμώτατον ἐν τῇ ἀγέλῃ ταῦρον μίγνυσϑαι πάσαις ταῖς βουσίν, μὴ ἐπι- τρέπειν δὲ ἑτέρῳ· ἐὰν δέ τις πεποιϑὼς τῇ ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἀνϑίστηται αὐτῷ καὶ καταγωνίσηται, τοῦτον τοῦ λοιποῦ πλησιάζειν ταῖς βουσίν.

88-89a. φορβάδος ἀμφὶ βοός: over a grazing and well-fed cow. 〈...〉 so that the name of the pasture might give the cow a larger and greater body and beauty. Antipater in his work On Animals says that the strongest bull in the herd mates with all the cows, and does not allow another; but if someone trusting in his own strength opposes him and overcomes him, this one from then on approaches the cows.

b. φορβάδος: ἀγελάδος. Lg (P)

b. φορβάδος: of a herd cow. Lg (P)

90—93. ἀερϑεὶς βουτύπος οἷα πόδ〈εσσι〉: ἐπαρϑείς. ἐπ’ ἄκρων τῶν ποδῶν, φησί, σταϑεὶς καὶ ἐκτείνας ἑαυτὸν ὡς βουτύπος τὴν χεῖρα ἑαυτοῦ κατέφερεν· ἐπιόντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ὁ Πολυδεύκης ὑπέστη καὶ παρακλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν τῷ ὤμῳ αὐτοῦ ἐδέξατο τὸν πῆχυν. βουτύπος δέ ἐστιν ὁ τοὺς ϑυομένους βοῦς τῷ πελέκει τύπτων κατὰ τοῦ αὐχένος· οὗτος δὲ ἐπ’ ἄκροις τοῖς ὄνυξιν ἵσταται μέλλων κρούειν.

90-93. ἀερϑεὶς βουτύπος οἷα πόδ〈εσσι〉: lifted up. Standing on the tips of his feet, he says, and stretching himself out like an ox-slayer, he brought down his hand; but as he attacked, Polydeuces withstood him and, inclining his head to his shoulder, received the blow on his arm. A βουτύπος is one who strikes the sacrificial oxen with an axe on the neck; he stands on the tips of his toes when about to strike.

94—95 a. ὁ δ’ ἄγχ’ αὐτοῖο: ἐγγὺς δὲ αὐτοῦ προβαίνων καὶ μεταφέρων τὰ σκέλη ἔτυψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸ οὖς.

94-95a. ὁ δ’ ἄγχ’ αὐτοῖο: advancing near him and shifting his legs, he struck him on the ear.

b. τὸ δὲ παρὲκ γόνυ γουνὸς ἀμείβων Ὁμηρικόν (Λ 547). P

b. παρὲκ γόνυ γουνὸς ἀμείβων is Homeric (Il. 11.547). P

c. μεταΐγδην: ὁρμητικῶς. Lg P

c. μεταΐγδην: impetuously. Lg P

96—97 a. ὁ δ’ ἅμ’ ὀδύ〈νῃ〉: ὁ δὲ Ἄμυκος ὑπὸ τῆς ἀλγηδόνος κατενεχϑεὶς εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀπώλετο.

96-97a. ὁ δ’ ἅμ’ ὀδύ〈νῃ〉: Amycus, overcome by pain, fell to the ground and perished.

b. 〈γνύξ:〉 ἐπὶ γόνυ.

b. 〈γνύξ:〉 on the knee.

c. τοῦ δ’ ἀϑρόος ἔκχυτο ϑυμός: ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως, ἐξέ- πνευσεν. Lg P

c. τοῦ δ’ ἀϑρόος ἔκχυτο ϑυμός: instead of 'swiftly', he breathed out his life. Lg P

4 Et. Gen. (AB) κεκοτηότα: οἷον II 88—89. φορβάδος σημαίνει νο- μάδος. 〈κεκοτηότα:〉 ἀπό τοῦ κοτῶ 〈κοτήσω κεκότηκα κεκοτηκώς κεκοτηκότα · 〈καὶ Fr.〉 ἀποβολῇ τοῦ κ κεκοτηότα add. cod. Voss. Et. M. 500, 57〉. Ἀπολλώ- νιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. 14 Et. Gen. (AB) βουτύπος: ἱερεύς τις, ὃς τοὺς 5 lac. P explet verbis ἐχρήσατο δὲ τῷ ἐπιϑέτῳ 6 eundem librum auctoris ceterum ignoti laudat Plutarchus Aet. phys. 38 (V 400 Bern.) 8 ἢ post πεποι- ϑώς add. L ἀνϑίστηται W : ἀνϑίσταται L : ἀντιστή P 9 καταγωνίσηται P : -ισάμενος L τοῦτον, quod in P omissum in L post ταῦρον collocatur (ubi πρῶτον legi iusserat K), huc trai. W; ἐκεῖνος in fine add. F πλησιάζειν W : -ει 15 ὁ τοὺς ϑυομένους βοῦς τῷ πελέκει τύπτων Gm 23 sch. b constituit W e verbis, quae in scholιο a ante κατεν. leguntur

98—100 a. οὐδ’ ἄρα Βέβρυκες: Ἀπολλώνιος μὲν ἐμφαίνει ὡς ἀνῃρημένον τὸν Ἄμυκον· Ἐπίχαρμος (fg 7 Kaibel) δὲ καὶ Πείσανδρος (16 fg 5 J.) φασιν, ὅτι ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ὁ Πολυδεύκης. Δηίοχος δὲ ἐν α' Περὶ Κυζίκου (fg 9 M. II 19) καταπυκτευϑῆναί φησιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ Πολυ- δεύκους. οὐκ ἠμέλησαν δέ, φησίν, οὐδὲ κατεφρόνησαν τοῦ Ἀμύκου πεπτω- κότος, διὰ δὲ τὸ βάρβαρον ἑαυτῶν καὶ πόλεμον ἤγειραν. ἀζηχέας δὲ τὰς ξηράς, τὰς ἐχούσας ξηρὸν ἦχον. σιγύννους δὲ καλοῦσιν οἱ Κύπριοι τὰ ἀκόντια.

98-100a. Nor indeed the Bebryces: Apollonius indicates that Amycus had been killed; but Epicharmus (fr. 7 Kaibel) and Peisander (16 fr. 5 J.) say that Polydeuces bound him. Deiochus in the first book of his work On Cyzicus (fr. 9 M. II 19) says that he was beaten in boxing by Polydeuces. They did not neglect, he says, nor despise Amycus when he had fallen, but because of their barbarous nature they even stirred up war. 'Dry' (azēcheas) means the dry ones, those having a dry sound. The Cyprians call javelins 'sigynnoi'.

b. σιγύννους: ἀκόντια ὁλοσίδηρα. Lg Gm Sm (P)

b. sigynnoi: javelins entirely of iron. Lg Gm Sm (P)

c. ἄντιδ’ ἔασκον: ἀπήντων ἰϑὺς Πολυδεύκους. Lg (P)

c. anti d' eascon: they went to meet Polydeuces face to face. Lg (P)

105—06. αὐτὸς δ’ Ἰτυμονῆα: ὁ δὲ Πολυδεύκης λὰξ ἐπο- ρούσας ἔπληξεν. λέγεται δὲ λὰξ ὁ ὑπὸ τῶν δακτύλων τοῦ ποδὸς ψόφος. ἢ οὕτω· κυρίως τὸ ὑποκάτω τῶν τοῦ ποδὸς δακτύλων λὰξ κα- λεῖται. οὕτως ἀποδέδωκεν καὶ παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ Ποσειδώνιος (Bake 234) ‘λὰξ ποδὶ κινήσας’ (Κ 158).

105-06. But he himself Itymonea: Polydeuces, leaping upon him with his heel, struck him. 'Lax' is the sound made by the toes of the foot. Or thus: properly the part under the toes of the foot is called 'lax'. Thus Posidonius (Bake 234) also interpreted it in the poet: 'striking with his heel' (Iliad 10.158).

βοῦς ἐν ταῖς ϑυείαις τῷ πελέκει τύπτων ἔϑυεν. οἷον II 91—92. πελέμιξεν ἐπέσεισε καὶ ἐπήνεγκεν. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. sch. IV 468 Hesych. βουτύπος Συν. β. (181, 18 Ba. Suid.) 8 Et. Gen. (AB) σιγύννους: II 99—100. ἀλλαχοῦ (Et. M., πολλαχοῦ AB) ἀσπιδίσκια (Et. M., -ικάρια AB), μικρὰ πελτάρια λέγεται (W, λεγόμενα Et. M., λέγει AB), ἐνταῦϑα δὲ δόρατα ὁλοσίδηρα. ταῦτα δὲ ἐπεποίητο εἰς ϑήραν συῶν τὸ παλαιὸν διὰ τὸ ἄγαν ϑερμὸν καὶ ἰσχυρὸν τοῦ ζῴου· ἔνϑεν καὶ σίγυννος (Α, σύγενος Β) εἴρηται, συϊκαινός (Et. M., συϊσκενός AB) τις ὤν, ὁ τοὺς σῦς καινών (Et. M., κενών Α), ὃ ἔστι (κ. δ. ἔ. om. Β) κεντών. καὶ οἱ Κύπριοι δὲ τά δόρατα σιγύννους φασί. Ἀπολλώνιος. Eust. 344, 18: τὸ δὲ ῥηϑὲν σίγυμνον (Lyc. 556) σίγυννον ἕτεροι γράφουσιν, ὡς Ἀπολλώνιος ‘σιγύννους ἰϑύς ἀνασχόμενοι’· καί φασιν ἀσπιδίσκια ἤγουν μικρὰ πελτάρια τὴν λέξιν ἀλλαχοῦ σημαίνειν, ἐνταῦϑα δὲ δόρατα ὁλοσίδηρα· καί εἰς μὲν σημασίαν εὖ σφυρηλατοῦσιν, αὐτὰ λέγοντες καὶ Κυπρίων γλώσσης εἶναι, βάπτουσι δὲ εἰς ἐτυμολογίαν οὐ μαλϑακήν, φάμενοι συϊκαινά τινα εἶναι αὐτά, ὡς δεξιά εἰς τό σῦας καίνειν. cf. W 62 sch. IV 320 b Herod. V 9, 3 Arist. Poet. 21 (1457 b 6) Hesych. σίγυνοι Tzetz. Lyc. 196, 13 Sch. Eust. 381, 19 13 Συν. λάξ (288, 4 Ba. Phot. Suid.) 3 Δηίοχος W : Διίοχος P : Δηίλοχος L V 7 verba διὰ — ἤγειραν in P omissa recto hoc loco habet F, in extremo scholιο L 8 ξηράς, ἦχον ποιού- σας Gm ἔχ- K: ἤχ- L : ποιούσας A : aliter P 11 ἀπήντων Schaefer : -ουν 13 τῶν δακτύλων P : τούς -ους L cum loc. sim.

110. Ὠρείδης δ’ Ἀμύκ〈οιο〉: διὰ τῆς ει διφϑόγγου ἡ παρα- λήγουσα· οὕτως Ἡρωδιανὸς ἐν τῷ γ΄ τῆς Καϑόλου (I 67, 8 L.).

110. Orides, son of Amycus: the penultimate syllable has the diphthong ei; thus Herodian in the third book of his General Prosody (I 67, 8 L.).

112—13. ὅσον δ’ ἐπὶ δέρμα〈τι〉: μέχρις 〈τοῦ δέρματος〉. ὅσον ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀλίγον. δι’ αὐτῆς τῆς ἐπιφανείας ἦλϑεν ὁ σίδηρος ὑπ’ αὐτὸν τὸν κατὰ τὴν ζώνην τόπον, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ δέρματι μόνον, ὥστε τῶν ἐντοσϑιδίων μὴ ψαῦσαι.

112-13. As far as the skin: up to the skin. 'Hoson' (as much as) instead of 'a little'. The iron passed through the very surface at the place just under the belt, but only on the skin, so as not to touch the internal organs.

114 a. αὕτως: ὁμοίως. Lg Gg P

114a. autōs: likewise. Lg Gg P

b. μενεδήϊον τὸν Ἴφιτον λέγει ὡς ἐμμενετικὸν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ· δήϊς γὰρ ὁ πόλεμος καὶ ἡ μάχη. P

b. He calls Iphitus 'menēdēios' (steadfast in battle) as being persistent in war; for 'dēis' is war and battle. P

115. ἀζαλέη: τῇ ξηρᾷ, ἐπεὶ ἔστι ξυλίνη. Ὅμηρος δὲ καὶ σιδηρᾶν οἶδεν (Η 141) ‘ἀλλὰ σιδηρείῃ κορύνῃ’. τινὲς δὲ ἀποδεδώκασι ‘σιδηρείη’ τῇ εὐτόνῳ, ὥσπερ καί (Ρ 424) ‘σιδήρειος δ’ ὀρυμαγδὸς ὀρώρει’.

115. azaleē: dry, since it is of wood. Homer also knows an iron one (Iliad 7.141): 'but with an iron club'. Some have interpreted 'iron' as 'well-strung', as also (Iliad 17.424): 'an iron din arose'.

116—18. οὔπω κηρὶ κακῇ: οὔπω πεπρωμένον ἀποϑανεῖν. ὁ δὲ Κλυτίος υἱὸς ἦν Εὐρύτου, ἀδελφὸς Ἰφίτου. δηώσεσϑαι δὲ φονευϑήσεσϑαι. ὁ δὲ Ἀγκαῖος Ἀρκὰς τὸ γένος ἐστί, φησὶ δὲ αὐτὸν ὡπλίσϑαι πελέκει καὶ ἄρκτου δορά. τὸ δὲ ϑρασὺς ἐπ’ ἀγαϑοῦ νῦν, οὐκ ἐπ’ ἰταμότητος.

116-18. Not yet to evil fate: not yet destined to die. Clytius was the son of Eurytus, brother of Iphitus. 'Dēōsesthai' means to be slain. Ancaeus is an Arcadian by birth, and he says that he was armed with an axe and a bear's hide. 'Thrasys' (bold) is used here in a good sense, not of recklessness.

119. τεταγών: ἐκτείνας, ἀκοντίσας. Lgr (P)

119. tetagōn: having stretched out, having hurled. Lgr (P)

120. προσχόμενος: προβαλόμενος ἀντὶ ἀσπίδος. Lg P

120. proschomenos: holding before him as a shield. Lg P

121. ὁμοῦ δέ οἱ ἐσσεύοντο: τὸ ὁμοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀϑροί- σματος τιϑέασι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐγγύς, ὡς Ἀϑηναῖοι εἰώϑασι χρῆσϑαι. Μέν- ανδρος (fg 851 Κ. III 227)· ‘ὁμοῦ δὲ τῷ τίκτειν παρεγένεϑ’ ἡ κόρη’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐγγύς.

121. And together they rushed upon him: 'homou' (together) is used both of a gathering and of nearness, as the Athenians are accustomed to use it. Menander (fr. 851 K. III 227): 'the girl arrived at the very moment of giving birth' instead of 'near'.

1 109. Et. Gen. (AB) ὀπωπή: ... Ἀπολλώνιος τὴν χρεῖαν (fortasse ὄρα- σιν, v. infra) εἶπε· II 109. βλέφαρον καλεῖται τὸ ἐπικαλύπτον τοὺς ὀφϑαλμοὺς δέρμα, ὀπωπή δὲ ἡ κόρη ἢ ὄρασις. Et. Gen. (Β) Ὠρείτης: ἀπό τοῦ Ὠρεύς Ὠρέως Ὠρείτης. καί τό κύριον δὲ ὄνομα διά τῆς ει διφϑόγγου, ὡς παρά Ἀπολ- λωνίῳ, οἷον· ‘Ὠρείτης Ἀμύκ[λ]οιο βίην’. τινά δὲ τῶν ἀντιγράφων Ὠρείδης ἔχου- σιν. 〈Χοιροβοσκός add. Et. M.〉. cf. W 69 8 Hesych. μενεδήϊος 21 Hesych. Harp. Phot. Suid. ὁμοῦ Lex. rhet. 285, 1 B. sch. Plat. Phaed. 72 c 3 add. K 5 ἀλλ’ — μόνον post ψαῦσαι leguntur, trai. W ὥστε — ψαῦσαι Lg Gg 6 ἐντοσϑιδίων L : ἐντοσϑίων (P) Ag : ἐναντίων Lg Gg 7 ὁμοίως LP : ἴσως G 16 τό P : ὁ L 17 ἰταμότητος W e sch. 75/78c : ὠμό- τητος L : ὑπερβάλλοντος P

123—29 a. ὡς δ’ ὅτ’ ἐνὶ σταϑμοῖ〈σιν〉: ὥσπερ δὲ ἀφυλάκτῳ ποιμνίῳ ἐπελϑόντες λύκοι ἀποροῦσι, ποῖον πρῶτον ἀρπάσωσιν, οὕτω καὶ οἱ ἀριστεῖς τοὺς Βέβρυκας ἐτρέψαντο. ὁμοία δὲ ταύτῃ καὶ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ παραβολή (Π 352 sq.)· ‘ὡς δὲ λύκοι ἄρνεσσιν ἐπέχραον ἢ ἐρίφοισιν σίνται.’ ἀπείρονα μὲν οὖν φησι τὰ πολλά. πολιοὶ δὲ ἤτοι ὑπότεφροι ἢ ἔντιμοι. τίμιον γὰρ τὸ ζῷον παρ’ Ἀϑηναίοις· ὁ γὰρ ἀποκτείνας λύκον ἀγείρει αὐτῷ τὰ πρὸς τὴν ταφήν. καὶ ἴσως, ἐπεὶ ἡ Λητὼ ἔγκυος οὖσα διὰ ιβ' ἡμερῶν εἰς Δῆλον ἦλϑε μεταβαλοῦσα εἰς λύκον, διόπερ κατά τινα ὡρισμένον χρόνον τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ τίκτει πᾶσα λύκαινα ἐν ιβ' ἡμέραις, ὡς Φιλοστέφανός φησιν ἐν τοῖς Ὑπομνήμασιν (fg 32 M. III 33).

123-29a. As when in the folds: just as wolves attacking an unguarded flock are at a loss which to seize first, so the chiefs routed the Bebrycians. Similar to this is the simile in Homer (Il. 16.352-3): 'as wolves, ravenous, fell upon lambs or kids.' He says 'countless' meaning many. 'Grey' means either dark-grey or honored; for the animal is honored among the Athenians: the man who kills a wolf collects for it the means for its burial. And perhaps, since Leto, being pregnant, came to Delos in twelve days after changing into a wolf, therefore at a certain fixed time of the year every she-wolf gives birth in twelve days, as Philostephanus says in his Commentaries (fr. 32 M. III 33).

b. λάϑρη ἐυρρίνων: τοῦτό φησιν, ὅτι διὰ τὸ ψῦχος κατα- δύνουσιν εἰς τὰς ἐπαύλεις οἵ τε ποιμένες καί οἱ κύνες· εἶτα οὕτως ἀφύλακτα σίνονται τὰ πρόβατα. ἐυρρίνων δὲ ἤτοι εὐδερμάτων — ῥινὸς γὰρ τὸ δέρμα — ἢ 〈...〉 κυρίως διὰ τὸ ταῖς ῥισὶν ἰχνεύειν τὰ ϑηρία· διὸ καὶ παρατηροῦσιν οἱ κυνηγοί πρὸ ἡμέρας ἐξάγειν τοὺς κύνας ἐπὶ ϑήραν, ἵνα πρὶν ἥλιον ἐπιτεῖλαι εὐχερῶς ἰχνηλατῶσι ταῖς ῥισίν.

b. Secretly, of good hides: he says this because on account of the cold both shepherds and dogs sink into the folds; then thus unguarded they harm the sheep. 'Of good hides' means either of good skins—for 'rhinos' is the skin—or <...> properly because they track wild beasts with their noses; therefore hunters take care to lead out the dogs to the hunt before daybreak, so that before the sun rises they may easily track with their noses.

c. 〈ἐυρρίνων:〉 εὐαισϑήτων, εὐοσφρήτων. Lg

c. <Of good hides:> of keen senses, of keen smell. Lg

d. μαίονται: ἐπιζητοῦσι. Lg P

d. They seek: they search for. Lg P

7 Et. Gen. (AB) πολιοί: II 123—124. γράφεται καί πελιοί, πυρροί ἢ μέ- λανες· ‘ἔκτοσϑε ῥινόν πελιοῖο λύκοιο’ (Κ 334)· ἢ ὑπότεφροι ἢ τίμιοι. τίμιον γάρ τό ζῷον, καί παρά Ἀϑηναίοις ὁ ἀποκτείνας λύκον (λ. om. Α) ἀγείρει αὐτῷ τά πρός ταφήν (Α, τροφήν Β). καί ἴσως, ἐπειδή ἡ Λητώ ἔγκυος οὖσα διά ιβ' ἡμερῶν εἰς (Δῆλον sch.) ἦλϑε μεταβαλοῦσα εἰς λύκον, διόπερ (κατά Et. Μ.) τινα καιρόν (Et. Μ., καί τόν AB) ὡρισμένον τίκτει πᾶσα (sch., παῖδα AB) λύκαινα 〈...〉. Arist. Hist. an. VI 35 (580 a 14) 15 Et. Gen. (Β) ἐυρρίνων: II 125. ἤτοι τῶν τήν ὄσφρησιν ἐχόντων ὀξυτάτην, κυρίως διά τό ταῖς ῥισίν ἰχνεύειν (sch., ἰχνοποιεῖν Β) τά ϑηρία· διό καί παρατηροῦσιν οἱ κυνηγοί πρό ἡμέρας ἐξάγειν τούς κύνας, ἵνα πρίν ἥλιον ἀνατεῖλαι εὐχερῶς ἰχνηλατῶσι ταῖς ῥισίν. οὐ γάρ [σκυλάκων] ἐυρρί- νων 〈τῶν εὐδερμάτων add. Deicke〉 — ῥινός γάρ τό δέρμα —, ἀλλ’ ἀπό τῆς 7 ἀπείρονα — πολλά P : om. L 10 ιβ' bis L : ιϑ' P 16 ῥινὸς γ. τὸ δ. P (cf. Et.) : om. L W lac. ind. verbis Etymologici τῶν τὴν ὄσφρησιν ἐχόντων ὀξυτάτην explendam 17 παρατηροῦσιν Et. : παραινοῦσιν 18 ἐπι- τεῖλαι L : ἀνα- P (cf. Et.) εὐχερῶς Et. : εὐκαίρως L : βέλτιον P P add. in fine Σοφοκλῆς (Ai. 8) · ‘κυνός Λακαίνης ὥς τις εὔρινος βάσις’. 20 ἐπιζ- L : ζ- P

e. πόλλ’ ἐπιπαμφαλό〈ωντες〉: πολλὰ ἐπιβλέποντες καὶ μετ’ ἐνϑουσιασμοῦ· παμφαλᾶν γὰρ τὸ μετὰ πτοήσεως ἐπιβλέπειν. κέχρηται δὲ τῇ λέξει καὶ Ἱππῶναξ (fg 131 B. II 498) καὶ Ἀνακρέων (fg 160 B. III 293). λέγει δὲ καὶ Ἐρύκιος· ‘πάντοσε παμφαλόωντες ἐδινήσαντο πόδεσσι.’ παραιτητέον δὲ Εἰρηναῖον (fg 19 Haupt Opusc. II 439) ἀμφαφόωντες γράφοντα καὶ ἐξηγούμενον κτείνοντες. οὔτε γὰρ κέχρηταί τις οὕτως τῇ λέξει οὔτε ἐστὶν ἁπαξαπλῶς ἡ γραφὴ τοῦ ποιητοῦ.

e. Often glancing about: often looking around and with excitement; for 'pamphalan' means to look around with agitation. The word is used also by Hipponax (fr. 131 B. II 498) and Anacreon (fr. 160 B. III 293). Erycius also says: 'glancing everywhere they whirled with their feet.' One must reject Irenaeus (fr. 19 Haupt Opusc. II 439) who writes 'amphaphoōntes' and interprets it as 'killing.' For no one uses the word thus, nor is the poet's reading simply that.

f. περὶ σφίσιν: ἔδει εἰπεῖν περὶ ἀλλήλοις πίπτοντα· οὐ γὰρ περὶ ἑαυτά. τὸ δὲ ἁμάρτημα τῶν μεϑ’ Ὅμηρον. Lg P

f. Around themselves: he should have said 'falling around one another'; for not around themselves. The error is of those after Homer. Lg P

130—31 a. ὡς δὲ μελισσάων σμῆ〈νος〉: ὅτι τὸν καπνὸν φεύγουσιν αἱ μέλισσαι διὰ τὸ στενόπορον εἶναι αὐτῶν τὴν ὄσφρησιν· ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὄφεων συμβαίνει ϑυμιωμένου τοῦ ἐλαφείου κέρως, ὡς φησι Νίκανδρος (Ther. 35 sq.). σμῆνος δὲ ἐστὶ τὸ τῶν μελισσῶν πλῆϑος.

130-31a. As a swarm of bees: because bees flee smoke on account of their narrow sense of smell; which also happens to snakes when deer horn is burned, as Nicander says (Ther. 35 sq.). A swarm is the multitude of bees.

15 b. δίκην μελισσῶν, φησίν, ἔφευγον, αἵτινες καπνισϑεῖσαι ἀφίπτανται. Lg (P)

15b. Like bees, he says, they fled, which when smoked fly away. Lg (P)

c. 〈μηλοβοτῆρες:〉 βοσκοί. Lg

c. <Shepherds:> feeders. Lg

d. μελισσοκόμοι: μελισσουργοί. Lg P

d. Beekeepers: bee-workers. Lg P

132—34 a. βομβηδὸν δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ ἤχου καὶ βόμβου. βόμ-βος δέ ἐστιν ὁ τῶν μελισσῶν ἤχος, ἔνιοι δὲ τῆς †βοξύνου† μελίττης λεγομένης.

132-34a. 'With buzzing' instead of with sound and buzzing. A buzz is the sound of bees, but some say of the †boxynou† so-called bee.

b. λιγνυόεντι: τῷ αἰϑαλώδει. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἐπιπλέον δὲ τῷ λιγνυώδει καὶ σποδώδει καπνῷ καπνιζόμεναι ὑποχωροῦσι τῶν σίμβλων. σίμβλος δέ ἐστιν, εἰς ὃ τὰ κηρία συνάγεται ἀγγεῖον, ἡ κυψέλη.

b. Smoky: sooty. The sense: furthermore, being smoked by the smoky and ashy smoke they withdraw from the hives. A hive is the vessel into which the honeycombs are gathered, the beehive.

ῥινός, ὅϑεν καὶ Ξενοφῶν ἐν τοῖς Κυνηγέταις (IV 6) κελεύει κύνας ἐκλέγεσϑαι εὐρίνας, ἵνα ὀσφραίνωνται τοὺς λαγωούς, καὶ Νίκανδρος (fg 98 Schn.)· ‘Ἄρτεμις εὐρίνων (Et. M., -ως B) ἐσμὸν ἄγει 〈σκυλάκων supra deletum hic add. Sylburg〉’. Ἀπολλώνιος. sch. Soph. Ai. 7 Suid. εὔρινος Hesych. ἐπαμφάλησεν Tzetz. Lyc. 338, 20 Sch. Et. Gen. (AB) βομβηδόν: II 131—132. κυρίως βόμβος ὁ τῶν μελισσῶν ἐστιν ἦχος, ἔνιοι δὲ τῆς †βοξύλης† λεγομένης μελίσσης. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. sch. I 879/83 b cum loc. sim. 5 ἐδιν- Rutgers Var. lect. 1618, 191 : διν- | 6 ἀμφαφ- W : ἀμφαν- | 12 στενόπορον PA : -ωρον L | 20 βοξύνου L : βοξίνης P : βοξύνης Et. M. : βοξύλης Et. Gen. : βομβύλης J. G. Schneider Wörterb. I³ 1819, 268 : βομβυλιοῦ K

c. καπνῷ τυφόμεναι: ἀντὶ τοῦ καπνιζόμεναι· σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὸ καιόμεναι. εἰώϑασι δὲ καπνίζειν κόνυζαν· δριμὺς γὰρ μάλιστα ὁ ταύτης καπνός.

c. smoking with smoke: instead of being smoked; it also means being burned. They are accustomed to smoke fleabane; for its smoke is especially pungent.

138—39 a. ἠμὲν ἀλωαί: αἱ ἀμπελόφυτοι χῶραι. οἷαι δὲ αἱ κῶμαι, διὰ τὸ ἐν αὐταῖς τὰ πρόβατα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα βοτὰ νέμεσϑαι.

138-39a. and the threshing floors: the vine-planted lands. And such are the villages, because in them the sheep and other cattle graze.

b. 〈τῆμος:〉 τηνικαῦτα. Lg

b. 〈at that time:〉 then. Lg

c. Λύκος βασιλεὺς Μαριανδυνῶν. Lg (P)

c. Lycus, king of the Mariandynians. Lg (P)

140 a. καὶ Μαριανδυνῶν: Φινέως παῖδες ἐκ μὲν Κλεοπάτρας Παρϑένιος καὶ Κάραμβις, ἐκ δὲ Ἰδαίας τῆς Δαρδάνου ἢ Σκυϑικῆς τινος παλλακίδος Θυνὸς καὶ Μαριανδυνός, ἐξ ὧν τὰ ἔϑνη κέκληνται. οἱ δέ φασι κεκλῆσϑαι τοὺς Μαριανδυνοὺς ἀπὸ Μαριανδυνοῦ υἱοῦ Κιμμερίου.

140a. and of the Mariandynians: Phineus' children from Cleopatra were Parthenius and Carambis, and from Idaea, daughter of Dardanus, or some Scythian concubine, Thynus and Mariandynus, from whom the peoples are named. Others say that the Mariandynians were named after Mariandynus, son of Cimmerius.

b. ἀπεόντος ἄνακτος: τοῦ Ἀμύκου ἀπόντος, δηλονότι τεϑνηκότος. οἱ δὲ Μαριανδυνοὶ ἔϑνος ὁμοροῦν αὐτοῖς.

b. their lord being absent: Amycus being absent, that is, clearly dead. The Mariandynians are a people bordering on them.

141. σιδηροφόρου περὶ γαίης: τῆς τῶν Χαλύβων· εἰσὶ δὲ οὗτοι οἱ τὸν σίδηρον ἐργαζόμενοι.

141. around the iron-bearing land: that of the Chalybes; these are the ones who work iron.

142—43 a. οἳ δ’ ἤδη σταϑμούς τε: οἱ δὲ Ἀργοναῦται τῶν Βεβρύκων πεφευγότων τὰς παρὰ ϑάλασσαν ἐπαύλεις ἐπόρϑουν· ἤδη δὲ καὶ τῶν ϑρεμμάτων πολλὰ περιεληλακότες ἀπετέμοντο.

142-43a. and they now the steadings: the Argonauts, when the Bebryces had fled, were plundering the dwellings by the sea; and already having driven off many of the flocks, they were cutting them off.

b. περιτροπάδην: περιτρέποντες ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν ναῦν ἐλαύ- νοντες. Lg (P)

b. in a circle: turning them around as they drove them to the ship. Lg (P)

145—50 a. φράζεσϑ’ ὅττι κεν: ὁ νοῦς· καὶ τί ἂν ἐποίησαν οἱ Βέβρυκες, εἰ καὶ ὁ Ἡρακλῆς μεϑ’ ἡμῶν ἐληλύϑει, οἷον· πῶς ἔφυγον καὶ ἡττήϑησαν; οἶμαι γάρ, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἀγὼν ἂν τῆς πυγμαχίας ἐγένετο, ἀλλὰ προκαλούμενον τὸν Ἄμυκον τότε οἷς συνετίϑει νόμοις ἡμῖν τῷ ῥοπάλῳ πλήξας ἀνήρηκεν. L

145-50a. consider what: the sense: and what would the Bebryces have done, if Heracles had come with us, that is, how would they have fled and been defeated? For I think that there would not even have been a boxing contest, but he would have struck Amycus, who was challenging us with the rules he was laying down, with his club and killed him. L

b. τὸ δὲ κριϑήμεναι ἀντὶ τοῦ διαχωρισϑῆναι. P

b. and to be separated instead of to be divided. P

c. 〈αὐτοῖς:〉 λείπει ἡ σύν. Lg

c. 〈to them:〉 the preposition 'with' is missing. Lg

151—53. ναὶ μὲν ἀκήδεστον: ὁ νοῦς· ἐκεῖνον μέντοι ἀφροντίστως καταλιπόντες — τουτέστι τὸν Ἡρακλέα — ἐπ’ ἀλλοτρίας ἐπλεύ- σαμεν. ἐκείνου δὲ ἀπόντος ἕκαστος ἡμῶν αἰσϑήσεται ὅσον βεβλάμμεϑα.

151-53. truly uncared for: the sense: him indeed we left without care—that is, Heracles—and sailed on foreign ships. But with him absent, each of us will perceive how much we have been harmed.

1 Hesych. τύφεται, τύφεσϑαι 2 Arist. Hist. an. IV 8 (534 b 28) Theophr. Hist. plant. VI 2, 6 8 sch. 178/82 b. c. 238/39. 723. 780/83 a 4 αἱ κῶμαι Lg | 9 Ὠρείϑυιος pro Παρϑ. e sch. 178/82 b Bergk Rh. M. I, 1842, 361 | Κάραμβις Holstenius ap. Hoelzlin. 365 : Κράμβις F : Κράμβος L : Κρώμενος P | τῆς ante Σκυϑ. add. L | 12 τεϑνηκότος P : om. L

154. 〈τάδε πάντα:〉 τὸ ἀπολειφϑῆναι τὸν Ἡρακλέα. Lg

154. 〈all these things:〉 the leaving behind of Heracles. Lg

156. οὐταμένων: τοῦ Ἰφίτου καὶ τοῦ Ταλαοῦ. Lg (P)

156. of the wounded: of Iphitus and Talaus. Lg (P)

159—60 a. ἐρεψάμενοι δάφνῃ: δάφνῃ ἐστέψαντο δι’ Ἀπόλλωνα. ἐχρῶντο δὲ τῇ στέψει τριχῶς — ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς, ἐπὶ τοῦ μετ-ώπου, ἐπὶ τοῦ τραχήλου τιϑέμενοι τοὺς στεφάνους — διὰ τὸ τὴν ψυχὴν τριμερῆ εἶναι.

159-60a. having crowned with laurel: they crowned themselves with laurel for Apollo. They used the crowning in three ways—placing the crowns on the head, on the forehead, on the neck—because the soul is tripartite.

b. ξανϑὰ δ’ ἐρεψά〈μενοι〉: στεψάμενοι δὲ ὑπεράνω τῶν μετώπων δάφνῃ τὰς κεφαλάς, ἐξ ἧς δάφνης ἀνημμένα ἦν τὰ σχοινία τῆς νεώς. οὐ ποιητικῶς δὲ ἀνέπλασε τὴν δάφνην ὁ Ἀπολλώνιος, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ὄντως ἐν τῷ τόπῳ δένδρον δάφνης εὐμέγεϑες, ὡς φησιν Ἀνδροίτας ὁ Τενέδιος ἐν τῷ Περίπλῳ τῆς Προποντίδος (M. IV 304), παριστορῶν, ὅτι Ἄμυκος μὲν καλεῖται τὸ χωρίον, ἔχει δὲ ἐποίκια καὶ νῦν, διέστηκε δὲ τοῦ Χαλκηδονίου νυμφαίου σταδίους ε΄. Ἀπολλόδωρος δὲ ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν Ποντικῶν (M. IV 309) ἡρῶον αὐτόϑι φησὶν εἶναι Ἀμύκου, καὶ εἴ τις ἐκ τῆς δάφνης κλάδον λάβοι, εἰς λοιδορίαν ἀνίστησι.

b. and having crowned their blond heads: having crowned their heads above their foreheads with laurel, from which laurel the ropes of the ship were made. Apollonius did not invent the laurel poetically, but there is actually in the place a very large laurel tree, as Androitas of Tenedos says in his Circumnavigation of the Propontis (M. IV 304), noting that the place is called Amycus, and it has settlements even now, and it is five stades distant from the Chalcedonian nymphaeum. Apollodorus in the first book of his Pontica (M. IV 309) says that there is a hero-shrine of Amycus there, and if anyone takes a branch from the laurel, he rises to abuse.

161. εὐνοίμιον: εὐνῴδιον· οἴμη γὰρ ἡ ᾠδή. Lg (P)

161. well-tuned: melodious; for 'oime' means song. Lg (P)

162—63. περὶ δέ σφιν ἰαίνετο: διεχέετο ἡ ἀκτή, καϑ’ ὑπερβολήν, καϑὸ μυϑεύεται ὁ Ὀρφεὺς κηλεῖν καὶ τὰ ἄψυχα. ᾖδον δὲ ἐπινίκιον τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι. Θεραπναῖον δὲ ἀπὸ μέρους τὸν Λάκωνα. Θεράπναι γὰρ τόπος τῆς Σπάρτης· οἱ δὲ πόλιν, οἱ δὲ Ἀπόλλωνος τόπον ἱερόν.

162-63. περὶ δέ σφιν ἰαίνετο: the shore was spread out, hyperbolically, inasmuch as Orpheus is said to charm even lifeless things. They sang a victory song to Apollo. "Therapnaean" means the Laconian, from a part; for Therapnae is a place in Sparta; some say a city, others a sacred place of Apollo.

4 Athen. XV 674 b—d 10 Plin. Nat. hist. XVI 239 Dion. Byz. Anapl. Bosp. 95. 97 Et. Gen. Ἄμυκος (supra ad II 1—6), cf. W 81 16 Et. Gen. (AB) εὐνοίμιον: οἷον II 161. σύμφωνον καὶ συνῳδόν· οἴμη γὰρ ἡ ᾠδή. 19 Et. Gen. (AB) Θεραπναῖον: τὸν Πολυδεύκην. Θεράπναι δὲ πόλις Λακεδαιμονίας, Λακεδαιμόνιος δὲ ὁ Πολυδεύκης. II 162—163. οὕτως Ἀπολλώνιος (inde a verbis poetae om. B). cf. W 81 3 ἐρεψάμενοι F : ῥέξαντες L : om. P | 5 τὴν ψυχὴν τριμερῆ εἶναι W 46 : τὴν ψυχὴν ϑυμηδῆ εἶναι L : τριμερὲς τῆς ψυχῆς P | 7 sch. b post 162/63 collocatum est in L | 10 Ἄνδρων ὁ Τήιος O. Schneider ap. K | 13 Ἀπολλώνιος ad Rhodii Κτίσεις haec referens Heyne Apoll. Bibl.² 1803, 459 | 14 Παρϑικῶν Wil. Aus Kydathen 1880, Phil. Unt. 1, 155 n. Apollodorum intellegens Artemitenum | 19 τῷ Πολυδεύκῃ prop. W 81 | 20 τόπος 〈πλησίον〉 τῆς Σπ. K in adn. | οἱ δὲ Ἀπόλλωνος τ. ἱ. Wil. ad l. : ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος τ. ἱ. L : κατὰ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιον τ. Ἀπόλλωνος ἱ. P

165. ἐκ περάτων: ἐκ τοῦ ὑπερορίζοντος ἡμισφαιρίου. Lg (P)

165. ἐκ περάτων: from the bounding hemisphere. Lg (P)

168 a. ἀνὰ Βόσπορον ἰϑύνοντο: τὸ ἀπὸ Βυζαντίου κατὰ Καλχηδόνος διάστημα σταδίων ἐστὶν . . , καὶ Βόσπορος ὀνομάζεται διὰ τὸ δοκεῖν τὴν Ἰὼ βοῦν οὖσαν διαπορεύεσϑαι τοῦτον τὸν τόπον, ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην διαβαίνουσαν, ἢ διὰ τὸ πάντας τοὺς στενούς πορϑμοὺς βοσπόρους καλεῖσϑαι. ἔνιοι δὲ φασὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος οἰκοῦντας τὸ παλαιόν, εἴποτε ἐϑέλοιεν εἰς τὸ πέραν διαβαίνειν, σχεδίας πηγνύντας καὶ βόας ἐπιζεύξαντας ἐπὶ τούτων διαπεραιοῦσϑαι, ὅϑεν καὶ ὠνομάσϑαι τὴν ϑάλασσαν. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἕτερος Βόσπορος, τῆς Σκυϑικῆς, Κιμμερικὸς προσαγορευόμενος διὰ τὸ Κιμμερίους ἔϑνος Σκυϑικὸν περὶ ἐκείνους οἰκῆσαι τοὺς τόπους. οἱ δὲ φασὶ στόμα τῆς Μαιώτιδος λίμνης 〈...〉 στενὸς καὶ ἐπιμήκης, ἐμφερὴς τῷ κατὰ τὸ Βυζάντιον Βοσπόρῳ.

168a. ἀνὰ Βόσπορον ἰθύνοντο: the distance from Byzantium to Chalcedon is . . stades, and it is called Bosporus because Io, being a cow, is thought to have crossed this place, passing from Asia into Europe, or because all narrow straits are called bospori. Some say that those dwelling at the mouth in ancient times, whenever they wished to cross to the other side, made rafts and yoked oxen and crossed over on them, whence the sea was named. There is also another Bosporus, of Scythia, called Cimmerian because the Cimmerians, a Scythian people, dwelt around those regions. Others say that the mouth of Lake Maeotis is narrow and long, resembling the Bosporus at Byzantium.

b. περὶ τοῦ Βοσπόρου 〈ἡ〉 ἱστορία παρὰ τοῖς παλαιοῖς διαφόρως λέγεται. Νύμφις (fg 18 M. III 16) μὲν γάρ φησιν ἱστορεῖν †Ἀκαρίωνα†, ὡς ἄρα Φρύγες διαπλεῦσαι βουλόμενοι τὸν πορϑμὸν κατεσκεύασαν ναῦν ἔχουσαν ἐγκεχαραγμένην προτομὴν ταύρου — καϑὼς ὁ Φρίξος ἐπὶ κριοπρώρου σκάφους ἔπλευσεν —, διαπλευσάντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ εἴδους

b. The story about the Bosporus is told differently by the ancients. Nymphis (fg 18 M. III 16) says that †Acarion† records that the Phrygians, wishing to sail across the strait, built a ship having a carved prow in the shape of a bull — just as Phrixus sailed on a ram-prowed vessel — and after they crossed, from the appearance

3 Et. Gen. (AB) Βόσπορος: . . . Φύλαρχος (81 fg 68 J.) δέ, ὅτι οἱ ἐντὸς τοῦ Εὐξείνου Πόντου ἦσαν ἄπειροι γεωργίας, οἱ δὲ ἐκτὸς ἔμπειροι, διὸ καὶ Βόσπορος ἐκεῖνο τὸ μέρος ἐκαλεῖτο τοῦ πελάγους (τοῦ π. om. B), ὅτι ἐσπείρετο. τινὲς δὲ (διὰ τὸ sch.) τοὺς στενούς (A, στενωπούς B) πορϑμοὺς βοσπόρους εἰρῆσϑαι. ἢ ὅτι τὸ παλαιόν, εἴποτέ τινες ἤϑελον εἰς τὸ πέραν (A, -ας B) διαβῆναι, σχεδίας πηγνύντες καὶ βοῦς ὑποζεύξαντες ἐπί τούτων διεπεραιοῦντο· ὅϑεν ἡ ἐπωνυμία (ὅϑεν sqq. om. B). cf. W 78 sch. I 1114/15 a Dion. Per. 140 cum sch. Eust. ib. Dion. Byz. Anapl. Bosp. 7 Amm. Marc. XXII 8, 13 Apoll. Bibl. II 7 1 κατὰ Καλχηδόνος W : καὶ -όνος : πρὸς -όνα K : εἰς -όνα Holstenius ap. Hoelzlin. 365 | 3 ubi spatium in L relictum est, numerum intercidisse patet; ζ΄ suppleri vult Holstenius (cf. Dion. Byz. Anapl. Bosp. 5, Plin. Nat. hist. V 149), ιδ΄ e Polyb. IV 39, 5 Wieseler Spicil. ex locis script. vet. ad Bosp. Thrac. spect., Progr. rect. Gott. 1875, 4 | 6 φασὶ P : om. L | 12 lac. ind. K. quam Wieseler explendam censet verbis 〈καλεῖσϑαι τοῦτον τὸν Βόσπορον. ἔστι δέ〉 | 13 ἄλλως praem. L add. F | 14 nomen corruptum vv. dd. varie tentarunt: Αἰσχρίωνα M. Schmidt Phil. I, 1846, 640; Εὐφορίωνα Reinesius Epist. ad Daumium 1670, 215; Χάρωνα Weichert Ueb. d. Leben u. Gedicht d. Ap. Rh. 1821, 253 n. 326; Ἄνδρωνα Mueller FHG II 349. III 16 | 16 verba καϑὼς — ἔπλευσεν codice (P) praeeunte hic inseruit W, cum in L post Βόσπορον p. 139 lin. 1 legantur καϑὼς W : [οἱ δέ,] καϑὸ L : ὥσπερ καὶ P

τοῦ περὶ τὸ σκάφος προσαγορευϑῆναι τὸ πέλαγος Βόσπορον. Ἔφορος (70 fg 156 J.) δέ φησιν ἡρπάσϑαι τὴν Ἰὼ ὑπὸ Φοινίκων καὶ διακομισϑῆναι εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἀνϑ’ ἧς τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων πέμψαι Ἰνάχῳ ταῦρον, τὸν δὲ τόπον προσηγορεῦσϑαι, δι’ οὗ οἱ τὸν ταῦρον ἔχοντες ἔπλευσαν, Βόσπορον· τετελευτηκότος δὲ ἐκείνου περιιέναι αὐτοὺς παραδεικνύντας τὸν ταῦρον πᾶσι, καϑὸ πρότερον οὐκ ἐγίνωσκον τὸ ζῷον. δύο δέ εἰσι Βόσποροι, Κιμμέριος καὶ Θράκιος ὁ πάλαι Μύσιος καλούμενος.

of the ship's figurehead the sea was called Bosporus. Ephorus (70 fg 156 J.) says that Io was abducted by Phoenicians and taken to Egypt, and in return for her the king of the Egyptians sent a bull to Inachus, and the place through which those carrying the bull sailed was called Bosporus; and after that bull died they went around showing the bull to everyone, since previously they did not know the animal. There are two Bospori, the Cimmerian and the Thracian, formerly called Mysian.

169. ἠλιβάτῳ: οὗ ἀλιτεῖν ἔστι τῆς βάσεως, τουτέστι ὑψηλῷ καὶ ἀπροσβάτῳ. Lg (P)

169. ἠλιβάτῳ: from which one can miss the base, that is, lofty and inaccessible. Lg (P)

170. ἐπαΐσσοντι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπενεχϑησομένῳ. Lg (P)

170. ἐπαΐσσοντι: instead of "about to rush upon". Lg (P)

173—74. ἀλλὰ τό γ’ ἔμπης: ἀλλὰ καίπερ οὕτω μέγα καὶ λάβρον ὑπάρχον τὸ κῦμα ὁμαλίζεται, εἰ ἀγαϑοῦ κυβερνήτου τύχοι.

173-74. ἀλλὰ τό γ᾽ ἔμπης: but although the wave is so great and furious, it is made smooth, if it meets with a good helmsman.

177. ἀντιπέρην γαίῃ Θυνηίδι: διτταί εἰσι Θυνίαι, ἡ μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς Εὐρώπης, ἡ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας, καὶ ἡ μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς Εὐρώπης περὶ Σαλμυδησσὸν κεῖται [ἐπὶ] τῆς Θράκης, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα καϑήκει ἐπὶ τὸν Βόσπορον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ στόμα τοῦ Πόντου. [ἔστι δὲ καὶ τρίτη Θυνία, νῆσος περὶ τὸν Πόντον.] ἔστι δὲ ἀμφίβολον, εἰς ποτέραν Θυνίαν φησίν, ἀμφοτέρων οὐσῶν ἐπὶ τῷ πέραν. ἄμεινον οὖν τὴν περὶ τὴν Εὐρώπην Θυνίαν λέγειν· τῇ γὰρ ἐπιούσῃ, φησίν, ἡμέρᾳ ἐν τῇ Θυνίᾳ τὰ ἀπόγεια ἔδησαν 〈. . .〉, ὡς δῆλον, ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην. καὶ γὰρ ὁ Φινεύς, ὡς οἱ πλεῖστοι, ἐπὶ τοῦ Σαλμυδησσοῦ λέγεται ᾠκηκέναι, ὅς ἐστι τῆς Θράκης κατὰ τὰ ἀριστερὰ μέρη τὸν Πόντον εἰσπλέοντι. ἔστι δὲ καὶ τρίτη Θυνία, νῆσος περὶ τὸν Πόντον, ἐν ᾗ ἔστιν Ἀπόλ- λωνος ἱερόν.

177. Opposite the Thynian land: There are two Thynias, one in Europe and one in Asia; the one in Europe lies near Salmydessus in Thrace, while the other extends to the Bosporus and the mouth of the Pontus. [There is also a third Thynia, an island in the Pontus.] It is ambiguous to which Thynia he refers, since both are on the opposite side. It is better, then, to say the Thynia in Europe; for on the following day, he says, they moored the stern cables in Thynia 〈...〉, as is clear, from Asia to Europe. For Phineus, as most say, is said to have dwelt at Salmydessus, which is in Thrace on the left side as one sails into the Pontus. There is also a third Thynia, an island in the Pontus, on which there is a sanctuary of Apollo.

9 sch. ABT O 273. 619 sch. ι 243 sch. Pind. Ol. VI 109 c Hesych. Phot. ἠλίβατον Et. M. 427, 39 Et. Gud. 240, 32 Sturz Eust. 1033, 33 Soph. Ant. 970 sch. 672/73 Strab. XII 543 Steph. Byz. Θυνιάς 5 verba τετελ. — ζῷον, quae in L(P) post Ἰνάχῳ ταῦρον inveniuntur, huc trai. W | 6 τὸν ταῦρον πᾶσι P : om. L | 14 Θυν- ad exemplum formae in lemmate traditae sexies W : Βιθυν- | 16 del. K | 17 verba, quae lineae 24 corrigendae adscripta fuisse videntur, del. W Phil. 81, 1926, 23 | 18 ποτέραν W : ποίαν | 19 τῷ K : τὸ | 21 lac. ind. W, ubi excidisse videntur εἰς τὸ πέραν πλεύσαντες vel sim. | 24 ἔστι κτλ. om. P | τρίτη linea 17 LP : ἑτέρα L hic | περὶ linea 18 LP : μετὰ (κατὰ K) L hic

178—82 a. Ἀγηνορίδης ἔχε: Ἀγήνορος γὰρ παῖς ἐστιν, ὡς Ἑλλάνικος (4 fg 95 J.)· ὡς δὲ Ἡσίοδος (fg 31 Rz.²) φησιν, Φοίνικος τοῦ Ἀγήνορος καὶ Κασσιεπείας. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ἀσκληπιάδης (12 fg 22 J.) καὶ Ἀντίμαχος (fg 14 B. II 291) καὶ Φερεκύδης (3 fg 86 J.) φασίν. ἐκ δὲ Κασσιεπείας τῆς Ἀράβου Φοίνικι γίνεται Κίλιξ καὶ Φινεὺς καὶ Δόρυκλος καὶ Ἄτυμνος ἐπίκλησιν· γίνεται δὲ ἐκ Διὸς Ἄτυμνος.

178-82a. Son of Agenor, hold: For he is a child of Agenor, as Hellanicus says; but as Hesiod says, of Phoenix son of Agenor and Cassiepeia. Asclepiades, Antimachus, and Pherecydes say likewise. From Cassiepeia daughter of Arabus and Phoenix are born Cilix, Phineus, Doryclus, and Atymnus by surname; Atymnus is born from Zeus.

b. 〈ἔνϑα:〉 οὐκ ἐν τῇ περὶ 〈Ἀσίαν〉 Θυνίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ πέραν [τῆς Θράκης], ἥτις ἐστὶ τῆς Εὐρώπης, ὡς ἀποδέδεικται (sch. 177). ἔνιοι δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ Παφλαγονίᾳ βασιλεῦσαι ἱστοροῦσιν, ἥτις ἐστὶ τῆς Ἀσίας. Ἀγηνορίδην δὲ εἶπε τὸν Φινέα, καϑὸ Ἀγήνορός ἐστι παῖς, ὡς φησιν Ἑλλάνικος (v. sch. a)· ὁ δὲ Ἡσίοδος (v. sch. a) τοῦ Φοίνικος αὐτόν φησι τοῦ Ἀγήνορος. πηρωϑῆναι δὲ λέγουσι τὸν Φινέα ὑπὸ Ἡλίου, ὅτι πολυχρόνιος εἵλετο μᾶλλον εἶναι ἢ βλέπειν. ἔνιοι μὲν τοσαύτας ἐζηκέναι γενεὰς ἀπίϑανον εἶναί φασιν, πλείους δὲ αὐτοὺς γεγονέναι, καὶ ἕτερον τὸν Φινέα ἕβδομον ἀπόγονον εἶναι τοῦ Φοίνικος, πρὸς ὃν ἀπήντησαν 〈οἱ〉 ἥρωες.

b. 〈Here:〉 not in the Thynia near 〈Asia〉, but in the one opposite [Thrace], which is in Europe, as has been shown. Some record that he ruled in Paphlagonia, which is in Asia. He called Phineus son of Agenor, inasmuch as he is a child of Agenor, as Hellanicus says; but Hesiod says he is son of Phoenix son of Agenor. They say Phineus was blinded by Helios because he chose to live a long life rather than to see. Some say it is incredible that he lived so many generations, and that there were more of them, and that the Phineus who was the seventh descendant of Phoenix was a different one, whom the heroes met.

1 178. Et. Gen. (B) ἐπαίκτιον: II 178. μέγαν, ὑψηλόν. cf. W 83 sch. Eur. Phoen. 5. 217 Apoll. Bibl. I 120 Hyg. Fab. 19 Ov. Ex Ponto I 4, 37 Serv. Verg. Aen. III 209 13 Et. Gen. (AB) ὀπίζεσϑαι: . . . καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος ὀπίζετο (II 181) ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπεστρέφετο (hic desinit cod. B). οἷον II 178—181. [καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος del. W, cum Reitzenstein Ind. lect. Rost. hib. 1891/92, 15 antea aliquid excidisse putet.] δύο Φινεῖς ἐγένοντο· τοῦ προτέρου οὖν Φινέως γεγόνασιν υἱοὶ δύο, [Βι]ϑυνός (corr. W) καὶ Μαριανδυνός, ἀφ’ ὧν τὰ ἔϑνη ὠνομάσϑησαν, 〈lac. ind. Reitz.〉. πηρωϑῆναι δὲ αὐτόν, ἐπειδὴ τῶν ϑεῶν αὐτῷ προτεινάντων, πότερον βούλοιτο, τὴν μαντικὴν ἔχειν καὶ πεπηρῶσϑαι (Reitz., πεπληρ- A) ἢ ὀλιγοχρόνιον εἶναι καὶ ὑγιῆ (Reitz., ὑγιὴς A) ὑπάρχειν χωρὶς μαντείας, ὁ δὲ εἵλετο τὴν μαντείαν. τούτου εἵνεκεν ἀγανακτήσας ὁ Ἥλιος (W, Ἀπόλλων A; cf. Robert Griech. Heldensage III 1, 1921, 815 n. 2) ἐπήρωσεν αὐτόν. Σοφοκλῆς δὲ ἐν Φινεῖ πηρωϑῆναι αὐτόν φησι (Reitz., φασὶ A), ὅτι τὰ ἴδια τέκνα ἀνεῖλεν. cf. W 75 5 φασίν K : φησίν. traditum retinet Jacoby verba sequentia ipsi Pherecydi tribuens | 6 Δ. (ὁ) καὶ Wil. S.-B. d. Preuss. Ak. d. Wiss. Phil.-hist. Kl. 1926, 140 | Ἀτύμνιος Apoll. Bibl. III 6, unde Ἀτύμινος F (cf. W 26) | 7 ἄλλως praem. L | περί 〈Ἀσίαν〉 Θυνίᾳ W : περὶ Βιϑυνίαν L : ἐπὶ (τῆς Ἀσίας) Βιϑυνίᾳ prop. K : om. P | τῇ πέραν K : τῷ πέραν L : om. P | 8 del. W | 10 verba ὡς φ. Ἑλλ., quae post Ἀσίας leguntur, trai. Ed. Schwartz De Dion. Scytobr., Diss. Bonn. 1880, 18 n. 3 | 13 Ἀπόλλωνος pro Ἡλίου Wil. ad l. | 15 ἕτερον τοῦτον τὸν P, ἑτερόν τινα Fr. | 16 add. F

ϑῆναι δὲ αὐτόν, ὅτι ἐπεβούλευσε Περσεῖ. Σοφοκλῆς (fg 704 Pearson) δέ, ὅτι τοὺς ἐκ Κλεοπάτρας υἱοὺς ἐτύφλωσε, Παρϑένιον καὶ Κάραμβιν, πεισϑεὶς διαβολαῖς Ἰδαίας τῆς αὐτῶν μητρυιᾶς. ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος φησι πηρωϑῆναι αὐτὸν καὶ πρὸς τῶν Ἁρπυιῶν κακῶς πάσχειν, ὅτι ἀνέδην πᾶσι καὶ διαρρήδην ἐμαντεύετο· φησὶ γάρ ‘οὐδ’ ὅσον ὀπίζετο καὶ Διὸς αὐτοῦ’.

And that he was blinded because he plotted against Perseus. Sophocles says that he blinded the sons of Cleopatra, Parthenius and Carambis, persuaded by the slanders of Idaea their stepmother. But Apollonius says he was blinded and suffered harm from the Harpies because he prophesied openly and explicitly to all; for he says, 'not even as much as he revered even Zeus himself.'

c. οὐδ’ ὅσσον ὀπίζετο: οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον τοῦ Διὸς αὐτοῦ ἐπεστρέφετο, τὰ ϑεῖα ἐνϑυμήματα πᾶσιν ἐμφαίνων. λέγων γὰρ πάντα τὸν νοῦν τοῖς ἀνϑρώποις, οὐδεμίαν χρείαν αὐτοῖς τῶν ϑεῶν κατελίμπανεν. ὅτι δὲ ἦρχεν ὁ Φινεὺς μέχρι τοῦ Βοσπόρου Θρᾳκῶν πάντων τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ — εἰσὶ δὲ οὗτοι Βιϑυνοί τε καὶ Παφλαγόνες — Φερεκύδης ἐν τῇ ς΄ (3 fg 27 J.) φησί. πεπηρῶσϑαι δὲ Φινέα φησὶν Ἡσίοδος ἐν Μεγάλαις Ἠοίαις (fg 151 Rz.²), ὅτι Φρίξῳ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐμήνυσεν, ἐν δὲ τῷ γ΄ τῶν Καταλόγων (fg 52 Rz.²), ἐπειδὴ τὸν μακρὸν χρόνον τῆς ὄψεως προέκρινεν. παῖδας δὲ αὐτοῦ φασι γενέσϑαι Μαριανδυνὸν καὶ Θυνόν, καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν Θυνοῦ Θυνηΐδα, ἀπὸ δὲ Μαριανδυνοῦ Μαριανδυνίαν προσαγορευϑῆναι λέγουσιν.

c. Nor did he revere him even a little: he paid not the slightest heed to Zeus himself, revealing divine thoughts to all. For by telling all his mind to men, he left them no need of the gods. That Phineus ruled all the Thracians in Asia as far as the Bosporus—these are the Bithynians and Paphlagonians—Pherecydes says in the sixth book (3 F 27 J.). Hesiod says in the Great Ehoiai (fr. 151 Rz.²) that Phineus was blinded because he revealed the way to Phrixus, and in the third book of the Catalogues (fr. 52 Rz.²), because he preferred long life to sight. They say his sons were Mariandynus and Thynus, and from Thynus the land was called Thynia, and from Mariandynus Mariandynia.

185. ὀνείασιν: σιτίοις, βρώμασιν. Lg (P)

185. ὀνείασιν: with foods, with meats. Lg (P)

191. μυδαλέην: μυσαράν. Lg P

191. μυδαλέην: filthy. Lg P

192. μὴ καὶ λευκανίην γ〈ε〉: οἱ μὲν τὸ ἀπηρτημένον τοῦ γαργαρεῶνος, Ἀμερίας δὲ τὸν λαιμὸν καὶ τὸν βρόγχον.

192. μὴ καὶ λευκανίην γ〈ε〉: some say the part hanging from the uvula, but Amerias says the throat and the windpipe.

195—96 a. ἐπήισεν: ᾔσϑετο. Lg P

195-96a. ἐπήισεν: perceived. Lg P

b. ὧν οἱ ἰόντων: ὧν ἐλϑόντων εἵμαρτο αὐτῷ ἐκ Διὸς ὄνασϑαι τῶν ἐδεσμάτων, ὧν προσφέροιτο.

b. ὧν οἱ ἰόντων: of which, when they came, it was fated for him by Zeus to have enjoyment of the foods that he would take.

2 sch. 140 a. 238/39. Apoll. Bibl. I 120 sch. Soph. Ant. 981 15 sch. 140 a. 780/83 a 20 Et. Gen. (AB) λευκανία: II 192. τὸν λαιμὸν καὶ τὸν βρόγχον ἢ τὸ ἀπηρτημένον τοῦ γαργαρεῶνος. ἢ παρὰ τὸ λευκὸν εἶναι φύσει ἢ παρὰ τὸ χεύω χευαλίην (χευαλίην om. B) καὶ λευκανίην. 2 Παρϑένιον e sch. 140 a K : Πάρϑον H : ὄαρϑον LP : ὤρυιϑον F : Ὠρείϑυιον Welcker Die griech. Trag. I, 1839, 330 | Κάραμβιν Holstenius (v. ad sch. 140 a) : Κράμβιν P : Κράμβον L | 3 Ἰδαίας Burman Ovid. Opp. I, 1727, 745 : Δίας | 12 ἐν Μεγάλαις L : μὲν ἐν ταῖς P : ἐν μὲν ταῖς, quod Usener Rh. M. 39, 1884, 565 voluerat, V | 13 ὅτι 〈τοῖς〉 Φρίξου propter Apoll. Bibl. I 120 caute prop. Robert De Apoll. bibliotheca, Diss. Berol. 1873, 82 | 14 τῶν Καταλόγων P : Καταλόγω L, quod recepit Rzach

197. ἀκήριον: ὡς ἄψυχον ὀνειράτιον διὰ τὸ καταλελεπτύνϑαι ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου.

197. ἀκήριον: like a lifeless little dream, because he was wasted away by the disease.

198. ῥικνοῖς: ῥυσοῖς. Lg P

198. ῥικνοῖς: wrinkled. Lg P

200—01 a. πίνῳ τέ οἱ: τῷ δὲ ῥύπῳ ὁ κατεσκληκὼς αὐτοῦ χρὼς ἐρρυπαίνετο.

200-01a. πίνῳ τέ οἱ: and his skin, dried up, was befouled with filth.

b. τὸ δέρμα ἐντὸς μόνον τὰ ὀστέα συνείχεν. Lg

b. The skin alone held the bones together inside. Lg

203—04. κάρος: κάρος δὲ αὐτὸν κατέσχεν, τουτέστι σκότωσις. τὴν δὲ γῆν διὰ τὴν σκοτοδινίαν ᾠήϑη φέρεσϑαι, ὡσεὶ εἶπεν, ὅτι ᾠήϑη τὴν γῆν ἐπικεῖσϑαι ἑαυτῷ.

203-04. κάρος: a stupor seized him, that is, a darkening of sight. He thought the earth was moving because of his dizziness, as if he said that he thought the earth was pressing upon him.

205. ἀβληχρῷ: ἀσϑενοποιῷ ἢ ἀσϑενεῖ, κατὰ στέρησιν τοῦ βληχροῦ. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὑπὸ τῆς λεπτῆς ἐκείνης διὰ τὴν σκότωσιν καταφορᾶς ἔκειτο ἄφωνος. κώματι δὲ ὕπνῳ, ἐκλύσει· καὶ ἔστι κατὰ συγκοπὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ κοίμημα — ὡς οἴμημα οἶμα καὶ δόμημα δῶμα — καὶ τροπῇ τῆς οι διφϑόγγου εἰς ω κῶμα.

205. ἀβληχρῷ: with weakening or weak, by privation of βληχρός. The sense: by that slight downward pull due to the darkening he lay speechless. κώματι means sleep, collapse; and it is by syncope from κοίμημα—as οἴμημα gives οἶμα and δόμημα gives δῶμα—and by change of the diphthong οι to ω, κῶμα.

206—08 a. περισταδόν: ἀντὶ τοῦ περιέστησαν συναϑροισϑέντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν. καὶ ἔταφον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξεπλάγησαν.

206-08a. περισταδόν: instead of they stood around, having gathered about him. And they were astonished instead of they were struck with amazement.

b. ἐξ ὑπάτοιο στήϑεος: οἷον ἐξ ἄκρου καὶ οὐκ ἐκ βάϑους, διὰ τὴν ἀσϑένειαν ἀναπνεῖν τε καὶ λαλεῖν οὐ δυνάμενος. τὸ δὲ μόλις οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ τὸ τῆς νόσου σφοδρὸν καὶ μέγα αἰνίττεται.

b. ἐξ ὑπάτοιο στήϑεος: as if from the top and not from the depth, being unable to breathe and speak because of weakness. The word μόλις hints at nothing other than the violence and greatness of the disease.

Διονύσιος δὲ ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις (32 fg 5 J.) φησὶν ἀναιρεϑῆναι τὸν Φινέα ὑπὸ Ἡρακλέους ἰδόντος τοὺς παῖδας ἐν ἐρημίᾳ καὶ μαϑόντος, ὅτι ὑπὸ Φινέως ἦσαν ἐκβεβλημένοι κατὰ διαβολὴν Σκυϑικῆς γυναικός,

1 Et. Gen. (B) ἀκήριον: ἀσϑενές, ἀδύνατον, ἀψυχοποιόν, νεκροποιόν. οἷον II 197. τὸ ἀκήριον ἢ ἀδύνατον ἢ ἄψυχον ὄνειρον. οὐδετέρως δὲ νῦν τὸ ὄνειρον εἶπεν, ὅτι ὄνειρος τὸ ὄνειρον καὶ ὄνειραρ ὀνείρατος ὡς ἧπαρ ἥπατος. παρὰ τὸ κήρ, ὃ σημαίνει τὴν ϑανατηφόρον μοῖραν. (Et. M. add. οὕτως Ἀπολλώνιος.) sch. B Ε 812 sch. ψ 328 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 19, 15 B. Hesych. ἀκήριοι Apion. Gl. 604, 20 Sturz Eust. 668, 56. 852, 35. 1715, 56. 3 sch. I 669. 7 Et. Gen. (AB) κάρος: σκότωσις παρὰ τὸ κάρα (B, -αν A) βλάπτειν, ὡς παρὰ Ἀπολλωνίῳ ἐν Ἀργοναυτικοῖς: II 203. 10 sch. A Θ 178 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 2, 22 B. Hesych. ἀβληχρήν Συν. ἀ. (4, 10 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. Or. 7, 3 Et. Gud. 2, 17 De Stef. Et. M. 3, 27. 12 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 106, 10 B. Erotian. 47, 21 N. Hesych. κῶμα Συν. κ. (286, 17 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. Or. 84, 18 Et. Gud. 337, 46 Sturz Et. M. 551, 5 Eust. 991, 34. 20 Diod. IV 43, 3 sqq. 9 ἐπισείεσϑαι prop. Wil. ad l. 13 δόμημα H : δώ- LP

ἣν γεγαμήκει ὁ Φινεὺς παραιτησάμενος Κλεοπάτραν· γεγόνει δὲ τοῦ Φινέως καὶ πρεσβῦτις κατήγορος παρὰ τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ. διόπερ Ἡρακλῆς ἀναιτίους εὑρὼν τοὺς παῖδας κατήγαγεν εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν οἰκίαν, Φινέα δὲ ἀνιστάμενον καὶ ϑελήςαντα καταποντίσαι τὸν ἕτερον τῶν παίδων λακτίσας ὁ Ἡρακλῆς ἀπέκτεινεν. Ἴστρος (fg 60 a M. I 426) δέ φησι τὸν Αἰήτην γνόντα, ὅτι τοὺς Φρίξου υἱοὺς εἴη σεσωκὼς ταῖς μαντείαις, καταράσασϑαι αὐτῷ, τὸν δὲ Ἥλιον ἐπακούσαντα πηρῶσαι.

Whom Phineus had married after divorcing Cleopatra; and she had become an old woman accuser of Phineus before Heracles. Therefore Heracles, finding the sons innocent, brought them back to their father's house, and when Phineus rose up and wanted to drown one of the sons, Heracles kicked him and killed him. Istrus (fr. 60a M. I 426) says that Aeetes, learning that he had saved the sons of Phrixus by his prophecies, cursed him, and Helius heard and blinded him.

212—14 a. ὑμεῖς ἀτρεκέως: λείπει τὸ ἐστέ. ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἔτι μοι ὁ νοῦς διὰ τῆς ἐμῆς μαντείας ἕκαστα οἶδεν. διὰ δὲ τούτου οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ τὴν τέχνην ἐπαγγελλόμενος λεληϑότως αὐτοὺς εἰς συμμαχίαν παρακαλεῖ.

212-14a. You truly: the verb "are" is missing. The sense is: my mind still knows each thing through my prophetic art. By this he does nothing other than, while professing his skill, secretly summon them to an alliance.

b. χάριν νύ τοι ὦ ἄνα: ἀναφέρω σοι χάριν καίπερ ὢν ἐν κακοῖς.

b. A favor to you, O lord: I return thanks to you even though I am in misfortunes.

215—216 a. ὅτις ῥίγιστος: ὅστις φοβερός ἐστι τοῖς ἁμαρτά- νουσιν εἰς ἱκέτας. κυρίως δὲ πρὸς τὰ ὑποκείμενα οὐ Ξενίου Διός, ἀλλ’ Ἱκεσίου μέμνηται, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς ὡς ἱκέτης ἐστὶ τῶν ἡρώων διὰ τὴν κατεπείγουσαν χρείαν.

215-216a. Whoever is most terrible: whoever is fearful to those who sin against suppliants. Properly, with regard to the circumstances, he mentions not Zeus Xenios but Zeus Hikesios, since he himself is as a suppliant of the heroes because of his pressing need.

b. Φοίβου τ’ ἀμφί: τοῦτο ἢ ὡς μάντις ἢ ὡς αἴτιον τοῦ πλοῦ τὸν ϑεὸν γεγονότα φησίν.

b. And around Phoebus: this he says either as a prophet or because the god has become the cause of the voyage.

218. χραίσμετέ μοι: βοηϑεῖτέ μοι. οἱ γὰρ Κλειτόριοι χραισμεῖν λέγουσι τὸ ἐπαρκεῖν. ἀπὸ βαρυτόνου δὲ κέκλικε τοῦ χραίσμω, ὡς βαίνω βαίνετε· τὸ γὰρ περισπώμενον χραισμεῖτε.

218. Aid me: help me. For the Cleitorians say "chraismein" for "to assist." It is declined from the barytone "chraismō," as "bainō bainete"; for the perispomenon is "chraismeite."

221. ἀμήρυτον: γράφεται καὶ ἀμήρυον, τουτέστιν ἀτέλεστον

221. Unwound: it is also written "amēryon," that is, unaccomplished

20 217. Et. Gen. (AB) μέμβλεσϑαι: II 217. ἀντὶ τοῦ περίαλλα (poeta, περίαλλων AB) ϑεῶν ἐπιμέλεσϑε. Et. Gen. (B) χραίσμετε: οἷον II 218. ἀντὶ τοῦ φυλάσσετε καὶ ῥύσασϑε. εἴρηται ἀπὸ τοῦ χραίσμω· εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἀπὸ τοῦ χραισμεῖν, περισπώμενον χραισμεῖτε ἂν εἶπεν. 23 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀμήρυτον: εἴρηται εἰς τὸ ἀμύρητον. ib. ἀμύρητον: τὸ ἀτέλεστον καὶ τέλος μὴ ἔχον. ἡ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ (Reitzenstein Gesch. d. gr. Etym. 1897, 31, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς AB) τῶν ἐρίων 1 alteram fabulae formam a verbo γεγόνει incipere putat Bethe Quaest. Diodoreae mythogr., Diss. Gott. 1887, 14. 2 τις post καί add. P. πρεσβῦτις W : -ύτης. 10 λεληϑότως Wil. Hellenist. Dicht. 2, 1924, 254 : λέληϑεν ὡς L. 11 (ὡς —) παρακαλῶν K. 20 οἱ γὰρ Κλ. χρ. W : τὸ γὰρ χρ. Κλ. Κλει- K : Κλι. 21 ἐπαρκεῖν L : ἐπαινεῖν P (cf. W 46). 23 γρ. καὶ ἀνήνυτον Valckenaer Amm. De diff. adfin. voc. Nov. ed. 1822, 92.

καὶ διηνεκῶς ἐπιμένον, ἀπέραντον. ἢ τὸ τέλος μὴ ἔχον· λέγει δὲ τὸ ϑάνατον μὴ ἔχον. ἡ δὲ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν μηρυομένων ἐρίων.

and continually enduring, endless. Or not having an end; he means not having death. The metaphor is from wool being wound.

222—24 a. πρὸς δ’ ἔτι πικρότ〈ατον〉: πλέον τὸ πάϑος ποιῆσαι βουλόμενος, ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πάϑους ἤρξατο. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· πρὸς δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις κακοῖς πικρότατον ἄλλο ἐπ’ ἄλλῳ ἐπικρέμαται. ἀφράστοιο δὲ ἀνεπιγνώστου, ἀπροοράτου, ἀδήλου.

222-24a. And besides most bitter: wishing to increase the pathos, he began from the suffering itself. The sense is: in addition to the other evils, another most bitter one hangs over one after another. "Unspeakable" means unrecognizable, unforeseen, unclear.

b. τρεῖς εἰσι αἱ Ἅρπυιαι: Κελαινώ, Ὠκυπέτη καὶ Ἀελλώ. BPa

b. There are three Harpies: Celaeno, Ocypete, and Aello. BPa

225—27 a. 〈ἴσχω:〉 ἔχω. Lg

225-27a. "I hold:" I have. Lg

b. ἀλλά κε ῥεῖα: οὕτω ταχέως ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς ἔρχονται. κακῶς δὲ τὸ ἑὸν τέϑεικεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμὸν εἰπών.

b. But quickly: so swiftly they come from the unseen. He has used "his own" badly, saying it instead of "my."

c. μεμηλώς: φροντίζων. τοῦτο δὲ δαιμονίως εἶπεν. οὐ γὰρ ἔφη εὐωχούμενος ἢ ἐσϑίων, ἀλλὰ μόνον φροντίδα τροφῆς ἔχων, ἵνα τὸ πάϑος ἐπάρῃ.

c. Caring: taking thought. This he said divinely. For he did not say "feasting" or "eating," but only having thought for food, in order to heighten the pathos.

231. ἐληλάμενον: ἀντὶ τοῦ κεχαλκευμένον. ὁ ἀδάμας δὲ καὶ λίϑος καὶ στερεοῦ σιδήρου εἶδος.

231. Wrought: instead of "forged." Adamant is both a stone and a kind of hard iron.

232—33. ἀλλὰ με πικρὴ 〈δήτα καὶ ἄατος〉: ἡ πολυβλαβής. τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς πλείονα ἔμφασιν, οἱονεὶ οὐ μόνον φέρειν τὴν ὀσμήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑδραίως μένειν διὰ τὸ τυφλώττειν.

232-33. But bitter and insatiate: the much-harming one. This for greater emphasis, as if not only to bear the smell, but also to remain steadfastly because of blindness.

234. τὰς μὲν ϑέσφατόν ἐστιν: τὰς Ἁρπυίας πέπρωται ὑπὸ τῶν Βορεαδῶν ἀναιρεϑῆναι. τῷ δὲ ϑέσφατον 〈ὡς〉 σφόδρα ἀναγκαίως ἐχρήσατο, ὥσπερ καὶ κατὰ ἀνάγκην γινομένων.

234. It is fated for them: it is destined that the Harpies be killed by the Boreads. He used "thesphaton" as if very necessarily, as things happening by compulsion.

235. οὐδ’ ὀϑνεῖοι: οὐκ ἀλλότριοι δὲ ὄντες μοι βοηϑήσουσιν. ὅτι δὲ ἡ συγγένεια προϑυμοτέρους πάντας πρὸς τὰς εὐεργεσίας ποιεῖ, καὶ Εὐριπίδης φησίν (Or. 486)· ‘Ἑλληνικόν τι τὸν ὁμόϑεν τιμᾶν ἀεί.’

235. Nor strangers: being not strangers to me, they will help. That kinship makes everyone more eager for good deeds, Euripides also says (Or. 486): "It is Greek to honor always those from the same place."

μηρυομένων (Reitz., μηρυμάτων AB), μήρυτον καὶ ἀμήρυτον. Μεϑόδιος (Μεϑ. om. B). cf. W 97 Hesych. ἀμήρυτον Συν. ἀ. (79, 21 Ba. Phot. Suid.) 7 Et. Gen. Στροφάδες (laud. ad sch. 296/97 b) Tzetz. Lyc. 77, 23 Sch. Hyg. Fab. 14 (47, 15 Schm.) 16 sch. I 459 b cum loc. sim. 5 ἄλλῳ AF : ἄλλο L : om. P. 7 cf. W 14. 15 καὶ λίϑος καὶ P : om. L. 16 suppl. W, cum interpretationem ad vocem ἄατος pertinere pateat, quam poetae pro δατός vel δαιτός libροrum reddendam esse Merkel vidit. 19 post l. in L legitur τὰς Ἁρπ. τῷ — γινομένων. τὰς Ἁρπ. — ἀναιρεϑῆναι, cum in P prior sententia desit, quae in ordinem redegit W Phil. 81, 1926, 20. 20 add. W. 25 ὁμόϑεν PA : νόμον L.

238—39. τῶν δὲ κασιγνή〈την〉: Κλεοπάτρα Βορέου καὶ Ὠρειϑυίας ϑυγάτηρ, ἀδελφὴ τῶν περὶ Ζήτην καὶ Κάλαϊν, ἣν ἔγημεν ὁ Φινεύς. γεγόνασι δὲ αὐτῶν παῖδες Παρϑένιος καὶ Κάραμβις.

238-39. Their sister: Cleopatra, daughter of Boreas and Oreithyia, sister of Zetes and Calais, whom Phineus married. Their children were Parthenius and Carambis.

240. 〈ἔσκεν:〉 ἔλεγεν. Lg

240. "He was:" he said. Lg

241. πέρι δ’ αὖτε δύω: ἴσως διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν τοὺς Βορεάδας πλέον οἰκτείρειν φησίν.

241. And around two: perhaps he says that the Boreads pity him more because of kinship.

243. ἀσχαλόωντος: δυσφοροῦντος. Lg P

243. Being distressed: being troubled. Lg P

244 a. 〈σμυγερώτερον:〉 ἐπιπονέστερον. Lg

244a. "More grievous:" more toilsome. Lg

b. στυγερόν δὲ σημαίνει μὲν [καὶ] τὸ μισητόν, σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐπίφοβον· ἐνταῦϑα δὲ ἴσως τὸ ἐπίπονον. P

b. στυγερόν means both 'hated' and 'fearful'; here perhaps 'toilsome'.

246—47 a. ἦ ῥα ϑεοὺς ὀλο〈ῇσιν〉: ἆρα εἰς τοὺς ϑεοὺς ἠσέβησας καὶ ἥμαρτες κακοτροπίᾳ τινί; ἢ ἀτραπίῃσι, τουτέστιν ἐκτραπεὶς τῆς ὀρϑῆς καὶ δικαίας ὁδοῦ· παρὰ τὴν ἀτραπόν, ἥ ἐστιν ὁδός.

246-47a. ἦ ῥα θεοὺς ὀλο〈ῇσιν〉: 'Have you then acted impiously toward the gods and erred by some wickedness?' Or 'by paths', that is, having turned aside from the straight and just way; from ἀτραπός, which means 'path'.

b. ἀφραδίῃσι: γράφεται ἀτροπίῃσι. Lg P

b. ἀφραδίῃσι: written ἀτροπίῃσι in Lg and P.

c. 〈μαντοσύνας δεδαώς:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ παρὰ γνώμην τῶν ϑεῶν μαντευόμενος. Lg

c. 〈μαντοσύνας δεδαώς:〉 instead of 'prophesying against the will of the gods'.

d. τὸ δὲ δεδαώς τὸ μαϑεῖν μάλλον ἢ τὸ διδάσκειν σημαίνει. διὰ γοῦν τὸ μαϑεῖν σε, φησί, τὴν μαντικὴν καὶ μαντεύεσϑαι παρὰ τὴν τῶν ϑεῶν γνώμην ἥμαρτες εἰς τοὺς ϑεούς. P

d. δεδαώς means 'having learned' rather than 'teaching'. For because you learned, he says, the art of prophecy and prophesied against the will of the gods, you sinned against the gods.

248—51 a. ἀτύζεται: φοβεῖται, καταπονεῖται. Lg P

248-51a. ἀτύζεται: is frightened, is distressed.

b. εἰ δὴ πρόχνυ γέ〈ρας〉: εἴπερ ἡμῖν ταύτην τὴν τιμὴν παρέϑετο τὸ δαιμόνιον, ὥστε σοι βοηϑῆσαι. ὁ δὲ λόγος καϑ’ ὑπέρβατον, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως· ἄμμι γε μὴν νόος ἔνδον ἀτύζεται ἱεμένοισι χραισμεῖν· ἀρίζηλοι γὰρ ἐπιχϑονίοισιν ἀϑανά-των ἐνιπαί, εἰ δὴ πρόχνυ γέρας τόδε πάρϑετο δαίμων.

b. εἰ δὴ πρόχνυ γέ〈ρας〉: if indeed the divinity has entrusted this honor to us, so as to help you. The sentence is in hyperbaton, so that it would be thus: 'but the mind within us is frightened, eager as we are to help; for conspicuous to mortals are the reproaches of the immortals, if indeed the divinity has granted this privilege utterly.'

1 Apoll. Bibl. III 199 sch. Soph. Ant. 981 Serv. Verg. Aen. III 209 3 sch. 140 a. 178/82 b 8 sch. 373/76 b. IV 380 17 Eust. 1561, 40. 1883, 46 2 Ὠρειϑ- P : Ὠριϑ- LV. 3 Παρϑένιος K e sch. 140 a : Πάρϑος L : Ὠρυιϑος F, unde Ὠρείϑυιος Bergk (v. ad sch. 140 a) : om. P. Κάραμβις Holstenius (v. ad sch. 140 a) : Κράμβις F : Κράμβος L : om. P. 8 haec glossa ad vocem σμυγερώτερον spectat, quam Ruhnken poetae reddidit; cf. W 35. 9 del. Fr. 12 ἀτραπίῃσι W 35 : ἀτροπίῃσι. iam priorem interpretationem ad ἀτροπίῃσι, non ad ἀφραδίῃσι (P) pertinere e glossis IV 387 et 1006 satis elucet. 20 καταπονεῖται L : ταράττεται P. 23 ἔνδον P : om. L.

c. ἡμεῖς δέ, εἰ ὄντως ἔχομεν παρὰ τοῦ δαιμονίου τὸ γέρας, δεδοίκαμεν, μὴ ἆρα χαλεπήνῃ τὸ ϑεῖον. L

c. But we, if we truly have the privilege from the divinity, fear lest the divine be angry.

d. τὸ δὲ πρόχνυ τὸ ἀπαραιτήτως ἐνταῦϑα σημαίνει. P

d. πρόχνυ here means 'utterly'.

e. ἀρίζηλοι: μεγάλως ἔκδηλοι καὶ ἐναργεῖς αἱ τῶν ϑεῶν κο-λάσεις εἰσίν. Lg (P)

e. ἀρίζηλοι: the punishments of the gods are very conspicuous and clear.

252. 〈ἔστ’ ἄν:〉 μέχρις ἄν. Lg

252. 〈ἔστ’ ἄν:〉 as long as.

253 a. ἕκητι: χάριν. Lg (P)

253a. ἕκητι: for the sake of.

b. ϑεοῖς ἀπὸ ϑυμοῦ ἔσεσϑαι: ὅτι γὰρ τὸ τοῖς ἀσεβέσι βοηϑεῖν εἰς τοὺς ϑεοὺς ἔχει ἀσέβειαν, καὶ Εὐριπίδης φησίν (Or. 534 sq.)· ‘ὡς οὖν ἂν εἰδῇς, Μενέλεως, τοῖσιν ϑεοῖς μὴ πρᾶσσ’ ἐναντί’, ὠφελεῖν τοῦτον ϑέλων.’ ἀσεβὴς γάρ τις εἶναι δοκεῖ παρ’ αὐτῷ ὁ Ὀρέστης.

b. θεοῖς ἀπὸ θυμοῦ ἔσεσθαι: for that helping the impious involves impiety toward the gods, Euripides also says (Or. 534 sq.): 'So that you may know, Menelaus, do not act contrary to the gods, wishing to help this man.' For Orestes seems to him to be impious.

254—55. κενεὰς γλήνας: τοὺς κενοὺς ὀφϑαλμούς. Lg (P)

254-55. κενεὰς γλήνας: the empty eyes.

257. ἴστω Λητοῦς υἱός: τὸν ὅρκον εἴληφε παρὰ τοῦ ποιητοῦ (A 86)· ‘μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα διίφιλον’. ἐπέβαλλε γὰρ μάντει εἰς πίστιν ἄγοντι τὸν προστάτην αὐτοῦ τῆς τέχνης ὀμνύειν ϑεόν.

257. ἴστω Λητοῦς υἱός: he has taken the oath from the poet (A 86): 'for by Apollo, dear to Zeus'. For it was fitting for a seer who was bringing someone to trust to swear by the god who is the patron of his art.

259 a. καὶ τόδ’ ἐπ’ ὀφϑαλμῶν ὀλοὸν νέφος: γράφεται καὶ ἀλαόν. κατηγοροῦσί τινες τοῦ Ἀπολλωνίου ὡς οὐκ εὖ τὸν ὅρκον τοῦτον εἰσαγηοχότος· ὀμνύει γὰρ καϑ’ ὧν κινδυνεῦσαι οὐ δύναται. ῥητέον δέ, ὅτι ἐμπαϑέστερος γίνεται ὁ ὅρκος, ὅταν τις κατὰ τῆς ἰδίας ὀμνύῃ συμφορᾶς (υ 339)· ‘οὐ μὰ Ζῆν’, Ἀγέλαε, καὶ ἄλγεα πατρὸς ἐμοῖο’. καὶ Δημοσϑένης (De cor. 208)· ‘μὰ τοὺς ἐν Μαραϑῶνι προκινδυνεύσαντας καὶ τοὺς ἐν Πλαταιαῖς παραταξαμένους’. ἔϑος οὖν ἀρχαῖον, πρῶτον τοὺς ϑεοὺς ὀμνύναι, εἶτα ἐπάγειν καὶ τὰς ἰδίας συμφοράς.

259a. καὶ τόδ’ ἐπ’ ὀφθαλμῶν ὀλοὸν νέφος: written also ἀλαόν. Some accuse Apollonius of not having introduced this oath well; for he swears by things by which he cannot be harmed. But it must be said that the oath becomes more impassioned when one swears by one's own misfortune (υ 339): 'No by Zeus, Agelaus, and by the sorrows of my father'. And Demosthenes (De cor. 208): 'by those who risked their lives at Marathon and those who fought at Plataea'. It was an ancient custom, first to swear by the gods, then to add also one's own misfortunes.

b. καὶ τόδ’ ἐπ’ ὀφϑ〈αλμῶν〉 ἀλαὸν νέφος: [φησί·] τὸ τυφλὸν νέφος καὶ ἡ ἐπικειμένη μοι ἀχλύς. σύνηϑες δὲ τὸ κατὰ τῶν ἰδίων συμφορῶν ὀμνύειν.

b. καὶ τόδ’ ἐπ’ ὀφθ〈αλμῶν〉 ἀλαὸν νέφος: [he says:] the blind cloud and the mist that lies upon me. It is customary to swear by one's own misfortunes.

260. οἳ μηδ’ οἵδε: οἳ μηδὲ οὗτοι ὡς ἐπιόρκῳ εὐμενεῖς εἴησαν. παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Τ 264)· ‘εἰ δέ τι τῶνδ’ ἐπίορκον, ἐμοὶ ϑεοὶ ἄλγεα δοῖεν’.

260. οἳ μηδ’ οἵδε: who not even these may be well-disposed to him as a perjurer. From the Homeric (Τ 264): 'but if any of these things is falsely sworn, may the gods give me sorrows'.

263 a. κουρότεροι: τὸ συγκριτικὸν ἀντὶ ἀπολελυμένου κεῖται

263a. κουρότεροι: the comparative is used instead of the positive.

1 ἄλλως praem. 10 εἰδῇς — έναντί’ P : ἴδῃς — ἐναντία L. 12 παρ’ αὐτῷ L : τῷ Τυνδαρέῳ P. 15 〈οὐ〉 μὰ H, 〈ναὶ〉 μὰ P. 26 del. W.

τοῦ κοῦροι. καὶ ἡμεῖς πολλάκις λέγομεν ‘νεώτεροί εἰσιν’ ἀντὶ τοῦ νέοι, καὶ παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ (Ξ 137) ‘δεξιτερὴν ἕλε χεῖρα’ ἀντὶ τοῦ δεξιάν.

“of the youths.” We often say “they are younger” instead of “young,” and in the poet (Iliad 14.137) “he took her right hand” instead of “right.”

b. πεπονήατο: πρὸς τὴν τῶν νέων σπουδὴν καὶ ταχύτητα τὸ 〈αἶψα〉 πεπονήατο, οἷον ἐνεργῶς ἐποίουν, ἡτοίμαζον.

b. “had been toiled”: the word “quickly” is used with “had been toiled” to indicate the eagerness and speed of the young men, as if they were actively making, preparing.

264—65 a. ἑλώριον δὲ ἀναίρεμα, ἅρπαγμα· ἢ βρῶμα. λοίσϑιον δὲ ἔσχατον. τὸ δὲ ἐπεσσυμένας πρὸς τὴν ἀϑρόαν πτῆσιν τῶν Ἁρπυιῶν εἴρηται.

264-65a. “prey” means something taken up, plunder; or food. “Last” means final. The word “rushing” is used for the dense flight of the Harpies.

b. 〈ἄμφω:〉 οἱ Βορεάδαι. Lg

b. “both”: the Boreads. Lg

267 a. 〈ἀδευκέες:〉 ἀπροσδόκητοι. Lg

267a. “unexpected”: unforeseen. Lg

b. ἀδευκέας δὲ ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπροσδοκήτους ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ πικράς· δεῦκος γὰρ τὸ γλυκύ. P

b. “unexpected” either instead of “unforeseen” or instead of “bitter”; for “deukos” means sweet. P

268—69 a. ἀπρόφατοι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπροόρατοι, ἀπροφάσιστοι, οἷον ἄνευ προφάσεως καὶ ἐποχῆς καὶ ὑπερϑέσεως, παρόσον τοῖς προφασιζομένοις παρέπεται ὑπέρϑεσις.

268-69a. “unforeseen”: instead of “unforeseen,” “without pretext,” as if without pretext and delay and postponement, since postponement accompanies those who make pretexts.

b. κλαγγῇ μαιμώωσαι: ὥρμων μετὰ κλαγγῆς ἐπιϑυμοῦσαι τῆς τροφῆς. τοῦτο δὲ ὡς ἐπὶ ὀρνέων ἁρπακτικῶν· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνα πρὸ τῆς ἁρπαγῆς κλάζειν φιλεῖ. καὶ τὸ ἐσσέυοντο εἰς τὴν ἀϑρόαν ἐπίπτησιν καὶ τὸ τάχος ἀναφέρεται.

b. “raging with a shriek”: they rushed with a shriek, desiring food. This is said as of birds of prey; for those also like to shriek before seizing. And “they rushed” refers to their dense swooping and speed.

271 a. καταβρώξασαι: καταφαγοῦσαι. Lg (P)

271a. “having devoured”: having eaten up. Lg (P)

b. ὑπὲρ πόντοιο: ὅτι διὰ τοῦ Αἰγαίου πόντου καὶ τοῦ Σικελικοῦ αὐτὰς ἐδίωκον, Φερεκύδης ἐν ς΄ (3 fg 28 J.) φησί.

b. “over the sea”: that they pursued them through the Aegean and Sicilian seas, Pherecydes says in the sixth book (FGrHist 3 F 28 J.).

274. φάσγαν’ ἐπισχόμενοι: τὰ ξίφη ἐν χεροῖν ἔχοντες παραπλησίως ἔτρεχον ὀπίσω αὐτῶν. L

274. “holding swords”: holding their swords in their hands, they ran similarly behind them. L

275. ἀτὰρ Διὸς οὐ κεν ἐπ〈έσϑην〉: οὐ γὰρ ἄν, φησί, χωρὶς τοῦ Διὸς ταῖς Ἁρπυίαις ἠκολούϑησαν.

275. “but they would not have followed without Zeus”: for, he says, they would not have followed the Harpies apart from Zeus.

276—77 a. ἐπεὶ ζεφύροιο: ἤτοι ταχίονες τῶν πνοῶν τοῦ λιβὸς ἢ ἴσα ταῖς πνοαῖς ἔτρεχον, ὡς Ἡσίοδος (Th. 268) φησιν. ἐπεὶ πάντοτε αἱ Ἅρπυιαι καὶ τὰς τοῦ ζεφύρου ἀέλλας παρεπέτοντο, εἴ ποτε εἰς τὰ τοῦ Φινέως ἔρχοιντο ἢ ἐκεῖϑεν ὑπαναχωροῖεν.

276-77a. “since of the west wind”: either they ran swifter than the blasts of the southwest wind or equal to the blasts, as Hesiod says (Theogony 268). Since the Harpies always flew past even the gusts of the west wind, whenever they came to Phineus' house or withdrew from there.

9 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 9, 15 B. 10 sch. I 1037/38 b cum loc. sim. 1 τοῦ κ. P : τὸ κ. L. 4 add. Fr. 17 ἐσσεύοντο Fr. cl. lin. 6 : μεσσηγὺς εἰς τὴν Wil. ad l. : κατὰ L : aliter P. 18 καὶ τὸ idem : καὶ K : κατὰ L : aliter P (cf. W 46). 24 οὐ κεν ἐπ- libri aliquot in verbis poetae : οὐκ ἐνεπ L : om. P. 27 ἴσα ταῖς πνοαῖς G. Hermann Opusc. VI 264 : εἰς τὰς πνοάς. 10*

b. αἱ τῶν ἀελλῶν συστροφαὶ πνοιῶν εἰσι ταχύτεραι. συμβαίνει μὲν γὰρ τὴν πνοὴν παρατετάσϑαι καὶ ἐμβραδύνειν, ἡ δὲ ἄελλα ταχυτέρα καὶ κουφοτέρα ἐστὶ τῆς πνοῆς. καὶ εὐλόγως· ταχύτατος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ζέφυρος τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνέμων, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (T 415 sq.): ‘νῶι δὲ καί κεν ἅμα πνοιῇ ζεφύροιο ϑέοιμεν, τόν περ ἐλαφρότατόν φασ’ ἔμμεναι.’

b. The whirlings of storm winds are swifter than breezes. For it happens that a breeze is stretched out and lingers, but a storm wind is swifter and lighter than a breeze. And reasonably so; for the west wind is the swiftest of the other winds, as Homer also says (Iliad 19.415-16): “we two could run with the breath of the west wind, which they say is the lightest.”

279 a. ἠὲ πρόκας ἰχν〈εύοντες〉: ζῷόν τι ὅμοιον ἐλάφῳ, ὁ λεγόμενος νεβρός. Διονύσιος δέ φησιν ὁ Ἀϑηναῖος ἐν ταῖς Κτίσεσι (fg 12 M. IV 395) τὰς ἐλάφους οὕτω λέγεσϑαι, πρόκας· ὅϑεν καὶ Προκόννησος, ἐπεὶ ἐν ταύτῃ πληϑύουσιν ἔλαφοι. οἱ δὲ Προχόννησον λέγουσιν εἰρῆσϑαι ἀπὸ τῆς προχόου, ἣν ἔχουσα τοῖς Μιλησίοις ἀπήντησεν ἡ Παρϑένος, ὅτε τὴν ἀποικίαν ἐστέλλοντο. οἱ δὲ Προχώννησον ἐτυμολογοῦσιν, καϑὸ πρότερον οὖσα νῆσος ὕστερον προσεχώσϑη. ὑπό τινων δὲ 〈ἡ〉 Προκόννησος καὶ Ἐλαφόνησος ἐκλήϑη. Φιλητᾶς (fg 48 Kuchenm.) δὲ φησι πρόκας λέγεσϑαι ἐλάφους τὰς πρώτως τικτομένας, οἷον πρωτοτόκους.

279a. “or tracking deer”: some animal similar to a deer, the so-called fawn. Dionysius the Athenian says in his Foundations (FGrHist 12 F 12 M. IV 395) that deer are called “prokes”; whence also Proconnesus, since deer abound in it. Others say Prochonnesus is named from the water-pitcher which Parthenos had when she met the Milesians as they were sending out the colony. Others etymologize Prochonnesus, in that formerly being an island it was later joined by silting. By some Proconnesus was also called Elaphonesus. Philetas (fr. 48 Kuchenm.) says that deer that give birth for the first time are called “prokes,” as it were first-born.

b. 〈ἰχνεύοντες:〉 ζητοῦντες. Lg

b. “tracking”: seeking. Lg

Et. Gen. (AB) πρόκας: II 279. πρόξ ἐστι ζῷον [μικρὸν om. Et. M.] ὅμοιον ἐλάφῳ, ὁ λεγόμενος νεβρός. Διονύσιος δὲ 〈ὁ add. Et. M.〉 Ἀϑηναῖος ἐν ταῖς Κτίσεσι (Sylburg, Κτή- AB) οὕτως λέγεσϑαι 〈φησι〉 (Kulenkamp, λέγει Et. M.) τὰς ἐλάφους πρόκας· ὅϑεν καὶ ἡ Προκόννησος, ἐν αὐτῇ γὰρ πλήϑουσιν ἔλαφοι (verba οὕτως — ἔλαφοι Et. M., om. AB). οἱ δὲ Προχόννησόν (Kul., Προκ- AB) φασιν ἀπὸ τῆς προχόου (Kul., πρόχου B, προύχου A), ἣν ἔχουσα συνήντησε τοῖς Μιλησίοις ἡ Παρϑένος (Wil. in sch., π- AB), ὅτε τὴν ἀποικίαν ἐστείλαντο. οἱ δὲ τὴν Προχόννησον (A, Προκόνν- B) ἐτυμολογοῦσιν, καϑὰ πρότερον οὖσα νῆσος ὕστερον προσεχώσϑη. ὑπό τινων δὲ ἡ Προκόννησος (A, Προκόν- B) Ἐλαφόνησος (B, -νν- A) κέκληται (A, καλεῖται B). Φιλητᾶς δὲ φησι πρόκας λέγεσϑαι τὰς ἐλάφους τὰς πρῶτον τικτομένας, οἷον πρωτοτόκους (, ὡς παρὰ Ἀπολλωνίῳ add. Et. M.). sch. ρ 295 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 135, 19 B. Hesych. πόρκας. πρόκας, πράκες Eust. 711, 40 13 Plin. Nat. hist. V 151 1 ἄλλως praem. L. ἀελλῶν W : ἀνέμων L : aliter P. 8 Chalcidensis Dionysius intellegendus est. Κτίσεσι Sylburg in Et. : κτήσεσι Et. : κυήσεσι. 10 Προκόννησος F : -ν- LP. cf. Strab. XIII 618. Προχόνν- LV : -ν- PH. 12 Παρϑ- Wil. ad l. : παρϑ- Προχώνν- L : Προχών- H : Προχούν- P. 13 ὕστερον P cum Et. : ὑπό τινων L. cf. W 46. 14 add. Wil. ad l. ex Et. Προκόνν- Steph. : -ν-. Φιλητᾶς P : -ιτάς L : -ίτας Croenert Herm. 37, 1902, 212.

280 a. 〈ϑείωσιν:〉 τρέχωσιν, ἐκ τοῦ ϑέω. Gm

280a. “may run”: may run, from “theō.” Gm

b. τυτϑὸν δὲ τιταινόμενοι: μικρὸν δὲ ἄποϑεν μετὰ διαστάσεως ἔτρεχον.

b. “stretching a little”: they ran a little apart with a gap.

281. μάτην ἀράβη〈σαν〉: προσδοκῶντες ἀεὶ διὰ τὸ σφόδρα ἐγγὺς εἶναι καὶ δάκνειν καὶ ἐπιψαύειν [δοκεῖν].

281. μάτην ἀράβη〈σαν〉: expecting always, because they were very close, both to bite and to touch [seem].

282—83 a. μάλα σχεδόν: πλησίον τῶν Ἁρπυιῶν ὁρμῶντες. Lg (P)

282-83a. μάλα σχεδόν: rushing near the Harpies. Lg (P)

b. ἐπέχραον ἤλιϑα χερ〈σί〉: πολλάκις, φησίν, ἐϑελήςαντες αὐτὰς πλῆξαι, μάτην ἐπήνεγκαν τὰς χεῖρας.

b. ἐπέχραον ἤλιϑα χερ〈σί〉: often, he says, having wished to strike them, they brought their hands in vain.

c. 〈ἤλιϑα:〉 ματαίως, ἠλιϑίως. Lg

c. 〈ἤλιϑα:〉 vainly, foolishly. Lg

284. ἀέκητι: παρὰ γνώμην. Lg (P)

284. ἀέκητι: against one's will. Lg (P)

285. ἐπὶ Πλωτῇσι: ταῖς περιπλεομέναις καὶ βρεχομέναις πανταχόϑεν ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων· φησὶ δὲ τὰς Στροφάδας νήσους. καὶ ἄλλοι δὲ ποιηταὶ λέγουσι παρὰ τὰς Πλωτὰς καταληφϑῆναι τὰς Ἁρπυίας, αἳ νῦν Στροφάδες καλοῦνται. εἰσὶ δὲ αἱ νῆσοι αὗται ἐν τῷ Σικελικῷ πελάγει. 〈...〉 ἃς ὁ ποιητής φησι (B 677) ‘νήσους τε Καλυδνάς’.

285. ἐπὶ Πλωτῇσι: to the islands that are sailed around and washed on all sides by the waves; he means the Strophades islands. And other poets also say that the Harpies were overtaken at the Plotae, which are now called Strophades. These islands are in the Sicilian sea. 〈...〉 which the poet says (B 677) 'and the islands Calydnae'.

286. εἰ μὴ ἄρ’ ὠκέα Ἶρις: ἄλλοι τὸν Ἑρμῆν φασιν. ἀστείως δὲ ταύτῃ τῇ ϑεῷ τὸ κωλῦσαι τοὺς Βορεάδας δίδωσιν, ἤτοι ὅτι ἄγγελος ἢ ὅτι τῶν Ἁρπυιῶν ἀδελφή.

286. εἰ μὴ ἄρ’ ὠκέα Ἶρις: others say it was Hermes. And cleverly he assigns to this goddess the stopping of the Boreads, either because she is a messenger or because she is the sister of the Harpies.

292. ὀπιδνοτάτη: τιμία καὶ ἐπιστροφῆς ἀξία, παρὰ τὴν ὄπιδα καὶ ἐπιστροφήν, διὰ τὸ τιμωρεῖσϑαι τοὺς ἐπιόρκους. ῥιγίστη δὲ φρικτή.

292. ὀπιδνοτάτη: honored and worthy of regard, from ὄπις and regard, because she punishes the perjured. And ῥιγίστη means shuddering.

295. 〈εἴξαντες:〉 πεισϑέντες. Lg

295. 〈εἴξαντες:〉 having yielded. Lg

296—97 a. Στροφάδας δέ: Στροφάδας φησὶ κεκλῆσϑαι διὰ τὸ τοὺς Βορεάδας αὐτόϑεν ὑποστρέψαι στραφέντας εἰς τοὐπίσω, λαβὼν παρὰ Ἀντιμάχου (fg 13 B. II 291). οἱ δὲ Στροφάδας φασὶν αὐτὰς κεκλῆσϑαι, καϑὸ ἐπιστραφέντες αὐτόϑι ηὔξαντο τῷ Διὶ 〈ἐπὶ τῷ〉 κατα-

296-97a. Στροφάδας δέ: he says they are called Strophades because the Boreads turned back from there, having turned around, taking this from Antimachus (fg 13 B. II 291). But others say they are called Strophades because, having turned around there, they prayed to Zeus 〈for the〉 catching

9 Et. Gen. (AB) ἤλιϑα: . . . τάττεται δὲ καὶ ἀντὶ ματαίως, οἷον II 283 (B add. iterum ἀντὶ τοῦ ματαίως). Et. Gud. 240, 50 Sturz 23 Apoll. Bibl. I 123 1 τρέχωσιν W : -ουσιν. 5 del. W. 12 Στροφάδας K : Σποράδας. 15 lac. ind. Robert De griech. Heldensage 3, 1921, 813 n. 3. P add. in fine εἰ καὶ Λυκόφρων (Al. 25) ἄλλας νήσους καλεῖ Καλυδνάς. 19 ὄπ. καὶ ἐπ. L : εἰπ. τὴν ἐπ. PA. 20 διὰ — ἐπιόρκους post φρικτή leguntur, retraxit W. 26 suppl. Wil. ad l.

λαβεῖν τὰς Ἁρπυίας. κατὰ δὲ Ἡσίοδον (fg 59 Rz.²) καὶ Ἀντίμαχον (v. supra) καὶ Ἀπολλώνιον οὐ κτείνονται.

of the Harpies. But according to Hesiod (fg 59 Rz.²) and Antimachus (see above) and Apollonius they are not killed.

b. πάρος Πλωτὰς καλέοντ〈ες〉: αἱ Πλωταὶ νῆσοι μετω- νομάσϑησαν Στροφάδες. μέμνηται αὐτῶν καὶ Ἀντίμαχος ἐν τῇ Λύδη (v. sch. a). 〈...〉. ὅτι δὲ ηὔξαντο οἱ περὶ Ζήτην τῷ Διὶ στραφέντες, λέγει καὶ Ἡσίοδος (fg 57 Rz.²)· ‘ἔνϑ’ οἵ γ’ εὐχέσϑην Αἰνηίῳ ὑψιμέδοντι.’ ἔστι γὰρ Αἶνος ὄρος τῆς Κεφαλληνίας, ὅπου Αἰνησίου Διὸς ἱερόν ἐστιν, οὗ μνημονεύει Κλέων ἐν Περίπλῳ (M. IV 365) καὶ Τιμοσϑένης ἐν τοῖς Λιμέσιν (fg 39 E. A. Wagner Die Erdbeschreibung des T., Diss. Lips. 1888, 72). Ἀπολλώνιος μὲν οὖν τὴν ἀποστρέψασαν τοὺς περὶ Ζήτην Ἶριν λέγει, Ἡσίοδος (fg 58 Rz.²) δὲ Ἑρμῆν. αἱ δὲ Πλωταὶ νῆσοι κεῖνται ἐν τῷ Σικελικῷ πελάγει.

b. πάρος Πλωτὰς καλέοντ〈ες〉: the Plotae islands were renamed Strophades. Antimachus also mentions them in the Lyde (see sch. a). 〈...〉. And that Zetes and his companions, having turned, prayed to Zeus, Hesiod also says (fg 57 Rz.²): 'there they prayed to Aenian Zeus who rules on high.' For Aenus is a mountain of Cephallenia, where there is a sanctuary of Zeus Aenesius, which Cleon mentions in his Periplus (M. IV 365) and Timosthenes in his Harbors (fg 39 E. A. Wagner Die Erdbeschreibung des T., Diss. Lips. 1888, 72). Apollonius, then, says that Iris turned back Zetes and his companions, but Hesiod (fg 58 Rz.²) says Hermes. The Plotae islands lie in the Sicilian sea.

299. κευϑμῶνα Κρήτης: κοιλάδα τῆς Κρήτης κατέδυσαν. τοῦτο δέ φησι καὶ Νεοπτόλεμος. ὁ 〈δὲ〉 τὰ Ναυπακτικὰ ποιήσας (fg 3 Kink.) καὶ Φερεκύδης ἐν ς' (3 fg 29 J.) φασὶν εἰς τὸ σπέος αὐτὰς φυγεῖν τῆς Κρήτης τὸ ὑπὸ τῷ λόφῳ τῷ Ἀργινοῦντι.

299. κευϑμῶνα Κρήτης: they sank into a hollow of Crete. Neoptolemus also says this. And the author of the Naupactica (fg 3 Kink.) and Pherecydes in book 6 (3 fg 29 J.) say that they fled into the cave of Crete under the hill Arginus.

300. μεταχρονίη: μετέωρος. Lg (P)

300. μεταχρονίη: aloft. Lg (P)

301—02 a. 〈πινόεν:〉 ῥερυπωμένον. Lg

301-02a. 〈πινόεν:〉 filthy. Lg

b. φοιβήσαντες: τὸ ῥυπαρὸν σῶμα καϑάραντες. εἶπεν γάρ (v. 200) ‘πίνῳ δέ οἱ αὐσταλέος χρώς’, ἀπεσκληρυμμένος τῷ ῥύπῳ

b. φοιβήσαντες: having cleansed the dirty body. For he said (v. 200) 'his skin was parched with dirt', he was dried up with filth.

3 Et. Gen. (AB) Πλωταί: αἱ Πλωταὶ νῆσοι μετωνομάσϑησαν Στροφάδες καὶ εἰσιν πλησίον Ἀκαρνανίας (W, Ἀρκαδίας AB)· εἰσὶ γὰρ ὅμοροι τῇ Κεφαλληνίᾳ (W, ἔστι γ. ὅμορος τῆς Κ-ας AB), ὅπου Διὸς ἱερόν. ἔστι δὲ τὸ πέλαγος Σικελικόν. οἷον II 285. Ἀπολλώνιος. ib. (AB) Στροφάδες: νῆσοι ἐν τῷ Ἰονίῳ πελάγει β', οἰκητήριον (B, -ηρίων A) τῶν Ἁρπυιῶν· Ἰόνιον δὲ πέλαγος ὁ νυν Ἀδρίας καλεῖται. ὀνόματα δὲ Ἁρπυιῶν Ὠκυπόδη, Ἀελλώ, Κελαινώ. ib. (AB) σώω: τὸ ὁρμῶ· τὰ δύο ῶῶ (ωω om. A) μεγάλα, οἷον (II 296) ‘σώεσϑαι. Στροφάδας δὲ μετακλείουσ’ ἄνϑρωποι’. Στροφάδες δὲ νῆσοι ἐν τῷ Ἰονίῳ πελάγει. sch. IV 308a. II 222/24 b 8 Strab. X 456 5 lac. ind. W. 7 γ’ L : om. P. εὐχέσϑην L : -ον P. Αἰνησίῳ Heringa Misc. obs. crit. nov. 9, 1749, 968. 8 καὶ post γὰρ add. L. Αἰνησίου L : -ηίου P. 9 Κλέων C. Mueller l. l. : καὶ Λέων. Muelleri coniectura confirmatur glossa Et. Gen. ἀρετάν (Miller 41), ubi Κλέων ἐν τῷ Περίπλῳ laudatur. Τιμοσϑένης Holstenius ap. Hoelzlin. 365 : Δημο-. 15 add. K. 16 ς' L : γ' P. φασὶν K : φησὶν.

ἐτύγχανε. φοιβήσαντες οὖν λαμπρύναντες, καϑάραντες· φοῖβον γὰρ τὸ καϑαρόν, ὅϑεν καὶ Φοῖβος ὁ Ἀπόλλων, διὰ τὸ καϑαρόν.

So φοιβήσαντες means having made bright, having cleansed; for φοῖβος means pure, whence also Phoebus Apollo, because of purity.

c. ἐπικριδόν: ἐπικρίναντες ἔϑυον. Lg (P)

c. ἐπικριδόν: having chosen, they sacrificed. Lg (P)

306. ἁρπαλέως: ἀδηφαγῶν ἤσϑιεν, ἴσην ὀνείρου ἡδονὴν ἔχων, μὴ πιστεύων μηδὲ νῦν εἰ εὐωχεῖται δι’ ἃ πέπονϑεν, ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ ὀνειράτια εἶναι δοκῶν.

306. Greedily: he ate voraciously, having pleasure equal to a dream, not even now believing that he is feasting because of what he has suffered, but thinking it to be like a dream.

308. ἐγρήσσειν τὸ ἐγρηγορεῖν, τὸ δὲ μένον ἀντὶ τοῦ προσεδέχοντο. P

308. To be awake means to be wakeful; and 'they remained' instead of 'they awaited'. P

310. πείρατα: ἃ δεῖ αὐτοὺς διαπερᾶσαι. ἄνυσιν δέ, ἀστείως καὶ καιρίως ταύτῃ τῇ λέξει ἐχρήσατο· ἀνύσαι γὰρ κυρίως τὸ μετὰ καμάτου τι ποιῆσαι, ὡς καὶ μέχρι 〈τοῦ〉 νῦν φαμεν.

310. Limits: what they must cross. And 'accomplishment'—he used this word wittily and aptly; for 'to accomplish' properly means to do something with toil, as we say even to this day.

311—12 a. κλῦτέ νυν: τὸ νυν ἀντὶ τοῦ οὖν. διὰ δὲ τοῦ οὖν ὥσπερ ὀφειλομένην τὴν μαντείαν αὐτοῖς ἀποδίδωσι, λέγων· ‘ἐπακούσατε οὖν, ὥσπερ τὸ χρέος ἀπολαμβάνοντες’.

311-12a. Hear now: 'now' is used for 'therefore'. Through 'therefore' he renders the prophecy as if owed to them, saying: 'Listen therefore, as if receiving what is due'.

b. 〈οὐ μὲν πάντα:〉 τοῦτο δέ φησιν, ἵνα μὴ ὕστερον ὀχλήσωσιν αὐτόν, τὸ ἀκριβὲς ζητοῦντες. καὶ δαιμονίως τούτου τὴν αἰτίαν τοῖς ϑεοῖς περιάπτει καὶ οὐχὶ ἑαυτῷ, λέγων· ὅσσα δ’ ὄρωρε ϑεοῖς φίλον οὐκ ἐπικεύσω.

b. 〈Not all things:〉 He says this so that they may not trouble him later by seeking exactness. And he divinely attributes the cause of this to the gods and not to himself, saying: 'But whatever has arisen dear to the gods I will not conceal'.

c. ὄρωρε: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπάρχει. Lg (P)

c. Has arisen: instead of 'exists'. Lg (P)

313. τὸ δὲ ἀασάμην ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐλύπησα κεῖται. ἀφραδίαν δέ φησι τὴν ἀβουλίαν. καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπάγει, δι’ ἣν ἐλύπησε τὸν Δία. P

313. 'I was infatuated' is used for 'I grieved'. He calls 'folly' the lack of counsel. And he adds the reason why he grieved Zeus. P

314. χρείων ἑξείης: μαντευόμενος πᾶσιν ἐφεξῆς καὶ τελείως. παρατίϑησι δὲ αὑτοῦ τὰς συμφοράς, ἤδη δηλῶν, ὡς οὐκ ἀκριβῶς αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ ἄκρως μαντεύεται, εἴγε διὰ τοῦτο ἐβλάβη.

314. Prophesying in order: prophesying to all in sequence and completely. He sets forth his own misfortunes, already making clear that he does not prophesy to them accurately or perfectly, since he was harmed for this reason.

315—16 a. ἐπιδευέα: μὴ τέλεια, ἀλλ’ ἔτι 〈τι〉 ἐνδέοντα λόγια τοῖς ἀνϑρώποις ἐκφαίνειν, ἵνα καὶ τοῦ ϑείου χρείαν ἔχωσιν.

315-16a. Deficient: not perfect, but still lacking something in the oracles revealed to men, so that they may have need of the divine.

b. 〈ἐπιδευέα:〉 ἐλλιπῆ. Gg

b. 〈Deficient:〉 incomplete. Gg

c. ϑέσφατα δὲ μαντοσύνης τὰ ϑεσπίσματα τῆς μαντικῆς λέγει. P

c. 'Oracles of prophecy' means the decrees of the prophetic art. P

1 sch. B A 43. 71 2 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 164, 13 B. Hesych. φοῖβος Συν. φ. (407, 15 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. Or. 157, 19 Et. M. 796, 54 Et. Gud. 555, 21, 42 Sturz 1 φοῖβον — διὰ τὸ καϑαρόν post καϑάραντες p. 150 lin. 20 leguntur, trai. W Phil. 81, 1926, 24. 4 ἴσην Hoelzlin : ἴσον L : παραπλησίαν P. 9 ἀνύσιν τε pro ἀ. δέ Steph. 10 ἀνύσαι F : ἀνυσϑῆναι. 11 add. H. 14 καί ante ὥσπερ add. L. 15 sch. b ab a separavit Fr. 25 add. O. Damsté Adversaria ad Ap. Rh. Arg., Diss. Rh.-Trai. 1922, 33.

317—18 a. πέτρας μέν: περὶ τῶν Συμπληγάδων, ὅτι ἐπὶ τοῦ Ποντικοῦ στόματος ἦσαν καὶ ὅτι Κυάνεαι ἐκαλοῦντο διὰ τὸ χρῶμα, ἐν τῷ α' (v. 2 sq.) εἴρηται. ὁ δὲ διὰ πάντων καὶ ἐκ πρώτης ἀκοῆς δε- δίττεται τοὺς ἥρωας, διά τε τῆς παλιρροίας τῶν πετρῶν καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἐν ϑαλάσσῃ στενοῦ, ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ἄγαν κινδυνῶδες καὶ φοβερόν ἐστιν. L

317-18a. The rocks: concerning the Symplegades, that they were at the mouth of the Pontus and that they were called Cyaneae because of their color, has been said in Book 1 (v. 2 sq.). He terrifies the heroes through everything and from the first hearing, both through the ebb and flow of the rocks and through the narrow strait in the sea, which even on land is exceedingly dangerous and fearful. L

b. ἁλὸς ἐν ξυνοχῇσι: ὅπου στενοῦται ἡ ϑάλασσα. λέγει δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ Πόντου. Lg (P)

b. In the straits of the sea: where the sea narrows. He speaks of the mouth of the Pontus. Lg (P)

319. διαμπερὲς ἐξαλ〈έασϑαι〉: τοῦτο φησίν, ἐπεὶ οὐδεὶς οὐδέποτε ἀβλαβὴς τελέως ἐξέφυγεν, ὥστε οὐδὲ ἂν ἡ Ἀργὼ καίτοι Ἥρας προνοουμένης.

319. Completely escape: he says this because no one ever escaped completely unharmed, so not even the Argo, despite Hera's forethought.

320 a. τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐρηρεῖσϑαι τὸ ἐρρῶσϑαι σημαίνει. P

320a. 'To be fixed' means 'to be strong'. P

b. νεάτῃσιν: ταῖς εἰς βάϑος οὔσαις. Lg (P)

b. Lowest: those that are in the depths. Lg (P)

321. ἀλλὰ ϑαμὰ ξυνί〈ασιν〉: διὰ πάντων τὸ δεινὸν τοῦ λόγου ἐπαίρει, διά τε τοῦ μὴ ἁπλῶς συνιέναι ἀλλὰ συνεχῶς, καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἐναντίαι. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ τῶν πλαγίων ἑαυταῖς συνήρχοντο, τάχα ἄν πως δυνατὸν ἦν ὑποτηρήσαντα τὴν σύνοδον ἐκφυγεῖν· εἰ δὲ ἐξ ἐν- αντίας συνέρχονται, ἄντικρυς καὶ ὡμολογημένος ὁ κίνδυνος. δεινοποιεῖ δὲ καὶ τῇ ἀκοῇ ἐκπλήττει τοὺς ἥρωας, ἐπεὶ μεγάλας ἔσχε παρ’ αὐτῶν τὰς εὐεργεσίας, ἵνα καὶ αὐτὸς μεγάλα αὐτοῖς καὶ δεινὰ προμηνύων ὥσπερ ἴσος ἀντευεργέτης ὀφϑῇ.

321. But often they come together: he heightens the dread of the speech through everything, both through their not simply coming together but continuously, and through their being opposite. For if they came together from the sides, perhaps it would somehow be possible to escape by observing the meeting; but if they come together from opposite directions, the danger is direct and acknowledged. He also makes it terrible and strikes the heroes with the hearing, since he received great benefits from them, so that he himself, foretelling great and terrible things, may appear as an equal benefactor.

322—23 a. κορϑύεται: βρασσόμενον ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν τὸ ὕδωρ διι- κνεῖται. στρηνές δέ ἐστι τὸ ἀνατεταμένον καὶ μέγα καὶ ὀξὺ καὶ διά- τορον.

322-23a. κορθύεται: the water, seething above them, penetrates through. στρηνές is that which is stretched taut, and great, and sharp, and piercing.

b. 〈κορϑύεται βρασσόμενον:〉 ἠχεῖται. Sm

b. 〈κορθύεται βρασσόμενον:〉 it resounds. Sm

c. βρασσόμενον δέ ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ ἤχου καὶ ταραχῆς αἰρό- μενον. P

c. βρασσόμενον instead of 'being lifted with noise and disturbance'. P

d. στρηνές: σκληρόν. Lg P

d. στρηνές: hard. Lg P

e. στυφελή δὲ ἡ τραχώδης ἀκτή. P

e. στυφελή is the rugged shore. P

23 Hesych. Phot. στρηνές Et. M. 730, 21 (Lex. rhet.) 3 ὁ δέ F : ἡ δέ L : ἡ δέ 〈ἰδέα〉 K. 4 παλιρροίας Lennep Phal. Epist. 1777, 17 : ποιάς χροιάς. 5 καὶ ἐπ’ εἰσαγωγὴν κινδυνῶδες Lennep. 10 ὥστε οὐδὲ ἂν ἡ Ἀργὼ K : ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ἡ Ἀργὼ HF : ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ἐναργῶ L : aliter P. 13 ἰούσαις K. 22 ὑπὲρ W : ὑπ’ L : om. P. 23 ἀνατεταμένον Gg. 29 τραχ- Pierson Verisim. 1831, 188 : ταραχ-.

324. τῷ νῦν ἡμετέ〈ρῃσι〉: διὸ νυν, ἐπεὶ μέγας καὶ πολὺς ὁ κίνδυνος. παραιφασίῃσι δὲ παραινέσεσιν, ὑποϑήκαις.

324. τῷ νῦν ἡμετέ〈ρῃσι〉: therefore now, since the danger is great and abundant. παραιφασίῃσι means exhortations, counsels.

325. τὸ δὲ ἀλέγειν ἀντὶ τοῦ φροντίζειν. P

325. ἀλέγειν instead of φροντίζειν (to care for). P

326 a. πείρειν δὲ ἐνταῦϑα μὲν τὸ διαπλέειν καὶ διαπερᾶν, ὡς τὸ ‘ἀλεγεινά τε κύματα πείρων’ (Hom.), ἀλλαχοῦ δὲ καὶ τὸ διατρυπᾶν· ‘σπλάγχνα δ’ ἄρ’ ἀμπείραντες’ (B 426). P

326a. πείρειν here means to sail through and cross over, as in 'ἀλεγεινά τε κύματα πείρων' (Hom.), but elsewhere it means to pierce through: 'σπλάγχνα δ’ ἄρ’ ἀμπείραντες' (B 426). P

b. αὐτάγρετον: αὐϑαίρετον. Lg P

b. αὐτάγρετον: self-chosen. Lg P

327. τὸ δὲ ϑύνειν τὸ ὁρμᾶν σημαίνει. οἱ δὲ ἰϑύνειν γρά- φοντες ἁμαρτάνουσιν. P

327. θύνειν means to rush. Those who write ἰθύνειν are mistaken. P

328—29 a. οἰωνῷ δὴ πρό〈σϑε〉: τὸ ἑξῆς· οἰωνῷ δὴ πρόσϑε πελειάδι πειρήσεσϑε ἐφιέμενοι. πελειὰς δὲ εἶδος περιστερᾶς, ὡς καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης (Hist. an. V 13, 544 b 1) φησίν. ὅτι δὲ ἐχρήσαντο περιστερᾷ πλεῖν μέλλοντες, καὶ Ἀσκληπιάδης ἐν Τραγῳδου- μένοις (12 fg 2 b J.) φησίν.

328-29a. οἰωνῷ δὴ πρό〈σθε〉: the order is: οἰωνῷ δὴ πρόσθε πελειάδι πειρήσεσθε ἐφιέμενοι. πελειάς is a kind of dove, as Aristotle (Hist. an. V 13, 544 b 1) says. That they used a dove when about to sail, Asclepiades also says in his Tragodoumenoi (12 fg 2 b J.).

b. τὸ δὲ πρόσϑε τὸ πρότερον δηλοῖ, τὸ δὲ ἀποπρὸ τὸ μα- κράν. τὸ δὲ ἐφιέναι ἐνταῦϑα μὲν τὸ ἐνδιδόναι σημαίνει, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε τὸ ἐντέλλεσϑαι καὶ ἐπιτρέπειν, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς ῥήτορσιν ἰδίως τὸ ἀπὸ δικαστηρίου εἰς δικαστήριον μεταβαίνειν, καὶ ἔφεσις ἡ μετάβασις. Λου- κιανός (Prom. 4)· ‘ἡ δὲ ἔφεσις ἐπὶ τὸν Δία ἔσται’. ἐφίεμαι δὲ τὸ ἐπιϑυμῶ. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· πρότερον δὲ πειράσασϑαι ἐφιέναι οἰωνῷ πελειάδι, ὥστε πέτεσϑαι δηλαδή, μεϑέντες αὐτὴν ἀποπρὸ καὶ μακρὰν τῆς νεώς. P

b. πρόσθε indicates 'before', and ἀποπρό 'far away'. ἐφιέναι here means to send forth, but sometimes it means to command and entrust; among the orators it specifically means to transfer from one court to another, and ἔφεσις is the transfer. Lucian (Prom. 4): 'ἡ δὲ ἔφεσις ἐπὶ τὸν Δία ἔσται'. ἐφίεμαι means I desire. The sense: first to try to send forth a dove as an omen, so that it flies, of course, having released it far away from the ship. P

330 a. σόη: ἀβλαβής. Lg P

330a. σόη: unharmed. Lg P

b. δίηται: διωχϑείη καὶ πετασϑείη ἡ ὄρνις. Lg P

b. δίηται: may the bird be pursued and fly. Lg P

332. ἀλλ’ εὖ καρτύναντες: ἀσφαλισάμενοι καὶ κρατύναντες. Δωρικὸν δέ ἐστι τὸ κατ’ ἐναλλαγὴν στοιχείων διαλέγεσϑαι, ὡς καὶ κρα- δίαν καὶ κάρτος λέγουσιν.

332. ἀλλ’ εὖ καρτύναντες: having made secure and strengthened. It is Doric to speak with interchange of letters, as they say κραδίαν and κάρτος.

333—34 a. ἐπεὶ φάος οὐ νυ τι τόσσον: ἡ διάνοια 〈ἡ〉 αὐτὴ γέγονε παρὰ τὴν ἐν ἄλλοις λεχϑεῖσαν (I 870 sq.):

333-34a. ἐπεὶ φάος οὐ νυ τι τόσσον: the thought is the same as that expressed elsewhere (I 870 sq.):

4 Et. M. 667, 44 Et. Gud. 457, 16 Sturz Eust. 1651, 10 16 Moschop. Συλλ. ὀν. Ἀττ. s. ν. ἐφίημι (cf. W 44) Harp. 142, 13 Dind. Lex. rhet. 244, 8 B. Συν. (243, 13 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Hesych. Phot. it. Suid. it. ἔφεσις Et. M. 401, 50 sch. Luc. Prom. 4 4 διαπλ- F : πλ- P. 19 haec non sunt ipsa Luciani verba. 27 〈ἡ〉 αὐτὴ K : αὕτη.

‘οὐδέ τι κῶας αὐτόματον δώσει τις ἑλὼν ϑεὸς εὐξαμένοισιν.’

'οὐδέ τι κῶας αὐτόματον δώσει τις ἑλὼν θεὸς εὐξαμένοισιν.'

b. 〈φάος:〉 ζωή. Sm

b. 〈φάος:〉 life. Sm

335. ὀνήϊστον: ὠφελιμώτατον πονεῖτε καὶ πράττετε. λέγει δὲ τὸ κωπηλατεῖν.

335. ὀνήϊστον: most beneficial, you toil and act. He means rowing.

336. πρὶν δ’ οὔτι ϑεούς: πρὸ δὲ τοῦ εἰς τὸν πορϑμὸν ἐλϑεῖν οὐ κωλύω ὑμᾶς τοὺς ϑεοὺς ἐπικαλεῖσϑαι βοηϑούς.

336. πρὶν δ’ οὔτι θεούς: before coming to the strait, I do not prevent you from calling upon the gods as helpers.

341. ὦ μέλεοι: τοῦτο φησιν ὡς τῶν ἡρώων μέγα φρονούντων ἐπὶ τῇ κατασκευῇ τῆς Ἀργοῦς διά τε τὸ τῶν ξύλων μέγεϑος καὶ τὴν κατασκευάσασαν Ἀϑηνᾶς τέχνην.

341. ὦ μέλεοι: he says this because the heroes were proud of the construction of the Argo, both because of the size of the timbers and the skill of Athena who built it.

342—44 a. εἰ κέ με τρὶς τόσσον: διὰ τούτου μάλιστα, ὥσπερ ἐκ ϑεῶν τὸ κώλυμα τῆς ὁδοῦ λέγων εἶναι, πείϑει αὐτοὺς ἐπαναχωρεῖν, ἐάν τι φαῦλον συμβῇ τῇ ὄρνιϑι. τοῦτο δέ φησιν, ἐπεὶ τοὺς παρὰ τῶν ἀδίκων λόγους ὡς ἀπίστους καὶ ἀπληρώτους λαμβάνομεν διὰ τὸ ἀσεβὲς αὐτῶν. φησὶν οὖν· εἰ καὶ τρὶς τοσοῦτον ἢ καὶ πλέον ὑπονοεῖτέ με μισεῖσϑαι ὑπὸ τῶν ϑεῶν ὅσον ἀληϑῶς μισοῦμαι, μὴ τολμήσητε χωρὶς οἰωνοῦ περᾶν.

342-44a. "If me thrice as much": through this especially, as if saying that the hindrance of the journey is from the gods, he persuades them to turn back if anything bad happens to the bird. He says this because we receive the words of the unjust as untrustworthy and unfulfilled on account of their impiety. He says therefore: even if you suspect that I am hated by the gods three times as much or even more than I truly am hated, do not dare to cross without an omen.

b. τὸ δὲ ἀνάρσιος σημαίνει μὲν τὸν ἀνάρμοστον, σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὸν ἐχϑρόν· οἱ γὰρ ἐχϑροὶ ἀλλήλοις οὐ συμβαίνουσι. P

b. "Anarsios" means "inharmonious", but it also means "hostile"; for enemies do not agree with one another. P

c. τὸ δὲ πάρεξ βαρυτόνως ἀντὶ τοῦ χωρίς.

c. "Parex" with barytone accent is used instead of "chōris" (apart from).

345. καὶ τὰ μὲν ὥς κε πέλ〈ῃ〉: καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως ἂν γένοιτο, καϑὼς καὶ ἔσται καὶ εἵμαρται. L

345. "And these things, however they may turn out": and these things would happen thus, just as it will be and is fated. L

346. σύνδρομα πετράων: τὴν σύνοδον. διὰ δὲ τούτου πάλιν αἰνίττεται μάλλον, ὡς οὐ ῥᾳδία αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ ἀκίνδυνος ἡ ἔξοδος.

346. "The meeting of the rocks": the collision. Through this again he hints rather that their exit is not easy nor without danger.

347—49 a. αὐτίκα Βιϑ〈υνῶν〉: μετὰ γὰρ τὴν Φινέως νῆσον ἐπὶ τὰ δεξιὰ μέρη ἐστὶ Βιϑυνία παρὰ τὸν Βόσπορον. ταχέως ἄρα ἐκ- πλεύσαντι τὸ στόμα τοῦ Πόντου ἡ ἑτέρα πλευρὰ τῆς Βιϑυνίας· ἡ γὰρ Βιϑυνία, ὡς προείρηται, περὶ τὸν Βόσπορόν ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ

347-49a. "Straightaway of the Bithynians": for after the island of Phineus, on the right-hand parts is Bithynia along the Bosporus. So for one sailing out quickly, the other side of the mouth of the Pontus is Bithynia; for Bithynia, as has been said, is around the Bosporus on the right, and on the left

20 Herodian. I 510, 9. II 931, 32 L. Hesych. πάρεξ — Epim. Hom. (Cram. An. Ox. I 379, 10) Et. M. 652, 40 Et. Gud. 453, 46 Sturz Eust. 732, 39 4 ὠφελιμώτατον W : -ώτερον 11 καί pro κέ Brunck in verbis poetae 17 περᾶν W 27 : ποιεῖν L : παρελϑεῖν F : προϊέναι K : 〈τὸν πλοῦν〉 ποιεῖν Castiglioni Riv. di fil. 61, 1933, 218 : tota sententia deest in P 20 verba, quae in libris scholio 341 adhaerent, huc rettulit Fr. 22 γένοιτο Wil. ad l. : γένηται ἔσται W : ἔστι 26 ἄρα K : γὰρ L : om. P

δὲ Σαλμυδησσὸς Θρᾳκῶν ἀγρίων. ὠνομάσϑη δὲ Σαλμυδησσὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ συρρέοντος εἰς αὐτὸν ποταμοῦ.

is Salmydessus of the wild Thracians. Salmydessus was named from the river that flows into it.

b. πλώετε ῥηγμῖνας: ἐχόμενοι τῆς Βιϑυνίας πλεῖτε πρὸς τὰ δεξιά, φυλαττόμενοι τὰς ἐκ τοῦ ἀριστεροῦ μέρους ῥηγμῖνας — λέγοι δ’ ἂν τοῦ Σαλμυδησσοῦ, ἐπειδὴ οἱ περὶ τὸν Σαλμυδησσὸν κατοικοῦντες Θρᾷκες ἐπιτιϑέμενοι διήρπαζον τοὺς παραπλέοντας.

b. "You sail along the breakers": keeping to Bithynia, sail to the right, guarding against the breakers on the left side — he would mean those of Salmydessus, since the Thracians dwelling around Salmydessus used to attack and plunder those sailing past.

c. Ῥήβας δὲ ποταμὸς Βιϑυνίας.

c. Rhebas is a river of Bithynia.

d. Μέλαιναν: ἄκρα οὕτως καλουμένη. Lg (P)

d. Melaina: a headland so called. Lg (P)

351—52 a. κεῖϑεν δ’ οὐ μάλα: ἐκ τῆς Θυνιάδος νήσου πλεύ- σαντες οὐ πολὺ ἐπὶ τὸ πέραν εἰς τὴν Μαριανδυνῶν ἥξετε γῆν. τὴν δὲ Μαριανδυνῶν 〈γήν〉 σὺν Γνησιόχῳ τῷ Μεγαρεῖ Βοιωτοὶ κατέσχον, ὡς Ἔφορος (70 fg 44 b J.) ἱστορεῖ. παραρρεῖ δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ Ἀχέρων ποταμός. Ἀχέρων δὲ παρὰ τὰ ἄχεα εἴρηται.

351-52a. "From there not far": sailing from the island of Thynias, you will come not far across to the land of the Mariandyni. The Boeotians occupied the land of the Mariandyni with Gnesiochus the Megarian, as Ephorus (70 FGrH 44b J.) relates. The river Acheron flows past it. Acheron is named from "achea" (griefs).

b. τὸ δὲ ἀντιπέραιαν πρὸς τὴν νῆσον· ἀντιπέραν γὰρ τῆς νήσου κεῖται ἡ Μαριανδυνία. P

b. "Antiperaian" means opposite the island; for the Mariandynian land lies opposite the island. P

353—56 a. ἔνϑα μὲν εἰς Ἀίδα〈ο〉: κατά τὸν ἐν τῇ Μαριαν- δυνίᾳ Ἀχέροντα ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Ἅιδου ποταμὸν καταβατή τις ἔστιν ὁδός. ὁ δὲ ῥεῖϑρα σφοδρὰ ἔχων διατέμνει αὐτήν — τὴν Μαριανδυνίαν —, κάτωϑεν ῥέων, καὶ εἰς 〈ἄκραν αὐτὴν〉 ἔκ τινος φάραγγος ῥέων τὰ ῥεύματα εἰσβάλλει.

353-56a. "There into Hades": along the Acheron in Mariandynia there is a certain descending road as if to the river of Hades. Having violent streams, it cuts through it — Mariandynia —, flowing from below, and flowing from a certain ravine it casts its streams into the headland.

b. ἀκτή τε προβλής: ἄκρα κατὰ τὴν Ἡράκλειαν, ἣν Ἀχερούσιον

b. "And a projecting headland": a headland at Heraclea, which they call Acherusian

1 Et. M. 707, 52 Tzetz. Lyc. 364, 16 Sch. 5 Xen. An. VII 5, 13 Diod. XIV 37, 3 7 Et. Gen. (AB) Ῥήβας: II 349. ποταμὸς πλωτὸς Βιϑυνίας, παρ’ ᾧ ἀκτή ἐστιν Μέλαινα καλουμένη. Θυνιὰς νῆσος Βιϑυνίας. ib. (A) Μέλεον: . . . II 349. ποταμὸς (Reitzenstein, ποτὲ A) πλωτὸς (W, πλησίον A) τῆς Βιϑυνίας, παρ’ ᾧ ἀκτή ἐστι Μέλαινα. — quae olim pertinuisse videntur ad glossam Μέλαινα Et. M. 377, 2 10 sch. 844/47 a cum loc. sim. 21 sch. 2 fortasse διαρρέοντος αὐτὸν 7 sch. c in L scholio a post ἀγρίων insertum est, cf. W 49 ποταμὸς Βιϑυνίας Lg 8 καλουμένη K : -ουμένη L : aliter P 10 ἐπὶ τὸ W : ἐκ τοῦ L : om. P 11 add. F 12 Ἔφορος M. Marx Eph. Cum. 1817, 6 coll. sch. 844/47 a : Εὐφορίων (fg 90 Scheidw.). traditum defendit Meineke Anal. Alex. 1843, 151 16 κατὰ τὸν K : κατὰ τὴν L : aliter P : κατὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ Μ. 〈Ἡράκλειαν〉 K in adn. 17 Ἀχέροντα, quod post ποταμὸν legitur, huc trai. W 18 desideratur τὴν Ἀχερουσίαν ἄκραν —, κάτωϑε ῥέων, καὶ εἰς ϑάλασσαν ἔκ τινος φ. τὰ ῥ. εἰσβ., cf. sch. d 21 Ἀχερούσιον L : -ουσίαδα P

καλοῦσιν οἱ ἐγχώριοι. Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 31 J.) δὲ καὶ Εὐφορίων ἐν τῷ Ξενίῳ (fg 35 Scheidw.) ἐκείνῃ φασὶ τὸν Κέρβερον ἀνήχϑαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους καὶ ἐμέσαι χολήν, ἐξ ἧς φυῆναι τὸ καλούμενον ἀκόνιτον φάρμακον. Ἄνδρων δὲ ὁ Τήιος ἐν τῷ Περίπλῳ (fg 1 M. II 348) φησὶν Ἀχέροντά τινα βασιλεῦσαι τῶν τόπων, οὗ ϑυγατέρα γενέσϑαι Δαρδανίδα· ταύτην δὲ Ἡρακλέους πλησιάσαντος ἐσχηκέναι υἱὸν Ποιμένα λεγόμενον· ἀποϑανόντων δὲ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον τῆς τε Δαρδανίδος καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτῆς Ποιμένος, τοὺς τόπους ἀπ’ αὐτῶν κληϑῆναι κατὰ τὴν Ἡράκλειαν Δαρδανίδα τε καὶ Ποιμένα.

the locals call it. But Herodorus (31 fr. 31 J.) and Euphorion in the Xenios (fr. 35 Scheidw.) say that Cerberus was brought up there by Heracles and vomited bile, from which grew the plant called aconite. Andron of Teos in the Periplus (fr. 1 M. II 348) says that a certain Acheron ruled over the region, whose daughter was Dardanis; when Heracles had intercourse with her, she had a son called Poimen; and when Dardanis and her son Poimen died at the same time, the places were named after them, Dardanis and Poimen, in the territory of Heraclea.

c. ὑψόϑι δὲ τείνειν αὐτήν φησι, τουτέστι ὑψηλή ἐστιν. P

c. He says it stretches on high, that is, it is lofty. P

d. δινήεις τ’ Ἀχέρων: καὶ ὁ Ἀχέρων ποταμὸς εἰς ϑάλασσαν ῥεῖ διὰ μεγάλης φάραγγος, τέμνων τὴν Ἀχερουσίαν ἄκραν. παρὰ γὰρ τὴν Ἡράκλειαν τὴν ἐν Μαριανδυνοῖς Ἀχέρων τις ἔστι 〈ποταμὸς〉 καὶ στόμιον σπηλῶδες. φάραγγος δὲ τῆς τοῦ ὄρους τραχύτητος καὶ ὀρεινῆς κοιλάδος· φάραγξ γὰρ ἡ ὀρεινὴ κοιλάς.

d. And eddying Acheron: the river Acheron flows into the sea through a great ravine, cutting through the Acherusian headland. For near Heraclea in the land of the Mariandyni there is a river Acheron and a cavernous mouth. 'Ravine' means the ruggedness of the mountain and a mountain hollow; for a ravine is a mountain hollow.

357—59 a. ἀγχίμολον δ’ ἐπὶ τῇ: ἐπὶ τῇ Μαριανδυνῶν χώρᾳ. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ Μαριανδυνῶν γῇ ἐκ τοῦ σύνεγγυς παραπλέετε τὰ τῶν Παφλαγόνων ὄρη.

357-59a. Near to it: to the land of the Mariandyni. The order is: close by the land of the Mariandyni you sail past the mountains of the Paphlagonians.

b. κολωνούς: ὄρη. Lg (P)

b. Hills: mountains. Lg (P)

c. τοῖσίν τ’ Ἐνετή〈ιος〉: ἀπὸ Ἐνέτης πόλεως Παφλαγόνων. Ὅμηρος (B 852)· ‘ἐξ Ἐνετῶν, ὅϑεν ἡμιόνων γένος’. τούτους δὲ Καύκωνας

c. And to them Enetian: from Enete, a city of the Paphlagonians. Homer (B 852): 'from the Eneti, whence the race of mules'. These they called Caucones

729/35 a Et. Gen. (AB) Ἀχερουσιάς: ἔστι λίμνη (immo ἀκτὴ) πλησίον Ἡρακλείας Πόντου. Ἀχέρων δὲ ποταμὸς ἐν Ἅιδου. II 353—354. 2 Anon. Περὶ ἰοβόλων καὶ δηλητηρίων φαρμάκων (Rh. Mus. 28, 1873, 283) Nic. Al. 13 sq. cum sch. Ov. Met. VII 408—419 Plin. Nat. hist. XXVII 4 Serv. Verg. Georg. II 152 Dion. Per. 788—792 cum sch. Pomp. Mel. I 103 20 Et. Gen. (AB) [Ἐνετοί del. W] Ἐνετήιος: [παρὰ Παφλαγόσι (B, -γόνες A) hoc loco del. W] II 358—359. παρὰ Παφλαγόσι (W, περὶ Παφλαγόνων AB) δοκεῖ πρῶτα Πέλοψ κατῳκηκέναι. ὅϑεν καὶ Ἐνετήιον αὐτὸν εἶπεν· Ἐνετοὶ γὰρ οἱ Παφλαγόνες. οἱ 〈δὲ〉 Λυδόν (W, οἱ Λυδοί AB). ib. (A) Ἐνετοί: οἱ Παφλαγόνες· 6 ταύτην δὲ Ἡρακλέους πλησιάσαντος W : ταύτῃ δὲ -έα -τα 12 γὰρ W : δὲ 13 Ἀχέρων τις Α : Ἀχεροντίς L : aliter P add. W 14 σπηλώδες Schaefer : επιλ- P : πηλ- L 20 τοῖσιν — Παφλαγόνων L : ἔνϑα ὁ Ἐνετήιος Πέλοψ ἢ ὁ μενεδήιος (lectio vulgata) ἐβασίλευσε· μενεδήιος μὲν οὖν ὁ ἐμμενετικὸς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ λέγεται (v. sch. 114 b), Ἐνετήιος δὲ ὁ ἐξ Ἐνέτης πόλεως P. cf. W 42

ἐκάλουν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν. τὸν δὲ Πέλοπα Παφλαγόνα τὸ γένος εἶπεν, ἄλλοι δὲ Λυδὸν αὐτὸν ἱστοροῦσιν· ὁ δὲ Εὐφορίων (fg 135 Scheidw.) ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς δόξαις συντίϑεται.

before the Trojan War. He said Pelops was Paphlagonian by birth, but others record that he was Lydian; Euphorion (fr. 135 Scheidw.) agrees with both opinions.

d. 〈μενεδήϊος:〉 γράφεται Ἐνετήιος. Lg Gm

d. 〈steadfast in battle:〉 it is written Enetian. Lg Gm

e. τὸ δὲ τοῦ καί περ ἀφ’ αἵματος εὐχετόωνται περισσὸν ἔχει τὸν περ· ἀπὸ τοῦ Πέλοπος γὰρ ἔλεγον κατάγεσϑαι οἱ Παφλαγόνες. P

e. The phrase 'and although they boast to be of his blood' has the 'per' as redundant; for the Paphlagonians said they were descended from Pelops. P

360—63 a. ἔστι δέ τις ἄκρη Ἑλ〈ίκης〉: ὅτι ἡ Κάραμβις ἄκρα ὑψηλή τε καὶ καταρρὼξ τῆς Παφλαγονίας καὶ εἰς τὸ πέλαγος τείνει πρὸς ἄρκτον, μνημονεύει καὶ Ἔφορος ἐν δ' (70 fg 41 J.). ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἔστι δέ τις ἄκρα καὶ ἐξοχὴ ὑψηλὴ εἰς τὸ πέλαγος τείνουσα, κατεναντίον τῆς Ἑλίκης Ἄρκτου κειμένη, ὑφ’ ἧς καὶ αἱ τοῦ Βορέου ἄελλαι περισχίζονται, τουτέστιν αἱ πνοαί. ἔστι δὲ ὑπέρβατον, καὶ ἡ ὑπὲρ ἀντὶ τῆς ὑπό· ὑφ’ ἧς καὶ αἱ τοῦ Βορέου πνοαὶ σχίζονται.

360-63a. There is a headland of Helice: that the Carambis headland is high and precipitous in Paphlagonia and stretches into the sea toward the north, Ephorus also mentions in book 4 (70 fr. 41 J.). The sense: there is a headland and high projection stretching into the sea, lying opposite the Bear of Helice, by which the blasts of Boreas are split, that is, the winds. It is a hyperbaton, and 'hypo' is used for 'hyper': by which the blasts of Boreas are split.

b. ἴσως δὲ βέλτιον λαμβάνειν τὴν ὑπὲρ 〈ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπάνω· ὑπὲρ〉 τῆς Καράμβιδος καὶ αἱ πνοαὶ τοῦ Βορέου σχίζονται ἤτοι διαλύονται. εἰ γὰρ ἐν ταῖς κορυφαῖς τῶν ὑψηλῶν ὀρέων νηνεμία ἐστίν, ὡς οἱ φυσιολόγοι ἀξιοῦσι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑπὲρ ἐκείνας. διὸ καὶ ἐπάγει· οὕτως ἀνὰ τὸ πέλαγος τετραμμένη τῷ αἰϑέρι κύρει καὶ προσπελάζει. P

b. Perhaps it is better to take 'hyper' as 'above': above Carambis the blasts of Boreas are split or dispersed. For if on the peaks of high mountains there is calm, as the natural philosophers claim, much more so above them. Therefore he adds: so turned toward the sea it reaches and approaches the aether. P

c. 〈αἰϑέρι κύρει:〉 ἡ Κάραμβις τῷ αἰϑέρι προσεγγίζει. Lg

c. 〈reaches the aether:〉 Carambis approaches the aether. Lg

364. 〈τὴν δὲ περιγνάμψαντι:〉 τὴν Κάραμβιν δηλονότι κάμψαντι. Lg

364. 〈Rounding it:〉 clearly rounding Carambis. Lg

366 a. Ἅλυος ποταμοῖο: Ἅλυς ποταμὸς Παφλαγονίας, ὃν

366a. Of the river Halys: the Halys is a river of Paphlagonia, which

1 sch. Pind. Ol. I 37 a Diod. IV 74, 1 sch. Lyc. 150 Athen. XIV 625 e 22 Et. Gen. (AB, it. in Et. Gud. 99, 16 De Stef.) Ἅλυς: οἷον II 366—367 (οἷον cum verbis poetae om. Gud.). Ἅλυς ποταμὸς Παφλαγονίας (π. Π. om. B, π. ἐν Π-ίᾳ Gud.) κατά Σινώπην, χωρίζων Χάλυβας καὶ Λευκοσύρους τοὺς ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ (κατὰ — Πόντῳ Gud., om. AB). Ἶριν δὲ αὐτὸν λέγει Καλλίμαχος (fg 324 Schn., Ἶρ. — Καλλ. om. B)· ἔστι δὲ μεταξὺ Σινωπέων καὶ Ἀμισέων (ἔστι — Ἀμ. Gud., om. AB). εἴρηται δὲ Ἅλυς οἱονεὶ ἄλης τις ὢν καὶ πλανήτης, πολλὴν γὰρ διοδεύει γῆν· τροπῇ τοῦ η εἰς τὸ υ ὡς τηρὸς τυρός (τ. τ. om. Gud.), ἁλμηρὸς ἁλμυρός (ἁ. ἁ. om. A). οὕτως Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά (οὕτως κτλ. om. Gud.). Et. Or. 147, 14. 153, 1 Et. M. 69, 18. 772, 5 Et. Gud. 97, 5. 230, 6 De Stef. cf. W 73 6 ἐλέγοντο F 8 καταρρὼξ K : -ως L : om. P 10 ἄκρα καὶ ἐξ. W : ἐξ. καὶ ἄ. L : om. P 14 suppl. F 18 κύρει F : κινεῖ P

φυλάττεσϑαι ὁ Πύϑιος τῷ Λυδῶν βασιλεῖ Κροίσῳ εἶπεν (96 Hendess Orac. gr. 1877, 61)· ‘Κροῖσος Ἅλυν διαβὰς μεγάλην ἀρχὴν καταλύσει.’ ἔστι δὲ μεταξὺ Σύρων τῶν ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ καὶ Παφλαγόνων εἰς τὸν Πόντον ἐκδιδούς.

The Pythian god told Croesus, king of the Lydians, to beware (96 Hendess Orac. gr. 1877, 61): 'Croesus, by crossing the Halys, will destroy a great empire.' It is between the Syrians in Pontus and the Paphlagonians, discharging into the Pontus.

b. Ἅλυος: ποταμὸς Παφλαγονίας περὶ Σινώπην ἐκβάλλων. Lg (P)

b. Halys: a river of Paphlagonia, flowing out near Sinope. Lg (P)

367—68 a. ἐρεύγονται: ἠχοῦσι, ῥέουσι μετὰ ἤχου. Lg (P)

367-68a. They roar: they resound, they flow with a sound. Lg (P)

b. μετὰ τόν δ’ ἀγχίρρ〈ο〉ος Ἶρις: μετὰ δὲ τὸν Ἅλυν πλησίον ῥεῖ ὁ Ἶρις, ἐλάττων ὢν τοῦ Ἅλυος κατὰ τὸ μέγεϑος. λευκῇσι δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ καϑαραῖς.

b. And after it the swift-flowing Iris: after the Halys the Iris flows nearby, being smaller than the Halys in size. 'With white' instead of 'with pure'.

c. 〈Ἶρις:〉 ποταμὸς Παφλαγονίας. Lg

c. Iris: a river of Paphlagonia. Lg

369—72 a. κεῖϑεν δὲ προτ〈έρωσε〉: ἐκεῖϑεν δὲ προελϑοῦσιν ἀκτήν τινα εἶναί φησιν ἐκκειμένην εἰς ϑάλασσαν· κάμψαντι δὲ αὐτὴν κόλπον εἶναι, εἰς ὃν καταφέρεσϑαί φησι τὸν Θερμώδοντα ὑπὸ τὴν Θεμισκύρειον ἄκραν, ἔνϑα ᾤκησαν αἱ Ἀμαζόνες.

369-72a. And from there forward: from there, he says, as they proceed, there is a certain headland jutting out into the sea; and after rounding it, there is a gulf, into which he says the Thermodon flows down under the Themiscyrean headland, where the Amazons lived.

b. ὑπείροχος: ὑπερέχων, ὑψηλός. Lg (P)

b. Prominent: projecting, high. Lg (P)

c. 〈Θερμώδοντος:〉 ποταμὸς Παφλαγόνων. Lg

c. Thermodon: a river of the Paphlagonians. Lg

d. μύρεται: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκρεῖ. συναπτέον δὲ οὕτω· τὸ στόμα Θερμώδοντος κόλπῳ μύρεται. διαειμένος δὲ κατὰ ἀντιστροφὴν διαφερόμενος, μεϑ’ ὁρμῆς ῥέων, οἷον· διὰ πολλῆς γῆς ῥέων ὁ ποταμὸς ὁ Θερμώδων κατὰ τὴν Θεμισκύρειον ἄκραν εἰς κόλπον εὐδινὸν ἐκρέει.

d. It flows: instead of 'it streams out'. It should be construed thus: the mouth of the Thermodon flows into a gulf. 'Divided' by antistrophe means 'scattered', 'flowing with force', as if: the river Thermodon, flowing through much land, streams out into a deep-eddying gulf at the Themiscyrean headland.

373—76 a. ἔνϑα δὲ Δοίαντος πεδ〈ίον〉: Δοίας καὶ Ἄκμων ἀδελφοί· τίνος δὲ πατρός, οὐ φέρεται, ὡς φησι Φερεκύδης (3 fg 15 b J.).

373-76a. And there the plain of Doeas: Doeas and Acmon were brothers; but of what father, it is not recorded, as Pherecydes says (3 fg 15 b J.).

1 Arist. Rhet. III 5, 1407 a 38 Diod. IX 31, 1 sch. Soph. Trach. 1 Eus. Praep. ev. V 20 Suid. Κροῖσος 14 Et. Gen. (AB) Θεμισκύρειον: οἷον II 370—372. Ἀπολλώνιος. Θερμώδων ποταμός ἐστι παραρρέων τὴν Ἀμαζόνων χώραν· ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἕτερος Βοιωτίας. τρεῖς δὲ πόλεις εἰσίν, ἔνϑα κατῴκουν αἱ Ἀμαζόνες· ἡ μὲν Λυκάστεια, ἡ δὲ Θεμίσκυρα (-κύρεια B, corr. W), ἡ δὲ Χαλίσεια (A, -ίστεια B), ὅϑεν καὶ αἱ Ἀμαζόνες (ἡ μὲν — Ἀμ. hic om. A in fine addens καὶ Χαλίσεια καὶ Λυκάστεια), οἷον II 995. Steph. Byz. Θεμίσκυρα. Χαδισία. Χαλιεία 22 sch. 988 cum loc. sim. Steph. Byz. Δοίαντος πεδίον Φρυγίας. Ἄκμονα γὰρ καὶ Δοίαντά φασιν ἀδελφούς, ἀφ’ ὧν τὸ Δοιάντιον 〈πεδίον add. W〉 καὶ Ἀκμόνιον ἄλσος (Jacoby, ἄλεη codd.). cf. W 91 12 προελϑοῦσιν H : προσ- L : om. P 18 ῥεῖ Lg οὕτω K : αὐτῷ L : om. P 21 εὐδιινόν F, unde εὐδιεινόν Steph. 22 Ἄκμων Holstenius ap. Hoelzlin. 366 : Ἄλκμων

πλησίον δέ, φησί, τοῦ Δοίαντος πεδίου εἰσὶ τρεῖς πόλεις, ἔνϑα κατῴκουν αἱ Ἀμαζόνες, Λυκαστία, Θεμίσκυρα καὶ Χαδηςία. οἱ δὲ Χάλυβες ἔϑνος Σκυϑικόν μετὰ τὸν Θερμώδοντα, οἳ μέταλλα σιδήρου εὑρόντες μοχϑοῦσι περὶ τὴν ἐργασίαν. ἐκλήϑησαν δὲ Χάλυβες ἀπὸ Χάλυβος τοῦ Ἄρεως υἱοῦ. μέμνηται αὐτῶν καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fg 35c Schn. = Pap. Soc. Ital. 1092, 48 sq.)· ‘Χαλύβων ὡς ἀπόλοιτο γένος, γειόϑεν ἀντέλλοντα κακὸν φυτὸν οἵ μιν ἔφηναν.’

Near the plain of Doeas, he says, there are three cities where the Amazons dwelt: Lycastia, Themiscyra, and Chadesia. The Chalybes are a Scythian people beyond the Thermodon, who discovered iron mines and toil at the working of them. They were called Chalybes from Chalybs, son of Ares. Callimachus also mentions them (fg 35c Schn. = Pap. Soc. Ital. 1092, 48 sq.): 'May the race of the Chalybes perish, who revealed the evil plant springing from the earth.'

b. σμυγερώτατοι: ἐπιπονέστατοι. Lg P

b. Most wretched: most toilsome. Lg P

c. 〈ἐργατίναι:〉 μοχϑηροί. Lg

c. Workers: toilers. Lg

377—80. Γενηταίην ὑπὲρ ἄκρην: Γενηταία ἄκρα, κυρίως οὕτω λεγομένη ἀπὸ Γένητος ποταμοῦ, ἔνϑα Διὸς Ξενίου ἱερόν ἐστι. καὶ Τιβαρηνοὶ ἔϑνος Σκυϑικόν πλησιόχωρον Χαλύβων. Μοσσύνοικοι δὲ ἔϑνος καὶ αὐτὸ 〈Σκυϑικόν〉, ἀπὸ τῆς διαγωγῆς τὴν προση-γορίαν ἐσχηκός. μόσσυνοι γὰρ οἱ ξύλινοι οἶκοι λέγονται, οἷς [καὶ αὐτοὶ] ἐχρῶντο· ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸς αἰνιττόμενος ὑλήεσσαν γῆν αὐτοὺς οἰκεῖν ἔφη. ἀπὸ γοῦν τοῦ μόσσυνος, ὃ λέγεται ὁ ξύλινος οἶκος, ἐκλήϑησαν Μοσσύνοικοι.

377-80. Beyond the Genetaean headland: the Genetaean headland, properly so called from the river Genetos, where there is a sanctuary of Zeus Xenios. And the Tibareni are a Scythian people neighboring the Chalybes. The Mossynoeci are also a Scythian people, having acquired their name from their way of life. For 'mossyni' are called wooden houses, which they used; and he himself, hinting at this, said that they inhabit a wooded land. At any rate, from 'mossyn', which means a wooden house, they were called Mossynoeci.

[382]. κάλινα: ξύλινα. Lg (P)

[382]. Wooden: of wood. Lg (P)

382—85 a. λισσῇ ἐπικέλσετε νήσῳ: τῇ τραχείᾳ καὶ ὑψηλῇ. ἡ δὲ νῆσος καλεῖται Ἀρητιάς. ἐν δὲ ταύτῃ τῇ νήσῳ αἱ Στυμφαλίδες ἦσαν ὄρνιϑες, ἀπὸ Στυμφάλου τῆς Ἀρκαδίας πόλεως ὑπὸ Ἡρακλέους διωχϑεῖσαι. ἐν ταύτῃ οὖν τῇ νήσῳ, φησί, παντοίᾳ σπουδῇ κατάχϑητε· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐπιφανήσεταί τις ὠφέλεια.

382-85a. You will land on a smooth island: on the rugged and lofty one. The island is called Aretias. On this island were the Stymphalian birds, driven from Stymphalus, a city of Arcadia, by Heracles. On this island, then, he says, land with all haste; for there some benefit will appear to you.

1 v. ad sch. 369/72 a 2 sch. I 1321/23 b. II 1005/06 a 9 sch. 244 a. IV 380 11 Steph. Byz. Γενήτης: λιμὴν καὶ ποταμός. Ἀπολλώνιος ἄκραν Γενηταίαν φησί. Σοφοκλῆς (immo Σοφόκλειος) ποταμὸν Γένητά φησιν. ἔστιν οὖν ἐκ τῆς Γένητος γενικῆς Γενηταῖος καὶ Γενηταία ἄκρα. . . cf. W 91 15 Xen. An. V 4, 26 Hesych. μόσσυν. μόσσυνες Phot. Suid. μόσσυνες Et. M. 591, 33 Et. Gud. 322, 19 Sturz 21 Hyg. Fab. 30 (64, 12 Schm.) Serv. Verg. Aen. VIII 299 2 Χαδηςία Holstenius : Χαλυβία L : Χαλκοβία P 9 ἐ-τατοι P Ag : -τεροι L 13 πλ-ον W : πλ-οι L : om. P 14 suppl. W 15 del. W 16 hunc interpretem versus [382] et [383] ignorasse patet; cf. W 58 21 Ἀρητιάς (P) : Ἀρκτιάς L

λισσὴ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁμαλή. Ἀμερίας δὲ ἐν Γλώσσαις λισσὸν τὸ ὑψηλὸν ἀποδίδωσιν. ὅτι δὲ ἡ νῆσος αὕτη ὄρνιϑας ἔχει τοξευούσας τοῖς πτεροῖς ὡς βέλεσιν, ἱστορεῖ καὶ Εὐριπίδης ἐν Φρίξῳ (fg 838 N.²).

λισσὴ instead of ὁμαλή (smooth). But Amerias in his Glossai renders λισσόν as 'high'. That this island has birds that shoot with their feathers as with arrows is also recorded by Euripides in Phrixus (fr. 838 N.²).

b. 〈ἀπειρέσιοι:〉 πολλοί. Lg

b. 〈ἀπειρέσιοι:〉 many. Lg

c. ἐφέπουσιν: διατρίβουσιν. Lg P

c. ἐφέπουσιν: they pass time, they occupy themselves. Lg P

387 a. Ὀτρηρὴ καὶ Ἀντιόπη: Ἀμαζόνων αὗται βασίλειαι.

387a. Otirere and Antiope: these are queens of the Amazons.

b. 〈στρατόωντο: . . .〉 ποίαν δὲ στρατιάν, οὐδεὶς ἐδήλωσεν.

b. 〈στρατόωντο: . . .〉 what army, no one has explained.

388—91 a. ἔνϑα γὰρ ὕμμιν: ἐνταῦϑα γάρ, ἐν τῇ Ἀρητιάδι νήσῳ, ὑμῖν ὄφελος ἐκ τῆς ϑαλάσσης ἥξει ἄρρητον, δηλονότι διὰ τὸ ναυάγιον. λέγει δὲ τοὺς Φρίξου καὶ Χαλκιόπης τῆς Αἰήτου ϑυγατρὸς παῖδας, οἵτινες ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα στελλόμενοι διὰ τὸν Ἀϑάμαντος κλῆρον, ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ νήσῳ ναυαγήσαντές ἔτυχον ἐπιμελείας παρὰ τῶν ἡρώων καὶ ὁδηγοὶ αὐτοῖς εἰς τὴν Σκυϑίαν ἐγένοντο. εἰσὶ δὲ οὗτοι Ἄργος, Μέλας, Κυτίσωρος, Φρόντις.

388-91a. For there for you: for there, on the island of Ares, an unspeakable benefit will come to you from the sea, clearly through the shipwreck. He means the sons of Phrixus and Chalciope, daughter of Aeetes, who, when they were sailing to Greece because of the inheritance of Athamas, were shipwrecked on this island and happened to receive care from the heroes and became guides for them to Scythia. These are Argus, Melas, Cytisorus, Phrontis.

b. 〈ἀδευκέος:〉 τῆς ἀπροσδοκήτου, ἀντὶ τοῦ τῆς παρ’ ἐλπίδας ὑμῖν φανείσης. Lm

b. 〈ἀδευκέος:〉 of the unexpected, instead of 'of the one appearing to you beyond hope'. Lm

c. ἀδευκῆ δὲ φησι τὴν ϑάλασσαν, ἤγουν πικράν· δεῦκος γὰρ τὸ γλυκύ. ἄρρητον δὲ φησι τὸ ὄνειαρ διὰ τὸ ἀπροσδόκητον τοῦ ναυαγίου. P

c. He calls the sea ἀδευκῆ, that is, bitter; for δεῦκος means sweet. He calls the benefit unspeakable because of the unexpectedness of the shipwreck. P

d. τῷ κέ τε φίλα φρο〈νέων〉: διό, ἐπεὶ ὠφελήσει ὑμᾶς, εὐνοῶν ὑμῖν κελεύω κατέχειν.

d. τῷ κέ τε φίλα φρο〈νέων〉: therefore, since he will benefit you, being well-disposed to you I bid you to hold back.

e. 〈ἀλλὰ τίη με:〉 ταῦτά φησιν, ἐπεὶ ἔλαϑεν ἑαυτὸν τὰ πάντα μέλλων λέγειν — τίνες τε εἴησαν οἱ συντευξόμενοι καὶ ὅπερ αὐτοῖς ποιήσουσιν — καὶ παρεκβαίνειν τῶν προαπαγγελϑέντων αὐτῷ· ἔφη

e. 〈ἀλλὰ τίη με:〉 he says this because he did not notice that he was about to say everything—who the people they would meet were and what they would do for them—and to go beyond what had been foretold to him; for he had said

1 Et. Gen. (AB) λισσή: II 382. λισσὸν τὸ ὁμαλὸν παρὰ τὸ λίαν ἴσον. Ἀμερίας δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὑψηλοῦ αὐτὸ λαμβάνει. αὕτη δὲ ἡ νῆσος ὄρνιϑας ἔχει τοξευούσας τοῖς πτεροῖς ὡς βέλεσιν, τὰς καλουμένας Στυμφαλίδας (B, Στυφελ- A). ἡ δὲ νῆσος καλεῖται Ἀρητιάς (B, Ἄρηα A), ἐπειδὴ ἐν αὐτῇ ἐπιφανέστατον ἱερὸν Ἄρεως. sch. γ 293 Hesych. λισσόν Suid. λισσή 10 II 1147—56 15 sch. 267 a cum loc. sim. 17 sch. I 1037/38 b cum loc. sim. 7 l. praem. W 8 verba ἐν τῇ Ἀ. ν., quae in L post ὄφελος leguntur (P totam sententiam immutavit), huc transp. Fr. 20 κέ L : κέν P : καί Brunck in contextu 22 l. praem. A 24 ποιήσουσιν F : -ωσι L : om. P παρ-ειν K : -ων L : om. P

γὰρ (v. 311 sqq.) τὰ πάντα ἀκριβῶς μὴ εἰπεῖν διὰ τὸ μὴ προσκροῦσαι τοῖς ϑεοῖς πάλιν. διὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιλαμβάνεται.

for (v. 311 sqq.) that he would not say everything precisely, so as not to offend the gods again. Therefore he checks himself.

f. 〈ἀλιτέσϑαι:〉 ἁμαρτεῖν. Lg

f. 〈ἀλιτέσϑαι:〉 to err. Lg

g. 〈διηνεκέως:〉 καθόλου. Lg

g. 〈διηνεκέως:〉 throughout, in general. Lg

392—94 a. νήσου δὲ προτέρω 〈σε〉: μετὰ δὲ τὴν νῆσον καὶ τὴν περαίαν γῆν οἰκοῦσιν οἱ Φίλυρες. ὑπεράνω δὲ τῶν Φιλύρων καὶ ἔμπροσϑέν εἰσιν οἱ Μάκρωνες, ἔϑνος Σκυϑικόν 〈ἤ〉 ἄποικον τῶν Εὐβοέων· ἡ γὰρ Εὔβοια καὶ Μάκρις ἐκαλεῖτο διὰ τὴν ϑέσιν.

392-94a. But beyond the island: after the island and the opposite mainland dwell the Philyres. Above the Philyres and in front are the Macrones, a Scythian tribe or a colony of the Euboeans; for Euboea was also called Macris because of its position.

b. νήσου δὲ προτέ〈ρωσε〉: τῆς δὲ νήσου τῆς Ἀρητιάδος ἔμπροσϑεν καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον γῆς οἰκοῦσι Φίλυρες, οἳ ἐκλήϑησαν ἀπὸ Φιλύρας τῆς Ὠκεανοῦ ϑυγατρός, γαμετῆς δὲ Κρόνου, μητρὸς δὲ Χείρωνος, ἐνταῦϑα διατριψάσης. ἢ οὕτως· μετὰ δὲ τὴν νῆσον 〈καὶ〉 τὴν περαίαν γῆν νέμονται Φίλυρες.

b. But beyond the island: in front of the island of Ares and of the land opposite dwell the Philyres, who were named after Philyra, daughter of Oceanus, wife of Cronus, and mother of Chiron, who spent time there. Or thus: after the island and the opposite mainland the Philyres dwell.

c. περιώσια: πολλά. φησὶ δὲ τοῦτο διὰ τὸ εἰς πολλὴν χώραν διεσπάρϑαι αὐτούς.

c. περιώσια: many. He says this because they are scattered over a large territory.

d. 〈φῦλα Βεχείρων κτλ.:〉 ἔϑνη Σκυϑικά. Lg P

d. 〈φῦλα Βεχείρων κτλ.:〉 Scythian tribes. Lg P

395. ἑξείης δὲ Σάπειρες 〈ἐπὶ σφίσι〉: ἐπὶ τοῖς Βεχείροις. Σάπειρες δὲ ἔϑνος Σκυϑικόν οὕτω κληϑὲν διὰ τὸ πολλὴν παρ’ αὐτοῖς γίνεσϑαι τὴν σαπφειρίνην λίϑον.

395. Next the Sapeires after them: after the Becheires. The Sapeires are a Scythian tribe so named because the sapphire stone is found in abundance among them.

396 a. 〈Βύζηρες:〉 ἔϑνος Σκυϑικόν. Lg

396a. 〈Βύζηρες:〉 a Scythian tribe. Lg

b. ὁμώλακες: ὅμουροι. ὤλακα γὰρ τὴν αὔλακα Δωρικῶς· καὶ Ὅμηρος (N 707) ‘ἱεμένω κατὰ ὦλκα’.

b. ὁμώλακες: neighbors. For ὤλαξ is the Doric form of αὖλαξ (furrow); and Homer (N 707) 'ἱεμένω κατὰ ὦλκα'.

397—98 a. ἀρήιοι: ἤτοι οἱ κατὰ φύσιν πολεμικοὶ ἢ οἱ τῷ Ἄρει φίλοι καὶ ἱεροί. Lm (P)

397-98a. ἀρήιοι: either those warlike by nature or those dear and sacred to Ares. Lm (P)

7 sch. I 1024 a cum loc. sim. 10 II 1231—41 sch. I 554 cum loc. sim. 17 Steph. Byz. Βέχειρ: ἔϑνος Σκυϑικόν, ὡς Σάπειρ κτλ. Et. Gen. (AB) Βέχειρ: εἴρηται εἰς τὸ Σάπειρες. ubi nihil de Bechiribus. 19 Et. Gen. (AB) Σάπειρες: ἡ εὐϑεῖα Σάπειρ, τὸ πληϑυντικὸν Σάπειρες. παρὰ δὲ τούτοις γίνεσϑαι (sch., γενέσϑαι AB) καὶ ὁ σάπφειρος λίϑος λέγεται. 22 Et. Gen. (AB) ὁμώλακες: II 396—397. οἷον (om. A) ὁμοαύλακες, ὅμοροι· ὤλακα γὰρ τὴν αὔλακα Δωρικῶς. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. sch. B N 707 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 170, 31 B. 2 διὸ P : om. L 7 add. W 9 sch. b post c collocatur in L 13 suppl. K 17 Σκυϑικά P : -ῶν L 18 add. W ἐπὶ τοῖς B. Lg 19 ἔϑνος Σκ. Lg? 20 σαπφειρίνην W : σαπειρίνην L : Σαπειρίτην F : Σαπειρικὴν P : Σαπφειρίτην vel -ῖτιν Schaefer Auctarium IV 11

b. ἀλλ’ ἐνὶ νηὶ πείρε〈ϑ’〉: ἀλλὰ πλεῖτε, φησίν, ἕως ἂν εἰς τὸ μυχώτατον τῆς ϑαλάσσης ἀφίκησϑε. μετὰ γὰρ τὴν Σκυϑίαν ἐστὶ τὸ τέλος τῆς ϑαλάσσης διὰ τὸ διαδέχεσϑαι τὴν Μαιώτιδα λίμνην, μεϑ’ ἣν ὁ Ἀρκτικός ἐστιν ὠκεανός. L

b. But on the ship you pierce: But sail, he says, until you reach the innermost part of the sea. For after Scythia is the end of the sea because the Maeotic lake succeeds it, after which is the Arctic ocean. L

c. ἀλλὰ πείρετε, φησίν, καὶ πλέετε, ἤγουν ἕως ἂν τῇ μυχάτῃ καὶ ἐσχάτῃ ϑαλάσσῃ ἐγχρίμψητε, δηλονότι μέχρις ἂν εἰς τὸν μυχὸν ἀφίκησϑε τοῦ Εὐξείνου πόντου· ἐνταῦϑα γὰρ καὶ ἡ Σκυϑία τε- λευτᾷ. καὶ τὴν μὲν Σκυϑίαν διαδέχεται ἡ Σαρματία, τὸν δὲ Εὔξεινον ἡ Μαιῶτις· περιοικοῦσι δὲ τὴν Μαιῶτιν οἱ Σαρμάται, ὑπὲρ δὲ τοὺς Σαρμάτας ὁ Σαρματικός ἐστι καὶ Ἀρκτικὸς ὠκεανός. P

c. But pierce, he says, and sail, that is, until you touch the innermost and farthest sea, clearly until you arrive at the innermost recess of the Euxine Pontus; for there Scythia also ends. And Sarmatia succeeds Scythia, and the Maeotis succeeds the Euxine; the Sarmatians dwell around the Maeotis, and beyond the Sarmatians is the Sarmatian and Arctic ocean. P

399—401 a. Κυταΐδος: Κολχικῆς· Κύταια γὰρ πόλις Κολχίδος. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα Κύταια, πόλις τῆς Εὐρώπης, ὁμώνυμος τῇ Σκυϑικῇ,

399-401a. Cytaean: Colchian; for Cytaea is a city of Colchis. There is also another Cytaea, a city of Europe, with the same name as the Scythian one,

11 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἀμαραντῶν: Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά, οἷον II 399. Κύταια (Reitz., -τος AB) πόλις τῆς Κολχίδος. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα Κύταια (Reitz., Κύτα B, κατὰ A) τῆς Εὐρώπης κατ’ ἀρχὰς τοῦ εἴσπλου τοῦ Πόντου· ἐκεῖϑεν δὲ τὴν ἀρχήν (A, τῶν -ῶν B) λαμβάνει (Et. M., -ουσα AB). λέγεται δὲ οὕτως ὀνοματικῶς, ὅϑεν Κυταΐδα τὴν Μήδειαν 〈προσαγορεύει add. Reitz.〉. Ἀμαραντὸς (Et. M., -τά A) πόλις ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ, ὡς δὲ ἔνιοι, ὄρη τῆς Κολχίδος, ἐξ ὧν καταφέρεται ὁ Φᾶσις. ὅπερ ἀγνοήσας ὁ Ἐφέσιος Ἡγησίστρατος Ἀμαραντίους λειμῶνας (Reitz., λιμένας A) ἀπέδωκεν τοῦ Φάσιδος διὰ τὸ εὐϑαλεῖς εἶναι 〈καὶ ἀμαράντους· ὁ δὲ Κτησίας Ἀμαραντὰ ὄρη add. Reitz.〉 τῆς Κολχίδος (Reitz., Καλχιδόνος A). ὁ δὲ Φᾶσις ποταμὸς φέρεται (Gaisford, φαίνεται A) ἀπὸ Ἀρμενίων ὀρῶν κατὰ Κόλχους εἰς ϑάλασσαν (Reitz., εἰς K. κατὰ ϑ. A. in B omnia desunt inde a λέγεται δὲ οὕτως usque ad ϑάλασσαν). τὸ δὲ Ἀμαραντῶν ἐνταῦϑα ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων περισπᾶται ὡς κύριον καὶ τὰ Ἀμαραντὰ ὀξυτόνως λεκτέον· πρὸς 〈γὰρ add. Reitz.〉 διαφοράν [σημαινομένου del. W] τοῦ (A, τὰ B) ἀμάραντα σώματα δηλοῦντος (Reitz., δῆλον AB) οὕτως λέγονται. — ib. (AB) Κυταΐδος: II 399. Κύταια (-τος AB) πόλις τῆς Κολχίδος. ἔστι δὲ καὶ (καὶ om. A) ἑτέρα Κύταια (Κυταῖς AB) τῆς Εὐρώπης. Ἀπολλώνιος. Ἀμαραντὸς (-τά AB) πόλις ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ, ὡς δὲ ἔνιοι, ὄρη Κολχίδος. Ἀμαραντῶν δὲ ἐνταῦϑα ἐπὶ (A, περί B) τῶν ὀρέων περισπᾶται πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν τῶν ἀμαράντων σωμάτων. sch. III 1220 sch. Lyc. 11 L hunc verborum ordinem praestat: Κυταΐδος — Κολχίδος, ἔστι — Σκυϑ. primum (L1), p. 163 lin. 3 Ἀμαραντῶν — Καϑόλου, ib. lin. 4 ἔστι — καταφ. primum (L1), p. 162 lin. 12 ἔστι — Εὐρώπης iterum (L2), p. 163 lin. 1 κατὰ — προσαγ., p. 163 lin. 4 ἔστι — καταφ. iterum (L2), ὅπερ sqq. cf. W 49 et Phil. 81, 1926, 20. 12 ἔστι δὲ L1 P : ἔστιν οὖν L2 — Κύτ. π. τ. Εὐρ. L2 : π. τ. Εὐρ. Κύτ. L1 : aliter P. Ταυρικῆς pro τῆς Εὐρώπης prop. W Phil. l. l. ὁμώνυμος τῇ Σκυϑικῇ L : καλουμένη ὁμωνύμως τῇ Κολχικῇ P : ὁμώνυμος, τῆς Σκυϑικῆς K.

κατὰ τὸν εἴσπλουν τοῦ Εὐξείνου· ἐκεῖϑεν δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν λαμβάνει. λέγεται δὲ οὕτως ὀνοματικῶς, ὅϑεν Κυταΐδα τὴν Μήδειαν προσαγορεύουσιν. Ἀμαραντῶν δὲ περισπωμένως, ὡς φησιν Ἡρωδιανὸς ἐν τῇ Καϑόλου (I 222, 17 L.). ἔστι δὲ Ἀμαραντός πόλις ἐν Πόντῳ· ὡς δὲ αὐτός φησιν, 〈Ἀμαραντά〉 ὄρη τῆς Κολχίδος, ἐξ ὧν ὁ Φᾶσις ποταμὸς καταφέρεται. ὅπερ ἀγνοήσας Ἡγέστρατος ὁ Ἐφέσιος Ἀμαραντίους ἀπέδωκε λειμῶνας τοῦ Φάσιδος διὰ τὸ εὐϑαλεῖς εἶναι καὶ ἀμαράντους. ὅτι δὲ τὰ Ἀμαραντὰ ὄρη ἔστι Κόλχων, ἱστορεῖ Κτησίας ἐν β' (fg 94 M. Herod. rec. Dind. 1844, App. 106). ὁ δὲ Φᾶσις φέρεται μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀρμενίας ὀρῶν, ὡς φησιν Ἐρατοσϑένης (fg III B 75 Berger), ἐκδίδωσι δὲ κατὰ Κόλχους εἰς ϑάλασσαν. Κίρκαιον δὲ τόπος ἐστὶ τῆς Κολχίδος, ἀπὸ Κίρκης τῆς Αἰήτου ἀδελφῆς, ἢ πεδίον. οὐ δύναται δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἑτέρας Κίρκης ὠνομάσϑαι. ἐγένοντο γὰρ Κίρκαι δύο, περὶ ὧν ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς ἐροῦμεν. καὶ Τίμαιος (fg 9 M. I 195) δὲ φησι πεδίον ἐν Κόλχοις εἶναι Κίρκαιον.

at the entrance of the Euxine; from there it takes its beginning. It is used thus as a proper name, whence they call Medea Cytaean. Amarantian with circumflex accent, as Herodian says in the General Prosody (I 222, 17 L.). Amarantos is a city in Pontus; but as he himself says, the Amaranta are mountains of Colchis, from which the river Phasis flows down. Ignorant of this, Hegestratus of Ephesus rendered Amarantians as meadows of the Phasis because they are flourishing and unfading. That the Amaranta are mountains of the Colchians, Ctesias relates in book 2 (fg 94 M. Herod. rec. Dind. 1844, App. 106). The Phasis flows from the mountains of Armenia, as Eratosthenes says (fg III B 75 Berger), and empties into the sea at Colchis. Circaeum is a place in Colchis, named after Circe, the sister of Aeetes, or a plain. It cannot be named after the other Circe. For there were two Circes, about whom we will speak in what follows. And Timaeus (fg 9 M. I 195) says that there is a plain in Colchis called Circaeum.

b. Κιρκαίοιο: προπαροξύνεται Κίρκαιον. Lg (P)

b. Circaean: Circaeum is accented on the antepenult. Lg (P)

404—05 a. ἄλσος τε σκιόειν: ἀντὶ τοῦ σκιόεν. ὁ δὲ Ἑλλάνικος

404-05a. Shady grove: instead of shady. Hellanicus

174. 1312 Eust. Dion. Per. 76 Steph. Byz. Ἀμαραντοί: ὀξυτόνως Κολχικόν ἔϑνος, ἀφ’ ὧν ὁ Φᾶσις ῥεῖ, ὅϑεν καὶ Ἀμαράντιον τὸν Φᾶσίν φασιν (φησιν W 92 propter III 1220). id. Ἀπεράντεια 12 Et. Gen. (AB) Κίρκαιον (Κίρκον A): οἷον III 200—201. Κίρκαιον τόπος καὶ πεδιὰς Σκυϑίας, ἔνϑα ἡ Κίρκη διέτριβεν. Κίρκαιον δὲ εἶπεν τὸ ῥιζοφόρον. τὴν δὲ Κίρκην φασὶ (B, φησὶ A) ϑυγατέρα Αἰήτου εἶναι καὶ Ἑκάτης 〈τῆς add. Sylburg〉 Περσέως, ἀδελφὴν τῆς Μηδείας. sch. III 200 b. 240 Dion. Per. 692 Eust. ad l. Suid. Κίρκαιον πεδίον Diod. IV 45, 2. 3 1 ἐκ. — λαμβάνει (scil, ὁ Εὔξεινος) K et Et. M. : ἐκ. — -ουσιν L : ἀφ’ ἧς (scil, πόλεως) φησι (φασὶ ?) καὶ τὴν Κολχικὴν ἐσχηκέναι τὴν ἀρχήν P. 2 ὅϑεν Κυταίδα τὴν Μήδειαν προσαγορεύει (-ουσιν F) L : ἀφ’ ἧς Κυταῒς καὶ Κυταϊκή (Lyc. 174) λέγεται ἡ Μήδεια P. cf. W 48. 3 ἐν τῷ η' 〈τῆς〉 Καϑόλου K. 4 ἔστι δέ Ἀμ. L1 : Ἀμ. δὲ L2 : om. P. ὡς δὲ αὐτός φησιν L1 : ἢ ὡς αὐτός φησιν P : ὡς δὲ ἔφη L2. 5 suppl. W. ἐξ ὧν ὁ Φ. ποτ. κ. L1 : ἐξ ὧν κ. ὁ Φ. L2 : ἀφ’ ὧν κ. ὁ Φ. P. 6 Ἡγέστρατος L : Ἡγησίστρατος cum Et. P. de hoc aliunde non constat. 7 λειμῶνας Schaefer : λιμένας. 10 τῶν P : om. L. 11 κατὰ Κ. εἰς ϑ. K : εἰς Κ. κατὰ ϑ. L : εἰς τὴν Κολχίδα ϑ. P. 14 haec spectare videntur ad scholium versibus IV 662 sqq. olim ascriptum; cf. W 59. καὶ P : om. L. 15 τὸ ante Κίρκαιον add. H.

(4 fg 129 J.) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοῦ Διός φησι κεῖσϑαι τὸ δέρας. τοῦ δὲ ἐν Κόλχοις λεγομένου Ἀρείου πεδίου καὶ τοῦ αὐτόϑι Ἄρεως τεμένους μέμνηνται πολλοί. φησὶ δέ, ὅτι τὸ χρυσοῦν δέρας ἀνάκειται ἐν τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως ἄλσει ἐπί τινος φηγοῦ, φυλασσόμενον ὑπὸ δράκοντος τεραστίου τὸ μέγεϑος. τὸ δὲ σκιόειν ἀντὶ τοῦ σκιόεν κατὰ Ἰωνικὴν πρόσϑεσιν τοῦ ι.

(4 fg 129 J.) says that the fleece lies in the sanctuary of Zeus. Many mention the so-called Ares' plain in Colchis and the precinct of Ares there. He says that the golden fleece is dedicated in the grove of Ares on a certain oak, guarded by a monstrous dragon in size. Shady instead of shady according to the Ionic addition of the iota.

b. 〈τέρας:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ ϑαῦμα. Lg

b. Monster: instead of wonder. Lg

409. ἀμφασίῃ βεβολημένοι: οἷον ὑπὸ ἀφασίας ἐκπεπληγμένοι. Lg P

409. Struck with speechlessness: as if struck dumb with amazement. Lg P

413—18 a. ἀσπαστῶς κεν παρὰ σέο: ἡδέως ἂν παρὰ σοῦ μάϑοιμι, εἰ καὶ ὑποστρέψαντες ἐκ Κόλχων ἐκφευξόμεϑα.

413-18a. Gladly from you: gladly would I learn from you, if indeed we shall return from Colchis and escape.

b. δύο δὲ μάλιστα ἐφίεται ὁ Ἰάσων μαϑεῖν παρὰ τοῦ Φινέως· ἓν μέν, πῶς ἂν αὖϑις κατὰ τὴν ὑποστροφὴν διαπλεύσαι τὰς Συμπληγάδας· δεύτερον, πῶς ἂν μέχρι τῆς Κολχίδος ἀφίκοιτο διαπλεύσας τοσαύτην ϑάλασσαν. τὸ δὲ δυσχερὲς τοῦ πλοῦ ἐνέφηνε διὰ τοῦ τὴν Κολχίδα κεῖσϑαι ἐπὶ τὰ ἔσχατα τῆς γῆς καὶ τοῦ Πόντου. P

b. Jason especially desires to learn two things from Phineus: first, how he might sail back through the Symplegades on his return; second, how he might reach Colchis after sailing across so great a sea. He indicated the difficulty of the voyage by saying that Colchis lies at the ends of the earth and of the Pontus. P

c. Αἶα δὲ Κολχίς: ἡ Αἶα πόλις τῆς Κολχίδος, αὕτη ἐπ’ ἐσχάτοις κεῖται τῆς οἰκουμένης.

c. Aea, a Colchian city: Aea is a city of Colchis; it lies at the ends of the inhabited world.

421—22 a. ἐπεὶ δαίμων: ἐκ δὲ τῆς Αἴας, φησίν, τουτέστιν ἐκ τῶν Κόλχων, ϑεὸς ὑμῖν καθηγήσεται, καὶ εἰς τὴν Αἶαν πλέουσι πολλοὶ ἔσονται καθόλου πομποί.

421-22a. Since a god: From Aea, he says, that is, from the Colchians, a god will guide you, and for those sailing to Aea there will be many escorts in general.

b. ἐξ Αἴης: ἄλλος ὑμῖν, φησί, γενήσεται πλοῦς ἐκ τῆς Αἴας. τοῦτο δὲ λέγει, παρόσον οὐ διὰ τῶν Συμπληγάδων ὑποστρέψουσιν.

b. From Aea: Another voyage, he says, will be yours from Aea. He says this because they will not return through the Symplegades.

423—24. ἀλλά, φίλοι, φρά〈ζεσϑε〉: διὰ φροντίδος ἔχετε, φησί, τὴν ἐκ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης δολίαν βοήϑειαν.

423-24. But, friends, take thought: Keep in mind, he says, the cunning help from Aphrodite.

431—32. τὸ δὲ ὅσσον ἄπωϑεν ἤλασαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅσον μακρὰν ἐπορεύϑησαν. P

431-32. "But as far as they drove" instead of "as far as they traveled." P

434. Δικταίης ἄντρον: εἰς τὸ τῆς Κρήτης ὄρος. ἐρίπναι

434. Cave of Dicte: To the mountain of Crete. "Crags"

1 sch. Pind. Pyth. IV 431 Hyg. Astr. poet. II 26. 2 Apoll. Bibl. I 83. 28 sch. I 581 cum loc. sim. 2 Ἀρείου K : Ἀργείου. 3 φησὶ L : φασὶ P. 8 οἷον Wil. ad l. : οἱ L : ἀντὶ τοῦ P. 12 qui haec scripsit, poetam male intellexit. 13 διαπλεύσαι Schaefer : -οι P : -ει F. 22 ἐξ Αἴης W : μετὰ δ’ Αἶαν L : om. P. 23 -στρέψ- W : -στρέφ- L : aliter P.

δὲ κατὰ μέν τινας τὰ ἀποϑραύσματα τῶν ὀρῶν· κατὰ δὲ τοὺς γλωσσο- γράφους πάντα τὰ ὄρη ἐρίπναι καλούνται.

but according to some, the broken fragments of mountains; but according to the lexicographers, all mountains are called crags.

438. ἦ ἄρα δή τις: τὸ ἄρα ἠϑικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς ἔοικε. καὶ ἐν Ὀδυσσείᾳ (ρ 454)· ‘οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ’ ἐπὶ εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν’. καὶ Ἡσίοδος (Op. 11)· ‘οὐκ ἄρα μοῦνον ἔην Ἐρίδων γένος’, οὐκ ἦν, ὡς ἔοικε, μία Ἔρις.

438. "Surely then someone": The "ara" is used ethically, meaning "as it seems." And in the Odyssey (17.454): "You did not, it seems, have wits to match your appearance." And Hesiod (Works and Days 11): "There was not, it seems, only one race of Strifes," meaning there was not, as it seems, only one Strife.

441—42. εἰ δὲ καὶ ὀφϑαλμ〈οῖσι〉: εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀναβλέψαι ϑεῶν τίς σε ποιήσειεν, χαρείην ἂν ὅσον [ὡς] εἰ σωϑείην εἰς τὴν πατρίδα. L

441-42. "But if with eyes": But if one of the gods should make you see again, I would rejoice as much as if I were saved to my fatherland. L

445. ὑποσμύχονται: ὑποτύφονται, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὑπὸ πάϑους ἠμαύρωνται. ἔστι δὲ ὑποσμύχειν καὶ τὸ ἠρέμα ὑποκαίειν, οἱονεὶ ὑποκέ- καυνται.

445. "They are smoldering beneath": They are smoldering, that is, they have been dimmed by suffering. "To smolder beneath" also means to burn gently underneath, as if they have been burnt underneath.

451—52. 〈οἳ〉 καὶ πρόσϑεν ἐπ’ ἤματι: οἵτινες συνεχῶς ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτόν. τὸ ἑξῆς· φέροντες μέρος τῆς ἰδίας τροφῆς. Lm (P)

451-52. "Who even before day after day": Who continually came to him. The order: bringing a portion of their own food. Lm (P)

456—57. σὺν τοῖσι δ’ ἵκανε Παραίβιος: ὁ μὲν Ἀπολλώνιος τὸν Παραίβιον φίλον Φινέως εἶναί φησιν, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι δοῦλον εἶναι πιστόν. οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Παραίβιον, φησίν, ἐχάρησαν ἰδόντες τοὺς ἥρωας.

456-57. "And with them came Paraebius": Apollonius says that Paraebius was a friend of Phineus, but others say he was a faithful slave. Those around Paraebius, he says, rejoiced when they saw the heroes.

458—60 a. 〈αὐτός:〉 ὁ Φινευς δηλονότι. Lg

458-60a. "Himself": Phineus, clearly. Lg

b. αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ Φινεὺς ὑπεμυϑήσατο καὶ προεῖπε τῷ Παραιβίῳ τὴν τῶν ἡρώων ἔλευσιν. συνάπτειν μὲν γὰρ δεῖ τὴν ὑπὸ τῷ ἐμυϑήσατο, λαμβάνειν δὲ ἀντὶ τῆς πρό· ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ ‘ὑπειπών’ (Ar. Vesp. 55) ἀντὶ τοῦ προειπών. P

b. For Phineus himself had spoken beforehand and foretold to Paraebius the coming of the heroes. One must connect the preposition "hypo" with "emythesato" and take it as "pro" (before); just as "hypeipon" (Aristophanes, Wasps 55) is used for "proeipon" (having said beforehand). P

c. 〈Θυνίδι γαίῃ:〉 τὴν περὶ τὸν Βόσπορον χώραν πάλιν (cf. v. 177) Θυνίδα εἶπεν. Lm

c. "In the Thynian land": He again called the region around the Bosporus Thynian (cf. v. 177). Lm

d. ὅρα δέ, ὅτι Θυνίδα γῆν εἶπεν, ἐν ᾗ κατῴκει ὁ Φινεύς, ὡς εἶναι μέρος τι Θράκης, ὃ καλεῖται Θυνίς. P

d. Note that he said "Thynian land," in which Phineus dwelt, as being a part of Thrace which is called Thynis. P

470. μόρον: νῦν τὴν τύχην. Lg (P)

470. "Fate": Here, fortune. Lg (P)

471—75 a. εὖτε γὰρ οὖν ὡς πλεῖστα κά〈μοι〉: ὁ Παραί-

471-75a. "For whenever he had toiled most": Paraebius,

9 Et. Gen. (AB) ὑποσμύχονται ὀπωπαί (II 445): ὑποτύφονται. ἔστι δὲ ὑποσμύχειν τὸ ἠρέμα ὑπολάμπειν. 12 450. Et. Gen. (AB) περικτίται: ὡς φησιν Ἡρωδιανός (deest in Lentzii coll.), σημαίνει τοὺς κτίστας· ἔλλειψις οὖν τοῦ σ. II 450. Ἀπολλώνιος (Ἀπ. om. B). 3 τὸ ἄρα W : τὸ ἦ ῥα L : τὸ ἦ ἄρα PH. 8 τόσον ὡς F del. A. 9 πάϑους W : β-. 10 -κέκαυνται F : -κέκαυται L : -καίονται P.

βιος, φησί, πατρικὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀποτιννὺς ἀεὶ ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἦν βίου, καὶ εἰ πλεῖστα μοχϑήσειεν.

he says, paying for his father's sin, was always in want of livelihood, even if he toiled exceedingly.

b. χρησμοσύνη: ἀπορία, πενία, ἔνδεια. Lg (P)

b. "Want": Lack, poverty, need. Lg (P)

476—83 a. Ἁμαδρυάδος νύμφης: Ἁμαδρυάδας νύμφας Μνησίμαχος (fg 3 M. IV 453) φησι διὰ τὸ ἅμα ταῖς δρυσὶ γεννᾶσϑαι· ἢ ἐπεὶ δοκοῦσιν ἅμα ταῖς δρυσὶ φϑείρεσϑαι, νύμφαι Ἁμαδρυάδες λέγονται. Χάρων δὲ ὁ Λαμψακηνός (fg 12 M. I 35) ἱστορεῖ, ὡς ἄρα Ῥοῖκος, ϑεασάμενος δρῦν ὅσον οὔπω μέλλουσαν ἐπὶ γῆς καταφέρεσϑαι, προσέταξε τοῖς παισὶν ὑποστηρίξαι ταύτην. ἡ δὲ μέλλουσα συμφϑείρεσϑαι τῇ δρυὶ νύμφη ἐπιστᾶσα τῷ Ῥοίκῳ χάριν μὲν ἔφασκεν εἰδέναι ὑπὲρ τῆς σωτηρίας, ἐπέτρεπεν δὲ αἰτήσασϑαι ὅ τι βούλοιτο. ὡς δὲ ἐκεῖνος ἠξίου συγγενέσϑαι αὐτῇ, ὑπέσχετο δοῦναι τοῦτο· φυλάξασϑαι μέντοι γε ἑτέρας γυναικὸς ὁμιλίαν παρήγγειλεν, ἔσεσϑαι δὲ μεταξὺ αὐτῶν ἄγγελον μέ- λισσαν. καί ποτε πεσσεύοντος αὐτοῦ παρίπτατο ἡ μέλισσα· πικρότερον δέ 〈τι〉 ἀποφϑεγξάμενος εἰς ὀργὴν ἔτρεψε τὴν νύμφην, ὥστε πηρω- ϑῆναι αὐτόν, καὶ Πίνδαρος δὲ φησι, περὶ νυμφῶν ποιούμενος τὸν λόγον (fg 165 Schr.)· ‘ἰσοδένδρου τέκμαρ αἰῶνος λαχοῦσα’. ὁ οὖν τοῦ Παραιβίου πατὴρ ἐκκόπτων δρῦν παρεκαλεῖτο ὑπὸ νύμφης μὴ τεμεῖν αὐτήν· συγγεγεννημένη γὰρ οὖσα ἐὰν ἐκκοπῇ, αἰτίαν

476-83a. Of the Hamadryad nymph: Mnesimachus (fr. 3 M. IV 453) says that they are called Hamadryad nymphs because they are born together with the oaks; or because they are thought to perish together with the oaks, they are called Hamadryad nymphs. Charon of Lampsacus (fr. 12 M. I 35) relates that Rhoecus, seeing an oak that was on the point of falling to the ground, ordered his children to prop it up. The nymph who was about to perish along with the oak appeared to Rhoecus and said that she was grateful for her preservation, and allowed him to ask for whatever he wanted. When he asked to have intercourse with her, she promised to grant this; but she warned him to avoid intercourse with any other woman, and said that a bee would be a messenger between them. And once, while he was playing draughts, the bee flew up; and he made some rather harsh remark, which turned the nymph to anger, so that he was maimed. Pindar too, speaking about nymphs (fr. 165 Schr.), says: 'having obtained a token of a life equal to a tree's.' So the father of Paraebius, when cutting down an oak, was entreated by the nymph not to cut it; for since she had been born together with it, if it were cut down, she would be responsible for her own death. When he disobeyed, the divine power was angry with him and his descendants and became the cause of evils.

4 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἁμαδρυάδες: Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά, οἷον II 475—478 (οἷον — οἷος v. 476 et v. 478 om. B). Ἁμαδρυάδες νύμφαι λέγονται διὰ τὸ ἅμα ταῖς δρυσὶ (δυσὶ A) γεννᾶσϑαι, ἢ ἐπειδὴ δοκοῦσιν ἅμα ταῖς (τοῖς B) δρυσὶ φϑείρεσϑαι. Χάρων γὰρ ὁ Λαμψακηνός ἱστορεῖ, ὡς Ῥοῖκος, δρῦν ϑεασάμενος ἤδη μέλλουσαν ἐπὶ γῆν καταφέρεσϑαι, προσέταξε τοῖς παισὶ ταύτην ὑποστηρίξαι. ἡ δὲ μέλλουσα συμφϑείρεσϑαι (συμφέρεσϑαι A, προσέταξε — συμφϑείρεσϑαι om. B) τῇ δρυὶ νύμφη ἐπιστᾶσα τῷ Ῥοίκῳ χάριν μὲν ἔφασκεν εἰδέναι (εἰδ. ἔφ. A) ὑπέρ τῆς σωτηρίας, ἐπέτρεπε δὲ αἰτήσασϑαι ὅ τι βούλοιτο. ὡς δὲ ἐκεῖνος ἠξίου συγ- γενέσϑαι αὐτῇ, ἐπιζήμιον μὲν (B, μου A) 〈οὐκ add. Reitz.〉 ἔλεγεν εἶναι τοῦτο, φυλάξασϑαι (-άξας AB) δὲ ὅμως ἑτέρας γυναικὸς ὁμιλίαν. ἔσχον δὲ μεταξὺ αὐτῶν ἄγγελον μέλισσαν. καί ποτε πεσσεύοντος αὐτοῦ παρίπτατο (Reitz., περιίπτατο AB) ἡ μέλισσα· πικρότερον δέ τι ἀποφϑεγξάμενος εἰς ὀργὴν ἔτρεψεν τὴν νύμφην, ὥστε πηρωϑῆναι (ὥστεγε πειρασϑῆναι B). καὶ Πίνδαρος· ‘ἰσοδένδρου τέκμαρ αἰῶνος (τε- κμαίρων ὄνομα B) λαχοῦσα (-οῦσαι B)’. sch. Theocr. III 13 c sch. Lyc. 480 9 προσέταξε P cum Et. : προστάξαι L. 10 παραστᾶσα dubitanter Wil. ad l. 14 παρίπτατο K : παρίστατο L : ἐπέστη P. 15 add. W ex Et. 16 sententia καὶ Πίνδαρος — λαχοῦσα in P post λέγονται lin. 7 legitur. 19 αἰτίαν W : παραιτίαν F : -αιτία L : -αίτιον H : aliter P.

αὐτῇ ἔσεσϑαι ϑανάτου. ἀπιϑήσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ νεμεσῆσαι τὸ δαιμόνιον αὐτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς ἐγγόνοις καὶ κακῶν γενέσϑαι παραίτιον.

to her, death would be caused. When he disobeyed, the divine power was angry with him and his descendants and became the cause of evils.

b. ἀϑέριξε: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἠμέλησε. Lg (P)

b. ἀϑέριξε: instead of 'he neglected.' Lg (P)

c. 〈ἤ μιν:〉 ἥτις αὐτόν. Lg

c. 〈ἤ μιν:〉 which (fem.) him. Lg

d. 〈πρέμνον:〉 στέλεχος. Lg

d. 〈πρέμνον:〉 trunk. Lg

e. νηκερδῆ: ἀνωφελή. Lg (P)

e. νηκερδῆ: unprofitable. Lg (P)

f. οἶτον: τύχην. Lg (P)

f. οἶτον: fate. Lg (P)

483—84. ἔγωγε μέν, εὖτ’ ἀφίκα〈νεν〉: πρὸς ἐμὲ ὅτε ἦλϑε, φησίν, ὁ Παραίβιος μαντευσόμενος καὶ τὴν ἀτυχίαν ἀνεκοινώσατο, ἔγνων αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς ἁμαρτίας δίκην ἀποτιννύντα.

483-84. ἔγωγε μέν, εὖτ’ ἀφίκα〈νεν〉: To me, he says, when Paraebius came to consult the oracle and communicated his misfortune, I recognized that he was paying the penalty for his father's sin.

485 a. λωφήια ῥέξαι: ἐφ’ οἷς λωφήσει καὶ παύσεται ἡ τῆς νύμφης ὀργή, τουτέστι καταπαυστικὰ τῆς ὀργῆς.

485a. λωφήια ῥέξαι: things by which the nymph's anger will abate and cease, that is, things to put an end to her anger.

b. λωφήια: ἐξιλαστήρια, ἐφ’ οἷς λωφήσει καὶ παύσεται κακού- μενος. ‘λωφῆσαι’ δὲ κυρίως ἐπὶ τῶν ζῴων, τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ τραχήλου ἄχϑος ἀποϑέσϑαι. καὶ ‘λωφήσων’ (Aesch. Prom. 27) ἀντὶ τοῦ λήξων, ἀνα- παύσων τὸν λόφον τουτέστι τὸν τράχηλον· ἢ ἀναπαυσόμενος.

b. λωφήια: propitiatory offerings, by which he will be relieved and cease from being afflicted. 'λωφῆσαι' is properly used of animals, meaning to put off the burden from the neck. And 'λωφήσων' (Aesch. Prom. 27) instead of 'will cease,' 'will rest the crest,' that is, the neck; or 'will rest.'

494. νέον ἤματος ἀνομένοιο: ὑπὸ τὴν πρωίαν, αὔξησιν τῆς ἡμέρας λαμβανούσης.

494. νέον ἤματος ἀνομένοιο: at dawn, when the day is increasing.

495. 〈ἀλέγυνον:〉 εὐτρέπιζον. L

495. 〈ἀλέγυνον:〉 they were preparing. L

498—527 a. ἦρι δ’ ἐτησίαι αὖραι: οἱ ἐτησίαι ἄρχονται πνεῖν τοῦ ἡλίου ὄντος ἐν Καρκίνῳ περὶ τὴν ἐσχάτην μοῖραν, μέχρις οὗ Λέοντα παρέλϑῃ, ὡς καὶ Ἄρατος (Phaen. 151 sqq.)·

498-527a. ἦρι δ’ ἐτησίαι αὖραι: The Etesian winds begin to blow when the sun is in the last part of Cancer, until it passes Leo, as Aratus also says (Phaen. 151 ff.).

14 sch. I 1161. IV 1418 Et. Gen. (AB) λωφῶ: I 1161. σημαίνει τὸ παύω. μετενήνεκται δὲ (δὲ om. B) ἡ λέξις ἀπὸ τῶν τὰ φορτία κατατιϑεμένων. Et. Gud. 376, 25. 34 Sturz sch. Φ 392 (Pap. Ox. 221, vol. II 71, 28) sch. Soph. Ai. 61 Eust. 1237, 32. 1702, 25 Συν. λωφήσομεν (293, 27 Ba. Phot. Suid. -ῆσαι) 20 sch. v Plin. Nat. hist. II 124 Clod. Cal. (Io. Laur. Lyd. De ostentis ed. Wachsm.² 1897 p. 140, 10) Ps. Gemin. Cal. (ib. 182, 2; 183, 2. 15) Adam. (Rose, Anecd. gr. I, 1864 p. 42, 44—44, 7) 1 αὑτῇ F : αὐτῇ L : aliter P 16 ἢ ἀναπαυσόμενος (corr. K), quod in L post ἀναπαύσων legitur, trai. W; aliter P 17 sch. 494 et 495 post 498/527 a collocat L 19 add. Steph. 20 οἱ ἐτησίαι — ἐμπίπτουσι p. 168 lin 3 in L finem scholii faciunt, transmutavit P 21 περὶ — μοῖραν post πνεῖν leguntur, trai. W

‘ἠελίου τὰ πρῶτα συνερχομένοιο Λέοντι, τῆμος καὶ κελάδοντες ἐτησίαι εὐρέι πόντῳ ἀϑρόοι ἐμπίπτουσι.’ ἐπιφέρει καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος, δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν πνέουσι τῷ ϑέρει. τοῦ γὰρ κατηστερισμένου Κυνὸς φλέγοντος τὰς Κυκλάδας νήσους καὶ πολὺν χρόνον αὐχμοῦ τε καὶ ἀφορίας οὔσης, οἱ τὴν Κέω κατοικοῦντες ἐκ ϑεοπροπίου ἐπεκαλέσαντο Ἀρισταῖον τὸν Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Κυρήνης ἐκ Φϑίας. ὁ δὲ παραλαβών τινας ἐξ Ἀρκαδίας ἦλϑεν εἰς τὴν Κέω καὶ Διὸς ἱερὸν ἱδρύσατο Ἰκμαίου ἕνεκα τοῦ τοὺς ὄμβρους γίνεσϑαι, καὶ τὸν Κύνα ἐξ- ιάσατο, καὶ ἐνομοϑέτησε κατ’ ἐνιαυτὸν τοῖς Κείοις μεϑ’ ὅπλων ἐπιτηρεῖν τὴν ἐπιτολὴν τοῦ Κυνὸς καὶ ϑύειν αὐτῷ. ὅϑεν οἱ ἐτησίαι πνέουσι κατα- ψύχοντες τῷ ϑέρει τὴν γῆν, καὶ αὐχμοῦ ἀπηλλάγησαν οἱ Ἕλληνες. περὶ δὲ τῆς Κυρήνης Πίνδαρος ἱστορεῖ ἐν Πυϑιονίκαις (IX), ὡς παρϑένος οὖσα μέχρι πολλοῦ συνεκυνήγει τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι. διαπαλαί- ουσα δέ ποτε λέοντι ἠγαπήϑη ὑπὸ Ἀπόλλωνος· ὃς καὶ ἁρπάσας αὐτὴν διεκόμισεν εἰς τὴν νῦν ἀπ’ αὐτῆς καλουμένην Κυρήνην τῆς Λιβύης, καὶ μιγείς Ἀρισταῖον ἐποίησεν. Φερεκύδης (3 fg 58 J.) δέ φησι καὶ Ἀρί- αιϑος (fg 4 M. IV 319), ἐπὶ κύκνων αὐτὴν ὀχηϑεῖσαν κατὰ Ἀπόλλωνος προαίρεσιν εἰς τὴν Κυρήνην ἀφικέσϑαι, Ἀγροίτας δὲ ἐν α΄ Λιβυκῶν (fg 2 M. IV 294) ὑπὸ Ἀπόλλωνος εἰς Κρήτην αὐτὴν κομισϑῆναι, ἐκεῖϑεν δὲ εἰς Λιβύην. ἀδελφὴ δὲ Κυρήνης Λάρισα, ἧς ὁμώνυμος πόλις ἐν Θεσσα- λίᾳ. τινὲς δέ φασι τὴν Κυρήνην Πηνειοῦ ϑυγατέρα γενέσϑαι, κακῶς· ἔνεμεν γὰρ παρ’ αὐτῷ ϑρέμματα, οὐκέτι δὲ καὶ ϑυγάτηρ αὐτοῦ ἦν. Μνασέας (fg 39 M. III 156) δέ φησι κατ’ ἰδίαν αὐτὴν προαίρεσιν εἰς Λιβύην ἐληλυϑέναι, οὐχ ὑπ’ Ἀπόλλωνος διαχϑεῖσαν. Ἀκέσανδρος δὲ ἐν τοῖς Περὶ Κυρήνης (fg 5 M. IV 285) ἱστορεῖ, ἐπ’ Εὐρυπύλου βασι-

“When the first parts of the sun come together with Leo, then the loud Etesian winds fall thickly upon the broad sea.” Apollonius also adds the reason why they blow in summer. For when the deified Dog Star was scorching the Cycladic islands and there was a long period of drought and crop failure, the inhabitants of Ceos, in accordance with an oracle, summoned Aristaeus, the son of Apollo and Cyrene, from Phthia. He took some men from Arcadia and came to Ceos, and established a sanctuary of Zeus Icmaius for the sake of bringing about rains, and he propitiated the Dog Star, and he ordained that the Ceans should annually watch for the rising of the Dog Star in arms and sacrifice to it. Hence the Etesian winds blow, cooling the earth in summer, and the Greeks were relieved from drought. About Cyrene, Pindar relates in the Pythian Odes (IX) that she remained a virgin for a long time and hunted with Apollo. Once, while wrestling with a lion, she was loved by Apollo; he seized her and carried her to the place now called Cyrene in Libya after her, and having intercourse with her he fathered Aristaeus. Pherecydes (3 fr. 58 J.) and Ariaethus (fr. 4 M. IV 319) say that she was carried on swans, by Apollo's design, to Cyrene, while Agroetas in the first book of his Libyan History (fr. 2 M. IV 294) says she was brought by Apollo to Crete, and from there to Libya. Cyrene's sister was Larisa, after whom a city in Thessaly is named. Some say that Cyrene was the daughter of Peneus, wrongly; for she tended flocks by him, but she was not his daughter. Mnaseas (fr. 39 M. III 156) says that she went to Libya of her own accord, not conveyed by Apollo. Acesander in his work On Cyrene (fr. 5 M. IV 285) relates that when Eurypylus was king of Libya, Cyrene was brought over by Apollo; and when a lion was ravaging the land, Eurypylus offered the kingship as a prize to whoever killed the lion, and she killed it; and her children were Autuchus and Aristaeus. Phylarchus (81 fr. 16 J.) says that she came to Libya with a larger group; and when they were sent out to hunt, she went out with them. Some trace the lineage of various Aristaei, as also Bacchylides (fr. 62 B. III 587 = 45 Blass-Snell): one was the son of Carystus, another of Chiron, another of Earth and Heaven, and the one from Cyrene.

4 Theophr. De vent. 14 Heracl. Pont. IX 2 — Diod. IV 81, 1. 2. 82, 1. 2 Plin. Nat. hist. II 123 Prob. Verg. Georg. I 14 (Varro Atac.) Hyg. Astr. II 4 Clem. Al. Strom. VI 3, 29 Nonn. Dion. V 215—79 sch. w 6 ἀφορίας W : ἀπορίας L : ἀνομβρίας (P) 10 Κείοις P : Κώοις L 12 post Ἕλληνες insertum est sch. b, removit W 14 τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι propter Call. H. III 206 Wil. ad l. 16 καλουμένην P : om. L 17 φησι P : om. L Ἀρίαιϑος Westermann G. I. Vossii De hist. gr. libri 1838, 400 n. 98 : Ἄραιϑος L : Ἄρετος P 25 Ἀκέσανδρος C. Mueller : Ἀκέστωρ

λεύοντος Λιβύης ὡς ὑπὸ Ἀπόλλωνος διακομισϑείη ἡ Κυρήνη· λέοντος δὲ τὴν χώραν λυμαινομένου προϑείη τὴν βασιλείαν ὁ Εὐρύπυλος ἆϑλον τῷ ἀποκτενοῦντι τὸν λέοντα, τὴν δὲ διαχρήσασϑαι αὐτόν· παῖδας δὲ αὐτῆς γενέσϑαι Αὐτοῦχον καὶ Ἀρισταῖον. φησὶ δὲ αὐτὴν Φύλαρχος (81 fg 16 J.) ἐλϑεῖν μετὰ πλειόνων εἰς Λιβύην· τούτων δὲ ἐκπεμ- φϑέντων ἐπὶ τὴν κυνηγίαν τούτοις καὶ αὐτὴν συνεξελϑεῖν. τινὲς δ’ Ἀρισταίους γενεαλογοῦσιν, ὡς καὶ Βακχυλίδης (fg 62 B. III 587 = 45 Blass-Snell)· τὸν μὲν Καρύστου, ἄλλον δὲ Χείρωνος, ἄλλον δὲ Γῆς καὶ Οὐρανοῦ, καὶ τὸν Κυρήνης.

when Eurypylus was king of Libya, Cyrene was brought over by Apollo; and when a lion was ravaging the land, Eurypylus offered the kingship as a prize to whoever killed the lion, and she killed it; and her children were Autuchus and Aristaeus. Phylarchus (81 fr. 16 J.) says that she came to Libya with a larger group; and when they were sent out to hunt, she went out with them. Some trace the lineage of various Aristaei, as also Bacchylides (fr. 62 B. III 587 = 45 Blass-Snell): one was the son of Carystus, another of Chiron, another of Earth and Heaven, and the one from Cyrene.

b. ὅτι ἐτησίαι ἔπνευσαν Ἀρισταίου αἰτησαμένου, ὃς ἦν Κυρήνης τῆς Ὑψέως καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Αὐτούχου. ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν ἐν Λι- βύῃ 〈. . .〉, Ἀρισταῖος δὲ ἐν τῇ Κέῳ εὑρὼν τὰ μελισσουργικὰ πρῶτος καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἐλαίου κατεργασίαν. καὶ κατακαλεσάμενος τοὺς ἐτησίας Ζεὺς Ἀρισταῖος ἐκλήϑη καὶ Ἀπόλλων Ἀγρεὺς καὶ Νόμιος.

b. That the Etesian winds blew at the request of Aristaeus, who was the son of Cyrene, daughter of Hypseus, and Apollo, and brother of Autuchus. But he in Libya 〈...〉, while Aristaeus in Ceos first discovered beekeeping and the processing of olive oil. And having invoked the Etesian winds, Zeus Aristaeus was called also Apollo Agreus and Nomius.

c. Κυρήνη πέφαταί τις: ὅτι Κυρήνην τὴν Ὑψέως ὁ Ἀπόλλων ϑεασάμενος παρὰ Πηνειὸν εἰς Λιβύην ἐκόμισεν, ἔνϑα ἐμίγη αὐτῇ, ὅπου καὶ Κυρήνη πόλις ἔκτισται, 〈καὶ〉 τὸν Ἀρισταῖον ἐγέννησε, πολλοὶ ἱστο- ρήκασι. λέγουσι δὲ τὴν Κυρήνην οἱ μὲν Πηνειοῦ, οἱ δὲ Ὑψέως τοῦ Πηνειοῦ. L

c. Cyrene is said to have been: many have recorded that Apollo, seeing Cyrene, daughter of Hypseus, by the Peneius, brought her to Libya, where he had intercourse with her, where also the city Cyrene was founded, and he begot Aristaeus. Some say Cyrene was daughter of Peneius, others of Hypseus son of Peneius. L

d. πέφαται: λέγεται, ἱστορεῖται. Lg P

d. πέφαται: is said, is related. Lg P

e. Αἱμονίης: τῆς Θεσσαλίας, ἀπὸ Αἵμονος υἱοῦ Ἄρεως.

e. Αἱμονίης: of Thessaly, from Haemon son of Ares.

f. χϑονίης: ταῖς ἐγχωρίαις. Lg P

f. χϑονίης: to the native women. Lg P

g. Μυρτώσιον 〈αἶπος〉: τόπος περὶ Κυρήνην ἢ ἄκρα. Lg P

g. Μυρτώσιον 〈αἶπος〉: a place near Cyrene or a headland. Lg P

h. Ἀγρέα καὶ Νόμιον: 〈Ἀγρέα μέν,〉 ὅτι ἐν ἀγρῷ ἐμίγη τῇ

h. Ἀγρέα καὶ Νόμιον: 〈Agreus,〉 because Apollo had intercourse with his mother in the field;

9 Aelian. fg 214 12 sch. Theocr. V 53/54 a (Aristoteles) sch. Pind. Pyth. IX 115 b Plin. Nat. hist. VII 199 loci ad p. 168 lin. 4 laud. 13 Pind. Pyth. IX 111 sqq. sch. ib. 115 a loci ad p. 168 lin. 4 laud. 1 Λιβύης F : ἐν Λιβύῃ P : Κυρήνης L 3 τὴν HF : τῇ L : aliter P 7 verba ὡς καὶ B. post Καρύστου traici vult Hiller de Gaertringen RE² 5, 854 8 Χείρωνος P : Χέρ- LV 9 καὶ τέταρτον τὸν (post ἕνα μὲν . . . δεύτερον δὲ . . . τρίτον δὲ . . .) P 10 ἐτησίαι F : ἐτήσιοι L : om. P 12 lac. ind. W, ubi P praebet ἔμεινεν 14 Ἀγρεύς L : Ἀγυιεύς P 16 μιγείς F 17 add. K 18 τὴν Κ. οἱ μὲν Π. W : τὴν Κ. οἱ μὲν τὴν Π. H : Κ. οἱ μὲν τὴν Π. L : Κ. οἱ μὲν Π. F : om. P 24 add. W, Ἀγρέα δὲ τὸν Ἀρισταῖον ἔλεγον add. P

μητρὶ αὐτοῦ ὁ Ἀπόλλων· Νόμιον δέ, ὅτι νεμούσῃ τῇ μητρὶ ἐμίγη, οἱ δέ, ὅτι τὴν κατὰ τοὺς ἀγροὺς ϑεραπείαν τοῖς νομεῦσιν εἰσηγήσατο.

Nomius, because he had intercourse with his mother while she was pasturing; others, because he introduced the care of the fields to the shepherds.

i. μακραίωνα: πολυχρόνιον. Lg (P)

i. μακραίωνα: long-lived. Lg (P)

k. καὶ ἀγρότιν: ὅτι φιλοκύνηγος ἦν. ἱστορεῖται γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ βασιλεύοντος Εὐρυπύλου χειρώσασϑαι λέοντα.

k. καὶ ἀγρότιν: because she was fond of hunting. For it is related that in Libya, when Eurypylus was king, she subdued a lion.

l. 〈ἀεξηϑέντι:〉 αὐξήσαντι. Lg

l. 〈ἀεξηϑέντι:〉 having grown. Lg

m. ἀκεστορίην τε ϑεοπρο〈πίας〉: ὑπὸ Μουσῶν γὰρ αὐτὸν τὴν ἰατρικὴν καὶ τὴν μαντικὴν δεδιδάχϑαι φασὶν καὶ πρὸς γάμον Αὐτο- νόην λαβεῖν, δηλαδὴ τὴν Κάδμου ϑυγατέρα.

m. ἀκεστορίην τε ϑεοπρο〈πίας〉: for they say that he was taught medicine and prophecy by the Muses and took Autonoe as wife, clearly the daughter of Cadmus.

n. ϑέσαν ἤρανον: καὶ τῶν ἰδίων ποιμνίων προστάτην αὐτὸν ἐποίησαν αἱ Μοῦσαι. Ἀϑαμάντιον δὲ πεδίον οὕτω καλούμενον περὶ τὴν Ἅλον· κατῴκησε γὰρ Ἀϑάμας ἐν Ἅλῳ, τῇ νόσῳ τῆς βασιλείας ἐξελϑών.

n. ϑέσαν ἤρανον: and the Muses made him guardian of their own flocks. The Athamantian plain is so called around Halus; for Athamas dwelt in Halus, having left the island of his kingdom.

o. Ὄϑρυς ὄρος Θεσσαλίας ὑψηλόν, καὶ ὁ Ἀπιδανὸς δὲ ποταμὸς Θεσσαλίας.

o. Othrys is a high mountain of Thessaly, and the Apidanus is a river of Thessaly.

p. Μινωΐδας: τὰς Κυκλάδας φησίν, ἐπεὶ Μίνως, Κρὴς ὤν, ἐβασίλευσε τῶν νήσων ϑαλασσοκρατῶν, ἐξελάσας τοὺς Κᾶρας.

p. Μινωΐδας: he means the Cyclades, since Minos, being a Cretan, ruled over the islands, mastering the sea, having driven out the Carians.

q. Σείριος: ἤτοι παρὰ τὴν ζέσιν, Σείριος καὶ σείριος. ἢ παρὰ

q. Σείριος: either from the boiling heat, Seirios and seirios. Or from

8 Hes. Theog. 977 Diod. IV 81, 3 Apoll. Bibl. III 26 11 Et. Gen. (CD, in B legi non potest) Ἀϑαμάντιον: II 513—515. ἔστι πεδιὰς ἐν Θεσσαλίᾳ καλουμένη Ἀϑαμαντία — ἢ μᾶλλον Ἀϑαμανία, τὸ ἐϑνικόν Ἀϑαμᾶνες (e Steph. Byz. Ἀϑαμανία) — διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖσε Ἀϑάμαντα πλανᾶσϑαι μετὰ τὸ φονεῦσαι τὸν ἴδιον υἱὸν Λέαρχον (Berkel, Κλ- CD), χόλῳ τῆς Ἥρας, ὅτι ἀνέϑρεψε τὸν Διόνυσον. ἐφόνευσεν δὲ αὐτὸν μανεὶς εἰς ϑήραν δόρατι (δ. om. C), νομίσας ἔλαφον εἶναι. ὅϑεν καὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐξέπεσε καὶ τῆς Ἰνοῦς τῆς γυναικὸς ἐστερήϑη καὶ τοῦ ἰδίου υἱοῦ (υἱοῦ Et. M., lac. in CD) Μελικέρτου, ἀμφοτέρων εἰς τὴν ϑάλατταν ἐμπεσόντων καὶ οἰκησάντων (καὶ οἰκ. om. C) προνοίᾳ Ποσειδῶνος ἐν αὐτῇ. οὕτως σχόλιον εὗρον εἰς τὸ β' (Gaisford, τὸν ϑ' D) τῶν Ἀργοναυτικῶν (D, εἰς τὸ Ἄργος i. e. εἰς τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά C). cf. W 70 sch. 1144/45 a Apoll. Bibl. I 84. III 28 Ov. Fast. VI 485—90 Nonn. Dion. X 505 sqq. Zenob. IV 38 Steph. Byz. Ἅλος (cf. W 95) 14 Et. Gen. (AB) Ὄϑρυς: ὄρος Θεσσαλίας. οἷον II 515. εἴρηται οἱονεὶ ἀϑρύς τις ὤν, ὅϑεν ἔστιν ἀϑρῆσαι διὰ τὸ ὕψος. Et. Or. 89, 5. 111, 19 Et. M. 523, 54 16. 18 Et. Gen. (AB) Σείριος: II 516—517. Μινωΐδας 1 ὁ Ἀπ. P : om. L 8 ἰατρικὴν et μαντικὴν Lg φασὶν W : φησὶν 10 προστάτην Lg 12 περὶ τὴν Ἅλον Holstenius ap. Hoelzlin. 366 : περὶ τὴν Ἅλων L : ἐν Ἅλῳ P νόσῳ K : νήσῳ 17 ἐξ. τοὺς Κ. P : om. L. cf. W 48 18 καὶ σείριος V : om. LP

τὸ ἐκκενοῦν ἡμᾶς ἱδρῶσι ῥεομένους· σιροῦν γὰρ τὸ κενοῦν. ἢ τοῦ σεσηρέναι αἴτιος· τοὺς γοῦν κύνας σεσηρέναι καὶ διαχάσκειν ποιεῖ. ἢ παρὰ τὸ σείεσϑαι καὶ πάλλεσϑαι. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ πάντα τὰ ἄστρα σείρια κα- λοῦσιν οἷον τείρεά τινα ὄντα καὶ σημεῖα τῶν πλοϊζομένων· οἱ μέντοι ἀστρολόγοι τοὺς ἐν κινήσει ὄντας ἀστέρας λαμπροὺς 〈οὕτω〉 καλοῦσιν. εἶναι δὲ τὸ ἄστρον οἱ μὲν τοῦ Ὠρίωνος κυνός φασιν, οἱ δὲ τῆς Ἠρι- γόνης, οἱ δὲ τοῦ Ἀλκυονέως, οἱ δὲ τῆς Ἴσιδος, οἱ δὲ Κεφάλου, οἱ δὲ κύριον, ὡς Τιμοσϑένης (fg 42 E. A. Wagner Die Erdbeschreibung des T., Diss. Lips. 1888, 73) φησίν.

the fact that it empties us as we flow with sweat; for siron means to empty. Or it is the cause of grinning; at any rate it makes dogs grin and gape. Or from being shaken and quivering. Similarly they call all the stars seiria, as being teirea, signs for sailors; the astrologers, however, call the bright stars that are in motion 〈thus〉. Some say the star is the dog of Orion, others of Erigone, others of Alcyoneus, others of Isis, others of Cephalus, others that it is a proper name, as Timosthenes (fg 42 E. A. Wagner Die Erdbeschreibung des T., Diss. Lips. 1888, 73) says.

r. 〈Κέῳ:〉 νῆσός ἐστιν ἡ Κῶς, ὅϑεν ἦν Ἱπποκράτης. Lg

r. 〈Κέῳ:〉 Cos is an island, whence Hippocrates came. Lg

s. Παρράσιον λαόν: Ἀρκαδικόν, ἀπὸ μιᾶς πόλεως, Παρρα- σίας. Lg (P)

s. Παρράσιον λαόν: Arcadian, from one city, Parrhasia. Lg (P)

t. Διὸς Ἰκμαίοιο: ἕνεκα τῆς ἰκμάδος. ἐν τῇ Κέῳ δὲ ἔστιν ἱερὸν Διὸς Ἰκμαίου, τουτέστι διύγρου, ἐπεὶ αἴτιος γέγονε τῆς πνοῆς τῶν ἀνέμων.

t. Διὸς Ἰκμαίοιο: for the sake of moisture. In Ceos there is a sanctuary of Zeus Icmaios, that is, of the moist, since he is the cause of the blowing of the winds.

u. τοῖο δ’ ἕκητι: τοῦ Διὸς χάριν. Lg (P)

u. τοῖο δ’ ἕκητι: for the sake of Zeus. Lg (P)

λέγει τὰς Κυκλάδας νήσους ἀπὸ τοῦ Μίνω(ο)ς. σείριος δὲ ὁ κύων ἀστὴρ εἴρηται παρὰ τὴν (B, τὸ A) ζέαν, ζε〈ί〉ριος. ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἐκκενοῦν ἡμᾶς ἱδρῶσι ῥεομένους· σείρειν γὰρ τὸ ἀποκενοῦν λέγεται, ἢ παρὰ τὸ σεσηρέναι γέγονε σέριος καὶ σείριος· τοὺς γὰρ κύνας διαχάσκειν τότε ποιεῖ, ἢ παρὰ τὸ εἴρω τὸ λέγω γίνεται (A, γέ- γονε B) εἴριος καὶ σείριος· λέγει γὰρ καὶ μηνύει ἡμῖν τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ ϑέρους (cf. Et. Gud. 497, 6 Sturz). ἔνιοι δὲ πάντα τὰ ἄστρα σείρια καλοῦσιν, τείρεα (-ια AB) ὄντα ὅ ἐστι σημεῖα τῶν πλεόντων. ὁ δὲ Ἀντίμαχος (deest in Bergkii collectione) Σειρῆνα (auctor anon. Class. Journ. 4, 1811, 244, σείρινα A, σείρηνα B) τὸν Δία εἶπεν (B, Σ. τὸν Δ. εἶναι λέγει ὁ Ἀ. A) διὰ τὸ ἄστρον (i. e. propter stellam Iovis errantem clarissimam). cf. W 77 Herod. I 171. III 122 Thuc. I 4 sch. Arat. Phaen. 253, 10 M. Eust. 1709, 54 Theo Smyrn. De astron. 16 (202 Mart.) Hesych. σείριος. σειρίου κυνὸς δίκην Phot. σείριος. σίριον Suid. σείριον Et. Gen. (A) Παρράσιον: Ἀρκαδικὸν πεδίον. II 521. sch. a cum loc. sim. 1 σειροῦν P : ση- L 2 σεσ. καὶ διαχ. W ex Et. : διασέσ. καὶ χ. 4 οἷον — πλοϊζομένων L : οἱονεὶ τείρεα ἢ διὰ τὸ τείρειν τὸ δαμάζειν ἢ ὅτι τέρατα οἱονεὶ σημεῖα παρέχουσι τοῖς πλωϊζομένοις P. cf. W 42 5 λαμπροὺς 〈οὕτω〉 W : λαμπροὺς L : στίλβοντας P : σειρίους e sch. Arat. K 6 κύνα P φασιν P : om. L 10 cf. W 58 11 Ἀρκαδικόν Gs Παρρασίας P : -ίου L 13 Κέῳ P : Κῷ L 16 τοῦ Διὸς P : om. L

v. ἤματα τεσσαρά〈κοντα〉: τὰς τῶν ἐτησίων ἀνέμων ἡμέρας οἱ μὲν μ', ἄλλοι δὲ ν' φασὶν ὡς Τιμοσϑένης (fg 7 E. A. Wagner Die Erdbeschreibung des T., Diss. Lips. 1888, 67). ἄρχονται δὲ πνεῖν ὄντος τοῦ ἡλίου ἐν τῷ τοῦ Καρκίνου τέλει, πνέουσι δὲ δι’ ὅλου τοῦ Λέοντος καὶ λήγουσιν ἐν διμοίρῳ τῆς Παρϑένου.

v. Forty days: the days of the Etesian winds some say are forty, others fifty, as Timosthenes (fg 7 E. A. Wagner Die Erdbeschreibung des T., Diss. Lips. 1888, 67). They begin to blow when the sun is at the end of Cancer, blow through all of Leo, and cease in the second degree of Virgo.

w. Κέῳ δ’ ἔτι νῦν ἱερή〈ες〉: ἐνομοϑέτησε γὰρ τοῖς Κείοις κατ’ ἐνιαυτὸν μεϑ’ ὅπλων ἐπιτηρεῖν τὴν ἐπιτολὴν τοῦ Κυνὸς καὶ ϑύειν αὐτῷ. ὅϑεν οἱ ἐτησίαι πνέουσι καταψύχοντες τῷ ϑέρει τὴν γῆν, καὶ αὐχμοῦ ἀπηλλάγησαν οἱ Ἕλληνες. L

w. And still now on Ceos sacred: for he legislated for the Ceans to watch annually with arms for the rising of the Dog Star and to sacrifice to it. Hence the Etesian winds blow, cooling the earth in summer, and the Greeks were relieved of drought. L

528—29 a. ὑδέονται: ᾄδονται, λέγονται. Lg P

528-29a. Are sung: are sung, are said. Lg P

b. ἀριστῆες δὲ καταῦϑι: ὑπάρχουσι γὰρ ἐναντίοι οἱ ἐτησίαι τοῖς εἰσπλέουσι τὸν Πόντον, ὄντες βορραῖ κατ’ ἐκείνους τοὺς τόπους, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐναντίοι εἰσὶν τοῖς ζεφύροις.

b. But the chieftains there: for the Etesian winds are contrary to those sailing into the Pontus, being north winds in those regions, just as in Greece they are contrary to the west winds.

531—32. βωμὸν ἁλὸς ῥηγμῖνι πέρην: ἐν δὲ τῷ πέραν, φησίν, αἰγιαλῷ τῆς Ἀσίας, διαπλεύσαντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν, βωμὸν τοῖς δώδεκα ϑεοῖς ἐδομήσαντο. φανερὸν οὖν, ὅτι ἐν τῇ Εὐρώπῃ· καὶ γὰρ ἔτι καὶ νῦν Ἱερόν ἐστιν οὕτω καλούμενον ἐν τῷ πέραν τῆς Εὐρώπης [τῆς Ἀσιάδος]. Τιμοσϑένης (fg 28 E. A. Wagner Die Erdbeschreibung des T., Diss. Lips. 1888, 69) δέ φησι τοὺς μὲν Φρίξου παῖδας βωμὸν ἱδρύσασϑαι τῶν δώδεκα ϑεῶν, τοὺς δὲ Ἀργοναύτας τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος. Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 47 J.) δέ ἐπὶ τοῦ βωμοῦ φησι τεϑυκέναι τοὺς Ἀργο- ναύτας, ἐφ’ οὗ Ἄργος ὁ Φρίξου ἐπανιὼν ἐτεϑύκει. εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ δώδεκα

531-32. An altar on the shore opposite: on the opposite shore, he says, of Asia, having sailed across to it, they built an altar to the twelve gods. It is clear, then, that it is in Europe; for even now there is a sanctuary so called on the opposite side of Europe [of Asia]. Timosthenes (fg 28 E. A. Wagner Die Erdbeschreibung des T., Diss. Lips. 1888, 69) says that the sons of Phrixus set up an altar of the twelve gods, but the Argonauts one of Poseidon. Herodorus (31 fg 47 J.) says that the Argonauts sacrificed on the altar on which Argus, son of Phrixus, had sacrificed on his return. The twelve gods are these:

1 sch. a cum loc. sim. 16 Polyb. IV 39, 6 Dion. Byz. Anapl. Bosp. 75 (27, 1 Gueng.) sch. Dem. In Lept. 468, 10 6 sch. w repetitum est e sch. a Κείοις P in sch. a : Κώοις 8 ϑέρει sch. a : ἀέρι 13 τοῖς ζεφύροις W : οἱ ζέφυροι 16 verba φανερὸν — Εὐρώπης ad sch. 177 spectant ὅτι K : ἐστιν τῇ del. W et Wil. ad l.; ἐν τῷ πέραν τῆς Εὐρώπης (αἰγιαλῷ) A, ἐν τῷ πέραν τῆς Εὐρώπης Ἀσίας (αἰγιαλῷ) prop. Wieseler Spicil. ex locis script. vet. ad Bosporum Thrac. spect., Progr. rect. Gott. 1875, 31 19 βωμὸν ἱδρ. τ. δώδ. ϑ. (P) : βωμοὺς δώδ. ἱδρ. τ. ϑ. L. qua verissima Parisini emendatione recepta non est, cur ante Ποσειδῶνος vel τέμενος (Wieseler 36) vel βωμὸν (C. Müller Phil. 37, 1877, 82) iniciamus. 20 ἱδρύ- σασϑαι P : -σαντας L 21 αὐτοῦ post ἐπὶ τοῦ add. P τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας P : om. L

ϑεοὶ οὗτοι· Ζεύς, Ποσειδῶν, Ἅιδης, Ἑρμῆς, Ἥφαιστος, Ἀπόλλων, Δη- μήτηρ, Ἥρα, Ἑστία, Ἄρτεμις, Ἀφροδίτη καὶ Ἀϑηνᾶ.

Zeus, Poseidon, Hades, Hermes, Hephaestus, Apollo, Demeter, Hera, Hestia, Artemis, Aphrodite, and Athena.

533—36 a. οὐδὲ πελείης: οὐκ ἐπελάϑοντο δὲ τῆς περιστερᾶς. τὸ ἑξῆς· ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ χειρὶ εἶχεν ὁ Εὔφημος. L

533-36a. Nor the dove: they did not forget the dove. The order: but Euphemus held it in his hand. L

b. δῆμα δὲ γράφεται καὶ δεῖμα. τῷ μὲν οὖν η γεγραμμένον τὸν δεσμὸν σημαίνει, τῇ δὲ διφϑόγγῳ τὸν φόβον. P

b. δῆμα is written and δεῖμα. Written with η it means bond, with the diphthong fear. P

538. 〈ἐσσευμένως:〉 ἐνταῦϑα ἀντὶ τοῦ ῥᾳδίως. Gm

538. 〈Hastily:〉 here instead of easily. Gm

541—48 a. ὡς δ’ ὅτε τις πάτρη〈ϑεν〉: εἴρηται ἡ παραβολὴ παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Ο 80)· ‘ὡς δ’ ὅτ’ ἂν ἀΐξῃ νόος ἀνέρος’. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὥσπερ δέ, ὅταν τις ἀπὸ τῆς πατρίδος πλανώμενος — οἷα πολλάκις συμβαίνει τοῖς ἀνϑρώποις — τοὺς ἰδίους τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐϑεάσατο οἴκους, οὐδὲ τὸ μεταξὺ διάστημα πολὺ αὑτῷ φαντασιοῦται εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάσας καταφανεῖς τὰς πόλεις, ἅμα τε τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἡ εἰς τὰ οἰκεῖα ὁδὸς ἡ διὰ γῆς τε καὶ ϑαλάσσης ὑποφαίνεται αὐτῷ καὶ ἄλλοϑι ἄλλην ἐκ τοῦ τόπου, ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν, 〈ὀφϑαλμοῖς〉 ἐπέρχεται ταχέως καὶ ἐν κινήσει ὀξεία τὴν διανοιαν ἔχων, οὕτω ταχέως διῆλϑεν ἡ Ἀϑηνά τὴν μεταξὺ χώραν καὶ παρεγένετο ἐπὶ τὰς Κυανέας πέτρας.

541-48a. As when someone from his homeland: the simile is taken from Homer (O 80): 'as when the mind of a man darts'. The sense: just as, when someone wandering from his homeland—as often happens to men—sees in his thought his own home, the intervening distance does not seem great to him, but all the cities are visible, and at the same time the road to his own land by land and sea appears to him, and now here, now there, from the place where he is, he swiftly traverses it with his eyes, having his thought in rapid motion, so swiftly did Athena pass through the intervening land and arrive at the Cyanean rocks.

b. τὸ μὲν οὖν ἀλώμενος εἰς τὸ ἐνόησεν ἀναφέρειν δεῖ. ἐν δὲ τῷ πλαζόμεϑα τετληότες μετάϑεσιν ποιητέον, οἷον πλαζόμενοι τέτλαμεν. P

b. The word ἀλώμενος must be referred to ἐνόησεν. In πλαζόμεθα τετληότες a transposition must be made, as πλαζόμενοι τέτλαμεν. P

c. οὐδέ τις αἶα τηλου〈ρός〉: οὐδὲ αὐτῷ πολὺ πάσης δι- άστημα γῆς φαίνεται.

c. Nor any far-off land: nor does the distance of any land seem great to him.

d. σφωιτέρους: κακῶς ἐχρήσατο τῷ σφωιτέρους· ἔδει γὰρ εἰπεῖν σφετέρους. τὸ δέ ἐνόησε δόμους ἀντὶ τοῦ τῇ διανοίᾳ τοὺς ἰδίους οἴκους ἐϑεάσατο.

d. σφωιτέρους: he used σφωιτέρους incorrectly; for he should have said σφετέρους. But he meant 'he beheld the house' in the sense of 'he saw his own home in his mind'.

1 P haec nomina ita disposuit, ut unicuique deo adiungeret deam: Ζεύς — Ἥρα, Ποσειδῶν — Δημήτηρ, Ἀπόλλων — Ἄρτεμις, Ἄρης — Ἀφροδίτη, Ἑρμῆς — Ἀϑηνᾶ, Ἥφαιστος — Ἑστία Ἄρης pro Ἅιδης Kaibel cum P (Deicke 14) Iunonem, quam in L post terminationem nominis Δημήτηρ praetermissam P post Iovem et H post Venerem interseruerunt, ad tertium deorum ternionem Saturni filias referentem pertinere monuit Ahrens De duodecim deis Platonis 1864, 4. cf. W 35 2 Ἄρτεμις P, cui assentitur Ahrens: Ἄρης L : Ἄρης Ἄρτεμις H 12 αὑτῷ W : αὐτῷ 13 τε post πάσας add. L interpretem πόληες pro κέλευϑοι legisse suspicatur Merkel 14 ἡ διὰ γ. τε W : ἡ τε διὰ γ. 15 suppl. Deicke ταχ. καί W : καί ταχ. 16 ἔχει A 21 οὐδὲ αὐτῷ W : οὐδὲν αὐτῷ 23 τῷ F : τό L : aliter P

e. ὑγρὴν δὲ κέλευθον Ὁμηρικῶς τὴν διὰ θαλάσσης νοεῖ, τραφερὴν δὲ τὴν διὰ ξηρᾶς. P

f. ὀξέα πορφύρων: πορφύρειν λέγεται τὸ μὴ ἐξ ἐπιπολῆς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ βάθους τι μεριμνᾶν· ἀπὸ τῆς πορφύρας τῆς ἐν βάθει τῆς θαλάσσης εὑρισκομένης.

g. Ἄξεινον δὲ τὸν Εὔξεινον Πόντον φησὶν οἱονεὶ κακόξεινον, τοῦ α σημαινοντος τὸ κακόν. πρότερον μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ ληστῶν περι- οικούμενος Ἄξεινος ἐκαλεῖτο, καθαρθεὶς δὲ τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα Εὔξεινος ἐκλήθη. P

550a. ἐεργμένον: συνεχόμενον. Lᶢ

b. τὸ δὲ ἐεργμένον παράγεται μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ εἴργω τὸ κωλύω, σημαίνει δ’ ὅμως καὶ τὸ περικυκλούμενον ὡς ἐνταῦθα. P

551—52. δινήεις δ’ ὑπένερθεν: ὁ ῥοῦς, φησί, δίνας καὶ συστροφὰς ἔχων ῥευμάτων ἀνέκοπτε τὴν ναῦν, καὶ πολὺ εἰς τοὔμ- προσθεν προῄεσαν μετὰ φόβου.

553. ἀρασσομένων πετράων: ἀντὶ τοῦ συγκρουομένων ἀλλήλαις. οὕτω δὲ ἀναγινώσκεται κατὰ τὸ ‘θυρῶν ἀρασσομένων’.

554a. νωλεμές: συχνῶς. Lᶢ P

b. ἁλιμυρέες ἀκταί: αἱ ὑπὸ θαλάσσης περιρρεόμεναι ἢ περιρ- ραινόμεναι.

557. θελήμονα: πρόθυμον καὶ ἐπιτεταμένην· οὐ γὰρ τὴν ἡσύχιον ἐνταῦθα σημαίνει.

559. τὰς δ’ αὐτίκα λοίσθιον ἄλλων: τοῦτο ἔφη, ἐπεὶ πε- πρωμένον ἦν στηριχθῆναι αὐτάς, ἂν διέλθῃ αὐτῶν ἡ ναῦς.

562. προέηκε πελειάδα: ὅτι διὰ πελειάδος ἐπείρασαν οἱ

3 sch. I 461 cum loc. sim. 7 Strab. VII 298. 300 sch. Dion. Per. 21. 146 Et. M. 394, 38 10 549. Et. Gen. (AB) σκολιὸν πόρον (immo -ος -ος): II 549. ὅτι σκολιὸν πόρον λέγει τὸν ἀπὸ (τοῦ add. B) Βυζαντίου πλοῦν ἕως τοῦ στομίου τοῦ Πόντου, ἔνθα εἰσὶ καὶ αἱ (αἱ om. B) πέτραι αἱ Κυάνεαι. οὕτως δὲ εἶπεν [ἢ del. W] διὰ τὸ σκαμβὸν εἶναι καὶ οὐκ ἴσον· ἔοικεν δὲ τῷ στοιχείῳ τῷ (τὸ AB) Ε καὶ θηρίῳ ἕρποντι. cf. W 82 19 sch. I 913 cum loc. sim. 4 κατὰ B. μεριμνῶν GᵐSᵐ — βάθους LV : -ος GSP 14 ἀνέκοπτεν Lᶢ 17 κατὰ W : καὶ : πρὸς K 18 συχνῶς L : συνεχές P 22 ἡσύχιον F : ἡσυχίαν L : ἥσυχον P

Ἀργοναῦται τὰς Συμπληγάδας, καὶ Ἀσκληπιάδης ἱστορεῖ ἐν δευτέρῳ Τραγῳδουμένων (12 fg 2a J.).

568a. σπήλυγγες: αἱ κοιλάδες αἱ ὑπὸ τὰς πέτρας.

b. ἐπήλυγγες: σπιλάδες. Lᶢ (P)

569—70a. ἐβόμβεον: ἤχουν. ὅθεν καὶ βομβυλιὸς εἶδος μελίσσης. καὶ ποτηρίου δὲ εἶδος, ὡς Ἀντισθένης (fg 18 Mull. II 276) παρα- δίδωσιν· ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο στενοτράχηλον.

b. † βομβυλίον ὅπερ τ .... ον ἐπικέκληται διακλύστερον.† L

c. λευκὴ καχλάζοντος: ποιὸν ἦχον ἀποτελοῦντος. περι- έκλυζε τὰς ἐφ’ ὕψους ἀκτὰς ὁ τοῦ κύματος ἀφρός.

571—72a. νῆα δ’ ἔπειτα πέριξ εἴλει ῥόος: περιῆγεν δὲ τὴν ναῦν καὶ περιέστρεφεν ὁ ῥοῦς.

b. ταίγε δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ· αὗται αἱ πέτραι ἔκοψαν τὰ ἄκρα τῆς οὐρᾶς πτερά. P

573. τὸ δὲ ἔβραχε τὸ ἐβόησε σημαίνει. P

576—77a. πλήμμυρις καὶ πλημμυρίς, διχῶς. ἄμεινον δὲ πλημμυρίς· τὰ γὰρ ἀπὸ βαρυτόνων ῥημάτων θηλυκὰ ὀνόματα εἰς ις ὀξύνεται· βασιλεύω βασιλίς, πλημμύρω πλημμυρίς.

b. τὸ δὲ κατένεικε ἀντὶ τοῦ κατήνεγκε τὴν ναῦν εἴσω τῶν πετρῶν. P

579. ἤδη δ’ ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα: γενομένων δὲ αὐτῶν μεταξὺ τοῦ στενοῦ ἢ πρόσω καὶ ἡ κατόπιν θάλασσα ἐπεφαίνετο.

5 Galen. Gloss. Hipp. XIX 89 K. Erotian. 29, 1 N. Athen. XI 784d Poll. VI 98. X 68 Hesych. Suid. βομβυλιός Harp. 74, 7 D. Lex. rhet. 220, 7 B. Et. M. 204, 54 sch. Ar. Ach. 866 Eust. 945, 23. 1591, 34. 1718, 9 9 Et. Gen. (AB) καχλάζω: οἷον II 568. 570. σχόλιον. ὁ λευκὸς ἀφρὸς τοῦ κύματος καχλάζοντος οἱονεὶ ταρασσομένου πρὸς ταῖς σπιλάσι (σπη- B, πη- A) ταῖς τραχείαις καὶ ταῖς κοίλαις ἐκβρώσεσιν (W, ἐκβράσ- A, ἐκβράσσ- B, ἐκβρασθεὶς Deicke 28) ἀνέπτυεν (Deicke, ἀνέπνεεν AB). πεποίηται δὲ τὸ καχλάζω· ὁ γὰρ ἦχος τοῦ κύματος ἐν τοῖς κοιλώμασιν (B, κυκλ- A) τῶν πετρῶν γενόμενος δοκεῖ μιμεῖσθαι τὸ κάχλα κάχλα. cf. W 71 sch. Theocr. VI 9/121—0 16 sch. ι 486 Et. M. 676, 25 5 βομβυλιὸς K : -υλιοὶ L : -ύλη P 8 tertio loco Deicke τ . . ερον legisse sibi visus est, K τοιοῦτον. suspiceris fere βομβυλιὸς τὸ ποτήριον ἐπικέκληται, 〈δὲ καὶ〉 διακλυστήριον 12 ἤγουν τὸ κῦμα τῆς θαλάσσης in fine add. A

580—81a. ἀπροφάτως: ἀπροοράτως. Lᶢ P

b. κυρτὸν ἀποτμῆγι σκοπιῇ: ἀνεφάνη δὲ καὶ ἐπήρχετο αὐτοῖς ἀπροόπτως προπάροιθεν ὑψηλὸν καὶ μέγα κῦμα παραπλήσιον ἀπερρηγμένῃ σκοπιῇ ἤτοι ὄρει.

c. 〈ἀποτμῆγι:〉 ἀπορρωγάδι. Lᶢ

582—83a. ἤμυσαν: ἔκλιναν λοξὰς τὰς κεφαλάς, ὡς καλυφθησό- μενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ κύματος.

b. τὸ δὲ κατεπάλμενον τὸ ὑπεραναβὰν σημαίνει, ἀναφέρεται δὲ πρὸς τὸ μέγα κῦμα. P

584—85. ἀλλά μιν ἔφθη: προέλαβε δὲ ὁ Τῖφυς βαρουμένην τὴν ναῦν τῇ εἰρεσίᾳ, ὑποχαλάσας καὶ ἐνδοὺς αὐτῇ καὶ καταπαύσας τὴν εἰρεσίαν. ἢ βαρυνομένην αὐτὴν αἰσθόμενος, τῇ εἰρεσίᾳ ἀνεχάλασεν.

586—87a. ἐκ δ’ αὐτὴν πρύμνηθεν: οὕτω, φησίν, ἐπῆρεν τὸ κῦμα τὴν ναῦν, ὡς καὶ ὑπὲρ τὰς πέτρας αὐτὴν γενέσθαι.

b. 〈μεταχρονίη:〉 μετέωρος. Lᶢ

590—92. ὅσσον δ’ ἂν ὑπείκαθεν: ὁ νοῦς· ὅσον δὲ ἄλλη ναῦς τῇ εἰρεσίᾳ πειθομένη ὑπεῖξεν ἄν, δὶς τοσοῦτον ἡ Ἀργώ· ἵνα διὰ τούτων τὸ τάχος δηλώσῃ τῆς Ἀργοῦς. διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει ἐπεγνάμ- πτοντο δὲ 〈κῶπαι〉 ἠύτε καμπύλα τόξα, τὸ βίαιον τῆς εἰρε- σίας δηλῶν. ἢ οὕτως· ὅσον ἂν εἶξε καὶ ὑπεχώρησε τοῖς ἐρέταις ἡ Ἀργώ, δὶς τοσοῦτον τῇ παλιρροίᾳ ὑπέστρεφε.

594. κύλινδρος: κιονίσκος λίθινος στρογγύλος.

595—96a. προπροκαταΐγδην: εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν ἄνωθεν καταφερομένη.

b. ἐν δ’ ἄρα μέσσαις: ἐν δὲ μέσῳ τῶν Συμπληγάδων κατέσχεν αὐτὴν ὁ ῥοῦς.

598—602a. καὶ τότ’ Ἀθηναίη: καὶ τότε ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ τῆς πέτρας ἀντελάβετο καὶ κατέσχε τῇ λαιᾷ, τῇ δὲ δεξιᾷ αὐτὴν ἐξέωσεν ἐκ τοῦ στενοῦ· ὅμως δὲ τὰ ἀκροστόλια ἀπέκλασαν αἱ πέτραι.

23 Et. Gen. (AB) καταΐγδην: ἀπὸ τοῦ καταΐσσω, ἡ εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν ὁρμῶσα καὶ ἀΐσσουσα. οἷον II 594—595. 8 ὑπ-ὰν F : ὑπ-ὰς 11 καὶ P : ἢ L 19 add. W 20 verba ἢ οὕτως κτλ. post Ἀργοῦς leguntur, unde removit Fr. 28 ἐκ τοῦ στενοῦ K : ἐκ τοῦ πόντου L : εἰς τὸν πόντον P 29 ἀπέκλασαν W : ἐπ- L : om. P

b. νωλεμὲς ἐμπλήξασθαι: βιαίως συμπεσοῦσαι τὰ ἀκρο- στόλια ἀπέκοψαν.

611—12. ἔλπομαι αὐτῇ νηΐ: [οἷον δι’ αὐτὴν τὴν ναῦν] οἷον διὰ τῆς νεὼς αὐτῆς. ἢ λείπει ἡ σύν, ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἐλπίζω, φησίν, ἤδη σεσῶσθαι ἡμᾶς σὺν αὐτῇ τῇ νηΐ, ἡ δὲ Ἀθηνᾶ τῆς σωτηρίας αἰτία. ταῦτα δέ φησι παραθαρσύνων αὐτούς.

615—17. Αἰσονίδη, τύνη δέ: ἐπειδή, φησίν, ἅπαξ ἐφύγομεν τὰς πέτρας, μηκέτι εὐλαβοῦ τὸν θάνατον.

619—20. σεῦεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ· καὶ εὐθέως παρὰ τὴν Βιθυνίαν κατίθυνεν. Lᶢ (P)

622. παρηγορέεις: παραμυθητικῶς λέγεις. Lᶢ (P)

624. χρῆν γὰρ ἐφιεμένοιο: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπιτάττοντος. τὸ δὲ χρῆν ῥῆμά ἐστι· παρ’ αὐτὸ γὰρ καὶ ὄνομα πίπτει τὸ χρῆμα ὡς παρὰ τὸ δρῶ δρᾶμα. ἐπίρρημα γὰρ οὐ δύναται εἶναι, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἐπίρρημα σχηματίζεται.

626. κεδαιόμενος: διακοπτόμενος, μεριζόμενος. Lᶢ (P)

627—28. ἀτλήτους μελεδῶνας: ἀνυποστάτους μερίμνας ἔχω, ἀνυπομονήτους καὶ μεγάλας. στυγέων δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ δεδοικώς·

1 Et. Gen. (AB) παρέθρισαν: σημαίνει τὸ ἔκοψαν. οἷον II 601. ἐκ τοῦ ἀκροστολίου εὐθλάστου ὄντος ἀπέκοψαν (A, παρ- B) οἱονεὶ παρεκούρευσαν· ἔνθεν καὶ [το del. W] ἀποθρίσαι (W, -ίσασθαι AB) τὸ ἀποκόψαι τὰς τρίχας (Eur. Or. 128). Ἀπολλώνιος. 9 618. Et. Gen. (B) εὐπαλέας: II 618. εὐχερεῖς (Et. M., om. B), ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν εὐπαλαίστων (Et. M., -λεστάτων B) ἀνδρῶν· τούτοις γὰρ εὐχερεῖς δοκοῦσιν οἱ ἀγῶνες, ὅθεν καὶ τὸ εὐπαλές. τὸ γοῦν δυσχερὲς δυσπαλὲς ἔλεγον. ἢ εὐπαλὲς τὸ εὐμεταχείριστον ἀπὸ τῆς παλάμης ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν δοράτων πάλεσεως· καὶ γὰρ εὐλαβές (Et. M., εὐβαλές B) φαμεν ἀπὸ τῶν ῥᾳδίως λαβόντων (Et. M., βαλλόντων B). Ἀπολλώνιος. 13 Et. Gen. (B) χρῆν: II 624. ῥῆμά ἐστιν· 〈παρ’ sch.〉 αὐτὸ καὶ (sch., κατ’ B) ὄνομα πίπτει τὸ χρεία. ἐπίρρημα δὲ οὐ δύναται εἶναι. 16 Et. Gen. (AB) νηλειῶς: II 624. 626. νηλειῶς ἀνηλεῶς. μελεϊστὶ κατὰ μέλος. κεδαιόμενος κατακοπτόμενος καὶ κατατεμνόμενος. ib. iterum νηλειῶς: II 626. γράφεται δαϊζόμενος. σημαίνει δὲ τὸ κεδαιόμενος τεμνόμενος κοπτόμενος. 1 συμπ- L : ἐμπ- P 3 del. W ἤ pro altero οἷον HF 5 ἡμᾶς PA : ὑμᾶς L 6 παραθ- W : περιθ- L : om. P 9 καὶ εὐθ. W : εὐθ. καὶ L : om. P παρὰ K : περὶ L : ἐπὶ P 13 χρῆμα K : χρεία 14 οὐδὲν ἐπίρρημα σχ. L : ἀπὸ ἐπιρρήματος οὐ σχ. ὄνομα P : 〈παρ’〉 οὐδὲν ἐπίρρημα σχ. ὄνομα Lentz Herod. I, 1867, CCXIX

καὶ Ὅμηρος (Υ 65) ‘τά τε στυγέουσι θεοί περ’ καὶ αὖθις (Ο 167) ‘τόν τε στυγέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι’.

631. αἰεὶ δὲ στονόεσσαν: ἀεὶ πρὸς τῇ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ διὰ νυκτὸς τὰς τύχας ὀδύρομαι. Ὅμηρος (χ 195)· ‘νῦν μὲν δὴ μάλα πάγχυ, Μελάνθιε, νύκτα φυλάξεις.’

633. σὺ δ’ εὐμαρέως: εὐχερῶς. ἔνθεν καὶ εὐμαρίς, εἶδος ὑπο- δήματος, ᾧ εὐχερῶς ἐχρῶντο.

635a. εἷο: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν ἐμεῖο, τρίτον πρόσωπον ἀντὶ πρώτου. βούλεται δὲ λέγειν, ὅτι ἐμαυτοῦ οὐδὲ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ποιοῦμαι φροντίδα. ἰδίως δὲ ἠβαιὸν τὸ διὰ σμικρότητα βάσιν μὴ ἔχον, ἄβαιόν τι ὄν.

b. ἀτύζομαι: φοβοῦμαι. Lᶢ P

638—39a. οἱ δ’ ὁμάδησαν: ὁμοῦ ἀνεφώνησαν, θαρσύνοντες αὐτόν. ὅμαδος δὲ παρὰ τὸ ὁμοῦ ᾄδειν, ὁμόαδός τις ὤν.

b. 〈ὁμάδησαν:〉 ὡμοφώνησαν. Gᶢ

640a. ἐπιρρήδην: φανερώτερον, παρρησιαστικώτερον, οἱονεὶ ἀναφανδόν.

b. ἐπιρρήδην: διαρρήδην. Lᶢ P

642. 〈βερέθρων:〉 χασμάτων. Lᶢ

643. 〈ἔτι〉 τάρβος ἀνάψομαι: ἔτι φόβον περιθήσομαι. Lᶢ P

649—50. αἶψα δὲ τοίγε Ῥήβαν ὠκυρόην: ταχέως δὲ κατέλαβον τόν τε Ῥήβαν καὶ τὸν πρὸ τοῦ Ῥήβα σκόπελον κολωνοειδῆ ὄντα. Κολώνη δὲ ἄκρα οὕτω καλουμένη περὶ τὸν Λύκον ποταμόν· μέμνηται αὐτῆς Νύμφις ὁ Ἡρακλεώτης ἐν τῷ Περὶ Ἡρακλείας (fg 6 M. III 13).

652—54a. προχοὰς Φυλληίδας: Φύλλις ποταμὸς Βιθυνίας. Διψακὸς δὲ υἱὸς τοῦ Φύλλιδος καὶ νύμφης τινὸς ἐγχωρίου· ὃς Φρίξον τὸν Ἀθάμαντος ἐξένισεν, ἐπὶ τοῦ κριοῦ ὅτε ἐξέφυγε τὸν θάνατον, μέλλων

6 sch. Eur. Or. 1370 sch. Aesch. Pers. 660 Poll. VII 90 Hesych. Phot. εὐμαρίδες Et. M. 393, 16 Tzetz. Lyc. 277, 9 sch. 10 Hesych. ἠβαιόν Et. M. 417, 33 13 sch. III 971 sch. AB B 96 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 120, 18 B. Hesych. ὅμαδος Συν. ὅ. (317, 1 Ba. Phot.) Et. Or. 113, 5 Et. M. 623, 18 Et. Gud. 426, 56 Sturz Eust. 180, 8. 682, 39 25 Steph. Byz. Φυλλίς: . . . ἔστι καὶ ποταμὸς Βιθυνίας Φύλλις, οὗ Φυλληὶς τὸ θηλυκόν. 8 l. εἷο P : ἀμφὶ δὲ τοῖο L 9 ἀντὶ ἐμαυτοῦ Lᶢ 22 ἄκρα οὕτω P : οὕτω ἄκρα L 26 ἐγχωρίου P : om. L

σφαγιάζεσθαι. φασὶ δὲ ἐκεῖνον σφαγιασθῆναι τῷ Λαφυστίῳ Διί, καὶ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν 〈μὴ ἐξεῖναι〉 ἕνα τῶν Φρίξου ἀπογόνων εἰσιέναι εἰς τὸ πρυτανεῖον, εἰσελθόντα 〈δέ〉 τινα ἀκουσίως 〈θύεσθαι〉 τῷ προειρη- μένῳ Διί.

b. υἷ’ Ἀθάμαντος: τὸν Φρίξον ὑποδέδεκται ὁ Διψακὸς εἰς Κόλχους πορευόμενον. L

658—59. καὶ εὐρείας ποταμοῖο ἠόνας: Διονύσιος ὁ Ὀλ- βιανὸς ἱστορεῖ τὰς εὐρείας ἠόνας λέγεσθαι Ἀχιλλέως δρόμους.

660—61. ὁμῶς δ’ ἐπὶ ἤματι νύκτα: ἡμέραν δὲ καὶ νύκτα ὁμῶς ἐν νηνεμίᾳ διῆγον κωπηλατοῦντες.

662. πλαδόεσσαν: ἔνυγρον ἔτι οὖσαν. Lᶢ Gᶢ P

667. χηλὰς σκηρίπτοντε: τοὺς ὄνυχας ἐπερείδοντες, ἐμπεί- ροντες· 〈...〉, ὅθεν καὶ τὸ σκηπάνιον.

668. ὑπ’ ἐξ ἁλὸς εἷλκον ἐρετμά: ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἀνέφερον καὶ ἀνῆγον τὰς κώπας. L

671. ἀμφιλύκην μιν: σκοτεινήν. λύγη γὰρ ἡ σκοτία, καὶ λυ- γόφως ἐξ αὐτοῦ καὶ λυκόφως.

1 Herod. VII 197 Ps.-Plat. Min. 315c 7 Et. Gen. (AB) Κάλπιν (-ις B): οἷον II 655—657. 659. τὸ θελημὸς [σημαίνει] ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐθέλ[λ]ων. Διονύσιος δὲ ὁ Ὀλβιανὸς ἱστορεῖ ἠιόνας λέγεσθαι Ἀχιλλέως δρόμους. Κάλπις δὲ ποταμὸς Βιθυνίας. διαφέρει οὖν κάλπη καὶ Κάλπις (B om. usque huc omnia praeter l.): κάλπη μὲν οὖν (μὲν οὖν om. B) λέγεται ἡ ὑδρία, Κάλπις δὲ ποταμὸς Βιθυνίας. Et. Gud. 296, 25 Sturz Et. Zon. 1156, 1 Strab. XII 543 11 Et. Gen. (AB) πλαδόεσσαν: II 662. σημαίνει δίυγρον οὖσαν. πλαδαρὸν γὰρ τὸ ὑγρὸν καὶ χαῦνον καὶ πλάδος ἡ ὑγρασία ἡ (ἡ B, om. A) ἐν τῷ στομάχῳ, παρὰ τὸ πλάζω τὸ πλανῶ ἢ παρὰ τὸ πεπλάσθαι. τὸ δὲ οἷον (οἷοι et hic et in verbis poetae AB) ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁποῖόν (ὁποιοί AB) ἐστιν ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὥς. Ἀπολλώνιος. 13 Eust. 1702, 18 16 sch. A H 433 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 28, 5 B. Hesych. ἀμφιλύκη. 1 post σφαγιάζεσθαι L inseruit sch. b, cf. W 50 φ. δὲ ἐκεῖνον W : φ. δὲ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ L : ἐκεῖ δέ φ. τὸν κριὸν (!) P Λαφυστίῳ P : -είῳ L 2 μὴ ἐξεῖναι W suppl. ex mente Herodoti, ubi νόμος in P; 〈μηδ〉ένα prop. Platt Journ. of Phil. 69, 1919, 85 3 εἰσελθόντα 〈δέ〉 τινα — 〈θύεσθαι〉 Platt : ἐπελθόντα τινά — L : εἰσελθόντα — θύειν (!) P ἀκ- W : ἐκ- L : om. P 7 de hoc Dionysio non constat Ὀλβιανὸς Holstenius ap. Hoelzlin. 366, cf. Et. : Ἀλβ- 11 ἔν. ἔτι οὖσαν L : ὑγρὰν οὖσαν G : ἢ ἔτι δίυγρος οὖσα P 13 lac. ind. W, quam Eustathio auctore expleas verbis ἀφ’ οὗ συγκοπὲν τὸ σκήπτεσθαι

672—73. τῆμος ἐρημαίης νήσου: περὶ τῆς Θυνιάδος νήσου προείρηται (sch. 177)· ἧς μέμνηται Νύμφις ὁ Ἡρακλεώτης (fg 19 M. III 16). φησὶ δὲ αὐτὴν ἑπτὰ σταδίους ἔχειν τὴν περίμετρον. Καλλι- σθένης δὲ ἐν τῷ Περίπλῳ (124 fg 7 J.) ὑπὸ μὲν Ἑλλήνων φησὶ προσ- αγορεύεσθαι τήν τε χώραν καὶ τὴν νῆσον Θυνιάδα, ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν βαρ- βάρων Θυνίαν.

675. Ὑπερβορέων ἀνθρώπων: Ὑπερβορέους μὴ εἶναι τελέως φησὶν Ἡρόδοτος (IV 36), ἐπεί, εἰ εἰσὶν ὑπερβόρειοί τινες, πάν- τως καὶ ὑπερνότιοι. Ποσειδώνιος (87 fg 103 J.) δὲ εἶναί φησι τοὺς Ὑπερβορέους, κατοικεῖν δὲ περὶ τὰς Ἄλπεις τῆς Ἰταλίας. Μνασέας (fg 24 M. III 153) δέ φησι νῦν τοὺς Ὑπερβορέους Δελφοὺς λέγεσθαι. Ἑκαταῖος (73 B 4 Diels-Kranz) δὲ μέχρι τῶν αὑτοῦ χρόνων εἶναί φησι τὸ τῶν Ὑπερβορέων ἔθνος· ἔστι δὲ αὐτῷ βιβλία ἐπιγραφόμενα Περὶ Ὑπερβορέων. τιμᾶται δὲ παρὰ τοῖς Ὑπερβορέοις ὁ Ἀπόλλων, διὸ καὶ ἐκεῖσε χωρῶν ὤφθη. τρία δὲ ἔθνη τῶν Ὑπερβορέων: Ἐπιζεφύριοι καὶ Ἐπικνημίδιοι καὶ Ὀζόλαι.

684—87a. ὀψὲ δὲ τοῖον Ὀρφεύς: τὸν Ὀρφέα φασὶ καὶ μάντιν εἶναι. ἐν δὲ τῇ Θυνίδι νήσῳ ἱερόν ἐστιν Ἀπόλλωνος. Ἡρό- δωρος (31 fg 48 J.) οὖν φησιν Ἑῷον Ἀπόλλωνα προσαγορεύεσθαι καὶ βωμὸν αὐτοῦ εἶναι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ, οὐ καθὸ ὄρθρου ἐφάνη αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ καθὸ οἱ Ἀργοναῦται ὄρθρου εἰς αὐτὴν κατέπλευσαν.

b. εἰ δ’ ἄγε δὴ νῆσον μέν: τὴν νῆσον, φησί, οὕτω καλέσωμεν, Ἑῴου Ἀπόλλωνος.

695a. χερμάσιν: λίθοις μικροῖς. Lᶢ Sᵐ (P)

b. ἐδίνεον: ἀνεστρέφοντο. Lᶢ (P)

ἀ. νύξ Et. Or. 7, 23 Et. Αίμ. 618, 60 Et. Gen. ἀμφιλύκη νύξ (38, 1 Reitz.) Et. Gud. 124, 1 De Stef. — Eust. 689, 18. 809, 43 22 Et. Gen. (AB) κλείωμεν: ὀνομάσωμεν, οἷον II 687. Et. Gud. 325, 47 Sturz 24 sch. I 1123 a. b cum loc. sim. 6 Βιθυνίαν R. Unger Zs. f. d. Alt. 1844, 236 propter Plin. Nat. hist. V 151 12 μέχρι τῶν PH : μέχρι τοῦ L αὑτοῦ Diels : αὐ- τὰ 14 ὁ Ἀπ. P : om. L 15 τρία sqq. L : om. P — Hiller Jb. f. cl. Phil. 115, 1877, 236 sententiam coll. Steph. Byz. 473, 13 et 651, 10 Mein. hoc modo restituere conatus est: 〈λέγονται δὲ Ὑπερβόρεοι ὡς Ἐπιζεφύριοι·〉 τρία γὰρ ἔθνη τῶν Λοκρῶν κτλ. traditum defendit L. Weber Rh. Mus. 82, 1933, 187

c. 〈ἐξερέοντες:〉 ἐξερευνῶντες. Lᶢ

696. κεμάδων: ἡλικία ἐλάφων. Lᶢ (P)

699a. 〈εὐαγέως:〉 ἁγνῶς. Lᶢ

b. ἀνὰ διπλόα μηρία: τῶν ἱερείων. διπλόα δέ, ἢ ὅτι δύο εἰσίν, ἢ ὅτι διπλοῦς αὐτοῖς ὑπετίθετο καὶ ἐπετίθετο ἐπίπλους.

702. Ἰηπαιήων ὁ Ἀπόλλων λέγεται ἤτοι διὰ τὸ πέμπειν τὰ βέλη ἢ ὅτι ἰάσεως ὁ θεὸς αἴτιος. L Gᵐ (Sᵐ) P

703. 〈πάϊς Οἰάγροιο:〉 ὁ Ὀρφεύς. Lᶢ

704. Βιστονίῃ: Θρᾳκικῇ. Βίστονες γὰρ ἔθνος Θρᾳκῶν· ὠνο- μάσθη δὲ ἀπὸ Βιστόνος τοῦ Κίκονος, ὡς Φιλοστέφανος (fg 7 M. III 30). καὶ Βιστονὶς λίμνη Θρᾳκική.

705—11 a. Δελφύνην: τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ δράκοντος οἱ μὲν ἀρρε- νικῶς, οἱ δὲ θηλυκῶς εἶπον, ὃ καὶ βέλτιον.

b. ὅτι Δελφύνης ἐκαλεῖτο ὁ φυλάσσων τὸ ἐν Δελφοῖς χρηστή- ριον, Λεάνδριος (Maeandrii fg 10 M. II 337) καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fg 364

2 sch. IV 12 cum loc. sim. 6 700. Et. Gen. (A¹·²B) ἑῷον Ἀπόλλωνα (Ἀπ. A¹, om. A²B): [καὶ del. W] ἑῶος (καὶ ἑ. hic A¹, post Ἀπολλώνιος A²B) σὺν τῷ ῑ: κτητικὸν γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς ἕω. II 700. Ἀπολλώνιος (versum et nomen Apollonii om. A¹). τὸ δὲ ἑωσφόρος οὐκ ἔχει τὸ ῑ (τό ῑ A¹, om. A²B). 702. sch. 712/13 cum loc. sim. 9 Et. Gen. (AB) Βιστονίης φόρμιγγος: Θρᾳκικῆς, ἀπὸ Βιστόνος (Βίστωνος AB) τοῦ Τερψιχόρας (-ώρας A, -ώρου B). οἷον II 704. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. cf. W 74 Steph. Byz. Βιστονία Tzetz. Lyc. 153, 31 Sch. 11 Herod. VII 109 Strab. I 59. VII 331 fg 44. 47 14 Et. Gen. (AB) Παρνασός: post verba ad sch. g laudata: Δελφύνης δὲ ἐκαλεῖτο ὁ φυλάσσων τὸ ἐν Δελφοῖς χρηστήριον. τοῦτον ἐφόνευσεν ὁ Ἀπόλλων θελήσαντα ἐπελθεῖν καὶ ἐπιχειρῆσαι (A, -ῆσαι B) τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ Λητοῖ. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά (τῇ sqq. om. B). cf. W 76 sch. Eur. Phoen. 232. 233 Dion. Per. 441 cum sch. et Eust. comm. Nonn. Dion. XIII 28 Et. M. 322, 5 Et. Gud. 443, 23 De Stef. Tzetz. Lyc. 97, 21 Sch. Tzetz. Exeg. Hom. Il. 117, 17 H. Suid. Δελφοί 2 ἐλάφων W : -ου L : aliter P 9 Θρᾳκικῇ Gᶢ Sᵐ 11 καὶ sqq. P : om. L 14 άλλως praem. L 〈ἡ Δελφύνη〉 post Δελφύνης addi vult Schneider. at sententia haec esse videtur: Delphynae, non Pythonis nomen serpenti illi Delphico L. et C. imposuerunt, unus vero C. ita, ut de genere feminino dubitari nequeat. 15 Λεάνδριος sch. g : Λέανδρος : Μαιάνδριος C. Keil Vindic. onomatol. 1843, 11. Leandrii nomen iure tuetur Bux RE² XII 1047

Schn.) εἶπον· δράκαιναν δὲ αὐτήν φησιν εἶναι, θηλυκῶς καλουμένην Δέλφυναν, αὐτὸς ὁ Καλλίμαχος.

Schn.) they said; and he says that she is a she-dragon, called in the feminine Delphyna, as Callimachus himself says.

c. 〈ἐὼν ἔτι γυμνός:〉 ἔτι ἄνηβος ὤν. Lᶢ

d. 〈ἀδήλητοι:〉 ἀβλαβεῖς. Lᶢ

e. 〈τὼς γὰρ θέμις:〉 οὕτως γὰρ πρέπον ἐστίν. Lᶢ

f. οἰόθι δ’ αὐτή: μόνη ἐφάπτεται τῶν τριχῶν σου ἡ Λητώ. Κοιογένεια δὲ ἡ ἀπὸ Κοίου τὸ γένος ἔχουσα· Κοίου γὰρ θυγάτηρ ἡ Λητώ.

g. πολλά δὲ Κωρύκιαι νύμφ〈αι〉: ἄντρον ἐν Παρνασσῷ Κωρύκιον. ὠνομάσθη δὲ Παρνασσὸς ἀπὸ Παρνησοῦ ἐγχωρίου ἥρωος, ὡς Ἑλλάνικος (4 fg 196 J.)· Ἄνδρων (10 fg 8 J.) δέ, ἐπεὶ προσωρμίσθη ἡ λάρναξ τοῦ Δευκαλίωνος· καὶ τὸ πρότερον Λαρνασσὸς ἐκαλεῖτο, ὕστερον δὲ κατὰ φθορὰν τοῦ στοιχείου Παρνασσός. Πλεῖστος δὲ ποταμός. τινὲς δὲ ἀναγινώσκουσι Πλειστοῖο προπερισπωμένως, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐγχωρίων λέγεται Πλειστὸς ὡς καλός. ἔστι δὲ ποταμὸς ἐν Δελφοῖς. τὴν δὲ ἀναιρεθεῖσαν δράκαιναν Δέλφυναν καλεῖσθαι θηλυκῶς φησι Λεάνδριος (v. sch. b).

h. Κωρύκιον ἄντρον ἐν Παρνησσῷ. κέκληται δὲ ἀπὸ νύμφης

10 Et. Gen. (AB) Παρνασός: II 705—706. Παρνασός ἐστιν ὄρος Δελφῶν ἀπὸ Παρνασοῦ ἐγχωρίου ἥρωος. Ἄνδρων δέ φησιν, ἐπειδὴ προσώρμησεν ἡ λάρναξ τοῦ Δευκαλίωνος· καὶ τὸ μὲν πρότερον Λαρνασός ἐκαλεῖτο, ὕστερον δὲ κατ’ ἐναλλαγὴν τοῦ λ εἰς τὸ π Παρνασός. Steph. Byz. Παρνασσός: . . . ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ πρότερον Λαρνασσός διὰ τὸ τὴν Δευκαλίωνος λάρνακα αὐτόθι προσενεχθῆναι. cf. W 93 14 Et. Gen. (AB) Πλειστοῖο (sic): οἷον II 711. τινὲς ἀναγιγνώσκουσιν Πλειστοῖο προπερισπωμένως, ἐπεὶ καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἐγχωρίων Πλειστὸς (B, Πλεῖστος A) λέγεται ὀξυτόνως ὡς καλός. ἔστι δὲ ποταμὸς ἐν Δελφοῖς. Ἡρωδιανὸς ἐν τῇ Καθόλου (I 217, 20 L.) Πλεῖστος βαρύνει. 18 Et. Gen. (AB) Πλειστοῖο: post verba ad sch. g exscripta: Κωρύκιον δέ ἐστιν ἄντρον ἐν Παρνασῷ (A, -σσῷ B), ἀπὸ νύμφης Κωρυκίας. Παρνασός (A, -σσός B) δὲ ὄρος Δελφῶν. ib. Κωρύκιον: εἴρηται εἰς τὸ Πλειστοῖ(ο), ὅτι Κωρύκιόν ἐστιν etc. ut supra. Paus. X 6, 3. 32, 2 1 εἶπον K : εἶπεν L : φησί P 2 ὁ αὐτὸς Blomfield Call. 1815, 294, sed traditum defendit Schneider 10 Παρνησοῦ Preller Ausgew. Aufs. 1864, 32 : -σσ- τοῦ post Παρν. add. L 13 τοῦ 〈λ〉 στοιχείου Jacoby 14 προπερισπ- P : περισπ- L 17 Λεάνδριος L : om. P. qui haec scripsit, sch. b parum accurate inspexerat. quare F καὶ Καλλίμαχος adiecit

Κωρυκίας, ἧς καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος παῖς Λυκωρεύς, ἀφ’ οὗ Λυκωρεῖς οἱ Δελφοί. Πλεῖστος δὲ ποταμὸς Δελφίδος.

Corycia, whose son by Apollo was Lycoreus, from whom the Delphians are called Lycoreans. And Pleistos is a river of Delphi.

712—13. θαρσύνεσκον ἔπε〈σσιν〉: ὅτε, φησίν, ἐτόξευσε τὸν δράκοντα, ἐπεφώνουν αἱ νύμφαι τῷ βάλλειν αὐτόν ‘ἵη ἵη βέλος’· ἐξ οὗ τὸ ἐφύμνιον ἐγένετο ἰηπαιήων.

714. χορείῃ μέλψαν ἀοιδῇ: τῇ μετὰ χοροῦ λεγομένῃ ᾠδῇ.

715—19 a. λοιβαῖς εὐαγέεσσιν: ὤμοσαν, φησίν, ὁμονοήσειν ἀλλήλοις· ὅθεν καὶ Ὁμονοίας θεᾶς ἵδρυται ἱερόν.

b. κυδίστην: ἀντὶ τοῦ κρατίστην θεῶν Ὁμόνοιαν τιμῶντες· πορσαίνοντες γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμῶντες. γράφεται καὶ κικλή- σκοντες.

722. ποταμοῦ στόμα Σαγγα〈ρίοιο〉: Σαγγάριος ποταμὸς Φρυγίας. ὁ δὲ Μυρλεανὸς (Asclepiadis fg 3 M. III 300) Σάγγαρον αὐτὸν λέγεσθαί φησιν. Ἑρμογένης δὲ ἐν τῷ Περὶ Φρυγίας (fg 1 M. III 524) φησὶ Σάγγαν τινὰ ἀσεβήσαντα περὶ τὴν Ῥέαν μεταβαλεῖν εἰς τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸν ποταμὸν Σαγγάριον ὀνομασθῆναι. πλησίον δὲ αὐτοῦ Ὀρείας Μητρὸς ἱερόν ἐστιν, ὡς φησι Ξάνθος (fg 7 M. I 37).

723. καὶ Μαριανδυνῶν ἀνδ〈ρῶν〉: οἱ Μαριανδυνοί ὅμοροι τοῖς Παφλαγόσι, προσηγορεύθησαν δὲ ἀπὸ Μαριανδυνοῦ τοῦ Κιμμερίου παιδός.

1 sch. IV 1490/94a 3 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἰήιε: οἷον II 712—713. ὅτε, φησίν, ἐτόξευσε τὸν δράκοντα, ἀνεφώνουν ‘ἵη ἵη βέλος’ (B, μέλος A), ἀφ’ οὗ τὸ ἐφύμνιον τοῦτο ἐγένετο ἰηπαιήων (-παίηον AB) τὸ διὰ χοροῦ ᾀδόμενον. Ἰήϊος δὲ καὶ ὁ (ὁ B, om. A) Ἀπόλλων λέγεται, ὡς μὲν Δοῦρις (76 fg 79 J.), ὅτι ἐν ἀγκάλαις βαστάζουσα τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ἡ Λητὼ ἐνεκελεύσατο εἰποῦσα ‘ἵηιε Παιῆον’. τινὲς δὲ ψιλοῦσιν, ἐπεὶ ἰάσεως αἴτιος ὁ (ὁ B, om. A) θεός. sch. 702 sch. ABT O 365. BT Y 152 Call. H. II 102—04 Athen. XV 701c sch. Ar. Pac. 453 Hesych. Suid. ἵηιος Macrob. I 17, 16 Et. Or. 75, 24. 78, 14 Et. Gud. 273, 44 Sturz 12 Et. Gen. (AB) Σαγγάριος: ποταμὸς Φρυγίας. φασὶ (W, ὅτι A, ἀπὸ B) Σάγγαν (A, -α B) τινὰ ἀσεβήσαντα εἰς τὴν Ῥέαν μεταβαλεῖν (sch., μετέβαλεν AB) εἰς τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου 〈τὸν Et. M.〉 ποταμὸν κληθῆναι. 20 Sch. 140a. 780/83 a 4 τῷ W : τοῦ 9 τὴν Ὁμόνοιαν τιμῶντες Lᶢ Gᶢ Sᵐ 15 fortasse καταβαλεῖν 16 ἀπὸ τούτου H 17 Ῥέας pro Ὀρείας A. Hecker Comm. crit. de Anth. gr. I, 1852, 246 Μητρός idem : Δήμητρος

724. Λύκοιο ῥέεθρα: Λύκος ποταμὸς ὁμώνυμος τῷ βασιλεῖ, ῥεῖ δὲ διὰ τῆς τῶν Μαριανδυνῶν χώρας. Ἀνθεμοεισίδα δὲ ἀπὸ Ἀνθεμοεισίας τῆς Λύκου μὲν θυγατρός, γυναικὸς δὲ Δασκύλου τοῦ Ταντάλου υἱοῦ.

727—28. ἠῶθεν δ’ ἀνέμοιο 〈διὰ〉 κνέ〈φας〉: νυκτὸς δέ, φησί, τοῦ ἀνέμου λήξαντος, περὶ τὸν ὄρθρον εἰς τὸν περὶ [εἰς] τὴν Ἀχερουσίαν ἄκραν [εἰς] ὅρμον κατήχθησαν. L

729—35 a. ἡ μέν τε κρημν〈οῖσιν〉: ὅτι ἡ περὶ Ἡράκλειαν Ἀχερουσιὰς καλουμένη πανταχόθεν ἐκ θαλάσσης ἐστὶν ὑψηλή τε καὶ ἀπό- κρημνος καὶ νένευκεν εἰς δυσμὰς εἰς τὸ πρὸ τῆς Βιθυνίας πέλαγος, καὶ ὅτι προσπῖπτον αὐτῇ τὸ κῦμα σφοδροὺς ἀποτελεῖ ἤχους, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐπ’ ἄκρας αὐτῆς πεφυκυιῶν πλατάνων καὶ τοῦ ἐπ’ αὐτῇ πεδίου, καὶ ότι δοκεῖ κατάβασις εἰς Ἅιδου ὑπάρχειν, Νύμφις ἐν τῷ Περὶ Ἡρακλείας α΄ (fg 2 M. III 13) φησί· παρ’ οὗ Ἀπολλώνιος ἔοικε ταῦτα μεταφέρειν.

b. 〈δερκομένη:〉 γράφεται κεκλιμένη. Lᶢ

c. λισσάδες: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑψηλαί, ἀνάντεις. Lᶢ P

d. λισσάδες ἐρρίζ〈ωνται〉: ἐν βάθει τεθεμελίωνται.

e. ἀμφιλαφεῖς: ἀνθηραί, μεγάλαι καὶ περίοπτοι.

f. ἐκ δ’ αὐτῆς εἴσω: κατὰ τὸ πρὸς ἤπειρον δὲ καὶ μεσημβρίαν μέρος τῆς Ἀχερουσίας ἄκρας τὸ Ἀχερόντιον σπήλαιόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ χάσμα τὸ κατὰ γῆς.

g. τὸ δὲ ὕπαιθα τὸ ἔμπροσθεν καὶ ἐκ πλαγίου σημαίνει. P

736—38 a. ἐπηρεφές: ἀντὶ τοῦ σύσκιον. φησὶ δέ, ὅτι πνεῦμα καὶ ψυχρά τις αὔρα ἀναφέρεται ἐκ τοῦ στομίου καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κύκλῳ περιπεπάχνωται.

2 sch. 752 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἀνθεμοῦς: καὶ χωρίον καὶ ποταμὸς καὶ λίμνη τῆς Μαριανδυνίας ἀπὸ τοῦ παρακειμένου πεδίου πεπληρωμένου ἀνθέων. Μεθόδιος (M. A, om. B). Steph. Byz. Ἀνθεμοῦς: . . . ἔστι καὶ Ἀνθεμουσὶς λίμνη Μαριανδυνῶν, ἣν Ἀπολλώνιος διαλύσας ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναυτικοῖς Ἀνθεμοεισίδα φησίν. 8 sch. 353/56 b cum loc. sim. 18 sch. IV 1366 22 sch. BT O 520 Hesych. ὕπαιθα Eust. 1030, 20. 1234, 11. 1262, 61 3 Ἀνθεμοεισίας P : om. L 5 add. H 6 τὸν περί praepositione εἰς bis deleta K : τὸ πέραν 9 εἰς θάλασσαν H 12 καὶ ὅτι F : καὶ ὡς P : καὶ L 13 αὐτόθι post δοκεῖ add. F 16 ὑψηλαί Sᵐ 18 μεγάλαι F : -οι L : -η P 19 δὲ deleri vult Fr. 25 περιπεπάχν- P : περιπάχν- L

b. πηγυλίς: παγετώδης, ψυχρά. Lᶢ Gᶢ (Sᵐ) P

739. ἰαίνεται: διαλύεται, τήκεται. Lᶢ Gᶢ Sᵐ (P)

740—42 a. σιγὴ δ’ οὔποτε: φησίν, ὅτι καὶ διὰ τῶν δένδρων καὶ διὰ τῶν κυμάτων ἦχον καὶ ψόφον ἀποτελεῖ καὶ οὐδέποτε ἡσυχίαν ἔχει. L

b. βλοσυρὰν δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὴν λαμπρὰν ἴσως σημαίνει. P

c. 〈τινασσομένων:〉 κινουμένων. Lᶢ

743—49 a. ἔνθα δὲ καὶ προχοαί: φησίν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ Ἀχέρων Σοωναύτης λέγεται καὶ ὅτι ἐκ τῆς Ἀχερουσίας ἄκρας φέρεται διά τινος φάραγγος εἰς τὴν πρὸς ἀνατολὰς θάλασσαν.

b. 〈ἀνερεύγεται:〉 καταρρεῖ. Lᶢ P

c. Σοωναύτην: οἱ τὴν Ἡράκλειαν κατοικήσαντες Μεγαρεῖς, ὅτε εἰς τὴν ἀποικίαν ἔπλεον, χειμασθέντες εἰς τὸν Ἀχέροντα ποταμὸν κατ- έφυγον· ὅθεν καὶ διασωθέντες οἱ ναῦται Σοωναύτην ἐκάλεσαν αὐτόν. οὗτοι δὲ οἱ Ἡρακλεῶται Μεγαρέων εἰσὶν ἄποικοι καὶ Βοιωτῶν, καὶ Μαριανδυνῶν κατοικοῦσι χώραν.

d. Σοωναύτης ποταμὸς περὶ Ἡράκλειαν, οὕτως ὠνομασμένος, ἐπειδὴ πάντας τοὺς ναυτιλλομένους διασώζει ἀπαθεῖς ἔχων καὶ ἠρε- μαίους λιμένας.

e. χρίμψαντας: ἐμπεσόντας. Lᶢ (P)

750—51 a. τῇ ῥ’ οἵγ’ αὐτίκα νηΐ: διὰ τῆς ἄκρας τῆς Ἀχε- ρουσίας εἰς αὐτὸν καθορμισθέντες.

b. εἰσωποί: ἐναντίοι, ἐσώτεροι γενόμενοι. Lᶢ P)

c. 〈νέον:〉 νεωστί. Lᶢ P

752. οὐδ’ ἄρα δηθὰ Λύκ〈ον〉: Λύκον φησὶ τότε Μαριανδυνῶν

1 Et. Gen. (AB) πηγυλίς (Fr., πηλυγίς): οἷον II 737—738. ἡ ἐκ τοῦ κρύους (B, -ου A) πῆξις (A, ψύξις B). εἴρηται ἀπὸ τοῦ πήσσω πηγύς (Fr., -ος), ὡς πλήθω πληθύς, καὶ ἐκ τούτου πηγυλίς (Fr., πηλυγίς)· ἐκ γὰρ τῆς (τῆς B, om. A) Ἀχερουσίας ἄκρας ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐστὶ κοίλη νάπη, ἐν ᾗ ἐστιν σπήλαιον τοῦ Ἅιδου, ὕλῃ καὶ πέτραις κατὰ τὸ (τὸ B, om. A) στόμιον πεπυκνωμένον, ὅθεν ἀνάπνοια (A, -οα B) ψυχροτάτη ἀνιοῦσα περιπήγνυσιν ἐκεῖ τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ γίνεται πάχνη. 2 sch. III 1019/21 8 Plin. Nat. hist. VI 1, 4 23 sch. BT O 653 Hesych. εἰσωποί 9 Σου- AF : Σω- L : om. P 10 ἀνατολήν Sᵐ 12 εἰς post οἱ add. L 23 έναντίοι Gᶢ Sᵐ

βασιλεύειν, ὃς διὰ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς Βέβρυκας καὶ Ἄμυκον ἔχθος φιλοξένως τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας ὑπεδέξατο. φασὶ δὲ αὐτὸν υἱὸν εἶναι Δασκύλου τοῦ Ταντάλου καὶ Ἀνθεμοεισίας τῆς Λύκου τοῦ ποταμοῦ, ὡς μαρτυρεῖ καὶ Νύμφις ἐν τῷ α΄ τῆς Ἡρακλείας (fg 5 M. III 13) καὶ Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 49 J.), παριστορῶν 〈...〉. ὑπεδέξατο δὲ τοὺς ἥρωας, ὥς τινες, διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Πέλοπα τὸν θεῖον αὐτοῦ τιμήν.

to be king, who because of his enmity towards the Bebryces and Amycus received the Argonauts hospitably. They say that he was the son of Dascylus son of Tantalus and of Anthemoeisia daughter of Lycus the river, as Nymphis also testifies in the first book of his Heraclea (fr. 5 M. III 13) and Herodorus

754a. αὐθένται Ἀμύκ〈οιο〉: συλληπτικῶς εἶπεν φονέας Ἀμύκου τοὺς ἥρωας, καίτοι Πολυδεύκους μόνου τοῦτο δεδρακότος. αὐθέντης δὲ λέγεται ὁ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπί τινος φόνον ἱέμενος, οἷον αὐτοέντης τις ὤν.

b. 〈αὐθένται:〉 οἱ φονευταί. Lᶢ Gᶢ Sᵐ

c. 〈κατὰ κλέος 〈, ὃ πρὶν ἀκουον〉:〉 κατὰ τὴν διαδεδομένην φήμην. Lᶢ (P)

755a. ἀρθμόν: φιλίαν. Lᶢ (P)

b. 〈ἀρθμόν:〉 συμβίβασιν. Sᵐ

758. ἀντιβίην Βέβρυ〈ξιν〉: ἐχθροὶ ἀεὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ Μαριαν- δυνοί τῶν Βεβρύκων. ἡττήθησαν δὲ πολλάκις ὑπ’ αὐτῶν, 〈...〉 καὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ Πριόλας συλληφθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀμύκου ἀνῃρέθη. ὕστερον δὲ προσελαβόμενος Ἡρακλέα σύμμαχον πρὸς Ἀμαζόνας στρατευόμενον ἐξ εὐχεροῦς περιεγένετο τῶν Βεβρύκων. τινὲς δὲ τὸν Πριόλαον υἱὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἀδελφὸν ἱστοροῦσιν.

763. 〈σφωιτέρων:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ σφετέρων. Lᵐ

765. ὅσσα τε Κύζικον: Κύζικον τὴν πόλιν τῶν Δολιόνων φησίν, οὐ τὸν βασιλέα. L

767. Γλαύκοιό τε βάξιν: ὁ Γλαῦκος παρὰ τοῖς Ἴβηρσι τιμᾶται Γέρων καλούμενος. ἔστι δὲ ἄκρα Γλαύκου ἐκεῖ καλουμένη.

2 sch. 724 9 Et. M. 169, 8 Et. Gud. 232, 19 De Stef. Eust. 524, 17. 1350, 34 14 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 42, 18 B. Erot. 83, 7 N. Hesych. ἀρθμός 16 sch. 780/83a sch. Nic. Al. 15 25 Paus. III 21, 9 4 περὶ Ἡρ. pro τῆς Ἡρ. K 5 παρίστησι Wil. ad l. lac. ind. Jacoby 6 τὴν πρὸς τὸν — τιμήν K : τὸν εἰς τὸν — τιμήν L : τὸ τιμηθῆναι — ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων P 11 οἱ φον- L : αὐτοφον- G S 17 lac. ind. W 18 αὐτοῦ L : τοῦ Λύκου P : αὐτοῦ τοῦ Λύκου K 23 τὴν πόλιν λέγει Gᶢ τὴν πόλιν — οὐ τὸν βασιλέα W : τὸν βασ. — οὐ τὴν πόλ. : οὐ τὸν βασ. — 〈ἀλλὰ〉 τὴν πόλ. Steph.

770. 〈ἀβόλησαν:〉 ἐνέτυχον. Sᵐ

771. 〈ὃ δ’:〉 ὁ Λύκος. Sᵐ

775. 〈πείρετ’:〉 πειρᾶτε. Sᵐ

777—79. ὅτε δεῦρο δι’ Ἀσίδος ἠπ〈είροιο〉: τῆς Λυδίας λέγει. Ἀσία γὰρ τὸ πρότερον ἐκαλεῖτο ἡ Λυδία. καὶ Ὅμηρος (B 461)· ‘Ἀσίῳ ἐν λειμῶνι’. καὶ ἡ κιθάρα Ἀσία λέγεται, ἐπεὶ ἐν Λυδίᾳ πρῶτον εὑρέθη. τὸ δὲ πεζὸς ἔβη ἀκολούθως τῷ μύθῳ πεζὸν τὸν Ἡρακλέα φησὶν ἐπὶ τὸν ζωστῆρα τῆς Ἱππολύτης ἀπελθεῖν, δηλαδὴ διὰ τὸ τὰς Συμπληγάδας πέτρας 〈ἔτι〉 τότε συντρέχειν. ἄθλος δὲ ἦν οὗτος ἔνατος. πολλοὶ δὲ λόγοι περὶ τοῦ ζωστῆρός εἰσιν· τινὲς μὲν γὰρ Ἱππολύτης, ἄλλοι δὲ Δηιλύκης, Ἴβυκος (fg 45 B. III 249) δὲ ἰδίως ἱστορῶν Οἰο- λύκης τῆς Βριάρεω θυγατρός φησιν.

780—83 a. ἔνθα δ’ ἐπὶ Πριόλα〈ο〉: φησίν, ὅτι, ἡνίκα Ἡρα- κλῆς ἐπὶ τὸν Ἱππολύτης ἐπορεύετο ζωστῆρα, κατέλαβε Μαριανδυνούς ὑπὸ Βεβρύκων καταπονουμένους. ἐπιστρατεύσας δὲ μετὰ Μαριανδυνῶν ἐχειρώσατο τοὺς πολεμίους. πεσόντος δὲ ἐν τῇ μάχῃ Πριολάου τοῦ Μαριανδυνῶν ἡγουμένου ἀγὼν ἐπιτάφιος ἐτέθη ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, ἐν ᾧ Ἡρα- κλῆς ἐνίκησεν 〈Τιτίαν〉 ἕνα τῶν Μαριανδυνοῦ. Πριόλας δὲ ἀδελφὸς Λύκου, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ ἡ πόλις, υἱὸς δὲ ἦν Τιτίου. τὸν δὲ Τιτίαν οἱ μέν φασι Διὸς παῖδα, ἕνα τῶν Ἰδαίων Δακτύλων, οἱ δὲ τὸν πρεσβύτατον τῶν Μαριανδυνοῦ. ὁ δὲ Μαριανδυνὸς Φινέως ἢ Φρίξου ἢ Κιμμερίου λέγεται παῖς εἶναι. ἀπὸ δὲ Τιτίου φασὶ Τίτιον τὴν πόλιν κληθῆναι.

b. ἔνθα δ’ ἐπὶ Πριόλ〈αο〉: ἰδίως τὸν θρηνούμενον Πριόλαόν

5 Strab. XIII 627 Steph. Byz. Ἀσία. Ἠϊονία 6 Συν. 151, 19. 25 Ba. Hesych. Ἀσιάς Suid. Ἀσία sch. Ar. Thesm. 121 Et. M. 153, 31. 33 13 sch. 758 cum loc. sim. 19 sch. I 1126/31 a 21 sch. 140 a. 178/82 c. 723 6 suspiceris Ἀσιάς pro Ἀσία, sed traditum propter Syllogae l. l. retinendum esse docuit Naeke Choer. 1817, 114 8 ἀπελθεῖν P : om. L : 〈ἐληλυθέναι〉 K : 〈ἐλθεῖν〉 vel 〈βῆναι〉 Castiglioni Riv. di fil. 61, 1933, 259 9 suppl. A 11 Δηι- Pott Zs. f. vergl. Sprachf. 8, 1859, 427 : Διι- ib. ἰστ. Οἰ. P : Οἰ. ib. ἰστ. L 12 τῆς P : om. L 18 add. 〈Τιτίαν〉 F, 〈πυγµαχία τὸν Τιτίαν〉 A Μαριανδυνοῦ W propter sch. I 1126/31 a : -ῶν L : om. P 21 Μαριανδυνοῦ idem : -οῦ παίδων P : -ῶν L 22 Τίτιον Meineke Jb. f. cl. Phil. 87, 1863, 370, Τίον Wil. ad l. 23 θρηνούμενον L. Dindorf Steph. Thes. 2, 1833, 474 D : θρυλούμενον L : om. P

b. φησι, τῶν ἄλλων Βώριμον λεγόντων τὸν Τιτίου υἱόν, ὡς Νύμφις (fg 9 M. III 14) καὶ Καλλίστρατος (fg 1 M. IV 553).

c. ἐλέγοισιν: θρήνοις· τὰ γὰρ ἐλεγεῖα ἐπὶ ἐπιτυμβίοις ἐχρῶντο οἱ παλαιοί.

d. 〈ἀθλεύων:〉 Ἡρακλῆς. Sᵐ

786—87a. αὐτὰρ ὁμοῦ Μυσοῖσιν: τὸ ἑξῆς· ὁ Ἡρακλῆς τῷ ἐμῷ πατρὶ Δασκύλῳ ὑπέταξεν ὁμοῦ Μυσοὺς καὶ Φρύγας. τινὲς γράφουσι Μυγδόνας, ἵνα ᾖ· ὁμοῦ Μυσοὺς καὶ Μυγδόνας ὑπέταξε τῷ πατρί μου. ὅτι δὲ Φρύγας ἐχειρώσατο τοῖς Μαριανδυνοῖς, καὶ Νύμφις (fg 3 M. III 13) ἱστορεῖ. διὸ καὶ οὕτω γράφεται. εἰ δὲ γράφοιτο Μυγδόνας, ἤτοι τοὺς Βέβρυκας ἀπὸ Μυγδόνος βασιλέως αὐτῶν οὕτω κέκληκεν, ἢ ῥητέον, ὅτι Μοίριδι κατηκολούθησεν· οὗτος γὰρ Μυγδόνας ἔφησε καταπολεμῆσαι τὸν Ἡρακλέα.

b. 〈ὑπὸ πατρί: γράφεται〉 ὑπὸ δουρί. Lᶢ

789—91a. ἔστ’ ἐπὶ Ῥηβαίου προχ〈οάς〉: τὴν μὲν Παφλαγονίαν μέχρι τοῦ Βιλλαίου ποταμοῦ κατεστρέψατο πᾶσαν· οὗτος δὲ ὁ ποταμὸς διὰ τῆς ἐπικειμένης Φρυγίας ῥέων ἐξίησι παρὰ τὴν τῶν Τιανῶν πόλιν· ἐκ δὲ τούτου πρὸς δυσμὰς ἕως τοῦ Ῥήβα καὶ τοῦ ἐπικειμένου σκοπέλου κατὰ τὴν ἐκβολὴν τούτου 〈...〉. ὅτι δὲ τοὺς Παφλαγόνας

1 Poll. IV 55 Athen. XIV 619f sch. Aesch. Pers. 940 Eust. Dion. Per. 792 Hesych. Βῶρμον 11 Apoll. Bibl. II 100 16 Plin. Nat. hist. VI 4 Arr. Peripl. Pont. Eux. 19 Anon. Peripl. Pont. Eux. 13 Marc. Heracl. Epit. Menipp. 8 1 Βώριμον e Poll. Kaemmel Heracleotica, Progr. d. Gymn. Plauen 1869, 13 : Βῶρμον ex Athen. Dindorf : Βάρυνον L : Βαρῖνον (P) : Βάρωμον Wil. ad l. 3 θρήνοις Lᶢ τοῖς γ. ἐλεγείοις P ἐπὶ ἐπιτυμβίοις L : ἐν τοῖς ἐπιταφίοις P 10 γράφεται Wil. ad l. : γράφει L : om. P 12 postquam de Moeridis nomine Weichert Ueber d. Leb. u. Ged. d. Ap. Rh. 1821, 253 n. 32; dubitationem movit, Herodori fragmentis (15) hunc locum C. Mueller FHG II 32 adiecit. conicias Ἥριδι (pro Ἡροδώρῳ). 15 τὴν μ. Π.-ίαν K : τῆς μ. -ίας L : om. P 16 κ-ατο F : -αντο L : om. P verba οὗτος — 19 τούτου in L iterum leguntur scholio b adnexa ὁ ποταμὸς L²(P) : om. L¹ 17 ἐξίησι L¹ : ἑξῆς ἵησι L² : ἔξεισι P παρὰ τὴν τῶν L²P : παρ’ αὐτὴν τὴν L¹ Τιανῶν Holstenius ap. Hoelzlin. 366 : Τιτάνων 19 ἐκβολὴν τούτου L¹P : τούτου θέσιν L² lac. ind. W, ubi dictum fuisse oportet Herculem inde a Billaeo usque ad Rhebam Mariandynorum fines promovisse.

ὑπέταξεν Ἡρακλῆς τοῖς περὶ Λύκον, ἱστορεῖ Δεινίας ἐν α΄ Ἀργολικῶν (fg 1 M. III 24) καὶ Ἀσκληπιάδης ὁ Μυρλεανὸς ἐν ι΄ Βιθυνιακῶν (fg 2 M. III 758).

b. Βιλλαῖος προπερισπωμένως. οὕτω φησὶν Ἡρωδιανὸς ἐν τῷ ε΄ τῆς Καθόλου (I 132, 19 L.). ἔστι δὲ ποταμὸς Παφλαγονίας, οἱ δὲ Φρυγίας.

794—95a. δὴν ἀποτεμνόμενοι: ἐπὶ πολὺ ἀφαιρούμενοι. Lᶢ P

b. ὄφρ’ ἐβάλοντο: φησίν, ὅτι οἱ Βέβρυκες πολὺ ἀπετάμοντο τῆς Μαριανδυνῶν χώρας καὶ μέχρι τοῦ Ὑπίου ποταμοῦ προηγάγοντο τοὺς ὅρους. ᾤκισται δὲ παρὰ τῷ ποταμῷ ἐν τῇ Θυνίᾳ καὶ πόλις Ὑπία λεγομένη. ὁ δὲ Ὕπιος ὠνόμασται ἀπὸ τοῦ καταφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν Ὑπίων ὀρῶν. εἱαμενὰς δὲ λέγει τοὺς καθύγρους τόπους.

796—98. ἐπελάσσαι ἄρηα: ἐπαγαγεῖν. οὐ χωρὶς θεῶν, φησί, προνοίας, ὦ Πολύδευκες, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἀπέκτεινας τὸν Ἄμυκον. L

799. ἄρκιος: ἱκανός. Lᶢ P

800a. τίσω: ἀποδώσω. Lᶢ (P)

b. 〈προφρονέως:〉 ἑτοίμως. Lᶢ

c. 〈ἠπεδανοῖσιν:〉 ἀσθενέσι. Lᶢ

801. ὀφέλλειν: εὐεργετεῖν. Lᶢ P

804a. 〈διὲξ ἁλός:〉 γράφεται διαμπερές. Lᶢ

b. ἀντιάοιτε: περιτύχοιτε. Lᶢ (P)

806—07. νόσφι δὲ Τυνδαρίδαισε: χωρὶς δὲ τούτου τοῖς Τυνδαρίδαις, τουτέστι τοῖς Διοσκούροις, ἱερὸν ἱδρύσομεν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀχερουσίας ἄκρας.

809—10. πίονας εὐαρότοιο: ἀντὶ τοῦ· τέμενος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως ἀπομερίσω αὐτοῖς. L

10 Steph. Byz. Ὕπιος. Et. Gen. (B) Ὕπιος 12 sch. IV 315/18 b sch. Α Δ 483. B O 631 Hesych. εἱαμεναί Suid. εἱαμενή Choer. Orth. (An. Ox. II 203, 30) Et. M. 295, 16 Et. Gud. 405, 5. 19 De Stef. Eust. 501, 6. 1035, 16. 1146, 47 7 ἀφαιρούμενοι L : ἀφελόμενοι P 8 πολὺ Hoelzlin : πόλιν L : om. P 9 προηγάγοντο idem : προσηγάγοντο L : προήγαγον P 13 ἐπελάσσαι F : ἐμπελάσαι 17 hanc glossam a 799 separavit Fr. ἑτοίμως idem : ἕτοιμος 22 τούτου (scil. τοῦ στόματος) K : -ων F : -οις L : om. P Τ. τουτ. τοῖς Δ. F : Δ. τουτ. τοῖς T. L : τοῖς T. P

811a. ὣς τότε μέν: οὕτως τότε δι’ ὅλης ἡμέρας περὶ τὴν εὐωχίαν ἐτέρποντο καὶ ἔπαιζον. L

b. 〈ἐψιόωντο:〉 ὡμίλουν. Gᶢ (P)

c. 〈ἐψιόωντο:〉 ἔλεγον. Sᵐ

812a. ἐγκονέοντες: ἐνεργοῦντες. ὅθεν καὶ γόνυ οἷον κόνυ τι ὄν, παρὰ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν δι’ αὐτοῦ.

b. 〈ἐγκονέοντες:〉 ἀγωνιζόμενοι. Sᵐ

815. ἔνθα δ’ Ἀβαντιάδην: περὶ τοῦ Ἰδμονος ἐν Μαριανδυνοῖς γενομένου θανάτου καὶ Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 50 J.) ἱστορεῖ [ἐν τοῖς Περὶ Ἡρακλείας]· καὶ Προμαθίδας (fg 2 M. III 201) εἶπε καὶ Νύμφις ἐν τοῖς Περὶ Ἡρακλείας (fg 7 M. III 13), ὡς ὁ Ἴδμων ὑπὸ συὸς ἐπλήγη.

817. ἐπεὶ χρεὼ ἦγε δαμῆ〈ναι〉: ἡ χρεία, ἡ εἱμαρμένη.

818. δονακώδεος: ὑλώδους. Lᶢ (P)

819. ψυχόμενος: ψυχιζόμενος, τῷ ψυχρῷ βρεχόμενος.

821. ἑλειονόμοι: αἱ ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσι διατρίβουσαι.

822a. 〈οἷος:〉 μόνος. Lᶢ

b. τῖφος: ὁ ἑλώδης τόπος. L Gᶢ P

823a. ἀνὰ θρωσμούς: ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὰς ἀναβολὰς καὶ ἀναβάσεις καὶ ἀνόδους.

b. 〈θρωσμούς:〉 πηδήματα. Sᵐ

824a. 〈νίσσετ’:〉 ἤρχετο. Lᶢ

b. ἀφράστοιο: ἀπροσδοκήτου. Lᶢ (P)

2 sch. I 459 a cum loc. sim. 5 Et. Or. 38, 7 Et. M. 238, 11. 15 Et. Gud. 319, 8. 320, 4. 16 De Stef. Melet. 30 (An. Ox. III 129, 4) 15 Et. Gen. (A¹·²B) ἑλειονόμος (Et. M., ἐλεινόμονος A¹·²B): ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσι νεμόμενος (Et. M., νεμομένους A¹·²B). ἐξ οὗ (A¹·², om. B) II 821. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά (Ἀπ. — Ἀργ. A², om. A¹ B). sch. III 1219 sch. AB Y 8 18 Et. Gen. (AB) ἰλύς: . . . II 823 . . . θρωσμὸς δὲ ὁ ὑψηλὸς τόπος. 8 ἔνθα δ’ Steph. : ἔνθ’ L : om. P Ἰδμονος P : om. L 9 verba e sequentibus repetita del. W. proposuerant K in contextu: ἱστορεῖ καὶ Προμ. ἐν τοῖς π. Ἡρ., K in adn.: ἱστορεῖ (καὶ Καλλίστρατος) ἐν τοῖς π. Ἡρ. καὶ Προμ., Jacoby: ἱστορεῖ (...) ὡς Προμ. ἐν τοῖς π. Ἡρ. 10 Ἡρακλείας P : Ἡράκλειαν L : Ἡρακλέους Heyne Ad Apoll. Bibl. obs. 1803, 357 καὶ Πρ. K : ὡς Πρ. L : om. P Προμαθ- Mueller : Προμηθ- L : om. P 11 τοῖς P : τῷ L : 〈πρώ〉τῳ K : τῷ (...) Jacoby ὁ om. HF 17 ἑλώδης LP : κάθυγρος G 19 ἀνόδους W : καθ-

826. 〈ἀίγδην:〉 ὁρμητικῶς. Lᶢ

828. ὀρέξατο: ἔτεινεν. Lᶢ (P)

829. αἰγανέην: ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἄγαν ἵεσθαι, ἢ διὰ τὴν ἀγκύλην τὴν ἐξ αἰγείου δέρματος γεγενημένην, ἢ διὰ τὰς αἶγας, παρὰ τὸ ἐπ’ αὐτὰς νεῖσθαι.

830. ἐν δὲ τῷ καπρίου νοεῖται ἡ κατά. P

831. θοῷ: τῷ ὀξεῖ. Lᶢ P

833. ψυχορραγέοντα: ἀποψυχοῦντα. Lᶢ (P)

836. κηδείη: τῷ πένθει τῷ περί τοῦ νεκροῦ. Lᵐ (P)

838. μεγαλωστί: μεγαλοπρεπῶς. Lᶢ P

843. νηίου ἐκ κοτίνοιο: κότινός ἐστιν ὁ ἀγριέλαιος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ ἄκαρπος ἐλαία, φάλαγξ δὲ τὸ ἐπίμηκες καὶ στρογγύλον ξύλον. πολλὰς δὲ τοιαύτας εἶχον φάλαγγας οἱ ἀριστεῖς πρὸς τὰς νεωλκίας, ἀφ’ ὧν ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ Ἰδμονος τάφῳ κατὰ παραίνεσιν τοῦ Ὀρφέως μίαν λαβόντες προσέπηξαν, ἥτις βλαστήσασα ἔτι καὶ νῦν δείκνυται. περὶ ταύτην δὲ τὴν Ἡράκλειαν ἔκτισαν.

844—47 a. χρειὼ ἀπηλεγέως: εἰ δέ με, φησί, καὶ τοῦτο δεῖ ἁπλῶς καὶ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐξειπεῖν· οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Ἴδμων, ὃν ἐχρησμῴδησεν ὁ θεὸς ἐξιλάσκεσθαι Μεγαρεῦσι καὶ Βοιωτοῖς, ὅτε τὴν Ἡράκλειαν ἔμελλον κτίζειν. τοῦτο δὲ ἔφη ὁ Ἀπολλώνιος ὡς μὴ εἰδότων τῶν Ἡρακλεωτῶν, τίς εἴη ὁ τεθαμμένος παρ’ αὐτοῖς καὶ χρησμῳδηθεὶς εἶναι πολιοῦχος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. λέγει δὲ καὶ Προμαθίδας (fg 3 M. III 201), ὅτι, διὰ τὸ ἀγνοεῖν ὅστις εἴη, Ἀγαμήστορα ἐπιχώριον ἥρωα καλοῦσιν οἱ Ἡρακλεῶται. ὅτι δὲ Βοιωτοὶ καὶ Μεγαρεῖς ἔκτισαν τὴν ἐν Πόντῳ Ἡράκλειαν, καὶ Ἔφορος ἐν ε΄ (70 fg 44 a J.) καὶ ἄλλοι ἱστοροῦσιν.

b. γηρύσασθαι: εἰπεῖν. Lᶢ P

1 Et. Gen. (B) ἀίγδην: ἐπίρρημα μεσότητος. σημαίνει δὲ τὸ ὁρμητικῶς, οἷον II 826. παρὰ τὸ ἀΐσσω τὸ ὁρμῶ. οὕτως Μεθόδιος. cf. W 98 3 sch. B Τ Π 389 sch. δ 626 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 17, 24 B. Et. M. 28, 30 Et. Gud. 34, 19. 21 De Stef. Eust. 344, 5. 1077, 3. 1512, 16. 1620, 35 11 sch. 32/34 a. b Theophr. Hist. plant. I 8, 2. 14, 4. II 2, 12 18 sch. III 19 24 sch. 351/52 a Paus. V 26, 7 Xen. An. VI 2, 1 Diod. XIV 31, 3 13 νεω- K : νεο- L : νεου- P 17 δεῖ P : δὴ L 18 ἁπλῶς καὶ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν Lᶢ εἰπεῖν Lᶢ 23 Ἀγαμήστορα (P) e sch. 848/50 b : om. L

c. ἐπιρρήδην: ὅτι ἐπικαλεῖν αὐτὸν πολιοῦχον ὁ θεὸς προσέταξεν. L

d. τὸ δὲ ἐπιρρήδην τὸ διαρρήδην καὶ φανερῶς σημαίνει. P

848—50 a. ἀμφὶ δὲ τήνδε φάλ〈αγγα〉: περὶ γὰρ τὸν ἀγριέλαιον τὸν ἐπιπεφυκότα τῷ Ἰδμονος τάφῳ ἐθέσπισεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς Μεγαρεῦσι καὶ Βοιωτοῖς τὴν πόλιν κτίσαι, λέγει δὲ τὴν Ἡράκλειαν· ἐν γάρ τῇ ἀγορᾷ τῶν Ἡρακλεωτῶν ὑπάρχει ὁ τάφος, ὥς φησιν Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 51 J.), ἐφ’ οὗ ἐστιν ἀγριέλαιος.

b. οἱ δ’ ἀντὶ θεουδέος: ὅτι τὸν τάφον τοῦ Ἀγαμήστορος λέγουσί τινος ἥρωος ἐπιχωρίου.

854. Ἁγνιάδην Τῖφυν: ὅτι ἐν τῇ Ἡρακλείᾳ τέθνηκεν καὶ ὁ Τῖφυς, εἶπε Νύμφις (fg 8 M. III 13). Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 54 J.) δέ φησιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἀπιόντων εἰς Κόλχους τέθνηκεν ὁ Τῖφυς, ἀλλ’ ὑποστρεφόντων.

857. εἰσότ’ Ἀβαντιάδ〈αο〉: ἐν ὅσῳ ἔθαψαν τὸν Ἴδμονα, ἐν τοσούτῳ καὶ ὁ Τῖφυς νοσήσας ἐτελεύτησεν.

858. κῆδος: λύπην. Lᶢ (P)

859—60. παρασχεδόν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν τῷ μεταξύ. Lᶢ P

862—63. κατήμυσαν δ’ ἀχέεσσι: ἐστύγνασαν, ταῖς λύπαις κατεκλίθησαν, ὅτι ἀπηλπίκεισαν τὴν σωτηρίαν παντάπασιν.

865—72 a. Ἴμβρασος ποταμὸς Σάμου ὁ πρότερον Παρθένιος λεγόμενος, ὡς καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fg 213 Schn.): ‘ἀντὶ γὰρ ἐκλήθης, Ἴμβρασε, Παρθενίου.’

b. Ἀστυπάλαια: ὅτι Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀστυπαλαίας τῆς Φοίνικος ὁ Σάμιος Ἀγκαῖος ἦν παῖς, ὃς ἐκυβέρνα τὴν ναῦν μετὰ τὴν Τίφυος τελευτήν, καὶ Σιμωνίδης ὁ γενεαλόγος (8 fg 2 J.) ὁμοίως τῷ Ἀπολλωνίῳ γενεαλογεῖ.

c. Ἀστυπάλαια: ὄνομα νύμφης. Lᶢ (P)

d. περιπρὸ γὰρ εὖ ἐκέ〈καστο〉: ἀντὶ τοῦ διαφερόντως.

21 sch. I 185/88 b cum loc. sim. 24 Paus. VII 4, 1 (Asius) sch. Lyc. 488 1 ὅτι F : οἱονεὶ 21 verba Ἴμβρασος — λεγόμενος in L bis leguntur, et hic sola et una cum sequentibus scholio d affixa. cf. W 50 et Phil. 81, 1926, 20 δὲ post l. add. L² Σάμου L¹ P : ἐν Σάμῳ L² ὁ L² P : om. L¹ 22 λεγόμενος L¹ P : καλούμενος L²

e. Παρθενία δέ ἡ Σάμος ἐκαλεῖτο. ἐκέχρητο γὰρ πολλοῖς ὀνόμασι· καὶ γὰρ Μελάνθεμος καὶ Παρθενία καὶ Ἀνθεμοῦσσα ἐκαλεῖτο.

873. 〈τοι:〉 μοι. Lᶢ

875. 〈οὔτις〉 ἰάψει: οὐδεὶς διαφθερεῖ τὸν πλοῦν. Lᵐ (P)

878. ὀρέξατο: ὄρεξιν ἔλαβε καὶ οἷον πρόθυμος ἐγένετο.

888. κατηφήσαντες: δυσανασχετοῦντες. Lᵐ (P)

889. τῷ καὶ ὁμοῦ φθιμένοις: διὸ καὶ σὺν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις καὶ αὐτὸς προορώμαι τὴν ἀπώλειαν. Lᵐ (P)

895. ἐτράπεθ’: μετέπεσε καὶ μετετράπη εἰς εὐελπιστίαν ὁ Ἀγκαῖος. Lᵐ P

896. 〈Ἐργῖνος:〉 Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 55 J.) Ἐργῖνόν φησι κυβερνῆσαι τὴν Ἀργὼ μετὰ τὸν θάνατον Τίφυος.

901. 〈Ἀχέροντα διεξεπέρησαν:〉 διὰ τοῦ Ἀχέροντος ἐξήλασαν ποταμοῦ. ἔτυχον γὰρ μέχρι ε΄ σταδίων ἀναπλεύσαντες διὰ τοῦ Ἀχέροντος καθορμισόμενοι, ὡς φησι καὶ Ἡρόδωρος ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις (31 fg 8 J). Lᵐ (P)

904—10 a. Καλλιχόροιο: ποταμὸς Παφλαγονίας ἱερὸς Διονύσου περὶ Ἡράκλειαν, οὗ μέμνηται καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fg 100ᵉ 3 Schn.). ἔξεισι δὲ διὰ στομάτων δισσῶν. οὕτω δὲ κέκληται ὁ ποταμὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ τὸν Διόνυσον αὐτόθι στῆσαι χορόν, ὅτε ἀπὸ Ἰνδῶν ὑπέστρεφε. τοῦτον δὲ πάλιν Ὀξύνoντα ἐκάλουν. ὅτι δὲ ἐπολέμησεν Ἰνδοὺς ὁ Διόνυσος, Διονύσιός (32 fg 13 J.) φησι καὶ Ἀριστόδημος ἐν α΄ Θηβαϊκῶν ἐπιγραμμάτων

1 Strab. X 457. XIV 637 Plin. Nat. hist. V 135 (Aristoteles) sch. Pind. Ol. VI 149 f Steph. Byz. Σάμος 17 905. Et. Gen. (AB) Νυσηϊος: ὁ Διονυσος ἀπὸ Νύσης ὄρους Θράκης· ‘Διὸς Νυσήιον υἷα’ (II 905). ib. (AB) Νυσήιον: εἰ μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ Νύσιον, πλεονασμῷ τοῦ η· εἰ δὲ παρὰ τὸ Νύσα, ὤφειλεν εἶναι Νύσειον καὶ διαιρέσει καὶ ἐκτάσει Νυσήϊον, ὡς ἄρειον ἀρήιον. sch. 1209/15 c 19 Et. Gen. (AB) Αὔλιον ἄντρον: II 910. παρὰ τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ αὐλισθῆναι τὸν Διονυσον. Steph. Byz. Αὐλή: . . . καὶ Αὔλιον ἄντρον παρὰ τὸ ἐκεῖ χορεύειν, ὡς Ἀπολλώνιος II 907. haec ad Callichori fluminis originationem spectare vidit Meineke ad l. cf. W 95 Amm. Marc. XXII 8, 23 1 τῆς Σάμου Lᶢ 4 διαφθερεῖ P : -είρει L 10 A in fine add. κινήσει καὶ ὁρμῇ θεοῦ τινος 15 καθορμισόμενοι K : καθορμισάμενοι L : verbo ἔτυχον omisso μεθωρμήσαντο P, unde καθωρμίσαντο Schaefer 21 πάλαι A, sed cf. W 21 Ὀξείναν ex Arr. Peripl. Pont. Eux. 19 Hoelzlin, Ὀξύνoν C. Mueller GGM I 384 b κατεπολέμησεν F Ἰνδούς L : -οῖς P 22 Bassaricorum auctori

μάτων (fg VII Radtke Herm. 36, 1901, 34) καὶ Κλείταρχος ἐν ταῖς Περὶ Ἀλέξανδρον ἱστορίαις (137 fg 17 J.), προιστορῶν, ὅτι καὶ Νύσα ὄρος ἐστὶν ἐν Ἰνδικῇ καὶ κισσῷ προσόμοιον φυτὸν φυτεύεται ἐκεῖ, ὃ προσαγορεύεται σκινδαψός. ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ Χαμαιλέων ἱστόρησεν ἐν ε΄ Περὶ Ἰλιάδος (fg 7 Koepke De Cham. peripatetico, Progr. gymn. Frider. Berol. 1856, 18). Lᵐ (P)

b. ᾧ ἐν ἀμειδή〈τους〉: ἤτοι φρικτὰς διὰ τὰ μυστήρια τοῦ θεοῦ, ἢ ὅτι φοβεραί εἰσιν αἱ νύκτες. Εὐριπίδης (Bacch. 486): ‘νύκτωρ τὰ πολλά, σεμνότητ’ ἔχει σκότος.’

911—14. Σθενέλου τάφον: ἐν τῇ Παφλαγονίᾳ Σθενέλου τάφος ἐστὶ τοῦ Ἄκτορος, ὃς συστρατεύσας Ἡρακλεῖ ἐπ’ Ἀμαζόνας, τρωθεὶς ἀνεχώρησεν καὶ ἀπέθανε καθ’ ὁδὸν περὶ τὴν Παφλαγονίαν. τὴν δὲ περὶ Σθενέλου ἱστορίαν ἔλαβε παρὰ Προμαθίδα (fg 4 M. III 201), τὰ δὲ περὶ τοῦ εἰδώλου αὐτὸς ἔπλασεν.

915. ἐμέτρεον: ἀντὶ τοῦ παρέπλεον. Lᶢ P

917. στεφάνης: τοῦ ἄκρου. Lᶢ (P)

926. ἤγνισαν: ἀπεκάρπωσαν, ἔκαυσαν. Lᶢ (P)

928—29. ἐκ τοῦ δὲ Λύρη πέλ〈ει〉: οὗτος μέν φησιν ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος βωμῷ τὴν λύραν τεθεῖσθαι, διὸ καὶ τὴν χώραν προσηγορεῦσθαι· ὁ δὲ Προμαθίδας (fg 4 M. III 201) ἐπὶ στήλης αὐτὴν τεθεῖσθαι ὑπὸ Ὀρφέως. τινὲς δὲ οὕτως λεγομένην χώραν 〈οὐ〉 περὶ Παφλαγονίαν 〈εἶναί φασιν, ἀλλὰ ...〉.

933—34. ἐντενές: συντόμως. ταρσὸν δὲ τὸ ὁμαλόν φησιν, δηλοῖ δὲ τὰς πτέρυγας.

935. ῥιπήν: τὴν ὁρμήν. Lᶢ P

7 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀμείδητος: ἀμειδήτους· II 908. τὰς φρικτάς, ἐν αἷς οὐκ ἔστι μειδιάσαι οὐδὲ γελάσαι. ἢ ὅτι φοβεραί εἰσιν καὶ σκοτειναί. ἁγίας δὲ τὰς ἁγνὰς διὰ τὸ ἐν αὐταῖς ἄγεσθαι τὰ μυστήρια. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. haec tribuit Max. Schneider De Dion. Per. arte metr. et gramm., Diss. Lips. 1882, 4 n. 8, cum de Dionysio a Ptolemaeo Philadelpho in Indiam misso (Plin. Nat. hist. VI 58) cogitare vellet Ed. Schwartz De Dion. Scytobr., Diss. Bonn. 1880, 49 n. 1 2 Ἀλεξάνδρου F 7 φρικτὰς Et. : φοβεράς 13 lac. ante Προμ. statui vult Lehrs Herod. scripta tria 1848, 432 n. 15 παρέπλ- P : ἔπλ- L 19 τεθ- L : ἀνατεθ- P 21. 22 suppl. W 23 ὁμαλόν W : σῶμα L : om. P

936—39 a. καὶ δὴ Παρθενίοιο ῥοάς: ποταμὸς Παφλαγονίας, ἐκβάλλει δὲ τὰ ῥεύματα περὶ πόλιν Σήσαμον. τὸ δὲ ὕδωρ αὐτοῦ ἐν στάσει παρέρχεται. Παρθένιον δέ φησιν αὐτὸν ὠνομάσθαι Καλλισθένης (124 fg 40 J.) διὰ τὸ τὴν Ἄρτεμιν ἐν αὐτῷ λούεσθαι. ἔνιοι δὲ διὰ τὸ στάσιμον τοῦ ῥεύματος καὶ ἤρεμόν φασιν οὕτω προσαγορεύεσθαι.

b. 〈παρεμέτρεον:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ παρέπλεον. Lᶢ

c. Λητωΐς: ἡ Ἄρτεμις. Lᶢ P

941—42 a. Σήσαμος πόλις Παφλαγονίας. Ὅμηρος (B 853)· ‘καὶ Σήσαμον ἀμφενέμοντο’. τὸ δὲ Σήσαμον μετωνομάσθη Ἄμαστρις ἀπὸ Δαρείου ἀδελφοῦ θυγατρός. ἐκλήθη δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ σήσαμον λαβεῖν 〈...〉 παρὰ Καρῶν ἀντὶ τῆς χώρας, βουλομένων κτίσαι τὴν πόλιν. Ἐρυθῖνοι δὲ οὕτω λεγόμενοι λόφοι περὶ Παφλαγονίαν. οὕτω δὲ λέγονται διὰ τὴν ἐρυθρότητα τοῦ χρώματος· εἰσὶ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι. καὶ Ὅμηρος αὐτῶν μέμνηται (B 855)· ‘καὶ ὑψηλοὺς Ἐρυθίνους’. 〈...〉 ὑλήεντα δὲ εἶπεν διὰ τὸ τὸν πύξον ἐκεῖ πολὺν γίνεσθαι.

b. Κρωβίαλος πόλις περὶ Παφλαγονίαν, ἧς μέμνηται Στράβων ἐν Γεωγραφουμένοις (XII 545)· παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ (B 855) δὲ μεταγράφει ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘Κρώμναν τ’ Αἰγιαλόν τε’ ‘Κρώμναν Κρωβίαλόν τε’.

2 Steph. Byz. Παρθένιος sch. AB B 854 Strab. XII 543 Scymn. 968 Anon. Peripl. Pont. Eux. 14 9 Steph. Byz. Ἄμαστρις Strab. XII 544 Plin. Nat. hist. VI 5 Scymn. 964 Anon. Peripl. Pont. Eux. 15. 16 Memn. IV 4. 10 12 Et. Gen. (AB) Σήσαμοι: Σήσαμοι καὶ Ἐρυθῖνοι χῶροι Παφλαγονίας· οὓς Ἐρυθίνους φησὶν Ἀντίμαχος (fg 15 B. II 291) διὰ τὴν ἐρυθρότητα καὶ διὰ τὴν τοιαύτην χροιάν. cf. W 79 Steph. Byz. Ἐρυθῖνοι: πόλις Παφλαγονίας, λέγεται δὲ παρὰ τὸ ἔρευθος. Ἀπολλώνιος (II 941. καὶ Ὅμηρος suppl. Holstenius) ‘καὶ ὑψηλοὺς Ἐρυθίνους’. cf. W 92 Strab. XII 545 15 Et. Gen. (AB) Κρωβίαλος: II 942. Κρωβίαλος καὶ Κρώμνα καὶ Κύτωρος πόλεις Παφλαγονίας. ἐν δὲ τῇ Κυτώρῳ φύεται πύξος πολλὴ καὶ διάφορος. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά (Ἀπ. sqq. A, om. B). ib. (AB) Κύτωρος: εἰς τὸ Κρωβίαλος (-ον AB). Strab. XII 545 Theophr. Hist. plant. III 15, 5 2 ἐν στάσει (v. infra στάσιμον) W : ἐν πάσῃ : πράως vel βραδέως quoad sententiam recte Deicke 5 στάσιμον F : στάδιον 6 παρέπλεον W : ἔπλεον 9 Ἄμαστρις P : δάματρις L 11 lac. ind. W, ubi τοὺς Παφλαγόνας intercidisse videtur βουλομένων Sam. Bochart Geographia sacra³ 1692, 392 : -όμενον L : τὸν -όμενον P 14 lac. ind. W, cum ea quae sequuntur ad Cytorum pertineant 16 πόλις Παφλαγονίας Lᶢ 17 μεταγράφεται K, sed traditum bene stat, cum Strabo hanc var. lect. laudet

c. 〈Κρώμναν:〉 πόλις Παφλαγονίας. Lᶢ

d. 〈Κύτωρον:〉 πόλις Παφλαγονίας. Lᶢ

943. 〈Κάραμβιν:〉 ἄκρα περὶ τὸν Πόντον. Lᶢ

944—45. Αἰγιαλόν: ἔστι γὰρ Αἰγιαλὸς σταδίων ρ κάμψαντι τὴν Κάραμβιν μέχρι Σινώπης. Lᵐ (P)

946—54 a. αὐτίκα δ’ Ἀσσυρίης: Ἀσσυρίαν εἶπε [τὴν Συρίαν] τὴν Καππαδοκίαν. ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ πάλαι Συρία· διὸ τὸν Ἅλυν ποταμὸν μεταξὺ Σύρων καὶ Παφλαγόνων ῥέοντα Ἡρόδοτός (I 6) φησιν εἰς τὸν Εὔξεινον ἐκδιδόναι πόντον. τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἀρχαίων Λευκοσυρίαν αὐτὴν ἐκάλουν.

b. τὴν δὲ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων χώραν Λευκοσύρων φησὶ καλεῖσθαι Ἄνδρων ἐν τῷ Περὶ Πόντου (fg 2 M. II 348) κατὰ ἀντέμφασιν τῶν ἐν τῇ Φοινίκῃ Σύρων. ὅτι δέ τινες τοὺς Ἀσσυρίους Λευκοσύρους λέγουσι, φησὶ καὶ Ἀρτεμίδωρος (fg 134 Stiehle Phil. 11, 1856, 236).

c. ἔνθα Σινώπην: πόλις τοῦ Πόντου ἡ Σινώπη, ὠνομασμένη ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσωποῦ θυγατρὸς Σινώπης, ἣν ἁρπάσας Ἀπόλλων ἀπὸ Ὑρίας ἐκόμισεν εἰς Πόντον, καὶ μιγεὶς αὐτῇ ἔσχε Σύρον, ἀφ’ οὗ οἱ Σύροι. ἐν δὲ τοῖς Ὀρφικοῖς (fg 45 Kern) Ἄρεως καὶ Αἰγίνης γενεαλογεῖται·

4 Strab. XII 543. 545 Steph. Byz. Αἰγιαλός 7 Herod. I 72. VII 72 Strab. XII 542. 544. XVI 737 Plin. Nat. hist. VI 9 Marc. Heracl. Epit. Men. 9 Steph. Byz. Σύροι 15 Et. Gen. (AB) Σινώπη: ἔστι (δὲ add. A) πόλις. εἴρηται ἀπὸ Σινώπης τῆς Ἀσωποῦ (Et. M., Αἰσώπου AB) θυγατρός, ἣν ἐκόμισεν Ζεὺς ἀπὸ Συρίας εἰς Πόντον βουλόμενος αὐτὴν διαφθεῖραι. ὀμόσας δὲ (δὲ B, om. A) δώσειν αὐτῇ ὃ βούλεται, ἣ δὲ τὴν παρθενίαν ᾐτήσατο. ὁ δὲ Ἄνδρων φησὶ μίαν τῶν Ἀμαζόνων φυγοῦσαν εἰς Πόντον παρὰ τὸν βασιλέα (Et. M., τοῦ -έως AB) τοῦ τόπου πίνουσάν τε πλεῖστον οἶνον προσαγορευθῆναι Σινώπην· μεταφραζόμενον δὲ τοῦτο σημαίνει τὴν πολλὰ πίνουσαν. Corinna Pap. Berol. 284, 27. 54 sq. Diod. IV 72, 2 Plut. Luc. 23 Dion. Per. 775 cum sch. et paraphr. Eust. 1721, 9 4 ρ = ρ L : μυρίων P, qui signum illud rarius male intellexisse videtur 6 del. W 7 διὸ Deicke : διὰ τό 8 Ἡρόδοτος K : ὡς L : om. P 11 sch. b viam codice P monstrante e sch. c extraxi, ubi in L post οἱ Σύροι lin. 17 legitur Λευκοσύρων Deicke : -όσυρον L : -οσυρίαν K : om. P 12 ἀντέμφασιν Lobeck Acta soc. graec. 2, 1840, 297 : ἀντίφρασιν L : ἀντιδιαστολὴν P 16 Ὑρίας O. Hoefer Myth.-Epigraphisches, Progr. gymn. Wettin. Dresd. 1910, 30: Συρίας L : Βοιωτίας quoad sententiam recte P

κατὰ δέ τινας Ἄρεως καὶ Παρνάσσης, κατ’ Εὔμηλον (fg 8 Kink. 191) καὶ Ἀριστοτέλην (fg 540 Rose 1567b 21) Ἀσωποῦ. καὶ οὗτος μέν φησιν, ὅτι Ἅλυν τε τὸν ποταμὸν ἐπλάνησε καὶ Ἀπόλλωνα καὶ Δία, αἰτη- σαμένη παρ’ αὐτῶν πρότερον, ἵν’ ἐπιτύχοι οὗ ἂν θέλοι, ἔπειτα, εἰποῦσα παρθενίας ὀρέγεσθαι, ταύτης ἐπέτυχεν ὡς ἂν ὅρκῳ δεδεμένων αὐτῶν. Φιλοστέφανος (fg 3 M. III 29) δὲ φησὶ τοὐναντίον Ἀπόλλωνι αὐτὴν μιγεῖσαν ἀποκυῆσαι τὸν προσαγορευθέντα Σύρον. ὁ δὲ Τήιος Ἄνδρων (v. sch. b) φησὶ μίαν τῶν Ἀμαζόνων φυγοῦσαν εἰς Πόντον γήμασθαι τῷ τῶν τόπων ἐκείνων βασιλεῖ, πίνουσάν τε πλεῖ- στον οἶνον ὀνομασθῆναι Σανάπην [ἐπειδὴ μεταφραζόμενον τοῦτο ση- μαίνει τὴν πολλὰ πίνουσαν], ἐπειδὴ αἱ μέθυσοι σανᾶπαι λέγονται παρὰ Θρᾳξίν, ᾗ διαλέκτῳ χρώνται καὶ Ἀμαζόνες· 〈καὶ〉 κληθῆναι τὴν πόλιν 〈Σανάπην〉, ἔπειτα κατὰ φθορὰν Σινώπην. ἡ δὲ μέθυσος Ἀμαζὼν ἐκ 〈ταύτης〉 τῆς πόλεως παρεγένετο πρὸς Λυτίδαν, ὡς φησιν Ἑκαταῖος (1 fg 34 J.).

955—61 a. Τρικκαίοιο: ἡνίκα ὁ Ἡρακλής ἐστράτευσεν ἐπὶ Ἀμαζόνας, σύμμαχοι ὄντες οἱ περὶ τὸν Αὐτόλυκον ἐπλανήθησαν καὶ περὶ τὴν νῦν καλουμένην Σινώπην ᾤκησαν. ἄλλοι δέ φασιν ἑκουσίως κατα- λειφθῆναι αὐτούς, ἵνα τοὺς περὶ Σινώπην καταπολεμήσωσι τόπους.

b. Δηιλέων τε καί: οὗτοι καταλειφθέντες ὑπὸ Ἡρακλέους ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς Ἀμαζόνος ζωστῆρα κεχωρηκότος, φήμης 〈δια〉δοθείσης ὡς ἀπόλωλεν Ἡρακλῆς, τῶν Σινωπέων λεγόντων, παραπλεόντων τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν παρεκάλεσαν ἀναλαβεῖν αὐτοὺς τῇ νηί. τινὲς δέ φασιν, ὅτι ἐπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ Ἡρακλέους καὶ περὶ τὴν νῦν καλουμένην Σινώπην ᾤκησαν. L

c. ἀργέσταο: τοῦ ζεφύρου· ἢ οὕτως λεγομένου, ὃς ἄρχεται πνεῖν ἀπὸ θερινῶν δύσεων.

8 Scymn. 941 Anon. Peripl. Pont. Eux. 22 Oros. I 15, 6 Genes. 59, 4 ed. Bonn. Hesych. σανᾶπτιν 17 Strab. XII 546 Plut. Luc. 23 25 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀργεστής: ὀξύνεται. Βοιωτικῶς δὲ γέγονεν ἀργεστάο, οἷον ‘ἀργεστάο νό- 8 verba ὁ δὲ Τήιος — πολλὰ πίνουσαν e sch. b, ubi in L post Σύρων iniecta leguntur, huc trai. Warnkross De paroemiographis, Diss. Gryph. 1881, 64; cf. W Phil. 81, 1926, 24 10 del. W 11 ἐπειδὴ αἱ W : ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ 12 add. W 13 add. „E“ Misc. observ. 2, 1733, 122 Σινώπην P : -η L 14 suppl. Jacoby Λυτ- L : Αὐτ- P. de nomine dubitandum 21 κεχωρηκότος F : -ες suppl. Hoelzlin

d. τὸ δὲ παρεπιπνείειν τὸ ἐπ’ ὀλίγον πνεῖν σημαίνει. τὸ δὲ ἆσσον σημαίνει τὸ τῆς νεὼς ἐγγὺς ἤδη πνέειν. P

963—65 a. Ἅλυς καὶ Ἶρις ποταμοὶ τῆς Λευκοσυρικῆς. τῆς δὲ περὶ Θεμίσκυραν ἄκρας καὶ ἐπάνω μέμνηται, εἰπὼν περὶ τοῦ Θερμώ- δοντος (v. 371 sq.) ‘Θεμισκύρειον ἐπ’ ἄκρην μύρεται’. ἔχεται δὲ ἐν ταύτῃ, ὡς προεῖπον, ἡ καλουμένη Ἡράκλειος ἄκρα, ἧς μέμνηνται καὶ ἄλλοι τε καὶ Ἀρτεμίδωρος (fg 135 Stiehle Phil. 11, 1856, 236), ἐφ’ ἧς τὸ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους ἱερὸν ἵδρυται.

b. ἠδὲ καὶ Ἀσσυρίης 〈πρόχυσιν〉: πρόχυσιν ἔφη τῆς Ἀσσυρίας, τουτέστι τῆς Λευκοσυρίας, τὴν ἐκκειμένην χώραν αὐτῆς εἰς θάλασσαν, ὡς καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐπάνω· ‘λεῖπον Ἅλυν ποταμόν, λεῖπον δ’ ἁλιμυρέα χώραν Ἀσσυρίης ἀνέχουσαν ἀπὸ χθονός.’ τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν ὡς ποταμοχώστου τῆς γῆς οὔσης διὰ τὸ μεγάλους εἰς αὐτὴν καταφέρεσθαι ποταμούς, Ἅλυν καὶ Ἶριν. καὶ οὕτω ἔχει ταῖς ἀληθείαις, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἄρκτους ἡ χώρα ἔκκειται. διὸ ποταμόχωστον λέγει εἶναι Ἀπολλωνίδης (M. IV 309)· τοὺς γὰρ προειρημένους ποταμοὺς ἀμφοτέρους, μάλιστα τὸν Ἶριν, μακροῖς αὐτὴν προσχώμασιν εἰς μέσον ἐκτείνειν τὸ πέλαγος· διὸ δὴ σύμπασαν εἶναι ποταμόχωστον τὴν γῆν· καὶ ἄλλοτε κατ’ ἄλλους ἐκδιδόναι τόπους εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν τὸν Ἶριν· βίαιον γὰρ καὶ πολὺν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀρμενίας διὰ χειμερίου καὶ μακρᾶς

τοιο’ (Hom.). τὸ μὲν γὰρ κύριον βαρύνεται, ἀργέστης, οἷον II 961. 963. δηλοῖ γὰρ τὸν ἀπηλιώτην ἄνεμον. [Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά (ὁ τὰ Ἀργ. B, om. A) del. W]. τὸ δὲ ἐπίθετον τοῦ νότου ὀξύνεται, ὡς ‘ἀργεστάο νότοιο’ (v. supra) οἷον τοῦ λευκοῦ. οὕτως εὗρον εἰς τὰ Ἀργοναυτικὰ τοῦ Ἀπολλωνίου. Arist. Meteor. II 6, 363 b 25 Theophr. De vent. 61 sq. Herodian. I 408, 22 L. sch. ABT Λ 306 sch. Hes. Theog. 379 Strab. I 28. 29 6 Strab. XII 348 Ptol. V 6, 3 Arr. Peripl. Pont. Eux. 22 Anon. Peripl. Pont. Eux. 29 5 ἔχεται (praepositione ἐν deleta) W 59 : λέγεται L : aliter P 6 προ- εἶπον ad deperditum sch. spectat, cf. W 59 10 ἐκκ- Wil. ad l. : ἔκ L : ἐπικ- P 11 immo ἐν τῇ προεκδόσει, ut primus vidit Gerhard Lect. Apoll. 1816, 17; cf. etiam Merkelium Proleg. L 16 τὰς ἄρκτους W : ταῖς ἄρκτοις L : ἄρκτον P : ταῖς ἄκραις K ἐκκ- W : ἔγκ- 18 αὐτὴν P : -οῖς L 19 ἐκτείνειν A : ἐκτείνει L : ἐπεκτείνειν P 21 αὐτὸν AF : -ῷ LP χώρας post μακρᾶς add. P

φερόμενον παρασύρειν τὴν γῆν. τοῦ δὲ κύματος παλίσσυτον ἐλαύνοντος ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν ἰλύν, συμβαίνειν τὴν χώραν ἐπιπολὺ παραύξεσθαι καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν γίνεσθαι τεναγώδη.

c. γνάμψαν Ἀμαζονίδ〈ων ἔκαθεν λιμενήοχον ἄκρην〉: εἰκότως εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ ἀπὸ Σινώπης μέχρι Τραπεζοῦντος τῆς Κολχικῆς ἐπὶ τρισχιλίων σταδίων λιμὴν ἄλλος οὐχ ὑπόκειται πλὴν τοῦ κατὰ τὸ Ἡράκλειον [τόπον]. τῆς δὲ Θεμισκυρείου ἄκρας καὶ ἄνω (v. 371) μέ- μνηται. Ἔφορος δὲ ἐν θ΄ (70 fg 60 a J.) φησὶ τὰς Ἀμαζόνας ὑβρι- ζομένας ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἐπί τινα πόλεμον τοὺς μὲν καταλειφθέντας ἀναιρεῖν, τοὺς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ξένης προσιόντας μὴ δέχεσθαι. Διονύσιος δὲ ἐν β΄ (32 fg 4 J.) κατὰ Λιβύην αὐτὰς ᾠκηκέναι φησί, ῥώμῃ δὲ διενεγκούσας καὶ τρεψαμένας τοὺς ὁμόρους ἐλθεῖν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν Εὐρώπην καὶ πολλὰς αὐτόθι πόλεις κτίσαι, ὑποτάξαι τε αὑταῖς τὸ Ἀτλαντικὸν ἔθνος, ὃ ἦν δυνατώτατον τῶν τῆς Λιβύης. Ζηνόθεμις δὲ αὐτάς φησιν ᾠκηκέναι ἐν Αἰθιοπίᾳ καὶ διερχομένας ἐπὶ τὸ ἀντιπέραν συγγίνεσθαι τοῖς αὐτόθι ἀνδράσιν, καὶ εἰ μὲν θῆλυ ἀποκυήσειαν, προσ- εθίζειν τῇ αὐτῇ ἀγωγῇ, εἰ δὲ ἄρρεν, τοῖς ἀνδράσι διδόναι.

d. λιμενήοχον ἄκρην: ἐὰν μὲν τὴν συνεχομένην, προπαροξυ- τόνως· ἐὰν δὲ τὴν συνέχουσαν τὸν λιμένα, παροξυτόνως.

970. 〈τῆς οἵγ’ ἐν κόλπῳ:〉 τῆς προειρημένης ἄκρας ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ ὥρμισαν. Lᵐ (P)

972—75 a. τῷ δ’ οὔτις ποτ〈αμῶν〉: ὅτι ὁ Θερμώδων ἐν τῇ

4 Et. Gen. (AB) λιμενήοχον: II 965. λιμενήοχος ἄκρη ἡ Ἡράκλειος ἄκρα. (εἰκότως εἶπεν add. W), ἐπειδὴ τοῖς πλέουσιν ἀπό Σινώπης μέχρι Τραπεζοῦντος τῆς Κολχίδος ἐπὶ τρισχιλίους σταδίους (λιμὴν add. W) ἄλλος οὐχ ὑπόκειται πλὴν τοῦ κατὰ τὸ (W, τὸν AB) Ἡράκλειον. Arr. Peripl. Pont. Eux. 22 Anon. Peripl. Pont. Eux. 29 20 967. Et. Gen. (AB) ἐλοχήσατο: II 967. ὅτι ἐν τῇ Θεμισκυρείῳ (W, -ρῳ AB) ἄκρᾳ λοχήσας ὁ Ἡρακλῆς τὴν Μελανίππην ἐνελάβετο (A, συν- B)· ἐκ τοῦ λόχος οὖν. 2 συμβαίνειν K : -ει 6 ἐπὶ Et. : ἀπὸ τρισχιλίων ( ,γ ) Holstenius ap. Hoelzlin. 366 cum Et. : τριῶν ( γ΄ ) : τριακοσίων H τοῦ P : τούτου L τὸ Ἡρ. [τόπον] W : τὸν Ἡρ. τόπον L : τὸ Ἡρ. ἄκρον P : τὸν Ἡρ. κόλπον Sylburg ad Et. 7 Θ-ρείου ἄκρας W : Θ-ρείας ἄκρας K : Θ-ρας ἄκρας L : Θ-ρειον ἄκρον (φησί) P 11 ad Dionysium Chalcidensem haec refert Max. Schneider De Dion. Per. arte metr. et gramm., Diss. Lips. 1882, 4 n. 8 13 αὑταῖς H : αὐ- 17 αὐτῇ P : om. L

Λευκοσυριακῇ ἐστιν, ἣν πρότερον Ἀμαζόνες ᾤκουν, οὐκ ἀγνοεῖται. φησὶ δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ μὲν Ἀπολλώνιος τεσσάρων δεούσας καταχεῖν ἑκατὸν ἀπορ- ρύσεις εἰς ἄλλα καὶ ἄλλα μέρη ῥεούσας ἀπὸ μιᾶς πηγῆς· άλλοι δέ, ὅτι πόρους 〈...〉 δέχεται εἰς αὑτόν. ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ οὗτος Ἀράξης ἐκαλεῖτο τὸ πρότερον, ὁμωνύμως τῷ ἐκ τῆς Ἀρμενίας ρέοντι.

b. παρὲξ ἕθεν ἄνδιχα: περισσή ἐστιν ἡ παρά, ἔστι γάρ· ἐξ αὑτοῦ χωρὶς βάλλων τοσαῦτα ῥεύματα ἀπὸ μιᾶς πηγῆς ἄλλος οὐκ ἔστι ποταμός.

c. πεμπάζοι: μετροῖ, ψηφίζοι. Lᶢ (P)

978—79. ἔνθεν δ’ αἰπυτέρην: ἐκ τῆς ἀνωτάτω φησὶ πηγῆς καταντίον φερόμενον τὸν Θερμώδοντα ὑψηλὴ ὑποδέχεται γῆ, ὅθεν πολλὰς ἔχει ἀπορρύσεις καὶ ἐπιστροφὰς διὰ τὸ τὸ ὕδωρ ἐκτρέπεσθαι.

980—82. αἰεὶ δ’ ἄλλυδις ἄλλη: αἰεὶ δὲ ταπεινῆς οὔσης τῆς χώρας τοὺς μὲν τῶν πόρων εἰς μακρὰν ἔχει πεμπομένους, τοὺς δὲ ἐγγύς.

983—84. ὁ δ’ ἀμφαδὸν ἄμμιγα παύροις: ὁ δὲ ὑπὸ τὴν κυρτὴν ἄκραν συμμεμιγμένος τοῖς ἄλλοις εἰς τὸν Εὔξεινον πόντον ῥεῖ. κυρτὴν δὲ τὴν ἄκραν φησὶν εἶναι διὰ τὸ ἐπικαμπῆ εἶναι.

987. ἐπητέες: λόγιαι, παρὰ τὸ ἔπος. ἢ· οὐκ εὐγνώμονες καὶ προμηθεῖς, ἀλλὰ θρασεῖαι καὶ ἀπερίσκεπτοι.

988. πεδίον περὶ τὸν Θερμώδοντα Δοιάντιον, ἀπὸ Δοίαντος οὕτω κληθέν. Lᵐ (P)

990. γενεὴν ἔσαν Ἄρεος: Ἁρμονία νύμφη Ναΐς, ἧς καὶ Ἄρεως Ἀμαζόνας εἶναί φησι Φερεκύδης (3 fg 15 c J.)· ᾧ ἕπεται Ἀπολλώνιος.

992. ἄλσεος Ἀκμονίοιο: οὐδέποτε Ἀκμόνιον ἄλσος ἐδήλωσεν

4 sch. IV 131/35 b 18 sch. v 332. c 128 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 71, 34 B. Hesych. Suid. ἐπητής Et. Or. 61, 6 Et. M. 356, 41 Eit. Gud. 501, 19 De Stef. Eust. 1742, 59 20 Et. Gen. (AB) Δοιάντιον πεδίον: II 988. ἀπὸ τοῦ Δοίαντος ἥρωος. Steph. Byz. Δοίαντος πεδίον (laud. ad sch. 373/76 a) 22 sch. ABT Γ 189 2 καταχεῖν F : κατέχειν 3 ὅτι L : φασὶ P 4 lac. ind. W, ubi ἑτέρους P δέχεται K : δέχεσθαι αὑτόν W : αὐ- 9 μετροῖ K : -εῖ L : -εῖν (ψηφίζειν) P 11 καταντίον K : -αντίαν L : -εναντίον P 18 οὐκ εὐγν- K : οὐ συγγν- (P) : συγγν- L 19 ἀ-οι P A : ἀ-αι L 20 ἀπὸ sqq. P : om. L 24 Ἀκμ- bis F : Ἀλκμ- οὐδέποτε L : οὐδαμοῦ P

ὁ Εἰρηναῖος (fg 20 Haupt Opusc. II 440). ἔστι δὲ περὶ τὸν Θερμώ- δοντα· μέμνηται αὐτοῦ καὶ Φερεκύδης ἐν β΄ (3 fg 15 a J.).

994—95. ἔνθα Θεμισκύρειαι: αἱ ἐκ τῆς Θεμισκύρας, φησίν, Ἀμαζόνες ἐπὶ τῆς ἄκρας, ἔνθα κατέπλευσαν, ὡπλίζοντο· ἔφθασαν δὲ ἀναχθέντες οἱ ἥρωες.

998—1000. Λυκάστιαι: Λύκαστος χωρίον τῆς Λευκοσυρίας, ἀφ’ οὗ Λυκαστίας εἶπε τὰς Ἀμαζόνας. Χαδησίας δὲ αὐτὰς εἶπεν 〈ὡς〉 Ἑκαταῖος (1 fg 7 b J.) ἀπὸ τοῦ Χαδησίου.

1005—06 a. στυφελήν: τραχεῖαν καὶ σκληράν· οὕτως Κλειτόριοι λέγουσιν, ὡς φησι Ζηνόδοτος ἐν Γλώσσαις, Κυρηναῖοι δὲ τὴν χέρσον. οἱ δὲ Χάλυβες μεταλλεύοντες σίδηρον πωλοῦσι καὶ οὕτω τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πορίζονται, τραχεῖαν ἔχοντες πρὸς καρποὺς τὴν γῆν. προείρηται δὲ ἤδη περὶ αὐτῶν (sch. 373/76 a).

b. στυφελήν δὲ τὴν σκληράν. τίθεται δὲ ἡ λέξις καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ χαλεποῦ, ὡς τὸ ‘ἀπὸ στυφελοῦ Ἀφροδίτης’.

c. ὦνον 〈βιοτήσιον〉: τίμημα τροφῆς. Lᶢ (P)

1007—08 a. κελαινῇ λιγνύϊ: τῇ αἰθάλῃ. Lᶢ (P)

b. ὀτλεύουσιν: ὑπομένουσιν. διὰ τὸ χαλκεύειν αὐτοὺς τὸν σί- δηρον περὶ τῷ καπνῷ ταλαιπωρεῖν φησι.

1010—14. Τιβαρηνίδα γαῖαν: Τιβαρηνοὶ ἔθνος Σκυθίας. οὗτοι δικαιότατοι λέγονται καὶ οὐδέποτε μάχην τινὶ συνέβαλον, εἰ μὴ πρότερον καταγγείλειαν ἡμέραν, τόπον, ὥραν τῆς μάχης. ἐν δὲ τῇ τῶν

1 Steph. Byz. Ἀκμονία: . . . ἔστι καὶ [ἄλλο del. Meineke] Ἀκμόνιον ἄλσος περὶ Θερμώδοντα, ὡς Φερεκύδης, ἐφ’ οὗ μιγεὶς Ἄρης τῇ Ἁρμονίᾳ τὰς Ἀμαζόνας (τῇ Ἁρμ. τὰς Ἀμ. Xylander, τὰς Ἁρμονίας codd.) ἔσχεν, ὡς Ἀπολλώνιος ἐν δευτέρῳ. ὅθεν δὲ κέκληται, εἰρήσεται ἐν τῷ περὶ Δοίαντος πεδίου (v. ad sch. 373/76 a). cf. W 91 9 Hesych. στυφλόν 16 Et. Gen. (B) ὦνον: σημαίνει τὴν τιμήν. II 1005—1006. τὸ γητομέοντες σημαίνει τὸ γῆν τέμνοντες. 3 Θ-ύρας F : -υρίας L : aliter P φησίν P : φασίν L 4 τῆς ἄκρας W : τὴν -αν L : om. P 5 ἀναχθ- Hoelzlin : ἀνενεχθ- L : προανενεχθ- P 6 Λύκαστος Jacoby : -άστιον (P) : -αστία Deicke 28 : om. L 7 add. W 8 τοῦ Χαδησίου P : τοῦ χαδῆσαι L : τῆς Χαδησίας K : ποταμοῦ Χαδηείου dubitanter Jacoby 15 τὸ P : om. L στυφελὴς A. Callimacho dat Wil. Hellenist. Dicht. 2, 1924, 274 21 δικαιότατοι P : δειλότατοι LV

Τιβαρηνῶν γῇ αἱ γυναῖκες ὅταν τέκωσι, τημελοῦσι τοὺς ἄνδρας, ὡς Νυμφόδωρος ἐν τοῖς Νομίμοις (fg 15 M. II 379).

In the land of the Tibareni, when women give birth, they take care of their husbands, as Nymphodorus says in his Customs (fr. 15 M. II 379).

1015 a. Ἱερὸν αὖτ’ ἐπὶ πίσιν: ὄρος οὕτω καλούμενον τὸ καθῆκον εἰς τὸν Εὔξεινον πόντον.

b. 〈Ἱερόν:〉 τοῦτο καθῆκόν ἐστιν εἰς τὸν Εὔξεινον πόντον· μέμνηται αὐτοῦ καὶ Κτησίας ἐν τῷ α΄ Περιόδου (fg 93 M. Herod. rec. Dind. 1844, App. 106) καὶ Σουίδας ἐν β΄ (fg 3 M. II 464) περὶ τοὺς λεγομένους Μάκρωνας. ἀκριβέστερον δὲ ὁ Ἀγάθων ἐν τῷ τοῦ Πόντου Περίπλῳ (fg 3 M. IV 291) ἑκατὸν ἀπέχειν σταδίους αὐτό φησι τῆς Τραπεζοῦντος. ὁ δὲ Εἰρηναῖος (fg 21 Haupt Opusc. II 440) Μνησί- μαχόν φησι περὶ αὐτοῦ ἱστορεῖν ἐν τῷ α΄ Περὶ Σκυθῶν (fg 1 M. IV 453), ἀγνοῶν· ὁ γὰρ Μνησίμαχος ἐν τῇ Εὐρώπῃ μέμνηται κειμένης τῆς Σκυθικῆς, ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος καὶ οἱ προειρημένοι ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ κατα- λέγονται. τρίτον ἐστὶν Ἱερὸν ὄρος τῆς Θράκης.

1025. ξυνῇ φιλότητι γυναικῶν: οὐχ ὡς αὐτῶν συνερχο- μένων ταῖς ἀλλήλων γυναιξὶ τοῦτο λέγει, ἀλλὰ ἕκαστος τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φανερῶς.

1026. 〈ἐν ὑψίστῳ:〉 ἐν ὑψηλῷ μοσσύνῳ. L

1029. λιμῷ μιν κεῖν’ ἦμαρ: ἱστορεῖ Ἔφορος (70 fg 161 a J.) καὶ Νυμφόδωρος (fg 16 M. II 379) περὶ τούτων, ὅτι τὸν βασιλέα αὐτῶν ἄδικόν τι κρίναντα ἐγκλείουσι καὶ λιμαγχονοῦσιν.

1031 a. νήσου Ἀρητιάδος: φασὶν ὑπὸ Ὀτρήρας τῆς Ἄρεως κατοικισθῆναι τὴν νῆσον. L (P)

3 Arr. Peripl. Pont. Eux. 24 — Anon. Peripl. Pont. Eux. 36 15 1022. Et. Gen. (AB) ἀμεστέμως: σημαίνει [δὲ om. Et. M.] τὸ ἀμέμπτως. κατασκευάζεται δὲ ὥσπερ τὸ ἀψοφέως. οἷον II 1022. Ἀπολλώνιος (Ἀπ. A, om. B). 18 1026. Et. Gen. (A B) θαάσσων: ἐγκαθήμενος. II 1026. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. 20 Scymn. 904—10. Anon. Peripl. Pont. Eux. 35 — Nic. Dam. (90) fg 103 h J. Pomp. Mel. I 106 22 Ap. Rh. II 385—387 sch. AT Γ 189 1 ὥσπερ λεχούς post ἄνδρας add. P 2 τοῖς Rutgers Var. lect. 1618, 443 : τῷ L : om. P Νομίμοις Toup Emend. in Suid. 1, 1790, 233 : νόμοις L : om. P 5 ἄλλως praem. L 6 Περιόδου L : Περιόδων P : Περὶ ὀρῶν propter Plut. De fluv. 21, 5 (VII 321, 11 Bern.) Meursius Cyprus 1675, 164 7 Σουίδας P : Σωίδας L 8 Ἄνδρων dubitanter prop. Mueller 9 τῆς τοῦ L 13 καταλέγονται W : διαλέγονται : διαγίνονται K 14 τρίτον ἐστὶν L : ἔστι καὶ ἕτερον P

b. περὶ τῆς Ἄρεως νήσου καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ ὀρνέων μέμνηται Τιμά- γητος (fg 4 M. IV 520). εἰσὶ δὲ σιδηρόπτεροι, αἱ λέγονται Στυμ- φαλίδες.

1032. 〈λιαρή:〉 γράφεται διερή. Lᶢ

1052—57 a. οὐδὲ γὰρ Ἡρακλέης: τὰς Στυμφαλίδας ὄρνιθας, φησίν, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπώσασθαι, εἰ μὴ κρόταλον χαλκοῦν 〈...〉 καὶ ψόφον ποιῶν ἐξεφόβησεν. πλωΐδες δὲ ὄρνιθες καλοῦνται διὰ τὸ ἐν τῇ λίμνῃ αὐτὰς νήχεσθαι τῆς Ἀρκαδίας, ἃς Ἡρακλῆς ἀπεδίωξεν. Στύμφηλος δὲ πόλις Ἀρκαδίας καὶ Στυμφηλὶς δὲ λίμνη. καὶ Ὅμηρος (B 608)· ‘Στύμφηλόν τ’ εἶχον’. Στυμφαλίδες δὲ λέγονται παρ’ αὐτῆς ὄρνιθες, ἃς πλωΐδας εἶπεν Ἀπολλώνιος. οὕτω δὲ αὐτὰς ὀνο- μάζει καὶ Σέλευκος ἐν Συμμίκτοις (fg 77 Max. Mueller) καὶ Χάρης αὐτοῦ τοῦ Ἀπολλωνίου γνώριμος ἐν τῷ Περὶ ἱστοριῶν τοῦ Ἀπολλωνίου. ἰδίως δὲ Μνασέας (fg 8 M. III 151) φησὶ Στυμφάλου τινὸς ἥρωος καὶ Ὄρνιθος γυναικὸς γενέσθαι Στυμφαλίδας θυγατέρας, ἃς ἀνελεῖν τὸν Ἡρακλέα, ὅτι οὐ προσεδέξαντο αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξένισαν τοὺς Μολίονας. Φερε- κύδης (3 fg 72 J.) δέ φησιν οὐ γυναῖκας, ἀλλ’ ὄρνιθας εἶναι καὶ ἀναι- ρεθῆναι πρὸς Ἡρακλέους, πλαταγῆς δοθείσης αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ κτυπεῖν καὶ ἐκφοβεῖν αὐτάς. ὁμοίως καὶ Ἑλλάνικός (4 fg 104 a J.) φησιν. τὴν δὲ Στυμφαλίδα λίμνην φασὶ διὰ βερέθρων ἐκδοθεῖσαν ξηρανθῆναι.

4 Et. Gen. (AB) λιαρὸν καὶ λιαρὴ διὰ τοῦ ῑ, τὸ δὲ λεῖος καὶ λεῖα διὰ τῆς ει διφθόγγου. II 1032 ἡ ὁμαλὴ καὶ λεῖα. 9 Et. Gen. (AB) πλωάδας ὀρνίθων: οἷον II 1053. πλωάδας ὀρνίθων (A, ὄρνιθας B) τὰς Στυμφαλίδας λέγει. Στυμφαλίδες δὲ λέγονται, ἐπεὶ Στυμφαλὶς πόλις Ἀρκαδίας, πλησίον δὲ αὐτῆς λίμνη, ἔνθα διέτριβον αἱ (αἱ A, om. B) ὄρνιθες. ἐξεδίωξε δὲ αὐτὰς ὁ Ἡρακλῆς πλαταγῇ, μὴ δυνάμενος αὐτὰς κατατοξεῦσαι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος. 17 Paus. VIII 22, 4. Diod. IV 13, 2 Apoll. Bibl. II 92 sq. 1 Τιμάγητος PA : -άγνητος LV 2 σιδηρόπτεροι P : -αι 6 (διὰ) κροτάλου χαλκοῦ ψόφον κτλ. A lac. ind. W 9 post Στύμφηλος δὲ P add. υἱὸς Λυκάονος καὶ Στύμφηλος ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ. quae mihi genuina iam non esse videntur, cum Pausanias (VIII 4, 4. 6) oppidum ab Elati filio nomen accepisse tradat (aliter W 47) Στυμφηλὶς K : -αλὶς F : -λη. hunc interpretem in poetae verbis Στυμφαλίδος legisse vidit A. Wifstrand Kgl. Hum. Vetenskapssamf. i Lund Årsb. 1928—29, 85 10 παρ’ αὐτῆς W : περὶ αὐτὴν 11 ὀνομάζει καὶ P : ὀνομάζεσθαι L : ὀνομάζεσθαί (φησι) καὶ Castiglioni Riv. di fil. 61, 1933, 279 18 αὐτῷ (παρὰ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς) e sch. b Jacoby

b. πλαταγήν: ὀξυτόνως, ὥς φησιν Ἡρωδιανὸς ἐν τῷ ιβ΄ τῆς Καθόλου (I 310, 14 L.). σημαίνει δὲ τὸν κρόταλον. φασὶ δὲ αὐτὴν ἡφαιστότευκτον οὖσαν Ἡρακλεῖ παρὰ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς δοθῆναι. ὁ δὲ Ἑλλά- νικός (4 fg 104 b J.) φησιν ἑαυτῷ κατασκευάσαι.

c. ἀτυζηλῷ: ἐκπληκτικῷ. περισπαστέον δὲ τὸ ἀτυζηλῷ· ἔστι γὰρ ἀπὸ ὀξυτόνου τοῦ ἀτυζηλός, ὡς Ἡρωδιανὸς ἐν τῷ ϛ΄ τῆς Καθόλου (I 162, 8 L.).

1060. ἀνθέμενοι κεφαλῇσιν ἀερσιλόφους: ὧν οἱ λόφοι ἐπηρμένοι εἰσὶ καὶ μετέωροι.

1061. ἀμοιβαδίς: ἐκ διαδοχῆς. Lᶢ (P)

1062. 〈ἄρσεστε:〉 εὐτρεπίσατε, σκεπάσατε. Gᶢ Sᵐ

1065. ἐπίλοφα: ἐπηρμένα. Lᶢ

1068. ἐπίρροθος: ὠφέλιμος. Lᶢ Gᶢ P

1073. ὡς δ’ ὅτε τις κεράμῳ: ταῖς κεραμίσι καταστεγάζοι.

1075 a. ἄλλῳ δ’ ἔμπεδον ἄλλος: ἄλλος δὲ ἄλλῳ, φησί, κέραμος ἀνθίσταται ἀσφαλῶς καὶ συνήρμοσται. ἐπημοιβοὶ γὰρ οὐχ οἱ ἀμεί- βοντες, ἀλλ’ ἐπηλλαγμένοι τὴν σύνθεσιν.

b. 〈ἐπαμοιβός:〉 ἐπικείμενος καὶ ἐπηλλαγμένος. Pap. Berol. 13413

1076. συναρμόναντες: συναρμόσαντες. Lᶢ (P)

1077—78. οἵη δὲ κλαγγή: ὁποία δὲ βοὴ γίνεται ἐν πολέμῳ, ὁπόταν ἀλαλάξαντες συνέρχωνται. L

1085 a. ἐνναέται: κατ’ ἐξαίρεσιν τοῦ ῑ, ἵν’ ᾖ ἐνναιέται. Κλει- νίας δέ φησι καὶ τὸν ναόν ποτε οὕτως εἰρῆσθαι ναιόν, διὰ τὸ ἐνναίειν ἐν αὐτῷ τοὺς θεούς, ὅ ἐστιν οἰκεῖν.

1 Et. Gen. (AB) πλαταγή: σημαίνει κρόταλον χαλκοῦν. ὀξύνεται δέ. II 1055. 14 1071. Et. Gen. (AB) ἀμοιβάδην: Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά· II 1069—1072. 1075. σημαίνει δὲ τὸ ἀμοιβάδην τὸ ἐνηλλαγμένως (Et. M., ἐνηλλαγμένον A, ἐξηλλαγμένως B), τὸ δὲ ἐπαμοιβὸς τὸ ἀλλεπάλληλος (W, -αλλήλως A B). 16 sch. ABT M 456 sch. E 513 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 71, 27 B. Hesych. ἐπημοιβοί — Συν. ἐ. (228, 21 Ba. Suid.) 23 Et. Gen. (B) ἐνναέται: οἱ περίοικοι. (ἀπὸ τοῦ ναίω τὸ οἰκῶ) ναιέτης ναέτης (W, ναιέτης ναέτου add. Et. M. 344, 8). οἷον II 1085. 24 Hesych. ναιός. ναός — Phot. ναός Et. M. 598, 4; Et. Gud. 401, 45 Sturz 1 ιβ΄ K : ς΄. (e sch. subsequente) L : om. P 11 εὐτρ. σ.: om. L 18 ἐπικ- W : τηκ- 24 ναιόν K : ἔνναιον

b. τεγέων: τῆς ὀροφῆς. Lᶢ (P)

1086—87 a. ἧνται ἀκήν: κάθηνται ἐν οἴκῳ, μὴ ἐπιστρεφόμενοι τοῦ χειμῶνος ἢ τῆς χαλάζης διὰ τὸ ἐξηρτυμένους αὐτοὺς εἶναι.

b. μέλαθρον: τὴν ὀροφήν. Κράτης (ad η 239, Wachsmuth De Cr. Mallota 1860, 74) δὲ τὴν δοκὸν ἐξεδέξατο, ὡς καὶ παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ (η 239) ‘αἰθαλόεντος ἀνὰ μεγάροιο μέλαθρον’.

1088—89. ὡς πυκινὰ πτερά: χαλάζης πυκνότερα ἐφίεσαν αὐτοῖς πτερά, φεύγοντες διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης. πιθανῶς δὲ ὁ Πείσανδρος (16 fg 6 J.) τοὺς ὄρνιθάς φησιν εἰς Σκυθίαν ἀποπτῆναι, ὅθεν καὶ ἐληλύθεσαν.

1090—94 a. τίς γὰρ δὴ Φινῆος: τοῦτο ἐρώτησίς ἐστιν ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ πρὸς τὰς Μούσας, τὸ δὲ υἱες Φρίξου ἀπόκρισις ὡς ἀπὸ τῶν Μουσῶν. P

b. τίς γὰρ δὴ Φινῆος: τί φρονῶν, φησίν, ὁ Φινεὺς ἐκέλευσεν αὐτοὺς προσορμισθῆναι τῇ τοῦ Ἄρεως νήσῳ καὶ τίνα ὠφέλειαν αὐτοῖς προορώμενος τοῦτο προσέταξεν; εἶτα ὥσπερ ἐμπνευσθεὶς ἐπιφέρει· υἱῆες Φρίξοιο. κατὰ δὲ τὴν Ἀρητιάδα νῆσον οἱ τοῦ Φρίξου υἱοὶ ἐναυάγησαν, ἔνθα ἦν καὶ τὰ σιδηρόπτερα ὄρνεα. L

c. υἱῆες Φρίξοιο: οἱ παῖδες Φρίξου ἔπλεον εἰς Ὀρχομενὸν ἐκ Κόλχων, ἵνα τὰ πατρῶα κληρονομήσωσι. ναυαγήσαντες δὲ ἐξεβράσθησαν πρὸς τὴν Ἀρητιάδα νῆσον, ὅθεν ἀναλαβόντες αὐτοὺς οἱ Ἀργοναῦται ἔσχον καθηγεμόνας, καὶ πάλιν αὐτοὺς ἀπήγαγον εἰς Ὀρχομενόν. L

1098—99 a. Ζεὺς δ’ ἀνέμου βορέαο: δεικνὺς τὴν ἑῴαν ἐπιτολὴν τοῦ ἀρκτούρου βορέαν ἐποίησε πνεῖν, ὅπως ῥᾳδίως ὄμβρος καὶ ταραχὴ γένηται. τοῦτο δὲ ἔφη, ἐπεὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιτολὴν τοῦ ἀρκτούρου σφοδροὶ καταχέονται ὄμβροι, ὥς φησι Δημόκριτος ἐν τῷ Περὶ ἀστρο- νομίας (68 B 14, 5 Diels-Kranz). καὶ Ἄρατος (Phaen. 745)· ‘φράζεσθαι δ’ αἰνοῦ μεμνημένος ἀρκτούροιο.’

4 sch. η 278. χ 239 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 110, 30 B. Hesych. μέλαθρα Et. M. 576, 10 Et. Gud. 382, 23. 385, 7 Sturz — Eust. 249, 19. 780, 27 23 Plaut. Rud. 1 sqq. Verg. Georg. I 204 sqq. Clod. Cal. (Jo. Laur. Lyd. Liber de ostentis ed. Wachsm.² 1897, 146, 1. 9. 147, 4) Gemin. Cal. (ib. 185, 14) 3 ἐξηρτυμένους Schaefer : -ημένους 15 αὐτοὺς H : -οις

ἔστι δὲ ὁ ἀρκτοῦρος ἀστὴρ ἐπὶ τῆς ζώνης τοῦ ἀρκτοφύλακος. εἴωθε δὲ καὶ ὁ βορέας ὄμβρους καταρρήσσειν.

b. ὕδατι σημαίνων διερὴν ὁδὸν ἀρκτούροιο: ἡ τοῦ ἀρκτούρου δύσις χειμῶνα ποιεῖ. Pap. Berol. 13413

1102 a. 〈τοῦ τότε:〉 τοῦ βορέας. Lᶢ

b. ἡμάτιος δὲ λέγεται ὁ ἡμερινός. κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν οὖν, φησίν, ὁ βορέας ἐτίνασσε τὰ φύλλα. ἀήσυρος δὲ ὁ ἐλαφρῶς πνέων, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄω τὸ πνέω. P

1103. κεκληγός: καχλάζον. Pap. Berol. 13413

1106. μυδαλέοι: διάβροχοι. Lᶢ (P)

1109. δοθίοισιν: κύμασιν. Lᶢ (P)

1111—12 a. ὠρέξαντο: ἐλάβοντο. Lᶢ P

b. οἷά τε πολλά: οἷα πολλὰ ἦν πρότερον μὲν συνηρμοσμένα τοῖς γόμφοις, τότε δὲ διαφθαρείσης τῆς νεὼς διεσκορπίσθη τὰ ξύλα.

c. 〈θοῇσιν:〉 ὀξέα. Lᶢ

1112. παρὲξ ὀλίγον: παρ’ ὀλίγον ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου. Lᶢ P

1120. νύχθ’ ὑπο λυγαίην: τὴν σκοτεινήν, παρὰ τὸ λύγος τὸ φυτόν· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο μέλαν. καὶ τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν λυκάβαντα, οἱονεὶ λυγά- βαντα, ἐπεὶ μετὰ λύγης βαίνει. Σοφοκλῆς Πολυξένῃ (fg 525 Pearson): ‘ἀπ’ αἰθέρος δὲ κἀπὸ λυγαίου νέφους’.

1122 a. Ἄργος δὲ παροίτατος: εἷς τῶν Φρίξου παίδων οὗτος· τούτους δὲ Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 39 J.) φησιν ἐκ Χαλκιόπης τῆς Αἰήτου θυγατρός, Ἀκουσίλαος (2 fg 38 J.) καὶ Ἡσίοδος ἐν ταῖς Μεγάλαις Ἠοίαις (fg 152 Rz.²) φασὶν ἐξ Ἰοφώεσσης τῆς Αἰήτου. καὶ οὗτος (v. 1155 sq.) μέν φησιν αὐτοὺς δ΄, Ἄργον, Φρόντιν, Μέλανα, Κυτίσωρον, Ἐπιμενίδης (3 B 12 Diels-Kranz) δὲ πέμπτον προστίθησι Πρέσβωνα.

b. παροίτατος: πρῶτος. L S P

17 sch. I 218 cum loc. sim. 18 sch. E 161. T 306 — Apoll. Lex. Hom. 109, 11 B. Hesych. λυκάβας Συν. λ. (293, 7 Ba. Suid.) Et. Gud. 374, 48 Sturz X Eust. 1756, 2 24 sch. 1149 cum loc. sim. 9 καχλ- Wifstrand : κεχλ- 14 διαφ- Lᶢ 17 παρὰ τὸ λύγον (corr. K) τὸ φυτόν L : ἀπὸ τοῦ λύγου τοῦ φυτοῦ P 20 κἀπὸ P : καὶ ἀπὸ L νέφους L : σκότους P 24 οὗτος ad Hesiodum refert Jacoby 26 Ἐπιμενίδης P : -μένης L

1122. ἐπ’ ὀψίου: τοῦ ἐπόπτου. Lᶢ Sᵐ (P)

1127. ᾗ ἔνι τείρομεν οἶδμα: ἀπὸ τοῦ ... Pap. Berol. 13413

1129. δοῦναι ὅσον τ’ εἴλυμα: εὐτελὲς καὶ βραχύτατον περί- βλημα.

1133. 〈ἐπόψιος:〉 ἐπόπτης. Lᶢ

1144—45 a. κριοῦ ἐπεμβεβαώς: Διονύσιος ἐν τοῖς Ἀργο- ναύταις (32 fg 2 c J.) φησι Κριὸν γεγονέναι τροφέα Φρίξου, ὃν αἰσθό- μενον τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς Ἰνοῦς ὑποθέσθαι τῷ Φρίξῳ τὴν φυγὴν ποιήσασθαι, ὅθεν καὶ μεμυθεῦσθαι ὡς ὑπὸ κριοῦ διασωθείη. Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 38 J.) δὲ φησιν ἐξ Ἀθάμαντος καὶ Θεμιστοῦς γενέσθαι παῖδας Σχοινέα, Ἐρύ- θρην, Λεύκωνα, Πτοῖον, νεωτάτους δὲ Φρίξον καὶ Ἕλλην, οὓς διὰ τὴν Ἰνοῦς ἐπιβουλὴν ἐκχωρῆσαι. τελευτῆσαι δὲ τὴν Ἕλλην κατὰ Πακτύην φησὶν Ἑλλάνικος (4 fg 127 J.). Ἰνοῦς δὲ καὶ Ἀθάμαντος Λέαρχος καὶ Μελικέρτης.

b. τόν ῥα χρύσειον: λέγεται γὰρ τῇ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ ἐπαφῇ τὸ δέρος τοῦ κριοῦ χρυσοῦν γενέσθαι.

1146. ἑῆς ὑποθημοσύνῃσιν: τὸν κριόν, φησίν, ἔθυσε ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑποθήκαις, τουτέστι κατὰ συμβουλὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ κριοῦ· αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ κριὸς ἀνθρωπίνῃ χρησάμενος φωνῇ τοῦτο ποιεῖν προσέταξε.

1147. Φυξίῳ ἐκ πάντων: Φύξιος Ζεὺς παρὰ Θεσσαλοῖς, ἤτοι ἐπειδὴ τὸν ἐπὶ Δευκαλίωνος κατέφυγον κατακλυσμόν, ἢ διὰ τὸ φυγεῖν τὸν Φρίξον αὐτόν.

1149. Χαλκιόπην: Φερεκύδης ἐν ϛ΄ (3 fg 25 a J.) Εὐηνίαν αὐτήν φησι καλεῖσθαι, παρώνυμον δὲ αὐτῇ Χαλκιόπην καὶ Ἰοφῶεσσαν.

1157. συνηβολίῃ: συμβόλῳ. Lᶢ (P)

1159. κατὰ μοῖραν: κατὰ τὸ πρέπον. Lᶢ P

6 sch. I 256/59 cum loc. sim. 10 Apoll. Bibl. I 84 Paus. IX 23, 6 13 sch. 498/527 n cum loc. sim. 20 sch. IV 698/99 b Apoll. Bibl. I 48 24 sch. 1122 a Hesych. Ἰοφῶσσα 25 Et. Gen. (AB) συνηβολία καὶ ἐπηβολία καὶ ἐπήβολος διὰ τοῦ η. II 1157 ἀντὶ τοῦ συντυχίᾳ καὶ ὑπαντήσει (σ. καὶ ὑπ. A, συνηβολίᾳ συναπαντήσει B). 2 ᾗ ἔνι Wifstrand : κηνι 10 Ἐρύθρην Wil. Herm. 26, 1891, 204 n. 1 : -θίον 11 Πτοῖον idem : Πτῷον Mueller FHG II 37 : ποῖον L : om. P 22 εἰς ante αὐτόν add. P 24 Χαλκιόπην W : -η Ἰοφῶεσσαν W : Ἰοφῶσσα Schoemann Opusc. 2, 1857, 247 n. 67 : Ὀφιοῦσσα

Β 1160—1194/95

1160. γνωτοί: ἀντὶ τοῦ συγγενεῖς. LgP

1160. γνωτοί: meaning 'kinsmen'. LgP

1162. Αἴολος Κρηθεὺς Ἀθάμας Αἴσων Φρίξος Ἰάσων Ἄργος. Lm (P)

1162. Aeolus, Cretheus, Athamas, Aeson, Phrixus, Jason, Argus. Lm (P)

1172. στιάων: στιαι αἱ ψῆφοι παρὰ Σικυωνίοις καλοῦνται· ἡ ἐσχάρα οὖν καὶ ὁ βωμὸς ἐκ ψήφων κατεσκεύαστο. ἢ στιαι αἱ ψῆφοι 〈αἱ ποτάμιοι, οἱ νῦν κόχλακες λεγόμενοι〉. Καλλίμαχος (Hymn. I 26): ‘πολύστιόν τε Μετώπην’.

1172. στιάων: στιαι are what pebbles are called among the Sicyonians; so the hearth and the altar were constructed from pebbles. Or στιαι are the pebbles 〈that are from rivers, which are now called κόχλακες〉. Callimachus (Hymn I 26): 'πολύστιόν τε Μετώπην'.

6 Et. Gen. (AB) στεῖαι καὶ στειάων: οἷον II 1172. στεῖαι αἱ ψῆφοι παρὰ Σικυωνίοις καλοῦνται. ἡ ἐσχάρα οὖν καὶ ὁ βωμὸς ἐκ ψήφων κατεσκεύαστο. ἢ στεῖαι αἱ ψῆφοι [καὶ del. Miller] αἱ ποτάμιοι, οἱ νῦν κόχλακες λεγόμενοι.6 Et. Gen. (AB) στεῖαι καὶ στειάων: as in II 1172. στεῖαι are what pebbles are called among the Sicyonians. So the hearth and the altar were constructed from pebbles. Or στεῖαι are the pebbles [καὶ deleted by Miller] that are from rivers, which are now called κόχλακες. 7 ἢ στῖαι αἱ ψ. reliquis ex Et. suppletis Deicke 52 : στῖαι δὲ αἱ ψ. L : om. P7 ἢ στῖαι αἱ ψ. with the rest supplied from Et. by Deicke 52 : στῖαι δὲ αἱ ψ. in L : omitted in P 9 Μετώπην Call. : μέτωπον9 Μετώπην in Call. : μέτωπον

1176. ἐπηετανὸν κομέουσαι: ἐπιμελῶς καὶ ἐκ πολλοῦ τρέφουσαι. LmP

1176. ἐπηετανὸν κομέουσαι: carefully and for a long time nourishing. LmP

1177. ἐπαρτέα: ἑτοίμην. LgP

1177. ἐπαρτέα: ready. LgP

1179. πρὸς τὸν Φρίξου υἱὸν τὸν Ἄργον ὁ λόγος, καί φησι· συνεργήσατε ἡμῖν τὸ κῶας εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα κομίσαι. Lm(P)

1179. The speech is addressed to Argus, son of Phrixus, and he says: help us to bring the fleece to Greece. Lm(P)

1186. εἴτε μετὰ Φθίην: οἱ μὲν τὴν Φθίαν Ὀρχομενοῦ πόλιν φασὶν εἰρῆσθαι — Φθίην πόλιν Ὀρχομενοῖο —, παρόσον οἱ Ὀρχομένιοι ἄποικοί εἰσι Θεσσαλῶν. δύναται δὲ καὶ Ὀρχομενοῦ μνημονεύειν τοῦ μεθορίου Μακεδονίας καὶ Θεσσαλίας. ἔστι γὰρ Ὀρχομενὸς καὶ ὄρος καὶ πόλις Θεσσαλίας καὶ Βοιωτίας καὶ Ἀρκαδίας καὶ Πόντου.

1186. εἴτε μετὰ Φθίην: some say that Phthia is mentioned as a city of Orchomenus — 'Phthia, city of Orchomenus' — inasmuch as the Orchomenians are colonists of the Thessalians. But it could also refer to Orchomenus on the border of Macedonia and Thessaly. For there is an Orchomenus that is both a mountain and a city in Thessaly, Boeotia, Arcadia, and Pontus.

1189. κείνην: ἐν ᾗ οἱ Φρίξου ἦσαν υἱοί. LgSm(P)

1189. κείνην: in which the sons of Phrixus were. LgSm(P)

1193. ἐπίρροθοι ἄμμι πέλ〈εσθε〉: ἐπιρροθεῖν κυρίως τὸ τοῖς κυσὶν [καὶ] κελεύειν. σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὸ τῇ νηὶ συνεργεῖν, παρὰ τὸ ῥόθιον, ὅ ἐστι τὸ κῦμα.

1193. ἐπίρροθοι ἄμμι πέλ〈εσθε〉: ἐπιρροθεῖν properly means to urge on dogs. It also means to assist a ship, from ῥόθιον, which is the wave.

21 ἐπιρροθεῖν hoc loco P : idem post κυσὶν L21 ἐπιρροθεῖν in this place in P : the same after κυσὶν in L 22 [καὶ del. W] κελ- L : ἐπικελ- καὶ ἐρεθίζειν P σημαίνει δὲ P : om. L22 [καὶ deleted by W] κελ- in L : ἐπικελ- καὶ ἐρεθίζειν in P; σημαίνει δὲ in P : omitted in L 23 P add. in fine ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἐπίρροθον ἁπλῶς τὸν βοηθὸν λέγει. cf. W 4223 P adds at the end: here he simply calls the helper ἐπίρροθον. cf. W 42

1194—95. Ζηνὸς χόλ〈ον〉: διὰ τὸ μηνῖσαι τὸ δαιμόνιον τοῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ Αἰόλου, Φρίξου κινδυνεύσαντος. τοῦτο δὲ ἔφη ὁ Ἰάσων, παρόσον καὶ ὁ Πελίας τοιαύτῃ προφάσει ἐχρήσατο ἐκπέμπων αὐτόν.

1194-95. Ζηνὸς χόλ〈ον〉: because the divinity was angry with the descendants of Aeolus, since Phrixus had been in danger. Jason said this because Pelias also used such a pretext in sending him out.

25 Pind. Pyth. IV 281 cum sch.25 Pind. Pyth. IV 281 with sch. 25 Ἰάσων W : Ἀπολλώνιος25 Ἰάσων in W : Ἀπολλώνιος

Β 1196—1209/15 b

1196. ἔστυγον: ἐστύγνασαν, ηὐλαβήθησαν. LgGgSmP

1196. ἔστυγον: they shuddered, they were afraid. LgGgSmP

1 ἐστύγνασαν LP : -αζον GS ηὐλ. LP : om. GS1 ἐστύγνασαν in LP : -αζον in GS ηὐλ. in LP : om. in GS

1197—98 a. τεύξεσθαι ἐνηέος Αἰήταο: οὐ γὰρ ὑπελάμβανον ἡδέως καὶ προσηνῶς προσδεχθήσεσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ Αἰήτου, διότι συνῆσαν τῷ Ἰάσωνι. L

1197-98a. τεύξεσθαι ἐνηέος Αἰήταο: For they did not suppose that they would be received kindly and gently by Aeetes, because they were companions of Jason. L

3 π-ήσεσθαι W : -ησομένους3 π-ήσεσθαι W : -ησομένους

b. τεύξασθαι: ἐντυχεῖν. LgP

b. τεύξασθαι: to meet with. LgP

5 hunc interpretem τεύξασθαι legisse monuit Schaefer; cf. W 565 Schaefer noted that this interpreter read τεύξασθαι; cf. W 56

c. ἐνηέος: προσηνοῦς, ἀγαθοῦ. LgP

c. ἐνηέος: gentle, good. LgP

1199. Ἄργος ἀτεμβόμενος: οὐχ Ὁμηρικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ στερισκόμενος· κεῖται γὰρ νῦν ἐπὶ τοῦ δυσχεραίνων καὶ μεμφόμενος ἐπὶ τοιοῦτον αὐτοὺς στόλον στέλλεσθαι.

1199. Ἄργος ἀτεμβόμενος: not in the Homeric sense of "being deprived"; for here it is used of being vexed and blaming them for undertaking such an expedition.

8 δυσχεραίνων Gg8 δυσχεραίνων in Gg

1204. στεῦται: διαβεβαιοῦται. LgP

1204. στεῦται: affirms strongly. LgP

1209—15 a. Καυκάσου ἐν κνη〈μοῖσι〉: περὶ τὸν Καύκασον, φησίν, ἐν τῇ Τυφαονίᾳ πέτρᾳ κεραυνωθεὶς ὁ Τυφὼς ἰχῶράς τινας ἀφῆκεν, ἐξ ὧν ἐγένετο ὁ τὸ δέρος φυλάσσων ὄφις. ὅτι δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν Καύκασον κατέφυγεν ὁ Τυφὼς διωκόμενος, καὶ ὅτι καιομένου τοῦ ὄρους ἔφυγεν ἐκεῖθεν εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, ὅπου τὴν Πιθηκοῦσσαν αὐτῷ περιρριφῆναι νῆσον, Φερεκύδης ἐν τῇ Θεογονίᾳ (3 fg 54 J.) ἱστορεῖ, οὐ μέντοι, ὅτι καὶ εἰς τοὺς περὶ Συρίαν τόπους ἠλάθη, ὥς φησιν Ἀπολλώνιος.

1209-15a. Καυκάσου ἐν κνη〈μοῖσι〉: On the Caucasus, he says, on the Typhonian rock, Typhon, struck by lightning, emitted certain ichors, from which came the serpent that guards the fleece. That Typhon fled to the Caucasus when pursued, and that when the mountain was burning he fled from there to Italy, where the island of Pithecussa was thrown around him, Pherecydes in his Theogony (3 fg 54 J.) relates, but not that he was also driven to the regions around Syria, as Apollonius says.

15 Strab. V 248. XIII 626 sch. Pind. Pyth. I 34a Steph. Byz. Ἄριμα15 Strab. V 248. XIII 626 sch. Pind. Pyth. I 34a Steph. Byz. Ἄριμα 12 φησίν W : φασίν ἰχῶρα Gg12 φησίν W : φασίν ἰχῶρα in Gg 15 -ριφῆναι L : -ρυῆναι P15 -ριφῆναι in L : -ρυῆναι in P

b. ἔνθα Τυφάονα: οὗτος, φησί, πληγεὶς ὑπὸ Διὸς ὡς εἶχεν 〈εἰς τοὺς〉 περὶ Συρίαν τόπους καὶ Πηλούσιον παρεγένετο διωκόμενος [ὑπὸ Διός], ὅπου βυθισθεὶς κεῖται ἐν τῇ Σερβωνίδι λίμνῃ. διήκει δὲ αὕτη ἀπὸ Συρίας μέχρι Πηλουσίου. περὶ δὲ τοῦ τὸν Τυφῶνα ἐν αὐτῇ κεῖσθαι καὶ Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 61 J.) ἱστορεῖ.

b. ἔνθα Τυφάονα: This one, he says, struck by Zeus, went as he was to the regions around Syria and Pelusium, pursued [by Zeus], where he sank and lies in the Serbonian lake. This lake extends from Syria to Pelusium. That Typhon lies in it is also related by Herodorus (31 fg 61 J.).

18 Et. Gen. (AB) Τυφάονα καὶ Τυφαονία πέτρα: οἷον II 1210. κνημὸς λέγεται ὁ τραχὺς καὶ σκληρὸς τόπος. Τυφαονίῃ ὑπὸ πέτρῃ: ἰστέον ὅτι τὸ Ποσειδῶν Ποσειδάωνος διαιρούμενον φυλάσσει τὸ ω, τὸ δὲ Τυφῶν Τυφάων Τυφάονος συστέλλει. Τυφαονία δὲ πέτρα ἐστὶν ὑψηλὴ ἐν τῷ Καυκάσῳ, Καύκασος δὲ ὄρος Σκυθίας καὶ ἕτερος Ἰνδικῆς. ὠνόμασται δὲ διὰ τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ διωκόμενον τὸν Τυφῶνα ὑπὸ Διὸς πεπλῆχθαι τῷ κεραυνῷ. πληγέντα δὲ αὐτόν φασιν (φ. B, om. A) ἀπελθεῖν καιόμενον ἐν τῇ Σερβωνίδι λίμνῃ — Σερβωνὶς δὲ λίμνη ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ (ἐν Αἰγ. B, om. A) πλησίον τοῦ Πηλουσίου — καὶ εἰς τὸ βάθος αὐτῆς ἐμπεσεῖν καὶ δῦναι συνεχόμενον ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκαύσεως (A, καύσεως B). ἔστι δὲ ἡ λίμνη μεταξὺ Ἀραβίας καὶ Αἰγύπτου θερμότητά (B, -τάτη A) τινα ἀναπέμπουσα (A, ἀποπ- B) ἀπὸ τοῦ Τυφῶνος καιομένου ἐν αὐτῇ.18 Et. Gen. (AB) Τυφάονα καὶ Τυφαονία πέτρα: as in II 1210. κνημὸς is called a rough and hard place. Τυφαονίῃ ὑπὸ πέτρῃ: one must know that Ποσειδῶν, when divided as Ποσειδάωνος, preserves the ω, but Τυφῶν, Τυφάων, Τυφάονος shortens it. The Typhonian rock is a high rock in the Caucasus, and the Caucasus is a mountain of Scythia and another of India. It is named because Typhon, pursued by Zeus, was struck by lightning on it. They say that after being struck he went away burning in the Serbonian lake—the Serbonian lake is in Egypt near Pelusium—and fell into its depth and sank, overcome by the burning. The lake is between Arabia and Egypt and sends up a certain heat from Typhon burning in it. 18 ὡς εἶχεν (cf. αὔτως ν. 1213) 〈εἰς τοὺς〉 F : οὓς εἶχε L : 〈εἰς〉 οὓς εἶχε K : om. P18 ὡς εἶχεν (cf. αὔτως ν. 1213) 〈εἰς τοὺς〉 F : οὓς εἶχε in L : 〈εἰς〉 οὓς εἶχε K : om. in P

c. 〈...〉 ἐν ᾗ καὶ τὴν Νύσαν ἱστορεῖ (Hom. H. in Bacch. 8 sq.)· ‘ἔστι δέ τις Νύση, ὕπατον κέρας, ἀνθέον ὕλῃ, τηλοῦ Φοινίκης, σχεδὸν Αἰγύπτοιο ῥοάων.’ ὁ δὲ Καύκασος διήκει ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀρμενίων χώρας ἕως Κόλχων. ἡ δὲ Σερβωνὶς λίμνη διάκειται περὶ τὸ Πηλούσιον τῆς Αἰγύπτου.

c. 〈...〉 in which he also relates the story of Nysa (Homeric Hymn to Bacchus 8 ff.): 'There is a certain Nysa, a lofty peak, blooming with forest, far from Phoenicia, near the streams of Egypt.' The Caucasus extends from the land of the Armenians as far as the Colchians. Lake Serbonis is situated around Pelusium in Egypt.

4 Et. Gen. (A) Νυσήιον: ὄνομα πεδίου, παρὰ (W, ἢ A) τὴν λεγομένην Νύσαν ὄρος Θράκης.4 Etymologicum Genuinum (A) Νυσήιον: name of a plain, from (W, or A) the so-called Nysa, a mountain of Thrace. 1 del. W1 deleted by W 3 Ἡρόδοτος (III 5) Robert De Apoll. bibl., Diss. Berol. 1873, 933 Herodotus (III 5) Robert De Apoll. bibl., Diss. Berol. 1873, 93 4 lac. ind. Wesseling Diod. Sic. 1, 1746, 134 lacuna indicated by Wesseling Diod. Sic. 1, 1746, 13

1219—21 a. μηδ’ οὕτως ἠθεῖε: πρὸς τό τῷ καὶ περιδείδια ναυτίλλεσθαι (v. 1203) ἀπήντησεν ὁ Πηλεύς, κελεύων μὴ δεδιέναι. διὸ θυμῷ γραπτέον. γράφεται δὲ καὶ μύθῳ, ἵνα ᾖ· μὴ ἐκφόβει ἡμᾶς τῷ περὶ Αἰήτου λόγῳ. [οὐ φέρεται δὲ οὕτως, ἀλλ’ ἐν πᾶσι δειδίσσεο θυμῷ.] κατ’ οὐδὲν γάρ, φησί, τοῦ Αἰήτου ἐσμὲν χείρους. τὸ δὲ ἠθεῖε οἶμαι κατ’ ἐπένθεσιν τοῦ η γεγονέναι, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ βαιὸς ἠβαιός, μύω ἠμύω. σημαίνει δὲ κατὰ τὸ πρόχειρον τὸ θεῖε, συγγενές, ἢ τὸ θαυμάσιε — μηδαμῶς ὦ θαυμάσιε — ἢ τὸ καλέ.

1219-21a. μηδ’ οὕτως ἠθεῖε: In response to the statement 'therefore I am exceedingly afraid to sail' (v. 1203), Peleus answered, urging him not to be afraid. Therefore it should be written with θυμῷ. It is also written with μύθῳ, so that it would be: do not frighten us with your account of Aeetes. [But it is not transmitted thus, but in all manuscripts δειδίσσεο θυμῷ.] For in no respect, he says, are we inferior to Aeetes. The form ἠθεῖε, I think, has come about by insertion of the η, just as βαιός becomes ἠβαιός and μύω becomes ἠμύω. In its ordinary sense it means θεῖε, 'uncle', 'kinsman', or θαυμάσιε — 'by no means, my good sir' — or καλέ, 'good sir'.

14 sch. ABT Z 518 Hesych. ἠθεῖε — Et. Or. 68, 19 Et. M. 422, 11 Et. Gud. 238, 14. 31 Sturz — Eust. 659, 4414 sch. ABT Z 518 Hesych. ἠθεῖε — Et. Or. 68, 19 Et. M. 422, 11 Et. Gud. 238, 14. 31 Sturz — Eust. 659, 44 10 ad ἀπήντησεν Lm haec adnotat: ὅτι τὸ ἀπαντῶ ἐπὶ τοῦ φθάζω (φθάνω H) τέτακται, ἀπαντήσατε ἀντὶ προφθάσατε καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀπήντησεν ὁ Πηλεὺς ἀντὶ προέφθασεν, κατέλαβεν. cf. W 5310 on ἀπήντησεν Lm notes this: that ἀπαντῶ is used in the sense of φθάζω (φθάνω H), ἀπαντήσατε instead of προφθάσατε, and here ἀπήντησεν ὁ Πηλεύς instead of προέφθασεν, κατέλαβεν. cf. W 53 12 del. W 5312 deleted by W 53 14 γέγονε AH14 γέγονε in AH

b. 〈μύθῳ:〉 γράφεται θυμῷ. Lg

b. 〈μύθῳ:〉 it is written θυμῷ. Lg

1231—41 a. Φιλυρ〈η〉ίδα νῆ〈σον〉: τὴν τῶν Φιλύρων φησί. λέγει δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος ἀπὸ Φιλύρας τῆς Ὠκεανοῦ κατοικούσης περὶ τοὺς τόπους τούτους· Κρόνου δὲ μιγνυμένου αὐτῇ, ὅτε ἐβασίλευε Τιτάνων, τὴν Ῥέαν αὐτοὺς ἐπ’ αὐτοφώρῳ καταλαβεῖν, ὅθεν τὸν μὲν Κρόνον αἰδεσθέντα εἰς ἵππον μεταβληθῆναι, τὴν δὲ φυγεῖν εἰς Θεσσαλίαν. Φερεκύδης (3 fg 50 J.) φησίν, ὅτι Κρόνος ἀπεικασθεὶς ἵππῳ ἐμίγη τῇ Φιλύρᾳ τῇ Ὠκεανοῦ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο διφυὴς ὁ Χείρων. Σουίδας δὲ ἐν α' Θεσσαλικῶν (fg 1 M. II 464) τὸν Χείρωνα Ἰξίονος εἶναι παῖδά φησιν, ἀδελφὸν δὲ Πειρίθου.

1231-41a. Φιλυρ〈η〉ίδα νῆ〈σον〉: He means the island of the Philyrae. Apollonius speaks of it from Philyra, daughter of Oceanus, who dwelt in these regions. When Cronus had intercourse with her, while he was king of the Titans, Rhea caught them in the act; whereupon Cronus, out of shame, changed himself into a horse, and she fled to Thessaly. Pherecydes (3 fg 50 J.) says that Cronus, having taken the form of a horse, had intercourse with Philyra, daughter of Oceanus, and for this reason Chiron was of double form. But Suidas in the first book of his Thessalica (fg 1 M. II 464) says that Chiron was the son of Ixion and brother of Pirithous.

19 sch. I 554 cum loc. sim.19 sch. I 554 with similar passages 20 αὐτῇ AHF : αὐτοῦ L : aliter P20 αὐτῇ in AHF : αὐτοῦ in L : differently in P 21 αὐτοὺς P : om. L21 αὐτοὺς in P : omitted in L

b. Κρηταῖον: τὸ τῆς Κρήτης. 〈Καλλίμαχος (Hymn. III 41)〉 ‘Κρηταῖον ὄρος’, ὥσπερ Σιναῖον. Lg (P)

b. Κρηταῖον: that of Crete. 〈Callimachus (Hymn. III 41)〉 'Cretan mountain', just as Σιναῖον. Lg (P)

3 suppl. W3 supplied by W

c. χαιτήεντι: χαίτην ἔχοντι. Lg (P)

c. χαιτήεντι: having a mane. Lg (P)

5 χαίτην ἔχοντι L : τὸ δὲ χαιτήεις ἀπὸ τοῦ χαίτη ὥσπερ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἕρση ἑρσήεις καὶ τιμὴ τιμήεις P, cf. W 435 χαίτην ἔχοντι in L : but χαιτήεις from χαίτη just as ἑρσήεις from ἕρση and τιμήεις from τιμή in P, cf. W 43

d. 〈ἐς οὔρεα μακρὰ Πελασγῶν:〉 παρεγένετο. Sm

d. 〈ἐς οὔρεα μακρὰ Πελασγῶν:〉 he arrived. Sm

1242—44. περὶ Μακρώνων καὶ Βεχείρων καὶ Σαπείρων καὶ Βυζήρων προείρηται (sch. 392/94 a. d. 395. 396 a). Lm

1242-44. Concerning the Macrones, Becheires, Sapeires, and Byzeres, mention has been made earlier (sch. 392/94 a. d. 395. 396 a). Lm

1246. μυχὸς διεφαίνετο Πόντου: οἱ γὰρ Κόλχοι ἐν τῷ μυχῷ τοῦ Πόντου κατοικοῦσι. Lm (P)

1246. μυχὸς διεφαίνετο Πόντου: For the Colchians dwell in the innermost recess of the Pontus. Lm (P)

1247 a. καὶ δὴ Καυκασίων: τὰ προσαγορευόμενα Καυκάσια Ἐρατοσθένης (fg III B 72 Berger) πλησίον εἶναί φησι τῆς προσαγορευμένης Κασπιανῆς θαλάσσης.

1247a. And indeed the Caucasian mountains: Eratosthenes (fr. III B 72 Berger) says that the so-called Caucasian mountains are near the so-called Caspian Sea.

11 ὄρη post Καυκάσια add. A11 ὄρη added after Καυκάσια in A

b. ἐρίπναι: τῶν Καυκασίων ὀρῶν αἱ ἀπορρῶγες καὶ ἐξοχαί. τινὲς δὲ ἐρίπνας τὰς τραχείας καὶ εἰς ὕψος ἀνεχούσας πέτρας φασί.

b. Crags: the broken-off parts and projections of the Caucasian mountains. But some say that crags are the rough rocks that rise to a height.

14 sch. I 581 cum loc. sim.14 sch. I 581 with similar passages 14 ἀπορρῶγες ἐξοχαί Gg14 ἀπορρῶγες ἐξοχαί in Gg 15 τραχείας P : τραχέας A : -εῖς L. A add. in fine τὰς λίαν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνέμου περιπνεομένας. cf. W 3015 τραχείας in P : τραχέας in A : -εῖς in L. A adds at the end τὰς λίαν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνέμου περιπνεομένας. cf. W 30

1248—50 a. τόθι γυῖα περὶ στυφ〈ε〉λ〈οῖσι〉: ὁ Προμηθεὺς ἐδέδετο ἐν τῷ Καυκάσῳ, καὶ ὁ ἀετὸς τὸ ἧπαρ αὐτοῦ κατήσθιεν. Ἀγροίτας δὲ ἐν τῇ ιγ' τῶν Λιβυκῶν (fg 6 M. IV 295) δειπνεῖσθαί φησι τὸ ἧπαρ Προμηθέως δόξαι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀετοῦ διὰ τὸ τὴν κρατίστην τοῦ Προμηθέως χώραν τὸν ποταμὸν τὸν καλούμενον Ἀετὸν φθείρειν,

1248-50a. There his limbs on the rugged rocks: Prometheus was bound in the Caucasus, and the eagle was devouring his liver. But Agroitas in the thirteenth book of his Libyan History (fr. 6 M. IV 295) says that the liver of Prometheus was thought to be devoured by the eagle because the river called Eagle was destroying the best land of Prometheus.

18 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀλυκτοπέδῃσι: ... Ἀπολλώνιος δὲ ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά· II 1246. 1248—1250. ἀλυκτοπέδαις πλεονασμῷ τοῦ κ, τουτέστι δεσμοῖς, ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λυθῆναι. ἰστέον, ὅτι ἧπαρ λέγεται παρὰ πολλοῖς ἡ εὔκαρπος γῆ. Ἀετὸς δὲ ποταμὸς τῆς χώρας Προμηθέως, ὃς ὀξέως κατιὼν ἄφνω ἥρπαζε τὴν γῆν πᾶσαν τῶν ἀγρῶν [Προμηθέως del. W] καὶ ἐδείπνει (W, ἐδαπάνα AB). τοῦτόν τε Ἡρακλῆς τὸν ποταμὸν διορύξας δι’ ἑτέρων τόπων ἐξωχέτευσεν καὶ ἀπέστρεψεν. καὶ ἔμεινεν ὁ μῦθος, ὡς Ἡρακλῆς τὸν ἀετὸν ἐκώλυσε τοξεύσας τοῦ τὸ ἧπαρ ἐσθίειν Προμηθέως. cf. W 73 sch. Hes. Theog. 521 Hesych. ἀλυκτοπέδη. ἧπαρ sch. Theocr. VII 76/77 h Diod. I 19, 1—318 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀλυκτοπέδῃσι: ... Apollonius, the author of the Argonautica: II 1246. 1248-1250. ἀλυκτοπέδαις by pleonasm of κ, that is, bonds from which one cannot be freed. One must know that liver is said by many to be the fruitful earth. Eagle is a river of the land of Prometheus, which rushing down swiftly suddenly snatched away all the earth of the fields [Προμηθέως deleted by W] and devoured it (W, ἐδαπάνα AB). Heracles dug through this river and diverted it through other places and turned it away. And the myth remained that Heracles stopped the eagle by shooting it from eating the liver of Prometheus. cf. W 73 sch. Hes. Theog. 521 Hesych. ἀλυκτοπέδη. ἧπαρ sch. Theocr. VII 76/77 h Diod. I 19, 1-3 18 γ' Mueller Λιβυκῶν L : Σκυθικῶν P δειπνεῖσθαι W : δαπανᾶσθαι18 γ' Mueller Λιβυκῶν in L : Σκυθικῶν in P δειπνεῖσθαι W : δαπανᾶσθαι

ἧπαρ δὲ παρὰ πολλοῖς τὴν εὔκαρπον λέγεσθαι γῆν· Ἡρακλέους δὲ ἐξοχετεύσαντος διώρυξι τὸν ποταμόν, τόν τε ἀετὸν δόξαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ κεχωρίσθαι καὶ τὸν Προμηθέα λελύσθαι τῶν δεσμῶν. Θεόφραστος (fg 50 Wimmer) δὲ τὸν Προμηθέα φησὶ σοφὸν γενόμενον μεταδοῦναι πρῶτον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις φιλοσοφίας, ὅθεν καὶ διαδοθῆναι τὸν μῦθον, ὡς ἄρα πυρὸς μεταδοίη. καὶ Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 30 J.) ξένως περὶ τῶν δεσμῶν τοῦ Προμηθέως ταῦτα· εἶναι γὰρ αὐτὸν Σκυθῶν βασιλέα φησί, καὶ μὴ δυνάμενον παρέχειν τοῖς ὑπηκόοις τὰ ἐπιτήδεια διὰ τὸ τὸν καλούμενον Ἀετὸν ποταμὸν ἐπικλύζειν τὰ πεδία, δεθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν Σκυθῶν, ἐπιφανέντα δὲ Ἡρακλέα τὸν μὲν ποταμὸν ἀποστρέψαι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν — καὶ διά τοῦτο μεμυθεῦσθαι ἀνηρηκέναι τὸν ἀετὸν Ἡρακλέα —, τὸν δὲ Προμηθέα λῦσαι τῶν δεσμῶν. Φερεκύδης δὲ ἐν β' (3 fg 7 J.) Τυφῶνος καὶ Ἐχίδνης τῆς Φόρκυνός φησι τὸν ἀετὸν τὸν ἐπιπεμφθέντα Προμηθεῖ. ὅ, τι δὲ ὁ ἀετὸς ἤσθιεν τῆς ἡμέρας τοῦ ἥπατος, τὸ λειπόμενον ηὔξετο τῆς νυκτός, καὶ ἐγίνετο ἴσον.

But liver is said by many to be the fruitful earth; and when Heracles diverted the river by means of channels, the eagle was thought to have been separated by him and Prometheus to have been released from his bonds. Theophrastus (fr. 50 Wimmer) says that Prometheus became wise and was the first to share philosophy with men, whence the myth was spread that he shared fire. And Herodorus (31 fr. 30 J.) says these strange things about the bonds of Prometheus: he says that he was king of the Scythians, and because he could not provide his subjects with necessities due to the river called Eagle flooding the plains, he was bound by the Scythians; but Heracles appeared and turned the river away into the sea—and for this reason it was mythologized that Heracles killed the eagle—and released Prometheus from his bonds. Pherecydes in the second book (3 fr. 7 J.) says that the eagle sent against Prometheus was the offspring of Typhon and Echidna, daughter of Phorcys. And whatever part of the liver the eagle ate during the day, the remainder grew during the night and became equal.

1 ἧπαρ L : οὖθαρ (Hom.) καὶ ἧπαρ P. cf. W 43 ποιηταῖς pro πολλοῖς Wellauer e P (οἱ ποιηταὶ καλεῖν εἰώθασιν)1 ἧπαρ in L : οὖθαρ (Homer) and ἧπαρ in P. cf. W 43 ποιηταῖς for πολλοῖς Wellauer from P (οἱ ποιηταὶ καλεῖν εἰώθασιν) 2 διώρυξι K : διορύξι F : διορύξαι L : διωρυχαῖς P κεχειρῶσθαι K2 διώρυξι in K : διορύξι in F : διορύξαι in L : διωρυχαῖς in P κεχειρῶσθαι in K 14 ὅ, τι W : ὅτι14 ὅ, τι in W : ὅτι

b. ἰλλόμενος χαλκή〈ισιν〉: δεθῆναι τὸν Προμηθέα φησὶν Ἡσίοδος (Theog. 521 sqq.) καὶ τὸν ἀετόν ἐπιπεμφθῆναι αὐτῷ διὰ τὴν τοῦ πυρὸς κλοπήν· Δοῦρις (76 fg 47 J.) δέ φησι διὰ τὸ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἐρασθῆναι, ὅθεν τοὺς περὶ τὸ Καυκάσιον οἰκοῦντας μόνῳ Διὶ καὶ Ἀθηνᾷ μὴ θύειν διὰ τὸ κολάσεως αἰτίους Προμηθεῖ γενέσθαι, καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν δὲ σέβειν Ἡρακλέα τῆς τοῦ ἀετοῦ τοξείας χάριν. εἰκότως οὖν ὁ Ἀπολλώνιος περὶ Καύκασον γενόμενος καὶ τούτων ἐμνήσθη.

b. ἰλλόμενος χαλκή〈ισιν〉: Hesiod says (Theog. 521 ff.) that Prometheus was bound and that the eagle was sent against him because of the theft of fire; but Duris (76 FGrH 47 J.) says it was because he loved Athena, and that therefore the inhabitants of the Caucasus region sacrifice to Zeus and Athena alone, because they were responsible for Prometheus' punishment, but they honor Heracles exceedingly in gratitude for his shooting of the eagle. So Apollonius, having come to the Caucasus, naturally mentioned these things.

12 Apoll. Bibl. II 119 Acusil. 2 fg 13 J.12 Apoll. Bibl. II 119 Acusil. 2 FGrH 13 J. 19 post ἐρασθῆναι A add. : ἔνθα κατερχόμενος ἀετὸς τὸ ἧπαρ αὐτοῦ κατήσθιε, ὃν Ἡρακλῆς ἀποκτείνας ἠλευθέρωσε τὸν Προμηθέα Καυκάσιον 〈ὄρος〉 caute Jacoby μόνῳ L : -ους P19 after ἐρασθῆναι A adds : ἔνθα κατερχόμενος ἀετὸς τὸ ἧπαρ αὐτοῦ κατήσθιε, ὃν Ἡρακλῆς ἀποκτείνας ἠλευθέρωσε τὸν Προμηθέα Καυκάσιον 〈ὄρος〉 cautiously Jacoby μόνῳ in L : -ους in P

1251—53. τὸν μὲν ἐπ’ ἀκροτ〈άτης〉: παρὰ τὴν ἑσπέραν, φησίν, εἶδον οἱ ἀριστεῖς τὸν ἀετὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Προμηθέα 〈...〉. παραιθύξας δέ, παραπνεύσας, τουτέστι πνοὴν ποιήσας, τῇ βίᾳ τῶν πτερύγων ἐτίναζε τὰ ἱστία.

1251-53. τὸν μὲν ἐπ’ ἀκροτ〈άτης〉: In the evening, they say, the chiefs saw the eagle upon Prometheus 〈...〉. παραιθύξας δέ, having blown past, that is, having made a breeze, with the force of its wings it shook the sails.

24 lac. ind. W24 lacuna indicated by W

1254. 〈αἰθερίοιο:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀεροπόρου. Lm

1254. 〈αἰθερίοιο:〉 instead of 'air-traversing'. Lm

1255. ἶσα δ’ ἐυξέστοις: τὰ ἐν ταῖς πτέρυξι πτερὰ ἶσα εἶχεν ἐρετμοῖς, ὅ ἐστι κώπαις.

1255. ἶσα δ’ ἐυξέστοις: The feathers on its wings were equal to well-polished oars, that is, to rowing oars.

1256. δηρὸν δ’ οὐ μετέπειτα: ἀναστρεπτέον· ἔπειτα δὲ οὐ μετὰ δηρόν. LmP

1256. δηρὸν δ’ οὐ μετέπειτα: The word order must be reversed: 'and afterwards not after a long time'. LmP

1260 a. 〈Ἄργοιο:〉 τοῦ υἱοῦ Φρίξου. Lm

1260 a. 〈Ἄργοιο:〉 of the son of Phrixus. Lm

b. δαημοσύνηισιν: τῇ ἐμπειρίᾳ τῶν τόπων. Lm (P)

b. δαημοσύνηισιν: by knowledge of the places. Lm (P)

6 δαη- in verbis poetae G. d'Arnaud Lect. graec. 1730, 2406 δαη- in the words of the poet G. d'Arnaud Lect. graec. 1730, 240

1269. 〈τοῖο θεοῦ:〉 Ἄρεως. Sm

1269. 〈τοῖο θεοῦ:〉 of Ares. Sm

1270. 〈πεπτάμενον:〉 Ἡρωδιανὸς (I 471, 10 L.) παροξυτόνως. Lg

1270. 〈πεπτάμενον:〉 Herodian (I 471, 10 L.) with acute accent on the penult. Lg

1272. μελισταγέας: γλυκείας, ἡδείας. Lg (P)

1272. μελισταγέας: sweet, pleasant. Lg (P)

1273. ἐνναέταις τε θεοῖς: τοῖς ἐγχωρίοις θεοῖς· τοὺς γὰρ ἐπιδημοῦντας ἔθος ἦν ἐν τῇ ἀλλοδαπῇ θύειν θεοῖς ἐπιχωρίοις καὶ ἥρωσι. τοῦτό φασι καὶ Ἀλέξανδρον ποιῆσαι τὸν Μακεδόνα ἐν Ἰλίῳ.

1273. ἐνναέταις τε θεοῖς: to the local gods; for it was customary for those residing in a foreign land to sacrifice to the local gods and heroes. They say that Alexander the Macedonian also did this in Ilium.

13 Strab. XIII 593 Arr. Anab. I 11, 713 Strab. XIII 593 Arr. Anab. I 11, 7

1275. καὶ νηὸς ἐναίσιμα: τὰ καθήκοντα, οἷον ἐπ’ ἀγαθοῖς καὶ εὐπρόσδεκτα.

1275. καὶ νηὸς ἐναίσιμα: the proper things, that is, for good omens and acceptable.

15 εὐπρόσδεκτα Fr. : -οσδέκτοις15 εὐπρόσδεκτα Fr. : -οσδέκτοις

1279—80. εἴτ’ οὖν μειλιχίῃ: εἴτε πράως προσφερόμενοι τῷ Αἰήτη ἀποπειραθείημεν αὐτοῦ εἴτε ἄλλως πως. ἐπήβολος δὲ ἀσφαλής· οὕτω καὶ Ἀμερίας ἀπέδωκεν ἐν ταῖς Γλώσσαις.

1279-80. εἴτ’ οὖν μειλιχίῃ: whether by approaching Aeetes gently we should test him, or in some other way. ἐπήβολος means 'secure'; thus Amerias also rendered it in his Glosses.

18 Ἀμερίας P : ἀπαμερίας L : ἀπ’ Ἀμερίας H18 Ἀμερίας in P : ἀπαμερίας in L : ἀπ’ Ἀμερίας in H

1281. παρηγορίηισιν: προτροπαῖς καὶ συμβουλαῖς. Lg (P)

1281. παρηγορίηισιν: by encouragements and counsels. Lg (P)

20 sch. a post b collocatur in L20 scholion a is placed after b in L

1282 a. ὑψόθι νη’ ἐκέλ〈ευσεν〉: ἐν τῷ βάθει τοῦ ποταμοῦ, μὴ προσορμισθέντες τῇ γῇ. Ὅμηρος (Ξ 77)· ‘ὕψι δ’ ἐπ’ εὐνάων ὁρμίσομεν’.

1282 a. ὑψόθι νη’ ἐκέλ〈ευσεν〉: in the depth of the river, not having moored to the land. Homer (Ξ 77): 'we will moor high on the anchor-cables'.

b. ἐπ’ εὐναίηισιν ἐρύσσαι: ἐπὶ τῶν ἀγκυρῶν ἑλκύσαι, ταῖς ἀγκύραις ὁρμίσαι.

b. ἐπ’ εὐναίηισιν ἐρύσσαι: to drag upon the anchors, to moor with the anchors.

24 ἀγκύραις Sm24 ἀγκύραις Sm

1283. δάσκιον: κατὰ συγκοπὴν τὸ δασύσκιον. LgP

1283. δάσκιον: by syncope for δασύσκιον. LgP

24 Et. Gen. (AB) δάσκιος: ὁ μεγαλόσκιος, οἷον II 1283. εἴρηται οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ δασύσκιος κατὰ συγκοπήν, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τοῦ δὰ ἐπιτατικοῦ. — sch. ABT O 273 Hesych. δάσκιον δαυλιά, δάσια Eust. 1015, 55 Suid. δάσκιος24 Et. Gen. (AB) δάσκιος: ὁ μεγαλόσκιος, οἷον II 1283. εἴρηται οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ δασύσκιος κατὰ συγκοπήν, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τοῦ δὰ ἐπιτατικοῦ. — sch. ABT O 273 Hesych. δάσκιον δαυλιά, δάσια Eust. 1015, 55 Suid. δάσκιος

[Εἰ δ’ ἄγε νῦν, Ἐρατώ:]

Τοῦ τρίτου λόγου τῶν Ἀργοναυτικῶν τὰ κεφάλαιά ἐστι ταῦτα.

Ἥρα καὶ Ἀθηνᾶ βουλευσάμεναι πείθουσι τὴν Ἀφροδίτην, τῇ Μηδείᾳ ἐπιπέμψαι Ἔρωτα. Ἰάσων δὲ μετὰ τῶν Φρίξου υἱῶν παραγενόμενος πρὸς Αἰήτην ἀξιοῖ λαβεῖν τὸ δέρος. ἀγανακτήσας δὲ ὁ Αἰήτης ἄθλους αὐτῷ προστάττει μεγάλους, ὥστε τοὺς πυρίπνους ταύρους ζεῦξαι καὶ σπεῖραι τοὺς τοῦ δράκοντος ὀδόντας, ὑφ’ ὧν ἀνεδίδοντο γίγαντες· οὐ μόνον δὲ σπεῖραι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν τῶν γηγενῶν στάχυν θερίσαι. Μήδεια δὲ διὰ τὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰάσονα ἔρωτα ὑπάγεται Χαλκιόπην, ὡς αὐτῆς τοῖς υἱοῖς βοηθήσουσα. καὶ δὴ συνθεμένη, συντυχοῦσα τῷ Ἰάσονι κατὰ τὸ τῆς Ἑκάτης ἱερόν, δίδωσί τε τὰ φάρμακα καὶ ὑποτίθεται, ὃν τρόπον δεῖ πρὸς τὸ θέρος τῶν γιγάντων ἁρμόσασθαι. τοῖς δὲ φαρμάκοις χρησάμενος ὁ Ἰάσων, ἤνυσε παρὰ πᾶσαν ἐλπίδα τοῦ Αἰήτου τοὺς προβληθέντας ἄθλους.

22 Hes. Theog. 75—79 Diod. IV 7 Apoll. Bibl. I 13 Plut. Quaest. conv. IX 14 Corn. 14 2 l. del. Steph. 5 τὸν ante Ἔρωτα add. F 10 super ὑπάγεται in L legitur ϑέλγεται ἀπατᾶται. cf. W 53 Χ-ην L : ὑπὸ Χ-ης P : ὑπὸ τῇ Χ-η F τὴν ἑαυτῆς ἀδελφὴν post X. add. A ὡς W : ὥστε αὐτῆς F : -ῇ H βοηθήσουσα W : ἧξαι 20 κατὰ Diels : μετὰ Κρόνον L : -ου P

1—5 a. Εἰ δ’ ἄγε νῦν, Ἐρα〈τώ〉: τὴν Ἐρατώ φασιν ὄρχησιν εὑρηκέναι. εὐλόγως οὖν Ἀπολλώνιος μεμοιρᾶσθαι τὴν Ἐρατώ φησι τῶν τῆς Ἀφροδίτης ὀργίων, λέγω δὴ τῶν γαμικῶν· γάμοις δὲ ἄρα καὶ ὄρχησις ἕπεται. ἐν δὲ τοῖς εἰς Μουσαῖον ἀναφερομένοις (2 B 15 Diels-Kranz) δύο ἱστοροῦνται γενέσεις Μουσῶν, πρεσβυτέρων μὲν κατὰ Κρόνον, νεωτέρων δὲ τῶν ἐκ Διὸς καὶ Μνημοσύνης.

1-5a. Come now, Erato: They say that Erato invented dancing. Reasonably, then, Apollonius says that Erato has been allotted the rites of Aphrodite, I mean the nuptial rites; for dancing also attends marriages. In the works attributed to Musaeus (2 B 15 Diels-Kranz) two births of the Muses are recorded: the elder ones in the time of Cronus, and the younger ones from Zeus and Mnemosyne.

b. Εἰ δ’ ἄγε νῦν, 〈Ἐρατώ〉: λέγεται τῶν Μουσῶν ἡ μὲν Κλειὼ εὑρηκέναι τὴν ἱστορίαν, Θάλεια δὲ γεωργίαν καὶ τὴν περὶ τὰ φυτὰ πραγματείαν, Εὐτέρπη δὲ μαθήματα, Τερψιχόρη δὲ παιδιάν, Ἐρατὼ δὲ ὄρχησιν, Πολυμνία δὲ λύραν, Μελπομένη δὲ ᾀδήν, Οὐρανία δὲ ἀστρολογίαν, Καλλιόπη δὲ ποίησιν.

b. Come now, Erato: It is said that of the Muses, Clio invented history, Thalia agriculture and the study of plants, Euterpe learning, Terpsichore play, Erato dancing, Polymnia the lyre, Melpomene song, Urania astronomy, and Calliope poetry.

2 μαθήματα P : -άτων L παιδιάν K : -είαν2 μαθήματα in P : -άτων in L; παιδιάν in K : -είαν 3 δὲ post Οὐρ. HV : om. LP3 δὲ after Οὐρ. in HV : om. in LP 4 δὲ post Καλλ. P : om. L4 δὲ after Καλλ. in P : om. in L

c. ζητεῖται δὲ μάλιστα, πῶς ἐπικέκληται τὴν Μοῦσαν, ἐν τῷ α' (1) Ἀπόλλωνα ἐπικαλεσάμενος. τινὲς μὲν οὖν, ὅτι εὑρέτις ὀρχήσεως ἐν τοῖς Ὀρφικοῖς (fg 39 Kern) παραδέδοται ἡ Ἐρατώ· ἐπεὶ οὖν μέλλει διηγεῖσθαι τὸν τῆς Μηδείας γάμον, διὰ τοῦτο ἐπικέκληται τὴν εὑρέτιν τῆς ἐπιβαλλούσης τῷ γάμῳ ὀρχήσεως Μοῦσαν. οἱ δέ, ὅτι θαλιῶν εἰσι προστάτιδες αἱ Μοῦσαι· οὐκ ἀλλοτρία οὖν τοῦ γάμου ἔσται ἡ Μοῦσα. ὅτι δὲ θαλιῶν εἰσι προστάτιδες αἱ Μοῦσαι, ἐν τοῖς Ὀρφικοῖς δεδήλωται (fg 38 Kern): ‘οὐδέ τι λήθονται Μουσέων βροτοί· αἳ γὰρ ἔασι κοίρανοι, αἷσι μέμηλε χορὸς θαλίαι τ’ ἐρατειναί.’ Ῥιανὸς δὲ ἐν α' Ἠλιακῶν φησι μηδὲν διαφέρειν, εἰ μίαν ἐπικαλεῖται τῶν Μουσῶν τις· πάσας γὰρ σημαίνει διὰ μιᾶς. λέγει δὲ οὕτως (fg III 3 Meineke Anal. Alex. 1843, 202): ‘πᾶσαι δ’ εἰσαίουσι, μιῆς ὅτε τ’ οὔνομα λέξῃς.’

c. It is especially questioned why he invokes the Muse, having invoked Apollo in Book 1. Some say that Erato is handed down in the Orphic poems (fg 39 Kern) as the inventor of dancing; since, then, he is about to narrate the marriage of Medea, for this reason he invokes the Muse who is the inventor of the dancing that belongs to marriage. Others say that the Muses are patronesses of festivities; therefore the Muse will not be alien to the marriage. That the Muses are patronesses of festivities is shown in the Orphic poems (fg 38 Kern): 'Nor do mortals forget the Muses; for they are queens, to whom dance and lovely festivities are a care.' Rhianus in Book 1 of the Eliaca says that it makes no difference if one invokes one of the Muses; for through one he signifies all. He speaks thus (fg III 3 Meineke Anal. Alex. 1843, 202): 'All hear, whenever you utter the name of one.'

5 τὴν Μοῦσαν Fr. : τὰς Μούσας5 τὴν Μοῦσαν Fr. : τὰς Μούσας 13 λήθονται Ruhnken Hom. h. in Cer. 1782, H. 3 : λήγ-13 λήθονται Ruhnken Hom. h. in Cer. 1782, H. 3 : λήγ- 14 ἦσι Abel Orph. 1885, 258, οἶσι Lobeck Aglaoph. 1, 1829, 59314 ἦσι Abel Orph. 1885, 258, οἶσι Lobeck Aglaoph. 1, 1829, 593 15 Ἠλιακῶν K monente Saalio Rhiani quae supers., Diss. Bonn. 1831, 52 : Ἰλ-15 Ἠλιακῶν K monente Saalio Rhiani quae supers., Diss. Bonn. 1831, 52 : Ἰλ- 18 μιῆς L : -ὰς P τ’ οὔνομα Saal 39 : τοὔ- λέξῃς Powell Coll. Alex. 1927, 1218 μιῆς in L : -ὰς in P; τ’ οὔνομα Saal 39 : τοὔ-; λέξῃς Powell Coll. Alex. 1927, 12

d. Ἐρατώ: ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἐρατοῖ· Ἀττικῶς, ὡς τό· “ Ἠέλιος, ὅς πάντ’ ἐφορᾷς’ (Γ 277). τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· παρίστασο καὶ εἰπέ. Lg (P)

d. Erato: for Eratoi; Attic, as in: 'Helios, who lookest upon all things' (Γ 277). The sequence is: stand by me and speak. Lg (P)

20 ἐφορᾷς Hom. : -ᾷ L : om. P20 ἐφορᾷς Hom. : -ᾷ in L : om. in P

e. Ἐρατώ: τὸ κοινὸν πασῶν ἐνέργημα τῇ Ἐρατοῖ διὰ τὸ ὄνομα περιέθηκεν. Lm (P)

e. Erato: he has attributed the common activity of all to Erato because of her name. Lm (P)

21 ἐνέργημα L : εὐεργέτημα P21 ἐνέργημα in L : εὐεργέτημα in P

6. ἀνωίστως: ἀνυπονοήτως. LgP

6. ἀνωίστως: unexpectedly. LgP

13. μεθ’ Ἑλλάδα: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς Ἑλλάδα. LgP

13. μεθ’ Ἑλλάδα: for 'to Hellas'. LgP

16. ἀποτρωπᾶσθαι ἔοικεν: ἀποτρέπεσθαι. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ὅμως οὐδεμίαν πεῖραν παριέναι δεῖ.

16. ἀποτρωπᾶσθαι ἔοικεν: to turn away. The sense: nevertheless one must not pass by any attempt.

19 Herodian. II 756, 5 L.19 Herodian. II 756, 5 L.

17. τὴν δὲ παράσσον: παραχρῆμα, εὐθέως. ἢ λείπει τὸ καθημένη.

17. τὴν δὲ παράσσον: immediately, at once. Or 'sitting' is missing.

2 καθημένη P : -ην L2 καθημένη in P : -ην in L

19. ἀπηλεγέως: σημαίνει μὲν καὶ τὸ ἀληθῶς καὶ 〈τὸ〉 ἁπλῶς, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸ σαφῶς. νῦν δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀποτόμως· ἐπιφέρει γάρ· ἀλλά τοι οὔπω φράσσασθαι νοέω.

19. ἀπηλεγέως: it means both 'truly' and 'simply', and also 'clearly'. But here it is used for 'abruptly'; for he adds: 'but I do not yet intend to tell you.'

3 sch. II 844/47a. I 785 cum loc. sim.3 sch. II 844/47a. I 785 with similar passages. 3 add. K3 added in K 5 φράσσ- Steph. : φράσ-5 φράσσ- in Steph. : φράσ-

21. 〈ἐπεδοίασα:〉 ἐστοχασάμην. GgSm

21. 〈ἐπεδοίασα:〉 I aimed at. GgSm

6 ἐστοχ- G : ἐπεστοχ- S6 ἐστοχ- in G : ἐπεστοχ- in S

23. ἄνδιχα πορφύρουσαι: χωρὶς μεριμνῶσαι. Lg (P)

23. ἄνδιχα πορφύρουσαι: separately pondering. Lg (P)

25 a. μετά: ἀντὶ τῆς πρός. Lg (P)

25a. μετά: instead of πρός. Lg (P)

b. ἐπιπλόμεναι: παραγενόμεναι, ἐπελθοῦσαι. LgP

b. ἐπιπλόμεναι: arriving, coming upon. LgP

26 a. παιδὶ ἑῷ: τῷ Ἔρωτι. Lg (P)

26a. παιδὶ ἑῷ: to her son, Eros. Lg (P)

b. παιδὶ ἑῷ εἰπεῖν: Ἀπολλώνιος μὲν Ἀφροδίτης τὸν Ἔρωτα γενεαλογεῖ, Σαπφὼ (fg inc. lib. 82 Lobel = 132 B. III 131) δὲ Γῆς καὶ Οὐρανοῦ, Σιμωνίδης δὲ Ἀφροδίτης καὶ Ἄρεως (fg 43 B. III 408): ‘σχέτλιε παῖ δολόμηδες Ἀφροδίτας, τὸν Ἄρη †δολο†μηχάνῳ τέκεν.’ Ἴβυκος (fg 31 B. III 247) 〈δὲ Ἀφροδίτης καὶ Ἡφαίστου〉, ὁ δὲ Ἡσίοδος (Theog. 116 sqq.) ἐκ Χάους λέγει τὸν Ἔρωτα, ἐν δὲ τοῖς εἰς Ὀρφέα Χρόνου (fg 37 Kern): ‘αὐτὰρ Ἔρωτα Χρόνος καὶ πνεύματα πάντ’ ἐτέκνωσε.’

b. παιδὶ ἑῷ εἰπεῖν: Apollonius makes Eros the son of Aphrodite, but Sappho (fg inc. lib. 82 Lobel = 132 B. III 131) makes him the son of Earth and Heaven, Simonides (fg 43 B. III 408) the son of Aphrodite and Ares: 'wretched child, guileful son of Aphrodite, whom she bore to Ares the †guileful† contriver.' Ibycus (fg 31 B. III 247) 〈makes him the son of Aphrodite and Hephaestus〉, and Hesiod (Theog. 116 sqq.) says Eros is from Chaos, but in the poems attributed to Orpheus he is the son of Chronos (fg 37 Kern): 'but Chronos begot Eros and all the winds.'

11 sch. Theocr. XIII 1/2c Serv. Verg. Aen. I 664 Diog. Laert. IV 26. 27 Paus. IX 27, 2 sq.11 sch. Theocr. XIII 1/2c Serv. Verg. Aen. I 664 Diog. Laert. IV 26. 27 Paus. IX 27, 2 sq. 14 δολόμηδες L : -μητες P : -μητις (Ἀφροδίτα) Bergk Ἀφροδίτα Ursinus Carm. IX ill. fem. et lyr. 1768, 17214 δολόμηδες in L : -μητες in P : -μητις (Ἀφροδίτα) Bergk; Ἀφροδίτα Ursinus Carm. IX ill. fem. et lyr. 1768, 172 15 Ἄρη LF : -ει PAH δολομαχάνῳ Ursinus, κακομαχάνῳ Bergk, θρασυμηχάνῳ Wil. Sappho u. Simonides 1913, 152 n. 415 Ἄρη in LF : -ει in PAH; δολομαχάνῳ Ursinus, κακομαχάνῳ Bergk, θρασυμηχάνῳ Wil. Sappho u. Simonides 1913, 152 n. 4 16 suppl. W Überl. u. Entsteh. d. Theokrit-Scholien 1920, 63, ubi lac. K indicaverat ὁ δὲ L : καὶ P16 supplied by W Überl. u. Entsteh. d. Theokrit-Scholien 1920, 63, where K had indicated a lacuna; ὁ δὲ in L : καὶ in P 17 〈ἀναφερομένοις〉 post Ὀρφέα Wil. Antigonos von Karystos (Phil. Unters. 4) 1881, 70; subaudire idem satis habuit Schaefer17 〈ἀναφερομένοις〉 after Ὀρφέα Wil. Antigonos von Karystos (Phil. Unters. 4) 1881, 70; Schaefer considered it sufficient to understand the same word 18 Χρόνου — Χρόνος Zoega Abb. 1817, 229 : Κρόνου — Κρόνος18 Χρόνου — Χρόνος Zoega Abb. 1817, 229 : Κρόνου — Κρόνος

28. θέλξαι ὀιστεύσας: νῦν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπατῆσαι, εἰς τὸ μὴ κρατῆσαι ἑαυτῆς διὰ τὸν ἔρωτα.

28. θέλξαι ὀιστεύσας: here instead of 'to deceive', so that she might not control herself because of love.

20 sch. I 27 cum loc. sim.20 sch. I 27 with similar passages. 20 εἰς τὸ L : ὥστε P20 εἰς τὸ in L : ὥστε in P

30. πυκινή δὲ συνεύαδεν: ἄνευ τοῦ ἄρθρου 〈οὐ〉 καλῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ· πυκνὴ δὲ καὶ συνετὴ ἤρεσεν αὐτῇ εἶναι ἡ βουλή.

30. πυκινὴ δὲ συνεύαδεν: without the article 〈not〉 well, meaning: 'the dense and wise plan pleased her to be'.

22 add. W22 added by W

37. ὄφρα τέ οἱ δείμεν πό〈σις〉: ὄφρα τέ οἱ διὰ δύο ρρ. αἱ δὲ Ἀριστάρχειοι (I 404, 10 Ludwich) δι’ ἑνὸς ρ τὰ τοιαῦτα γράφουσιν, ὡς καὶ παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ (Π 228) ‘τό ῥα τότ’ ἐκ χηλοῖο λαβών’ φησιν Ἡρακλέων (fg 11 Berndt Progr. gymn. Insterb. 1914, 21).

37. ὄφρα τέ οἱ δείμεν πό〈σις〉: ὄφρα τέ οἱ with double ρρ. But the Aristarcheans (I 404, 10 Ludwich) write such words with a single ρ, as also in the poet (Π 228) 'τό ῥα τότ’ ἐκ χηλοῖο λαβών' says Heracleon (fg 11 Berndt Progr. gymn. Insterb. 1914, 21).

1 sch. I 769/73 cum loc. sim.1 sch. I 769/73 with similar passages. 3 ὡς — Ἡρακλέων L : Ἡρ. δὲ διὰ δύο ρρ ὡς καὶ π. τ. π. ‘τόρρα οἱ ἐκ χ. λ.’ P3 ὡς — Ἡρακλέων in L : Ἡρ. δὲ διὰ δύο ρρ ὡς καὶ π. τ. π. ‘τόρρα οἱ ἐκ χ. λ.’ in P 4 οὕτως pro φησιν puncto antea posito dubitanter W4 οὕτως for φησιν, with a point placed before, dubiously W

39. αἰθούσῃ: νῦν τῇ παραστάδι. Lg (P)

39. αἰθούσῃ: here the portico. Lg (P)

5 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 14, 33 B. Et. M. 688, 355 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 14, 33 B. Et. M. 688, 35 5 παραστάδι L : παστ- (P)5 παραστάδι in L : παστ- in (P)

41—43 a. ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν ἐς χαλκε〈ῶνα〉: τῶν Αἰόλου νήσων ἐστὶν ἡ Ἱέρα καλουμένη, ἐν ᾗ φασι τὸν Ἥφαιστον χαλκεύειν. πλαγκτὴν δὲ αὐτὴν εἴρηκεν ἀκολουθήσας τοῖς περὶ Ἰταλίαν καὶ Σικελίαν μυθολογοῦσι τὴν Ὀδυσσέως πλάνην· ἢ ὅτι τὸ παλαιὸν αἱ νῆσοι πᾶσαι ἐπλανῶντο καὶ βάσεις οὐκ εἶχον. Καλλίμαχος δὲ οὐ τὴν Ἱέραν φησὶν ἀνακεῖσθαι Ἡφαίστῳ, ἀλλὰ τὴν Λιπάραν (Hymn. III 47) ‘νήσῳ ἐνὶ Λιπάρῃ’. εἰσὶ δὲ αἱ τοῦ Αἰόλου νῆσοι ἑπτὰ αὗται· Στρογγύλη, Εὐώνυμος, Ἱέρα, Λιπάρα, Δίδυμη, Ἐρικώδης, Φοινικώδης. 〈...〉 περὶ Σικελίαν.

41-43a. But he to the bronze-forge: of the islands of Aeolus there is the one called Hiera, in which they say Hephaestus forges bronze. He has called it 'wandering' following those who relate the wanderings of Odysseus around Italy and Sicily; or because in ancient times all the islands wandered and had no fixed bases. But Callimachus says that not Hiera is dedicated to Hephaestus, but Lipara (Hymn III 47) 'on the island of Lipara'. These are the seven islands of Aeolus: Strongyle, Euonymus, Hiera, Lipara, Didyme, Ericodes, Phoenicodes. <...> around Sicily.

7 Thuc. III 88, 3 Scymn. 254—261 Strab. VI 2757 Thuc. III 88, 3 Scymn. 254-261 Strab. VI 275 6 verba ἀλλ’ — χαλκεύειν in L iterum leguntur scholio b praemissa6 the words ἀλλ’ — χαλκεύειν are read again in L, prefixed to scholion b 10 Καλλίμαχος Wellauer : -ίας10 Καλλίμαχος Wellauer : -ίας 11 ἐνὶ F : ἐν11 ἐνὶ in F : ἐν 13 lac. ind. W13 lacuna indicated by W

b. ἱστορεῖ Καλλίας ἐν ι' τῶν Περὶ Ἀγαθοκλέα (fg 4 M. II 383), λέγων εἶναι ἐκεῖσε λόφον ὑψηλόν, ἐφ’ οὗ κρατῆρές εἰσι δύο, ὧν ὁ ἕτερός ἐστι τὴν περίμετρον τριστάδιος, ἐξ οὗ πολὺ φέρεται φέγγος, ὥστε ἐπιπολὺ τὸν πόντον παραυγάζειν. ἔπειτα ἐκ τοῦ χάσματος ἀναφέρονται διάπυροι λίθοι ἀπλετομεγέθεις. καὶ τηλικοῦτος βρόμος γίνεται καθ’ ὃν καιρὸν συμβαίνει ἐργάζεσθαι τὸν Ἥφαιστον, ὥστε ἐπὶ φ' στάδια ἀκούεσθαι τὸν ἦχον. οἱ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἐκφυσήματος ἀναρριπτούμενοι μύδροι διὰ τὴν ἐκπύρωσιν πάντοτε ἰώδεις εἰσί, καὶ περικεκαυμένων τὴν ὄψιν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν [καθ’ ἥλιον] ἔχουσιν. νύκτωρ μὲν οὖν πάντα τὰ περὶ τὴν ἐργασίαν τοῦ θεοῦ γινόμενα καλῶς δηλοῦται, μεθ’ ἡμέραν δὲ [ἐκ] τῆς κορυφῆς, ὅθεν ἡ φλὸξ ἄνεισιν, ὥσπερ νέφος ὑπερκείμενον ὁρᾶται. διὰ δὲ τοῦ λέγειν δαίδαλα χάλκευεν ῥιπῇ πυρὸς ἐμφαίνει περὶ τῆς λεγομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Καλλίου ἀναφυσήσεως τοῦ πυρὸς ἐκ τοῦ χάσματος.

b. Callias relates in the tenth book of his work On Agathocles (fr. 4 M. II 383), saying that there is a high hill there, on which are two craters, one of which has a circumference of three stades, from which much light is emitted, so that it illuminates the sea far and wide. Then from the chasm are thrown up fiery stones of immense size. And such a loud noise occurs at the time when Hephaestus happens to be working, that the sound is heard for five hundred stades. The masses hurled up by the blast are always violet-colored because of the burning, and they have the appearance and power of things that have been burnt. At night, then, all the things that happen around the work of the god are clearly revealed, but by day from the summit, whence the flame rises, a kind of cloud is seen hanging over it. And by saying 'he forged intricate works with the blast of fire' he indicates the so-called upblowing of fire from the chasm mentioned by Callias.

12 sch. IV 761/65 a. b Strab. VI 275 sq. Diod. V 7, 1 Plin. Nat. hist. III 92—94 sch. Dion. Per. 46512 sch. IV 761/65 a. b Strab. VI 275 sq. Diod. V 7, 1 Plin. Nat. hist. III 92-94 sch. Dion. Per. 465 22 Arist. De mir. ausc. 3722 Arist. De mir. ausc. 37 15 ἐκεῖσε λόφον Meineke Vind. Strab. 1852, 72 : καὶ ὄροφον15 ἐκεῖσε λόφον Meineke Vind. Strab. 1852, 72 : καὶ ὄροφον 17 ἐπιπολὺ τὸν πόντον W : ἐπὶ πολὺν τόπον παραυγάζειν W : παρασκευάζειν L : διήκειν τὸν φωτισμόν P17 ἐπιπολὺ τὸν πόντον W : ἐπὶ πολὺν τόπον παραυγάζειν W : παρασκευάζειν in L : διήκειν τὸν φωτισμόν in P 18 ἀπλετο- F : ἀπλατο-18 ἀπλετο- in F : ἀπλατο- 21 καὶ P : om. L περικεκαυμένων W : περι-οι L : δια-οι P21 καὶ in P : omitted in L περικεκαυμένων W : περι-οι in L : δια-οι in P 22 del. W 53 verba, quae ad μεθ’ ἡμέραν olim adscripta fuisse videntur; καυτηρίων prop. Meineke 7322 deleted by W; 53 words, which seem to have been formerly written as a note to μεθ’ ἡμέραν; καυτηρίων proposed by Meineke 73

c. ἦρι: ἕωθεν. LgP

c. ἦρι: at dawn. LgP

1 del. Meineke1 deleted by Meineke 2 ἄνεισιν Meineke : ἀνίησιν2 ἄνεισιν Meineke : ἀνίησιν 3 ἐμφαίνει L : συμφωνεῖ P3 ἐμφαίνει in L : συμφωνεῖ in P

48. ἔσχεθεν: ἐπαύσατο τοῦ κτενίζεσθαι. LmP

48. ἔσχεθεν: he ceased from combing. LmP

7 τοῦ L : om. P7 τοῦ in L : omitted in P

50. ἀψήκτους: ἀκτενίστους. LgP

50. ἀψήκτους: uncombed. LgP

52. ἠθεῖαι: προσφώνησις παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ νεωτέρων πρὸς πρεσβυτέρους. Ἀπολλώνιος δὲ συλληπτικῇ τῇ φράσει κέχρηται· τὸ γὰρ τῇ Ἥρᾳ προσὸν καὶ κατὰ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἔταξεν. ταῦτα δὲ ἁρμόσει λέγεσθαι κατὰ τὴν Ὁμήρου ποίησιν. κατὰ δὲ τοὺς νεωτέρους οὐ μόνον Ἀθηνᾶς καὶ Ἥρας, ἀλλὰ καὶ Διός ἐστι πρεσβυτέρα· Ἡσίοδος (Theog. 188 sqq.) γὰρ αὐτὴν ἐκ τῶν αἰδοίων τοῦ Οὐρανοῦ φησι γενέσθαι.

52. ἠθεῖαι: a form of address in Homer from younger to older persons. Apollonius, however, has used a collective expression; for he has applied what belongs to Hera also to Athena. These things will be fitting to say according to the poetry of Homer. But according to the younger poets, she is older not only than Athena and Hera, but also than Zeus; for Hesiod (Theog. 188 ff.) says that she was born from the genitals of Uranus.

9 sch. A Z 518. Ψ 94 sch. ABT X 229 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 82, 31 B. Hesych. ἠθεῖ. ἠθεῖος Suid. ἠθεῖε Et. M. 422, 6 Et. Gud. 238, 30 Sturz Eust. 659, 449 sch. A Z 518. Ψ 94 sch. ABT X 229 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 82, 31 B. Hesych. ἠθεῖ. ἠθεῖος Suid. ἠθεῖε Et. M. 422, 6 Et. Gud. 238, 30 Sturz Eust. 659, 44 13 ἀλλὰ — πρεσβ. L : ἡ Ἀφροδίτη πρεσβ. ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ κ. Δ. P13 ἀλλὰ — πρεσβ. in L : ἡ Ἀφροδίτη πρεσβ. ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ κ. Δ. in P

53—54 a. δηναιάς: διὰ πολλοῦ χρόνου ὀφθείσας. Lg (P)

53-54a. δηναιάς: seen after a long time. Lg (P)

b. οὔτι πάρος γε: παραγράφει τὸ Ὁμηρικόν (Σ 386)· ‘πάρος γε μὲν οὔ τι θαμίζεις’. Lm (P)

b. οὔτι πάρος γε: he quotes the Homeric line (Σ 386): 'πάρος γε μὲν οὔ τι θαμίζεις'. Lm (P)

16 παραγράφει L : -φράζει P16 παραγράφει in L : -φράζει in P

56 a. κερτομέεις: οἷον εἰρωνεύῃ. LgGg (P)

56a. κερτομέεις: as if 'you are being ironic'. LgGg (P)

b. συνορίνεται: ταράσσεται, θορυβεῖται. Lg (P)

b. συνορίνεται: is disturbed, is troubled. Lg (P)

62. λυόμενος χαλκέων: τὸν Ἰξίονα παρείληφεν, ὅτι δοκεῖ ἐπικεχειρηκέναι τῇ Ἥρᾳ. Φλεγύου δὲ υἱὸς Ἰξίων, ὡς καὶ Εὐριπίδης (fg 424 N.²)· ‘Φλεγύαντος υἱέ, δέσποτ’ Ἰξίων’. Φερεκύδης (3 fg 51 b J.) δὲ 〈...〉 Ἀντίονος. φασὶ δέ, ὅτι γαμήσας Δῖαν τὴν Ἠϊονέως θυγατέρα πολλὰ ὑπέσχετο δώσειν δῶρα. ἐλθόντος δὲ ἐπὶ ταῦτα τοῦ Ἠϊονέως, βέρεθρον ποιήσας καὶ πυρακτώσας σκεπάζει αὐτὸ λεπτοῖς ξύλοις καὶ κόνει λεπτῇ· ἐμπεσὼν δὲ ὁ Ἠϊονεὺς ἀπόλλυται. λύσσα δὲ τῷ Ἰξίονι ἐνέπεσε διὰ τοῦτο, καὶ οὐδείς αὐτὸν ἤθελεν ἁγνίσαι, οὔτε θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων· πρῶτος γὰρ ἐμφύλιον ἄνδρα ἀπέκτεινεν. ἐλεήσας δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ζεὺς ἁγνίζει. καὶ ἁγνισθεὶς ἠράσθη τῆς Ἥρας· ὁ δὲ Ζεὺς νεφέλην ὁμοιώσας Ἥρᾳ παρακοιμίζει αὐτῷ, καὶ ὕστερον ποιήσας τετράκνημον τροχὸν καὶ δεσμεύσας αὐτὸν τιμωρεῖται.

62. λυόμενος χαλκέων: he has taken Ixion, because he is thought to have attempted violence against Hera. Ixion was the son of Phlegyas, as also Euripides (fg 424 N.²): 'Son of Phlegyas, lord Ixion'. Pherecydes (3 fg 51 b J.) however 〈...〉 of Antion. They say that after marrying Dia, daughter of Eioneus, he promised to give many gifts. When Eioneus came for these, he made a pit, heated it, and covered it with thin wood and fine dust; Eioneus fell in and perished. Madness fell upon Ixion because of this, and no one was willing to purify him, neither gods nor men; for he was the first to kill a kinsman. Zeus took pity on him and purified him. After being purified, he fell in love with Hera; Zeus made a cloud resembling Hera and laid it beside him, and later made a four-spoked wheel, bound him to it, and punished him.

20 sch. Pind. Pyth. II 40b Diod. IV 69, 3—5 sch. A A 268 sch. Eur. Phoen. 1185 Tzetz. Chil. IX 385—40420 sch. Pind. Pyth. II 40b Diod. IV 69, 3—5 sch. A A 268 sch. Eur. Phoen. 1185 Tzetz. Chil. IX 385—404 21 verbo ἐπικεχ. in L superscriptum est βιάσασθαι ἐπιβῆναι, in P adiectum βιάσασθαι. cf. W 5321 over the word ἐπικεχ. in L is written βιάσασθαι ἐπιβῆναι, in P is added βιάσασθαι. cf. W 53 23 lac. esse vidit Wesseling Diod. Sic. 1, 1746, 314 n. 54 e sch. Pind. supplens 〈Πείσωνος (rectius Πεισίωνος Sturz Pherec.² 1824, 204), Αἰσχύλος (fg 89 N.²)〉. fortasse plura exciderunt. Ἀντίονος idem : Αἴτωνος φασὶ Jacoby : φησὶ ὅτι P : ὡς F : om. L23 Wesseling Diod. Sic. 1, 1746, 314 n. 54 saw a lacuna, supplying from sch. Pind. 〈Πείσωνος (more correctly Πεισίωνος Sturz Pherec.² 1824, 204), Αἰσχύλος (fg 89 N.²)〉. Perhaps more has fallen out. Ἀντίονος the same : Αἴτωνος φασὶ Jacoby : φησὶ ὅτι in P : ὡς in F : omitted in L

68 a. εὐνομία: ἡ δικαιοσύνη καὶ ἡ καλοπραγία. LmP

68a. εὐνομία: justice and good conduct. LmP

b. 〈ἀντεβόλησα:〉 τῷ Ἰάσονι. Sm

b. 〈ἀντεβόλησα:〉 to Jason. Sm

69. νιφετῷ 〈δ’ ἐ〉παλύνετο: τῇ χιόνι ἐσκέπαστο. LgP

69. νιφετῷ 〈δ’ ἐ〉παλύνετο: was covered with snow. LgP

2 βέρε- L : βάρα- P2 βέρε- in L : βάρα- in P

72. ὀλοφύρατο: ὅτι τὸ ὀλοφύρατο εἴληπται καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἠλέησεν· ‘ὀλοφυρόμενος’ (Hom.) συμπαθῶν, πάσχων. Lm (P)

72. ὀλοφύρατο: because ὀλοφύρατο is also used in the sense of 'he pitied': 'ὀλοφυρόμενος' (Hom.) sympathizing, suffering. Lm (P)

12 ἠλέησεν Lg12 ἠλέησεν Lg

73. διεκπροαλές: κατώφορον, κατωφερὲς καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἅλα προϊόν, ῥοῶδες.

73. διεκπροαλές: sloping down, descending and going forth to the sea, flowing.

76 a. 〈Κύπριν:〉 λείπει τὸ ἀκούσασαν. Lg

76a. 〈Κύπριν:〉 'having heard' is missing. Lg

b. νεοστασίη: ἀντὶ τοῦ· ἐν ἐπιστάσει ἐγένετο νέων μύθων, ἢ μύθων ἐπίστασις εἷλεν αὐτὴν καὶ νεωστὶ προσπεπτωκότος λόγου σύννοια.

b. νεοστασίη: instead of: she was in a state of new stories, or a pause of stories seized her and the thought of a newly occurring tale.

77 a. ὁ δὲ νοῦς: ἐσέβετο δὲ τιμωμένην ὑπὸ τῆς Ἥρας ἑαυτὴν βλέπουσα.

77a. The sense: she revered herself, seeing herself honored by Hera.

b. ἀντομένην: ἱκετεύουσαν, λισσομένην. Lm (P)

b. ἀντομένην: supplicating, entreating. Lm (P)

86. παρθένον Αἰήτεω: ἀντὶ τοῦ θυγατέρα. δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτως ἀκούεσθαι· τῶν Αἰήτου θυγατριῶν τὴν οὖσαν παρθένον.

86. παρθένον Αἰήτεω: instead of daughter. It can also be understood thus: of the daughters of Aeetes, the one who is a virgin.

89 a. δολόεσσα: ἀντὶ τοῦ φρονίμη· ἔστι γάρ ποτε ὁ δόλος καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς φρονήσεως.

89a. δολόεσσα: instead of wise; for sometimes δόλος is used of wisdom.

b. δολόεσσα: πανοῦργος. LgP

b. δολόεσσα: cunning. LgP

95 a. μενέηνα: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὠργίσθην. LgP

95a. μενέηνα: instead of I was angered. LgP

b. περιεχομένη: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπεραλγήσασα. LgP

b. περιεχομένη: instead of grieving excessively. LgP

97—99 a. 〈χαλεφθείς:〉 ὁ νοῦς· χαλεπῶς γάρ μοι χαλεπαίνων ἠπείλησεν· εἰ μὴ ἀποσχοίμην τὰς χεῖρας, ἕως ἔτι τοῦ θυμοῦ κρατεῖ, στερηθήσεσθαί με αὐτοῦ. τὸ δὲ ἑοῖ οὐκ εὖ κεῖται. Lm (P)

97-99a. 〈χαλεφθείς:〉 The sense: for being angry with me harshly he threatened that, unless I keep my hands off, while he still controls his anger, I will be deprived of him. The word ἑοῖ is not well placed. Lm (P)

30 τοῦ θυμοῦ κρατεῖ F : κατέχει τὸν θυμόν P : τὸν μῦθον κρατεῖ L30 τοῦ θυμοῦ κρατεῖ in F : κατέχει τὸν θυμόν in P : τὸν μῦθον κρατεῖ in L

b. 〈θυμόν:〉 γράφεται μῦθον. Lg

b. 〈θυμόν:〉 written μῦθον. Lg

c. ἀτεμβοίμην: ἀντὶ τοῦ μεμφοίμην. LgGg (P)

c. ἀτεμβοίμην: instead of I would blame. LgGg (P)

1 sch. II 55/56b cum loc. sim.1 sch. II 55/56b with similar passages. 1 μεμφοίμην L : μεμφθείην P : ἐμεμψάμην G1 μεμφοίμην in L : μεμφθείην in P : ἐμεμψάμην in G

106. ῥαδινῆς: τρυφερᾶς. Ἀνακρέων δὲ ἐπὶ τάχους ἔταξε τὸ ῥαδινόν (fg 165 B. III 294) ‘ῥαδινοὺς πώλους’· Ἴβυκος (fg 58 B. III 251) δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν τὸν οὐρανὸν βασταζόντων κιόνων, εὐμεγέθεις λέγων· Στησίχορος ἐπὶ τοῦ εὐτόνου (fg 53 B. III 224) ‘ῥαδινοὺς δ’ ἐπέπεμπον ἄκοντας’.

106. ῥαδινῆς: delicate. Anacreon used ῥαδινόν of swiftness (fg 165 B. III 294) 'ῥαδινοὺς πώλους'; Ibycus (fg 58 B. III 251) of the pillars that support the heaven, calling them large; Stesichorus of the vigorous (fg 53 B. III 224) 'ῥαδινοὺς δ’ ἐπέπεμπον ἄκοντας'.

4 λέγων W et Wil. ad l. : -ει L : aliter P4 λέγων in W and Wil. ad l. : -ει in L : differently in P 5 ἐπέπ- L : ἔπ- PH5 ἐπέπ- in L : ἔπ- in PH

107. παραβλήδην: ἀντὶ τοῦ παραβάλλουσα τοῖς εἰρημένοις· οὐ γὰρ ἀκουστὲον ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀπατᾶν. Παλαμήδης δὲ ἐξ ἀντιβολῆς ἢ παραλογιστικῶς, νῦν δὲ ἐξ ἀποκρίσεως.

107. παραβλήδην: instead of comparing with what has been said; for it should not be understood as deceiving. Palamedes [used it] from retort or misleadingly, but here from reply.

7 Et. Gen. (AB) παραβλήδην: . . . ἔστι (in AB post λόγοις legitur ἔστι, hic σημαίνει, corr. W) δὲ παρὰ μὲν Ἀπολλωνίῳ ἀντὶ τοῦ παραβάλλων καὶ παρηγορῶν τοῖς λόγοις, παρὰ δὲ Ὁμήρῳ (Δ 6) τὸ κατὰ ἀπάτην λέγειν.7 Et. Gen. (AB) παραβλήδην: . . . it is (in AB after λόγοις is read ἔστι, here σημαίνει, corrected by W) but in Apollonius instead of comparing and consoling with words, and in Homer (Δ 6) speaking deceitfully.

110. 〈μεταλλήξει:〉 μεταστρέψει. GgSm

110. 〈μεταλλήξει:〉 will change. GgSm

10 hic glossator fortasse legit μεταλλάξει10 here the glossator perhaps read μεταλλάξει

112. παλίσσυτοι: ὀπισθόρμητοι. LgP

112. παλίσσυτοι: rushing back. LgP

114—17 a. ἀπάνευθε Διός: ἀμφίβολος ἡ φράσις. τὸ μὲν γὰρ δηλοῖ ἀπάνευθε Διὸς χωρὶς τοῦ Διός, ὃ καὶ μάλλον· ἢ λείπει τὸ ἄλλων, ἵν’ ᾖ· χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων ἐν τῇ Διὸς ἀλωῇ. τὸν δὲ Γανυμήδην Ὅμηρος (Υ 234) οὐχ ὑπὸ Διὸς ἡρπάσθαι, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ θεῶν φησιν — ‘τόν καὶ ἀνηρείψαντο θεοί’ —, οὐδέ δι’ ἔρωτα καὶ πόθον, ἀλλ’ ὥστε ‘Διὶ οἰνοχοεύειν’.

114-17a. ἀπάνευθε Διός: the phrase is ambiguous. For it means 'apart from Zeus' without Zeus, which is more likely; or the word 'others' is missing, so that it would be: apart from the others in the garden of Zeus. Homer (Υ 234) says that Ganymede was not snatched by Zeus, but by the gods — 'τόν καὶ ἀνηρείψαντο θεοί' —, and not because of love and desire, but so that he might 'pour wine for Zeus'.

13 ἢ λείπει F : ἢ συνυπακουστεόν P : λείπει δὲ L13 ἢ λείπει in F : ἢ συνυπακουστεόν in P : λείπει δὲ in L 16 verba τόν καὶ ἀν. θεοί, quae in fine scholii leguntur, huc trai. W πόθον HF : πόθος L : πάθος A : om. P16 the words τόν καὶ ἀν. θεοί, which are read at the end of the scholium, W transposed here; πόθον in HF : πόθος in L : πάθος in A : omitted in P

b. [βῆ δὲ διὲκ μεγάροιο:] διὰ τούτων τῶν στίχων παραγράφει τὰ εἰρημένα ὑπὸ Ἰβύκου ἐν οἷς περὶ τῆς Γανυμήδους ἁρπαγῆς εἶπεν ἐν τῇ Εἰς Γοργίαν ᾠδῇ (fg 30 B. III 247)· καὶ ἐπιφέρει περὶ τῆς Ἠοῦς, ὡς ἥρπασε Τιθωνόν. LmP

b. [βῆ δὲ διὲκ μεγάροιο:] through these verses he paraphrases what was said by Ibycus in the places where he spoke about the abduction of Ganymede in the Ode to Gorgias (fg 30 B. III 247); and he adds about Eos, how she snatched Tithonus. LmP

18 sch. b, quod versui 158 in libris ascriptum est, huc referendum esse monet Wil. ad l.18 sch. b, which is ascribed to verse 158 in the manuscripts, should be referred to this place, Wilamowitz notes ad loc. 20 ἐν P : ἐπὶ L20 ἐν in P : ἐπὶ in L

118. ἐψιόωντο: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔπαιζον. Φιλόξενος δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡμίλουν, παρὰ τὸ ἔπος.

118. ἐψιόωντο: instead of "they were playing." But Philoxenus [takes it] instead of "they were consorting," from the word "epos."

22 sch. I 459a cum loc. sim.22 sch. I 459a with similar passages. 22 Φιλόξενος Lentz Herod. 1, 1867, CCXIX : Φίλων : Φιλήμων dubitanter Wil. ad l. Herennium Philonem dici putat Gudeman RE² VIII 1912, 65222 Φιλόξενος Lentz Herod. 1, 1867, CCXIX : Φίλων : Φιλήμων dubitanter Wil. ad l. Herennium Philonem dici putat Gudeman RE² VIII 1912, 652

Γ 120—144 b

120. μάργος Ἔρως: κατὰ μετωνυμίαν ὁ μαργαίνειν ποιῶν, ὡς καὶ (Ζ 132) ‘μαινομένου Διονύσοιο’ καὶ Ἀνακρέων (fg 169 B. III 294) ‘τακερὸς δ’ ἔρως’ καὶ Ὅμηρος ‘χλωρὸν δέος’. ἡ δὲ λαιὰ ἐσχημάτισται ἀπὸ τοῦ λῴου, ὅ ἐστι βελτίονος· ὅθεν καὶ εὐώνυμος.

120. μάργος Ἔρως: by metonymy, "the one who causes madness," as also (Z 132) "of raging Dionysus" and Anacreon (fg 169 B. III 294) "melting love" and Homer "pale fear." And "laiā" is formed from "lōion," which means "better"; whence also "euōnymos" (of good name).

2 sch. AT Ζ 132 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 168, 10 B. Hesych. χλωρὸν δέος2 sch. AT Ζ 132 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 168, 10 B. Hesych. χλωρὸν δέος 2 μ-οιο Διω- Hom.2 μ-οιο Διω- Hom.

122. ὀκλαδόν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀκλάσας. LgP

122. ὀκλαδόν: instead of "having crouched." LgP

123 a. 〈κατηφιόων:〉 νῦν ταρασσόμενος, ὠξυμμένος. Lg

123 a. 〈κατηφιόων:〉 now "being troubled, distressed." Lg

6 haec glossa falso ad ἐπιπλομένην ν. 127 adscripta est, transp. W -ος -ος W : -ην -ην6 this gloss is wrongly ascribed to ἐπιπλομένην v. 127, transposed by W -ος -ος W : -ην -ην

b. δοιὼ δ’ ἔχεν: λείπει τὸ ἀστραγάλους. Lg (P)

b. δοιὼ δ’ ἔχεν: "astragaloi" is missing. Lg (P)

125—26. ἐπὶ προτέροισιν ὀλέ〈σσας〉: καὶ τούτους ἐπαπολέσας τοῖς προτέροις, κεναῖς χερσὶν ἀμηχανῶν ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἔκειτο, οὐ δυνάμενος ἔτι νικῆσαι τὸν Ἔρωτα. συμπαίζει γὰρ ὁ Γανυμήδης τῷ Ἔρωτι.

125-26. ἐπὶ προτέροισιν ὀλέ〈σσας〉: having lost these in addition to the former ones, with empty hands he lay helpless in perplexity, no longer able to defeat Eros. For Ganymede is playing with Eros.

129—30. τίπτ’ ἐπιμειδιάᾳς ἄφατον: τί γελᾷς, κακὸν μέγα καὶ ἄρρητον; ἢ αὐτὸν ματαίως ἐξηπάτησας καὶ παρελογίσω, οὐδὲ δικαίως αὐτοῦ περιεγένου, ἀλλὰ παρελογίσω ἄπειρον αὐτὸν ὄντα;

129-30. τίπτ’ ἐπιμειδιάᾳς ἄφατον: why do you laugh, great and unspeakable evil? Either you have deceived him in vain and cheated him, and you did not overcome him justly, but you cheated him because he was inexperienced?

133. Ἀδρήστεια: Καλλίμαχος (Hymn. I 47) ‘σὲ δὲ κοίμισεν Ἀδρήστεια’. ἀδελφὴ Κουρήτων.

133. Ἀδρήστεια: Callimachus (Hymn. I 47) "Adrasteia lulled you to sleep." Sister of the Curetes.

16 sch. Call. Hymn. I 4716 sch. Call. Hymn. I 47 15 κοίμισεν (H) et Hoelzlin cum Call. : -ισσεν L : -ησεν P15 κοίμισεν (H) and Hoelzlin with Call. : -ισσεν L : -ησεν P

134. ἄντρῳ ἐν Ἰδαίῳ: ἢ τῷ τῆς Κρήτης ἢ τῷ τῆς Τροίας· ἀντιποιοῦνται γὰρ καὶ Τρῶες τῆς τοῦ Διὸς γενέσεως, καθά φησι Δημήτριος ὁ Σκήψιος (fg 53 Gaede).

134. ἄντρῳ ἐν Ἰδαίῳ: either in the cave of Crete or in that of Troy; for the Trojans also claim the birth of Zeus, as Demetrius of Scepsis says (fg 53 Gaede).

17 sch. Pind. Ol. V 42 a (Theo) Strab. X 47217 sch. Pind. Ol. V 42 a (Theo) Strab. X 472

137—38. κύκλα: κύκλα λέγει τοὺς ῥόμβους, τὰ κυκλώματα. Ἰωνικῶς δὲ τὰ κύκλα ἀντὶ τοῦ κύκλους, ὡς λύχνα καὶ δίφρα. ἁψῖδες δὲ αἱ συναφαί, περιηγέες δὲ περιφερεῖς, περίδρομοι.

137-38. κύκλα: by "kykla" he means the rhombi, the circular movements. In Ionic fashion, "ta kykla" instead of "kykloi," like "lychna" and "diphra." "Hapsides" are the joints, "periēgees" are circular, running around.

21 Et. M. 502, 21. 572, 22 Eust. 108, 2121 Et. M. 502, 21. 572, 22 Eust. 108, 21 20 τὰ κυκλώματα P : κύκλωμα L20 τὰ κυκλώματα P : κύκλωμα L

140. ἑαῖς: ἔδει τεαῖς εἰπεῖν. Lg (P)

140. ἑαῖς: he should have said "teais" (your). Lg (P)

141. ὁλκόν: νῦν τὴν διαδρομὴν τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγει.

141. ὁλκόν: now he means the course of the star.

143. θέλξον: ἀντὶ τοῦ λῦσον τὴν ψυχήν. LgP

143. θέλξον: instead of "release the soul." LgP

144 a. ἀμβολίη: βραδυτής. Lg (P)

144 a. ἀμβολίη: slowness. Lg (P)

b. ἀφαυροτέρη: ἐλάσσων. LgP

b. ἀφαυροτέρη: lesser. LgP

Γ 146—199

146. μείλια: τὰ παίγνια, δι’ ὧν οἱ παῖδες μειλίσσονται. Ὅμηρος ἐπὶ τῶν ξενίων (I 147 sq.)· ‘ἐγὼ δ’ ἐπὶ μείλια δώσω πολλὰ μάλα’.

146. μείλια: the playthings, by which children are soothed. Homer [uses it] of gifts of hospitality (I 147 sq.): "I will give many soothing gifts."

1 sch. IV 1549 sch. A I 147 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 110, 19 B. Hesych. μείλια. μείλιον Et. M. 582, 29 Eust. 742, 561 sch. IV 1549 sch. A I 147 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 110, 19 B. Hesych. μείλια. μείλιον Et. M. 582, 29 Eust. 742, 56

148—50 a. ἡ δ’ ἀγανοῖσιν: οὕτω τὸ ἑξῆς· ἡ δὲ ἐπειρύσασα παρειὰς κύσε ποτισχομένη, καὶ ἀντομένη ἀγανοῖς μύθοις ἀμείβετο μειδιόωσα.

148-50 a. ἡ δ’ ἀγανοῖσιν: the order is as follows: she, having drawn his cheeks to her, kissed him, and taking hold of him, answered with gentle words, smiling.

3 ἐπειρύσασα L : ἐπερείσασα P3 ἐπειρύσασα L : ἐπερείσασα P

b. ποτισχομένη: περιλαβοῦσα. LgP

b. ποτισχομένη: embracing. LgP

153. εἴ κεν ἐνικίμψῃς: ἐὰν ἐνερείσῃς, ἐπιβάλῃς.

153. If you should drive it in: if you should thrust it in, lay it upon.

7 ἐνερείσῃς Hoelzlin : -ργήσῃς ἐπιβάλῃς P (A) H : -οις L7 ἐνερείσῃς in Hoelzlin : -ργήσῃς ἐπιβάλῃς in P (A) H : -οις in L

166. ἀν’ αἰθέρι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀν’ αἰθέρα, δοτικὴ ἀντὶ αἰτιατικῆς. LmP

166. Up through the aether: instead of 'up through the aether' (accusative), dative instead of accusative. LmP

8 τοῦ ἀν’ P : om. L πολλὸν ἰόντι ante δοτικὴ L add. quae lemmati adici vult K8 τοῦ ἀν’ in P : omitted in L; πολλὸν ἰόντι added before δοτικὴ in L, which K wishes to be added to the lemma

167. ἑῆς: ἔδει εἰπεῖν σφῆς, ἵν’ ᾖ τῆς ἑαυτῶν· τὸ δὲ ἑῆς ἐστι τῆς τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ. Lm (P)

167. His own: one should have said 'their own' (σφῆς), so that it would be 'of themselves'; but 'his own' (ἑῆς) is 'of himself'. Lm (P)

10 ἑαυτῶν P : -οῦ L10 ἑαυτῶν in P : -οῦ in L

173. 〈ξυνὴ γὰρ χρειώ:〉 κοινή γὰρ ἡ χρεία καὶ οἱ λόγοι. Lm

173. 〈For the need is common:〉 for the need and the words are common. Lm

174—75. ὁ δὲ σῖγα νόον: ὁ δὲ κατὰ σιγὴν πράττων καὶ ἐν ἑαυτῷ κρύπτων τὸ συμφέρον, οὗτος τὴν σωτηρίαν ἡμῶν παραιρεῖται. L

174-75. But he silently his mind: but he who acts in silence and hides in himself what is advantageous, this man takes away our safety. L

14 cod. in fine add. παραιρεῖται ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ θέλει· ἡ παρὰ γὰρ ἤμειψε τὸ αἱρεῖται. cf. W 5314 the codex at the end adds: παραιρεῖται instead of 'does not wish'; for παρὰ changed the αἱρεῖται. cf. W 53

186. σφέτερον κτέρας: οὐκ ὀρθῶς τὸ σφέτερον· ἔστι γὰρ τρίτον πρόσωπον πληθυντικόν. καὶ ἁμαρτάνει· ἔδει γὰρ ἑνικὸν καὶ οὐ πληθυντικόν· ἀποχωρίσαι ἑὸν κτέρας.

186. Their own possession: 'their own' (σφέτερον) is not correct; for it is third person plural. And he errs; for it should be singular and not plural: 'to take away his own possession'.

187. λωίτερον: αὐτὸ τὸ λῶον συγκριτικόν· τὸ δὲ λωίτερον παρήκται διὰ τὸ μέτρον.

187. Better: 'λωίτερον' itself is comparative of 'λῶον'; but 'λωίτερον' is derived for the sake of the meter.

18 αὐτὸ τὸ L : ἀπὸ τοῦ PA18 αὐτὸ τὸ in L : ἀπὸ τοῦ in PA

190—91. ὅδε καί ποτ’ ἀμύμο〈να〉: διὰ ὀξείας τὴν πρώτην συλλαβήν· κατὰ ἀναφορὰν γὰρ λέγεται ἐπὶ τοῦ Αἰήτου. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ὅδε καί ποτε Φρίξον ἔδεκτο πατρὸς φεύγοντα θυηλάς.

190-91. This man once blameless: with an acute accent on the first syllable; for it is said with reference to Aeetes. And the order is: 'this man once received Phrixus fleeing from his father's sacrifices'.

20 διὰ W : ἀπὸ : ἐπὶ Schaefer20 διὰ in W : ἀπὸ : ἐπὶ in Schaefer 21 τοῦ Αἰήτου F : τόν Αἰήτην P : τόν Πελίαν L21 τοῦ Αἰήτου in F : τόν Αἰήτην in P : τόν Πελίαν in L

199. ἐπὶ θρωσμοῦ πεδ〈ίοιο〉: τοῦ ὑπερκειμένου τοῦ ποταμοῦ τόπου, ὅπου ἔστι θορεῖν καὶ πηδῆσαι ἀπὸ τῆς νεώς. LGm (P)

199. On the bank of the plain: of the place lying above the river, where it is possible to leap and jump from the ship. LGm (P)

24 199. Et. Gen. (B) χέρσονδ’ ἐξαποβάντες: τοπικὸν ἐπίρρημα, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὴν χέρσον, ὡς τὸ Ἰλιόνδε24 199. Etymologicum Genuinum (B) χέρσονδ’ ἐξαποβάντες: a local adverb, instead of 'to the land', as 'to Ilium' (Ἰλιόνδε) 25 θορεῖν καὶ πηδῆσαι L : θεωρεῖν καὶ πηδᾶν G : θροεῖν καὶ πηδᾶν P25 θορεῖν καὶ πηδῆσαι in L : θεωρεῖν καὶ πηδᾶν in G : θροεῖν καὶ πηδᾶν in P

Γ 200 a—200 b

200 a. Κίρκαιον τό γε δή: τὴν Κίρκην τινὲς μὲν Αἰήτου ἀδελφήν, τινὲς δὲ θυγατέρα. ἱστορεῖ δὲ Διονύσιος (32 fg 1 a J.), Ἡλίου ὅτι ἐγένοντο Περσεὺς καὶ Αἰήτης. Περσεὺς δὲ Ταύρων ἐβασίλευσε καὶ συγγενόμενος νύμφῃ τινὶ Ἑκάτην ἔσχε θυγατέρα, Ἂ περὶ τὰς ἐρημίας ἑκάστοτε διατρίβουσα ἐμπειροτάτη τῶν τε δηλητηρίων καὶ τῶν ἰᾶσθαι δυναμένων ἐγένετο· ἣν μεταπεμψάμενος ὁ Αἰήτης ἔγημε καὶ ἔσχεν ἐξ αὐτῆς τὴν Κίρκην.

200a. Circe's, that indeed: some say Circe is the sister of Aeetes, others the daughter. Dionysius (32 F 1a J.) records that from Helios were born Perseus and Aeetes. Perseus ruled over the Tauri and having consorted with a certain nymph, Hecate, had a daughter, who, spending her time in the deserts on each occasion, became most experienced in both poisons and things able to heal; whom Aeetes sent for and married, and had from her Circe.

b. τὴν Κίρκην Διονύσιος ὁ Μιλήσιος ἐν α' τῶν Ἀργοναυτικῶν (v. sch. a) θυγατέρα Αἰήτου καὶ Ἑκάτης τῆς Πέρσεως θυγατρός, ἀδελφὴν δὲ Μηδείας. Ἡλίῳ γάρ φησιν υἱοὺς γενέσθαι δύω ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις, οἷς ὀνόματα ἦν Πέρσης καὶ Αἰήτης· τούτους διακατασχεῖν τὴν χώραν, καὶ Αἰήτην μὲν Κόλχων καὶ Μαιωτῶν, Πέρσεα δὲ τῆς Ταυρικῆς κυριεῦσαι· τὸν δὲ Πέρσεα πρεσβύτερον ὄντα γῆμαι γυναῖκα τῶν ἐγχωρίων τινά, καὶ γενέσθαι αὐτῷ θυγατέρα, ᾗ ὄνομα Ἑκάτη, ἥτις λέγεται ἀνδρικὴ γενέσθαι περὶ τὰ κυνηγετικὰ καὶ πρώτη θανασίμους ῥίζας εὑρεῖν καὶ τὸν ἑαυτῆς πατέρα φαρμάκοις ἀποκτεῖναι. ταύτην γήμασθαι πεμφθεῖσαν εἰς Κόλχους Αἰήτῃ τῷ πατραδέλφῳ, ἀφ’ ἧς γενέσθαι Κίρκην καὶ Μήδειαν· τὴν δὲ Κίρκην, πρεσβυτέραν οὖσαν τῆς Μηδείας, ὑπερβαλέσθαι τὴν ἑαυτῆς μητέρα, τὰ μὲν διακούσασαν, τὰ δὲ καὶ αὐτὴν ἐφευρηκυῖαν πολλὰ καὶ δεινά. Ἡσίοδος δέ φησι τὴν Κίρκην τοῦ Ἡλίου θυγατέρα εἶναι ἐν τοῖσδε τοῖς ἔπεσιν (Theog. 1011 sqq.): ‘Κίρκη δ’ Ἠελίου θυγάτηρ Ὑπεριονίδαο τίκτεν Ὀδυσσῆι ταλασίφρονι ἐν φιλότητι Ἄγριον ἠδὲ Λατῖνον ἀμύμονά τε κρατερόν τε.’

b. Dionysius of Miletus in the first book of his Argonautica (see scholion a) says that Circe was the daughter of Aeetes and Hecate, the daughter of Perses, and the sister of Medea. For he says that two sons were born to Helios in those regions, whose names were Perses and Aeetes; these two took possession of the land, and Aeetes ruled over the Colchians and Maeotians, while Perses ruled over the Tauric region. Perses, being the elder, married a certain native woman, and a daughter was born to him, whose name was Hecate, who is said to have been manly in hunting and the first to discover deadly roots and to kill her own father with drugs. She was sent to Colchis and married Aeetes, her paternal uncle, and from her were born Circe and Medea. Circe, being older than Medea, surpassed her own mother, partly by hearing about many terrible things and partly by discovering them herself. Hesiod says that Circe was the daughter of Helios in these verses (Theog. 1011 ff.): 'Circe, daughter of Helios, son of Hyperion, bore to steadfast Odysseus in love Agrius and Latinus, blameless and strong.'

8 sch. II 399/401a cum loc. sim.8 sch. II 399/401a with similar passages. [Λῆμνον del. W] εἰς τὴν Ἴλιον. [ἔστι τοπικὸν ἐπίρρημα del. W.] χέρσος ἡ γῆ, [ἐξ del. W] ἧς (Et. M., οὗ B) ἔστι χερσὶ (Et. M., χειρὶ B) προσάπτεσθαι. 24 sch. AB Υ 3 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 88, 23 B. Epim. Hom. (An. Ox. I 197, 3. 203, 30) Ecl. (An. Ox. II 446, 28) Hesych. θρωσμός Συν. θ. (258, 7 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 456, 55 Eust. 796, 43[Λῆμνον deleted by W] εἰς τὴν Ἴλιον. [ἔστι τοπικὸν ἐπίρρημα deleted by W.] χέρσος ἡ γῆ, [ἐξ deleted by W] ἧς (Et. M., οὗ B) ἔστι χερσὶ (Et. M., χειρὶ B) προσάπτεσθαι. 24 sch. AB Υ 3 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 88, 23 B. Epim. Hom. (An. Ox. I 197, 3. 203, 30) Ecl. (An. Ox. II 446, 28) Hesych. θρωσμός Συν. θ. (258, 7 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 456, 55 Eust. 796, 43 3 Πέρσης sch. b3 Πέρσης in sch. b 8 ἄλλως praem. L8 ἄλλως added before in L 10 φησιν P : φασιν L10 φησιν in P : φασιν in L 11 τούτους δὲ κατασχεῖν HF11 τούτους δὲ κατασχεῖν in HF 12 καὶ ante Αἰήτην P : om. L Κόλχων P : -ους L Μαιωτῶν W : τῆς -ώτιδος P : -ώτας L12 καὶ before Αἰήτην in P : omitted in L; Κόλχων in P : -ους in L; Μαιωτῶν W : τῆς -ώτιδος in P : -ώτας in L 18 verba πρεσβ.— Μηδείας in L post δεινά lin. 20 leguntur, cum P recto hoc loco ea praestet18 the words πρεσβ.— Μηδείας are read in L after δεινά at line 20, while P presents them correctly at this place 20 post δεινά P add. Μήδειαν δέ, νεωτέραν μὲν Κίρκης, οὐχ ἡττωμένην δὲ αὐτῆς. ταῦτα μὲν Διονύσιος20 after δεινά P adds Μήδειαν δέ, νεωτέραν μὲν Κίρκης, οὐχ ἡττωμένην δὲ αὐτῆς. ταῦτα μὲν Διονύσιος

Γ 202/09 a—225/27 a

202—09 a. τῶν καὶ ἐπ’ ἀκροτάτων: ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄρσενα σώματα οὐ θέμις Κόλχοις οὔτε καίειν οὔτε θάπτειν, βύρσαις δὲ νεαραῖς εἱλοῦντες ἐκρέμων τῶν ἀρσένων τὰ σώματα, τὰ δὲ θήλεα τῇ γῇ ἐδίδοσαν, ὡς φησι Νυμφόδωρος (fg 17 M. II 380), ᾧ ἠκολούθησε. σέβονται δὲ μάλιστα Οὐρανὸν καὶ Γῆν.

202-09 a. 'of whom even on the highest': because it is not lawful for the Colchians either to burn or bury male bodies, but wrapping them in fresh hides they hung the bodies of males, while the females they gave to the earth, as Nymphodorus says (fg 17 M. II 380), whom he followed. They worship especially Uranus and Earth.

1 201. Et. Gen. (AB) πρόμαλοι: εἶδος ἀγρίας δρυός. III 200—201. Ἀπολλώνιος (Ἀπ. A, om. B).1 201. Et. Gen. (AB) πρόμαλοι: a kind of wild oak. III 200—201. Apollonius (Ἀπ. A, om. B). 3 ἐκρέμων AH : ἐκρέμνων L : ἐκρήμνων K : (ἐνειλοῦντας) ἐκκρεμᾶν (ἱστορεῖ N.) P θήλεα PA : -εια L3 ἐκρέμων in AH : ἐκρέμνων in L : ἐκρήμνων in K : (ἐνειλοῦντας) ἐκκρεμᾶν (ἱστορεῖ N.) in P; θήλεα in PA : -εια in L

b. ἦ γάρ κε δίκη: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁ τρόπος. Lm (P)

b. 'for thus would be justice': instead of 'the custom'. Lm (P)

215. τεθηπότες ἔρκε’ ἄν〈α〉κ〈τος〉: τὴν ὀχύρωσιν τῆς οἰκήσεως, τῶν οἰκημάτων τὴν ἀσφάλειαν. L

215. 'astonished at the walls of the king': the fortification of the dwelling, the security of the buildings. L

7 τῆς οἰκ. om. A7 τῆς οἰκ. omitted in A

218. χαλκείαις ἐπὶ γλυ〈φίδεσσιν〉: ἐπὶ χαλκοῖς τορεύμασιν ἢ χαλκοῖς κιονοκράνοις.

218. 'on bronze sockets': on bronze embossed works or bronze capitals.

9 Et. Gen. (AB) γλυφίς: . . . γλυφὶς καὶ ἡ κεφαλὶς τοῦ κίονος. III 2189 Et. Gen. (AB) γλυφίς: . . . γλυφίς also the capital of a column. III 218 9 τορεύμασιν F : τορν-9 τορεύμασιν in F : τορν-

222. ἐλάχηνεν: ὤρυξεν, ἔσκαψεν. καταστρέφει δὲ εἰς τὸ κατεσκεύασεν.

222. ἐλάχηνεν: he dug, he excavated. It ends with the sense of "he prepared."

224. θυώδεϊ νᾶεν: ἀρώμασι μεμιγμένον ὕδωρ ἔρρει ἢ εὐῶδες ἔλαιον.

224. θυώδεϊ νᾶεν: water mixed with spices flowed, or fragrant oil.

225—27 a. ἡ δ’ ἄρ’ ὕδωρ προρέεσκε: ὁ Ἀπολλώνιος κατὰ τὴν Πλειάδων δύσιν λέγων τὴν κρήνην θερμὸν ῥεῖν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνατολὴν ψυχρόν, οὐ παρέστησεν εἰλικρινῶς τὸν καιρόν. δύο γάρ εἰσιν ἀνατολαὶ τῶν ἀπλανῶν ἄστρων καὶ δύο δύσεις. ἑῴα μὲν ἔστιν ἀνατολή, ὅταν ἔξω τῶν αὐγῶν τοῦ ἡλίου πρῶτον ἱστῆταί τι ἄστρον καὶ πρὸ αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλον ὀφθῇ· ἑῴα δὲ δύσις, ὅταν ἡλίου πρὸς τὴν ἀνατολὴν ὄντος ὁραθῇ τι ἄστρον περὶ τὰς δύσεις ὕστατον τῶν ὅσα κατ’ ἐκείνην τὴν νύκτα δύνει. ἑσπερία δὲ ἀνατολή, ὅταν δύνοντος ἡλίου ὁραθῇ τι ἄστρον ἐπὶ τῆς ἀνατολῆς πρῶτον τῶν ὅσα κατ’ ἐκείνην τὴν νύκτα ἀνίσχει. ἑσπερία δὲ δύσις λέγεται, ὅταν ἡλίου δύνοντος ἄστρον ὁραθῇ τι πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπικαταδῦνον αὐτῷ, πρὶν ἂν ὑπὸ ταῖς αὐγαῖς τοῦ ἡλίου γένηται. ὁ δὲ ὑπὸ ταῖς αὐγαῖς χρόνος πᾶς κρύψις ὀνομάζεται.

225-27a. But she kept pouring forth water: Apollonius, saying that at the setting of the Pleiades the spring flows warm, and at their rising cold, did not present the season accurately. For there are two risings of the fixed stars and two settings. The morning rising is when a star first stands outside the rays of the sun and is seen rising before it; the morning setting is when, the sun being toward the east, a star is seen near the west setting last of all those that set during that night. The evening rising is when, at sunset, a star is seen in the east rising first of all those that rise during that night. The evening setting is said to occur when, at sunset, a star is seen setting before the others along with it, before it comes under the rays of the sun. The entire time under the rays is called concealment.

17 Autol. De ort. et occ. I Defin. Gemin. Elem. astr. XIII 5. 1417 Autolycus, On Risings and Settings I Definitions; Geminus, Elements of Astronomy XIII 5, 14 16 ἀνατολήν — ἀνατολαὶ L : ἐπι- — ἐπι- P16 ἀνατολήν — ἀνατολαὶ in L : ἐπι- — ἐπι- in P 18 μέν P : δέ L ἀνατολή W : ἐπι-18 μέν in P : δέ in L; ἀνατολή in W : ἐπι- 21 ὕστατον [δῦνον del. W] P : πρῶτον L21 ὕστατον [δῦνον deleted by W] in P : πρῶτον in L 22 ἀνατολή L : ἐπι- P22 ἀνατολή in L : ἐπι- in P 24 ἀνίσχει PH : -ῃ L24 ἀνίσχει in PH : -ῃ in L 25 πρὶν Fr. : ὡς25 πρὶν in Fr. : ὡς

αἱ δὲ Πληιάδες Πληιόνης τῆς Ὠκεανοῦ καὶ Ἄτλαντος, ὡς μέν τινες, ἀπὸ τῆς μητρὸς ἔσχον τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν· ἢ μᾶλλον παρὰ τὸν πλειῶνα, ὅς ἐστιν ἐνιαυτός, σημαντικαὶ γὰρ αὗται καὶ χειμῶνος καὶ θέρους. αὗται δὲ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἀεὶ πορείαν ποιοῦνται τῷ Ὠρίωνι. συναντῆσαι γὰρ λέγεται τῇ Πληιόνῃ μετὰ τῶν θυγατέρων κατὰ τὴν Βοιωτίαν, καὶ εἰς ἔρωτα ταύτης ἐμπεσὼν ἐδίωκεν, ἣ δὲ ἔφευγεν. γενέσθαι δὲ τὸν δρόμον αὐτῶν φασιν ἀδιάλειπτον, καὶ οὕτω καταστερισθῆναι τὰς Πληιάδας τὸν Ὠρίωνα φευγούσας.

The Pleiades, daughters of Pleione (daughter of Oceanus) and Atlas, as some say, received their name from their mother; or rather from the word πλειών, which means "year," for they are signs of winter and summer. They always travel in the opposite direction to Orion. For Orion is said to have met Pleione with her daughters in Boeotia, and falling in love with her he pursued her, while she fled. They say their flight was unceasing, and thus the Pleiades were placed among the stars, fleeing from Orion.

1 Et. Gen. (AB) Πλειάδες (A, -ας B): εἴρη〈ν〉ται ἀπὸ Πληιόνης θυγατρὸς μὲν Ὠκεανοῦ, γυναικὸς δὲ Ἄτλαντος. λέγει δὲ Πίνδαρος (fg 74a Schr.) περὶ τοῦ καταστερισμοῦ (A, καταστερισμένου B) αὐτῶν, [ὡς del. Et. M.] ὅτι τῆς (τ. A, om. B) Πληιόνης πορευομένης μετὰ τῶν αὐτῆς (αὐτ. B, om. A) θυγατρῶν κατὰ τὴν (τὴν B, om. A) Βοιωτίαν συναντῆσαι αὐτῇ Ὠρίωνα. εἶτα ἐρασθεὶς (Et. M., -έντος AB) ὥρμησε πρὸς τὸ ἁρπάσαι, τὴν δὲ φεύγουσαν μετὰ τῶν θυγατρῶν ἐδίωκεν Ὠρίων, γενέσθαι δὲ αὐτῶν τὸν δρόμον ε' ἔτη (A, ἔτη πέντε B) ἀδιάλειπτον. τὸν δὲ Δία (A. Et. M., om. AB) διὰ τὴν κακοπάθειαν αὐτῶν οἱονεὶ μνήματα (αὐτῶν add. B) καταστερίσαι (Sylburg, καταστερίσθαι AB) τὰς Πλειάδας φευγούσας τὸν Ὠρίωνα. 〈ἢ μᾶλλον παρὰ τὸν πλειῶνα add. W〉, ὅς (W, ὃ AB) ἐστιν ἐνιαυτός. σημαντικαὶ δὲ θέρους καὶ χειμῶνος αὗται. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. cf. W 76 sch. Α Σ 486 sch. Pind. Nem. II 17 a. c Athen. XI 490 e Eust. 1155, 48. 1712, 491 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) Πλειάδες (A, -ας B): they are named from Pleione, daughter of Oceanus and wife of Atlas. Pindar (fg 74a Schr.) speaks about their catasterism (A, καταστερισμένου B), [ὡς deleted by Et. M.] that when Pleione was travelling with her daughters through Boeotia, Orion met her. Then, falling in love (Et. M., -έντος AB), he rushed to seize her, and Orion pursued her as she fled with her daughters, and their flight lasted five years (A, five years B) without ceasing. And Zeus (A, Et. M., omitted by AB) on account of their suffering, as it were memorials (αὐτῶν added by B), placed the Pleiades among the stars (Sylburg, καταστερίσθαι AB) as they fled from Orion. 〈or rather from πλειών, added by W〉, which is a year. They are signs of summer and winter. Apollonius, the author of the Argonautica. cf. W 76 sch. Α Σ 486 sch. Pind. Nem. II 17 a. c Athen. XI 490 e Eust. 1155, 48. 1712, 49 1 Πληι- quater L : Πλει- P1 Πληι- four times in L : Πλει- in P 3 ὅς W : ὃ3 ὅς in W : ὃ 4 ποτε post γάρ add. P4 ποτε added after γάρ in P 7 φασιν P : φησιν L7 φασιν in P : φησιν in L

b. τὸ δὲ θέρμετο ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐθερμαίνετο. P

b. θέρμετο is used instead of ἐθερμαίνετο. P

230. ὅτι χαλκόποδες οἱ ταῦροι καὶ πῦρ πνέοντες, καὶ Φερεκύδης (3 fg 112 J.) φησίν. Lm (P)

230. That the bulls are bronze-footed and breathe fire, Pherecydes (3 fg 112 J.) also says. Lm (P)

10 καὶ ante Φ. P : om. L10 καὶ before Φ. in P : omitted in L

232 a. πρὸς δὲ καὶ αὐτόγυον στιβαροῦ: δύο ἀρότρων εἰσὶν εἴδη, τὸ μὲν πηκτόν, τὸ δὲ αὐτόγυον· πηκτὸν μὲν τὸ ἐκ συμβολῆς ἔχον τὸ ἔλυμα· ἔστι δὲ τὸ ἔλυμα, ἐν ᾧ ἡ ὕνις ἐντίθεται. τὸ δὲ ξύλον τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐλύματος τεῖνον ἐπὶ τοὺς βόας γύης καλεῖται, τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ γύου ἱστοβοεύς. τοῦ δὲ ζυγοῦ τὰ ἐπὶ τοὺς αὐχένας τῶν βοῶν ἐπιτιθέμενα οἱ μὲν ζεύγλας, οἱ δὲ μέσσαβα λέγουσιν. τὴν δὲ κατασκευὴν τῶν ἀρότρων Ἐρατοσθένης ἐν τῷ Ἀρχιτεκτονικῷ (fg 17 Strecker) καταγράφει.

232a. πρὸς δὲ καὶ αὐτόγυον στιβαροῦ: there are two kinds of ploughs, the compacted and the self-limbed; the compacted is the one that has the share from a joint; the share is the part in which the ploughshare is fitted. The wood extending from the share to the oxen is called the γύης, and the part from the γύης is the ἱστοβοεύς. The parts of the yoke placed on the necks of the oxen are called by some ζεύγλαι, by others μέσσαβα. Eratosthenes in his Architectonicus (fg 17 Strecker) describes the construction of ploughs.

12 Et. Gen. (AB) αὐτόγυον post verba ad sch. 233/34b laudata: αὐτόγυον δὲ: δύο εἴδη εἰσὶν ἀρότρων. καὶ τὸ μὲν καλεῖται πηκτόν, τὸ δὲ αὐτόγυον: τὸ μὲν ἐκ συμβολῆς ξύλων (ἔχον Et. M.) τὸ ἔλυμα, καλεῖται (τὸ δὲ αὐτ. — καλεῖται B, om. A) 〈πηκτόν Et. M.〉: τὸ δὲ ἐξ ἑνὸς ξύλου ἔχον τὸ ἔλυμα, καλεῖται (τὸ δὲ καλεῖται A, om. B) αὐτόγυον. τὸ δὲ ἔλυμα ξύλον ἐστίν, εἰς ὃ ἡ ὕνις σιδηρᾶ οὖσα ἐντίθεται καὶ τὴν γῆν σχίζει. ὃ δὲ κρατεῖ ὁ ἀρών, ἐχέτλη καλεῖται. τὸ δὲ διὰ τοῦ ἐλύματος διαβεβλημένον ξυλάριον, εἰς ὃ ἡ ἐχέτλη καθίεται, ἡ ἀλύη. τὸ δὲ ξύλον τὸ ἀπὸ τούτου τεινόμενον (Schwartz, τεῖνον Sturz, γινόμενον AB) ἐπὶ τοὺς βοῦς γύης, τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ γύου εἰς τὸν ζυγὸν ἱστοβοεύς, τοῦ δὲ ζυγοῦ τὰ τιθέμενα ἐπὶ τοὺς αὐχένας τῶν βοῶν οἱ μὲν ζεύγλας, οἱ δὲ βοείας, οἱ δὲ μέσσαβα καλοῦσιν. οὕτως σχόλιον εὗρον εἰς τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. cf. W 71 sch. AB K 353 Poll. I 252 Hesych. γύης. ἐχέτλη. πηκτὸν ἄροτρον Procl. Hes. Op. 423. Tzetz. ib. 427. 43212 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) αὐτόγυον after the words quoted at sch. 233/34b: "αὐτόγυον δέ: there are two kinds of ploughs. And the one is called πηκτόν, the other αὐτόγυον: the one that has its share-beam from a joining of timbers is called 〈πηκτόν〉; the one that has its share-beam from a single timber is called αὐτόγυον. The share-beam is a piece of wood into which the iron ploughshare is fitted and cleaves the earth. What the ploughman holds is called the handle. The small piece of wood passed through the share-beam, into which the handle is set, is the ἀλύη. The timber extending from this to the oxen is the γύης, and the part from the γύης to the yoke is the ἱστοβοεύς; and the parts of the yoke placed on the necks of the oxen some call ζεύγλαι, others βοεῖαι, others μέσσαβα. Thus I found a scholium on the Argonautica." cf. W 71 sch. AB K 353 Poll. I 252 Hesych. γύης. ἐχέτλη. πηκτὸν ἄροτρον Procl. Hes. Op. 423. Tzetz. ib. 427. 432 1 lac. ind. W, cf. Et. Gen. post ἐντίθεται A ceteris omissis add. : αὐτόγυον δέ ἐστι τὸ ἐξ ἑνὸς ξύλου κατεσκευασμένον1 lacuna indicated by W, cf. Et. Gen.; after ἐντίθεται A, with the rest omitted, adds: "αὐτόγυον δέ ἐστι τὸ ἐξ ἑνὸς ξύλου κατεσκευασμένον"

b. αὐτόγυον: πρὸς τὸ πηκτὸν ἄροτρον ἡ διαστολή. Lg (P)

b. αὐτόγυον: the distinction is with respect to the πηκτόν plough. Lg (P)

6 P add. in fine: αὐτόγυον δέ ἐστιν, οὗτινος τὸ ἔλυμα οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ συμβολῆς6 P adds at the end: "αὐτόγυον δέ ἐστιν, οὗτινος τὸ ἔλυμα οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ συμβολῆς"

233—34 a. ἤλασεν Ἡελίῳ: πέπλασται ὁ μῦθος διὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν ποδῶν χωλότητα. οὐ μέντοι πιθανῶς· μείζονα γὰρ εἶχεν δύναμιν τῶν Γιγάντων, δι’ ἧς αὐτοὺς ἐτρέψατο ἄν. ὁ μέντοι Ἀπολλώνιος αἰτίαν ἀποδέδωκε, δι’ ἧς ὁ Ἥφαιστος κατεσκεύασε τῷ Αἰήτῃ τούς τε χαλκώνυχας ταύρους καὶ τὸ ἄροτρον. ὅτι δὲ δυνατὸς ἦν Ἥφαιστος, Ὅμηρος (Φ 342 sqq.) ἔδειξεν ἐπὶ Ξάνθου τοῦ ποταμοῦ.

233-34a. He drove for Helios: the myth is fabricated on account of the god's lameness of feet. Yet it is not plausible; for he had greater power than the Giants, by which he would have routed them. Apollonius, however, has given the reason why Hephaestus made for Aeetes the bronze-hoofed bulls and the plough. That Hephaestus was powerful, Homer (Φ 342 sqq.) showed in the case of the river Xanthus.

10 ἐτρέψατο L : κατεστρ- P10 ἐτρέψατο in L : κατεστρ- in P

b. Φλεγραίῃ: Φλέγρα πεδίον Θράκης περὶ Παλλήνην, ἔνθα οἱ θεοὶ τοὺς Γίγαντας κατεπολέμησαν.

b. Phlegraean: Phlegra is a plain of Thrace near Pallene, where the gods defeated the Giants.

14 Et. Gen. (A) αὐτόγυον: III 232—234. Φλέγρα ὄρος Θράκης, ὅπου συνέστησαν οἱ θεοὶ πρὸς Τιτᾶνας μάχην. εἴρηται δὲ διὰ τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ φλεγῆναι τοὺς Γίγαντας τῷ κεραυνῷ Διὶ ἀνθισταμένους. cf. W 71 Et. Gen. (B) Φλεγραία: ὄρος Θράκης. εἴρηται εἰς τὸ αὐτόγυον (ubi nihil in B).14 Etymologicum Genuinum (A) αὐτόγυον: III 232-234. "Phlegra is a mountain of Thrace, where the gods joined battle against the Titans. It is so called because in it the Giants were consumed by the thunderbolt when they opposed Zeus." cf. W 71 Et. Gen. (B) Φλεγραία: "a mountain of Thrace. It is mentioned under the entry αὐτόγυον (where there is nothing in B)." 15 τ. Γ. κατεπ- H : τ. Γ. ἐπ- L : πρὸς τ. Γ. ἐπ- P : 〈κατὰ〉 τ. Γ. ἐπ- Wil. ad l.15 τ. Γ. κατεπ- in H : τ. Γ. ἐπ- in L : πρὸς τ. Γ. ἐπ- in P : 〈κατὰ〉 τ. Γ. ἐπ- Wil. ad l.

235. μέσαυλον τὸ μέσον τῆς αὐλῆς, ὅπου τῶν βοῶν αἱ στάσεις. μέσαυλον δὲ οἱ Ἀττικοὶ 〈τὴν μέσην θύραν〉 τὴν φέρουσαν εἴς τε τὴν ἀνδρωνῖτιν καὶ γυναικωνῖτιν.

235. μέσαυλον: the middle of the courtyard, where the stalls of the oxen are. The Attic writers call μέσαυλον 〈the middle door〉 leading to both the men's quarters and the women's quarters.

16 sch. X P 112 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 111, 24 B. Συν. μέσαυλον (298, 16 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 581, 6 Eust. 862, 1416 sch. X P 112 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 111, 24 B. Συν. μέσαυλον (298, 16 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 581, 6 Eust. 862, 14 17 e loc. sim. suppl. W17 supplied by W from a similar passage

237—38. δαιδαλέη δ’ αἴθουσα: στοὰ δὲ ποικίλη ἦν ἑκατέρωθεν τῆς οἰκίας. ἐκ πλαγίου δὲ τῆς αἰθούσης ὑψηλότεραι ἦσαν οἰκοδομαί, ὅ ἐστι πύργοι ἦσαν ἑκατέρωθεν.

237-38. And the ornate portico: there was a variegated colonnade on each side of the house. On the flank of the portico were higher buildings, that is, there were towers on each side.

20 λέχρις δὲ ἤγουν post οἰκίας add. P ἐκ πλαγίου Lg ὑψηλότεροι Lg20 λέχρις δὲ ἤγουν added after οἰκίας in P; ἐκ πλαγίου in Lg; ὑψηλότεροι in Lg

Γ 239—264

239. ὑπείροχος: ὑψηλότερος. Lg

239. ὑπείροχος: higher. Lg

240. 〈σὺν ἑῇ ναίεσκε δάμαρτι:〉 ὁ τὰ Ναυπακτικὰ πεποιηκώς (fg 4 Kink.) Εὐρυλύτην αὐτὴν λέγει, Διονύσιος δὲ ὁ Μιλήσιος (32 fg 1 b J.) Ἑκάτην μητέρα Μηδείας καὶ Κίρκης, ὡς προείρηται (sch. 200 a. b), Σοφοκλῆς (fg 344 Pearson) δὲ Νέαιραν μίαν τῶν Νηρηίδων, Ἡσίοδος δὲ Ἰδυῖαν (Theog. 958. 960): ‘Αἰήτης δ’ υἱὸς φαεσιμβρότου Ἠελίοιο γῆμε θεῶν βουλῇσιν Ἰδυῖαν καλλιπάρῃον.’ Ἐπιμενίδης (3 B 13 Diels-Kranz) δέ φησι Κορίνθιον τῷ γένει τὸν Αἰήτην, μητέρα δὲ αὐτοῦ Ἐφύραν φησί. Διοφάνης δὲ ἐν τῇ α' τῶν Ποντικῶν ἱστοριῶν (Diophanti fg 1 M. IV 397) Ἀντιόπην φησὶν Αἰήτου μητέρα.

240. 〈σὺν ἑῇ ναίεσκε δάμαρτι:〉 The author of the Naupactica (fr. 4 Kinkel) calls her Eurylyte, Dionysius of Miletus (32 fr. 1b Jacoby) calls her Hecate, mother of Medea and Circe, as has been said before (sch. 200a, b), Sophocles (fr. 344 Pearson) calls her Neaera, one of the Nereids, and Hesiod calls her Idyia (Theog. 958, 960): 'Aeetes, son of the sun that shines on mortals, married Idyia of the fair cheeks by the will of the gods.' Epimenides (3 B 13 Diels-Kranz) says that Aeetes was a Corinthian by birth, and says that his mother was Ephyra. Diophanes in the first book of his Pontic Histories (Diophanes fr. 1 M. IV 397) says that Antiope was the mother of Aeetes.

2 l. in libris huic scholio praemissum subsequenti dedit W2 the lemma in the manuscripts, prefixed to this scholion, W assigned to the following one 5 δὲ P : om. L5 δὲ in P : omitted in L 10 Διοφάνης Designat auctore Ed. Schwartz RE² V 105110 Διοφάνης: the author is identified by Ed. Schwartz, RE² V 1051

242—44. τὸν μὲν Καυκασίῃ: προγενέστερόν φησι τὸν Ἄψυρτον Μηδείας γεγενῆσθαι ἐξ Ἀστεροδείας τῆς Ὠκεανοῦ καὶ Τηθύος θυγατρός.

242-44. τὸν μὲν Καυκασίῃ: He says that Absyrtus was born before Medea from Asterodeia, daughter of Oceanus and Tethys.

14 hic scholiasta Idyiae parentes falso in Asterodiam transtulit14 here the scholiast wrongly transferred the parentage of Idyia to Asterodeia

249. 〈μετιοῦσαν: λείπει〉 εἶδον. Sm

16 suppl. W16 supplied by W

255. ἔκτοθι πᾶσαι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκτός, ἵνα τὸ εἰς τόπον σημαίνῃ.

255. ἔκτοθι πᾶσαι: instead of ἐκτός, so that it may signify motion to a place.

17 ἐκτός L : ἔκτοσε P17 ἐκτός in L : ἔκτοσε in P

257. ὑψοῦ χάρματι χεῖρας: ἔδει ὑψόσε· τὸ γὰρ ὑψοῦ τοῦ ἐν τόπῳ δηλωτικόν ἐστι, τὸ δὲ ὑψόσε τοῦ εἰς τόπον. Ὅμηρος (Α 486) ‘ὑψοῦ ἐπὶ ψαμάθοις’.

257. ὑψοῦ χάρματι χεῖρας: It should be ὑψόσε; for ὑψοῦ indicates rest in a place, while ὑψόσε indicates motion to a place. Homer (A 486) 'ὑψοῦ ἐπὶ ψαμάθοις'.

17 251. Et. Gen. (AB) ἀμφεπονεῖτο: διέτριβεν. III 251.17 251. Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) ἀμφεπονεῖτο: διέτριβεν. III 251.

260—61 a. οὐκ ἄρ’ ἐμέλλετ’ ἀκηδείῃ μελιπόν〈τες〉: ἀφροντίστως με καταλιπόντες ὅμως οὐκ ἐμέλλετε μακρὰν πορεύεσθαι· ὑποστρέψαι οὖν ὑμᾶς ἡ μοῖρα πεποίηκεν.

260-61a. οὐκ ἄρ’ ἐμέλλετ’ ἀκηδείῃ μελιπόν〈τες〉: Though you left me without care, nevertheless you were not destined to go far; fate has made you turn back.

b. τηλόθι: καὶ νῦν ἔδει εἰπεῖν τηλόσε. Lg (P)

b. τηλόθι: Here too it should be τηλόσε. Lg (P)

262. ἔκποθεν ἄτης: ἔκ τινος βλάβης. LgP

262. ἔκποθεν ἄτης: from some harm. LgP

264. 〈στυγεράς:〉 μισητάς. Sm

264. 〈στυγεράς:〉 hated. Sm

265. Ὀρχομενοῖο: καὶ Ἑλλάνικός (4 fg 126 J.) φησι τὸν Ἀθάμαντα Ὀρχομενὸν ᾠκηκέναι. L.

265. Ὀρχομενοῖο: Hellanicus (4 fr. 126 Jacoby) also says that Athamas dwelt in Orchomenus. L.

267. ἑήν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑμετέραν. Lg (P)

267. ἑήν: instead of ὑμετέραν. Lg (P)

275. πολιοῖο: διαφανοῦς. Lg (P)

275. πολιοῖο: transparent. Lg (P)

276—77 a. τετρηχώς: τετραχυμμένος. LgP

276-77a. τετρηχώς: roughened. LgP

b. διαφέρει οἶστρος μύωπος. ὁ μὲν γὰρ μύωψ ἀπογεννᾶται 〈ἐκ〉 τῶν ξύλων, ὁ δὲ οἶστρος ἐκ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ποταμοῖς ἐπιπλεόντων ζωαρίων. τὸ δὲ τέλλεται κατὰ ἀφαίρεσίν ἐστι τοῦ σ, ἀντὶ τοῦ στέλλεται.

b. The oestrus differs from the gadfly. For the gadfly is born from wood, while the oestrus is born from small creatures that float on rivers. τέλλεται is formed by removal of the sigma, instead of στέλλεται.

7 add. W7 added by W

281 a. ὀξέα δενδίλλων: ὀξέως παρεπιστρεφόμενος καὶ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπινεύων. Ὅμηρος (I 180) δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ 〈δια〉στρέφειν 〈τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς〉 τέθεικε τὴν λέξιν, οἱ δὲ ἐν ἐπιστροφῇ τοῦ προσώπου παρεγκλίνοντα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπινεύειν, καθάπερ καὶ Ἀπολλόδωρος (244 fg 242 J.)· Σοφοκλῆς (fg 1039 Pearson) δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ περιβλέπειν τέθεικε τὴν λέξιν.

281a. ὀξέα δενδίλλων: glancing sharply and nodding with the eyes. Homer (I 180) used the word for turning the eyes, but others say it means to nod with the eyes while turning the face aside, as Apollodorus (244 fr. 242 Jacoby) also says; Sophocles (fr. 1039 Pearson) used the word for looking around.

1 sch. I 763/64 a cum loc. sim. 6 sch. I 1265/72 a cum loc. sim. 11 sch. ABT I 180 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 57, 15 B. Herod. Schem. Hom. 149, 1894, 340 Hesych. δενδίλλει. δενδίλλων Suid. δενδίλλων Et. M. 255, 50 Et. Gud. 345, 10 Eust. 745, 341 sch. I 763/64 a with similar passages. 6 sch. I 1265/72 a with similar passages. 11 sch. ABT I 180 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 57, 15 B. Herod. Schem. Hom. 149, 1894, 340 Hesych. δενδίλλει. δενδίλλων Suid. δενδίλλων Et. M. 255, 50 Et. Gud. 345, 10 Eust. 745, 34 11 〈δια〉στρέφειν W e sch. Hom. 〈τοὺς ὀφθ.〉 indidem suppl. Heyne11 〈δια〉στρέφειν W from sch. Hom. 〈τοὺς ὀφθ.〉 supplied from the same source by Heyne 13 παρ-οντα L : -αντα P13 παρ-οντα in L : -αντα in P

b. 〈βαιὸς ἐλυσθείς:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ συστρέψας ἑαυτὸν καὶ ὑποκαλύψας.

b. 〈βαιὸς ἐλυσθείς:〉 instead of "having coiled himself up and covered himself."

10 εἰς ἑαυτὸν (αὐτὸν F) post καὶ add. P10 εἰς ἑαυτὸν (αὐτὸν F) added after καὶ in P 16 sch. b in libris post l. scholii a legitur, unde Heynio monente removit W 5816 sch. b is read in the manuscripts after the end of scholium a, from where, at Heyne's suggestion, W removed it 58 ὑποκ- L : ἀποκ- Pὑποκ- in L : ἀποκ- in P

286. 〈ἐνεδαίετο:〉 ἐξήπτετο. Gg

286. 〈ἐνεδαίετο:〉 was kindled. Gg

288 a. ἀμαρύγματα: τὰς λαμπάδας τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν. LmP

288 a. ἀμαρύγματα: the flashes of the eyes. LmP

b. 〈ἀμαρύγματα:〉 βλέμματα. Gg

b. 〈ἀμαρύγματα:〉 glances. Gg

c. καί οἱ ἄηντο: πνοὴν ἔπεμπον ἢ μετεωρίζοντο.

c. καί οἱ ἄηντο: they sent breath or were stirred up.

290. 〈κατείβετο:〉 ἐτήκετο. Sm

290. 〈κατείβετο:〉 was melting. Sm

291 a. ὡς δὲ γυνὴ μαλερῷ πυρί: καὶ Ὅμηρος (ε 488)· ‘ὡς δ’ ὅτε τις δαλὸν σποδιῇ ἐνέκρυψε μελαίνῃ.’

291 a. ὡς δὲ γυνὴ μαλερῷ πυρί: and Homer (ε 488): "as when someone hides a brand in black ashes."

b. 〈κάρφεα:〉 ξηρὰ ξύλα. Sm

b. 〈κάρφεα:〉 dry wood. Sm

25 ξηρὰ ξύλα W : -ῳ -ῳ25 ξηρὰ ξύλα W : -ῳ -ῳ

294. ἄγχι μάλ’ ἐγρομέ〈νη〉: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐγγύς. τίθεται δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ χρόνου, ἀντὶ τοῦ νῦν ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως. Μένανδρος (fg 600 K. III 181) ‘ἔγημ’ ἔναγχος’.

294. ἄγχι μάλ’ ἐγρομέ〈νη〉: instead of "near." It is also used of time, instead of "now" or instead of "quickly." Menander (fg 600 K. III 181) "he married recently."

2 verba ἀντὶ τοῦ νῦν — ταχέως e fine scholii huc trai. W2 the words ἀντὶ τοῦ νῦν — ταχέως W transferred here from the end of the scholium 3 ἔγημ’ ἔναγχος H : ἔγημεν ἔναγχος3 ἔγημ’ ἔναγχος in H : ἔγημεν ἔναγχος

296. εἰλυμένος: κεκαλυμμένος οἷον κεκρυμμένος· εἰς γὰρ τοῦτο καταστρέφει.

296. εἰλυμένος: covered, as if hidden; for it ends in this.

298. ἀκηδείῃσι: ταῖς πολυκηδείαις, τουτέστι ταῖς λύπαις. Lg (P)

298. ἀκηδείῃσι: with many cares, that is, with griefs. Lg (P)

302 a. κακὸν τὸ σφετέρης. Lg

b. τὸ δὲ σφετέρης θυγατρὸς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδίας. P

b. τὸ δὲ σφετέρης θυγατρὸς instead of "of one's own." P

306—07. ἠέ τις ἄτη: οἷον κακόν τι ὑμᾶς ἐνεπόδισε κατὰ τὸν πλοῦν; τὸ γὰρ ἐνέκλασε κατὰ μεταφοράν, ἐνεπόδισεν.

306-07. ἠέ τις ἄτη: as if some evil hindered you in your voyage? For "ἐνέκλασε" metaphorically means "hindered."

10 sch. ABT Θ 408 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 69, 14 B. Hesych. Suid. ἐνικλᾶν10 sch. ABT Θ 408 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 69, 14 B. Hesych. Suid. ἐνικλᾶν

309—13 a. Κίρκην ἑσπερίης: ἠκολούθησεν Ἀπολλώνιος τοῖς κατὰ τὸ Τυρσηνικὸν πέλαγος ὑποτιθεμένοις τὴν Ὀδυσσέως πλάνην, ὧν ἀρχηγὸς Ἡσίοδος (Theog. 1015 sq.), κατωκηκέναι λέγων Κίρκην ἐν τῷ προειρημένῳ πελάγει.

309-13 a. Κίρκην ἑσπερίης: Apollonius followed those who place the wanderings of Odysseus in the Tyrrhenian sea, whose leader is Hesiod (Theog. 1015 sq.), saying that Circe dwelt in the aforementioned sea.

11 sch. IV 661 sch. κ 135 Strab. I 23. V 23211 sch. IV 661 sch. κ 135 Strab. I 23. V 232 13 Hesiodi fg 66 Rz.²13 Hesiodi fg 66 Rz.²

b. ἑσπερίης εἴσω χθονός: περὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ᾤκησεν ἡ Κίρκη, ὅθεν ὄρος Κίρκαιον, ἀπ’ αὐτῆς πολυφάρμακον. φησὶ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος, Ἡσιόδῳ (v. sch. a) ἑπόμενος, ἐπὶ τοῦ ἅρματος τοῦ Ἡλίου εἰς τὴν κατὰ Τυρρηνίαν κειμένην νῆσον τὴν Κίρκην ἐλθεῖν. ἑσπερίαν δὲ αὐτὴν εἶπεν, ἐπεὶ πρὸς δυσμὰς κεῖται.

b. ἑσπερίης εἴσω χθονός: Circe dwelt around Italy, whence the mountain Circeum, rich in drugs from her. Apollonius says, following Hesiod (see sch. a), that Circe came on the chariot of the Sun to the island lying off Tyrrhenia. He called it "western" because it lies towards the west.

17 cf. Hesiodi fg 67 Rz.²17 cf. Hesiodi fg 67 Rz.²

319. 〈μειλιχίως:〉 ἐπιεικῶς, πραέως. Lg

319. 〈μειλιχίως:〉 gently, mildly. Lg

320. 〈κείνην:〉 λείπει τὴν ναῦν. Lg

320. 〈κείνην:〉 "ship" is missing. Lg

21 320. Et. Gen. (B) Αἰήτης: Αήτης, κατὰ πλεονασμὸν τοῦ ἰ Αἰήτης. III 320.21 320. Et. Gen. (B) Αἰήτης: Αήτης, by addition of ι Αἰήτης. III 320.

321. 〈αὐτούς:〉 ἡμᾶς. Sm

321. 〈αὐτούς:〉 us. Sm

322. ποτὶ ξερόν: ἐπὶ τὸ ξηρὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑγροῦ τῆς θαλάσσης. ἡ δὲ ποτὶ πρόθεσίς ἐστι παρὰ μὲν Δωριεῦσι πρός, παρ’ ἡμῖν δὲ καὶ Ἴωσιν εἴληπται ἀντὶ τῆς παρά· Ὅμηρος (Α 245) ‘ποτί δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ’.

322. ποτὶ ξερόν: onto the dry land from the wet of the sea. The preposition ποτί is among the Dorians πρός, but among us and the Ionians it is used instead of παρά: Homer (Α 245) "and he cast the scepter to the ground."

καὶ ἡ Δωρικὴ παροιμία ‘τὸν λίθον ποτὶ τὰν σπάρτον ἄγοντας’.

and the Doric proverb "dragging the stone to the rope."

1 Basil. Serm. de leg. libr. gent. 3 Mant. prov. III 151 Basil, Serm. de leg. libr. gent. 3; Mant. prov. III 15 1 τάν PH : τὴν L : τόν V σπάρτον L : -αν P : -ην V1 τάν in PH : τὴν in L : τόν in V; σπάρτον in L : -αν in P : -ην in V

327. νηὸς ἑῆς προτέρῳ: κακῶς τὸ ἑῆς ἐπὶ πλήθους· ἔστι γὰρ ἑνικόν. ἔδει δὲ εἰπεῖν σφετέρης.

327. νηὸς ἑῆς προτέρῳ: incorrectly uses ἑῆς for a plural; for it is singular. He should have said σφετέρης.

331. 〈μετά:〉 ἀντὶ τῆς εἰς. Lg

331. 〈μετά:〉 instead of εἰς. Lg

335. σφωιτέρῃ: κακῶς τὸ σφωιτέρῃ εἶπεν ἐπὶ ἑνικοῦ· ἔστι γὰρ δυϊκόν. ὁ δὲ Ἰάσων ἀπὸ Αἰόλου τὸ γένος κατάγει, ὡς Ἑλλάνικος (4 fg 128 J.).

335. σφωιτέρῃ: incorrectly used σφωιτέρῃ for a singular; for it is dual. Jason traces his lineage from Aeolus, as Hellanicus (4 fg 128 J.) says.

336—39 a. στεῦται ἀμειλίκτοιο: ὁ νοῦς· ὁρίζεται δὲ τοὺς ἀπ’ Αἰόλου οὐκ ἐκφεύξεσθαι τὸν ἀνεξίλαστον χόλον τοῦ Διὸς οὐδὲ τὸ μίασμα καὶ τὴν Φρίξου ποινήν, πρὶν τὸ κῶας εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα κομισθῆναι. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· στεῦται δ’ Αἰολιδῶν γενεὴν οὐχ ὑπαλύξειν ἀμειλίκτοιο Διὸς μῆνιν καὶ χόλον, πρὶν ἐς Ἑλλάδα 〈κῶας〉 ἱκέσθαι.

336-39a. στεῦται ἀμειλίκτοιο: the sense: he declares that the descendants of Aeolus will not escape the implacable wrath of Zeus nor the pollution and the penalty for Phrixus, until the fleece is brought to Greece. The order: στεῦται δ’ Αἰολιδῶν γενεὴν οὐχ ὑπαλύξειν ἀμειλίκτοιο Διὸς μῆνιν καὶ χόλον, πρὶν ἐς Ἑλλάδα 〈κῶας〉 ἱκέσθαι.

14 add. K14 added by K

b. ποινάς: ἐκδικίας. Lg (P)

b. ποινάς: punishments. Lg (P)

342 a. τῶν Κολχικῶν κακίστης ἐτύχομεν νεώς. Lm (P)

342a. We got the worst of the Colchian ships. Lm (P)

b. ἤλιθα: ἀθρόως. LgP

b. ἤλιθα: in abundance. LgP

349. 〈εἴ:〉 ὅπως. Sm

349. 〈εἴ:〉 in order that. Sm

350. 〈αὐτῷ:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ σοί. Lg

350. 〈αὐτῷ:〉 instead of σοί. Lg

354—55. παρέλκεται τὸ δῆθεν. εἰ δὲ προαιρῇ, φησίν, ἑκάστου γνῶναι τὴν γενεὰν καὶ τοὔνομα, πάντα ἐξείποιμι 〈ἄν〉. L

354-55. δῆθεν is redundant. But if you wish, he says, to know the lineage and name of each, I would recount them all. L

20 παρέλκεται τὸ δῆθεν Lm20 παρέλκεται τὸ δῆθεν in Lm 21 suppl. K21 supplied by K

356. 〈οἷό περ:〉 οὕτινος χάριν. Lg

356. 〈οἷό περ:〉 for whose sake. Lg

359. 〈γνωτός:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ συγγενὴς ἢ ἀνεψιδοῦς, διεξάδελφος. Κρηθεὺς καὶ Ἀθάμας ἀδελφοί, Αἰόλου παῖδες· Κρηθέως ὁ Αἴσων, Αἴσονος Ἰάσων, Ἀθάμαντος δὲ Φρίξος, οὗ Ἄργος. Lm

359. 〈γνωτός:〉 instead of kinsman or cousin, first cousin. Cretheus and Athamas are brothers, sons of Aeolus; Aeson is son of Cretheus, Jason son of Aeson, Phrixus son of Athamas, and Argus his son. Lm

23 ἤγουν pro ἢ A23 ἤγουν instead of ἢ in A

368 a. ἠερέθοντο: μετεωρίζοντο τῷ νῷ χολουμένῳ, ἀντὶ τοῦ οἰδαίνοντο. Lm (P)

368a. ἠερέθοντο: they were raised up in their angry mind, instead of they were swelling. Lm (P)

27 οἰδαίνοντο P : -ετο L27 οἰδαίνοντο in P : -ετο in L

b. 〈ὑψοῦ δὲ χόλῳ φρένες ἠερέθοντο:〉 ἐπρίεκετο, ἐφυσιοῦτο. Lm

b. 〈ὑψοῦ δὲ χόλῳ φρένες ἠερέθοντο:〉 he was gnashing, he was puffing up. Lm

28 sch. b ab a separavit W28 sch. b separated from a by W 29 ἐφυσιοῦτο A : -σκοῦτο L : -σσοῦτο F29 ἐφυσιοῦτο in A : -σκοῦτο in L : -σσοῦτο in F

375—76 a. 〈αὐτίκα:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ νῦν. Lg

375-76a. 〈αὐτίκα:〉 instead of now. Lg

b. νέεσθαι: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἔολπα. Lg (P)

b. νέεσθαι: ἔολπα is to be understood from the common construction. Lg (P)

2 ad νέεσθαι scholiasta suppleri vult ἔολπα ex ἐώλπει versus 370 eductum2 at νέεσθαι the scholiast wants ἔολπα to be supplied from ἐώλπει in line 370 3 l. P : om. L3 lemma in P : omitted in L

386. σχέο μοι: ὦ Αἰήτη, ἐπίσχες ἢ ἀνάσχου μοι περὶ τούτου τοῦ στόλου.

386. σχέο μοι: O Aeetes, restrain or endure me concerning this expedition.

388. τὸ δὲ οὐδὲ μὲν ἱέμενοι ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδὲ ἐφιέμενοι τῆς σῆς βασιλείας. P

388. τὸ δὲ οὐδὲ μὲν ἱέμενοι instead of not even desiring your kingdom. P

395—96. κακῶς τὸ σφωιτέροισιν ἐχρήσατο ἐπὶ ἑνικοῦ· ἔδει γὰρ εἰπεῖν τεοῖσιν. τὸ δὲ ἴσκεν Ὁμηρικῶς.

395-96. Incorrectly used σφωιτέροισιν for a singular; for he should have said τεοῖσιν. And ἴσκεν is used in Homeric fashion.

7 τῷ Steph.7 τῷ in Steph.

399. τὸ δὲ πειρήσαιτο βίην ἀντὶ τοῦ πείραν λάβοι τῆς ἰσχύος τῶν ἡρώων. P

399. τὸ δὲ πειρήσαιτο βίην instead of he might make trial of the strength of the heroes. P

400—01. κακῶς τὸ ὑποβλήδην· κεῖται γὰρ πρὶν ἢ καταλῆξαι τὸν ἕτερον λέγοντα. τὸ δὲ διηνεκέως ἀγορεύεις ἀντὶ τοῦ μακρηγορεῖς.

400-01. Incorrectly uses ὑποβλήδην; for it is used before the other has finished speaking. And διηνεκέως ἀγορεύεις instead of you speak at length.

404—06 a. 〈δώσω:〉 πεῖραν λαβὼν τῆς σῆς ἀνδρείας παρέξω τὸ δέρος· οὐ γὰρ φίλον μοι τὸ φθονεῖν. L

404-06a. 〈δώσω:〉 having made trial of your courage I will give the fleece; for it is not my way to begrudge. L

14 sch. a, quod scholio b adhaeret, seiunxit W14 sch. a, which adheres to sch. b, separated by W

b. 〈οὔτι μεγαίρω:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ φθονῶ ὑμῖν, ὡς ὁ Πελίας.

b. 〈οὔτι μεγαίρω:〉 instead of I do not begrudge you, like Pelias.

408 a. 〈τόν:〉 τὸν ἄθλον. Lg

408a. 〈τόν:〉 the contest. Lg

b. ὀλοὸν δὲ τὸν μέγαν καὶ ἀνύποιστον. P 18 τὸν μέγαν W : τὸ μέγα18 τὸν μέγαν in W : τὸ μέγα

409—10. δοιώ μοι πεδίον τὸ Ἀρή〈ιον: ...〉 καὶ Ἀντίμαχος ἐν τῇ Λύδῃ (fg 9 B. II 290) ἡφαιστοτεύκτους τοὺς ταύρους ἀπεφήνατο.

409-10. δοιώ μοι πεδίον τὸ Ἀρή〈ιον: ...〉 and Antimachus in his Lyde (fg 9 B. II 290) represented the bulls as made by Hephaestus.

19 sch. Pind. Pyth. IV 398 c19 sch. Pind. Pyth. IV 398 c 19 lac. ind. W, ubi ad v. 230 relegatum fuisse videtur; cf. Ed. Schwartz De Dion. Scytobr. 1880, 2 n. 219 lacuna indicated by W, where it seems to have been relegated to v. 230; cf. Ed. Schwartz, De Dion. Scytobr. 1880, 2 n. 2

411—12 a. στυφελήν: τραχεῖαν.

411-12a. στυφελήν: rough.

b. τετράγυον: πεντηκοντόγυόν φησι Φερεκύδης ἐν ς' (3 fg 30 J.).

b. τετράγυον: Pherecydes in book 6 says it is fifty-yoked (3 fr. 30 J.).

23 l. P : om. L23 l. in P : omitted in L

413 a. 〈σπόρον:〉 πυρόν. Lg

413a. 〈σπόρον:〉 wheat. Lg

b. ὁλκοῖσι: ταῖς ἐγχαράξεσιν· ἑλκομένου γὰρ τοῦ ἀρότρου ἡ γῆ διαρρήγνυται.

b. ὁλκοῖσι: with the furrows; for as the plow is dragged, the earth is broken up.

c. 〈Δηοῦς:〉 τῆς Δήμητρος. Lg

c. 〈Δηοῦς:〉 of Demeter. Lg

414. 〈μεταλδήσκοντας:〉 [καὶ] ἐξισουμένους. Lg

414. 〈μεταλδήσκοντας:〉 [and] making equal. Lg

28 hanc glossam a 416 b, cui in L adhaeret, avulsit W28 W separated this gloss from 416b, to which it is attached in L

416 a. 〈κείρω:〉 κτείνω. Lg

416a. 〈κείρω:〉 I kill. Lg

b. περισταδόν: κύκλῳ περιεστῶτας. LgP

b. περισταδόν: standing around in a circle. LgP

422. νῦν ἐπὶ τόπου τὸ πάρος, κεῖται δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ χρόνου. 3 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 128, 2 B. Hesych. πάρος Συν. π. 333, 28 Ba.3 Apollonius the Sophist, Lexicon Homericum 128, 2 Bekker. Hesychius πάρος. Synagoge π. 333, 28 Bachmann.

427—31 a. περιπολλὸν ἐέργεις: ὁ νοῦς· λίαν με τῷ δικαίῳ συνέχεις, διόπερ ἐγὼ καίπερ ὑπερφέροντα τῇ βίᾳ τὸν ἄθλον ἐποίσω μέχρι θανάτου. ἀρρενικῶς δὲ εἶπε τὴν μοῖραν μόρον.

427-31a. περιπολλὸν ἐέργεις: The sense: you greatly constrain me with justice, wherefore I, although the contest is superior in force, will undertake it even to death. He used μοῖραν in the masculine gender as μόρον.

6 sch. I 1350 cum loc. sim.6 sch. I 1350 with similar passage

b. ἐέργεις: συνέχεις, συγκλείεις. LgP

b. ἐέργεις: you constrain, you shut in. LgP

12 sch. I 785 cum loc. sim.12 sch. I 785 with similar passage

c. οὐ γὰρ ἔτ’ ἄλλο: οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀνθρώποις χεῖρον ἀνάγκης, καθ’ ἣν ἀφίγμεθα πρὸς σέ, βιασθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως. L

c. οὐ γὰρ ἔτ’ ἄλλο: For nothing is worse for humans than necessity, by which we have come to you, forced by the king. L

438. μετελθεῖν: ἢ μετὰ ἀντὶ τῆς πρός· πρὸς ἀμείνονα φῶτα ἐλθεῖν. Lm (P)

438. μετελθεῖν: or μετά instead of πρός; to come to a better man. Lm (P)

10 ἀμείνονα L : ἀρείονα P10 ἀμείνονα in L : ἀρείονα in P

439. 〈άπηλεγέως:〉 ἀποτόμως. Lg

439. 〈άπηλεγέως:〉 bluntly. Lg

441—42 a. τό δὲ ἐπεὶ μεσσηγύς αἰτίας ἀποδοτικόν ἐστι, διὰ τί κατόπιν ἐκείνων ἐπορεύετο ὁ Ἄργος· διότι, φησίν, ἔνευσε τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὑτοῦ ἔτι λιπέσθαι καὶ μεῖναι ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. οἱ δ’ ἤεσαν καὶ ἐξῆλθον, οἱ περὶ Ἰάσονα δηλαδή. P

441-42a. τό δὲ ἐπεὶ μεσσηγύς is explanatory of the reason why Argus was walking behind them; because, he says, he nodded to his brothers to remain and stay in the house. And they went and came out, namely those around Jason. P

15 αὑτοῦ Steph. : αὐ-15 αὑτοῦ Steph. : αὐ-

b. 〈λιπέσθαι:〉 ἐμμένειν. Lm

b. 〈λιπέσθαι:〉 to remain. Lm

444—45 a. ἐπ’ αὐτῷ δ’ ὄμματα: ἐπ’ αὐτῷ δὲ ἡ Μήδεια λοξὰ τὰ ὄμματα ἔχουσα θηεῖτο, παραθεμένη τὴν καλύπτραν.

444-45a. ἐπ’ αὐτῷ δ’ ὄμματα: And upon him Medea, casting sidelong glances, gazed, holding her veil aside.

b. 〈ἐπ’ αὐτῷ δ’ ὄμματα:〉 λείπει τὸ ἔχουσα. Lg

b. 〈ἐπ’ αὐτῷ δ’ ὄμματα:〉 the word ἔχουσα is missing. Lg

446—47 a. κῆρ ἄχεϊ σμυχ〈οῦσα〉: τῇ λύπη τὴν ψυχὴν καιομένη καὶ ἀναλίσκουσα. L

446-47a. κῆρ ἄχεϊ σμυχ〈οῦσα〉: burning and consuming her soul with grief. L

21 Συν. σμυχόμενος (367, 24 Ba. Phot. Suid.)21 Synagoge σμυχόμενος (367, 24 Bachmann; Photius; Suda) 22 ἀναλ- Hemsterhuis 1743, 372 : ἁλ-22 ἀναλ- Hemsterhuis 1743, 372 : ἁλ-

b. νόος δέ οἱ ἠύτ’ ὄνειρος: ὁ νοῦς· τῷ δὲ νῷ ἀνεθεώρει τὸν Ἰάσονα, οἷον καθάπερ ἐν ὀνείρῳ μετέωρος ἐπορεύετο κατὰ τὰ ἴχνη τοῦ Ἰάσονος. L

b. νόος δέ οἱ ἠύτ’ ὄνειρος: The sense: with her mind she beheld Jason, as if in a dream she was carried aloft following the footsteps of Jason. L

453. προπρὸ δ’ ἄρ’ ὀφθαλμῶν: ἐμφατικῶς αἱ προθέσεις. τὴν συνεχῶς ἀνειδωλοποιοῦσαν τῷ νῷ ἐμφαίνει, ὡς παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ ‘προπροκυλινδόμενος.’ L

453. προπρὸ δ’ ἄρ’ ὀφθαλμῶν: the prepositions are emphatic. It indicates her constantly forming images in her mind, as in Homer 'rolling ever forward.' L

455. οἷά τ’ ἔειφ’: θαυμαστικῶς τὸ οἷα εἶπεν. Lm (P)

455. οἷά τ’ ἔειφ’: he said οἷα in a wondering manner. Lm (P)

Γ 460/62—492/94 b

460—62. ὀδύρετο δ’ ἠύτε πάμπαν: ἐθρήνει δὲ αὐτὸν ὡς ἤδη τεθνηκότα, ἐλέῳ δὲ συνεχομένη ἔκλαιεν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ λυπουμένη. L

460-62. ὀδύρετο δ’ ἠύτε πάμπαν: she lamented him as if already dead, and overcome with pity she wept over him in grief. L

466 a. ἐρρέτω: φθειρέσθω. L

466a. ἐρρέτω: let it perish. L

b. 〈ἡ μὲν ὄφελλεν:〉 ἢ ὤφελεν χωρισθῆναι ἀπαθής, μηδὲν παθών.

b. 〈ἡ μὲν ὄφελλεν:〉 or would that she had departed unharmed, having suffered nothing.

4 sch. b a praecedente separavit W4 W separated sch. b from the preceding

467. πότνα θεὰ Περσηί: τινές αὐτήν φασι Διὸς εἶναι παῖδα, ἐν δὲ τοῖς Ὀρφικοῖς Δήμητρος γενεαλογεῖται (fg 41 Kern): ‘καὶ τότε δὴ Ἑκάτην Δηὼ τέκεν εὐπατέρειαν.’ Βακχυλίδης δὲ Νυκτός φησιν αὐτὴν θυγατέρα (fg 40 B. III 583 = 31 Blass-Snell): ‘Ἑκάτα δᾳδοφόρε, Νυκτὸς μεγαλοκόλπου θύγατερ’· Μουσαῖος (cf. 2 B 16 Diels-Kranz) δὲ Ἀστερίας καὶ Διός, Φερεκύδης (3 fg 44 J.) δὲ Ἀρισταίου τοῦ Παιῶνος.

467. Lady goddess Perseis: some say she is the daughter of Zeus, but in the Orphic poems she is traced to Demeter (fr. 41 Kern): 'And then Deo bore Hecate, daughter of a noble father.' Bacchylides says she is the daughter of Night (fr. 40 B. III 583 = 31 Blass-Snell): 'Hecate, torch-bearer, daughter of great-bosomed Night'; Musaeus (cf. 2 B 16 Diels-Kranz) says she is the daughter of Asteria and Zeus, and Pherecydes (3 fr. 44 J.) says she is the daughter of Aristaeus, son of Paeon.

10 δᾳδοφόρε K : δαϊδοφόρε L : δαϊφόρου P : δαδοφόρου F μελανοκόλπου Ursinus Carm. IX ill. fem. et lyr. 1568, 34210 δᾳδοφόρε in K : δαϊδοφόρε in L : δαϊφόρου in P : δαδοφόρου in F; μελανοκόλπου Ursinus Carm. IX ill. fem. et lyr. 1568, 342 12 Παιῶνος Wil. ad l. : Παίωνος P : Παίονος L12 Παιῶνος Wil. ad l. : Παίωνος in P : Παίονος in L

470. 〈οὕνεκεν:〉 ὅτι οὐκ ἐπιχαίρω ἐγὼ κακοῖς. ὁ δὲ λόγος ἐρωτικός. Lm (P)

470. 〈Because:〉 because I do not rejoice in evils. The speech is erotic. Lm (P)

471. ἐόλητο: ἐτετάρακτο καὶ ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἦν. LmP

471. ἐόλητο: was disturbed and was in anguish. LmP

15 Et. Gen. (B) ἐόλητο: τὸ ἐκεκίνητο καὶ ἐτετάρακτο. γράφεται δὲ καὶ διὰ τῆς αι διφθόγγου. III 471. cf. W 7515 Et. Gen. (B) ἐόλητο: that which has been moved and disturbed. It is also written with the diphthong αι. III 471. cf. W 75 15 ἐόλητο P : αἰόλητο L in verbis poetae15 ἐόλητο in P : αἰόλητο in L in the poet's words

474. 〈δὴ τότ’ Ἰήσονα:〉 ὑπερβατόν ἐστι· τὸν γὰρ Ἰάσονα Ἄργος προσεῖπεν. Lm

474. 〈Then indeed Jason:〉 it is a hyperbaton; for Argus addressed Jason. Lm

17 προσεῖπεν K : -έειπεν17 προσεῖπεν in K : -έειπεν

478. εἰς τὴν Ἑκάτην αἱ φαρμακίδες ἀναφέρονται. L 11 sch. 103511 sch. 1035

482. ἀντιβολήσων: συναντήσων· καταστρέφει δὲ εἰς τὸ κοινολογήσομαι, συντάξομαι. Lm (P)

482. ἀντιβολήσων: about to meet; it ends in 'I will converse with, I will arrange with.' Lm (P)

485. ὦ πέπον: ὦ γλυκύτατε, ἡδύτατε, προσφιλέστατε, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ πέπων μελιχρός. LmP

485. O good friend: O sweetest, most pleasant, most beloved, since the ripe fruit is also honey-sweet. LmP

22 μελιχρός W : μελίχρους22 μελιχρός W : μελίχρους

486. 〈βάσκετε:〉 γράφεται καὶ βάσκ’ ἴθι. Lm

486. 〈βάσκετε:〉 it is also written βάσκ’ ἴθι. Lm

490. 〈παρεόντας:〉 τὸν Ἰάσονα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ. Lg

490. 〈παρεόντας:〉 Jason and those with him. Lg

492—94 a. 〈ἀντικρύ:〉 φανερώτατα καὶ ἐναντιώτατα. Lg

492-94a. 〈ἀντικρύ:〉 most openly and most opposed. Lg

b. διειρομένοισι: διερευνῶσιν ἢ λέγουσιν. ὁ γὰρ νοῦς ἐναντίως ἡμῖν ἔχει· οὐ γάρ ἐστι τελεσθησόμενον οὔτε ἐμοὶ 〈...〉 τῶν ἐπιτασσομένων τι.

b. διειρομένοισι: to those inquiring or speaking. For the sense is contrary to us; for it is not going to be accomplished either by me 〈...〉 of the things commanded.

27 K lac. ind., ubi F suppl. λέγοντι οὔτε ὑμῖν ἐρευνῶσι27 K indicates a lacuna, where F supplies λέγοντι οὔτε ὑμῖν ἐρευνῶσι

Γ 497—533 a

497. ἐφίετο: ἐνετέλλετο. LgP

497. ἐφίετο: was commanding. LgP

500—01. ὃ δή νύ οἱ: τὸ ἑξῆς· ὅπερ αὐτῷ συντόμως ὑπεσχόμην· οὐκ ἦν γὰρ ἄλλο τι σκέψασθαι βέλτιον. L

500-01. ὃ δή νύ οἱ: the order is: which I promised him briefly; for there was nothing else better to consider. L

502. 〈ἀνήνυτος:〉 δυσκατόρθωτος. Lg

502. 〈ἀνήνυτος:〉 hard to accomplish. Lg

510. πεφυλαγμένος ἐντύναιο: φυλάττων τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν παρασκευάζου· ἐντύνω γὰρ τὸ παρασκευάζω.

510. πεφυλαγμένος ἐντύναιο: guarding your promise, prepare yourself; for ἐντύνω means 'I prepare'.

511. κακῶς τὸ ἑή· τρίτου γάρ ἐστι προσώπου. ἔδει δὲ σῆ. Lm (P)

511. The ἑή is wrong; for it is third person. It should be σῆ. Lm (P)

7 σῆ Steph. : σήν L : om. P7 σῆ Steph. : σήν in L : omitted in P

513—14. οὐ γὰρ ἔγωγε σχήσομαι: ἀντὶ τοῦ· ἐγὼ οὐκ ἀνέξομαι. τί γὰρ πλέον ἢ θάνατός με περιμένει; L

513-14. οὐ γὰρ ἔγωγε σχήσομαι: instead of 'I will not endure.' For what more awaits me than death? L

8 ἀφέξομαι Herwerden Mnem. N. S. 11, 1883, 1168 ἀφέξομαι Herwerden Mnem. N. S. 11, 1883, 116

515—21. ὁ μὲν Ἀπολλώνιος τούτους φησὶ προαιρεῖσθαι ζεῦξαι τοὺς βόας, ὁ δὲ τὰ Ναυπακτικὰ (fg 5 Kink.) πάντας ἀριθμεῖ τοὺς ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ φερομένους ἀριστεῖς.

515-21. Apollonius says that these chose to yoke the oxen, but the Naupactica (fr. 5 Kink.) enumerates all the heroes brought by him.

11 ποιήσας post Ναυπ. add. P ὑπ’ Ἀργοῦς Robert Die griech. Heldensage 1921, 795 n. 211 ποιήσας added after Ναυπ. in P; ὑπ’ Ἀργοῦς Robert Die griech. Heldensage 1921, 795 n. 2

523—24. ἀλλὰ τιν’ οἴω μητρὸς ἐμῆς: δύναται, φησίν, ἡ μήτηρ ἡ ἐμὴ πεῖσαι τὴν Μήδειαν συνεργῆσαι τὸν ἆθλον. ἐν δὲ τοῖς Ναυπακτικοῖς (fg 6 Kink.) Ἴδμων ἀναστὰς Ἰάσονι κελεύει ὑποστῆναι τὸν ἆθλον.

523-24. ἀλλὰ τιν’ οἴω μητρὸς ἐμῆς: he says, my mother is able to persuade Medea to help with the contest. But in the Naupactica (fr. 6 Kink.) Idmon stood up and urged Jason to undertake the contest.

529. δάε: ἐδίδαξεν. LgP

529. δάε: taught. LgP

530. νήχυτον ὕδωρ: τὸ πολύχυτον. τὸ γὰρ νη καὶ στέρησιν σημαίνει καὶ ἐπίτασιν. καὶ ‘ἀχύνετον ὕδωρ’ (Nic. Al. 174) τὸ πολὺ κατὰ Ἴωνας καὶ Σικελιώτας. Διονύσιος· ‘πλαζομέναις ἵνα λύσσαν ἀχύνετον ἧκα βαλοῦσα.’

530. νήχυτον ὕδωρ: the much-poured. For νη signifies both privation and intensity. And ‘ἀχύνετον ὕδωρ’ (Nic. Al. 174) means ‘much’ among the Ionians and Sicilians. Dionysius: ‘πλαζομέναις ἵνα λύσσαν ἀχύνετον ἧκα βαλοῦσα.’

18 sch. IV 1367 Hesych. νήχυτον Et. M. 602, 40 Eust. 163, 2418 sch. IV 1367 Hesych. νήχυτον Et. M. 602, 40 Eust. 163, 24 19 sch. Nic. Al. 174 Hesych. ἀχύνετον Et. M. 183, 719 sch. Nic. Al. 174 Hesych. ἀχύνετον Et. M. 183, 7 19 ἀχύνετον ὕδωρ 〈τὸ πολύχυτον· καὶ ἀχύνετον〉 τὸ πολὺ prop. K19 ἀχύνετον ὕδωρ 〈τὸ πολύχυτον· καὶ ἀχύνετον〉 τὸ πολὺ proposed by K 20 de Dionysio non constat; Bassaricorum auctorem primus agnovisse sibi visus est Lobeck Pathol. 1, 1853, 20120 about Dionysius it is not established; Lobeck Pathol. 1, 1853, 201 thought he was the first to recognize him as the author of the Bassarica 21 ἐνὶ pro ἵνα Valckenaer Amm. 1739, anim. 14821 ἐνὶ instead of ἵνα Valckenaer Amm. 1739, anim. 148

533 a. ἄστρα τε καὶ μήνης: τὸν παραδεδομένον μῦθον λέγει, ὡς αἱ φαρμακίδες κατάγουσι τὴν σελήνην. τινὲς δὲ καὶ τὰς ἐκλείψεις ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καθαιρέσεις ἐκάλουν τῶν θεῶν. L

533a. Stars and moon: he tells the traditional story, that sorceresses bring down the moon. Some also called the eclipses of the sun and moon ‘overthrowings’ of the gods. L

22 sch. IV 59/61 a. b Ar. Nub. 749 cum sch. Luc. Philops. 14 Sen. Med. 790 sqq. Lucan. Phars. VI 499 sqq.22 sch. IV 59/61 a. b Ar. Nub. 749 with sch. Luc. Philops. 14 Sen. Med. 790 sqq. Lucan. Phars. VI 499 sqq.

b. τὸ παλαιὸν ᾤοντο τὰς φαρμακίδας τὴν σελήνην καὶ τὸν ἥλιον καθαιρεῖν. διὸ καὶ μέχρι τῶν Δημοκρίτου (68 B 161 Diels-Kranz) χρόνων πολλοὶ τὰς ἐκλείψεις καθαιρέσεις ἐκάλουν. Σωσιφάνης ἐν Μελεάγρῳ (fg 1 N.²): ‘μάγοις ἐπῳδαῖς πᾶσα Θεσσαλὶς κόρη ψευδὴς σελήνης αἰθέρος καταιβάτις.’

b. In ancient times they thought that sorceresses brought down the moon and the sun. Therefore even down to the time of Democritus (68 B 161 Diels-Kranz) many called eclipses ‘overthrowings’. Sosiphanes in Meleager (fg 1 N.²): ‘μάγοις ἐπῳδαῖς πᾶσα Θεσσαλὶς κόρη ψευδὴς σελήνης αἰθέρος καταιβάτις.’

11 sch. Lyc. 87 Corn. Theol. gr. comp. 24 (46, 9 L.) Or. Werf. 616, 2 Et. M. 664, 5211 sch. Lyc. 87 Corn. Theol. gr. comp. 24 (46, 9 L.) Or. Werf. 616, 2 Et. M. 664, 52 1 sch. b ab a seiunxit W τὰς φ-ας W : αἱ φ-ες1 W separated sch. b from a; τὰς φ-ας W : αἱ φ-ες 2 Δημοκρίτου P : -κράτους L2 Δημοκρίτου P : -κράτους L 5 Θεσσαλὶς P : πεσσ- L5 Θεσσαλὶς P : πεσσ- L 6 fortasse καθαιρέτις6 perhaps καθαιρέτις

539 a. τὸ τάχα ἐπὶ δισταγμῷ κεῖται· τινὲς δὲ καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως. L

539a. τάχα is used for doubt; but some take it as equivalent to ταχέως. L

7 ἐπὶ K : ἐν7 ἐπὶ K : ἐν

b. 〈σὺν δαίμονι:〉 σὺν ἀγαθῷ δαίμονι. Lg

b. 〈σὺν δαίμονι:〉 with a good deity. Lg

550. 〈κείνης δ’ ὅτε μείλιχος ὄρνις:〉 Ἀπολλόδωρός φησιν ἐν τῷ Περὶ θεῶν (244 fg 114 J.), ὅτι ἡ περιστερὰ ἱερὰ Ἀφροδίτης διὰ τὸ λάγνον· παρὰ γὰρ τὸ περισσῶς ἐρᾶν λέγεται.

550. 〈κείνης δ’ ὅτε μείλιχος ὄρνις:〉 Apollodorus says in his work On the Gods (244 fg 114 J.) that the dove is sacred to Aphrodite because of its lecherousness; for it is so called from ‘loving excessively’.

11 post ἐν τῷ libri numerum intercidisse putat Hefermehl Studia in Ap. π. θ. fragm. Genev., Diss. Berol. 1905, 3911 Hefermehl Studia in Ap. π. θ. fragm. Genev., Diss. Berol. 1905, 39 thinks that the number of the book has been lost after ἐν τῷ 12 διὰ τὸ Heyne Apoll. Bibl.² 1803, 396 : διὸ καὶ λάγνον L : -η. καὶ τὸ ὄνομα δηλοῖ P12 διὰ τὸ Heyne Apoll. Bibl.² 1803, 396 : διὸ καὶ λάγνον L : -η. καὶ τὸ ὄνομα δηλοῖ P

551—52. κέαρ δέ μοι: ὡς δὲ ἡ ψυχή μου προορᾶται, οὕτως γένοιτο. L

551-52. κέαρ δέ μοι: but as my soul foresees, so may it happen. L

561. 〈βλέποντες:〉 γράφεται λεύσσοντες. Gg

561. 〈βλέποντες:〉 it is written λεύσσοντες. Gg

15 βλέποντες, quae olim glossa fuit, in G pro verbo poetae habetur. cf. W 5215 βλέποντες, which was formerly a gloss, is found in G as the poet's word. cf. W 52

564. 〈μεμαώς:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀργιζόμενος νῦν· οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ κακοῖς τις πρόθυμός ἐστιν. Lm

564. 〈μεμαώς:〉 equivalent to ‘being angry’ here; for no one is eager for evils. Lm

578. 〈Μινύαισι:〉 τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις. Lg

578. 〈Μινύαισι:〉 to the Argonauts. Lg

581. 〈λασίης:〉 πυκνῆς. Lg

581. 〈λασίης:〉 thick. Lg

583 a. ἀποφλύξωσιν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκφυσήσωσιν, καταστρέφει δὲ εἰς τὸ ἐκπνεύσωσιν. ἔνθεν καὶ ὁ φλύαρος.

583a. ἀποφλύξωσιν: equivalent to ἐκφυσήσωσιν, but it ends up meaning ἐκπνεύσωσιν. Hence also φλύαρος.

21 sch. BT Φ 361 Et. Or. 158, 27 Et. M. 796, 37 Eust. 1240, 6321 sch. BT Φ 361 Et. Or. 158, 27 Et. M. 796, 37 Eust. 1240, 63

b. 〈ἀποφλύξωσιν:〉 ἀποδώσουσι. Sm

b. 〈ἀποφλύξωσιν:〉 they will give back. Sm

584. 〈οὐδὲ γάρ:〉 λείπει τὸ ὑπέμεινεν. Lm

584. 〈οὐδὲ γάρ:〉 the word ὑπέμεινεν is missing. Lm

587—88 a. εἰ μή οἱ Ζεὺς αὐτὸς ἀπ’ οὐρα〈νοῦ〉: ἄγγελόν φησιν Ἑρμῆν ὑπὸ Διὸς πεμφθῆναι κελεύοντα δέξασθαι τὸν Φρίξον, ἵνα τὴν Αἰήτου θυγατέρα γήμῃ. ὁ δὲ τὸν Αἰγίμιον ποιήσας (Hes.

587-88a. If Zeus himself from heaven: he says that Hermes was sent by Zeus as a messenger, bidding him to receive Phrixus, so that he might marry the daughter of Aeetes. But the author of the Aegimius (Hes.

fg 184 Rz.²) διὰ 〈τὸ〉 δέρας αὐτὸν αὐθαιρέτως φησὶ προσδεχθῆναι. λέγει δέ, ὅτι μετὰ τὴν θυσίαν ἁγνίσας τὸ δέρας οὕτως ἔστειχεν εἰς τοὺς Αἰήτου δόμους, τὸ κῶας ἔχων.

fr. 184 Rz.²) says that he was received willingly because of the fleece. And he says that after the sacrifice, having purified the fleece, he went thus to the house of Aeetes, holding the fleece.

1 add. AF1 add. AF

b. ὥς κε προσκηδέος: ὅπως ἂν εὐμενοῦς ἀντιάσειεν ὁ Φρίξος τοῦ Αἰήτου.

b. So that of kindly: that Phrixus might meet with a kindly Aeetes.

c. ἀντιᾶν δὲ τὸ ἀπολαύειν. P

c. And 'to meet' means 'to enjoy'. P

589. 〈μὴ καί:〉 ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ στεύτο. Lm

589. Lest also: the word 'steuto' is to be supplied from the common context. Lm

7 haec glossa in L versui 579 ascripta est, trai. W7 this gloss is assigned to verse 579 in L, transposed by W

594—98 a. νόσφιν δ’ οἷ αὐτῷ: χωρὶς δὲ αὐτῷ δώσειν τιμωρίαν ἔλεγεν τοὺς Φρίξου παῖδας· τούτους γὰρ αὐτῷ κακοὺς ἄνδρας ἐπάγειν, ὅπως αὐτοῦ τῆς βασιλείας ἐγκρατεῖς γένωνται, ὡς καὶ παρὰ τοῦ ἰδίου πατρὸς Ἡλίου ἠκηκόει. ὅτι δὲ χρησμὸς ἦν Αἰήτῃ δεδομένος, ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτοῦ ἐγγόνων ἀπολέσθαι, καὶ Ἡρόδωρος ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις (31 fg 9 J.) ἱστορεῖ· τούτου ἕνεκα καὶ τὴν ζεῦξιν τῶν ταύρων λέγει αὐτὸν ἐπινοῆσαι.

594-98a. Apart from him: he said that he would give punishment to the sons of Phrixus apart from himself; for he said that they were bringing evil men upon him, so that they might gain control of his kingdom, as he had also heard from his own father Helios. And that an oracle had been given to Aeetes that he would be destroyed by his own descendants, Herodorus also relates in his Argonautica (31 fr. 9 J.); for this reason he says that he devised the yoking of the bulls.

12 Αἰόλου pro αὐτοῦ Robert Die griech. Heldensage 1921, 766 n. 112 Αἰόλου instead of αὐτοῦ Robert Die griech. Heldensage 1921, 766 n. 1

b. ἀκηδέες: ἀφρόντιστοι ὄντες αὐτοῦ. Lm (P)

b. Uncared for: being unconcerned about him. Lm (P)

599. 〈χρῆναί μιν:〉 γράφεται χρειώ μιν. Lg

599. That it was necessary for him: it is written 'chreiō min'. Lg

600. κακῶς τὸ σφωιτέρης δυϊκὸν ἐπὶ ἑνικοῦ ἐχρήσατο· ἔδει γὰρ εἰπεῖν ἑῆς, ἵν’ ᾖ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ.

600. He improperly used the dual 'sphōiterēs' for a singular; for he should have said 'heēs', so that it would be 'of his own'.

601—02 a. τῷ κε καὶ ἐλδομένους 〈πέμπεν〉: παρατατικὸν εἴληφεν ἀντὶ συντελικοῦ, καὶ ἔστιν ὑπερβατὸς ἡ φράσις καὶ λείπει τὸ ὥς. τὸ γὰρ ἑξῆς ἐστι· διὸ καὶ ἐπιθυμοῦντας μακρὰν πλεῦσαι — προσεκδεκτέον καὶ τοῦτο — ὡς πατρὸς ἐντολῇ πέπομφε [φράσαντος αὐτοῦ]. L

601-02a. By which even desiring: he has used the imperfect instead of the perfect, and the phrase is transposed and the word 'hōs' is missing. For the order is: wherefore even desiring to sail far - and this too must be understood - he has sent them by the command of their father [after he had spoken]. L

20 ὑπερσυντελικοῦ AF ὑπερβατόν F20 pluperfect AF transposition F 22 quae ab hoc loco aliena sunt, del. W 27, ὥς π. ἐ. φρ. πέπ. αὐτούς F22 which are alien to this passage, deleted by W 27, ὥς π. ἐ. φρ. πέπ. αὐτούς F

b. τὸ δὲ πατρὸς ἐφημοσύνῃ ἀντὶ τοῦ· κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἡλίου νουθέτησιν. P

b. 'By the command of his father' instead of: according to the admonition of Helios. P

603. 〈εἶναί οἱ τυτθόν γε δέος:〉 λείπει τὸ ὑπελάμβανεν. Lm

603. That there was some fear for him: the word 'he understood' is missing. Lm

605. 〈ἀλλ’ ἐνὶ Χαλκιόπης:〉 ἦν γὰρ αὐτῷ χρησμὸς δοθεὶς ὑπὸ συγγενῶν ἀπολέσθαι, ὡς καὶ Ἡρόδωρος (v. sch. 594—98 a) ἱστορεῖ. Lm

605. But in Chalciope's: for an oracle had been given to him that he would be destroyed by his relatives, as Herodorus also relates (see scholium on 594-98a). Lm

610. παρηγορέεσκεν: παρεκάλει, ἐφιλοφρονεῖτο. Lm (P)

610. He kept consoling: he kept calling upon, he kept showing affection. Lm (P)

613. 〈παρ’ αἶσαν:〉 παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον ποιοῦσα. Lm

613. Beyond what is fitting: doing what is not proper. Lm

615. ἀμφαδά: ἀκουστά, φανερά. Lg (P)

615. Openly: audible, manifest. Lg (P)

616. κατελώφεεν: ἐκ τῶν λυπῶν ὁ ὕπνος αὐτὴν κατέπαυεν. Lm (P)

616. It kept lulling: sleep kept stopping her from her griefs. Lm (P)

622. καὶ νῦν κακῶς τὸ σφέτερον· πληθυντικὸν γάρ ἐστιν 〈ἐπὶ〉 ἑνικοῦ προσεληπτικοῦ. ἔδει δὲ ἑὸν δόμον εἰπεῖν. L

622. And now he improperly used 'spheteron'; for it is plural used for a singular inclusive. But he should have said 'heon domon'. L

3 suppl. W3 supplied by W

625. οὐχ ὑγιῶς οὐδὲ νῦν τὸ σφωιτέρους· δυϊκόν γάρ ἐστιν ἐπὶ ἑνικοῦ. ἔδει οὖν εἰπεῖν ἑούς. L

625. Not soundly even now the word 'sphōiterous'; for it is dual used for singular. He should therefore have said 'heous'. L

628—29 a. ἄμφω: ἀμφότεροι δὲ ἐπέτρεψαν τῇ κόρῃ τὴν δίκην, ὁμολογήσαντες ἐμμένειν οἷς ἂν δικάσῃ. Lm (P)

628-29a. Both: both entrusted the judgment to the maiden, having agreed to abide by whatever she might decide. Lm (P)

b. 〈ὥς κεν — ἰθύσειεν:〉 ὡς ἂν ταῖς διανοίαις ἐπιβάλοι. Lm

b. So that she might direct: that she might impose upon their minds. Lm

641. τὸ δὲ ἔμπα ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμπης. P

641. 'Empa' instead of 'empēs'. P

643. 〈σφετέροις:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἑοῖς. Lg

643. Their own: instead of 'heois'. Lg

646. 〈οἰέανος:〉 μονείμων. Sm

646. Of a solitary: of a solitary. Sm

649. 〈ὀπίσσω:〉 εἰς τὸν ἑαυτῆς κοιτῶνα. Lg

649. Back: into her own bedchamber. Lg

651. 〈φέρον: λείπει〉 ταύτην. Sm

651. 〈φέρον: supply〉 ταύτην. Sm

4 πρ-οῦ W : -όν4 πρ-οῦ in W : -όν

656—63 a. ὁ. νόος· καθάπερ δὲ νύμφη, ἐκδοθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν γονέων καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν εἰς γάμον, ἀπολόμενον κατά τινα μοῖραν τὸν γήμαντα πρὶν ἐπ’ ἀλλήλοις τερφθῆναι, διακαιομένη τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὸ λύπης, ἐν τῷ θαλάμῳ κλαίει, αἰδουμένη καὶ τῶν θεραπαινίδων τῇ ἐντροπῇ, ἵνα μή τις αὐτὴν μωμήσηται προσιουσῶν γυναικῶν. L

656-63a. The sense: just as a bride, given in marriage by her parents and brothers, when her husband has perished by some fate before they could enjoy each other, burning in her soul with grief, weeps in her chamber, ashamed even before her maidservants, lest any of the women who approach should mock her. L

18 τῇ ἐντροπῇ Fr. : τὴν -ήν18 τῇ ἐντροπῇ in Fr. : τὴν -ήν

b. 〈θαάσσει:〉 καθέζεται. Lg

b. 〈θαάσσει:〉 she sits. Lg

c. 〈χήρον:〉 ἔρημον. Lg

c. 〈χήρον:〉 desolate. Lg

d. ἐπιστοβέωσι: χλευάζωσι, λοιδορήσωσι, μωμήσωνται. LmP

d. ἐπιστοβέωσι: they mock, revile, blame. LmP

22 Et. Gen. (AB) ἐπιστοβέωσι: III 663 (B, om. A). ἐπιστομέωσι καὶ τροπῇ τοῦ μ εἰς τὸ β 〈ἐπιστοβέωσι add. W〉. οὕτως Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά (οὕτως sqq. B, om. A). Et. M. 385, 19 sch. IV 172522 Et. Gen. (AB) ἐπιστοβέωσι: III 663 (B, om. A). ἐπιστομέωσι and by change of μ to β 〈ἐπιστοβέωσι add. W〉. Thus Apollonius, the author of the Argonautica (thus sqq. B, om. A). Et. M. 385, 19 sch. IV 1725 22 χλευάζωσι GsSm ceteris praetermissis : -ωσι P : -ζουσαι L22 χλευάζωσι in GsSm with the rest omitted : -ωσι in P : -ζουσαι in L

665. ἐπιπρομολοῦσα: περιττεύει ἡ ἐπὶ πρόθεσις. LmP

665. ἐπιπρομολοῦσα: the preposition ἐπί is redundant. LmP

23 P add. in fine ὡς ἐν τῷ ‘ἐπιβουκόλος’ (Hom.), cf. W 4323 P adds at the end ὡς ἐν τῷ ‘ἐπιβουκόλος’ (Hom.), cf. W 43

666. ἐπέτις: ἀκόλουθος ἦν νεάζουσα. LmP

666. ἐπέτις: a young attendant. LmP

668. 〈ἀρέσασθαι:〉 πεῖσαι. Lg

668. 〈ἀρέσασθαι:〉 to persuade. Lg

25 πεῖσαι W : -ειν25 πεῖσαι in W : -ειν

676. θευμορίη: ἐκ θεῶν μεμοιραμένη νόσος περιέδραμεν. Lm (P)

676. θευμορίη: a disease allotted by the gods ran through. Lm (P)

680. 〈ἵνα:〉 ὅπου. Lg

680. 〈ἵνα:〉 where. Lg

687. ἐπεκλονέεσκον: ἐθορύβουν. LgP

687. ἐπεκλονέεσκον: they were stirring up. LgP

688—89 a. 〈περί μοι παίδων:〉 ὑπὲρ τῶν υἱῶν σου τετάρακται ἡ ψυχή μου, μὴ αὐτοὺς σὺν τοῖς ξένοις ὁ πατὴρ ἀποκτείνῃ. Lm (P)

688-89a. 〈περί μοι παίδων:〉 my soul is troubled on account of your sons, lest their father kill them along with the strangers. Lm (P)

b. μή σφε: μὴ αὐτούς· κατὰ ἀφαίρεσιν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ σφέας.

b. μή σφε: lest them; for it is by elision from σφέας.

3 ἐκ P : om. L3 ἐκ in P : om. L

690. 〈νέον:〉 νεωστί. Lg

690. 〈νέον:〉 recently. Lg

694. ἀντιάσειε: παρακαλέσειε, δυσωπήσειε. Lm (P)

694. ἀντιάσειε: he would entreat, supplicate. Lm (P)

5 δυσ-ειε H : -ει L : aliter P5 δυσ-ειε in H : -ει in L : differently in P

699—700. 〈ὅττι τοι εἴπω:〉 ὅπερ σοι εἴπω φυλάξαι ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ συνεργὸς γενέσθαι.

699-700. 〈ὅττι τοι εἴπω:〉 whatever I tell you, keep it in your soul and become a helper.

714. 〈Κόλχων ὅρκος:〉 ὅτι Κόλχων ὅρκος Οὐρανὸς καὶ Γῆ.

714. 〈Κόλχων ὅρκος:〉 that the oath of the Colchians is Uranus and Earth.

8 ὁ τῶν pro ὅτι H8 ὁ τῶν instead of ὅτι in H

724—26. ἀνέπτατο χάρματι θυμός: ἄνεσιν ἔσχεν αὐτῆς ἡ ψυχὴ ἐν χαρᾷ γενομένης. πιθανῶς δὲ χαρακτηρίζει ἡμῖν τὸν ἔρωτα.

724-26. ἀνέπτατο χάρματι θυμός: her soul took relief, being in joy. And plausibly he characterizes love for us.

730—31. 〈εἰ ἔτι σῆς:〉 εἴ τι σοῦ προκρίναιμι ἢ τῶν σῶν παίδων. Lm

730-31. 〈εἰ ἔτι σῆς:〉 if I should prefer anything of you or of your children. Lm

732. 〈κηδεμόνες:〉 οἱ ἀλλήλων φροντίζοντες. Lg

732. 〈κηδεμόνες:〉 those who care for one another. Lg

738 a. οἴσομαι εἰς Ἑκά〈της〉: ἔν τισι φέρεται μετὰ τὸν οἴσομαι εἰς Ἑκάτης θελκτήρια φάρμακα ταύρων καὶ ἕτερος στίχος οἰσομένη ξείνῳ, οὗπερ τόδε νεῖκος ὄρωρε. ἔν τισι δὲ οὐ φέρεται, ὡς καὶ ἐνταῦθα. L

738a. οἴσομαι εἰς Ἑκά〈της〉: in some copies after “οἴσομαι εἰς Ἑκάτης θελκτήρια φάρμακα ταύρων” another line is found: “οἰσομένη ξείνῳ, οὗπερ τόδε νεῖκος ὄρωρε.” But in some it is not found, as also here. L

17 οὗπερ W : εἴπερ L : ὑπὲρ οὗ F17 οὗπερ in W : εἴπερ in L : ὑπὲρ οὗ in F

b. 〈θελκτήρια:〉 λυτήρια. Lg

b. 〈θελκτήρια:〉 remedies. Lg

740—41. 〈παισί τ’ ἀρωγήν:〉 τὰ ὁμολογηθέντα ὑπὸ τῆς Μηδείας τοῖς παισὶν αὑτῆς ἡ Χαλκιόπη διεσαφησεν. Lm

740-41. 〈παισί τ’ ἀρωγήν:〉 Chalciope explained to her children the things agreed upon by Medea. Lm

21 αὑτῆς Hoelzlin : αὐ-21 αὑτῆς in Hoelzlin : αὐ-

742. στυγερὸν δέος κατὰ μετωνυμίαν εἶπεν τὸ φόβου ποιητικόν.

742. στυγερὸν δέος: by metonymy he said “that which causes fear.”

743. τοῖα παρέξ οὗ πατρός: τοιαῦτα ἄνευ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς γνώμης ἐπὶ τῷ Ἰάσονι βουλεύσασθαι.

743. τοῖα παρέξ οὗ πατρός: such things to plan for Jason without the knowledge of her father.

745. Ἑλίκην: τὴν μεγάλην Ἄρκτον. LgP

745. Ἑλίκην: the Great Bear. LgP

748. ἀδινόν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδινῶς. λείπει δὲ θρηνοῦσαν. LgP

748. ἀδινόν: instead of ἀδινῶς. Supply θρηνοῦσαν. LgP

750. μελαινομένην: ἀπεσκοτωμένην, ὅ ἐστιν ἀσέληνον. Lg (P)

750. μελαινομένην: darkened, that is, moonless. Lg (P)

751—53 a. ἀλλὰ μάλ’ οὐ Μήδ〈ειαν〉: παρέλκει τὸ μάλα. τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ἀλλὰ μάλ’ οὐ Μήδειαν ἐπέλαβε γλυκερὸς ὕπνος δειδυῖαν ταύρων κρατερὸν μένος.

751-53a. But not at all Medea: the word μάλα is redundant. The sense in order: but sweet sleep did not at all seize Medea, who feared the mighty strength of the bulls.

Γ 751/53 b—780

b. Αἰσονίδεω πόθῳ: οὐχ ὑγιῶς τέθηκεν τὸν πόθον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔρωτος. πόθος γὰρ ἡ ἐπιζήτησις, ὁ δὲ ἔρως ἐπιτεταμένον ἐστὶ πάθος.

b. By longing for the son of Aeson: he has not correctly used 'longing' instead of 'love'. For longing is the seeking, but love is an intensified passion.

2 Ptol. De voc. diff. (Herm. 22, 1887, 410, 12) Ammon. De diff. adfin. voc. 59, 3 Valck. Et. Gud. 534, 19 De Stef.2 Ptolemy, On the Distinction of Words (Herm. 22, 1887, 410, 12); Ammonius, On the Differences of Related Words 59, 3 Valck.; Etymologicum Gudianum 534, 19 De Stef. 1 Αἰσονίδαο F1 Αἰσονίδαο in F 2 ἐπι-ον — πάθος L : -ος — πόθος P2 ἐπι-ον — πάθος in L : -ος — πόθος in P

c. δειδυῖαν: τοῦ δείδω ῥήματος ὁ παρακείμενος δείδια, ἀφ’ οὗ μετοχὴ κατὰ συγκοπὴν δειδώς, τὸ θηλυκὸν δειδυῖα.

c. δειδυῖαν: of the verb δείδω the perfect is δείδια, from which the participle by syncope is δειδώς, the feminine δειδυῖα.

754. νειὸν Ἄρηος: τὸ ἀρούμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ταύρων πεδίον. Lm (P)

754. Fallow land of Ares: the plain ploughed by the bulls. Lm (P)

755. ἔθυιεν: ὥρμα, ἐκινεῖτο. ἔνθεν καὶ θυιάδες αἱ Βάκχαι. Lm (P)

755. ἔθυιεν: rushed, moved. Hence also θυιάδες, the Bacchae. Lm (P)

6 sch. I 636 a cum loc. sim.6 scholium on I 636a with similar passages. 9 κινεῖται Lg9 κινεῖται in Lg

756—59 a. ἠελίου ὥς τίς τε δόμοις: καθάπερ τις αὐγὴ ἡλίου κατ’ οἶκον ἐξ ὕδατος ἀναφέρεται πρὸς τοῖχον, ὅπερ νεωστὶ κέχυται ἢ ἐν λέβητι ἢ ἐν κάδῳ, εἰς ἑκάτερα δὲ τὰ μέρη συνεχῶς κινεῖται στρεφομένη. L

756-59a. As when in the halls of the sun: just as a ray of the sun in a house is reflected from water onto a wall, which has just been poured either in a cauldron or in a bucket, and it moves continuously to each side, whirling. L

b. ἐν γαυλῷ: ἐν κάδῳ, ὃ καλεῖται βεδοῦριν. Lm (P)

b. In a pail: in a bucket, which is called βεδοῦριν. Lm (P)

c. ὠκείῃ στροφάλιγγι: ταχυτάτῃ στροφῇ. Lg (P)

c. With swift eddy: with very swift whirling. Lg (P)

762. 〈τεῖρ’ ὀδύνη〉 σμύχουσα: κατεπόνει αὐτὴν ἡ ὀδύνη καίουσα. Ὅμηρος (I 653)· ‘κατασμύξαι πυρὶ νῆας’. Lm (P)

762. 〈Wasting pain〉 consuming: the pain was wearing her down, burning. Homer (I 653): 'to consume the ships with fire'. Lm (P)

764—65 a. 〈ἔνθ’ ἀλεγεινότατον:〉 καθ’ ὃν τόπον ἀλγιστόν ἐστι μέρος τῆς ψυχῆς, ὅταν ἀδιαλείπτως τις τῷ ἔρωτι κατέχηται. ἐπιμένει δὲ πιθανῶς τῷ χαρακτῆρι ἑλκομένης μὲν τῷ πάθει, λογισμῷ δὲ κρατουμένης. Lm (P)

764-65a. 〈There most grievous:〉 in which place is the most painful part of the soul, whenever someone is continually possessed by love. He plausibly dwells on the character of one who is drawn by passion but controlled by reason. Lm (P)

15 τόπον F : τρ-15 τόπον in F : τρ- 16 de verbis μέρος τῆς ψυχῆς dubitat Fr.16 Fr. doubts the words μέρος τῆς ψυχῆς.

b. ἐνικίμψωσιν: ἐμπέσωσιν. LgP

b. ἐνικίμψωσιν: may fall upon. LgP

767. καταφθίσθαι: ἤγουν τῷ ἔρωτι. Lm (P)

767. καταφθίσθαι: that is, by love. Lm (P)

769 a. ὀτλησέμεν: ὑποφέρειν τὴν ἄτην ἐσκέψατο. Lg (P)

769a. ὀτλησέμεν: she considered enduring the ruin. Lg (P)

b. τὸ δὲ εὔκηλον ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκήλως ἤτοι ἡσύχως. P

b. And εὔκηλον instead of εὐκήλως, that is, quietly. P

772. 〈ἀλκή:〉 ἀποφυγή. Lg

772. 〈ἀλκή:〉 escape. Lg

775 a. Ἀχαιίδα: ἀντὶ τοῦ Θεσσαλικήν. Ὅμηρος (Β 684)· ‘Μυρμιδόνες δὲ καλεῦντο καὶ Ἕλληνες καὶ Ἀχαιοί.’ L

775a. Achaean: instead of Thessalian. Homer (B 684): 'Myrmidons were they called, and Hellenes and Achaeans.' L

b. 〈πρὶν Ἀχαιίδα γαῖαν ἱκέσθαι:〉 γράφεται πρὶν Ἀχαιίδα γαῖαν κομίσσαι. Lm

b. 〈Before coming to the Achaean land:〉 it is written 'before bringing to the Achaean land'. Lm

28 add. HF28 added in HF

780. 〈φάρμακα μησαμένη:〉 λείπει τὸ δοῦναι. περιττὴ δὲ ἡ ἐπὶ πρόθεσις.

780. 〈Having devised drugs:〉 the word 'to give' is missing. The preposition ἐπί is redundant.

Γ 781—817

781. τίς μῆτις: τίς δέ μοι ἔσται παραλογιστικὴ βουλὴ τῆς βοηθείας; Lm (P)

781. What counsel: what deceptive plan of help will there be for me? Lm (P)

784. ἀντὶ ἑνικοῦ τοῦ ἐμοὶ κεῖται τὸ ἄμμι.

785. ἀπαμείρεται: στερηθήσεται. LgP

785. ἀπαμείρεται: will be deprived. LgP

787. 〈ἵνα οἱ:〉 ὅπου αὐτῷ. Lg

787. 〈ἵνα οἱ:〉 where for him. Lg

789. 〈μελάθρω:〉 τῇ δοκῷ. Lg

789. 〈μελάθρω:〉 to the beam. Lg

7 sch. I 486 a cum loc. sim.7 scholium on I 486a with similar passages.

791. ἐπιλλίξουσιν: ἐπικαταμωκήσονται. κυρίως δὲ τὸ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπικλίνειν καταμωκώμενον. Lm (P)

791. ἐπιλλίξουσιν: they will mock at. Properly, to close the eyes in mockery. Lm (P)

7 ἐπιλλίξουσιν O. Schneider in ed. Merkel. : -ίζουσιν7 ἐπιλλίξουσιν O. Schneider in Merkel's edition : -ίζουσιν

796. κακῶς τὸ οὕς — βέλτιον δὲ διὰ τοῦ ε ἑούς — 〈τέθηκεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμούς. ἢ ...〉, ἵνα ἐκ τῶν γυναικῶν ᾖ ὁ λόγος. L

796. Badly the word οὕς — better through ε, ἑούς — 〈has been used instead of ἐμούς. Or ...〉, so that the speech may be from the women. L

9 suppl. W coll. sch. II 225/27 b, postquam Weil Rev. de phil. N. S. 11, 1887, 6 hunc interpretem κάτθανον et ᾔσχυνα in verbis poetae legisse vidit9 supplied by W, comparing scholium on II 225/27b, after Weil, Rev. de phil. N.S. 11, 1887, 6 saw that this interpreter read κάτθανον and ᾔσχυνα in the poet's words.

802. ἢ καὶ φωριαμόν: νῦν τὴν κοιτίδα λέγει, σαφὲς δ’ ἐκ τοῦ ἐνθεμένη ἐπὶ γούνασιν. ἐτυμολογεῖ δὲ τὴν φωριαμὸν Ἐρατοσθένης ἐν τῷ Ἑρμῇ (fg IV Hiller)· ‘φωριαμὸν δ’ ὀνόμηναν, ὅ μιν κύθε φώριον ἄγρην· ἐκ τοῦ φωριαμὸς κικλήσκεται ἀνθρώποισιν.’

802. Or also a chest: now he means the basket, and this is clear from “having placed it on her knees.” Eratosthenes etymologizes “chest” in the Hermes (fr. IV Hiller): “They named it a chest, because it hid the stolen prey; from this it is called a chest among men.”

14 sch. T Ω 228 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 165, 34 B. Epim. Hom. (An. Ox. I 430, 7) Et. M. 804, 12 (ex Herodiano) Et. Gud. 560, 10 Sturz14 sch. T Ω 228 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 165, 34 B. Epim. Hom. (An. Ox. I 430, 7) Et. M. 804, 12 (ex Herodiano) Et. Gud. 560, 10 Sturz 12 τὴν L : τὸν P12 τὴν in L : τὸν in P 14 ὀνόμηνεν Bernhardy Erat. 1822, 13714 ὀνόμηνεν Bernhardy Erat. 1822, 137

803. ῥαιστήρια: φθαρτικά. LgP

803. ῥαιστήρια: destructive. LgP

805. ἀσταγές: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολυσταγῶς. τὸ γὰρ α νῦν ἐπιτατικόν, ὡς ‘ἄξυλος ὕλη’ (Λ 155). LmP

805. ἀσταγές: instead of “dripping much.” For the alpha here is intensive, as in “woodless timber” (Λ 155). LmP

17 sch. Nic. Ther. 307 Hesych. ἀσταγές Suid. ἀσταγὲς ὕδωρ17 sch. Nic. Ther. 307 Hesych. ἀσταγές Suid. ἀσταγὲς ὕδωρ

807. κακῶς τὸ τόφρα ἀνταποδοτικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ ὄφρα, ὅπως· ‘ὄφρα μὴ ἄσπερμος γενεή’ (Υ 303). 〈κυρίως δὲ〉 ἰσοδυναμεῖ τῷ τέως, ὡς ἕως τέως. καλῶς δὲ Ὅμηρος σαφηνίζει (Θ 66 sq.)· ‘ὄφρα μὲν ἠὼς ἦν καὶ ἀέξετο —, τόφρα μάλ’ ἀμφοτέρων’. τὸ δὲ πάσαιτο ὑγιῶς· οὐ γὰρ εἰς κόρον ἡ τούτου μετάληψις.

807. Incorrectly the correlative τόφρα is used instead of ὄφρα, “in order that”: “so that the race may not be without seed” (Υ 303). 〈Properly〉 it is equivalent to τέως, as “while, until.” Homer clarifies it well (Θ 66 sq.): “While it was morning and the day was waxing—, so long the missiles of both sides flew thick.” The form πάσαιτο is sound; for its substitution does not lead to satiety.

19 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 154, 5 B. Hesych. τόφρα19 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 154, 5 B. Hesych. τόφρα 19 inter ὄφρα et ὅπως in L solo leguntur verba ἰσοδυναμεῖ — ἕως τέως. quibus traiectis W praem. 〈κυρίως δὲ〉19 between ὄφρα and ὅπως in L alone are read the words ἰσοδυναμεῖ — ἕως τέως. After transposing these, W prefixed 〈κυρίως δὲ〉 20 τῷ K : τὸ τέως ὡς ἕως τέως W : ἕως ὡς τέως ἕως20 τῷ in K : τὸ τέως ὡς ἕως τέως in W : ἕως ὡς τέως ἕως 22 οὐχ ante ὑγιῶς add. F22 οὐχ before ὑγιῶς added by F

813. 〈ἐνὶ ζωοῖσι:〉 τὰ ἐν τῷ ζῆν ἀρεστὰ ἐλογίζετο. Lm

813. 〈among the living:〉 she reckoned the things pleasing in life. Lm

817. 〈σφετέρων:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἑῶν. Lg

817. 〈of their own:〉 instead of “of his own.” Lg

Γ 836/37—854/59 b

836—37. λήθη ἀχέων: λήθην ποιουμένη τῶν τε παρουσῶν συμφορῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπαυξηθησομένων. Lm (P)

836-37. Forgetfulness of sorrows: producing forgetfulness of both present misfortunes and those that would increase. Lm (P)

1 831. Et. Gen. (AB) αὐσταλέας: αὐχμηράς, ξηράς· παρὰ τὸ αὔω τὸ ξηραίνω. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά, οἷον III 831—832. sch. I 1175 a1 831. Et. Gen. (AB) αὐσταλέας: dry, parched; from αὔω, “to dry.” Apollonius, the author of the Argonautica, as in III 831-832. sch. I 1175 a

846—47 a. Δαῖραν μουνογέ〈νειαν〉: τὸ Δαῖραν κατ’ ἔλλειψίν ἐστι τοῦ ε διὰ τὸ μέτρον· Δάειραν γάρ ἐστι. λέγει δὲ τὴν Περσεφόνην, ὡς δηλοῖ [διά] τὸ μουνογένειαν. Νυχίαν δὲ εἶπεν ἤτοι διὰ τὸ χθονίων βασιλεύειν — νύκτα γὰρ τὸν ἀφώτιστον τόπον φασίν — ἢ ἣν νυκτὸς οὔσης ἱλάσκονται· εὔλογον γὰρ τὴν τῶν νυχίων τόπων κρατοῦσαν κατὰ τὴν τῆς νυκτὸς ὥραν ἱλάσκεσθαι. ὅτι δὲ Δαῖραν τὴν Περσεφόνην καλοῦσι, Τιμοσθένης ἐν τῷ Ἐξηγητικῷ (fg 12 Tresp Die Fragm. d. gr. Kultschr. 1914, 52) συγκατατίθεται, καὶ Αἰσχύλος ἐν Ψυχαγωγοῖς (fg 277 N.²) ἐμφαίνει, τὴν Περσεφόνην ἐκδεχόμενος Δαῖραν.

846-47 a. Δαῖραν μουνογέ〈νειαν〉: Δαῖραν is an ellipsis of the ε for the sake of the meter; for it is Δάειραν. He means Persephone, as the word μουνογένειαν shows. He called her Νυχίαν either because she rules over the underworld—for they call the lightless place “night”—or because she is propitiated when it is night; for it is reasonable that the ruler of the nether regions is propitiated at the hour of night. That they call Persephone Δαῖρα, Timosthenes in his Exegeticus (fr. 12 Tresp, Die Fragm. d. gr. Kultschr. 1914, 52) agrees, and Aeschylus in the Psychagogi (fr. 277 N.²) indicates it, understanding Persephone as Δαῖρα.

3 sch. τ 327 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 47, 33 B. Hesych. αὐσταλέος3 sch. τ 327 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 47, 33 B. Hesych. αὐσταλέος 8 Et. Gen. (AB) Δάειρα: ἡ Περσεφόνη παρὰ Ἀθηναίοις, παρὰ τὴν δᾷδα, ἐπειδὴ μετὰ δᾴδων ἐπιτελεῖται αὐτῆς τὰ μυστήρια ἢ ὅτι δᾴδα φορεῖ. sch. Lyc. 710 (232, 7 Sch.) Hesych. Δαῖρα8 Et. Gen. (AB) Δάειρα: Persephone among the Athenians, from δᾷς, “torch,” because her mysteries are performed with torches or because she carries a torch. sch. Lyc. 710 (232, 7 Sch.) Hesych. Δαῖρα 3 l. ut supra L : τὸ δὲ κούρην μουνογένειαν γράφεται καὶ Δαῖραν μουνογένειαν P3 lemma as above in L : τὸ δὲ κούρην μουνογένειαν γράφεται καὶ Δαῖραν μουνογένειαν in P Δαῖραν (W, Δάειραν) τὴν Περσεφόνην κατ’ ἔλλειψιν τοῦ ε διὰ τὸ μέτρον GmSmΔαῖραν (W, Δάειραν) τὴν Περσεφόνην κατ’ ἔλλειψιν τοῦ ε διὰ τὸ μέτρον in GmSm 4 Δάειραν L : -α P 5 del. W, διὰ τοῦ μ. H4 Δάειραν in L : -α in P 5 deleted by W, διὰ τοῦ μ. in H Νυχίαν L : ἐννύχιον P. hunc interpretem in v. 846 εἴ κεν Νυχίαν τις legisse patet, cf. W 35Νυχίαν in L : ἐννύχιον in P. It is clear that this interpreter read in v. 846 εἴ κεν Νυχίαν τις, cf. W 35 8 Δαῖραν τὴν W : τὴν Δαῖραν L : Δαῖρα (λέγεται) ἡ (Περσεφόνη) P8 Δαῖραν τὴν in W : τὴν Δαῖραν in L : Δαῖρα (λέγεται) ἡ (Περσεφόνη) in P

b. ἀρεσσάμενος: φιλοφρονησάμενος. LgP

b. ἀρεσσάμενος: having propitiated, having treated kindly. LgP

c. ἰκμαίνοιτο: ὑγράνειεν. LgP

c. ἰκμαίνοιτο: might moisten. LgP

851. ἀνέσχε: τὸ φάρμακον ἀνεδόθη. LgP

851. ἀνέσχε: the drug was brought up. LgP

854—59 a. τῆς οἵην τ’ ἐν ὄρε〈σ〉σι: τὸν ἀποφερόμενον ὑγρὸν ὀπὸν εἶπε τῆς φηγοῦ.

854-59a. τῆς οἵην τ’ ἐν ὄρε〈σ〉σι: he called the liquid sap that is carried off from the oak.

b. Κασπίῃ ἐν κόχλῳ: Κάσπιον πέλαγος ἐν τῷ ὠκεανῷ, παρ’ ᾧ καὶ ἔθνος Κάσπιον, ὅμορον Πέρσαις. ἔχει δὲ ὁ ὠκεανὸς μεγίστους κόχλους· ἐφ’ ὧν, φησί, 〈...〉 τὸ φάρμακον τὸ Προμήθειον. ἰδίως δὲ ὁ ποιητὴς τερατεύεται τὰ περὶ τὴν ῥίζαν· παρ’ οὐδενὶ γὰρ τῶν ῥιζο-

b. Κασπίῃ ἐν κόχλῳ: the Caspian sea in the ocean, near which is also the Caspian nation, bordering on the Persians. The ocean has very large shells; on which, he says, 〈...〉 the Promethean drug. The poet in particular tells marvels about the root; for in none of the root-cutters

18 παρὰ τῷ ὠκ. F, πλησίον ὠκεανοῦ e sch. c P, sed interpretem mare Caspium pro sinu oceani habuisse patet18 παρὰ τῷ ὠκ. in F, πλησίον ὠκεανοῦ from sch. c in P, but it is clear that the interpreter considered the Caspian Sea as a gulf of the ocean 20 lac. ind. W, ubi φύεσθαι P, τίθεσθαι A, εἵλετο F iniecerunt. cf. W 3120 lacuna indicated by W, where P inserted φύεσθαι, A τίθεσθαι, F εἵλετο. cf. W 31

Γ 854/59 b—876

τόμων εἴρηται. τὸ δὲ ἄνθος αὐτοῦ φησι παραπλήσιον Κωρυκίῳ κρόκῳ· τὸ δὲ Κωρύκιον χωρίον τῆς Κιλικίας, ἐν ᾧ διάφορος γίνεται κρόκος.

has it been mentioned. He says its flower is similar to Corycian saffron; Corycium is a region of Cilicia, in which excellent saffron grows.

2 Et. Gen. (AB) Κωρύκιον: post verba ad sch. II 705/11 b laudata: ἐνταῦθα δὲ Κωρύκιόν ἐστιν τόπος (B, πόλις A) Κιλικίας (sch., Λυκ- A B), ἐν ᾧ διάφορος κρόκος γίνεται. οἷον III 853—857. ὅτι, φησίν, ἡ γῆ ἀνέδωκεν βοτάνην ἐκ τοῦ ἰχῶρος τοῦ Προμηθέως ἥπατος, ὃ (B, ὃν A) ἀφῆκεν ὁ ἀετὸς ἐσθίων αὐτοῦ τὸ ἧπαρ ἐν τῷ Καυκάσῳ ὄρει. Diosc. Mat. med. I 26 Strab. XIV 670 Plin. Nat. hist. XXI 312 Et. Gen. (AB) Κωρύκιον: after the words cited at sch. II 705/11 b: here Corycium is a place (B, city A) of Cilicia (sch., Lyc- A B), in which excellent saffron grows. Such as III 853-857. Because, he says, the earth produced a plant from the ichor of Prometheus' liver, which the eagle let fall while eating his liver on the Caucasus mountain. Diosc. Mat. med. I 26 Strab. XIV 670 Plin. Nat. hist. XXI 31

c. περί τῆς Κασπίας θαλάσσης ἱστορεῖ Ἀρτεμίδωρος ἐν τῇ Ἐπιτομῇ τῶν Γεωγραφουμένων (fg 18 Stiehle Phil. 11, 1856, 242). ἔστι δὲ πλησίον τοῦ ὠκεανοῦ, ᾗ παράκειται ἔθνος ὠνομασμένον Κάσπιον, ὅμορον δὲ Πέρσαις.

c. About the Caspian Sea Artemidorus gives an account in his Epitome of the Geographies (fg 18 Stiehle Phil. 11, 1856, 242). It is near the ocean, where lies a nation named Caspian, bordering on the Persians.

11 sch. Lyc. 698. 1176 Clem. Al. Protr. II 15, 1 cum sch. Et. M. 213, 4911 sch. Lyc. 698. 1176 Clem. Al. Protr. II 15, 1 with sch. Et. M. 213, 49

860. ἑπτὰ μὲν ἀενάοις: ἐφ’ ἑπτὰ ποταμῶν λουσαμένη ὕδασι. τερατεύεται δέ.

860. ἑπτὰ μὲν ἀενάοις: having bathed in the waters of seven ever-flowing rivers. He tells marvels.

861. ἑπτάκι δὲ Βριμώ: ἑπτάκις δέ, φησί, καὶ τὴν Ἑκάτην ἐπικαλέσασα· δοκοῦσι γὰρ αἱ φαρμακίδες τὴν Ἑκάτην ἐπάγεσθαι. Βριμὼ δὲ αὐτὴν προσηγόρευσε διὰ τὸ φοβερὸν καὶ καταπληκτικὸν τῆς δαίμονος καὶ φάσματα ἐπιπέμπειν τὰ καλούμενα Ἑκαταῖα καὶ πολλάκις αὑτῆς μεταβάλλειν τὸ εἶδος, διὸ καὶ Ἔμπουσαν καλεῖσθαι. ἢ παρὰ τὸν βρόμον τοῦ πυρός — ‘τόσσος γὰρ πέλεται βρόμος’ (Ξ 396) —, ἡ γὰρ θεὸς λαμπαδοῦχος. τὸ δὲ βρι ἐπιτάσεώς ἐστιν, ὡς τὸ ‘βριήπυος ὄβριμος Ἄρης’ (Ν 521)· ἴσως οὖν Βριμὼ ἡ μεγάλην ἔχουσα μῆνιν, βρίμηνίς τις οὖσα.

861. ἑπτάκι δὲ Βριμώ: seven times, he says, she called upon Hecate; for sorceresses are thought to invoke Hecate. He called her Brimo because of the fearful and terrifying nature of the goddess and because she sends apparitions called Hecataea and often changes her own form, for which reason she is also called Empusa. Or from the roar of fire — 'for such is the roar' (Ξ 396) —, for the goddess is torch-bearing. The element βρι indicates intensity, as in 'βριήπυος ὄβριμος Ἄρης' (Ν 521); perhaps then Brimo is she who has great wrath, being a kind of βρίμηνις.

23 sch. Ae Λ 477 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 107, 21 B. Hesych. λιαρόν23 sch. Ae Λ 477 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 107, 21 B. Hesych. λιαρόν 11 ἐπ-σασα W : -σασθαι 13 λέγεται γὰρ post δαίμ. suppleri vult K11 ἐπ-σασα in W : -σασθαι 13 λέγεται γὰρ after δαίμ. K would supply 14 αὑτῆς W : αὐτὴ K : αὐτὰ διὸ καὶ K : διὰ τὸ : καὶ διὰ τοῦτο A14 αὑτῆς in W : αὐτὴ in K : αὐτὰ διὸ καὶ in K : διὰ τὸ : καὶ διὰ τοῦτο in A

864—66. Τιτηνίδος: ἐπεὶ τῶν Τιτάνων ἦν ὁ Προμηθεύς. διὸ τὴν ῥίζαν ἔφη Τιτηνίδα, διὰ τὸ ἐκ Προμηθέως βεβλαστηκέναι, ὃς εἷς ἦν τῶν Τιτάνων. διὰ τοῦτο δὲ τερατεύεται τὰ περὶ τὴν τομὴν τῆς ῥίζης καὶ τὸ συμπάσχειν τὸν Προμηθέα ἐπὶ τῇ ταύτης τομῇ.

864-66. Τιτηνίδος: since Prometheus was one of the Titans. Therefore he called the root Titanid, because it sprouted from Prometheus, who was one of the Titans. For this reason he tells marvels about the cutting of the root and Prometheus' suffering at its cutting.

19 ἐπεί P : ἐπὶ L19 ἐπεί in P : ἐπὶ in L 21 τοῦτο W : τούτων L : τούτου H : aliter P21 τοῦτο in W : τούτων in L : τούτου in H : otherwise in P

876. λιαροῖσι: λαμπροῖς ἢ καθαροῖς, Ὅμηρος δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ θερμοῖς. Παρθένιος δὲ ποταμὸς Παφλαγονίας. παραγράφει δὲ τὰ ἐν Ὀδυσσείᾳ (Ζ 102)· ‘οἵη δ’ Ἄρτεμις εἶσι κατ’ οὔρεος ἰοχέαιρα.’

876. λιαροῖσι: shining or pure; Homer uses it for warm. Parthenius is a river of Paphlagonia. He quotes the lines in the Odyssey (6.102): 'And as Artemis goes down from the mountain, the archer.'

Γ 876—941

881. ἀμορβάδες: αἱ ἀκόλουθοι. LgGgSm(P)

881. ἀμορβάδες: the followers. LgGgSm(P)

4 πρόπολοι praem. S4 πρόπολοι added before in S

890. ἱεμένη: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱεμένως, προθύμως. ἡ δὲ μετὰ ἀντὶ τῆς πρός· πρὸς δμωάς. Lm (P)

890. ἱεμένη: for ἱεμένως, eagerly. And μετά is used for πρός: towards the maidservants. Lm (P)

891. οὐδ’ ἐνόησα: ὁ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ. LmP

891. οὐδ’ ἐνόησα: and δέ is used for γάρ. LmP

8 Weil Rev. de phil. N. S. 11, 1887, 7 recte vidit hunc interpretem in v. 898 κατὰ καλὰ κτλ. legisse8 Weil, Rev. de phil. N.S. 11, 1887, 7 rightly saw that this interpreter read κατὰ καλὰ κτλ. in v. 898

899. λεξάμεναι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνακλιθεῖσαι, ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος (δ 413) ‘λέξεται ἐν μέσσῃσι νομεύς’. Lm (P)

899. λεξάμεναι: for ἀνακλιθεῖσαι, having lain down, as also Homer (4.413) 'will lie among the shepherds in the midst'. Lm (P)

902. παρατρέπει: προτρέπεται. LgP

902. παρατρέπει: urges on. LgP

10 πρ-πεται L : -πει P10 πρ-πεται in L : -πει in P

903—04. 〈σῖγα νόῳ ἔχετ’:〉 σιωπῇ κατέχετε μαθοῦσαι ἐξ ἐμοῦ. Lm

903-04. 〈σῖγα νόῳ ἔχετ’:〉 keep silent, having learned from me. Lm

11 ἐξ ἐμοῦ Lg11 ἐξ ἐμοῦ in Lg

905. περὶ βουσὶν ὑπέστη: κατεδέξατο [ὑπὸ] τοῖς βουσὶν ἀγωνίσασθαι. Lm (P)

905. περὶ βουσὶν ὑπέστη: he undertook to contend for the cattle. Lm (P)

13 del. W13 deleted by W

908. εἰς ὠπήν: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς ὄψιν μου. Lg (P)

908. εἰς ὠπήν: for εἰς ὄψιν μου, into my sight. Lg (P)

914. 〈κασιγνήτων:〉 λείπει ἡ παρά, ἵν’ ᾖ παρὰ κασιγνήτων. Lm

914. 〈κασιγνήτων:〉 παρά is missing, so that it is παρὰ κασιγνήτων, from the brothers. Lm

915. εἰσήκουσε τὴν Μήδειαν ἠερίαν, ἤγουν κατὰ τὸν ὄρθρον, ἀφικέσθαι εἰς τὸν τῆς Ἑκάτης ναόν. P

915. He heard that Medea at dawn, that is, in the early morning, had arrived at the temple of Hecate. P

19 ἀφίξεσθαι F19 ἀφίξεσθαι in F

917—18. ἐσθλὸς μέν: ὁ νοῦς· ἀγαθὸς μὲν καὶ ἐπιφανέντας καὶ ἀπιόντας εὖ σημειώσασθαι. Lg(P)

917-18. ἐσθλὸς μέν: the sense: he is good at noting well both those who appear and those who depart. Lg(P)

929 a. λακέρυζαι: αἱ φλύαροι. Lg(P)

929a. λακέρυζαι: the babblers. Lg(P)

b. ἐπηυλίζοντο: διέτριβον καὶ ἔμενον. Lg (P)

b. ἐπηυλίζοντο: they spent time and remained. Lg (P)

932. ἀκλειής: ἄδοξος. LgP

932. ἀκλειής: inglorious. LgP

935. ἐπήλυδες: ἀκόλουθοι. LgP

935. ἐπήλυδες: followers. LgP

938. ἴσκεν ἀτεμβομένη: ἔλεγε μεμφομένη τῷ Μόψῳ ἡ κορώνη.

938. ἴσκεν ἀτεμβομένη: the crow spoke, blaming Mopsus.

26 τῷ Μόψῳ P : τῇ κορώ〈νῃ〉 L26 τῷ Μόψῳ in P : τῇ κορώ〈νῃ〉 in L

939 a. ὀμφήν: φωνήν. Lg (P)

939a. ὀμφήν: voice. Lg (P)

27 φωνήν L : φήμην P27 φωνήν in L : φήμην in P

b. θεήλατον: τὴν ὑπὸ τῆς θεᾶς — Ἥρας — ἐλασθεῖσαν καὶ λεχθεῖσαν.

b. θεήλατον: the one driven and spoken by the goddess — Hera.

941. δήεις: εὑρήσεις. LgP

941. δήεις: you will find. LgP

Γ 942/43—997/1004 a

942—43. ἥ τοι συνέριθος: ἥτις — Κύπρις — συνεργὸς καὶ συμπράκτρια τῶν σῶν κινδύνων γενήσεται.

942-43. ἥ τοι συνέριθος: who — Cypris — will be a fellow-worker and accomplice in your dangers.

946 a. λίσσεό μιν πυκ〈ινοῖσι〉: εἶπε γὰρ ὁ Φινεύς (II 424)· ἐν γὰρ τῇ κλυτὰ πείρατα κεῖται ἀέθλου. L

946a. λίσσεό μιν πυκ〈ινοῖσι〉: for Phineus said (2.424): 'for in her the glorious limits of the contest lie.' L

11 sch. II 638/39 a cum loc. sim.11 sch. II 638/39 a with similar passages

b. παρατροπέων: παρατρέπων, παραπείθων. LgP

b. παρατροπέων: turning aside, persuading. LgP

949. 〈ἀθύροι:〉 παίζοι. Lg

949. 〈ἀθύροι:〉 may play. Lg

955. δοάσσαι: ἔδοξεν ἀκούειν παραδραμόντα. Lg (P)

955. δοάσσαι: he thought he heard as he ran past. Lg (P)

963. θερμὸν δέ: καὶ τὸ ἐρύθημα δὲ τὸ θερμὸν τὰς παρειὰς κατέλαβεν, οἷον ἐρυθρὰ ἐγένετο. Lg (P)

963. θερμὸν δέ: and the hot blush seized her cheeks, that is, she became red. Lg (P)

968. 〈ἐειδόμενοι:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅμοιοι. Lg

968. 〈ἐειδόμενοι:〉 for ὅμοιοι, like. Lg

971. ὁμάδησαν: κατεχρήσατο· ὅμαδος γὰρ κυρίως ἐπὶ ἀνδρῶν, ὁμόαυδός τις ὤν.

971. ὁμάδησαν: he used it loosely; for ὅμαδος is properly used of men, being a kind of ὁμόαυδος (same-voiced).

974. θευμορίῃ: τῇ ἐκ θεῶν αὐτῇ μεμοιραμένῃ.

974. θευμορίῃ: to the one allotted to her by the gods.

976. οἷοί τε δυσαυχέες: οἱ καυχώμενοι ἀλαζονικῶς ἐν ἑτέρων διαβολαῖς.

976. οἷοί τε δυσαυχέες: those who boast arrogantly in slandering others.

981. 〈ἵνα τ’ οὐ θέμις ἔστ’ ἀλιτέσθαι:〉 ὅπου οὐ καθήκει ἁμαρτεῖν. Lm

981. 〈ἵνα τ’ οὐ θέμις ἔστ’ ἀλιτέσθαι:〉 where it is not lawful to sin. Lm

16 καθήκει K : -ἧκεν16 καθήκει in K : -ἧκεν

982. τερπνοῖς: παραλογιστικοῖς. LgP

982. τερπνοῖς: deceptive. LgP

19 Et. Gen. (AB) φηλώσεις: τὸ ἀπατήσεις. III 982—983. ὅθεν (A, ἔνθεν B) καὶ φήληκες (-ηκες AB, -ηξ Et. M.) τὰ ἠρέμα πεπανθέντα σῦκα (W, τὸ ἡ. π-θὲν cῦκον AB). sch. Lyc. 785 sch. Ar. Pac. 1165 Phryn. Praep. soph. 123, 8 B. Eust. 1964, 519 Et. Gen. (AB) φηλώσεις: τὸ ἀπατήσεις. III 982—983. ὅθεν (A, ἔνθεν B) καὶ φήληκες (-ηκες AB, -ηξ Et. M.) τὰ ἠρέμα πεπανθέντα σῦκα (W, τὸ ἡ. π-θὲν cῦκον AB). sch. Lyc. 785 sch. Ar. Pac. 1165 Phryn. Praep. soph. 123, 8 B. Eust. 1964, 5

983. φηλώσῃς: ἀπατήσῃς· ἀπὸ τοῦ φήληκος, τοῦ ἀώρου σύκου.

983. φηλώσῃς: you may deceive; from φήληξ, the unripe fig.

993. ἐς Ἑλλάδα νοστή〈σαντες〉: Ἑλλάδα νῦν τὴν Φθιωτικὴν ὅλην χώραν, ὁμωνύμως τῇ πόλει, ὃν τρόπον Ἄργος καὶ ἡ πόλις καὶ ἡ χώρα.

993. To Hellas having returned: Hellas here means the whole Phthiotic land, homonymously with the city, just as Argos is both the city and the land.

20 sch. I 416. 904/06 a20 sch. I 416. 904/06 a

997—1004 a. δή ποτέ καὶ Θησῆα: διὰ τούτων ἠθικῶς προκαλεῖται τὴν Μήδειαν εἰς τὸ ἀποπλεῦσαι σὺν αὐτῷ, παράδειγμα φέρων τὴν Ἀριάδνην, ὅτι συναπῆρε τῷ Θησεῖ εἰς Ἀθήνας 〈καὶ〉 διὰ τὴν Ἀριάδνης ἔρωτα· ὅτι Ἀθήνας L2(P) : om. L1, ubi lac. K ind. suppl. W

997-1004a. δή ποτέ καὶ Θησῆα: through these words he ethically invites Medea to sail away with him, bringing forward the example of Ariadne, that she departed with Theseus to Athens and because of Ariadne's love; that Athens in L2(P) : omitted in L1, where a lacuna is indicated by K, supplemented by W

23 initium scholii usque ad Ἀθήνας in L sub finem iteratur, cf. W Phil. 81, 1926, 2023 the beginning of the scholium up to Ἀθήνας is repeated in L at the end, cf. W Phil. 81, 1926, 20 l. ut supra L1 : ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν καὶ νηὸς L2 : om. Pl. ut supra in L1 : ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν καὶ νηὸς in L2 : omitted in P ἠθικῶς — ἀποπλεῦσαι L1 : προτρέπεται τ. Μ. πλεῖν L2 : aliter Pἠθικῶς — ἀποπλεῦσαι in L1 : προτρέπεται τ. Μ. πλεῖν in L2 : differently in P 25 τὴν Ἀριάδνην L1 : τὸν Ariadnes erota L2P25 τὴν Ἀριάδνην in L1 : τὸν Ariadnes erota in L2P

Θησέως σωτηρίαν στέφανος αὐτῆς κατηστερίσθη. ὧν οὐδέτερον ἀληθές. καταλέλειπται γὰρ ὑπὸ Θησέως ἐν Νάξῳ· 〈δια〉πεπαρθένευται δὲ ὑπὸ Διονύσου κατά τινας, ἐξ ἧς παιδοποιεῖ Οἰνοπίωνα, Θόαντα, Στάφυλον, Λάτραμυν, Εὐάνθη, Ταυρόπολιν. ὅτι δὲ οὔτε Μίνως συνεχώρησεν τὸν γάμον Ἀριάδνης οὔτε ἤγαγεν αὐτὴν εἰς Ἀθήνας Θησεύς, Ὅμηρός φησι ῥητῶς, τελευτῆσαί 〈τε〉 αὐτὴν καταλειφθεῖσαν ὑπὸ Θησέως, δι’ ὧν ὁ Ὀδυσσεύς φησι (λ 321. 22. 24)· ‘Φαίδρην τε Πρόκριν τε ἴδον καλήν τ’ Ἀριάδνην, κούρην Μίνωος ὀλοόφρονος, ἥν ποτε Θησεύς γῆμεν οὐδ’ ἀπόνητο.’ ὅτι δὲ ὁ στέφανος ὑπὸ Διονύσου κατηστέρικται, Ἄρατός φησιν (Phaen. 71 sq.)· ‘αὐτοῦ κἀκεῖνος στέφανος, τὸν ἀγαυὸν ἔθηκεν σῆμ’ ἔμεναι Διόνυσος ἀποιχομένης Ἀριάδνης.’

For Theseus' safety her crown was placed among the stars. Neither of these is true. For she was left behind by Theseus on Naxos; and she was deflowered by Dionysus according to some, from whom she bears Oenopion, Thoas, Staphylus, Latramys, Euanthes, Tauropolis. That Minos did not consent to the marriage of Ariadne nor did Theseus bring her to Athens, Homer says expressly, and that she died abandoned by Theseus, through what Odysseus says (λ 321. 22. 24): 'Phaedra and Procris I saw, and fair Ariadne, daughter of Minos of baneful mind, whom once Theseus married but had no joy of her.' That the crown was placed among the stars by Dionysus, Aratus says (Phaen. 71 sq.): 'there too is that crown, which glorious Dionysus set as a sign of departed Ariadne.'

1 στέφανος αὐτ. κατ-η W : -ον αὐτ. -αι L : aliter P1 στέφανος αὐτ. κατ-η in W : -ον αὐτ. -αι in L : differently in P 2 suppl. Schaefer2 supplied by Schaefer 3 Θόαντα L : Θάλητα P3 Θόαντα in L : Θάλητα in P 4 de nomine Λάτραμυς dubitat Robert Die gr. Heldensage 2, 1921, 689 n. 1; iure id defendit Wil. Pindaros 1922, 17 n. 14 about the name Λάτραμυς Robert doubts, Die gr. Heldensage 2, 1921, 689 n. 1; rightly defends it Wil. Pindaros 1922, 17 n. 1 οὔτε — οὔτε K : οὐδέ — οὐδέ L : οὐ — οὐδέ Pοὔτε — οὔτε in K : οὐδέ — οὐδέ in L : οὐ — οὐδέ in P 6 add. F6 added by F 7 notandum est v. 323 deesse7 it should be noted that v. 323 is missing 10 γῆμεν PAH : γήμας L : ἦγε μὲν Hom.10 γῆμεν in PAH : γήμας in L : ἦγε μὲν in Hom. 11 κατηστέρικται W : -ηστερίσθη P : -εστήρικται L11 κατηστέρικται in W : -ηστερίσθη in P : -εστήρικται in L 13 ἀγαυόν P : ἀγανὸν L13 ἀγαυόν in P : ἀγανὸν in L

b. 〈ὑπελύσατ’:〉 ὑπέσωσεν. Lg

b. 〈ὑπελύσατ’:〉 she saved. Lg

15 ὑπεσωεν L, corr. K15 ὑπεσωεν in L, corrected by K

1007. ἐπητείῃσιν: ἐπιστήμαις, φρονήσεσιν. καὶ Ὅμηρος (σ 128) ‘ἐπητῇ δ’ ἀνδρὶ ἔοικας’. Lg (P)

1007. ἐπητείῃσιν: with skills, with wisdoms. And Homer (σ 128) 'you are like a courteous man'. Lg (P)

1009. νεκτάρεον: ἀντὶ τοῦ προσηνές [ἐγὼ δέ φημι λαρόν], παρὰ τὸ νέκταρ.

1009. νεκτάρεον: instead of gentle [but I say sweet], from νέκταρ.

18 ἀντὶ τοῦ προσηνές Lg18 ἀντὶ τοῦ προσηνές in Lg del. W 54deleted by W 54

1013—14 a. προπρὸ δ’ ἀφειδήσασα: γράφεται προπρὸ δὲ μειδήσασα. ἐρωτικὴ δὲ ἡ ἐπαναδίπλωσιις τῆς προθέσεως· ἐμφαίνει γὰρ μάλλον τὸ μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ προχείρως γεγενῆσθαι τὴν δόσιν.

1013-14a. προπρὸ δ’ ἀφειδήσασα: it is written προπρὸ δὲ μειδήσασα. The repetition of the preposition is erotic; for it indicates more that the giving happened with eagerness and readily.

b. ἀφειδήσασα: ἀφροντιστήσασα τοῦ προσειπεῖν. ἀντὶ τοῦ· μηκέτι ἀκριβωσαμένη ἢ πολυπραγμονήσασα ἀφεῖλεν ἐκ τῆς στηθοδεσμίδος τὸ φάρμακον. διὰ δὲ τούτου φαίνεται ἡ ἐπίτασις τοῦ ἔρωτος.

b. ἀφειδήσασα: having been careless of addressing. Instead of: no longer being precise or meddling, she took the drug from her breast-band. Through this the intensity of her love is shown.

23 τοῦ προσειπεῖν K : πρὸς τοῦτον εἰπεῖν L : om. P23 τοῦ προσειπεῖν in K : πρὸς τοῦτον εἰπεῖν in L : omitted in P 24 τῆς στηθοδεσμίδος Lg24 τῆς στηθοδεσμίδος in Lg

1015. ἀρύσασα: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀφελομένη, ἀπαντλήσασα ἢ ἐκκενώσασα.

1015. ἀρύσασα: instead of “having taken away,” “having drawn off” or “having emptied out.”

26 ἀφελομένη Sm26 ἀφελομένη in Sm

1018. ἀμαρυγάς: τὰς οἷον συνεχεῖς κινήσεις. καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρὸς λέγεται ἀμαρύσσειν ἀπὸ τοῦ τὴν φλόγα συνεχῶς ἀίσσειν. Ὅμηρος (θ 265) ‘μαρμαρυγὰς θηεῖτο ποδιῶν’, τὴν ἀκατάληπτον κίνησιν.

1018. ἀμαρυγάς: the, as it were, continuous movements. And in the case of fire, “to flash” (ἀμαρύσσειν) is said from the flame darting continuously. Homer (θ 265): “he gazed at the twinkling of their feet,” meaning the motion that cannot be grasped.

1 sch. 1377/79. IV 847/48 sch. θ 265 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 110, 1 B. Erot. 59, 5 N. Hesych. μαρμαρυγαί. μαρμαρυγή Συν. μαρμαρυγή (295, 20 Ba. Phot. Suid.)1 sch. 1377/79. IV 847/48 sch. θ 265 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 110, 1 B. Erot. 59, 5 N. Hesych. μαρμαρυγαί. μαρμαρυγή Συν. μαρμαρυγή (295, 20 Ba. Phot. Suid.) 3 ἀ-ληπτον K e sch. 1377/79 : -ληκτον L : -λληλον P3 ἀ-ληπτον in K e sch. 1377/79 : -ληκτον in L : -λληλον in P

1019—21. τηκομένη οἷόν τε: τὸ Ὁμηρικὸν παρέφρασεν (Ψ 598 sq.)· ‘ἰάνθη δ’ ὡσεί τε περὶ σταχύεσσιν ἐέρση ληίου ἀλδήσκοντος.’ τὸ μὲν οὖν τηκόμενον πάντως καὶ ἰαίνεται (μ 175 sq.)· ‘αἶψα δ’ ἰαίνετο κηρός, ἐπεὶ κέλετο μεγάλη ἴς ἠελίοιο.’ οὐ πάντως δέ, εἴ τι ἰαίνεται, τοῦτο καὶ τήκεται. ὅθεν Ὅμηρος εἰπὼν ‘ἰάνθη’ ἐπήνεγκεν ‘ὡσεί τε’ μεταφορικῶς λέγων, ὥστε εἶναι τὸ νοούμενον ἐμφατικὸν τῆς τῶν σταχύων ἡδονῆς καθάπερ ἐμψύχων, τῆς δρόσου ἀντεχομένης τῶν καρπῶν, ὅτε ὀρθὸν ἔχουσι τὸν στάχυν οἷον μετεωριζόμενοι· οὕτω καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ Μενελάου εἰς τέρψιν μετῆχθαι τοῖς λόγοις τοῦ Ἀντιλόχου. τὸ δὲ τήξει παραβάλλειν τὴν τερπομένην ψυχὴν οὐ πιθανόν.

1019–21. τηκομένη οἷόν τε: he paraphrased the Homeric passage (Ψ 598 sq.): “and he warmed as when dew upon ears of a growing crop.” Now what melts certainly also warms (μ 175 sq.): “and quickly the wax warmed, since the great strength of the sun commanded it.” But not everything that warms also melts. Hence Homer, having said “warmed,” added “as when” speaking metaphorically, so that the meaning is expressive of the pleasure of the ears of grain as if they were alive, the dew clinging to the fruits when they hold their stalk upright, as if raised aloft; so too the soul of Menelaus was moved to delight by the words of Antilochus. But to compare the delighted soul to melting is not plausible.

δύναται οὖν ἀναγινώσκεσθαι καὶ τὸ τηκομένη ἐπὶ τέρψεως. τὸ γὰρ τηκόμενον πάντως, ὅτε λύεται, καὶ μαλάσσεται. ἔστιν οὖν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι πᾶσα διελύθη, ἐφηπλώθη ἡ Μήδεια.

It is possible, then, to read τηκομένη also in the sense of delight. For what melts, when it is loosened, certainly also becomes soft. So one can say that Medea was wholly dissolved, spread out.

18 sch. II 73918 sch. II 739 4 ad παρέφρασεν in L ascriptum est παρέφρασεν ἀντὶ ἑτέρως ἔλεξεν. cf. W 534 next to παρέφρασεν in L is written παρέφρασεν ἀντὶ ἑτέρως ἔλεξεν. cf. W 53 8 καὶ ἰαίνεται W : καταχεῖται8 καὶ ἰαίνεται in W : καταχεῖται 9 κέλετο Hom. : κέκλετο9 κέλετο in Hom. : κέκλετο 11 οὐ P : om. L11 οὐ in P : omitted in L 13 οἰονεὶ ante καθάπερ add. L13 οἰονεὶ before καθάπερ added in L 14 ὅτε — μετεωρ., quae poetae verba ὅτε φρίσσουσιν ἄρουραι enarrant, post λέγων ν. 12 leguntur, trai. W14 ὅτε — μετεωρ., which explain the poet's words ὅτε φρίσσουσιν ἄρουραι, are read after λέγων in line 12, transposed by W 15 μετ-οι L : -ον P15 μετ-οι in L : -ον in P 16 παραβ- P : περιβ- L16 παραβ- in P : περιβ- in L 18 τηκομένη W : τήκεται L : aliter P18 τηκομένη in W : τήκεται in L : differently in P 19 ὅτε W : ὅτι L : aliter P19 ὅτε in W : ὅτι in L : differently in P

1029. διαμμοιρηδὰ φυλάξας: τινὰ λέγεται τῶν ζωδίων μεσουρανοῦντα παραφυλάττεσθαι κατὰ τὸ μεσονύκτιον 〈...〉 τῶν πρὸς τῷ ὁρίζοντι ἃ μὲν δύνοντα ἃ δὲ ἀνατέλλοντα 〈...〉 ἢ τοῦ τῆς Ἄρκτου ὑψώματος.

1029. διαμμοιρηδὰ φυλάξας: certain of the zodiac signs are said to be watched at their culmination at midnight 〈...〉 of those near the horizon, some setting, some rising 〈...〉 or of the elevation of the Bear.

21 τινὰ — μεσονύκτιον Gm λέγεται W : λέγει L : aliter P21 τινὰ — μεσονύκτιον in Gm λέγεται in W : λέγει in L : differently in P 22 δυας lac. ind. W, cum K (γὰρ) post τῶν inicere et ἢ in ἐπὶ commutare praetulisset22 δυας lacuna indicated by W, since he preferred to insert K (γὰρ) after τῶν and change ἢ to ἐπὶ

1032. περιηγέα: στρογγύλον, περιφερή. LgP

1032. περιηγέα: round, circular. LgP

1033 a. ἀρνειὸν σφάζειν: ἀντὶ τοῦ· σφάξον καὶ ἀδιαμέριστον θὲς ἐπὶ τὸ πῦρ. ὠμοθετεῖν δέ ἐστι τὸ τοῦ ἱερείου ὠμοῦ ἀπάρχεσθαι τῶν μελῶν.

1033a. ἀρνειὸν σφάζειν: instead of “slay and place undivided upon the fire.” And ὠμοθετεῖν is to offer as first-fruits the raw limbs of the victim.

3 sch. A Α 461 sch. Ε 427 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 171, 8 Β. Hesych. ὠμοθετεῖν Eust. 134, 333 sch. A Α 461 sch. Ε 427 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 171, 8 Β. Hesych. ὠμοθετεῖν Eust. 134, 33 5 ἀδιαμ. L : om. GP5 ἀδιαμ. in L : omitted in GP

b. ἀδαίετον: ἀδιαίρετον, ἀδιαμέριστον. LgGg(P)

b. ἀδαίετον: undivided, undistributed. LgGg(P)

1035. μουνογενῆ: Ἡσίοδος (Theog. 426)· ‘οὐδ’, ὅτι μουνογενής, ἧσσον θεὰ ἔμμορε τιμῆς.’ Μουσαῖος (2 Β 16 Diels-Kranz) ἱστορεῖ Δία ἐρασθέντα Ἀστερίας μιγῆναι καὶ μιγέντα δοῦναι αὐτὴν τῷ Πέρσῃ· ἐξ ἧς τεχθῆναι αὐτῷ τὴν Ἑκάτην. LmP

1035. μουνογενῆ: Hesiod (Theog. 426): 'nor, because she is an only child, has the goddess obtained less honor.' Musaeus (2 B 16 Diels-Kranz) relates that Zeus fell in love with Asteria and had intercourse with her, and after having intercourse gave her to Perses; from her Hecate was born to him. LmP

8 sch. 4678 sch. 467 7 ἧσσον L : ἴσον P7 ἧσσον in L : ἴσον in P 9 αὐτὴν PAH : -όν L Πέρσῃ, quod Schoemann voluerat, L ante corr. : Περσεῖ L corr. PAH ἐξ κτλ. P : om. L9 αὐτὴν in PAH : -όν in L; Πέρσῃ, which Schoemann had wanted, in L before correction : Περσεῖ in L after correction, PAH; ἐξ κτλ. in P : omitted in L

1040 a. κολούσας: ἕκαστα τῶν ἐνεργουμένων ἄπρακτα ποιήσας. Lm(P)

1040a. κολούσας: making each of the things being done unaccomplished. Lm(P)

11 ποιήσας P : -εις L11 ποιήσας in P : -εις in L

b. 〈κολούσας:〉 κολοβώσας. Sm

b. 〈κολούσας:〉 having cut short. Sm

c. 〈...〉 Σοφοκλῆς δὲ ἐν ταῖς Κολχίσιν (II p. 15 Pearson) εἰσάγει τὴν Μήδειαν ὑποτιθεμένην τῷ Ἰάσονι περὶ τοῦ ἄθλου δι’ ἀμοιβαίων. Lm (P)

c. 〈...〉 Sophocles in the Colchian Women (II p. 15 Pearson) introduces Medea advising Jason about the contest through dialogue. Lm (P)

14 lac. ind. W14 lacuna indicated by W

1057. στιβαρώτερον: ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ τὸ συγκριτικόν. Lm (P)

1057. στιβαρώτερον: the comparative is used instead of the positive. Lm (P)

1065. ἑοῖο: ἡ κτητικὴ ἀντὶ τῆς πρωτοτύπου. ἐμεῖο γὰρ 〈καὶ〉 σεῖο, ἧς τὸ ἀκόλουθον εἶο ἀντὶ τοῦ αὐτῆς. Lm (P)

1065. ἑοῖο: the possessive pronoun is used instead of the primitive. For ἐμεῖο 〈and〉 σεῖο, the corresponding form εἶο is used instead of αὐτῆς. Lm (P)

18 (ἡ add. Schaefer) κτητικὴ P : τῇ -ῇ L add. K18 (ἡ added by Schaefer) κτητικὴ in P : τῇ -ῇ in L; added by K

1073. 〈Ὀρχομενοῖο:〉 τῆς Βοιωτίας. Lg

1073. 〈Ὀρχομενοῖο:〉 of Boeotia. Lg

20 Βοιωτίας K : Εὐβοίας20 Βοιωτίας in K : Εὐβοίας

1074. ἠὲ καὶ Αἰαίης νήσου: ὅτι νῆσος ἐν τῷ Φάσιδί ἐστιν ἡ Αἰαία, ἐν ᾗ τὸ δέρας ἔκειτο. αὕτη δέ ἐστι Κόλχων μητρόπολις. L

1074. ἠὲ καὶ Αἰαίης νήσου: that the island Aia is in the Phasis, on which the fleece lay. This is the metropolis of the Colchians. L

18 1058. Et. Gen. (AB) καρχαλέος: III 1058—1059. καρχαλέος ὁ τραχύς, ἀπὸ τοῦ κάρφος. sch. BT Φ 54118 1058. Et. Gen. (AB) καρχαλέος: III 1058—1059. καρχαλέος ὁ τραχύς, ἀπὸ τοῦ κάρφος. sch. BT Φ 541 24 sch. IV 131/35 b24 sch. IV 131/35 b

1085. ἔστι τις αἰπεινοῖσιν: ὅτι ἡ Θεσσαλία περιέχεται ὄρεσι κυκλόθεν, Ἡρόδοτος (VII 129) ἱστορεῖ. εἰς αὐτὴν δὲ καὶ ἄλλων

1085. ἔστι τις αἰπεινοῖσιν: that Thessaly is surrounded by mountains on all sides, Herodotus (VII 129) relates. Into it also other rivers flow, but especially four of the notable ones, Peneius, Apidanus, Pamisus, and Enipeus; when these mingle, the Peneius, prevailing by its name, makes the others nameless.

25 etiam verba εἰς αὐτὴν usque ad finem ex Herodoto sumpta25 also the words εἰς αὐτὴν up to the end are taken from Herodotus

ποταμῶν ἐσβαλλόντων, τεσσάρων δὲ μάλιστα τῶν δοκίμων Πηνειοῦ καὶ Ἀπιδανοῦ καὶ Παμίσου καὶ Ἐνιπέως, τούτων συμμιγνυμένων ὁ Πηνειὸς τῷ ὀνόματι κατακρατῶν ἀνωνύμους τοὺς ἄλλους ποιεῖ.

of rivers flowing in, but especially four of the notable ones, Peneius, Apidanus, Pamisus, and Enipeus; when these mingle, the Peneius, prevailing by its name, makes the others nameless.

1 ἐσβαλλ- P : βαλλ- L1 ἐσβαλλ- in P : βαλλ- in L 2 Παμίσου K : Πανισοῦ2 Παμίσου in K : Πανισοῦ

1086—89 a. καὶ εὔβοτος: πρὸς 〈τὸ〉 βόσκειν ἐπιτηδεία ἢ καλὰ θρέμματα ἔχουσα. Lm

1086-89a. καὶ εὔβοτος: suitable for 〈the〉 feeding or having fine flocks. Lm

4 add. HF4 added by HF

b. ἔνθα Προμηθεύς· ὅτι Προμηθέως καὶ Πανδώρας υἱὸς Δευκαλίων, Ἡσίοδος ἐν α' Καταλόγων (fg 2 Rz.²) φησί, καὶ ὅτι Δευκαλίωνος καὶ Πύρρας Ἕλλην, ἀφ’ οὗ Ἕλληνες καὶ Ἑλλάς. ὅτι δὲ Δευκαλίων ἐβασίλευσε Θεσσαλίας, Ἑλλάνικος ἐν α' τῆς Δευκαλιωνείας (4 fg 6 ab J.) φησίν. ὅτι δὲ καὶ ιβ' θεῶν βωμὸν ὁ Δευκαλίων ἱδρύσατο, Ἑλλάνικος ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ φησι συγγράμματι.

b. ἔνθα Προμηθεύς· that Deucalion was the son of Prometheus and Pandora, Hesiod says in the first book of the Catalogues (fg 2 Rz.²), and that Hellen was the son of Deucalion and Pyrrha, from whom the Hellenes and Hellas are named. That Deucalion ruled Thessaly, Hellanicus says in the first book of the Deucalioneia (4 fg 6 ab J.). That Deucalion also founded an altar of the twelve gods, Hellanicus says in the same work.

4 1086. Et. Gen. (Α1 Α2 B) ἐύρρηνος: ὁ καλλιπρόβατος (hic desinit Α1). III 1086. πολόρρινος δὲ ὁ πολυδέρματος, τὸ ἐκ πολλῶν βυρσῶν κατεσκευασμένον. III 1231· sch. I 49 8. c sch. 12314 1086. Et. Gen. (Α1 Α2 B) ἐύρρηνος: ὁ καλλιπρόβατος (here Α1 ends). III 1086. πολόρρινος δὲ ὁ πολυδέρματος, τὸ ἐκ πολλῶν βυρσῶν κατεσκευασμένον. III 1231· sch. I 49 8. c sch. 1231 6 sch. Pind. Ol. IX 68 b Apoll. Bibl. I 466 sch. Pind. Ol. IX 68 b Apoll. Bibl. I 46 7 ὅτι — Ἑλλάς etiam Lm Δευκαλίωνοε Marckscheffel 1840, 277 : Προμηθευς ἢ Δευκαλίωνος P ; Προμ. L Lm7 ὅτι — Ἑλλάς also in Lm; Δευκαλίωνοε Marckscheffel 1840, 277 : Προμηθευς ἢ Δευκαλίωνος in P ; Προμ. in L Lm 8 ἀφ’ — Ἑλλάς Lm(P) : om. L. cf. W 30 et Phil. 81, 1926, 19 verba ὅτι δὲ Δ. sqq. L etiam in scholio 1085 praestat eaque post ἱστορεῖ interiecta (L1) καὶ ὁ post ὅτι δὲ add. L2 Προμηθέως υἱὸς ante Δ. insert L18 ἀφ’ — Ἑλλάς in Lm(P) : omitted in L. cf. W 30 and Phil. 81, 1926, 19; the words ὅτι δὲ Δ. sqq. L also provides in scholium 1085, and they are inserted after ἱστορεῖ (L1); καὶ ὁ after ὅτι δὲ added by L2; Προμηθέως υἱὸς before Δ. inserted by L1 9 ἐν a' τῆς Δ. L2 P : om. L1 Δ-είαε K : -ίαε L2 P9 ἐν a' τῆς Δ. in L2 P : omitted in L1 Δ-είαε in K : -ίαε in L2 P 10 ὅτι δὲ καὶ L2 : καὶ ὅτι L1 P βωμὸν L1 : βωμούς L2 : ναούς P ὁ Δ. L2 P : om. L110 ὅτι δὲ καὶ in L2 : καὶ ὅτι in L1 P βωμὸν in L1 : βωμούς in L2 : ναούς in P ὁ Δ. in L2 P : omitted in L1 11 Ἑλλ. — συγγρ. L2 (P) : om. L111 Ἑλλ. — συγγρ. in L2 (P) : omitted in L1

c. Ἰαπετιονίδης: ἐκ τίνος γυναικὸς ὁ Δευκαλίων ἐγένετο Προμηθεῖ, σεσιώπηται. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἕτερος Δευκαλίων, περὶ οὗ Ἑλλάνικος (4 fg 114 J.) ἱστορεῖ, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ Μίνωος, περὶ οὗ Φερεκύδης (3 fg 85 J.), καὶ δ' ὁ Ἄβαντος, οὗ μνημονεύει Ἀρίστιππος ἐν Ἀρκαδικοῖς (fg 3 M. IV 327).

c. Iapetionides: From what woman Deucalion was born to Prometheus has been passed over in silence. There is also another Deucalion, about whom Hellanicus (4 fr. 114 J.) gives an account, and another, the son of Minos, about whom Pherecydes (3 fr. 85 J.), and a fourth, the son of Abas, whom Aristippus mentions in his Arcadica (fr. 3 M. IV 327).

14 N 451 τ 180 Apoll. Bibl. III 7 17 Strab. IX 443 sq.14 N 451 τ 180 Apoll. Bibl. III 7 17 Strab. IX 443 sq.

1090 a. Αἱμονίην δὴ τήν γε: Αἱμονία τὸ πρότερον ἡ Θεσσαλία ἐκαλεῖτο, καὶ ἄλλας δὲ ἔσχεν ὀνομασίας· ἐλέγετο γὰρ καὶ Πυρραία ἀπὸ Πύρρας τῆς Δευκαλίωνος 〈γυναικός〉.

1090a. Haemonia, indeed, that land: Haemonia was the former name of Thessaly, and it had other names as well; for it was also called Pyrrhaia after Pyrrha, the wife of Deucalion.

18 γάρ W : δέ L : aliter P Πυρραία Heyne : Πυροδία18 γάρ in W : δέ in L : differently in P Πυρραία Heyne : Πυροδία 19 suppl. W19 supplied by W

b. 〈Αἱμονίην:〉 ἡ Θεσσαλία ἐκαλεῖτο τὸ παλαιὸν Πυρραία, ὡς Ῥιανός (fg II 3 Meineke Anal. Alex. 1843, 186)·

b. <Haemonian:> Thessaly was called Pyrrhaia in ancient times, as Rhianus (fr. II 3 Meineke Anal. Alex. 1843, 186) says:

20 add. K Πυρραία Heyne : Πύρρα L : om. P20 added by K Πυρραία Heyne : Πύρρα in L : omitted in P

‘Πυρραίην ποτέ τήν γε παλαιότεροι καλέεσκον Πύρρης Δευκαλίωνος ἀπ’ ἀρχαίης ἀλόχοιο, Αἱμονίην δ’ ἐξαῦτις ἀφ’ Αἵμονος, ὅν ῥα Πελασγός γείνατο φέρτατον υἱόν· ὁ δ’ αὖ τέκε Θεσσαλὸν Αἵμων, τοῦ δ’ ἄπο Θεσσαλίην λαοὶ μετεφημίξαντο.’

οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ Θεσσαλοῦ τοῦ Φειδίππου πατρός, τοῦ Ἡρακλείδου, μετὰ τὰ Τρωικὰ κληθῆναί φασι. διαιρεῖται δὲ εἰς μέρη δ', Πελασγιώτιν, Θεσσαλιώτιν, Ἰωλκῖτιν, Φθιῶτιν. ταύτα παρατίθεται Ἀπολλόδωρος ἐν Νεῶν καταλόγῳ (244 fg 164 J.).

But others say that it was named after Thessalus, the father of Pheidippus, the son of Heracles, after the Trojan War. It is divided into four parts: Pelasgiotis, Thessaliotis, Iolcitis, Phthiotis. Apollodorus cites these in his Catalogue of Ships (244 fr. 164 J.).

1 Πυρραίην Meineke : Πύρραν δή1 Πυρραίην Meineke : Πύρραν δή 6 Φειδίππου π. τ. Ἡρακλείδου L : Ἡρακλέους τ. Φειδιππίδου π. P6 Φειδίππου π. τ. Ἡρακλείδου in L : Ἡρακλέους τ. Φειδιππίδου π. in P 7 κληθῆναί P : καῆναι L δέ P : om. L7 κληθῆναί in P : καῆναι in L δέ in P : omitted in L

1093. Αἰαίης νήσου: πλεονάζει ἡ αι συλλαβή· ἔστι γὰρ Αἴης νήσου, Αἶα δὲ μητρόπολις Κόλχων. νήσου δὲ μέμνηται ἐν τῷ Φάσιδι, ἐν ᾗ τὸ δέρας, ὥς φησι Φερεκύδης (3 fg 100 J.).

1093. Of the Aeaean island: The syllable αι is redundant; for it is "of the Aean island," and Aea is the mother-city of the Colchians. He mentions the island in the Phasis, where the fleece was, as Pherecydes (3 fr. 100 J.) says.

1094—95. Αἰολίδην Μινύην: οὐκ ἀπὸ Αἰόλου, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶν Αἰόλου. Σισύφου γὰρ παῖδες ἐγένοντο ὁ Ἄλμος καὶ Πορφυρίων, Χρυσογόνης δὲ τῆς Ἄλμου καὶ Ποσειδῶνος Μινύας ὁ τὸν Ὀρχομενόν κτίσας. καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο εἴρηται Αἰολίδης, ὅτι Σίσυφος Αἰόλου ἐγένετο· Μινύας δὲ κατὰ μητέρα Αἰολίδης, πατρὸς δὲ Ποσειδῶνος. τοῦτον οὖν Ἀπολλώνιός φησιν εἰς τὴν Βοιωτίαν εἰσβαλόντα ὅμορον Θηβαίοις Ὀρχομενόν κτίσαι.

1094-95. Aeolid Minyas: Not from Aeolus, but from the descendants of Aeolus. For the sons of Sisyphus were Almus and Porphyrion, and from Chrysogone, daughter of Almus, and Poseidon was born Minyas, who founded Orchomenus. And in this respect he is called Aeolid, because Sisyphus was the son of Aeolus; but Minyas is an Aeolid on his mother's side, and on his father's side a son of Poseidon. Apollonius, then, says that this man invaded Boeotia and founded Orchomenus on the border of Thebes.

1100—01. αἴθε γάρ ὡς Θησῆι: πιθανῶς ἄγαν προτρέπεται αὐτὴν εἰς τὸ ὁμολογήσασθαι τῷ Ἰάσονι τὴν προαίρεσιν, αὐτῆς κατεστοχασμένος τὸν ἔρωτα.

1100-01. Would that, as to Theseus: Very plausibly he urges her to confess her intention to Jason, having accurately discerned her love.

1102. καταψήχων: καταμαλάττων. LgP

1102. καταψήχων: soothing, softening. LgP

1104. ἀδινῷ: νῦν οἰκτρῷ, λυπηρῷ. Lg(P)

1104. ἀδινῷ: here "piteous," "grievous." Lg(P)

24 sch. 1206 sch. δ 721 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 9, 3 B. Hesych. ἀδινόν24 sch. 1206 sch. δ 721 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 9, 3 B. Hesych. ἀδινόν

1105. 〈συνημοσύνας:〉 συγγενείας. Sm

1105. <συνημοσύνας:> kinship. Sm

1124—29 a. πορσανέουσι: νῦν ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμήσουσι καὶ ὡς θεὸν νομίσουσι σεπτήν. ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ ὁ Ἰάσων ἡμέτερον δὲ λέχος θαλάμοις ἔνι κουριδίοισι πορσανέεις, δηλοῖ ὅτι προστήσῃ καὶ αὐξήσεις, δι’ οὗ τὴν συμβίωσιν σημαίνει. Lm (P)

1124-29a. πορσανέουσι: here instead of "will honor" and "will regard as a revered goddess." But when Jason says "you will prepare our marriage bed in the bridal chamber," he makes clear that "you will preside over and increase it," by which he signifies their life together. Lm (P)

28 πορ-εις P : -οισι L προεκτήσῃ F28 πορ-εις in P : -οισι in L προεκτήσῃ F

b. 〈πορσανέουσι:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ σεβασθήσονται, τιμήσουσιν. Lg

b. <πορσανέουσι:> instead of "they will revere," "they will honor." Lg

1131. κατείβετο: κατετήκετο τῶν Ἰάσονος ἀκούουσα ῥημάτων. Lm (P)

1131. κατείβετο: she was melting away as she listened to Jason's words. Lm (P)

1138. ἐδεύετο: ἐδέετο, ἔχρηζεν, ἀπήτει. ἢ ὅτι ἐνελείπετο ὁ τῆς ἡμέρας καιρός. Lm (P)

1138. ἐδεύετο: he was in need, he desired, he demanded. Or because the time of day was lacking. Lm (P)

1145. ἀβολήσομεν: συντευξόμεθα. LgP

1145. ἀβολήσομεν: we shall meet. LgP

1150. περιπλομένας: παριούσας, ἐπεὶ καὶ πλόος λέγεται ἡ ὁδός. Καλλίμαχος (fg 278 Schn. = 64, 14 Kapp) ‘ἔγρει καί τιν’ ἔχοντα περίπλοον’. LmP

1150. περιπλομένας: passing by, since a voyage is also called a journey. Callimachus (fr. 278 Schn. = 64, 14 Kapp) 'rouse also someone who has a circuitous voyage'. LmP

7 sch. Nic. Ther. 295 Hesych. πλοῦς Συν. πλοΐζει (344, 3 Ba. Phot. Suid.)7 sch. Nic. Ther. 295 Hesych. πλοῦς Συν. πλοΐζει (344, 3 Ba. Phot. Suid.) 8 ἔγρευ Schneider καί τιν’ ἔχοντα L : ἔχον τόν P8 ἔγρευ Schneider καί τιν’ ἔχοντα in L : ἔχον τόν in P

1151. μεταχρονίη: οἷον οὐχ ἡνιοχοῦντος τοῦ νοῦ. Lm (P)

1151. μεταχρονίη: as if the mind were not driving. Lm (P)

1156. περὶ παισίν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὲρ τῶν παίδων. LgP

1156. περὶ παισίν: instead of 'on behalf of the children'. LgP

11 P add. in fine ὅμοιον τῷ ‘περὶ ξανθῷ Μενελάῳ’ (K 240)11 P adds at the end: similar to 'περὶ ξανθῷ Μενελάῳ' (K 240)

1157. παλιντροπίῃσιν: ἤτοι ταῖς παρεπιστροφαῖς ἢ διὰ τὸ ἔμπαλιν τετράφθαι αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχήν· ἡ δὲ τῇ ὑποστροφῇ ἐν ἀπόρῳ καταστᾶσα.

1157. παλιντροπίῃσιν: either by the turnings back, or because her soul had been turned back; and she, having fallen into perplexity at the turning back.

1159. σφέλαϊ: τῷ ὑποποδίῳ τοῦ θρόνου. LgGgSm(P)

1159. σφέλαϊ: the footstool of the throne. LgGgSm(P)

15 τοῦ θρ. LP : om. GS15 τοῦ θρ. in LP : omitted in GS

1161. 〈ὑγρά:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ δακρύων μεστά. Lm

1161. 〈ὑγρά:〉 instead of 'full of tears'. Lm

1169. οἰόθεν οἶος ἑταίρων: οὐχ ἁρμόζει νῦν τὸ οἰόθεν οἶος· μόνος γὰρ ἀπὸ πολλῶν. ἦν δ’ εἰπεῖν οἶος ἀπ’ ἄλλων.

1169. οἰόθεν οἶος ἑταίρων: 'alone from among companions' does not fit here; for it means 'alone from many'. But it should have been said 'alone from others'.

17 sch. AB Η 39 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 119, 6 B. Hesych. οἰόθεν οἶος Συν. οἰ. οἰ. (314, 9 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 618, 4417 sch. AB Η 39 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 119, 6 B. Hesych. οἰόθεν οἶος Συν. οἰ. οἰ. (314, 9 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 618, 44 17 L ut supra, P ita : κυρίως μὲν τὸ μόνος (Schaefer, -ως PV) ἀπὸ μόνου σημαίνει. Ὅμηρος (Η 226)· ‘νῦν μὲν δὴ σάφα εἴσεαι οἰόθεν οἶος’. νῦν δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ μόνος ἀπ’ ἄλλων κεῖται17 L as above, P thus: properly it signifies 'alone (Schaefer, -ως PV) from alone'. Homer (Η 226): 'νῦν μὲν δὴ σάφα εἴσεαι οἰόθεν οἶος'. But here it is used instead of 'alone from others'.

1171. κνέφας ἔργαθε νυκτός: περιφραστικῶς· ἡ νὺξ αὐτοὺς εἶργεν. Lg (P)

1171. κνέφας ἔργαθε νυκτός: periphrastically; the night kept them away. Lg (P)

1172. εὔκηλοι μέλλοντο 〈περὶ σφίσιν〉: σολοικισμός. ὁ γὰρ λόγος· ἥσυχοι ἐμέλοντο ἑαυτῶν, ὡς 〈οὐκ〉 ἄλλων τινῶν μελόντων αὐτοῖς. ἔδει δὲ εἰπεῖν ἐμέλοντο σφέων, ὅ ἐστιν ἑαυτῶν.

1172. εὔκηλοι μέλλοντο 〈περὶ σφίσιν〉: a solecism. For the sense is: they were at ease concerning themselves, as if no others were a care to them. But it should have been said 'ἐμέλοντο σφέων', that is, 'of themselves'.

21 μέλλοντο L : ἐμέλοντο P21 μέλλοντο in L : ἐμέλοντο in P 22 ἐμέλοντο — μελόντων — ἐμέλοντο K : -λλ- suppl. K άλλων Hoelzlin : ἀλλήλων L : om. P22 ἐμέλοντο — μελόντων — ἐμέλοντο in K : -λλ- supplied by K; άλλων Hoelzlin : ἀλλήλων in L : omitted in P

1177—87 a. Ἀονίοιο δράκ〈οντος〉: ἀντὶ Βοιωτιακοῦ· Ἀονία γὰρ πρότερον ἡ Βοιωτία. Ὠγυγίας δὲ τὰς Θήβας ἀπὸ Ὠγύγου τοῦ

1177-87a. Ἀονίοιο δράκ〈οντος〉: instead of 'Boeotian'; for Aonia was formerly Boeotia. And Ogygian Thebes from Ogygus, who

24 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἀονία:24 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἀονία: 24 de scholiis abef cf. W 112 Ἀὼν πόλις Βοιωτίας Sm24 on the scholia abef cf. W 112; Ἀὼν πόλις Βοιωτίας Sm

Γ 1177/87 a—1177/87 b

βασιλεύσαντος αὐτῶν. Κόριννα (fg 31 B. III 551) δὲ τὸν Ὤγυγον Βοιωτοῦ υἱόν. ἀπὸ τούτου δὲ καὶ τῶν Θηβῶν πύλαι. περὶ δὲ Εὐρώπης καὶ τῆς Κάδμου εἰς Θήβας παρουσίας Λυσιμάχος ἐν τῇ α' τῶν Θηβαϊκῶν παραδόξων (fg 4 M. III 336) συνείλεχε πολλὴν τὴν ὕλην διαφωνοῦσαν.

ruled over them. Corinna (fr. 31 B. III 551) says that Ogygus was the son of Boeotus. From him also the gates of Thebes. Concerning Europa and the arrival of Cadmus in Thebes, Lysimachus in the first book of his Theban Paradoxes (fr. 4 M. III 336) has collected much conflicting material.

ἡ Βοιωτία καλεῖται. ... Ἀπολλώνιος III 1178. Ὠγυγία δὲ ἡ Θήβη ἀπὸ Ὠγύγου βασιλέως ἀρχαίου (Ἀπολλώνιος κτλ. A, om. B). sch. Pind. Isthm. VIII 37 c sch. Lyc. 1206 Paus. IX 5, 1 Συν. Ὠγύγιον (420, 23 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 820, 37is called Boeotia. ... Apollonius III 1178. Ogygian Thebes from Ogygus, an ancient king (Apollonius etc. in A, omitted in B). sch. Pind. Isthm. VIII 37 c sch. Lyc. 1206 Paus. IX 5, 1 Συν. Ὠγύγιον (420, 23 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 820, 37

b. Κάδμος, ὅτ’ Εὐρώ〈πην〉: περὶ τῆς Κάδμου εἰς Θήβας παρουσίας Λυσίμαχος ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ τῶν Θηβαϊκῶν παραδόξων (v. sch. a) ἱστορεῖ καὶ Ἑλλάνικος ἐν α' Φορωνίδος (4 fg 1 a J.), ἱστορῶν, ὅτι καὶ τοὺς ὀδόντας ἔσπειρε τοῦ δράκοντος κατὰ Ἄρεως βούλησιν καὶ ἐγένοντο ε' ἄνδρες ἔνοπλοι, Οὐδαῖος, Χθόνιος, Πέλωρ, Ὑπερήνωρ, Ἐχίων. ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος πολλοὺς οἴεται καὶ ἄλλους 〈καὶ〉 ἀλλήλοις πεπολεμηκέναι. ἐν δὲ τῇ γ' †Μουσαῖος Τιτανογραφίᾳ† (2 B 1 Diels-Kranz) λέγεται, ὡς Κάδμος ἐκ τοῦ Δελφικοῦ ἐπορεύετο προκαθηγουμένης αὐτῷ τῆς βοός. Ἱππίας δὲ ὁ Ἠλεῖος ἐν Ἐθνῶν ὀνομασίαις (6 fg 1 J.) φησὶν ἔθνος τι καλεῖσθαι Σπαρτούς, καὶ ὁμοίως Ἀτρόμητος. Φερεκύδης δὲ ἐν τῇ ε' οὕτω φησίν (3 fg 22 a J.)· ‘ἐπεὶ δὲ Κάδμος κατῳκίσθη ἐν Θήβῃσιν, Ἄρης διδοῖ αὐτῷ καὶ Ἀθηναίῃ τοῦ ὄφιος τοὺς ἡμίσεις ὀδόντας, τοὺς δὲ ἡμίσεις Αἰήτῃ. καὶ ὁ Κάδμος αὐτίκα σπείρει αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν ἄρουραν Ἄρεως κελεύσαντος, καὶ αὐτῷ ἀναφύονται πολλοὶ ἄνδρες ὡπλισμένοι. ὁ δὲ Κάδμος δείσας βάλλει αὐτοὺς λίθοισιν. οἱ δὲ δοκέοντες ὑφ’ ἑαυτῶν βάλλεσθαι, κρατέουσιν ἀλλήλους καὶ θνή-

b. Cadmus, when Europa: about Cadmus' arrival in Thebes, Lysimachus in his Collection of Theban Marvels (see scholion a) gives an account, and Hellanicus in the first book of his Phoronis (4 F 1a J.), relating that he also sowed the dragon's teeth at Ares' will, and five armed men were born: Udaeus, Chthonius, Pelorus, Hyperenor, Echion. But Apollonius thinks that many others also fought with one another. In the third book of the Titanography attributed to Musaeus (2 B 1 Diels-Kranz) it is said that Cadmus went from Delphi with the cow leading the way. Hippias of Elis in his Names of Peoples (6 F 1 J.) says that a certain people is called the Spartoi, and similarly Atrometus. Pherecydes in his fifth book says as follows (3 F 22a J.): 'When Cadmus settled in Thebes, Ares gave him and Athena half of the serpent's teeth, and the other half to Aeetes. And Cadmus immediately sows them in the field at Ares' command, and many armed men spring up for him. Cadmus, in fear, throws stones at them. They, thinking they are being pelted by each other, kill one another and die—'

8 sch. Pind. Isthm. I 41 sch. Eur. Phoen. 942 · Paus. IX 5, 3 Apoll. Bibl. III 22—24 Myth. Vat. I 149. II 77 15 sch. Pind. Isthm. VII 13 sch. Eur. Phoen. 6708 sch. Pind. Isthm. I 41 sch. Eur. Phoen. 942 · Paus. IX 5, 3 Apoll. Bibl. III 22—24 Myth. Vat. I 149. II 77 15 sch. Pind. Isthm. VII 13 sch. Eur. Phoen. 670 10 〈καὶ〉 ἀλλήλοις K e sch. e : πολλοῖς L : aliter P10 〈καὶ〉 ἀλλήλοις in K from scholion e : πολλοῖς in L : differently in P 11 τῇ γ' L : τῷ α' P Μουσαῖος Τιτανογραφίᾳ L : τῆς Μουσαίου Τιτανογραφίας P, ubi Τιτανομαχίας Passow Mus. 1810, 73 : Μουσαίου Τιτανο〈μαχίᾳ ἐπι〉γραφείσῃ caute Diels : (ἐν τῇ γ') [Μουσαῖος] Τιτανογραφίᾳ Jacoby FGrHist I 6711 τῇ γ' in L : τῷ α' in P Μουσαῖος Τιτανογραφίᾳ in L : τῆς Μουσαίου Τιτανογραφίας in P, where Τιτανομαχίας Passow Mus. 1810, 73 : Μουσαίου Τιτανο〈μαχίᾳ ἐπι〉γραφείσῃ cautiously Diels : (ἐν τῇ γ') [Μουσαῖος] Τιτανογραφίᾳ Jacoby FGrHist I 67 13 Ἠλεῖος C. Mueller FHG II 61 : Δήλιος13 Ἠλεῖος C. Mueller FHG II 61 : Δήλιος 14 φησίν PA : om. L Ἀμώμητος Westermann G. J. Vossii De hist. gr. 1838, 383 n. 31, unde haec inter Amometi fragmenta (4) recepit C. Mueller FHG II 33614 φησίν in PA : omitted in L Ἀμώμητος Westermann G. J. Vossii De hist. gr. 1838, 383 n. 31, whence these were received among the fragments of Amometus (4) by C. Mueller FHG II 336 15 ε' L : ς' P ἐπεὶ δὲ L : ἐπειδή P15 ε' in L : ς' in P ἐπεὶ δὲ in L : ἐπειδή in P 17 αὐτίκα L : om. P17 αὐτίκα in L : omitted in P 19 δείσας L : om. P19 δείσας in L : omitted in P 20 ὑφ' ἑαυτῶν L : ὑπ’ ἀλλήλων P κρατέουσιν L : κτείνουσί τε P20 ὑφ' ἑαυτῶν in L : ὑπ’ ἀλλήλων in P κρατέουσιν in L : κτείνουσί τε in P

σκουσιν πλὴν ε' ἀνδρῶν, Οὐδαίου καὶ Χθονίου καὶ Ἐχίονος καὶ Πέλωρος καὶ Ὑπερήνορος, καὶ αὐτοὺς Κάδμος ποιεῖται πολίτας’.

—except five men, Udaeus and Chthonius and Echion and Pelorus and Hyperenor, and Cadmus makes them citizens.'

c. 〈τούς:〉 τοὺς ὀδόντας. Lg

c. 〈them:〉 the teeth. Lg

d. 〈αὐτῷ τε φονῆι:〉 τῷ Κάδμῳ. Lg (P)

d. 〈and to him as murderer:〉 to Cadmus. Lg (P)

e. Κάδμος Ἀγηνορίδης: τοὺς περιλειφθέντας ἐν τῇ μάχῃ σὺν Κάδμῳ κατοικῆσαι ἐν Θήβαις φησί. λέγει δὲ καὶ Ἑλλάνικος (4 fg 1 b J.), ὅτι Κάδμος ἐξελὼν τοῦ ὄφεως τοὺς ὀδόντας ἔσπειρεν, ἐκ δὲ αὐτῶν ε' ἄνδρες ἔφυσαν, Οὐδαῖος, Χθόνιος, Ὑπερήνωρ, Ἐχίων, Πέλωρος. καὶ ὁ μὲν Ἑλλάνικος μόνους φησὶ 〈τούτους〉 βεβλαστηκέναι, ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος πολλοὺς 〈καὶ〉 ἄλλους — ἵδρυσεν ὄχλον γηγενῆ Ἄρεως ἀμώοντος ὑπὸ δουρὶ ὅσοι ἐλίποντο (v. 1186 sq.) — καὶ ἀλλήλους πεφονευκέναι.

e. Cadmus son of Agenor: he says that those left over in the battle settled in Thebes with Cadmus. Hellanicus also says (4 F 1b J.) that Cadmus took out the serpent's teeth and sowed them, and from them five men grew: Udaeus, Chthonius, Hyperenor, Echion, Pelorus. And Hellanicus says that only these sprang up, but Apollonius says that many others too—he established a crowd of earth-born men left over from Ares' reaping under the spear (v. 1186 f.)—and that they killed one another.

2 κατοικήσας (-ίσας F) αὐτοὺς ἐν Θήβαις in fine add. P e sch. e2 κατοικήσας (-ίσας F) αὐτοὺς ἐν Θήβαις added at the end in P from scholion e 9 μόνους HF : -υυς L : om. P add. HF9 μόνους in HF : -υυς in L : omitted in P, added in HF 10 add. F, cf. sch. b10 added in F, cf. sch. b

f. οἱ μὲν Ἀγήνορος λέγουσι τὸν Κάδμον, οἱ δὲ Φοίνικος. Φερεκύδης δὲ ἐν δ' οὕτω φησίν (3 fg 21 J.)· ‘Ἀγήνωρ δὲ ὁ Ποσειδῶνος γαμεῖ Δαμνὼ τὴν Βήλου. τῶν δὲ γίνονται Φοῖνιξ καὶ Ἰσαίη, ἣν ἴσχει Αἴγυπτος, καὶ Μελία, ἣν ἴσχει Δαναός. ἔπειτεν ἴσχει Ἀγήνωρ Ἀργιόπην τὴν Νείλου τοῦ ποταμοῦ· τῶν δὲ γίνεται Κάδμος.’

f. Some say Cadmus was the son of Agenor, others of Phoenix. Pherecydes in his fourth book says as follows (3 fg 21 J.): ‘Agenor, son of Poseidon, married Damno, daughter of Belus. Their children were Phoenix and Isaie, whom Aegyptus married, and Melia, whom Danaus married. Then Agenor married Argiope, daughter of the river Nile; their child was Cadmus.’

12 ἄλλως praem. L12 ἄλλως prefixed in L 14 ἣν ἴσχει bis L : ἣν ἔσχεν P14 ἣν ἴσχει twice in L : ἣν ἔσχεν in P 15 Μελία L : -η P ἔπειτεν ἴσχει Schaefer : ἔπειτα ἐνίσχει15 Μελία in L : -η in P; ἔπειτεν ἴσχει Schaefer : ἔπειτα ἐνίσχει 16 τῶν Sturz Pherec.² 1824, 106 : τοῦ L : αὐτῷ P : τῆς H16 τῶν Sturz Pherec.² 1824, 106 : τοῦ in L : αὐτῷ in P : τῆς in H

1191—92. ἠέλιος μὲν ἄπωθ〈εν〉 ἐρεμνὴν 〈δύετο〉 γαῖαν: λέγει τὴν ὑπὸ τὸν ὁρίζοντα δύσιν· 〈ἐρεμνὴν〉 γὰρ εἴρηκε 〈διὰ〉 τὸ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχαίων παραδεδομένον ἔρεβος. Αἰθίοπας δὲ λέγει τοὺς πρὸς τῇ δύσει, ἐρεμνὴν δὲ γῆν τὸ ἀφανὲς ἡμισφαίριον τὸ περὶ τὸ ἔρεβος· τοιοῦτο δὲ ἀκουστέον τὸν ὑπὸ τὸν ὁρίζοντα τόπον ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἀπολλωνίου. ἑσπέριον δὲ τὸν ἥλιον εἴρηκε, τὴν ὥραν σημαίνων, καθ' ἣν ὥραν παρέπεται αὐτῷ τὸ δύνειν. νεάτας δὲ ἄκριας εἴρηκεν τῶν Αἰθιόπων τὰς ἐσχατιὰς ὡς ὑπερκειμένας τῆς οἰκουμένης. οὐκ ὀρθῶς δὲ εἴρηκεν ὑπὲρ ἄκριας Αἰθιόπων τὸν ἥλιον δύνειν· ὁ γὰρ ὁρίζων κύκλος, οὐκ ὢν τῇ φύσει, τῇ ὄψει ἐπισημαίνεται.

1191-92. The sun went down far away to the dark earth: he means the setting below the horizon; for he has said ‘dark’ because of the Erebus handed down by the ancients. He calls the Ethiopians those towards the setting, and ‘dark earth’ the invisible hemisphere around Erebus; such must be understood as the place below the horizon in Apollonius. He has called the sun ‘evening’, indicating the hour at which its setting follows. He has called the ‘uttermost peaks’ of the Ethiopians their farthest parts as lying beyond the inhabited world. But he has not correctly said that the sun sets beyond the peaks of the Ethiopians; for the horizon circle, not existing in nature, is marked by sight.

17 suppl. Fr.17 supplied by Fr. 18 〈ἐρ.〉 — 〈διὰ〉 τὸ — ἔρεβος Fr. : 〈δύσιν〉 — τόν — ὁρίζοντα18 〈ἐρ.〉 — 〈διὰ〉 τὸ — ἔρεβος Fr. : 〈δύσιν〉 — τόν — ὁρίζοντα 21 τοιοῦτο W : -ον L : om. P21 τοιοῦτο in W : -ον in L : omitted in P ἐπὶ W : ὑπὸ L : παρ’ (Ἀ-ῳ) F : om. Pἐπὶ in W : ὑπὸ in L : παρ’ (Ἀ-ῳ) in F : omitted in P 24 ὡς F : καὶ L : om. P24 ὡς in F : καὶ in L : omitted in P τῆς -ης K : τὴν -ηντῆς -ης in K : τὴν -ην

1193. 〈Νὺξ δ’ ἵπποισιν:〉 νεωτέρα τῶν Ὁμήρου χρόνων ἡ τοῦ ἅρματος ὑπόζευξις. Lm

1193. 〈Night with her horses:〉 the yoking of the chariot is later than the time of Homer. Lm

27 νεωτέρα K : -ος27 νεωτέρα in K : -ος

1194—96. αὐτίκ’ ἐπεί ῥ' Ἑλίκ〈ης〉: πρὸς τὸ κλίμα τῆς Ἑλίκης φησὶν ἀναβλέψαντα τὸν Ἰάσονα σημειώσασθαι τὸν καιρὸν τὸν εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τῆς Μηδείας αὐτῷ.

1194-96. Immediately when he looked up at the latitude of Helice: he says that Jason, looking up at the latitude of Helice, noted the time that had been told to him by Medea.

1202. ὑπεύδιος: ὑπ’ ἀνθρώπων εὔδιος, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν εὐδίᾳ καὶ ἡσυχίᾳ τυγχάνων ἀνθρώπων ὑγρὸς τόπος.

1202. Calm: calm by men, instead of being in calm and quiet, a moist place of men.

1206. ἀδινῆς εὐνῆς: νῦν οἰκτρᾶς, λυπηρᾶς, διὰ τὴν ἀπόλειψιν.

1206. Of the close couch: now pitiable, painful, because of the abandonment.

6 sch. 1104 cum loc. sim.6 sch. 1104 with similar passages

1210. ἐπὶ δὲ μιγάδας: τὰς μεμιγμένας ἢ τὰς συμμιγεῖς τισιν.

1210. Upon the mixed ones: the mixed or those mingled with certain things.

7 τισιν W : τινων L : ἔκ τινων P7 τισιν in W : τινων in L : ἔκ τινων in P

1213 a. κευθμῶν: τῶν κρυφῶν. Lg (P)

1213 a. Of the hiding places: of the hidden. Lg (P)

8 Et. Gen. (AB) κευθμῶν ἐξ ὑπάτων: Ἀπολλώνιος III 1213. κρυφίμων καὶ ὑψηλῶν (κρ. καὶ ὑψ. A, om. B). ὕπατος γὰρ παρὰ τὸ ὑπέρτατός (W, ὑπότατός AB) τις (A, om. B) εἶναι. — Hesych. ὑπάτη. ὕπατος Συν. ὕπατον (394, 33 Ba. Phot. Suid.)8 Et. Gen. (AB) κευθμῶν ἐξ ὑπάτων: Apollonius III 1213. of hidden and high places (κρ. καὶ ὑψ. in A, omitted in B). For ὕπατος is from being highest (W, ὑπότατός in AB) (A, omitted in B). — Hesych. ὑπάτη. ὕπατος Συν. ὕπατον (394, 33 Ba. Phot. Suid.) 8 κρυφῶν K : -ίων8 κρυφῶν in K : -ίων

b. ὑπάτων: ὑψηλῶν. Lg (P)

b. Of the highest: of the lofty. Lg (P)

1214—15. πέριξ δέ μιν ἐστεφά〈νωντο〉: ὅτι δράκουσι καὶ δρυΐνῳ κλάδῳ στέφεται ἡ Ἑκάτη, καὶ Σοφοκλῆς ἐν Ῥιζοτόμοις τὸν χορὸν πεποίηκε λέγοντα (fg 535 Pearson)· ‘Ἥλιε δέσποτα καὶ πῦρ ἱερόν, τῆς εἰνοδίας Ἑκάτης ἔγχος, τὸ δι’ Οὐλύμπου 〈προ〉πολοῦσα φέρει καὶ γῆς ἀνιοῦσ’ ἱερὰς τριόδους, στεφανωσαμένη δρυΐ καὶ πλεκτοῖς ὠμῶν σπείραισι δρακόντων.’

1214-15. And all around her they crowned: that Hecate is crowned with serpents and an oak branch, and Sophocles in the Root-cutters has made the chorus say (fg 535 Pearson): ‘Lord Sun and sacred fire, spear of Hecate of the crossroads, which she carries as she attends through Olympus and comes up from the earth to the sacred meeting of three ways, crowned with oak and with woven coils of serpents.’

19 sch. II 821 cum loc. sim.19 sch. II 821 with similar passages 20 sch. II 399/401 a cum loc. sim.20 sch. II 399/401 a with similar passages. 14 εἰν- H : ἐν-14 εἰν- in H : ἐν- 15 Οὐλ- Valckenaer : Ὄλ- 〈προ〉πολοῦσα Pearson : πολοῦσα L : πωλοῦσα K : πολλοῦ P15 Οὐλ- Valckenaer : Ὄλ- 〈προ〉πολοῦσα Pearson : πολοῦσα in L : πωλοῦσα in K : πολλοῦ in P 16 ἀνιοῦσ’ Wil. : ναίους’ F : ναίουσα L : καίουσα P16 ἀνιοῦσ’ Wil. : ναίους’ in F : ναίουσα in L : καίουσα in P 17 δρυΐ P : δρυσί L πλεκτοῖς vel -αῖς coll. Varr. Atac. (fg 8 Baehr.) Valckenaer : πλείστοις P : πλείστους L : πλείσταις Jos. Scaliger Coni. 11717 δρυΐ in P : δρυσί in L πλεκτοῖς or -αῖς, comparing Varr. Atac. (fg 8 Baehr.) Valckenaer : πλείστοις in P : πλείστους in L : πλείσταις Jos. Scaliger Coni. 117 18 ὠμῶν Valckenaer : ὤμων Scaliger : ὤμῳ σπείραισι Scaliger : -ησι Valckenaer : -ήμασι P : -ουσι L δρακόντων P : -ας L18 ὠμῶν Valckenaer : ὤμων Scaliger : ὤμῳ σπείραισι Scaliger : -ησι Valckenaer : -ήμασι in P : -ουσι in L δρακόντων in P : -ας in L

1219. ἐλειονόμοι: αἱ ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσιν ἀναστρεφόμεναι. LgP

1219. ἐλειονόμοι: those that dwell in marshes. LgP

1220. Ἀμαραντίου: Ἀμαράντιοι ἔθνος βάρβαρον ὑπὲρ Κόλχων ἐν τῇ ἠπείρῳ, ὅθεν αἱ τοῦ Φάσιδος πηγαὶ ἐξερεύγονται. ἢ ὄρος Κολχικὸν καλούμενον Ἀμαράντιον, ὅθεν ὁ Φάσις καταφέρεται.

1220. Ἀμαραντίου: The Amarantii are a barbarian tribe beyond the Colchians on the mainland, from where the sources of the Phasis burst forth. Or a Colchian mountain called Amarantion, from which the Phasis flows down.

4 1197. Et. Gen. (AB) κλωπήιος: κλεπτικός. III 1197. Ἀπολλώνιος.4 1197. Et. Gen. (AB) κλωπήιος: κλεπτικός. III 1197. Ἀπολλώνιος.

1226. θώρηκα στάδιον: ὅτι οὐκ ἦν ἁλυσιδωτός, ἀλλὰ σταδιαῖος· ἀπὸ τῆς στάσεως ἐσχημάτισται. τινὲς δὲ στάδιον τὸν εὐπαγῆ, ὃν καὶ ὁ Καλλίμαχος λέγει (fg 59 Schn. = 145 Kapp)· ‘στάδιον δ’ ὑφέεστο χιτῶνα’.

1226. θώρηκα στάδιον: because it was not chain-mail, but a standing corselet; it is formed from 'standing'. But some say 'στάδιον' means well-made, which Callimachus also says (fg 59 Schn. = 145 Kapp): 'and he wore a well-made tunic'.

1 Hesych. στάδιος χιτών Συν. στάδιον (369, 11 Ba. Phot. Suid.)1 Hesych. στάδιος χιτών Συν. στάδιον (369, 11 Ba. Phot. Suid.) 2 τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς στάσεως, τινὲς δὲ (τ. δ. G, ἢ S) τὸν εὐπαγῆ GmSm2 τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς στάσεως, τινὲς δὲ (τ. δ. in G, ἢ in S) τὸν εὐπαγῆ GmSm 4 ὑφέεστο L : ἠμφίεστο P4 ὑφέεστο in L : ἠμφίεστο in P

1227 a. σφωιτέραις δὲ χερσί: ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ, ταῖς ἰδίαις. P

1227 a. σφωιτέραις δὲ χερσί: with his own, with his private hands. P

b. Φλεγραῖον: τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς Φλέγρας· Φλέγρα δὲ πεδίον Θράκης περὶ Παλλήνην. Μίμας δὲ τὸ κύριον τοῦ Γίγαντος.

b. Φλεγραῖον: the one from Phlegra; Phlegra is a plain of Thrace near Pallene. Mimas is the proper name of the Giant.

8 sch. 10868 sch. 1086

1231. πολύρρινον σάκος: πολύβυρσον. LgP

1231. πολύρρινον σάκος: of many hides. LgP

9 Apoll. Rhod. III 2459 Apoll. Rhod. III 245

1236. Φαέθων: ὅτι ὁ Ἄψυρτος καὶ Φαέθων ἐκαλεῖτο, ὥς φησι Τιμῶναξ ἐν β' Σκυθικῶν (fg 3 M. IV 522).

1236. Φαέθων: that Apsyrtus was also called Phaethon, as Timonax says in the second book of his Scythica (fg 3 M. IV 522).

9 ὁ Ἄψυρτος GgSm9 ὁ Ἄψυρτος GgSm

1240. οἷος δ’ Ἴσθμιον: Ἴσθμια τὰ ἐν Ἰσθμῷ τελούμενα τῆς Κορίνθου πρότερον μὲν τῷ Ποσειδῶνι, ὕστερον δὲ Μελικέρτῃ κατὰ κέλευσιν τοῦ τότε βασιλεύοντος Σισύφου τοῦ Αἰόλου· ὅτε προσβρασθὲν τὸ τοῦ Μελικέρτου σῶμα ἰδὼν τῇ Κορίνθῳ ἐπέγνω ἀδελφιδοῦν ὄντα καὶ Ἀθάμαντος τοῦ Αἰόλου υἱόν, ἐτίμησεν, ὡς ἔδει, καὶ τῷ ἀγῶνι τῷ Ἰσθμικῷ, ἐν ᾧ οἱ νικῶντες πίτυϊ ἐστέφοντο πάλαι, ὕστερον δὲ ξηρῷ σελίνῳ. Μουσαῖος δὲ ἐν τῷ Περὶ Ἰσθμίων (M. IV 518) δύο φησὶ γίνεσθαι ἀγῶνας ἐν Ἰσθμῷ, καὶ τὸν μὲν Ποσειδῶνος εἶναι, τὸν δὲ Μελικέρτου.

1240. οἷος δ’ Ἴσθμιον: The Isthmian games are those celebrated at the Isthmus of Corinth, formerly in honor of Poseidon, but later in honor of Melicertes at the command of the then king Sisyphus son of Aeolus; when he saw the body of Melicertes washed ashore at Corinth, he recognized that it was his nephew, the son of Athamas son of Aeolus, and honored him, as was fitting, also with the Isthmian contest, in which the victors were crowned with pine in old times, but later with dry celery. But Musaeus in his work On the Isthmian Games (M. IV 518) says that two contests take place at the Isthmus, one of Poseidon and one of Melicertes.

11 Hyp. Pind. Isthm. a—d sch. Eur. Med. 1284 Paus. I 44, 8. II 1, 3 Apoll. Bibl. III 29 Hyg. Fab. 2 Clem. Al. Protr. II 34, 1 Tzetz. Lyc. 56, 5. 104, 18 Sch.11 Hyp. Pind. Isthm. a—d sch. Eur. Med. 1284 Paus. I 44, 8. II 1, 3 Apoll. Bibl. III 29 Hyg. Fab. 2 Clem. Al. Protr. II 34, 1 Tzetz. Lyc. 56, 5. 104, 18 Sch.

1241. ἢ Ταίναρον: Ταίναρον ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Λακωνικῆς. Λέρνη δὲ κρήνη τοῦ Ἄργους ἱερὰ Ποσειδῶνος· ‘Λερναίων ἀδύτων περιώσιος ὀργιοφάντης’ (Anth. Pal. IX 688, 4).

1241. ἢ Ταίναρον: Taenarum is a promontory of Laconia. Lerna is a spring of Argos sacred to Poseidon: 'surpassing hierophant of the Lernaian sanctuaries' (Anth. Pal. IX 688, 4).

20 Et. Gen. (AB) Ταίναρος: III 1240—1242. Ἴσθμιον(!) τόπος ἐν Κορίνθῳ, ἰσθμὸς δὲ στενὴ θάλασσα (immo v. sch. I 936/49 g). Ταίναρον δὲ 〈..., Λέρνη δὲ add. W〉 κρήνη ἐν Ἄργει· Ὑαντίου δὲ τοῦ Βοιωτικοῦ ἄλσους(!) ἀπὸ Ὕαντος οἰκίσαντος (Miller, -ήσαντος AB). Ὀγχηστὸς δὲ (δὲ B, om. A) πόλις τῆς (τῆς A, om. B) Βοιωτίας.20 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) Ταίναρος: III 1240–1242. Ἴσθμιον(!) a place in Corinth, but an isthmus is a narrow sea (rather see scholion on I 936/49 g). Ταίναρον is 〈..., Λέρνη added by W〉 a spring in Argos; and of Hyantius the Boeotian grove(!) from Hyas having founded it (Miller, -ήσαντος in AB). Ὀγχηστὸς is (δὲ in B, omitted in A) a city of (τῆς in A, omitted in B) Boeotia. 21 ἱερὰ P : -ὴ L21 ἱερὰ in P : ἱερὴ in L 22 ὀργιοφάντης L : ἀργιοφάντης V (ἀργειο-) A : ἀργεϊφόντης P22 ὀργιοφάντης in L : ἀργιοφάντης in V (ἀργειο- in A) : ἀργεϊφόντης in P

1242—43 a. Ὑαντίου Ὀγχηστοῖο: τοῦ Βοιωτικοῦ· Ὕαντες γὰρ τὸ πρὶν ᾤκουν τὴν Βοιωτίαν. Ὀγχηστὸς δὲ πόλις τῆς Βοιωτίας ἱερὰ Ποσειδῶνος. Ὅμηρος (Β 506)· ‘Ὀγχηστόν θ’ ἱερόν, Ποσιδήιον ἀγλαὸν ἄλσυ.’

1242–43a. Of Hyantian Onchestus: of Boeotian; for the Hyantes formerly inhabited Boeotia. Onchestus is a city of Boeotia sacred to Poseidon. Homer (Iliad 2.506): 'and sacred Onchestus, the splendid grove of Poseidon.'

2 sch. Pind. Isthm I 44 b Ol. III 31 a. b Eust. Dion. Per. 803 (357, 41 M.), cf. W 63 5 sch. Pind. Ol. VI 148 b. 153 c Tzetz. Lyc. 159, 34 Sch.2 scholion on Pindar Isthmian 1.44b, Olympian 3.31a.b; Eustathius on Dionysius Periegetes 803 (357, 41 M.), cf. W 63; 5 scholion on Pindar Olympian 6.148b. 153c; Tzetzes on Lycophron 159, 34 Sch. 1 Βοιωτικοῦ Et. : εὐβοϊκοῦ L : (τὸν) Βοιώτιον P e sch. b1 Βοιωτικοῦ in Et. : εὐβοϊκοῦ in L : (τὸν) Βοιώτιον in P from scholion b 4 ἄλσος cum Homero F4 ἄλσος with Homer in F

b. Ὑάντιον δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ Βοιώτιον· Ὕαντες γὰρ Βοιωτίας ἔθνος βάρβαρον, ὅθεν καὶ παροιμία ‘Βοιωτία ὗς’. καὶ ἡ Καλαύρεια δὲ ἱερά ἐστι Ποσειδῶνος, ὡς φησι Φιλοστέφανος (fg 18 M. III 31)· ἦν δὲ πρότερον μὲν Ἀπόλλωνος, ἡ δὲ Πυθὼ Ποσειδῶνος, καὶ ἀντήμειψαν [οἰονεὶ κατήλλαξαν].

b. Hyantian instead of Boeotian; for the Hyantes are a barbarian people of Boeotia, whence also the proverb 'Boeotian pig.' And Calaureia is also sacred to Poseidon, as Philostephanus says (fr. 18 M. III 31); but formerly it belonged to Apollo, and Pytho to Poseidon, and they exchanged [that is, they swapped].

8 sch. Aesch. Eum. 27 sch. Lyc. 617 Strab. VIII 373 sq. Paus. II 33, 2. X 5, 6 Eust. Dion. Per. 4988 scholion on Aeschylus Eumenides 27; scholion on Lycophron 617; Strabo VIII 373 sq.; Pausanias II 33, 2. X 5, 6; Eustathius on Dionysius Periegetes 498 9 del. W 549 deleted by W 54

c. Καλαύρειαν: νῆσος πρὸς τῇ Τροιζῆνι. LmP

c. Calaureia: an island near Troezen. LmP

1244 a. Πέτρην θ’ Αἱμονίην: τὴν Θεσσαλίδα Πέτραν. χωρίον δέ ἐστιν, ἐν ᾧ Ποσειδῶνος ἄγεται ἀγών, ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου Πετραῖον καλεῖσθαι. Πίνδαρος (Pyth. IV 246)· ‘παῖ Ποσειδῶνος Πετραίου’.

1244a. And the Haemonian rock: the Thessalian Petra. It is a place in which a contest of Poseidon is held, so that from the place he is called Petraeus. Pindar (Pythian 4.246): 'son of Poseidon Petraeus.'

12 sch. Pind. Pyth. IV 246 b12 scholion on Pindar Pythian 4.246b 13 Πίνδαρος — Πετραίου P : om. L13 Πίνδαρος — Πετραίου in P : omitted in L

b. Γεραιστόν: ἀκρωτήριον Εὐβοίας. LgP

b. Geraestus: a cape of Euboea. LgP

1251. ἀαγέες: ἀκαμπέες.

1251. ἀαγέες: unbroken, inflexible.

1254. 〈ῥαιστήρ:〉 σφῦρα. Sm

1254. 〈ῥαιστήρ:〉 hammer. Sm

1258. 〈ἐπερρώσαντο〉 περὶ σθένεϊ σφριγόωσαι: ἀκμάζουσαι ῥωμαλεώτεραι τῇ δυνάμει ἐγένοντο, εὐτονοῦσαι ἐρρωμένως ἐκινοῦντο, τεταμέναι καὶ τῇ δυνάμει σφριγῶσαι· σφριγανὸν γάρ ἐστι τὸ ἰσχυρὸν καὶ στερεόν.

1258. 〈ἐπερρώσαντο〉 περὶ σθένεϊ σφριγόωσαι: they were at their peak, more vigorous in strength, they moved with taut energy, stretched and bursting with power; for σφριγανόν is the strong and solid.

1260. σκαρθμῷ: σὺν τῷ ποδί. LgSm(P)

1260. σκαρθμῷ: with the foot. LgSm(P)

1262. ἐπαγαίετο: ἔχαιρεν, ἐγαυρία. LgGgSmP

1262. ἐπαγαίετο: he rejoiced, he exulted. LgGgSmP

22 ἐγαυρία LP : om. GS22 ἐγαυρία in LP : omitted in GS

1266 a. 〈μεταπαιφάσσουσαν:〉 λάμπουσαν. Lm

1266a. 〈μεταπαιφάσσουσαν:〉 shining. Lm

b. τὸ δὲ μεταπαιφάσσεσθαι γράφεται καὶ μεταπαιφάσσουσαν. ἑκατέρως δὲ τὸ διαλάμπειν σημαίνει. P

b. μεταπαιφάσσεσθαι is also written μεταπαιφάσσουσαν. In either form it means to shine through. P

1268—69 a. καὶ τότε οὐκ ἐπὶ πολὺν καιρὸν ἀφέξεσθαι τῶν ἄθλων ἔμελλον. Lm (P)

1268–69a. And then they were not going to be far from the contests for a long time. Lm (P)

b. κληῖδες τὰ ζυγά, ἐφ’ ὧν οἱ ἐρέται κάθηνται.

b. κληῖδες are the benches on which the rowers sit.

1 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 100, 8 B. Hesych. κληῖδες sch. Lyc. 295 3 Eust. 1404, 551 Apollonius Sophista, Lexicon Homericum 100, 8 B.; Hesychius κληῖδες; scholion on Lycophron 295; 3 Eustathius 1404, 55

1270. Ἀρήιον: τὸ πλησίον τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῦ Ἄρεως, ὅπου καὶ τὸ κῶας.

1270. Ἀρήιον: the place near the sanctuary of Ares, where also the fleece is.

1271—72. βαλβίς ἐστιν, ᾗ ἐπιβάλλουσιν οἱ δρομεῖς γραμμή, σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐκκοπὴν τοῦ φρέατος. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· τοσοῦτον δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἀφεστήκει, ὅσον ἡ νύσσα ἀπὸ τῆς βαλβίδος ἤτοι τῆς ἀφετηρίας.

1271–72. βαλβίς is the line on which the runners step, but it also means the cutting of a well. The sense: it stood as far from the city as the turning post from the starting line, that is, the starting point.

3 -βάλλουσιν L : -βαίνουσιν P3 -βάλλουσιν in L : -βαίνουσιν in P 5 ἀφεστήκει K : ἀφέστηκεν5 ἀφεστήκει in K : ἀφέστηκεν

1286. χρίμψε: πλησίον ἐγένετο. Lg(P)

1286. χρίμψε: came near. Lg(P)

1288. νήριτα: τὰ μεγάλα καὶ ἀναρίθμητα. Lg (P)

1288. νήριτα: the great and countless things. Lg (P)

1290 a. κευθμῶνος: κοιλώματος. Lg (P)

1290a. κευθμῶνος: of a hollow. Lg (P)

8 -ώματος (P) : -ωμάτων L8 -ώματος in (P) : -ωμάτων in L

b. 〈ἵνα τέ σφισιν ἔσκε〉 βόαυλα: ὅπου ἦν αὐτοῖς ἡ βοόστασις. Lg (P)

b. 〈ἵνα τέ σφισιν ἔσκε〉 βόαυλα: where their cattle-stall was. Lg (P)

1291. κεκαπνίσθαι φησὶ τὴν βοόστασιν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ πυρὸς ἀποφορᾶς τοῦ στόματος τῶν ταύρων.

1291. He says the cattle-stall was filled with smoke from the exhalation of fire from the bulls' mouths.

1299. ἐυρρίνοις: τοῖς εὐβύρσοις καὶ καλῶς ἐρρινωμένοις. ἢ εὐπνόοις· διὰ γὰρ τῆς ῥινὸς τὸ πνεῦμα πέμπεται.

1299. ἐυρρίνοις: with good hides and well-covered with skins. Or with good breathing; for breath is sent through the nose.

13 ἐρρινωμένοις (P) : ἐρριμένοις L : ἐρρινημένοις AF13 ἐρρινωμένοις in (P) : ἐρριμένοις in L : ἐρρινημένοις in AF

1300. μαρμαίρουσι: κυρίως †καίουσι†, μετενήνοχε δὲ τὴν φωνήν.

1300. μαρμαίρουσι: properly †καίουσι†, but he has transferred the word.

16 1301. Et. Gen. (B) πιμπράσαι: φυσῶσαι. III 1301. Ἀπολλώνιος.16 1301. Etymologicum Genuinum (B) πιμπράσαι: to blow. III 1301. Apollonius. 15 πιμπράσαι κυρίως καίουσαι prop. Wil. ad l.15 πιμπράσαι κυρίως καίουσαι proposed by Wil. ad l.

1302—03. 〈ἐξ αὐτοῦ πέλεται βρόμος:〉 ἀπὸ τῆς σφοδροτάτης φυσήσεως ἐνεργούσης ἔσωθεν.

1302-03. 〈ἐξ αὐτοῦ πέλεται βρόμος:〉 from the very violent blowing acting from within.

16 hoc sch. a praecedente separavit Fr. ἐπὶ pro ἀπὸ K16 Fr. separated this scholium from the preceding one. ἐπὶ instead of ἀπὸ in K

1304. αἶθος: πῦρ, φλόξ. LgP

1304. αἶθος: fire, flame. LgP

1310 a. σφῆλε γνύξ: σφαλῆναι ἐποίησε καὶ ἤνεγκεν ἐπὶ τὰ γόνατα.

1310a. σφῆλε γνύξ: caused to stumble and brought him to his knees.

19 ἐπὶ τὰ γόνατα LmSmP (hic cum l. ὀκλάξ e v. 1308)19 ἐπὶ τὰ γόνατα in LmSmP (here with the reading ὀκλάξ from v. 1308)

b. βεβολημένον: βεβλημένον καὶ πληγέντα. LgP

b. βεβολημένον: struck and wounded. LgP

1313 a. 〈γούνασιν:〉 τοῖς ἑαυτῶν. Lm

1313a. 〈γούνασιν:〉 their own. Lm

22 ἑαυτῶν W : -οῦ22 ἑαυτῶν in W : -οῦ

b. ἐλυσθείς: ἐκταθείς. LGgSmP

b. ἐλυσθείς: stretched out. LGgSmP

1317. 〈ἐνέδησε:〉 τοῖς ἱμᾶσι. LgSm (P)

1317. 〈ἐνέδησε:〉 with the straps. LgSm (P)

1318 a. θοή: διά τὸ εἰς ὀξύ λήγειν. Lg (P)

1318a. θοή: because it ends in a sharp sound. Lg (P)

b. κορώνῃ: τῷ τοῦ ζυγοῦ κρίκῳ συνήρμοσεν. LGmSm(P)

b. κορώνῃ: he fitted it to the ring of the yoke. LGmSm(P)

26 συνήρμοσεν L (P) : om. GS26 συνήρμοσεν in L (P) : omitted in GS

1319—20. οἱ Τυνδαρίδαι, φησίν, ἀπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐχωρίσθησαν εἰς τὴν ναῦν. Lm (P)

1319-20. The Tyndaridae, he says, separated themselves from the fire to the ship. Lm (P)

Γ 1321 a—1354/56 a

1321 a. 〈γέντο:〉 ἔλαβε. Sm

1321a. 〈γέντο:〉 took. Sm

b. θοῶν: ὀξέων. Lg (P)

b. θοῶν: sharp. Lg (P)

c. 〈ἔμπλειον:〉 γέμουσαν. Lg

c. 〈ἔμπλειον:〉 full. Lg

1323 a. ἐργατίνης: ἐργάτης, γεωργός. LgP

1323a. ἐργατίνης: worker, farmer. LgP

b. ἀκαίνῃ: ἀντὶ τοῦ κέντρῳ. ἄκαινα δέ ἐστι μέτρον δεκάπουν, Θεσσαλῶν εὕρεμα, ἢ ῥάβδος ποιμενικὴ παρὰ Πελασγοῖς ηὑρημένη· περὶ ἧς Καλλίμαχός φησιν (fg 214 Schn. = 7, 7 Pfeiffer)· ‘ἀμφότερον, κέντρον τε βοῶν καὶ μέτρον ἀρούρης.’

b. ἀκαίνῃ: instead of κέντρῳ. ἄκαινα is a measure of ten feet, an invention of the Thessalians, or a shepherd's staff discovered among the Pelasgians; concerning which Callimachus says (fg 214 Schn. = 7, 7 Pfeiffer): 'both, a goad for oxen and a measure of the field.'

5 Et. Gen. (B Voss.) ἄκαινα: ἡ ῥάβδος. Ἀπολλώνιος III 1323. Θεσσαλική ἐστι ῥάβδος, τὸ καλούμενον βούκεντρον. ὠνομάσθη δὲ οὕτως. Νεῖλος ὁ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ποταμός, ἀναβλύζων καὶ ἀνερχόμενος διὰ τοῦ θέρους, τὰ ὅρια τῆς γῆς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων τῇ ὑγρασίᾳ λύων καὶ μιγνὺς ἀπώλλυεν (Et. M., ἀπώλυμεν B, ἀπόλλομεν Voss.). ἐλαττουμένου (Voss., ἐλαττομ- B) δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ πάλιν (B, πάλιν καὶ Voss.) καταβαίνοντος μάχη καὶ ἀμφισβήτησις τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις (B, τῶν -ων Voss.) περὶ ὁρίων τοσαύτη ἐγίνετο, ὥστε καὶ ἀλλήλους φονεύειν. ὕστερον δὲ ῥάβδον λαβόντες τὰς ἑαυτῶν γαίας ἐγεωμέτρουν πρὸ (Voss., περὶ B) τῆς ἀναβάσεως τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ ἐσημειοῦντο, καὶ πάλιν μετὰ τὴν ἀπόβασιν τοῦ ποταμοῦ τῇ αὐτῇ ῥάβδῳ γεωμετροῦντες, ἕκαστος τὴν ἰδίαν γῆν ἀπελάμβανε δίχα μάχης καὶ φόνου. ἐκλήθη οὖν ἡ ῥάβδος ἐκείνη ἄκαινα, δι’ ἧς ἐγεωμέτρουν, ἡ στεροῦσα αὐτοὺς τοῦ καίνειν ἀλλήλους, ὅ ἐστι φονεύειν. λέγεται δέ, ὅτι Θεσσαλός τις εὑρεθεὶς ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἐπενοήσατο τῇ ῥάβδῳ γεωμετρεῖν τὴν γῆν. ἔνθεν καὶ Πελασγίδι εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ Θεσσαλικῇ. ἐργατίνης δὲ ὁ γεωργός (ἐργ. δὲ ὁ γ. hic in Et. M., ὁ γ. post Ἀπολλώνιος in B, om. Voss.). cf. W 80 Hesych. ἄκαινα Συν. ἀ. (46, 5 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Eust. 911, 515 Etymologicum Genuinum (B, Voss.) ἄκαινα: the rod. Apollonius III 1323. It is a Thessalian rod, the so-called ox-goad. It was named thus: The Nile, the river of the Egyptians, rising and swelling during the summer, loosening the boundaries of the land of the Egyptians with its moisture and mixing them up, destroyed them (Et. M., ἀπώλυμεν in B, ἀπόλλομεν in Voss.). But when it diminished and again (B, πάλιν καὶ in Voss.) subsided, such fighting and dispute arose among the Egyptians (B, τῶν -ων in Voss.) over boundaries that they even killed one another. Later, taking a rod, they measured their own lands before (Voss., περὶ in B) the rising of the river and marked them, and again after the subsiding of the river, measuring with the same rod, each received his own land without fighting and slaughter. Therefore that rod, by which they measured, was called ἄκαινα, which deprived them of killing one another, that is, murdering. It is said that a certain Thessalian, being in Egypt, devised measuring the land with the rod. Hence he also said 'Pelasgian' instead of 'Thessalian'. And ἐργατίνης is the farmer (ἐργ. δὲ ὁ γ. here in Et. M., ὁ γ. after Ἀπολλώνιος in B, omitted in Voss.). cf. W 80 Hesych. ἄκαινα Συν. ἀ. (46, 5 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Eust. 911, 51 16 1342. Et. Gen. (B) ἐργατίναι: οἱ γηπόνοι. οἷον III 1340—1342.16 1342. Etymologicum Genuinum (B) ἐργατίναι: the tillers of the soil. As in III 1340–1342.

1331. ὀκρυόεσσα: νῦν ἀντὶ τοῦ τραχεῖα· ἡ τραχεῖα διεσχίζετο γῆ. Lm (P)

1331. ὀκρυόεσσα: here meaning 'rough'; the rough earth was being split. Lm (P)

1332. 〈κρατερῷ:〉 μεγάλῳ. Sm

1332. 〈κρατερῷ:〉 great. Sm

1335 a. 〈λαῖον:〉 γράφεται βαθμόν. Lg

1335 a. 〈λαῖον:〉 written βαθμόν. Lg

b. 〈λαιόν:〉 βοῦν. Sm

b. 〈λαιόν:〉 ox. Sm

1340. 〈ἀνομένοιο:〉 λείπει τὸ υ, ἵν’ ᾖ ἀνυομένοιο. ἢ ἑτέρως λείπει τὸ ο καὶ ἔστιν ἀνυμένοιο. Sm

1340. 〈ἀνομένοιο:〉 the υ is missing, so that it is ἀνυομένοιο. Or otherwise the ο is missing and it is ἀνυμένοιο. Sm

1345. διεπτοίησεν: ἐθορύβησεν ὥστε φεύγειν. Lm (P)

1345. διεπτοίησεν: he terrified them so that they fled. Lm (P)

1354—56 a. [τὸν δ’ ἕλεν ἀμφασίη:] οὗτος καὶ οἱ ἑξῆς στίχοι

1354–56 a. [τὸν δ’ ἕλεν ἀμφασίη:] this and the following lines

17 hoc sch. non ad v. 1372, sed huc pertinere primus vidit Valckenaer Eur. Phoen. 1755, 277; cf. etiam Wil. Hell. Dicht. 2, 1924, 230. 32417 Valckenaer Eur. Phoen. 1755, 277 was the first to see that this scholion belongs not to v. 1372, but here; cf. also Wil. Hell. Dicht. 2, 1924, 230. 324

εἰλημμένοι εἰσὶ παρ’ Εὐμήλου (fg 9 Kink. 191), παρ’ ᾧ φησι Μήδεια πρὸς Ἴδμονα. Σοφοκλῆς δὲ ἐν ταῖς Κολχίσι (fg 341 Pearson) πεποίηκε τὸν ἄγγελον, τοῦ Αἰήτου πυθομένου περὶ τῶν προειρημένων ‘ἦ βλαστὸς οὐκ ἔβλαστεν οὑπιχώριος;’ λέγοντα· ‘καὶ κάρτα φρίξας τ’ εὐλόφῳ σφηκώματι χαλκηλάτοις ὅπλοισι μητρὸς ἐξέδυ.’ ταῦτα δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος παραγέγραφεν.

are taken from Eumelus (fg 9 Kink. 191), in whom Medea speaks to Idmon. Sophocles in his Colchian Women (fg 341 Pearson) has made the messenger, when Aeetes asks about the aforementioned things, 'Did the native shoot not sprout?', say: 'And indeed, bristling with a well-crested helmet and bronze-forged weapons, he emerged from his mother.' Apollonius has adapted these things.

2 Ἴδμονα L : Ἰάσωνα P (cf. W 38)2 Ἴδμονα in L : Ἰάσωνα in P (cf. W 38) 3 πυθομένου K : -όμενον3 πυθομένου in K : -όμενον 6 κρᾶτα Bergk. τ’ W : τῶν L : (κρᾶτα-) γ’ Jebb : om. P σφηκώματι Valckenaer : -κώμενα L : -νώματι P6 κρᾶτα Bergk. τ’ in W : τῶν in L : (κρᾶτα-) γ’ Jebb : omitted in P σφηκώματι Valckenaer : -κώμενα in L : -νώματι in P 7 μητρὸς ἐξέδυ Rutgers : μὴ προσεξέδυ7 μητρὸς ἐξέδυ Rutgers : μὴ προσεξέδυ

b. φρίξαν: ἐξωρθοῦντο, φοβεροὶ ἐφαίνοντο. Lm (P)

b. φρίξαν: they bristled, appeared terrifying. Lm (P)

c. 〈φρίξεν:〉 ἔλαμψε. Sm

c. 〈φρίξεν:〉 it shone. Sm

d. 〈ἀμφιγύοις:〉 διπλοῖς. Sm

d. 〈ἀμφιγύοις:〉 double. Sm

1358. Ὄλυμπον εἶπεν ὁμοίως τοῖς νεωτέροις τὸν οὐρανόν. Lm (P)

1358. He said 'Olympus' for the sky, like the later poets. Lm (P)

12 Hesych. Ὄλυμπος Συν. Ὄ. (316, 31 Ba. Phot. Suid.)12 Hesych. Ὄλυμπος Συν. Ὄ. (316, 31 Ba. Phot. Suid.)

1360. 〈ἄελλαι:〉 γράφεται ἀῆται. Lg

1360. 〈ἄελλαι:〉 written ἀῆται. Lg

1363. ἀναλδήσκοντες: ἀναδιδόμενοι, αὐξανόμενοι. Lg (P)

1363. ἀναλδήσκοντες: rising up, growing. Lg (P)

14 Et. Gen. (B) ἀλδήσκω: ... καὶ ‘ἀναλδήσκοντες ὑπὸ χθόνα’ (III 1363) ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναδιδόμενοι, αὐξόμενοι.14 Etymologicum Genuinum (B) ἀλδήσκω: ... and ‘ἀναλδήσκοντες ὑπὸ χθόνα’ (III 1363) instead of rising up, growing.

1365. περιηγέα: περιφερή. LgP

1365. περιηγέα: round. LgP

1366. σόλον: δίσκον. Lg (P)

1366. σόλον: discus. Lg (P)

1371. σπιλάδας ἤτοι τὰ κύματα, ἀλλαχοῦ δὲ τὰς πέτρας. Sm

1371. σπιλάδας: that is, the waves, but elsewhere the rocks. Sm

1376 a. κατάικες: συστροφαί. Lg (P)

1376a. κατάικες: squalls. Lg (P)

b. 〈κατάικες:〉 καταιγίδες. Sm

b. 〈κατάικες:〉 gusts. Sm

1377—79. οἷος δ’ οὐρανόθεν πυρόεις ἀναπάλλεται: γράφεται καὶ ἀπολάμπεται. περὶ τῶν διατρεχόντων ἀστέρων καὶ ῥᾳδίως ἀφανιζομένων τὸν λόγον ποιεῖται, οἳ τῇ τῆς φορᾶς ὀξύτητι παραπλήσιόν τι ἔχουσιν ἐπιβαλλομένῳ. ὁλκὸν δὲ λέγει τὸ ὑπὸ τῆς ὀξύτητος παρασυρόμενον αὐτῷ φέγγος. τὰς δὲ τοιαύτας φαντασίας ὁ

1377-79. οἷος δ’ οὐρανόθεν πυρόεις ἀναπάλλεται: it is also written ἀπολάμπεται. He speaks about the stars that dart across and quickly disappear, which by the swiftness of their motion have something similar to one rushing upon [something]. He calls ὁλκός the light that is dragged along with it by its swiftness. Such appearances Musaeus (2 B 17 Diels-Kranz) says rise from the ocean and are extinguished in the aether. Apollonius plausibly called the stars mentioned by Musaeus 'flashes'; for the gleams that occur, imperceptible because of their swiftness, are called 'flashes' from some source. But it is implausible to compare Jason, as he goes to a dangerous contest, to such a star, which is extinguished immediately upon appearing. But if someone should say that he has likened him to Pyroeis, about whom Epigenes in his work On the Chaldean Mathematics, after first speaking about the planets, of which he says one is Pyroeis, called by the Greeks Ares, but by the Chaldeans Heracles 〈...〉; for he says that as it moves along, flashes and sparks occur, but Pyroeis is slow-moving.

22 τῇ τῆς φορᾶς ὀξύτητι Wellauer : τῇ τῆς ὀξύτητος φορᾷ L : διὰ τὴν τῆς φορᾶς ὀξύτητα P22 τῇ τῆς φορᾶς ὀξύτητι Wellauer : τῇ τῆς ὀξύτητος φορᾷ in L : διὰ τὴν τῆς φορᾶς ὀξύτητα in P 23 ἐπιβαλλομένῳ W : ὑποβούλημα ὑπὸ τῆς ὀξύτητος W : ὑπὸ τὴν -τα : διὰ τὴν -τα K23 ἐπιβαλλομένῳ W : ὑποβούλημα ὑπὸ τῆς ὀξύτητος W : ὑπὸ τὴν -τα : διὰ τὴν -τα K

Μουσαῖος (2 B 17 Diels-Kranz) ἀναφερομένας φησὶν ἐκ τοῦ ὠκεανοῦ κατὰ τὸν αἰθέρα ἀποσβέννυσθαι. τοὺς δὲ ὑπὸ Μουσαίου ἀστέρας εἰρημένους Ἀπολλώνιος πιθανῶς μαρμαρυγὰς εἴρηκε· τὰς γὰρ γινομένας ἀκαταλήπτους διὰ τὴν ὀξύτητα ἀποστίλψεις ἀφ’ οὗτινος μαρμαρυγὰς καλοῦσιν. ἀπίθανον δὲ τῷ τοιούτῳ ἀστέρι παραβαλεῖν τὸν Ἰάσονα πρὸς ἐπικίνδυνον ἆθλον πορευόμενον, τῷ ἅμα τῷ φανῆναι εὐθέως σβεννυμένῳ. εἰ δέ τις λέγοι τῷ Πυρόεντι αὐτὸν ὡμοιωκέναι, περὶ οὗ Ἐπιγένης ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῶν Χαλδαϊκῶν μαθηματικῶν προειπὼν περὶ τῶν πλανητῶν, [λέγων] ὧν φησιν ἕνα εἶναι τὸν Πυρόεντα, προσαγορευόμενον [δὲ] ὑπὸ μὲν Ἑλλήνων Ἄρεως, ὑπὸ δὲ Χαλδαίων Ἡρακλέους 〈...〉· φησὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐπισυρομένου αὐτοῦ μαρμαρυγὰς καὶ σπινθῆρας γίνεσθαι, ὁ δὲ Πυρόεις δυσκίνητός ἐστιν.

Musaeus (2 B 17 Diels-Kranz) says that the appearances rise from the ocean and are extinguished in the aether. Apollonius plausibly called the stars mentioned by Musaeus 'flashes'; for the gleams that occur, imperceptible because of their swiftness, are called 'flashes' from some source. But it is implausible to compare Jason, as he goes to a dangerous contest, to such a star, which is extinguished immediately upon appearing. But if someone should say that he has likened him to Pyroeis, about whom Epigenes in his work On the Chaldean Mathematics, after first speaking about the planets, of which he says one is Pyroeis, called by the Greeks Ares, but by the Chaldeans Heracles 〈...〉; for he says that as it moves along, flashes and sparks occur, but Pyroeis is slow-moving.

3 sch. 1018 cum loc. sim.3 sch. 1018 with similar passage. 9 Et. Gen. (A B) Πυρόεις: III 1377. 〈ὅτι ὁ (ὁ A, om. B) ἀστὴρ ὑπὸ μὲν Ἑλλήνων Ἄρης λέγεται, ὑπὸ δὲ Αἰγυπτίων καὶ ἀστρονόμων Πυρόεις, ὑπὸ δὲ Χαλδαίων Ἡρακλῆς. Ἀπολλώνιος. — Cic. De nat. deor. II 20 Ach. Isag. Arat. Phaen. 43, 20 M.〉9 Etymologicum Genuinum (A B) Πυρόεις: III 1377. 〈that the star is called Ares by the Greeks, Pyroeis by the Egyptians and astronomers, and Heracles by the Chaldeans. Apollonius. — Cicero, De natura deorum II 20; Achilles, Isagoge in Arati Phaenomena 43, 20 M.〉 1 ἐκ τοῦ αἰθέρος κατὰ τὸν ὠκεανὸν coll. Pseudoplut. Plac. phil. III 2 Bergk Opusc. II 683 n. 851 ἐκ τοῦ αἰθέρος κατὰ τὸν ὠκεανὸν coll. Pseudoplut. Plac. phil. III 2 Bergk Opusc. II 683 n. 85 4 ἀφ’ οὗτινος W : ἐφ’ οὗτινος L : om. P 〈οὖν〉 post οὗτινος addi vult Wil. ad l.4 ἀφ’ οὗτινος W : ἐφ’ οὗτινος in L : om. in P 〈οὖν〉 after οὗτινος Wil. ad l. would add 7 Ἐπιγένης Lobeck Aglaoph. 1829, 341 : Περι-. dubitat de hac coni. Rehm RE² VI 667 Ἐπιγένης Lobeck Aglaoph. 1829, 341 : Περι-. Rehm RE² VI 66 doubts this conjecture 8 ἐν τῷ περὶ τῶν Χαλδαϊκῶν μαθηματικῶν Stiehle : ἐν τῷ περὶ τῆς Χαλκιδικῆς (Χαλδαϊκῆς Rutgers 1618, 467) τῶν μαθηματικῶν L : ἐν τοῖς Χαλκιδικοῖς (Χαλδικοῖς V) περὶ τῶν μαθημάτων P8 ἐν τῷ περὶ τῶν Χαλδαϊκῶν μαθηματικῶν Stiehle : ἐν τῷ περὶ τῆς Χαλκιδικῆς (Χαλδαϊκῆς Rutgers 1618, 467) τῶν μαθηματικῶν in L : ἐν τοῖς Χαλκιδικοῖς (Χαλδικοῖς V) περὶ τῶν μαθημάτων in P 9 verbo λέγων deleto ὧν φησιν ἕνα Wil. ad l. : ὑφ’ ἓν L : aliter P9 with the word λέγων deleted, ὧν φησιν ἕνα Wil. ad l. : ὑφ’ ἓν in L : differently in P 10 del. Wil. ad l. μὲν P : om. L Χαλδαίων cum Et. Rutgers : Χαλκιδέων — lac. ind. Wil. ad l.10 deleted by Wil. ad l. μὲν in P : om. in L Χαλδαίων with Et. Rutgers : Χαλκιδέων — lacuna indicated by Wil. ad l. 16 καιρόν Sg16 καιρόν Sg

1384. τελλομένους: φαινομένους. LgP

1384. τελλομένους: appearing. LgP

1386. 〈ἀγχούροισιν:〉 γείτοσι. Sm

1386. 〈ἀγχούροισιν:〉 neighboring. Sm

1389—90 a. οὐδὲ βολῇσι μίμνει ἐς ὡραίην: ὡραίην παραγωγῶς εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς ὥραν καὶ τὸν δέοντα καιρόν, ὡς ‘ἀναγκαίη γὰρ ἐπείγει’ (Hom.). τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· οὐδὲ μίμνει ὥστε εἰς ὥραν τερεήμεναι βολαῖς ἠελίοιο.

1389-90a. nor does he await the season with his rays: he said "season" in a derived form instead of "at the proper time and the fitting moment," as in "for necessity presses" (Homer). The construction in order: nor does he await being dried by the rays of the sun until the proper time.

b. 〈τερεήμεναι:〉 φρυγῆναι. Sg

b. 〈to be dried:〉 to be roasted. Sg

1391. ὁλκοί: αὔλακες. Lg (P)

1391. furrows: trenches. Lg (P)

1394. 〈ἀγοστῷ:〉 ἀγκῶνι. Sm

1394. 〈with his arm:〉 with his elbow. Sm

1395. δομήν: τὴν τοῦ σώματος σύστασιν καὶ χρόαν. LgP

1395. build: the constitution and complexion of the body. LgP

1 χρόαν L : χροιάν P1 χρόαν in L : χροιάν in P

1397 a. προὔτυψαν: προῆλθον. LgSmP

1397a. they advanced: they came forward. LgSmP

b. ὅσον εἶχον ὑπὲρ γῆς, τοσοῦτον καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν. Lm (P)

b. As much as they had above the earth, so much also under the earth. Lm (P)

1398. πλαδαροῖσι: διύγροις. LgSm (P)

1398. with flabby: with moist. LgSm (P)

1401. 〈ἀλωήων:〉 κηπουρῶν. Sm

1401. 〈of gardeners:〉 of garden-keepers. Sm

1403. σημαντῆρα: τὸν δεσπότην. LgP

1403. the marker: the master. LgP

Περιοχὴ τοῦ δ' τῶν Ἀργοναυτικῶν

Τοῦ δ' τῶν Ἀργοναυτικῶν τὰ κεφάλαιά ἐστι ταῦτα.

οἱ Ἀργοναῦται διαπεράσαντες τὸν Πόντον ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Ἴστρον, διὰ τοῦ ποταμοῦ κατηνέχθησαν καὶ ἐπεραιώθησαν εἰς τὸ πάλαι μὲν καλούμενον Κρόνιον 〈πέλαγος, νῦν δὲ Ἀδρίαν〉· ἔνθα καὶ ἀναιροῦσι τὸν Ἄψυρτον δόλῳ. ἀγανακτοῦντος δὲ τοῦ Διὸς ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ δυσπνοίᾳ θέλοντος παρατρέψαι τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας, Ἥρα ἐπιπέμπει ἀνέμους, καὶ διὰ τοῦ Ἠριδανοῦ εἰς τὴν περὶ Σαρδὼ καταφέρονται θάλασσαν, καθαίρονται δὲ ὑπὸ Κίρκης· καὶ διαπλέουσι τὰς Πλαγκτὰς πέτρας, Θέτιδος μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων Νηρεΐδων προπεμπούσης, τὰς δὲ Σειρῆνας παραπλέουσι. διασωθέντες δὲ εἰς τὴν πάλαι μὲν Δρεπάνην, αὖθις δὲ κληθεῖσαν Κέρκυραν, τοὺς διὰ τῶν Συμπληγάδων διώκοντας αὐτοὺς Κόλχους καταλαμβάνουσιν, οἵτινες τὸν Ἀλκίνουν ἐξῃτοῦντο τὴν Μήδειαν. ὁ δὲ ὑπερθέμενος εἰς τὴν αὔριον, ἔφη παρθένον μὲν οὖσαν τῷ πατρὶ ἀποστέλλεσθαι, εἰ δὲ γυνὴ εἴη, παραδίδοσθαι τῷ ἀνδρί. γίνεται οὖν ὁ γάμος ἐκείνῃ τῇ νυκτί, καὶ οὕτως ἄπρακτοι γενόμενοι οἱ Κόλχοι μένουσιν ἐν τῇ Σχερίᾳ, δεδοικότες ἐπανελθεῖν πρὸς Αἰήτην. ἀποπλεύσαντες δὲ οἱ Ἀργοναῦται κατασύρονται τῆς Λιβύης εἰς Σύρτιν. καὶ τελευτῶσι μὲν Κάνθος καὶ Μόψος, ἀποροῦσι δὲ περὶ σωτηρίας τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις ἐπιφαίνεται Τρίτων καὶ ὡς διασωθήσονται δηλοῖ. βαστάσαντες οὖν τὴν ναῦν ἐκόμισαν εἰς τὴν Τριτωνίδα λίμνην. εἶτα γίνονται ἐν Κρήτῃ, ᾗ εἴργοντο προσελθεῖν ὑπὸ Τάλω· ὃν ἐπῳδαῖς ἠφάνισε Μήδεια. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα παραγίνονται εἰς Αἴγιναν κἀκεῖθεν διασῴζονται εἰς Θεσσαλίαν.

4 Πόντον P : ποταμὸν L 5 Πόντου pro ποταμοῦ K εἰς τὸν Ἀδρίαν post κατην. add. P 6 suppl. K 8 παρατρ- F : περιτρ- L : ἀνατρ- P 11 παραπλ- K : ἀποπλ- 13 καταλ- P : διαλ- L 14 τὴν Μ. PA : om. L 17 τῇ Σχ. F : γῇ Σχ. L : τῇ Σχ. γῇ P

1—5 a. Αὐτὴ νῦν κάματ〈ον〉: ἐλλείπει τὸ ὦ μόριον, ἵνα ᾖ ὦ θεά. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· αὐτὴ νῦν ἐμοὶ εἰπέ, ὦ Μοῦσα, τόν τε μόχθον καὶ τὰς βουλὰς Μηδείας, ἀποροῦντός μου, ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι εἰπεῖν, πότερον ἐρωτικῷ πάθει ἢ κακώσεως φυγὴν ποιουμένη κατέλιπε τὴν πατρίδα.

1-5a. Now, goddess, the toil: the particle “O” is omitted, so that it would be “O goddess.” The sense: now tell me yourself, O Muse, both the toil and the counsels of Medea, since I am at a loss, so as not to be able to say whether it was through erotic passion or by making an escape from ill-treatment that she left her fatherland.

3 quae verba ἀποροῦντός μου sequuntur L et hoc loco praestat et scholio b annexa, ubi del. W Phil. 81, 1926, 21 ὥστε — εἰπεῖν L² : om. L¹ : aliter P3 the words which follow ἀποροῦντός μου L presents both in this place and attached to scholion b, where W deleted them (Phil. 81, 1926, 21) ὥστε — εἰπεῖν in L² : omitted in L¹ : differently in P 4 κατέλιπε L¹P : ἀπ- L²4 κατέλιπε in L¹P : ἀπ- in L²

b. ἦ γὰρ ἔμοιγε ἀμφα〈σίῃ〉: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπορίᾳ, ἀφασίᾳ.

b. Or for me at least with speechlessness: instead of “with perplexity,” “with speechlessness.”

7. 〈ἐπὶ σφίσι: δοτικὴ ἀντὶ αἰτιατικῆς·〉 οὐ γὰρ ἔστι παρ’ αὐτοῖς. Lg

7. Upon them: dative instead of accusative; for it is not “among them.” Lg

6 suppl. W6 supplied by W

8. στυγερῷ ἐπὶ θυμὸν ἀέθλῳ· στυγερὸν εἶπε τὸν ἆθλον, ἐφ’ ᾧ αὐτὸς κατεστύγναζε δυσφορῶν.

8. Upon his spirit with a hateful contest: he called the contest hateful, at which he himself was gloomy and distressed.

οὐ K : οὕτωςοὐ in K : οὕτως

11. ἀλεγεινότατον: ἤτοι κατὰ πρόσθεσιν τοῦ ε· ἔστι γὰρ ἀλγεινότατον, παρὰ τὸ ἀλγεῖν εἰρημένον. ἢ εἴρηται τὸ τὰς φροντίδας ἔχον, ὥστε τὴν λέξιν εἶναι παρὰ τὸ ἀλέγειν.

11. Most painful: either by addition of the ε; for it is “most painful,” derived from “to suffer pain.” Or it is said to mean “having cares,” so that the word is from “to care for.”

10 Epim. Hom. (An. Ox. I 78, 3) Et. M. 58, 50 Eust. 1126, 510 Epim. Hom. (An. Ox. I 78, 3) Et. M. 58, 50 Eust. 1126, 5 11 παρὰ τὸ HF : παρὰ τοῦ L : om. P11 παρὰ τὸ in HF : παρὰ τοῦ in L : omitted in P

12. τρέσσε δ’ ἠύτε τις: κεμάς ἐστιν ἡ νέα ἔλαφος. διαφορὰν δέ φασιν εἶναι κεμάδος καὶ νεβροῦ· κεμάδα γὰρ εἶναι τὴν ἔτι κοιμωμένην ἐν τῷ σπηλαίῳ, οἷον κοιμάδα τινὰ οὖσαν, νεβρὸν δὲ τὸν ἤδη μείζονα καὶ ἐπὶ βοράν ἐξιόντα καὶ νεμόμενον.

12. And she trembled like some: a κεμάς is a young deer. They say there is a difference between a κεμάς and a fawn: for a κεμάς is one still sleeping in the cave, being as it were a “sleeper” (κοιμάς), while a fawn is one already larger and going out to pasture and feeding.

13 Et. Gen. (AB) κεμάς: . . . IV 12—13. κεμάς (δὲ add. B) ἐστιν ἡ νεογνὴ ἔλαφος. διαφορὰν δὲ φασιν εἶναι κεμάδος καὶ νεβροῦ· κεμάδα γὰρ εἶναι τὴν ἔτι (sch., ἐπὶ AB) κοιμωμένην τῷ σπηλαίῳ, νεβρὸν δὲ τὸν μείζονα καὶ ἐπὶ βοράν νεμόμενον. . . . sch. II 696 sch. B K 361 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 97, 33 B. Hesych. κεμάς Συν. κ. (273, 11 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Eust. 811, 3713 Et. Gen. (AB) κεμάς: . . . IV 12—13. κεμάς (δὲ add. B) is the newborn deer. They say there is a difference between a κεμάς and a fawn: for a κεμάς is one still (sch., ἐπὶ AB) sleeping in the cave, while a fawn is one larger and feeding on pasture. . . . sch. II 696 sch. B K 361 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 97, 33 B. Hesych. κεμάς Συν. κ. (273, 11 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Eust. 811, 37 16 fortasse καὶ 〈νεωστί〉 ἐπὶ βοράν cum loc. sim.16 perhaps καὶ 〈νεωστί〉 ἐπὶ βοράν with similar passages

13. τάρφεεσιν: πυκνώμασιν. Lg (P)

13. In thickets: in dense places. Lg (P)

14. ὀίσσατο: ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴω γέγονε ῥήματος κατὰ διαίρεσιν ὀίω 〈...〉. μήποτε δὲ καί τὸ ‘δοάσσατο’ (Hom.) περισσῷ κέχρηται τῷ δ, ὡς καὶ τὸ ‘δνοφερὸν ὕδωρ’ (Hom.)· παρὰ γὰρ τὸ νέφος πεποίηται. καὶ παρὰ τὸ ἷψαι Σοφοκλῆς ἐν Ἰξίονι (fg 296 Pearson) δίψιόν φησι

14. He thought: from the verb “οἴω” comes “ὀίω” by diaeresis 〈...〉. Perhaps also “δοάσσατο” (Homer) uses the δ redundantly, as also “δνοφερὸν ὕδωρ” (Homer); for it is formed from “νέφος.” And from “ἷψαι” Sophocles in Ixion (fr. 296 Pearson) says “δίψιον”

15 sch. BT Θ 248 Apoll. Lex Hom. 115, 1 B. Epim. (An. Ox. II 393, 24) Et. M. 599, 43 Et. Gud. 403, 44. 48 Sturz15 sch. BT Θ 248 Apoll. Lex Hom. 115, 1 B. Epim. (An. Ox. II 393, 24) Et. M. 599, 43 Et. Gud. 403, 44. 48 Sturz 21 sch. ABT Δ 171 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 59, 18 B. Strab. VIII 370 Hesych. δίψιον. δ. Ἄργος Et. M. 281, 15. 681, 11 Eust. 133, 39. 461, 821 sch. ABT Δ 171 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 59, 18 B. Strab. VIII 370 Hesych. δίψιον. δ. Ἄργος Et. M. 281, 15. 681, 11 Eust. 133, 39. 461, 8 19 lac. ind. W19 lacuna indicated by W

τὸν βεβλαμμένον, καὶ Ὅμηρος (Δ 171) ‘πολυδίψιον Ἄργος ἱκοίμην’ πολλάκις βεβλαμμένον.

the damaged one, and Homer (Δ 171) “may I come to much-thirsty Argos” often damaged.

1 τὸν P : τὸ L1 τὸν in P : τὸ in L

16. ἐπίιστορας: συνίστορας, συνειδυίας. LgP

16. Witnesses: knowing with, sharing knowledge. LgP

17. περιβρομέεσκον ἀκουαί: ἐνήχουν αἱ ἀκοαί, ὥσπερ ἐρχομένων τινῶν ἀξόντων αὐτὴν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα.

17. Her ears rang around: her ears resounded, as if some people were coming to lead her to her father.

18. πυκνὰ δὲ λαυκα〈νίης〉: λαυκανίας, τῆς ἀρτηρίας, δι’ ἧς τὸ πνεῦμα ἑλκόμενον καταφέρεται. κουρὶξ δὲ κατὰ κόρρης, κατὰ κεφαλῆς· πολλάκις δὲ προσχρῶνται ἐπὶ τοῦ τίλλειν τὰς τρίχας. LGmSmP

18. πυκνὰ δὲ λαυκα〈νίης〉: of the throat, the windpipe, through which the breath is drawn down. κουρίξ means on the temple, on the head; they often use it for plucking out hairs. LGmSmP

7 Hesych. κουρίξ. κ. αἰνυμένους Eust. 966, 63. 1924, 127 Hesychius κουρίξ. κ. αἰνυμένους Eustathius 966, 63. 1924, 12 6 λαυκανίας L(P) : om. GS6 λαυκανίας in L(P) : omitted in GS 7 καταφέρεται GS : φέρεται LP : ἀνέρχεται A7 καταφέρεται in GS : φέρεται in LP : ἀνέρχεται in A 8 πολλάκις κτλ. LP : om. GS8 πολλάκις κτλ. in LP : omitted in GS

23—24. πτερόεις δέ οἱ: οἷον κοῦφος· ἐκουφίσθη τοῦ προτέρου λογισμοῦ, ταχέως μετέπεσεν αὐτῆς ἡ ψυχή, εἰς ἱλαρότητα μετετράπη.

23-24. πτερόεις δέ οἱ: as it were light; she was lifted from her former reasoning, her soul quickly changed, it was turned to cheerfulness.

9 προτέρου P : πρότερον L9 προτέρου in P : πρότερον in L

35. διειλυσθεῖσα: λάθρα διεξελθοῦσα τοῦ δόμου, ἀποδράσασα, φυγοῦσα.

35. διειλυσθεῖσα: having secretly gone out of the house, having run away, having fled.

36. ληιάς: αἰχμάλωτος, δοριάλωτος.

36. ληιάς: captive, spear-won.

38. ἀηθέσσουσα: ἀηθὴς οὖσα. δύης δὲ κακοπαθείας.

38. ἀηθέσσουσα: being unaccustomed. δύης means of misery.

42. ἀοιδαῖς: ταῖς διὰ φαρμάκων ἐπῳδαῖς. Lm (P)

42. ἀοιδαῖς: with enchantments through drugs. Lm (P)

16 sch. Call. H. III 12 Poll. VII 62 Hesych. πέζα. ᾤα Συν. π. ὤ. (335, 7. 420, 17 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 820, 6 Et. Gud. 573, 44 Sturz Eust. 146, 29. 1828, 5516 sch. Call. H. III 12 Poll. VII 62 Hesychius πέζα. ᾤα Συν. π. ὤ. (335, 7. 420, 17 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 820, 6 Et. Gud. 573, 44 Sturz Eust. 146, 29. 1828, 55

46. πέζαν: τὸ ἀπολῆγον τοῦ χιτῶνος, ὃ ἡμεῖς ᾤαν λέγομεν· τὸ γὰρ πρότερον ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ τρίβεσθαι δέρμα προβάτου προσέρραπτο.

46. πέζαν: the edge of the tunic, which we call ᾤα; for formerly a sheepskin was sewn on to prevent it from being worn away.

52. ἀμφί τε δυσπαλέας: χαλεπὰς καὶ κακάς. ἢ τὰς ἐπὶ κακῷ ἀναδιδομένας ἐκ τῆς γῆς· πλείονα γὰρ τῶν σωτηρίων τὰ φθοροποιά. ἢ τὰς δυσχερῶς σινομένας.

52. ἀμφί τε δυσπαλέας: difficult and evil. Or those that spring up from the earth for harm; for the destructive are more numerous than the wholesome. Or those that are hard to injure.

18 Et. Gen. (AB) δυσπαλέας ῥίζας: IV 52. τὰς κακῶς ἀναδιδομένας, ἀπὸ τοῦ πάλλω. ἢ δυσχερῶς γινομένας (v. supra). Ἀπολλώνιος (Ἀπ. A, om. B).18 Et. Gen. (AB) δυσπαλέας ῥίζας: IV 52. those that spring up badly, from πάλλω. Or those that come into being with difficulty (see above). Apollonius (Ἀπ. in A, omitted in B). 20 σιν- W : γιν-20 σιν- in W : γιν-

54. τὴν δὲ νέον Τιτηνίς: Ἥλιος καὶ Σελήνη Ὑπερίονος τοῦ Τιτᾶνος καὶ Θείας εἰσὶ παῖδες, ὡς Ἡσίοδός φησι (Theog. 371)· ‘Θεία δ’ Ἠέλιον τέκε λαμπράν τε Σελήνην.’

54. τὴν δὲ νέον Τιτηνίς: Helios and Selene are children of Hyperion the Titan and Theia, as Hesiod says (Theog. 371): 'Theia bore Helios and bright Selene.'

23 Ἡ. τε μέγαν λ. Hesiodus23 Ἡ. τε μέγαν λ. in Hesiod

55. φοιταλέην: ἐμμανῆ, μανιωδῶς πορευομένην· φοῖτος γὰρ ἡ μανία λέγεται. καὶ Εὐφορίων (fg 108 Scheidw.)·

55. φοιταλέην: mad, going about madly; for φοῖτος is said for madness. And Euphorion (fg 108 Scheidw.):

24 Hesych. Suid. φοῖτος24 Hesychius Suda φοῖτος

‘φοιταλέος διὰ πᾶσαν ἄδην ἐπάτησε κοθόρνῳ.’

μήποτε διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὰς ἑταίρας φοιτάδας λέγομεν.

Perhaps for this reason we also call courtesans φοιτάδες.

1 διὰ L : δ’ ἀνὰ P ἄδην Valckenaer : ἄλην1 διὰ in L : δ’ ἀνὰ in P ἄδην Valckenaer : ἄλην

57—58. οὐκ ἄρ’ ἐγὼ μούνη μετὰ Λάτμιον: Λάτμος ὄρος Καρίας, ἔνθα ἔστιν ἄντρον, ἐν ᾧ διέτριβεν Ἐνδυμίων. ἔστι δὲ καὶ πόλις ἡ λεχθεῖσα Ἡράκλεια. λέγεται δὲ κατέρχεσθαι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ ἄντρον τὴν Σελήνην πρὸς Ἐνδυμίωνα. περὶ δὲ τοῦ τῆς Σελήνης ἔρωτος ἱστοροῦσι Σαπφὼ (fg inc. lib. 83 Lobel = 134 B. III 132) καὶ Νίκανδρος ἐν β' Εὐρωπείας (fg 24 Schn.).

57-58. οὐκ ἄρ’ ἐγὼ μούνη μετὰ Λάτμιον: Latmus is a mountain of Caria, where there is a cave in which Endymion used to dwell. There is also a city called Heracleia. Selene is said to descend into this cave to Endymion. About the love of Selene Sappho (fg inc. lib. 83 Lobel = 134 B. III 132) and Nicander in the second book of the Europeia (fg 24 Schn.) tell the story.

τὸν δὲ Ἐνδυμίωνα Ἡσίοδος (fg 11 Rz.²) μὲν Ἀεθλίου τοῦ Διὸς καὶ Καλύκης, παρὰ Διὸς εἰληφότα τὸ δῶρον ἵν’ αὐτῷ ταμίαν εἶναι θανάτου, ὅτε θέλοι ὀλέσθαι 〈...〉 καὶ Πείσανδρος (16 fg 7 J.) καὶ Ἀκουσίλαος (2 fg 36 J.) καὶ Φερεκύδης (3 fg 121 J.) καὶ Νίκανδρος ἐν β' Αἰτωλικῶν (fg 6 Schn.) καὶ Θεόπομπος ὁ ἐποποιός. φασὶ δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ μὲν †Σπαρτιάτην†, οἱ δὲ Ἠλεῖον· Ἴβυκος δὲ ἐν α' (fg 44 B. III 249) Ἤλιδος αὐτὸν βασιλεῦσαί φησι.

Hesiod (fg 11 Rz.²) says that Endymion was the son of Aethlius, son of Zeus, and Calyce, and that he received from Zeus the gift to be the steward of his own death, whenever he wished to perish 〈...〉; and Peisander (16 fg 7 J.) and Acusilaus (2 fg 36 J.) and Pherecydes (3 fg 121 J.) and Nicander in the second book of the Aetolica (fg 6 Schn.) and Theopompus the epic poet. They say that he was †Spartiate†, but others say Elean; Ibycus in the first book (fg 44 B. III 249) says that he was king of Elis.

ἐν δὲ ταῖς Μεγάλαις Ἠοίαις (Hes. fg 148 Rz.²) λέγεται τὸν Ἐνδυμίωνα ἀνενεχθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ Διὸς εἰς οὐρανόν, ἐρασθέντα δὲ Ἥρας· εἰδώλῳ παραλογισθῆναι [τὸν ἔρωτα] νεφέλης καὶ ἐκβληθέντα κατελθεῖν

In the Great Ehoiai (Hes. fr. 148 Rz.²) it is said that Endymion was carried up to heaven by Zeus, and that he fell in love with Hera; he was deceived by a phantom of a cloud, and after being cast out he came down.

3 sch. Theocr. III 49/51 a. c 9 Apoll. Bibl. I 56 15 Paus. V 8, 13 sch. Theocr. III 49/51 a. c 9 Apoll. Bibl. I 56 15 Paus. V 8, 1 3 Λάτμος K : -ον3 Λάτμος in K : -ον 5 λέγεται — Εὐρωπ. in L post Ἅιδου p.265 lin. 1, in P post verba Theocriti ib. lin. 19 leguntur eaque sententiis ita inversis, ut περὶ — Εὐρ. praeeant verba λέγεται — Ἐνδυμίωνα. huc trai. Wil. 1931, 116 n. 2, rectum sententiarum ordinem restituit W 505 λέγεται — Εὐρωπ. in L after Ἅιδου p.265 line 1, in P after the words of Theocritus ibid. line 19 are read, and with the sentences so inverted that περὶ — Εὐρ. precede the words λέγεται — Ἐνδυμίωνα. Wil. 1931, 116 n. 2 transferred them here; W 50 restored the correct order of the sentences. 8 cum Nicander in Aetolicis (v. infra) de Endymione egerit, auctor libri de Europa scripti Keilio excidisse videtur; Mnaseam eum fuisse propter Germanici l. l. putat de Sybel Ausf. Lex. I 1248 Εὐρωπείας K : -πης8 since Nicander in the Aetolica (see below) dealt with Endymion, the author of the book on Europa seems to Keil to have fallen out; Mnaseas he was, because of Germanicus l. l., thinks de Sybel Ausf. Lex. I 1248 Εὐρωπείας in K : -πης 10 ἵν’ αὐτῷ Rzach : ἐν αὐτῷ : ἑαυτῷ A. cf. W 3210 ἵν’ αὐτῷ Rzach : ἐν αὐτῷ : ἑαυτῷ A. cf. W 32 11 ὅτε μέλλοι Pseud.-Eud. 256, 17 Fl. ἐλέσθαι A lac. ind. W, δὲ τὰ αὐτὰ φησι post Πείσ. add. P11 ὅτε μέλλοι Pseud.-Eud. 256, 17 Fl. ἐλέσθαι A; W indicated a lacuna; δὲ τὰ αὐτὰ φησι after Πείσ. added in P 13 ὁ ἐποποιός Pflugk : ἐν ἐποποιοῖς L : ἐποποιοῖς P sententiae φασὶ — Ἠλεῖον et Ἴβυκος — φησι in P coniunctae leguntur eaeque post κοιμᾶσθαι p. 265 lin. 16 iniectae, cum L priorem post καθεύδειν ib. lin. 5, posteriorem post καθεύδειν ib. lin. 3 praestet, verum ordinem restitvere conatus est W 5013 ὁ ἐποποιός Pflugk : ἐν ἐποποιοῖς in L : ἐποποιοῖς in P; the sentences φασὶ — Ἠλεῖον and Ἴβυκος — φησι are read joined together in P and inserted after κοιμᾶσθαι p. 265 line 16, while L presents the former after καθεύδειν ibid. line 5, the latter after καθεύδειν ibid. line 3; W 50 attempted to restore the correct order. 14 Καριάτην prop. Valckenaer Callim. Eleg. 1799, 70, Ἡρακλεώτην caute Wil. ad l.14 Καριάτην proposed by Valckenaer Callim. Eleg. 1799, 70, Ἡρακλεώτην cautiously Wil. ad l. 18 del. K18 deleted by K

εἰς Ἅιδου. Ἐπιμενίδης (3 B 14 Diels-Kranz) δὲ αὐτὸν παρὰ θεοῖς διατρίβοντα ἐρασθῆναί φησι τῆς Ἥρας, διόπερ Διὸς χαλεπήναντος αἰτήσασθαι διὰ παντὸς καθεύδειν. τινὲς δὲ διὰ 〈τὴν〉 πολλὴν δικαιοσύνην ἀποθεωθῆναί φασιν αὐτὸν καὶ 〈...〉 αἰτήσασθαι παρὰ Διὸς ἀεὶ καθεύδειν.

To Hades. Epimenides (3 B 14 Diels-Kranz) says that he, while spending time among the gods, fell in love with Hera, and that therefore, when Zeus became angry, he asked to sleep forever. Some say that because of his great righteousness he was deified and asked from Zeus to sleep always.

ἔνιοι δὲ ἀναιροῦσι τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἐνδυμίωνος ὕπνῳ μῦθον. φιλοκύνηγον γὰρ αὐτὸν γενόμενον, νύκτωρ πρὸς τῇ σελήνῃ κυνηγεῖν διὰ τὸ ἐξιέναι τὰ θηρία κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν ἐπὶ τὰς νομάς, τὰς δὲ ἡμέρας ἐν σπηλαίῳ αὐτὸν ἀναπαύεσθαι, ὥς τινας οἴεσθαι πάντοτε αὐτὸν κοιμᾶσθαι. οἱ δὲ ἀλληγοροῦσι τὸν μῦθον, λέγοντες ὡς ἄρα Ἐνδυμίων πρῶτος ἐπεχείρησε τῇ περὶ τὰ μετέωρα φιλοσοφίᾳ, παρασχεῖν δὲ αὐτῷ τὰς ἀφορμὰς τὴν σελήνην ἔν τε φωτισμοῖς καὶ κινήσεσιν, δι’ ὃ καὶ νύκτωρ σχολάζοντα τούτοις ὕπνῳ μὴ χρῆσθαι, κοιμᾶσθαι δὲ μεθ’ ἡμέραν. τινὲς δὲ τῷ ὄντι φίλυπνόν τινα γεγονέναι τὸν Ἐνδυμίωνα, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ παροιμία ‘Ἐνδυμίωνος ὕπνος’ ἐπὶ τῶν πολὺ κοιμωμένων ἢ ἀμελῶς τι πραττόντων ὡς δοκεῖν κοιμᾶσθαι.

Some reject the myth about Endymion's sleep. For they say that he was fond of hunting, and at night he hunted by the light of the moon because the wild beasts come out at that time to their pastures, and during the days he rested in a cave, so that some thought he was always sleeping. Others allegorize the myth, saying that Endymion was the first to attempt philosophy concerning the heavens, and that the moon provided him with starting points in its illuminations and movements, for which reason he spent his nights on these studies and did not sleep, but slept during the day. Some say that Endymion was in fact a lover of sleep, from which comes the proverb 'Endymion's sleep' applied to those who sleep a lot or do something carelessly so as to seem to be asleep.

καὶ Θεόκριτος μέμνηται (III 49 sq.)·

And Theocritus mentions it (III 49 sq.):

‘ζαλωτὸς μὲν ἔην ὁ τὸν ἄτροπον ὕπνον ἰαύων Ἐνδυμίων.’ 1 sch. Theocr. III 49/51 b 6 sch. Theocr. III 49/51 a 10 sch. 263/64 b Plin. Nat. hist. II 43 Germ. sch. Arat. Phaen. 201, 6 Br. Myth. Vat. I 229 Fulg. Myth. II 19 15 Zenob. III 76 Suid. Ἐνδυμίωνος ὕπνον καθεύδεις 20 sch. III 533 a. b cum loc. sim. 22 Plut. Coni. praec. 48 De def. orac. 131 sch. Theocr. III 49/51 b 6 sch. Theocr. III 49/51 a 10 sch. 263/64 b Plin. Nat. hist. II 43 Germ. sch. Arat. Phaen. 201, 6 Br. Myth. Vat. I 229 Fulg. Myth. II 19 15 Zenob. III 76 Suid. Ἐνδυμίωνος ὕπνον καθεύδεις 20 sch. III 533 a. b cum loc. sim. 22 Plut. Coni. praec. 48 De def. orac. 13 3 add. Jacoby I 3833 added by Jacoby I 383 4 lac. ind. W, ubi P add. πλημμελήσαντά τι4 lacuna indicated by W, where P adds πλημμελήσαντά τι 18 ἔην L : ἐμὶν cum Theocr. P18 ἔην in L : ἐμὶν with Theocr. in P

59—61 a. ἦ θαμὰ δὴ καὶ σεῖο: μεμύθευται, ὡς ἄρα αἱ φαρμακίδες τὴν σελήνην ταῖς ἐπῳδαῖς κατασπῶσι. τοῦτο δὲ ποιεῖν δοκοῦσιν αἱ Θεσσαλαὶ σφαλεῖσαι τῆς ὑπολήψεως· καθὸ Ἀγλαονίκη, Ἡγεμόνος θυγάτηρ, ἔμπειρος οὖσα τῆς ἀστρολογίας καὶ εἰδυῖα τὰς ἐκλείψεις τῆς σελήνης, ὁπότε μέλλοι αὐταῖς ἐγγενήσεσθαι, ἔφασκε τὴν θεὸν κατασπᾶν,

59-61a. Truly often indeed you too: it is told that sorceresses draw down the moon with their spells. The Thessalian women are thought to do this, having failed in their assumption; according to which Aglaonice, daughter of Hegemon, being experienced in astronomy and knowing the eclipses of the moon, whenever they were about to occur, claimed to draw down the goddess,

20 τοῦτο λέγει, ἐπειδὴ μυθεύονται, ὡς ἄρα αἱ φαρμακίδες τὴν σελήνην κατασπῶσι ταῖς ἐπῳδαῖς. καὶ μάλιστα δοκοῦσι τοῦτο ποιεῖν αἱ Θετταλαί, ὡς καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης (Nub. 749 sq.)· ‘γυναῖκα φαρμακίδα πριάμενος Θετταλὴν νύκτωρ τὴν σελήνην καθέλοιμι δι’ αὐτῆς’ ceteris praetermissis A. cf. W 3020 This he says, since it is told that sorceresses draw down the moon with their spells. And especially the Thessalian women are thought to do this, as also Aristophanes (Nub. 749 sq.): 'having bought a Thessalian sorceress woman, I would draw down the moon at night through her' with the rest omitted in A. cf. W 30 21 κατασπῶσι PA : -αι L21 κατασπῶσι in PA : -αι in L

καὶ παραχρῆμα περιέπιπτε συμφοραῖς, τῶν οἰκείων τινὰ ἀποβαλοῦσα. ὅθεν κατὰ τὸν βίον λέγεται παροιμία ἐπὶ 〈...〉 ‘τὴν σελήνην κατασπᾷ’.

and immediately she fell into misfortunes, losing one of her relatives. Whence in life a proverb is said upon 〈...〉 'she draws down the moon'.

2 Plut. Prov. II 13 Zenob. IV 1 Suid. ἐπὶ ἑαυτῷ τὴν σελήνην καθέλκεις2 Plut. Prov. II 13 Zenob. IV 1 Suid. ἐπὶ ἑαυτῷ τὴν σελήνην καθέλκεις 2 ἐπὶ P : ἐπεὶ L lac. ind. W, ubi praestant τῶν συμφοριαῖς κεχρημένων ὅτι P, τῶν ἑαυτοῖς κακὰ ἐπισπωμένων paroemiographi2 ἐπὶ in P : ἐπεὶ in L lacuna indicated by W, where P offers τῶν συμφοριαῖς κεχρημένων ὅτι, the paroemiographers offer τῶν ἑαυτοῖς κακὰ ἐπισπωμένων

b. μνησαμένη φιλό〈τητος〉: τῆς τοῦ Ἐνδυμίωνος διὰ τῶν σῶν ἐπῳδῶν. σκοτίη δὲ ἐν ἀσελήνῳ, διὰ τὴν ἐμὴν περὶ τὸν ἐρώμενον ἀσχολίαν. διαλαμβάνουσι δὲ ἔνιοι τὴν τῆς σελήνης ἔκλειψιν ὑπὸ φαρμακίδων γίνεσθαι καθαιρουμένης, οἱ δὲ παλαιοὶ καθαιρέσεις ἐκάλουν τὰς ἐκλείψεις.

b. Remembering love: that of Endymion through your spells. And dark in the moonless night, because of my occupation with the beloved. Some interpret the eclipse of the moon as being caused by sorceresses drawing it down, and the ancients called eclipses 'drawings down'.

9 novum sch. W constituit ex iis, quae in cod. scholio 59/61 a adhaerent9 W constituted a new scholion from those things which in the codex adhere to scholion 59/61 a

63. ἀνιηρόν: ἀθεράπευτον. LgP

63. Grievous: incurable. LgP

66 a. 〈τὴν δ’ αἶψα πόδες φέρον:〉 παρὰ [δὲ] τῷ τὰ Ναυπακτικὰ πεποιηκότι (fg 7 Kink.) οὐκ ἔστι κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν προαίρεσιν ἐξιοῦσα ἡ Μήδεια, ἀλλ’ ἐφ’ ἑστίασιν καλουμένων τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν κατ’ ἐπιβουλήν, ἐνστάντος τοῦ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως αὐτῶν καιροῦ, προτραπομένου δὲ τοῦ Αἰήτου ἐπὶ τὴν Εὐρυλύτης τῆς γυναικὸς συνουσίαν, Ἴδμονος ὑποθεμένου τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις ἀποδιδράσκειν, καὶ Μήδεια συνεκπλεῖ. L

66a. 〈Her feet swiftly carried her:〉 in the author of the Naupactica (fg 7 Kink.) Medea does not go out according to her own choice, but to a feast to which the Argonauts were invited by design, when the time for their destruction was at hand, and Aeetes was urged on to intercourse with his wife Eurylyte, Idmon advised the Argonauts to flee, and Medea sailed out with them. L

11 ἐφ’ ἑστίασιν Marckscheffel 1840, 410 : ἐφ’ ἑστίαν : ἐφέστιος K καλουμένων τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν W : καλουμένη (ἀνακαλ- K). οἱ γὰρ Ἀργοναῦται11 ἐφ’ ἑστίασιν Marckscheffel 1840, 410 : ἐφ’ ἑστίαν : ἐφέστιος K καλουμένων τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν W : καλουμένη (ἀνακαλ- K). οἱ γὰρ Ἀργοναῦται 12 post καιροῦ lac. ind. K προτραπ- F : προτρεπ-12 after καιροῦ lacuna indicated by K προτραπ- F : προτρεπ-

b. 〈ἐγκονέουσαν:〉 ἀποσπεύδουσαν. Lg

b. 〈Hastening:〉 hurrying away. Lg

69. ἔδαιον: ἔκαιον, ἀνῆπτον. LgP

69. They kindled: they burned, they lit. LgP

70. ὄρθια: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπιτεταμένως, μεγάλως. Lm (P)

70. Shrill: instead of intensely, greatly. Lm (P)

71. περαιόθεν: γέγονε μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ πέρας καὶ περαία καὶ τὸ περαιόθεν. ὅθεν καὶ ἤπειρος λέγεται πᾶσα ἡ γῆ καταχρηστικῶς, κυρίως δὲ ἡ εἰς ἄπειρον ἐκβάλλουσα, ὡς φανερὸν Εὐριπίδης πεποίηκεν (fg 1010 N.²)· ‘ἤπειρον εἰς ἄπειρον ἐκβάλλων χθόνα.’

71. περαιόθεν: it is formed from πέρας and περαία and περαιόθεν. Hence all land is called ἤπειρος by catachresis, but properly it is that which extends to infinity, as Euripides has made clear (fr. 1010 N.²): ‘ἤπειρον εἰς ἄπειρον ἐκβάλλων χθόνα.’

19 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 84, 20 B. Hesych. ἤπειρος Συν. ἡ. (251, 20 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Io. Philop. Comm. in Arist. Meteor. 19, 23 Hayd. Or. Werf 613, 55 Et. M. 433, 54 Et. Gud. 246, 59 Sturz19 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 84, 20 B. Hesych. ἤπειρος Συν. ἡ. (251, 20 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Io. Philop. Comm. in Arist. Meteor. 19, 23 Hayd. Or. Werf 613, 55 Et. M. 433, 54 Et. Gud. 246, 59 Sturz 18 πέρας καὶ περαία K : περαία καὶ πέρας L : aliter P18 πέρας καὶ περαία in K : περαία καὶ πέρας in L : differently in P 22 ἤπειρον P : ἄπ- L ἐκβάλλων L : ἐσβάλλω P22 ἤπειρον in P : ἄπ- in L ἐκβάλλων in L : ἐσβάλλω in P

86. φεύγωμεν, πρὶν τόνδε θοῶν: ὁ μὲν Ἀπολλώνιός φησι νυκτὸς πεφευγέναι τὴν Μήδειαν ἐπὶ τὴν ναῦν, Αἰήτου συνέδριον ἔχοντος

86. φεύγωμεν, πρὶν τόνδε θοῶν: Apollonius says that Medea fled to the ship at night, while Aeetes was holding a council

23 τόνδε F : τῶνδε L : om. P23 τόνδε in F : τῶνδε in L : omitted in P

Κόλχων περὶ διαφθορᾶς τῶν ἡρώων· ὁ δὲ τὰ Ναυπακτικὰ πεποιηκὼς (fg 8 Kink.) ὑπὸ Ἀφροδίτης φησὶ τὸν Αἰήτην κατακοιμηθῆναι, ἐπιθυμήσαντα τῇ αὑτοῦ γυναικὶ συγγενέσθαι, δεδειπνηκότων παρ’ αὑτῷ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν καὶ κοιμωμένων, διὰ τὸ βούλεσθαι αὐτὸν τὴν ναῦν ἐμπρῆσαι·

of the Colchians about the destruction of the heroes; but the author of the Naupactica (fr. 8 Kink.) says that Aeetes was put to sleep by Aphrodite, because he desired to have intercourse with his own wife, after the Argonauts had dined at his house and were sleeping, because he wanted to burn the ship;

‘δὴ τότ’ ἄρ’ Αἰήτῃ πόθον ἔμβαλε δῖ’ Ἀφροδίτη Εὐρυλύτης φιλότητι μιγήμεναι, ἧς ἀλόχοιο, κηδομένη φρεσὶν ᾗσιν, ὅπως μετ’ ἄεθλον Ἰήσων νοστήσῃ οἶκόνδε σὺν ἀγχεμάχοις ἑτάροισιν.’

ὁ δὲ Ἴδμων συνῆκε τὸ γεγονὸς καί φησι·

but Idmon understood what had happened and says:

‘φευγέμεναι μεγάροιο θοὴν διὰ νύκτα μέλαιναν.’

τὴν δὲ Μήδειαν τὴν ποδοψοφίαν ἀκούσασαν ἀναστᾶσαν συνεξορμῆσαι. λέγει δὲ καὶ Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 53 J.) ταῦτα.

and Medea, hearing the sound of footsteps, rose up and rushed out with them. Herodorus (31 fr. 53 J.) also says these things.

4 Ἀργοναυτῶν K : Κόλχων4 Ἀργοναυτῶν in K : Κόλχων 11 φευγέμεν ἐκ Meineke : φευγέμεναι11 φευγέμεν ἐκ Meineke : φευγέμεναι

87. δώσω δὲ χρύσειον: ὁ μὲν Ἀπολλώνιος μετὰ τὸ φυγεῖν τὴν Μήδειαν ἐκ τοῦ Αἰήτου οἴκου πεποίηται ὑπισχνουμένην τὸ κῶας τῷ Ἰάσονι· ὁ δὲ τὰ Ναυπακτικὰ γράψας (fg 9 Kink.) συνεκφέρουσαν αὐτὴν τὸ κῶας κατὰ τὴν φυγήν, κατὰ τὸν αὑτοῦ οἶκον κείμενον [τοῦ Αἰήτου]· ὁ δὲ Ἡρόδωρος (31 fg 52 J.) μετὰ τὴν ἀνάξευξιν τῶν ἀγρίων ταύρων ἀποσταλῆναι τὸν Ἰάσωνα ὑπὸ τοῦ Αἰήτου ἐπὶ τὸ κῶας, τὸν δὲ πορευθέντα φονεῦσαί τε τὸν δράκοντα καὶ τὸ κῶας ἀπενεγκεῖν πρὸς Αἰήτην, τὸν δὲ δόλῳ καλέσαι αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ δεῖπνον.

87. δώσω δὲ χρύσειον: Apollonius has Medea, after fleeing from Aeetes' house, promising the fleece to Jason; but the author of the Naupactica (fr. 9 Kink.) has her carrying out the fleece with her during her flight, it being kept in his own house [of Aeetes]; but Herodorus (31 fr. 52 J.) says that after the yoking of the wild bulls Jason was sent by Aeetes for the fleece, and that he went and killed the dragon and brought the fleece to Aeetes, and that he treacherously invited them to dinner.

17 αὑτοῦ L : om. PA del. W17 αὑτοῦ in L : omitted in PA, deleted by W 18 ἀγρίων ταύρων C. Mueller : Ἀργοναυτῶν18 ἀγρίων ταύρων C. Mueller : Ἀργοναυτῶν

89. ἐπίιστορας: μάρτυρας. LgP

89. ἐπίιστορας: witnesses. LgP

91. ὀνοτήν: μεμπτήν. LgP

91. ὀνοτήν: blameworthy. LgP

94. προσπτύξατο: περιέλαβε. LgP

94. προσπτύξατο: embraced. LgP

102. παρέκ νόον Αἰήταο: μὴ βουλομένου τοῦ Αἰήτου. Lg (P)

102. παρέκ νόον Αἰήταο: against the will of Aeetes. Lg (P)

104. 〈ἔωσαν:〉 ἤλασαν. Lg

104. 〈ἔωσαν:〉 they drove. Lg

106. ἔμπαλιν ἀίσσουσα: εἰς τοὐπίσω ὁρμῶσα. LgP

106. ἔμπαλιν ἀίσσουσα: rushing backwards. LgP

111 a. ἄγχαυρον: τὸν καιρὸν τὸν πλησίον καὶ ἐγγὺς τῆς ἡμέρας.

111 a. ἄγχαυρον: the time near and close to daybreak.

28 Et. Gen. (B) ἄγχαυρον: τὸ καλούμενον λυκόφως. σημαίνει δὲ τὸν ὀρθρινὸν καιρόν, τὸν πλησίον τῆς αὔρας ἤγουν τῆς ἡμέρας· ἀγχίαυρος καὶ ἄγχαυρος.28 Et. Gen. (B) ἄγχαυρον: the so-called twilight. It signifies the early morning time, near the breeze, that is, the day; ἀγχίαυρος and ἄγχαυρος. 28 τὸν καιρὸν τὸν πλησίον τῆς ἡμέρας Sm28 τὸν καιρὸν τὸν πλησίον τῆς ἡμέρας Sm

ὥσπερ λυκόφως· περὶ γὰρ τὸν τοιοῦτον καιρὸν αἱ αὖραι πνέουσι. τοῦτο δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ποιητοῦ (ε 469)· ‘αὔρη δ’ ἐκ ποταμοῦ ψυχρὴ πέλει ἠῶθι πρό.’

like twilight; for at such a time the breezes blow. This is from the poet (ε 469): ‘αὔρη δ’ ἐκ ποταμοῦ ψυχρὴ πέλει ἠῶθι πρό.’

1 λυκόφως W : λυκόφωτα L : τὸ καλούμενον λυκόφως P περὶ — πνέουσι P : om. L1 λυκόφως W : λυκόφωτα in L : τὸ καλούμενον λυκόφως in P περὶ — πνέουσι in P : omitted in L 7 del. W7 deleted by W [αὖρα δὲ ἡ ἡμέρα del. W]. οὕτως εὗρον εἰς τὰ σχόλια τῶν Ἀργοναυτικῶν τοῦ Ἀπολλωνίου. cf. W 70[αὖρα δὲ ἡ ἡμέρα deleted by W]. Thus I found in the scholia on the Argonautica of Apollonius. cf. W 70

b. κνώσσουσιν: ὑπνώττουσιν. Lg (P)

b. κνώσσουσιν: they are drowsy. Lg (P)

115—17 a. 〈ἵνα〉 Κριοῦ: ἐν Κόλχοις, ὅπου πρῶτον τὸν Φρίξον κομίσας ὁ κριὸς ἀνεπαύσατο. LmP

115-17a. 〈so that〉 of the Ram: in Colchis, where the ram first brought Phrixus and rested. LmP

8 Φρίξου K8 Φρίξου in K

b. [ὅν ῥά ποτ’ Αἰολίδ〈ης〉:] Διονύσιος ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναυτικοῖς (32 fg 2 c J.) λέγει Κριὸν γεγονέναι Φρίξῳ παιδαγωγῷ, ὃν πρῶτον αἰσθόμενον τὴν ἐκ τῆς μητρυιᾶς ἐπιβουλὴν ὑποθέσθαι φυγεῖν, ὑφ’ οὗ καὶ σωθέντος τοῦ νεανίου διαδεδόσθαι, ὡς ἄρα ἐπὶ κριοῦ μέχρι Κόλχων διασωθείη ὁ Φρίξος. L

b. [whom once the son of Aeolus:] Dionysius in his Argonautica (32 fg 2 c J.) says that the Ram was Phrixus' guardian, who first perceived the stepmother's plot and advised him to flee; and when the young man was saved by him, the story spread that Phrixus had been brought safely to Colchis on a ram. L

7 sch. I 256/59 cum loc. sim.7 sch. I 256/59 with similar passages.

125. ἀνιόντος: ἀνατέλλοντος. LgP

125. rising: ascending. LgP

131—35 a. ἔκλυον, οἳ καὶ πολλόν: ὑπερβολῇ κέχρηται περὶ ποσότητα, εἴ γέ φησι τὴν τοῦ δράκοντος φωνὴν τοῖς μὲν μακρὰν οὖσι τῶν Κόλχων ἀκούεσθαι, αὐτοῖς δὲ μή.

131-35a. they heard, who also much: he uses hyperbole regarding quantity, if indeed he says that the voice of the dragon is heard by those far from the Colchians, but not by them.

b. ἑκὰς Τιτηνίδος Αἴης: τοῦ Τιτῆνος ποταμοῦ, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ ἡ χώρα Τιτηνὶς κέκληται, μνημονεύει Ἐρατοσθένης ἐν Γεωγραφίᾳ (fg III B 76 Berger). ὁ δὲ Λύκος ποταμὸς ἀπὸ Ἀράξου φερόμενος συγκίρναται Φάσιδι, καὶ οὕτως ἀπολέσας τὸ ἴδιον ὄνομα ἐκδίδωσιν εἰς θάλασσαν. τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο γίνεται ἐπί τε Ὀνοχώνου τοῦ κατὰ Θεσσαλίαν καὶ Πηνειοῦ καὶ Παμίσου· ὅταν γὰρ εἰς ταὐτὸ συρρεύσωσιν, Πηνειὸς καλοῦνται. ὁ δὲ Ἀράξης ποταμὸς Σκυθίας. Μητρόδωρος δὲ ἐν α' τῶν Περὶ Τιγράνην (184 fg 1 J.) τὸν Θερμώδοντα Ἀράξην φησὶ λέγεσθαι. Καυκασίαν δὲ θάλασσαν τὴν Κασπίαν φησὶ διὰ τὸ συνάπτειν τῷ Καυκάσῳ.

b. far from Titanian Aea: of the Titan river, from which the land is also called Titanis; Eratosthenes mentions it in his Geography (fg III B 76 Berger). The Lycus river, flowing from the Araxes, mingles with the Phasis, and thus losing its own name it flows into the sea. The same thing happens with the Onochonus in Thessaly and the Peneius and the Pamisus; for when they flow together, they are called Peneius. The Araxes is a river of Scythia. Metrodorus in the first book of his On Tigranes (184 fg 1 J.) says that the Thermodon is called Araxes. He says the Caucasian sea is the Caspian because it borders the Caucasus.

20 sch. III 1085 Herod. VII 129 23 sch. II 972/75 a20 sch. III 1085 Herod. VII 129 23 sch. II 972/75 a 17 Γεωγραφικοῖς K17 Γεωγραφικοῖς in K 21 Πηνειοῦ L : Σπερχειοῦ (P) Πηνειὸς K e loc. sim. : Σπερχειὸς21 Πηνειοῦ in L : Σπερχειοῦ in (P) Πηνειὸς in K from a similar passage : Σπερχειὸς 22 immo ποταμὸς Ἀρμενίας22 rather ποταμὸς Ἀρμενίας

c. βέλτιον δὲ Καυκασίαν θάλασσαν νῦν τὸν Εὔξεινον νοεῖν τὸν πλησιάζοντα τῷ Καυκάσῳ· οὐ γὰρ εἰς τὴν Κασπίαν, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὸν Εὔξεινον ἐκδίδωσιν ὁ Φάσις. P

c. But it is better to understand the Caucasian sea here as the Euxine, which is near the Caucasus; for the Phasis flows not into the Caspian, but into the Euxine. P

25 cf. W 3825 cf. W 38 2 Κασπίαν Schaefer : Καυκασίαν2 Κασπίαν Schaefer : Καυκασίαν

140—42 a. καπνοῖο στροφ〈ά〉λ〈ιγγες〉: αἱ τοῦ καπνοῦ τοῦ σφοδροῦ εἱλήσεις.

140-42a. coils of smoke: the whirlings of the violent smoke.

5 novum sch. constituit Fr.5 new scholion constituted by Fr.

b. 〈εἱλίσσονται:〉 κατὰ τὴν ἀναφοράν· διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἄλλη δ’ αἶψ’ ἑτέρη ἐπιτέλλεται δηλοῖ τὸ συνεχὲς τῆς ἐπαναφορᾶς.

b. 〈they whirl:〉 in the rising; and by "another swiftly rises after another" he indicates the continuity of the rising.

c. εἰλίγγοισι: ταῖς εἱλήσεσι καὶ συστροφαῖς τοῦ σφοδροῦ καπνοῦ.

c. with whirlings: with the whirlings and twistings of the violent smoke.

d. ἐπήορος: μετέωρος. LgP

d. lifted up: on high. LgP

e. 〈ἐξανιοῦσα:〉 γράφεται καὶ ἀίσσουσα. Lm

e. 〈rising up:〉 it is also written "darting." Lm

143—44 a. ἀπειρεσίας ἐλέλιξε: πολλάς. ὑπερβολικῶς καὶ τοῦτο εἴρηκε διαγράφων τὸ τέρας τοῦ δράκοντος. ῥυμβόνας δὲ τὰς εἱλήσεις τῆς σπείρας, τὰς περιδινήσεις. — καὶ Εὐριπίδης ἐν Πειρίθῳ (fg 593 N.²): ‘σὲ τὸν αὐτοφυῆ πάντων [θεῶν] αἰθέρα ῥύμβῳ’, τουτέστιν ἐν κινήσει, ὅθεν καὶ τὸ κινούμενον τροχίσκιον ὑπὸ τῶν φαρμακίδων ῥυμβίον καλεῖται. καὶ παρ’ Εὐπόλιδι (fg 72 Kock I 274)· ‘ὦ ῥύμβε, μαστίξας ἐμέ’, οὕτω δὲ λέγουσι τὰς περιφερεῖς κινήσεις.

143-44a. shook countless: many. He has said this hyperbolically, describing the monster of the dragon. "Whirlings" are the coilings of the spiral, the rotations. — And Euripides in Peirithous (fg 593 N.²): "you, the self-born, all [gods] aether with a whirl," that is, in motion, whence also the little wheel moved by sorceresses is called a "rhombus." And in Eupolis (fg 72 Kock I 274): "O rhombus, having whipped me," thus they call circular motions.

11 Et. Gen. (AB) ῥυμβόνας: IV 144. ῥυμβόνες εἰσὶν αἱ εἱλήσεις καὶ κινήσεις τῆς σπείρας (B, πείρας A), οἱονεί· τὰς κοτυλώδεις (A, καμπυλ- B) καμπάς. ἀζαλέας τὰς σκληράς (A, ξηράς B). sch. I 1134/39 b cum loc. sim.11 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) ῥυμβόνας: IV 144. ῥυμβόνες are the coilings and movements of the spiral (B, πείρας A), as it were the cup-like (A, curved B) bends. ἀζαλέας the hard (A, dry B). sch. I 1134/39 b with similar passages. 12 σπείρας εἱλήσεις Sm12 σπείρας εἱλήσεις in Sm 13 ceteri testes ita: σὲ τὸν αὐτοφυῆ τὸν ἐν αἰθερίῳ ῥύμβῳ πάντων, unde apparet θεῶν glossam esse ultimae voci adiectam13 the other witnesses read: σὲ τὸν αὐτοφυῆ τὸν ἐν αἰθερίῳ ῥύμβῳ πάντων, from which it is clear that θεῶν is a gloss added to the last word 16 οὕτω (scil. ῥυμβόνας) — κινήσεις post καλεῖται leguntur, trai. W 6316 οὕτω (scil. ῥυμβόνας) — κινήσεις are read after καλεῖται, transposed by W 63

b. ἀζαλέῃσιν ἐπηρεφέας φολίδεσσιν: ξηραῖς λεπίσιν ἐσκεπασμένας. Lm (P)

b. ἀζαλέῃσιν ἐπηρεφέας φολίδεσσιν: covered with dry scales. Lm (P)

19 sch. 158919 sch. 1589 19 εἴσατο F : -ετο P, L in contextu19 εἴσατο in F : -ετο in P, L in context

145. εἴσατο: ὥρμησεν. LgP

145. εἴσατο: rushed. LgP

147. θέλξαι ἀντὶ τοῦ κοιμίσαι. LmP

147. θέλξαι instead of κοιμίσαι. LmP

20 γρ. lemmati praem. L, cf. W 5220 γρ. prefixed to the lemma in L, cf. W 52

148 a. χθονίην: ὡς καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν διατρίβουσαν. εὐαντέα δὲ τὴν εὐάντητον καὶ εὐεξίλαστον ἢ εὐαπάντητον.

148 a. χθονίην: as also dwelling under the earth. εὐαντέα: the easily entreated and easily propitiated or easily met.

21 χθονίην P : νυκτιπόλον L21 χθονίην in P : νυκτιπόλον in L

b. 〈εύαντέα:〉 εὐσυνάντητον. Lg

b. 〈εύαντέα:〉 easy to meet. Lg

150—51 a. οἴμῃ θελγόμενος: τῇ ἐπῳδῇ ταπεινούμενος. LgP

150-51 a. οἴμῃ θελγόμενος: subdued by the song. LgP

b. ἀνελύετ’ ἄκανθ〈αν〉: τὰ τῶν ὄφεων ὀστᾶ ἄκανθαι λέγεται. κατὰ κοινοῦ δὲ τὸ γηγενέος, ὡς καὶ ἄλλα ἑρπετά 〈...〉.

b. ἀνελύετ’ ἄκανθ〈αν〉: the bones of snakes are called ἄκανθαι. γηγενέος is taken in common, as also other reptiles 〈...〉.

26 lac. ind. W, suppleas fere γηγενῆ ἐστιν26 lacuna indicated by W, you might supply something like γηγενῆ ἐστιν

155. περιπτύξαι: περιλαβεῖν. LgP

155. περιπτύξαι: to embrace. LgP

156—66 a. ἡ δέ μιν ἀρκέυθ〈οιο〉: ἐν τούτοις καὶ τοῖς ἐφεξῆς φησι τὴν Μήδειαν, ἐπιρραίνουσαν ἀρκεύθῳ φάρμακον, κοιμίσαι τὸν δράκοντα ἐπάδουσαν, καὶ οὕτω τὸ κῶας ἀνελέσθαι καὶ χωρισθῆναι ἀμφοτέρους ἐπὶ τὴν ναῦν κοιμωμένου τοῦ θηρίου, συμφώνως Ἀντιμάχῳ (fg 10 B. II 291). καὶ Φερεκύδης φησὶν ἐν Ζ' (3 fg 31 J.) φονευθῆναι τὸν δράκοντα ὑπὸ Ἰάσονος. ἡ δὲ ἀρκέυθος δένδρον τι ἀκανθῶδες, Ἀπόλλωνος ἴδιον, ὡς ἱστορεῖται ἐν γ' τῶν εἰς Μουσαῖον ἀναφερομένων (2 B 2 Diels-Kranz).

156-66 a. ἡ δέ μιν ἀρκέυθ〈οιο〉: in these and the following lines he says that Medea, sprinkling the drug with juniper, put the dragon to sleep by chanting, and thus took the fleece and both departed to the ship while the beast slept, in agreement with Antimachus (fg 10 B. II 291). And Pherecydes says in the seventh book (3 fg 31 J.) that the dragon was killed by Jason. The juniper is a thorny tree, sacred to Apollo, as is recorded in the third book of the works attributed to Musaeus (2 B 2 Diels-Kranz).

7 Et. Gen. (AB) ἄρκευθος: φυτὸν ἀκανθῶδες (A, εἶδος φυτοῦ ἀκανθώδους B), οὗ τὴν ὀδμὴν πάντα τὰ ἑρπετὰ ἀποστρέφονται. παρὰ τὸ τὴν ἀράν, ὅ ἐστι βλάβην (ὅ — βλ. A, om. B), κεύθειν· ἡ τὴν ἀρὰν κεύθουσα, ἀράκευθος καὶ ἄρκευθος. ἢ διὰ τὸ ἔχειν τὰς ἀκάνθας κεκρυμμένας. οἷον IV 156. Ἀπολλώνιος (οἷον sqq. A, om. B). Et. Gud. 197, 21 De Stef. sch. Theocr. I 133 b. c7 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) ἄρκευθος: a thorny plant (A, a kind of thorny plant B), whose smell all reptiles avoid. From ἀρά, which is harm (ὅ — βλ. A, om. B), and κεύθειν: the one that hides harm, ἀράκευθος and ἄρκευθος. Or because it has hidden thorns. As in IV 156. Apollonius (οἷον sqq. A, om. B). Et. Gud. 197, 21 De Stef. sch. Theocr. I 133 b. c 3 φησι F : φασι τὸ φάρμ. P 6 〈... δὲ〉 καὶ Φερεκύδης Wil. ad l.3 φησι in F : φασι τὸ φάρμ. in P 6 〈... δὲ〉 καὶ Φερεκύδης Wil. ad l. 8 ἱερόν pro ἴδιον Platt8 ἱερόν for ἴδιον Platt

b. νήριτος: πολλή. LgP

b. νήριτος: much. LgP

c. πολυπρέμνοιο: πολυστελέχου. Lg (P)

c. πολυπρέμνοιο: many-stemmed. Lg (P)

12 167. Et. Gen. (AB) διχομήνιδα: IV 167. διχομήνιδα τὴν πεντεκαιδεκάτην12 167. Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) διχομήνιδα: IV 167. διχομήνιδα the fifteenth

168. 〈ἐξανέχουσαν:〉 εἰσβάλλουσαν. Lg

168. 〈ἐξανέχουσαν:〉 rising. Lg

175 a. ἀγρῶσται: οἱ κυνηγοί· ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγρώσσω ῥήματος πέπτωκεν. Ὅμηρος (ε 53)· ‘ἰχθὺς ἀγρώσσων πυκινὰ πτερὰ δεύεται ἅλμῃ.’

175 a. ἀγρῶσται: the hunters; it is derived from the verb ἀγρώσσω. Homer (ε 53): 'ἰχθὺς ἀγρώσσων πυκινὰ πτερὰ δεύεται ἅλμῃ.'

13 Et. M. 14, 12 ἀγρῶται: οἱ κυνηγέται, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγρώσσω13 Etymologicum Magnum 14, 12 ἀγρῶται: the hunters, from ἀγρώσσω

b. ἀχαιϊνέην: Ἀχαία ἐστὶ τῆς Κρήτης πόλις, ἐν ᾗ γίνονται ἀχαιϊνέαι λεγόμενοι ἔλαφοι. 〈...〉 καὶ οἱ σπαθῖναι λεγόμενοι ἔλαφοι, οἱ δὲ κέρατα μεγάλα ἔχοντες κεράσται.

b. ἀχαιϊνέην: Achaea is a city of Crete, in which are born deer called Achaean. 〈...〉 and the deer called σπαθῖναι, and those with large horns are called κεράσται.

16 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀχαιϊνέα: ἡ ἔλαφος. Ἀπολλώνιος ἐν δ' τῶν Ἀργοναυτικῶν· IV 175. ἀπὸ Ἀχαιϊνέας πόλεως, ἐν ᾗ εἴδη ἐλάφων εἰσὶν μεγάλων. οὕτως Ὧρος Περί Ἐθνικῶν. cf. W 89 Eust. 711, 42. cf. W 62 Hesych. σπαθίνης16 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) ἀχαιϊνέα: the deer. Apollonius in Book 4 of the Argonautica: IV 175. From the city Achaea, in which there are species of large deer. Thus Horus in On Ethnic Names. cf. W 89 Eustathius 711, 42. cf. W 62 Hesychius σπαθίνης 17 ἀχ. λεγόμενοι HF lac. ind. W 63 σπαθῖναι Nauck : επαθιναῖοι L : -αία (καλεῖται) P17 ἀχ. λεγόμενοι in HF; lacuna indicated by W 63 σπαθῖναι Nauck : επαθιναῖοι in L : -αία (καλεῖται) in P

176—77. βεβρίθει λήνεσσιν: τοῖς ἐρίοις, ὅθεν καὶ λανάριοι

176-77. βεβρίθει λήνεσσιν: with wool, whence also the wool-carders

19 Et. Gen. (AB) ληνέων: IV 173. τὸ λῆνος σημαίνει τὸ ἔριον, λίνον δὲ τὸ λινοῦν.19 Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) ληνέων: IV 173. λῆνος means wool, and λίνον means linen. 19 ἐρίοις LgGgSm19 ἐρίοις in LgGgSm

καλοῦνται οἱ κτενισταί. πολλοὶ δὲ χρυσοῦν τὸ δέρας εἰρήκασιν, οἷς Ἀπολλώνιος ἠκολούθησεν. ὁ δὲ Σιμωνίδης (fg 21 B. III 396) ποτὲ μὲν λευκὸν ποτὲ δὲ πορφυροῦν, Διονύσιος δὲ ὁ Μιτυληναῖος (32 fg 2 a J.) ἄνθρωπόν φησι γεγενῆσθαι, παιδαγωγὸν τοῦ Φρίξου, ὀνόματι Κριόν.

are called the combers. Many have said the fleece was golden, whom Apollonius followed. But Simonides (fr. 21 B. III 396) says it was sometimes white, sometimes purple, and Dionysius of Mytilene (32 fr. 2a J.) says it was a man, the tutor of Phrixus, named Crius.

1 sch. 1146/48 sch. Eur. Med. 5 Tzetz. Chil. I 431 (cf. W 67)1 sch. 1146/48 sch. Eur. Med. 5 Tzetz. Chil. I 431 (cf. W 67)

181. ἀφασσόμενος: ψηλαφῶν. LgP

181. ἀφασσόμενος: touching, handling. LgP

182. νοσφίσσεται: ἀφαιρήσεται. LgP

182. νοσφίσσεται: will deprive. LgP

190. μηκέτι νῦν χάζεσθε: ἀναχωρεῖτε καὶ μεριμνᾶτε περὶ τῆς εἰς τὴν πατρίδα ἀνακομιδῆς. τινὲς δὲ γράφουσι φράζεσθε.

190. μηκέτι νῦν χάζεσθε: withdraw and take thought for the return to your homeland. But some write φράζεσθε.

3 sch. I 256/59 cum loc. sim.3 sch. I 256/59 with similar passages

191—93. ἤδη γὰρ χρειώ: ἡ γὰρ χρεία, φησίν, ἧς χάριν τοῦτον τὸν πλοῦν ὑπέστημεν τὸν χαλεπόν, εὐκόλως ταῖς βουλαῖς τῆς κόρης τετέλεσται.

191-93. ἤδη γὰρ χρειώ: For the need, he says, for the sake of which we undertook this difficult voyage, has been easily accomplished by the counsels of the maiden.

200—02 a. ἑζόμενος πηδοῖσι: τοῖς πλατέσι τῶν κωπῶν· δι’ οὗ δηλοῖ τὰς κώπας ἀπὸ μέρους. πηδὸν γὰρ καλείται τὸ πλατὺ τῆς κώπης· Θεόφραστος (Hist. plant. V 7, 6) δὲ εἶδος ξύλου τὸ πηδόν.

200-02a. ἑζόμενος πηδοῖσι: with the flat parts of the oars; by which he indicates the oars from a part. For the flat part of the oar is called πηδόν; Theophrastus (Hist. plant. V 7, 6) says πηδόν is a kind of wood.

12 sch. η 328 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 131, 15 B. Hesych. πῆδος. πηδῷ Eust. 613, 9. 1582, 2312 sch. η 328 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 131, 15 B. Hesychius πῆδος. πηδῷ Eustathius 613, 9. 1582, 23

b. οἱ δὲ ἡμίσεις ὁπλισθέντες ἀμύνεσθε τοὺς ἐπιόντας. ἔχμα δὲ βολάων εἴρηκε τὰς ἀσπίδας. Lm (P)

b. And the half of you, armed, ward off the attackers. He has called the shields ἔχμα βολάων. Lm (P)

c. θοόν: ἀντὶ τοῦ θοῶς ἐπιρρήματος. Lg (P)

c. θοόν: instead of the adverb θοῶς. Lg (P)

213. περίπυστος: περιβόητος. LgP

213. περίπυστος: renowned. LgP

214—15. ἐς δ’ ἀγορὴν ἀγέροντο: συνηθροίζοντο πρὸς μάχην. καί φησιν· ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χειμῶνος τὰ κύματα τῆς θαλάσσης τεκμήρασθαι, οὕτως οὐδὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ὁπλισθέντων Κόλχων. L

214-15. ἐς δ’ ἀγορὴν ἀγέροντο: they gathered for battle. And he says: just as it is not possible to predict the waves of the sea in a storm, so too the multitude of the armed Colchians. L

218. 〈παρεμέτρεον:〉 παρέπλεον. Lg

218. 〈παρεμέτρεον:〉 they sailed past. Lg

22 fortasse παρέθεον22 perhaps παρέθεον

223—30 a. πεύκην περιμήκεα: τὴν λαμπάδα, ὡς ἐμπρήσων τὴν ναῦν.

223-30a. πεύκην περιμήκεα: the torch, as if about to burn the ship.

ὁ μὲν Ἀπολλώνιος ἄπρακτόν φησιν ἀναχωρῆσαι τὸν Αἰήτην σὺν ὀχήματι ἡνιοχοῦντος Ἀψύρτου, Διονύσιος δὲ ὁ Μιλήσιος (32 fg 10 b J.) φησιν, ὅτι καταλαβὼν τὴν ναῦν ὁ Αἰήτης παραταξαμένων τῶν ἀριστέων Ἶφιν ἀνεῖλεν Ἀργεῖον, Εὐρυσθέως ἀδελφόν, καὶ αὐτὸς πολλούς ἀπέβαλε. Φερεκύδης δὲ ἐν Ζ' (3 fg 32 a J.) τὴν Μήδειάν φησιν ἆραι μικρὸν ὄντα

Apollonius says that Aeetes returned without success with his chariot driven by Absyrtus, but Dionysius of Miletus (32 fr. 10b J.) says that Aeetes, overtaking the ship, when the nobles were drawn up for battle, killed Iphis the Argive, brother of Eurystheus, and lost many himself. Pherecydes in Book 7 (3 fr. 32a J.) says that Medea took him when he was small

29 Apoll. Bibl. I 133 sch. Eur. Med. 167. 113429 Apoll. Bibl. I 133 sch. Eur. Med. 167. 1134 25 φησιν P : om. L25 φησιν in P : omitted in L 27 ἀριστέων (P), cf. sch. d : ἀρίστων L27 ἀριστέων (P), cf. sch. d : ἀρίστων in L 29 Ζ' L : δ' P ὄντα P : om. L29 Ζ' in L : δ' in P; ὄντα in P : omitted in L

τὸν Ἄψυρτον ἐκ τῆς κοίτης, Ἰάσονος εἰπόντος αὐτῇ, 〈καὶ〉 ἐνεγκεῖν πρὸς τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδιώχθησαν, σφάξαι καὶ μελίσαντας ἐκβαλεῖν εἰς τὸν ποταμόν. ἐν δὲ τοῖς Σκύθαις ὁ Σοφοκλῆς ἑτερομήτορα τῆς Μηδείας τὸν Ἄψυρτον λέγει (fg 546 Pearson)· ‘οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μιᾶς κοίτης ἔβλαστον, ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν Νηρηίδος βλάστεσκε τέκνον ἄρτι, τὴν δ’ Εἰδυῖα πρὶν ποτ’ Ὠκεανοῦ κόρη τέκεν.’

Absyrtus from her bed, Jason having told her, and to bring him to the Argonauts; and when they were pursued, to slaughter him and, having cut him limb from limb, to cast him into the river. But in the Scythians Sophocles says that Absyrtus was not of the same mother as Medea (fr. 546 Pearson): 'For they did not spring from one bed, but he was the child of a Nereid, just born, while her Eidyia, daughter of Oceanus, had borne before.'

1 add. F1 added by F 2 μελίσαντας e sch. d P : μαδίσ- L. conicias μελίσασαν2 μελίσαντας from sch. d and P : μαδίσ- in L. One might conjecture μελίσασαν 5 ἐκ L : ἀπὸ P5 ἐκ in L : ἀπὸ in P 7 βλ. τ. ἄ. W et Wil. ad l. : βλ. ἄ. τ. K : τ. ἄ. βλ. βλάστεσκε LV : βλαστάνεσκε P τὴν δ’ P : ἣν L7 βλ. τ. ἄ. in W and Wil. ad loc. : βλ. ἄ. τ. in K : τ. ἄ. βλ. βλάστεσκε in LV : βλαστάνεσκε in P; τὴν δ’ in P : ἣν in L 8 τέκεν K : τίκτεν8 τέκεν in K : τίκτεν

b. νηῦς ἤδη κρατε〈ροῖσιν〉: ἡ ναῦς, φησίν, βιαίᾳ ὁρμῇ τὸν πλοῦν ἤνυεν τῇ τε τῶν ἐρετῶν δυνάμει βιαζομένη καὶ τῷ τοῦ ποταμοῦ καθέλκοντι ῥεύματι.

b. The ship now with mighty: The ship, he says, was accomplishing its voyage with violent impulse, driven both by the strength of the rowers and by the current of the river drawing it down.

c. καταβλώσκοντι: ἀντὶ τοῦ κατωφόρῳ. Lg (P)

c. Descending: meaning 'downward-flowing'. Lg (P)

d. αὐτάρ ἄναξ ἄτῃ: ὁ δὲ Αἰήτης, φησίν, ἐν πολλοῖς κακοῖς γεγενημένος τὸν Ἥλιον καὶ τὸν Δία μάρτυρας τῶν πεπραγμένων ἐπεκαλεῖτο.

d. But the king in his folly: Aeetes, he says, having fallen into many misfortunes, called upon Helios and Zeus as witnesses of what had been done.

φησὶ δὲ ὁ Ἀπολλώνιος διὰ τούτων τὸν Αἰήτην ἄπρακτον ὑποστρέψαι, διὰ δὲ τῶν ἑξῆς (v. 224 sq.) φησι τὸν Ἄψυρτον νέον ὄντα ἡνιοχεῖν παραβεβηκότα τῷ πατρί. Διονύσιος δὲ ὁ Μιλήσιος (32 fg 10 a J.) φησιν, ὅτι Αἰήτης ἐδίωξεν αὐτούς· οἱ δὲ ἀριστεῖς ἠγωνίζοντο ἀκοντίζοντες, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Αἰήτην ἵππευον· ἔνθα καὶ Ἶφιν τελευτῆσαι τὸν Σθενέλου· καταβαλόντα γὰρ δύο τῶν περὶ Αἰήτην ἱππέων περικατάληπτον γενέσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Αἰήτου, περισπασθέντα τῷ βρόχῳ. ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἑξῆς φησιν, ὡς οἱ Κόλχοι εἰς φυγὴν ἐτράπησαν. Φερεκύδης δὲ ἐν Ζ (3 fg 32 b J.) διωκομένους ἀναβιβάσαι ἐπὶ τὴν ναῦν τὸν Ἄψυρτον καὶ μελίσαντας ῥῖψαι εἰς τὸν ποταμόν. Σοφοκλῆς δὲ ἐν Κολχίσι (fg 343 Pearson) φησι κατὰ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Αἰήτου τὸν παῖδα σφαγῆναι. ἑξῆς δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος τὴν ἀπειλὴν τάσσει τὴν πρὸς τοὺς Κόλχους.

Apollonius says through these lines that Aeetes returned without success, and through the following lines (v. 224 ff.) he says that Absyrtus, being young, rode as charioteer beside his father. But Dionysius of Miletus (32 fr. 10a J.) says that Aeetes pursued them; the chiefs fought by hurling javelins, while those around Aeetes rode on horseback; there Iphis, son of Sthenelus, also died; for after striking down two of the horsemen around Aeetes, he was surrounded by Aeetes and dragged off with a noose. In the following lines he says that the Colchians turned to flight. Pherecydes in Book 7 (3 fr. 32b J.) says that when they were pursued, they brought Absyrtus onto the ship, cut him limb from limb, and threw him into the river. Sophocles in the Colchian Women (fr. 343 Pearson) says that the boy was slaughtered in the house of Aeetes. Next Apollonius places the threat against the Colchians.

28 243. Et. Gen. (B) Αἰαίη: ἡ Μήδεια. [‘Αἰαίη δολόεσσα’ (1 32) καὶ del. W] IV 243. ἀπὸ τῆς Αἴης πόλεως. Ἀπολλώνιος. Et. Gen. (B) ἔνει: IV 243. 252. Αἰαίη ἀπὸ Αἴ[αι]ης πόλεως. cf. W 8328 243. Et. Gen. (B) Αἰαίη: Medea. [‘Αἰαίη δολόεσσα’ (1 32) and del. W] IV 243. from the city Aia. Apollonius. Et. Gen. (B) ἔνει: IV 243. 252. Αἰαίη from the city Aia. cf. W 83 22 περισπασθέντα Wil. : περισπαθέντα L : om. P22 περισπασθέντα in Wil. : περισπαθέντα in L : omitted in P

246. ἡ γάρ: ἡ Μήδεια. LgP

246. For she: Medea. LgP

247—52. καὶ δὴ τὰ μέν, ὅσσα θυηλ〈ή〉: ἐκ τούτου βούλεται δηλῶσαι, ὅτι τοιαύτην θυσίαν ἐβούλετο τελέσαι ὁποίαν φαρμακίδες. Νύμφις δὲ ἐν τῷ ς' Περὶ Ἡρακλείας (fg 14 M. III 15) Ἑκάτης φησὶν ἱερὸν εἶναι ἐν τῇ Παφλαγονίᾳ Μηδείας ἱδρυσαμένης. κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἀποσιώπησιν ἐμφάσει κέχρηται, τὴν ταῖς φαρμακίσι τελουμένην θυσίαν μὴ ἐξεργαζόμενος.

247-52. And indeed all that with sacrifice: From this he wishes to make clear that she intended to perform such a sacrifice as sorceresses do. Nymphis in the sixth book of his work On Heraclea (fr. 14 M. III 15) says that there is a sanctuary of Hecate in Paphlagonia founded by Medea. By the aposiopesis he employs emphasis, not elaborating on the sacrifice performed by sorceresses.

6 -αζόμενος W : -άζεσθαι L : 〈ἔχων〉 -άζεσθαι Wil. ad l. : aliter P6 -αζόμενος in W : -άζεσθαι in L : 〈ἔχων〉 -άζεσθαι in Wil. ad loc. : differently in P 7 del. F7 deleted by F

257—62 a. νισόμεθ’ [ἐς] Ὀρχομενόν: διὰ τούτων φησὶν ὁ Ἄργος ἀληθῆ αὐτοῖς εἰρῆσθαι ὑπὸ Φινέως (II 421)· εἶναι γὰρ πλοῦν ἕτερον ἔξω φέροντα, ὃν Αἰγύπτιοι ἱερεῖς ἐσημήναντο. ἐγίνωσκε γὰρ τὰ μέρη ἐκεῖνα ὁ Ἄργος. διό φησιν· ὄντως δὴ τῇ ἐσωτάτῃ ὁδῷ κεχρημένοι, ᾗ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς Ὀρχομενὸν ἐπορευόμεθα, πορεύεσθε. L

257-62a. We are going to Orchomenus: through these words Argus says that the things told to them by Phineus (II 421) were true; for there is another voyage leading outside, which the Egyptian priests indicated. For Argus knew those regions. Therefore he says: 'Indeed, having used the innermost route, by which we also were traveling to Orchomenus, proceed.' L

12 ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις L : τοὺς -ας P12 ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις in L : τοὺς -ας in P

b. ἔστι γὰρ πλόος ἄλλος: Ἡρόδωρος ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις (31 fg 10 J.) φησὶ διὰ τῆς αὐτῆς 〈κατ〉ελθεῖν θαλάσσης, δι’ ἧς ἦλθον εἰς Κόλχους. Ἑκαταῖος δὲ ὁ Μιλήσιος (1 fg 18 a J.) ἐκ τοῦ Φάσιδος διελθεῖν εἰς τὸν ὠκεανόν, εἶτα ἐκεῖθεν εἰς τὸν Νεῖλον, ὅθεν εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν θάλασσαν. τοῦτο δὲ ὁ Ἐφέσιος Ἀρτεμίδωρος (fg 136 Stiehle Phil. 11, 1856, 236) ψεῦδός φησιν εἶναι· τὸν γὰρ Φάσιν μὴ συμβάλλειν τῷ ὠκεανῷ, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ὀρέων καταφέρεσθαι. τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ Ἐρατοσθένης ἐν γ' Γεωγραφικῶν (fg III B 74 Berger) φησι. Τιμάγητος δὲ ἐν α' Περὶ λιμένων (fg 1 M. IV 519) τὸν μὲν Φᾶσιν 〈καταφέρεσθαι . . ., τὸν δὲ Ἴστρον〉 καταφέρεσθαι ἐκ τῶν †Κελτικῶν† ὀρῶν, ἅ ἐστι τῆς Κελτικῆς, εἶτα ἐκδιδόναι εἰς Κελτῶν λίμνην, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα εἰς δύο σχίζεσθαι τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τὸ μὲν εἰς τὸν Εὔξεινον πόντον εἰσβάλλειν, τὸ δὲ εἰς τὴν †Κελτικήν† θάλασσαν· διὰ δὲ τούτου τοῦ στόματος πλεῦσαι τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας καὶ ἐλθεῖν εἰς Τυρρηνίαν. κατακολουθεῖ δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος. Ἡσίοδος (fg 64 Rz.²) δὲ καὶ Πίνδαρος ἐν Πυθιονίκαις

b. For there is another voyage: Herodorus in his Argonautica (31 fr. 10 J.) says that they came down through the same sea by which they went to Colchis. Hecataeus of Miletus (1 fr. 18a J.) says that they passed from the Phasis into the ocean, then from there into the Nile, and from there into our sea. Artemidorus of Ephesus (fr. 136 Stiehle Phil. 11, 1856, 236) says this is false; for the Phasis does not join the ocean, but flows down from mountains. Eratosthenes in the third book of his Geography (fr. III B 74 Berger) says the same. Timagetus in the first book of On Harbours (fr. 1 M. IV 519) says that the Phasis flows down from the †Celtic† mountains, which are in Celtica, then empties into the Celtic lake, and after this the water divides into two, and one part flows into the Euxine Sea, the other into the †Celtic† sea; and through this mouth the Argonauts sailed and came to Tyrrhenia. Apollonius follows him. Hesiod (fr. 64 Rz.²) and Pindar in his Pythian odes

13 〈κατ〉ελθεῖν Schwartz : ἐλθεῖν L : ἐπανελθεῖν P13 〈κατ〉ελθεῖν Schwartz : ἐλθεῖν in L : ἐπανελθεῖν in P 20 μὲν Φᾶσιν L : Ἴστρον φησι P suppl. Schwartz20 μὲν Φᾶσιν in L : Ἴστρον φησι in P, supplemented by Schwartz 21 Ἑρκυνίων vel Ῥιπαίων pro Κελτικῶν prop. Muellenhoff 1870, 431 sqq.21 Ἑρκυνίων or Ῥιπαίων proposed by Muellenhoff 1870, 431 sqq. instead of Κελτικῶν 22 Κελτῶν K : Κέλτον L : Κελτικὴν P μετὰ — Ἀπολλώνιος ut supra L : ἐκεῖθεν δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ σχίζεσθαι εἰς δύο, καὶ τὸ μὲν εἰς τὴν Κελτ. θάλ. ἐκβάλλειν, τὸ δὲ εἰς τὸν Εὔξ. πόντον. διὰ τούτου οὖν τοῦ στόματος ἀναπλεύσαντας τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας ἀφικέσθαι εἰς Πυρήνην (cf. Herod. II 33), ἐκεῖθεν διὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου στόματος [καὶ del. Schaefer] καταπλεῦσαι εἰς τὴν Κελτ. θάλ. P. cf. W 4022 Κελτῶν in K : Κέλτον in L : Κελτικὴν in P; μετὰ — Ἀπολλώνιος as above in L : ἐκεῖθεν δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ σχίζεσθαι εἰς δύο, καὶ τὸ μὲν εἰς τὴν Κελτ. θάλ. ἐκβάλλειν, τὸ δὲ εἰς τὸν Εὔξ. πόντον. διὰ τούτου οὖν τοῦ στόματος ἀναπλεύσαντας τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας ἀφικέσθαι εἰς Πυρήνην (cf. Herod. II 33), ἐκεῖθεν διὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου στόματος [καὶ deleted by Schaefer] καταπλεῦσαι εἰς τὴν Κελτ. θάλ. in P. cf. W 40

(IV 25 sq.) καὶ Ἀντίμαχος ἐν Λύδῃ (fg 12 B. II 291) διὰ τοῦ ὠκεανοῦ φασιν ἐλθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς Λιβύην, καὶ βαστάσαντας τὴν Ἀργὼ εἰς τὸ ἡμέτερον πέλαγος 〈παρα〉γενέσθαι.

(IV 25 sq.) and Antimachus in his Lyde (fr. 12 B. II 291) say that they came through the ocean to Libya, and carrying the Argo into our sea they arrived.

2 φασιν P : φησιν L2 φασιν in P : φησιν in L 3 〈παρα〉γεν- Schwartz : γεν- L : ἀφικέσθαι P3 〈παρα〉γεν- Schwartz : γεν- in L : ἀφικέσθαι in P

c. οὐδέ τί πω Δαναῶν: τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους πολλοὶ παλαιοτάτους εἶναί φασιν, Ἡρόδοτος (II 2) δὲ Φρύγας. Μύσημης δὲ ἐν α' Αἰγυπτιακῶν (M. IV 369) καὶ Λέων ἐν α' τῶν Πρὸς τὴν μητέρα (fg 1 M. II 331) καὶ Κνωσσὸς ἐν α' Γεωγραφικῶν τῆς Ἀσίας (M. III 158) πάντων ἀρχαιοτάτους Αἰγυπτίους εἶναί φασιν.

c. Not yet of the Danaans: many say that the Egyptians are the most ancient, but Herodotus (II 2) says the Phrygians. Mysemes in the first book of his Aegyptiaca (M. IV 369) and Leon in the first book of his work Against his Mother (fr. 1 M. II 331) and Cnossus in the first book of his Geography of Asia (M. III 158) say that the Egyptians are the most ancient of all.

δοκεῖ δὲ πρῶτον Θήβην κατ’ Αἴγυπτον κτισθῆναι, ὡς φησι Ξεναγόρας ἐν α' Χρόνων (240 fg 1 J.). καὶ Νικάνωρ δὲ λέγει ἐν ταῖς Μετονομασίαις (fg 15 M. III 634) ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ πρώτην κτισθῆναι πόλιν Θήβας, καὶ αὐτὸς συμφωνῶν τῷ Ἀρχεμάχῳ (fg 6 M. IV 315).

It seems that Thebes in Egypt was founded first, as Xenagoras says in Book 1 of his Chronicles (240 FGrH 1 J.). And Nicanor also says in his Renamings (FGrH 15 M. III 634) that the city of Thebes was founded first in Egypt, himself agreeing with Archemachus (FGrH 6 M. IV 315).

Ἵππυς (fg 1 M. II 13) δὲ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους πρώτους 〈γεγενῆσθαι〉 στοχάζεται 〈ἐκ〉 τῆς τοῦ ἀέρος κράσεως καὶ 〈ἐκ τοῦ〉 γονιμώτατον εἶναι τὸ τοῦ Νείλου ὕδωρ. γεγονέναι δὲ αὐτούς φησιν ὁ Ἀπολλώνιος πρὸ τοῦ πάντα τὰ ἄστρα φανῆναι· καθὸ τήν τε φύσιν κατανοῆσαι αὐτῶν δοκοῦσι καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα θεῖναι, 〈καὶ〉 τὰ μὲν ιβ' ζῴδια θεοὺς βουλαίους προσηγόρευον, τοὺς δὲ πλάνητας ῥαβδοφόρους.

Hippys (FGrH 1 M. II 13) conjectures that the Egyptians were the first to come into being from the temperament of the air and from the fact that the water of the Nile is most productive. Apollonius says that they existed before all the stars appeared; for which reason they are thought to have observed their nature and given them names, and they called the twelve zodiac signs "counselor gods," and the planets "rod-bearers."

Ἡρόδοτος (l. l.) δέ φησι Φρύγας πρώτους γεγενῆσθαι. ὕστερον δὲ Ψαμμίτιχος τῶν Αἰγυπτίων βασιλεύς, βουλόμενος διαγνῶναι, τίνες οἱ γηγενεῖς, παρέδωκεν ποιμένι δύο βρέφη, κελεύσας μηδένα φθέγγεσθαι, μόνον δὲ αὐτοῖς αἰγὸς θηλὴν δίδοσθαι. οἱ δὲ δύο ἐτῶν διελθόντων

Herodotus (loc. cit.) says that the Phrygians were the first to come into being. Later Psammetichus, king of the Egyptians, wishing to determine who were the earth-born, handed over two infants to a shepherd, ordering that no one speak, but only that a goat's teat be given to them. After two years had passed,

13 Diod. I 10, 1 17 Diod. II 30, 6 sq. Sext. Emp. Adv. astrol. 3113 Diod. I 10, 1 17 Diod. II 30, 6 sq. Sext. Emp. Adv. astrol. 31 4 παλαιοτάτους F : -τέρους L : om. P4 παλαιοτάτους in F : -τέρους in L : omitted in P 5 Μύσημης L : Κόσμος P, unde Κοσμάς. fortasse 〈Ἀ〉μώμητος intellegendus est.5 Μύσημης in L : Κόσμος in P, whence Κοσμάς. Perhaps 〈Ἀ〉μώμητος is to be understood. 7 Cnossi defendit Jacoby RE² XI 9297 Cnossi is defended by Jacoby RE² XI 929 9 δοκεῖ — Χρόνων reiecit W9 δοκεῖ — Χρόνων rejected by W 10 καὶ Νικ. δὲ λέγ. huc trai. K λέγει W : -ων10 καὶ Νικ. δὲ λέγ. transferred here by K λέγει W : -ων 11 Μετονομασίαις K : Μετωνυμίαις πρώτην Steph. : πρῶτον L : om. P11 Μετονομασίαις in K : Μετωνυμίαις πρώτην in Steph. : πρῶτον in L : omitted in P 12 αὐτὸς scil. Apollonius συμφωνῶν W : -εῖ12 αὐτὸς scil. Apollonius συμφωνῶν W : -εῖ 13 〈γεγ.〉 στοχάζεται Fr. : -άσασθαι13 〈γεγ.〉 στοχάζεται Fr. : -άσασθαι 14 utrumque suppl. W14 both supplied by W 15 ὕδωρ P : om. L15 ὕδωρ in P : omitted in L 17 add. F17 added by F

πρώτην φωνὴν ἀφῆκαν τὸ βέκος· οὕτω δὲ λέγεται παρὰ τοῖς Φρυξὶν ὁ ἄρτος. ἐγνώσθησαν οὖν ἀπὸ τούτου οἱ Φρύγες γηγενεῖς. οἱ δέ φασιν, ὅτι εὔηθές ἐστιν ὑπολαμβάνειν τοῦτο· ἀκούοντες γὰρ οἱ παῖδες βληχωμένων τῶν προβάτων, ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως ἐνεργούμενοι πρὸς τὸ ἔναρθρον τὴν φωνὴν ἀπέστρεψαν.

they uttered as their first word "bekos"; for thus bread is called among the Phrygians. From this, then, the Phrygians were recognized as earth-born. But others say that it is foolish to suppose this; for the children, hearing the sheep bleating, as if moved by nature toward articulate speech, turned their voice to that.

263—64 a. οἷοι δ’ ἔσαν Ἀρκάδ〈ες〉: μόνοι δὲ ἦσαν Ἀρκάδες, φησί, τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀρχαιότεροι. Ἀπιδανῆας δὲ τοὺς Πελοποννησίους ἀπὸ Ἄπιδος τοῦ Φορωνέως.

263-64a. "Such as the Arcadians were": The Arcadians alone, he says, were older than the Greeks. "Apidaneans" refers to the Peloponnesians, from Apis son of Phoroneus.

7 Ἀπιδανῆας δὲ τοὺς Π-ους (P) : -ήων δὲ τῶν Π-ων L7 Ἀπιδανῆας δὲ τοὺς Π-ους (P) : -ήων δὲ τῶν Π-ων in L

b. Ἀρκάδες, οἳ καὶ πρόσθ〈εν〉: οἱ Ἀρκάδες δοκοῦσι πρὸ τῆς σελήνης γεγονέναι, ὡς καὶ Εὔδοξος ἐν Γῆς περιόδῳ (fg 41 Brandes). Θεόδωρος δὲ ἐν κβ' (62 fg 2 J.) ὀλίγῳ πρότερόν φησι τοῦ πρὸς τοὺς Γίγαντας πολέμου Ἡρακλέους τὴν σελήνην φανῆναι. καὶ Ἀριστίας ὁ Χῖος ἐν ταῖς Κτίσεσι καὶ Διονύσιος ὁ Χαλκιδεὺς ἐν α' Κτίσεων (fg 1 M. IV 393) καὶ ἔθνος φασὶν Ἀρκαδίας Σεληνίτας εἶναι. — Μνασέας (fg 4 M. III 150) δέ φησι Προσέληνον Ἀρκάδων βασιλεῦσαι. Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ ἐν τῇ Τεγεατῶν πολιτείᾳ (fg 549 Rose 1568b 41) φησίν, ὅτι βάρβαροι τὴν Ἀρκαδίαν ᾤκησαν, οἵτινες ἐξεβλήθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν νῦν Ἀρκάδων, ἐπιθεμένων αὐτοῖς πρὸ τοῦ ἐπιτεῖλαι τὴν σελήνην· διὸ κατωνομάσθησαν προσέληνοι. 〈...〉. Δοῦρις δὲ ἐν ιε' τῶν Μακεδονικῶν (76 fg 9 J.) Ἀρκάδα φησίν, ἀφ’ οὗ ἡ Ἀρκαδία καλεῖται, Ὀρχομενοῦ υἱόν, διὸ καὶ πόλιν τῆς Ἀρκαδίας Ὀρχομενόν. τινὲς δέ φασιν Ἐνδυμίωνα εὑρηκέναι τὰς περιόδους καὶ τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς τῆς σελήνης, ὅθεν καὶ προσελήνους τοὺς Ἀρκάδας κληθῆναι. ἔνιοι δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Τυφῶνος 〈...〉· ὑπὸ δὲ Ἄτλαντος καὶ Ξεναγόρας (240 fg 32 J.) εἴρηκεν.

b. Arcadians, who even before: The Arcadians are thought to have existed before the moon, as Eudoxus also says in his Circuit of the Earth (fr. 41 Brandes). Theodorus in his twenty-second book (62 fr. 2 J.) says that the moon appeared a little before Heracles' war against the Giants. And Aristias of Chios in his Foundations and Dionysius of Chalcis in the first book of his Foundations (fr. 1 M. IV 393) say that there is also a people of Arcadia called Selenitae. — Mnaseas (fr. 4 M. III 150) says that Proselenus ruled over the Arcadians. Aristotle in his Constitution of the Tegeans (fr. 549 Rose 1568b 41) says that barbarians inhabited Arcadia, who were expelled by the present Arcadians, who attacked them before the moon rose; for this reason they were called proselenoi. 〈...〉. Duris in the fifteenth book of his Macedonian History (76 fr. 9 J.) says that Arcas, from whom Arcadia is named, was the son of Orchomenus, and for this reason there is also a city of Arcadia called Orchomenus. Some say that Endymion discovered the circuits and numbers of the moon, whence the Arcadians were also called proselenoi. Others say that by Typhon 〈...〉; and by Atlas, as Xenagoras (240 fr. 32 J.) has said.

9 Plut. Aet. Rom. 76 sch. Ar. Nub. 397 Suid. βεκεσέληνε. προσέληνοι sch. Lyc. 480 21 Steph. Byz. Θάλπουσα 22 sch. 57/58 cum loc. sim. 25 Diod. III 60, 2. IV 27, 4 sq. Plin. Nat. hist. VII 2039 Plut. Aet. Rom. 76 sch. Ar. Nub. 397 Suid. βεκεσέληνε. προσέληνοι sch. Lyc. 480 21 Steph. Byz. Θάλπουσα 22 sch. 57/58 with similar passages 25 Diod. III 60, 2. IV 27, 4 sq. Plin. Nat. hist. VII 203 10 Γῆς K : τῇ L : om. P10 Γῆς in K : τῇ in L : omitted in P 13 Ἀριστίας L : Ἀρίστων (fg 4 M. III 325) P. cf. W 3813 Ἀριστίας in L : Ἀρίστων (fr. 4 M. III 325) in P. cf. W 38 14 Κτίσεσι Rutgers : θέσεσι Κτίσεων Schaefer : -ευς14 Κτίσεσι Rutgers : θέσεσι Κτίσεων Schaefer : -ευς 15 φασὶν P : φησὶν L15 φασὶν in P : φησὶν in L 20 lac. ind. W20 lacuna indicated by W 21 φησίν PH : φασίν L21 φησίν in PH : φασίν in L 23 ὅθεν — κληθῆναι L : διὰ δὲ τὸ Ἀρκάδα εἶναι προσαγορευθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ προσελήνους τοὺς Ἀρκάδας P23 ὅθεν — κληθῆναι in L : διὰ δὲ τὸ Ἀρκάδα εἶναι προσαγορευθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ προσελήνους τοὺς Ἀρκάδας in P 25 lac. ind. W, ubi φασιν εὑρεθῆναι P suppl.25 lacuna indicated by W, where P supplies φασιν εὑρεθῆναι

265—66. ἀνάσσετο Δευκαλ〈ίδῃσιν〉: οἱ ἀπὸ Δευκαλίωνος τὸ γένος ἔχοντες ἐβασίλευον Θεσσαλίας, ὥς φησιν Ἑκαταῖος (1 fg 14 J.) καὶ Ἡσίοδος (fg 8 Rz.²). ἡ Θεσσαλία δὲ Πελασγὶς ἐκαλεῖτο ἀπὸ Πελασγοῦ τοῦ βασιλεύσαντος.

265-66. ruled over the Deucalionids: Those who trace their lineage from Deucalion ruled Thessaly, as Hecataeus (1 fr. 14 J.) and Hesiod (fr. 8 Rz.²) say. Thessaly was called Pelasgis after Pelasgus, who was its king.

3 Πελασγὶς Schaefer : Πελασγία L : Θεσσαλίς P3 Πελασγὶς Schaefer : Πελασγία in L : Θεσσαλίς in P

269—71 a. καὶ ποταμὸς Τρίτων: περὶ τῆς τοῦ Νείλου ἀναδόσεως διάφοροι αἰτίαι παρὰ τοῖς παλαιοῖς ἐλέγοντο. Ἀναξαγόρας (cf. 59 A 91 Diels-Kranz) μὲν γάρ φησι διὰ τῆξιν τῆς χιόνος πληθύειν αὐτόν· ᾧ ἕπεται καὶ Εὐριπίδης λέγων (Hel. 1. 3)· ‘Νείλου μὲν αἵδε καλλιπάρθενοι ῥοαί, λευκῆς τακείσης χιόνος ὑγραίνει γύην.’ καὶ Αἰσχύλος (fg 300 N.²) δὲ καὶ Σοφοκλῆς (fg 882 Pearson) ὑπέλαβον τοὺς ὑπὲρ τὴν Αἴγυπτον χιονίζεσθαι τόπους καὶ τηκομένης τῆς χιόνος τὴν χύσιν εἰς τὸν Νεῖλον ἐκδίδοσθαι. Νικαγόρας (M. II 332 b) δέ φησιν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀντοίκων αὐτὸν ῥεῖν. Δημόκριτος δὲ ὁ φυσικὸς (68 A 99 Diels-Kranz) ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ μεσημβρίαν ὑπερκειμένου πελάγους λαμβάνειν τὸν Νεῖλον τὴν ἐπίχυσιν, ἀπογλυκαίνεσθαι δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ διὰ τὸ διάστημα καὶ τὸ μῆκος τοῦ πόρου καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ καύματος ἀφεψόμενον· διὸ καὶ ἐναντίαν φησὶν ἔχειν τὴν γεῦσιν. Οἰνοπίδης δὲ ὁ Χῖος (cf. 41, 11 Diels-Kranz), ὅτι χειμῶνος ὢν ὑπὸ γῆν ὁ ἥλιος ἐκπέμπει τὸ ὕδωρ, τοῦ δὲ θέρους γενόμενος ὑπὲρ γῆν οὐκέτι διὰ τὸ μᾶλλον θερμαίνεσθαι αὐτήν· διὸ κεχαραδρωμένη ἡ γῆ πλεῖον ὕδωρ ἀναδίδωσιν.

269-71a. and the river Triton: Various causes for the rising of the Nile were given by the ancients. Anaxagoras (cf. 59 A 91 Diels-Kranz) says that it swells because of the melting of snow; Euripides follows him, saying (Hel. 1.3): 'These fair-maidened streams of the Nile, from white snow melted, moisten the land.' And Aeschylus (fg 300 N.²) and Sophocles (fg 882 Pearson) supposed that the regions above Egypt are snow-covered and that from the melting snow the flow is discharged into the Nile. Nicagoras (M. II 332 b) says that it flows from the inhabitants of the opposite region. Democritus the natural philosopher (68 A 99 Diels-Kranz) says that the Nile receives its influx from the sea lying to the south above it, and that the water is made sweet by the distance and length of the passage and by being boiled off by the heat; therefore he says it has the opposite taste. Oenopides of Chios (cf. 41, 11 Diels-Kranz), because in winter the sun is under the earth and sends out the water, but in summer it is above the earth and no longer does so because the earth is heated more; therefore the earth, being full of gullies, gives forth more water.

5 267. Et. Gen. (AB) Ἠερία: ἡ Αἴγυπτος τὸ πρὶν ἐκαλεῖτο — Ἀπολλώνιος· IV 267—268 —, ὅτι τοῖς ἐπ’ αὐτὴν πλέουσι (B, αὐτῆς κλαίουσι A) κοιλὴ οὖσα οὐ φαίνεται πρὶν ἂν σχεδὸν ὁρμισθῶσι, (Et. M., -ηθῶσι AB) καὶ τότε ὥσπερ ἐξ ὁμίχλης καὶ (καὶ B, om. A) ἀέρος κεκαλυμμένη φαίνεται. sch. I 580 a cum loc. sim. cf. W 81 Ps.-Arist. De inund. Nili Rose 1863, 633—39 Diod. I 38—41 Sen. Nat. Quaest. IV a 2, 17—30 Aët. Plac. phil. IV 1, 1—7 Ael. Aristid. 36, 13 Keil cf. Diels Doxogr. gr. 1879, 226—295 267. Etymologicum Genuinum (AB) Ἠερία: Egypt was formerly called Ἠερία — Apollonius: IV 267—268 —, because to those sailing to it (B, to those weeping for it A) being hollow it is not visible until they are almost anchored, (Et. M., -ηθῶσι AB) and then it appears as if covered by mist and (and B, om. A) air. sch. I 580 a with similar passages cf. W 81 Ps.-Arist. De inund. Nili Rose 1863, 633—39 Diod. I 38—41 Sen. Nat. Quaest. IV a 2, 17—30 Aët. Plac. phil. IV 1, 1—7 Ael. Aristid. 36, 13 Keil cf. Diels Doxogr. gr. 1879, 226—29 9 Νείλου μὲν αἵδε Eur. : εἰλούμεναι δὲ L : εἰλουμένη δὲ P κ-οι ῥοαί L : -ος -ή P9 Νείλου μὲν αἵδε in Eur. : εἰλούμεναι δὲ in L : εἰλουμένη δὲ in P κ-οι ῥοαί in L : -ος -ή in P 12 ὑπὲρ τὴν K : ὑπὸ τὴν L : κατ’ P12 ὑπὲρ τὴν in K : ὑπὸ τὴν in L : κατ’ in P 13 χύσιν V : ῥύαν L13 χύσιν in V : ῥύαν in L 18 Οἰνοπίδης Diels : Ἀριστίας (e sch. 263/64 b) L : Ἀρίστων (fg 2 M. III 324) P φησιν post Χῖος add. H18 Οἰνοπίδης Diels : Ἀριστίας (from sch. 263/64 b) in L : Ἀρίστων (fg 2 M. III 324) in P φησιν added after Χῖος in H 19 ἐκπέμπει HF19 ἐκπέμπει in HF 21 κεχαραδρωμένη W : καὶ χαλωμένη21 κεχαραδρωμένη W : καὶ χαλωμένη

Ἔφορος (70 fg 65 d J.) δὲ ποταμόχωστον εἶναί φησι τὴν Αἴγυπτον, ῥηγνυμένης δὲ τῆς γῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου τῷ ἔαρι ἀναπηδᾶν τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ ἐπαύξεσθαι τὸ ῥεῦμα. Θαλῆς δὲ ὁ Μιλήσιος (cf. 11 A 16 Diels-Kranz) φησιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐτησίων συνελαυνόμενα τὰ νέφη κατὰ τὰ ὄρη τῆς Αἰθιοπίας αὐτόθι ῥήγνυσθαι· ὅταν δὲ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἐξεναντίας συστῶσιν αἱ πνοαὶ προσπίπτουσαι τῇ θαλάσσῃ, ἐκ τῆς ἀποπεμπομένης πλήσμης τὰς ὑπερχύσεις ἀναδέχεσθαι τὸν Νεῖλον. Διογένης δὲ ὁ Ἀπολλωνιάτης (64 A 18 Diels-Kranz) ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου ἁρπάζεσθαι τὸ ὕδωρ τῆς θαλάσσης, ὃ τότε εἰς τὸν Νεῖλον καταφέρεσθαι· οἴεται γὰρ πληροῦσθαι τὸν Νεῖλον ἐν τῷ θέρει διὰ τὸ τὸν ἥλιον εἰς τοῦτον τὰς ἀπὸ γῆς ἰκμάδας τρέπειν.

Ephorus (70 fg 65 d J.) says that Egypt is alluvial, and that when the earth is broken open by the sun in spring the water springs up and the stream increases. Thales of Miletus (cf. 11 A 16 Diels-Kranz) says that the clouds are driven together by the Etesian winds against the mountains of Ethiopia and burst there; and when the winds blowing against the river strike the sea, the Nile receives its overflow from the flood that is driven back. Diogenes of Apollonia (64 A 18 Diels-Kranz) says that the water of the sea is snatched up by the sun, which then is carried down into the Nile; for he thinks that the Nile is filled in summer because the sun turns the moisture from the earth into it.

ὁ δὲ Νεῖλος οὕτω τὸ πρότερον ἐκαλεῖτο, Τρίτων. μετωνομάσθη δὲ ἀπὸ Νείλου τοῦ Κύκλωπος τοῦ Ταντάλου, βασιλεύσαντος τῆς χώρας, ὡς Ἕρμιππός (fg 77 M. III 53) φησιν.

The Nile was formerly called Triton. It was renamed after Neilos, the Cyclops, son of Tantalus, who was king of the country, as Hermippus (fr. 77 M. III 53) says.

11 sch. Lyc. 576 Plin. Nat. hist. V 54 17 Sethe Sesostris 190011 sch. Lyc. 576 Plin. Nat. hist. V 54 17 Sethe Sesostris 1900 3 Thaletis opinionem cum Thrasyalcis conflatam esse monet Rose 1. 1. 2403 Rose 1. 1. 240 notes that the opinion of Thales has been conflated with that of Thrasyalces 5 ὅταν δὲ P : ὅταν γάρ L5 ὅταν δὲ in P : ὅταν γάρ in L 8 τοῦ P : om. L8 τοῦ in P : omitted in L

b. ὄμβρος ἅλις: ἀμφιβολία περὶ τὴν σύνταξιν. σημαίνει γὰρ ἤτοι ἅλις ἀνασταχύουσιν ἢ ὅτι οὐ δεύει ὄμβρος ἅλις, ἐπεὶ οὐ βρέχει συνεχῶς κατ’ Αἴγυπτον.

b. Rain in abundance: ambiguity in the construction. For it means either "they sprout in abundance" or "rain does not wet abundantly," since it does not rain continuously in Egypt.

272—74. ἔνθεν δή τινα: Σεσόγχωσις Αἰγύπτου πάσης βασιλεὺς μετὰ Ὦρον τὸν Ἴσιδος καὶ Ὀσίριδος παῖδα τὴν μὲν Ἀσίαν ὁρμήσας πᾶσαν κατεστρέψατο, ὁμοίως καὶ τὰ πλεῖστα τῆς Εὐρώπης. ἀκριβέστερον δὲ ἔστι τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ παρὰ Ἡροδότῳ (II 102—10). Θεόπομπος δὲ ἐν γ' (115 fg 46 J.) Σέσωστριν αὐτὸν καλεῖ. Ἡρόδοτος δὲ προστίθησιν (102), ὅτι, εἰ μέν τινας πολέμῳ κατέστρεψεν, στήλας ἐτίθει πῶς ἐνίκησεν· εἰ δὲ παρεχώρουν, γυναικεῖον ταῖς στήλαις αἰδοῖον προσετίθει σύμβολον τῆς μαλακίας. Δικαίαρχος δὲ ἐν α' Ἑλλάδος βίου (fg 7 M. II 235) Σεσόγχωσιν καὶ νόμους [αὐτὸν] θεῖναι λέγει, ὥστε μηδένα

272-74. From there indeed some: Sesonchosis, king of all Egypt after Horus, the son of Isis and Osiris, set out and subdued all Asia, and likewise most of Europe. More accurate accounts about him are in Herodotus (II 102-10). Theopompus in the third book (115 fr. 46 J.) calls him Sesostris. Herodotus adds (102) that if he subdued any peoples in war, he set up pillars recording how he conquered; but if they yielded, he added to the pillars a female genital as a symbol of their softness. Dicaearchus in the first book of the Life of Greece (fr. 7 M. II 235) says that Sesonchosis also established laws, so that no one

20 etiam Herodotus regem illum Sesostrim nominat20 Herodotus also names that king Sesostris 24 Δ. δὲ ἐν α' Ἑλλ. βίου Σεσόγχωσιν postea αὐτὸν deleto W : Δ. δὲ ἐν α' L : Δ. δέ φησιν ἐν β' Ἑλλ. βίου Σεσόγχωσιν [μέχρις αὐτοῦ εἶναι...] L sub finem scholii 276 : καὶ τοῦτο δέ φησι Δ. ἐν β' Ἑλληνικοῦ βίου Σεσώστριδι μεμεληκέναι P24 Δ. δὲ ἐν α' Ἑλλ. βίου Σεσόγχωσιν with αὐτὸν later deleted in W : Δ. δὲ ἐν α' in L : Δ. δέ φησιν ἐν β' Ἑλλ. βίου Σεσόγχωσιν [μέχρις αὐτοῦ εἶναι...] in L at the end of scholium 276 : καὶ τοῦτο δέ φησι Δ. ἐν β' Ἑλληνικοῦ βίου Σεσώστριδι μεμεληκέναι in P

καταλιπεῖν τὴν πατρώαν τέχνην· τοῦτο γὰρ ὑπολαμβάνειν ἀρχὴν εἶναι πλεονεξίας. καὶ πρῶτόν φησιν αὐτὸν εὑρηκέναι ἵππων ἄνθρωπον ἐπιβαίνειν· οἱ δὲ ταῦτα τὸν Ὦρον, οὐ τὸν Σεσόγχωσιν.

to abandon their ancestral craft; for this he supposed to be the beginning of greed. And he says that he was the first to discover a man riding on horses; but others attribute these things to Horus, not to Sesonchosis.

276. ἠὲ καὶ οὐ· πουλὺς γὰρ ἄδην: ἢ γὰρ ἐκλελοίπασι τινες τῶν πόλεων κἂν μετονομασμέναι [καὶ] ἀγνοοῦνται, ὑφ’ οὗ τυγχάνουσιν ἐκτισμέναι· τούτου δὲ τὸν χρόνον αἴτιον γεγενῆσθαι. περὶ δὲ τῶν χρόνων, καθ’ οὓς ἐγένετο Σεσόγχωσις, ὁ μὲν Ἀπολλώνιός φησι πουλὺς γὰρ ἄδην ἐπενήνοθεν αἰών, Δικαίαρχος δὲ ἐν α' (v. sch. 272/74) μετὰ τὸν Ἴσιδος καὶ Ὀσίριδος Ὦρον βασιλέα γεγονέναι Σεσόγχωσιν. γίνεται δὲ ἀπὸ Σεσογχώσεως ἐπὶ τὴν Νείλου βασιλείαν ἔτη ,βφ', 〈ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Νείλου βασιλείας ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰλίου ἅλωσιν Ζ',〉 ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Ἰλίου ἁλώσεως ἐπὶ τὴν α' Ὀλυμπιάδα υλγ', ὁμοῦ ,βϠμγ'.

276. Or even not; for abundant enough: For either some of the cities have been abandoned and, having been renamed, are unknown, by whom they happen to have been founded; and time has been the cause of this. Concerning the times in which Sesonchosis lived, Apollonius says "for abundant enough time has passed," but Dicaearchus in the first book (see sch. 272/74) says that Sesonchosis was king after Horus, the son of Isis and Osiris. From Sesonchosis to the reign of Neilos is 2,500 years, <from the reign of Neilos to the capture of Troy 7,> from the capture of Troy to the first Olympiad 433, in total 2,943.

1 ὑπολαμβάνειν K : -ει L : ᾤετο P1 ὑπολαμβάνειν in K : -ει in L : ᾤετο in P 2 φησιν A : φασιν L : om. P2 φησιν in A : φασιν in L : omitted in P 5 del. W, εἰσὶ ante καὶ add. H5 deleted by W, εἰσὶ added before καὶ by H 6 verba περὶ — αἰών in libris scholio praecedenti ante Δικαίαρχος inserta sunt; huc trai. W 506 the words περὶ — αἰών are inserted in the manuscripts in the preceding scholium before Δικαίαρχος; transferred here by W 50 9 Σεσόγχωσιν — Σεσογχώσεως L : Σέσωστριν — Σεσώστριδος P9 Σεσόγχωσιν — Σεσογχώσεως in L : Σέσωστριν — Σεσώστριδος in P 11 suppl. K. Nilus rex est... ultimus dynastiae XIX... 12 υλγ' Jacoby. ,βϠμγ' L : ,βϠλς' P11 supplied by K. Nilus rex est... ultimus dynastiae XIX... 12 υλγ' Jacoby. ,βϠμγ' in L : ,βϠλς' in P

277—78 a. Αἰά γε μὴν ἔτι νῦν μέ〈νει〉: τὴν Αἰάν φησιν ἀπὸ τῶν Σεσογχώσεως χρόνων μέχρις αὐτοῦ μένειν ἄθραυστον καὶ τοὺς ἐκείνων ἀπογόνους τῶν ὑπὸ Σεσογχώσεως κατοικισθέντων. τούτους γὰρ υἱωνοὺς εἴρηκε καταχρηστικῶς, ὡς Ἡρακλεῖδαι λέγονται οὐ μόνον οἱ Ἡρακλέους παῖδες, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ ἐκείνων ἀπόγονοι. οὕτως καὶ οἱ ἐν τῇ Σκυθίᾳ ἀπόγονοι τῶν Αἰγυπτίων εἰσίν, ὡς καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος. καὶ Σκύμνος φησὶν ἐν Ἀσίᾳ, ὅτι Κόλχοι Αἰγυπτίων ἄποικοι. καὶ Ἡρόδωρος ἐν β' (104 sq.) μέμνηται τῆς περιτομῆς τῶν μορίων καὶ τῆς τῶν λίνων ὑφῆς, καὶ νόμοις αὐτούς φησι κεχρῆσθαι τῶν Αἰγυπτίων.

277-78a. Aea at least even now remains: He says that Aea has remained unbroken from the time of Sesonchosis until his own day, and that those descendants are of the people settled by Sesonchosis. For he has called these 'grandsons' loosely, just as Heracleidae are called not only the children of Heracles, but also their descendants. Thus also those in Scythia are descendants of the Egyptians, as Apollonius too says. And Scymnus says in his work on Asia that the Colchians are colonists of the Egyptians. And Herodorus in Book 2 (104 sq.) mentions the circumcision of their private parts and the weaving of linen, and says that they use the customs of the Egyptians.

14 Σεσογχώσεως bis L : Σεσώστριδος P μέχρις αὐτοῦ hoc loco F : μέχρις αὐτοῦ εἶναι (pro μένειν) ad calcem scholii 276 L. cf. W 1926, 2214 Σεσογχώσεως twice in L : Σεσώστριδος in P; μέχρις αὐτοῦ at this point in F : μέχρις αὐτοῦ εἶναι (for μένειν) at the end of scholium 276 in L. cf. W 1926, 22 15 τῶν ὑπὸ P : τοὺς ἀπὸ L15 τῶν ὑπὸ in P : τοὺς ἀπὸ in L 17 οὕτως καὶ — ἀπόγονοι — εἰσίν W : καὶ — ἀπὸ γὰρ — εἰσὶν οὗτοι L : ὅτι δὲ Αἰγυπτίων εἰσὶν οἱ Κόλχοι ἀπόγονοι P17 οὕτως καὶ — ἀπόγονοι — εἰσίν W : καὶ — ἀπὸ γὰρ — εἰσὶν οὗτοι in L : ὅτι δὲ Αἰγυπτίων εἰσὶν οἱ Κόλχοι ἀπόγονοι in P 20 ἐν β' K : ἐν α' L : om. P20 ἐν β' in K : ἐν α' in L : omitted in P 21 τῶν L : τοῖς P21 τῶν in L : τοῖς in P

b. 〈Αἶαν: ...〉, ὁ δὲ Φιλοστέφανος καὶ τὸν Φᾶσιν ποταμὸν ἔχειν νησῖδας, καὶ Αἶαν πόλιν ἐν νήσῳ αὐτοῦ κεῖσθαι. L

b. 〈Aea: ...〉, but Philostephanus says that the river Phasis also has islets, and that the city of Aea lies on an island in it. L

1 hoc sch. a praecedente segregavit W.1 This scholium was separated from the preceding one by W. 2 νησῖδας καὶ Αἶαν πόλιν K : νιφάδας καὶ εὔπολις αὐτοῦ K : -όν2 νησῖδας καὶ Αἶαν πόλιν in K : νιφάδας καὶ εὔπολις αὐτοῦ in K : -όν

279—81 a. οἳ δή τοι γραπτῦς: εἰσὶ δέ, φησί, καὶ νόμοι παρ’ αὐτοῖς τῶν προγόνων καὶ στῆλαι, ἐν αἷς γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης ἀναγραφαί εἰσιν.

279-81a. They indeed with painted tablets: There are, he says, among them also laws of their ancestors and pillars, on which are inscribed records of land and sea.

b. κύρβιας: στήλας. λέγει δὲ τοὺς ἄξονας, ἐν οἷς οἱ νόμοι γράφονται, ὡς Ἀριστοφάνης ὁ κωμικός (Αν. 1354). Ἀπολλόδωρος (244 fg 107 b J.) δέ φησι πᾶσαν δημοσίαν γραφὴν καὶ νόμους κύρβιν καλεῖσθαι, ὅτι οἱ ἀρχαίοι λίθους ἱστάντες τὸ δόξαν ἀνέγραφον, οὓς μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς στάσεως στήλας, κύρβεις δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς εἰς ὕψος ἀνατάσεως διὰ τὸ ἀπο〈κεκορυφῶσθαι〉, [ἢ] οἷον κύρφεις. ὕστερον δὲ 〈εἰς〉 ξύλα λελευκωμένα γράφοντες ὁμοίως ἐκάλεσαν. κύρβις οὖν ἡ περιέχουσα τὰς ἱερὰς ἀναγραφάς ἐστιν.

b. kyrbeis: pillars. He means the axones, on which the laws are written, as the comic poet Aristophanes (Birds 1354). But Apollodorus (244 F 107b J.) says that every public writing and laws are called a kyrbis, because the ancients, setting up stones, inscribed what had been decided, calling them stelae from their standing, and kyrbeis from their rising to a height because of being topped off, as it were kyrpheis. Later, writing on whitened wooden tablets, they called them the same. A kyrbis, then, is that which contains the sacred records.

6 sch. Ar. Nub. 447. Αν. 1354 sch. Dem. Patm. sch. Plat. Polit. 298 D Harp. κύρβεις Lex. rhet. 274, 24 Bekk. Plut. Sol. 25 Poll. VIII 128 Hesych. κύρβις Phot. Suid. κύρβεις Epim. Hom. (An. Ox. I 221, 5) Ecl. (An. Ox. II 455, 15) Amm. De diff. adfin. voc. 18 Valck. Et. M. 547, 45 Et. Gud. 355, 38 Sturz cf. Swoboda RE² XII 1346 sch. Ar. Nub. 447. Av. 1354 sch. Dem. Patm. sch. Plat. Polit. 298 D Harp. κύρβεις Lex. rhet. 274, 24 Bekk. Plut. Sol. 25 Poll. VIII 128 Hesych. κύρβις Phot. Suid. κύρβεις Epim. Hom. (An. Ox. I 221, 5) Ecl. (An. Ox. II 455, 15) Amm. De diff. adfin. voc. 18 Valck. Et. M. 547, 45 Et. Gud. 355, 38 Sturz cf. Swoboda RE² XII 134 8 fortasse γραφὴν τῶν νόμων κύρβιν8 perhaps γραφὴν τῶν νόμων κύρβιν 9 τὸ δόξαν ἀνέγραφον H : τὸ δόξαν ἀναγράφειν L : τὸ δόξαν (αὐτοῖς) ἀνέγραφον A : εἰώθεσαν τὰ δόξαντα γράφειν ἐν αὐτοῖς P9 τὸ δόξαν ἀνέγραφον in H : τὸ δόξαν ἀναγράφειν in L : τὸ δόξαν (αὐτοῖς) ἀνέγραφον in A : εἰώθεσαν τὰ δόξαντα γράφειν ἐν αὐτοῖς in P 10 μὲν ἀπὸ L : ἀπό μὲν P 〈ἐκάλουν〉 post στήλας add. Jacoby ἀνατ- P : ἀναστ- L10 μὲν ἀπὸ in L : ἀπό μὲν in P; 〈ἐκάλουν〉 added after στήλας by Jacoby; ἀνατ- in P : ἀναστ- in L 11 διὰ τὸ ἀπο〈κεκορυφῶσθαι〉 vel διὰ τὸ [ἀπὸ] 〈κεκορυφῶσθαι〉 e loc. sim. K : διὰ τὸ ἀπο L : om. P ἢ, quod in P deest, delendum videtur. 〈ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρωθῆναι〉 supplenda. οἷον κύρφεις L : οἱονεὶ κορύφεις, κατὰ συγκοπὴν καὶ μεταθέσει καὶ τροπῇ τοῦ φ εἰς β κύρβεις P : οἱονεὶ κορύφεις ἢ κύρφεις κατὰ συγκοπὴν κτλ. Jacoby suppl. Heyne 1803, 39811 διὰ τὸ ἀπο〈κεκορυφῶσθαι〉 or διὰ τὸ [ἀπὸ] 〈κεκορυφῶσθαι〉 from a similar passage in K : διὰ τὸ ἀπο in L : omitted in P; the ἢ, which is absent in P, should be deleted. 〈ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρωθῆναι〉 should be supplied. οἷον κύρφεις in L : οἱονεὶ κορύφεις, by syncope and metathesis and change of φ to β κύρβεις in P : οἱονεὶ κορύφεις ἢ κύρφεις κατὰ συγκοπὴν κτλ. supplied by Jacoby, Heyne 1803, 398 13 οὕτω λεγομένας post ἀναγραφάς add. L, cf. W 5413 οὕτω λεγομένας added after ἀναγραφάς in L, cf. W 54

c. κύρβιας: κύρβεις λέγουσιν, ὡς Ἐρατοσθένης (fg 80 Strecker = 241 fg 37 a J.), τοὺς ἄξονας καλουμένους Ἀθήνησιν, ἐν οἷς οἱ νόμοι περιέχονται. οἱ δὲ ἀκριβέστεροι ἄξονας μὲν τετραγώνους λίθους, κύρβεις δὲ τριγώνους· ἐν ἀμφοτέροις δὲ νόμοι ἦσαν γεγραμμένοι Ἀθήνησι. ἐνταῦθα δὲ κύρβιάς φησι πίνακάς τινας γῆς περίοδον περιέχοντας.

c. κύρβιας: They call κύρβεις, as Eratosthenes (fg 80 Strecker = 241 fg 37 a J.) says, the so-called ἄξονες at Athens, in which the laws are contained. But the more precise authorities say that ἄξονες are quadrangular stones, while κύρβεις are triangular; on both, laws were written at Athens. Here, however, he says κύρβιας, meaning certain tablets containing a description of the earth.

16 οἱ — περιέχοντας P : om. L16 οἱ — περιέχοντας in P : omitted in L

d. 〈ὑγρῆς τε τραφερῆς τε:〉 τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ τῆς γῆς. Lg

d. 〈ὑγρῆς τε τραφερῆς τε:〉 of the sea and of the land. Lg

282—91 a. κέρας ὠκεανοῖο: κέρατα τοῦ ὠκεανοῦ λέγουσι πάντας τοὺς ποταμοὺς τοὺς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ καταφερομένους. ὁ δὲ Ἴστρος ποταμὸς Σκυθίας. ὁ δὲ λόγος· μακρόθεν ὄντα διεκεκμήραντο τὸν ποταμὸν καὶ ἔγνωσαν.

282-91 a. κέρας ὠκεανοῖο: They call 'horns of Ocean' all the rivers that flow down from it. The Ister is a river of Scythia. The sense: from afar they discerned the river and recognized it.

2 Et. Gen. (AB) κέρας: . . . λέγεται κέρας καὶ ὁ ποταμὸς ὡς παρὰ Ἀπολλωνίῳ τῷ Ἀργοναύτῃ, οἷον IV 282—284. ἀπόρροια (καὶ ὁ ποτ. — ἀπ. A, om. B). κέρας δὲ λέγουσιν καὶ (καὶ B, om. A) πάντας τοὺς ποταμοὺς τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ καταφερομένους. 19 Diod. IV 56, 3 (Timaeus)2 Et. Gen. (AB) κέρας: . . . κέρας is also called a river, as in Apollonius the Argonaut, e.g. IV 282-284. ἀπόρροια (καὶ ὁ ποτ. — ἀπ. in A, omitted in B). They also call κέρας all the rivers that flow down from Ocean. 19 Diod. IV 56, 3 (Timaeus) 2 κέρατα τοῦ Ὠκ. F : Ὠκ. κέρατα P : κέρατα verbis τοῦ Ὠκ. post καταφερομένους dilapsis L2 κέρατα τοῦ Ὠκ. in F : Ὠκ. κέρατα in P : κέρατα with the words τοῦ Ὠκ. displaced after καταφερομένους in L

b. Ἴστρον μιν καλέ〈οντες〉: τὸν Ἴστρον φησὶν ἐκ τῶν Ὑπερβορέων καταφέρεσθαι καὶ τῶν Ῥιπαίων ὀρῶν· γενόμενον δὲ μεταξὺ Σκυθῶν καὶ Θρακῶν σχίζεσθαι, καὶ τὸ μὲν εἰς τὴν καθ’ ἡμᾶς θάλασσαν ἐκβάλλειν ῥεῖθρον, τὸ δὲ εἰς τὴν Ποντικὴν θάλασσαν ἐκτίπτειν [τὸ δὲ εἰς τὸν Ἀδριατικὸν κόλπον]. οὕτω δὲ εἶπεν ἀκολουθῶν Αἰσχύλῳ, ἐν Λυομένῳ Προμηθεῖ (fg 197 N.²) λέγοντι τοῦτο. Ῥίπαια δὲ ὄρη πρὸς ταῖς ἀνατολαῖς, ὡς Καλλίμαχος (fg 215 Schn.)· ‘Ῥιπαίου πέμπουσιν ἀπ’ οὔρεος, ἦχι μάλιστα.’ Ἐρατοσθένης δὲ ἐν γ' Γεωγραφικῶν (fg III B 99 Berger) ἐξ ἐρήμων τόπων ῥεῖν, περιβάλλειν δὲ νῆσον Πεύκην. Σκύμνος δὲ ἐν τῇ [ι]ς' Περὶ Εὐρώπης αὐτὸ μόνον φησίν, ἀπὸ ἐρήμων φέρεσθαι τὸν Ἴστρον.

b. Ἴστρον μιν καλέ〈οντες〉: He says that the Ister flows down from the Hyperboreans and the Rhipaean mountains; and when it comes between the Scythians and Thracians it divides, and one stream flows into our sea, while the other falls into the Pontic sea [and the other into the Adriatic gulf]. He said this following Aeschylus, who says this in the Prometheus Unbound (fg 197 N.²). The Rhipaean mountains are toward the east, as Callimachus (fg 215 Schn.) says: 'from the Rhipaean mountain they send, where especially...' Eratosthenes in the third book of his Geography (fg III B 99 Berger) says that it flows from desert places and encircles the island of Peuce. Scymnus in the sixteenth book of his On Europe says only this, that the Ister is borne from desert places.

οὐδεὶς δὲ ἱστορεῖ διὰ τούτου τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας εἰσπεπλευκέναι εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν θάλασσαν ἔξω Τιμαγήτου (fg 1 M. IV 519), ᾧ ἠκολούθησεν Ἀπολλώνιος. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Σκύμνος αὐτοὺς διὰ Τανάιδος πεπλευκέναι ἐπὶ τὴν μεγάλην θάλασσαν, ἐκεῖθεν δὲ εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν θάλασσαν ἐληλυθέναι. καὶ παρεκβολεύεται, ὡς ἄρα ἐλθόντες ἐπὶ τὴν ἤπειρον οἱ Ἀργοναῦται ἐπὶ στρωτήρων ἐκόμισαν τὴν Ἀργώ, μέχρις οὗ ἐπὶ θάλασσαν

No one records that the Argonauts sailed through this river into our sea except Timagetus (fg 1 M. IV 519), whom Apollonius followed. For Scymnus says that they sailed through the Tanais to the great sea, and from there came to our sea. And he adds the digression that the Argonauts, having come to the mainland, carried the Argo on rollers until they reached the sea.

8 καὶ τὸ μὲν — κόλπον ut supra L, ubi ultima verba Jacoby del. : καὶ τὸ μὲν τῶν ῥείθρων εἰς τὸν Ἀδριατικὸν ἐκβάλλειν κόλπον, τὸ δὲ εἰς τὸν Εὔξεινον πόντον P8 καὶ τὸ μὲν — κόλπον as above in L, where Jacoby deleted the last words : καὶ τὸ μὲν τῶν ῥείθρων εἰς τὸν Ἀδριατικὸν ἐκβάλλειν κόλπον, τὸ δὲ εἰς τὸν Εὔξεινον πόντον in P 10 οὕτω — τοῦτο post ὀρῶν lin. 7 leguntur, unde trai. W et Wil. ad l.10 οὕτω — τοῦτο are read after ὀρῶν in line 7, whence W and Wil. transposed to this line 12 ἀνατολαῖς scil. τοῦ Ἴστρου (Schneider)12 ἀνατολαῖς, namely of the Ister (Schneider) 13 πέμπουσιν L : om. P ἦχι L : ἦχον P13 πέμπουσιν in L : omitted in P; ἦχι in L : ἦχον in P 15 Σκύμνος — Ἴστρον ante Ῥίπαια lin. 11 leguntur, trai. W del. Meineke15 Σκύμνος — Ἴστρον are read before Ῥίπαια in line 11, transposed by W, deleted by Meineke 16 αὐτό Schwartz : -όν L : om. P16 αὐτό Schwartz : -όν in L : omitted in P 17 τούτου HF : -ων L : τοῦ Ἴστρου P17 τούτου in HF : -ων in L : τοῦ Ἴστρου in P 18 τὴν ἡμ. θάλ. L : τὸν Ἀδριατικὸν κόλπον P18 τὴν ἡμ. θάλ. in L : τὸν Ἀδριατικὸν κόλπον in P 22 στρωτ L : σαυροτ- P22 στρωτ in L : σαυροτ- in P

παρεγένοντο. Ἡσίοδος (fg 65 Rz.?) δὲ διὰ Φάσιδος αὐτοὺς εἰσπεπλευκέναι λέγει. Ἑκαταῖος (1 fg 18b J.) δὲ 〈. . . Ἀρτεμίδωρος (v. sch. 257/62 b) δὲ〉 ἐλέγχων αὐτὸν ἱστορεῖ μὴ ἐκδιδόναι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν τὸν Φᾶσιν. οὐδὲ διὰ Τανάιδος ἔπλευσαν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν πλοῦν, καθ’ ὃν καὶ πρότερον, ὡς Σοφοκλῆς ἐν Σκύθαις (fg 547 Pearson) ἱστορεῖ καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fg 377 Schn.). 〈. . .〉 αὐτῶν τοὺς μὲν εἰς τὸν Ἀδρίαν πεπλευκότας μὴ εὑρεῖν τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας, τοὺς δὲ διὰ τῶν Κυανέων πετρῶν ἐπὶ τὴν Κέρκυραν, ἔνθα κἀκεῖνοι τότε ἦσαν.

They arrived. Hesiod (fr. 65 Rz.?) says that they sailed in through the Phasis. Hecataeus (1 fr. 18b J.) 〈... Artemidorus (see schol. 257/62b)〉 refuting him records that the Phasis does not flow out into the sea. Nor did they sail through the Tanais, but by the same route as before, as Sophocles in the Scythians (fr. 547 Pearson) records and Callimachus (fr. 377 Schn.). 〈...〉 of them, those who had sailed into the Adriatic did not find the Argonauts, but those who went through the Cyanean rocks to Corcyra, where they then were.

ὁ δὲ Ἴστρος καταφερόμενος ἐξ Ὑπερβορέων, ὅταν φθάσῃ ἐπὶ τὸν μεταξὺ Σκυθίας καὶ Θράκης τόπον, σχίζεται εἰς δύο, καὶ τὸ μὲν αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν Εὔξεινον πόντον βάλλει, τὸ δὲ ἕτερον εἰς τὴν Τρινακρίαν θάλασσαν.

The Ister, flowing down from the Hyperboreans, when it reaches the region between Scythia and Thrace, splits into two, and one part of it empties into the Euxine Sea, the other into the Trinacrian sea.

c. μορμύρουσιν: ἠχοῦσι. Lᶢ P

c. μορμύρουσιν: they roar. Lᶢ P

d. τὸ Τρινάκριον πέλαγος παράκειται τῇ Σικελίᾳ· ἐκαλεῖτο γὰρ Τρινακρία τὸ πρότερον διὰ τὸ τρεῖς ἄκρας ἔχειν, Πάχυνον, Λιλύβαιον, Πέλωρον. Lᵐ P

d. The Trinacrian sea lies adjacent to Sicily; for it was formerly called Trinacria because it has three headlands, Pachynus, Lilybaeum, Pelorus. Lᵐ P

292—93 a. γαίῃ ὅς ὑμετέρῃ: ἐὰν μὲν οὕτω γράφηται γαίῃ ὅς ὑμετέρῃ, ἔσται τῇ Ἑλλάδι· τὸ γὰρ Τρινάκριον πέλαγος παράκειται τῇ τῶν Ἑλλήνων γῇ. ἐὰν δὲ ἡμετέρῃ, ἔσται ὁ Ἴστρος· παράκειται γὰρ τοῖς Κόλχοις οὗτος.

292-93a. γαίῃ ὅς ὑμετέρῃ: if it is written thus, γαίῃ ὅς ὑμετέρῃ, it will mean Hellas; for the Trinacrian sea lies adjacent to the land of the Greeks. But if it is ἡμετέρῃ, it will be the Ister; for this lies adjacent to the Colchians.

15 sch. 965 sch. λ 107 sch. Nic. Ther. 529 sch. Lyc. 966 Strab. VI 265 Steph. Byz. Τρινακρία — Eust. Dion. Per. 467 1 Ἡσίοδος — Καλλίμαχος L : om. P | ἐκπεπλευκέναι Schneider Call. II 80 | 2 suppl. Hollander De Hec. Mil. descr. terrae, Diss. Bonn. 1861, 21; traditum defendit Aly Volksm., Sage u. Nov. bei Herodot 1921, 119 | 3 θάλασσαν scil. τὴν μεγάλην (Jacoby) | 4 ἐκπλεῦσαι in adn. prop. K | 6 L distinxit post ἱστορεῖ, post Καλλ. F | lac. ind. K. de subsequentibus verbis cf. Wil. Hell. Dicht. 2, 1924, 170 et W Schles. Jahrb. 3, 1924, 78. 64 | 9 poetae verba circumscribuntur | 11 qui Εὔξεινον πόντον scripsit, v. 289 Ἰονίην legisse non potest; cf. Gerhard Lect. Apoll. 1816, 81 | Τρινακρίαν Warnkross De paroemiogr., Diss. Gryph. 1881, 64 : Τυρρηνικὴν (de codicis P ineptiis cf. W 36. 44) | 14 Τρινάκριον P : Τυρρηνικόν L | 15 γὰρ P : δὲ L | 18 τῇ Ἑλλάδι W : τῆς -ος L : om. P | τὸ — γῇ in L scholio b post διαπρεπέστατος iniectα leguntur, trai. W | γὰρ W : δὲ | Τρινάκριον P : Τυρρηνικόν L | παράκειται F : παρακεῖσθαι L : παρακεκλίσθαι φησὶ P | 19 ἡμετέρῃ F : -ης L : om. P. ὁ Ἴστρος W : τοῦ Ἴστρου L : om. P

b. ὑμετέρης γαίης: ὁ Ἀχελῷος τῶν τῆς Ἑλλάδος ποταμῶν τῶν ἄλλων διαπρεπέστατος.

b. ὑμετέρης γαίης: the Achelous is the most distinguished of the other rivers of Hellas.

εἰ οὖν ἄρα ὁ Ἀχελῷος παρ’ ὑμῖν ἐστιν· τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα ἀκούομεν. ἀγνοεῖ γὰρ ὁ Ἄργος, ὡς αὐτῶν ἐστιν τῆς χώρας.

If then the Achelous is among you; for we hear the name. For Argus does not know that it is in their country.

ἀναπιδύειν φησὶν οὖν τὸν Ἴστρον εἰς τὸν Ἀχελῶον διὰ τὸ τὰς πηγὰς αὐτῷ παρέχεσθαι. L

He says, then, that the Ister rises again into the Achelous because it supplies its sources. L

295. αἴσιον: καθῆκον. Lᶢ P

295. αἴσιον: fitting. Lᶢ P

296. ὁλκός: ἡ διαδρομὴ τοῦ ἀστέρος. Lᶢ (P)

296. ὁλκός: the course of the star. Lᶢ (P)

301—02. ἐπεὶ πνοιαί τε: ἐπέμενον γὰρ αἱ αὐταὶ τῶν ἀνέμων πνοαὶ καὶ ἡ φανεῖσα αὐτοῖς οὐρανία λαμπηδὼν ἡ τὸν ἐπὶ Ἴστρον διάπλουν σημαίνουσα.

301-02. ἐπεὶ πνοιαί τε: for the same gusts of winds remained and the heavenly brightness that appeared to them, signifying the voyage through the Ister.

διαφωνοῦσι δὲ οἱ περὶ τοῦ ἔκπλου τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν τοῦ ἐκ Κόλχων γεγραφότες. 〈. . .〉 ὡς καὶ Καλλίμαχος (fg 563 Schn.)· φησὶ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος ὑποστρέψαι αὐτοὺς ἐναντίως Καλλιμάχῳ.

Those who have written about the voyage of the Argonauts from Colchis disagree. 〈...〉 as also Callimachus (fr. 563 Schn.); but Apollonius says that they returned contrary to Callimachus.

303—06 a. Κόλχοι δ’ αὖτ’ ἄλλοι: τῶν Κόλχων οἱ μὲν διὰ τῶν Κυανέων πετρῶν ἔπλευσαν, ἄλλοι δὲ μετὰ Ἀψύρτου Ἴστρον ἔσχον. L

303-06a. Κόλχοι δ’ αὖτ’ ἄλλοι: of the Colchians, some sailed through the Cyanean rocks, others with Apsyrtus made for the Ister. L

b. Καλὸν δὲ διὰ στόμα: τρία στόματα ἔχει ὁ Ἴστρος, ὧν ἓν λέγεται Καλὸν στόμα, ὥς φησι Τιμάγητος ἐν τῷ Περὶ λιμένων (fg 2 M. IV 519)· εἰς ὅ φησι πλεῦσαι τὸν Ἄψυρτον.

b. And fair through its mouth: the Ister has three mouths, of which one is called the Fair Mouth, as Timagetus says in his work On Harbours (fr. 2 M. IV 519); into this he says Apsyrtus sailed.

9 297. Et. Gen. (AB) ἀμεύσιμος: 〈παρὰ τὸ add. Reitzenstein Gesch. d. gr. Etym. 1897, 23〉 ἀμεύω τὸ πορεύομαι. οἷον IV 297, τουτέστιν πορεύσιμον. 〈τὸ δὲ add. Reitz.〉 ἀμεύω παρὰ τὸ ἅμα καὶ τὸ σεύω. ἢ παρὰ τὸ νεύω νεύσιμος καὶ ἀνεύσιμος, τοῦ α τὸ ὁμοῦ δηλοῦντος ἢ πλεονάζοντος (τὸ ὁμοῦ — πλεονάζοντος Reitz., τοῦ ὁμοῦ ἢ πλέον δηλοῦντος A, τὸ ὁμοῦ ἢ τὸ πλέον δηλοῦντος B), 〈καὶ add. Reitz.〉 τροπῇ τοῦ ν εἰς μ ἀμεύσιμος. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά (Ἀπ. κτλ. A, om. B). cf. W 80 | 17 Plin. Nat. hist. IV 79 Arrian. Per. Pont. Eux. 35 Anon. Per. Pont. Eux. 67 Ptol. Geogr. III 10, 2 Amm. Marc. XXII 8, 45 4 αὐτῶν W : -ῆς | hic interpres totam poetae sententiam inde a γαίῃ ὅς ἡμετέρῃ (v. sch. d) ad Histrum rettulisse videtur | ἀναπιδ- K : ἀναπηδ- | 13 verba ὡς sqq., quae in scholio 303/06 a post ἔπλευσαν leguntur, huic scholio adiecit W Schles. Jahrb. 3, 1924, 64, postquam ultima inde a φησὶ huc pertinere Wil. (Fitch De Argon. reditu, Diss. Gott. 1896, 27 et Hell. Dicht. 2, 1924, 169) vidit. paulo artificiosius huic loco mederi vult Pfeiffer Kallimachosstudien 1922, 48 | 16 〈εἰς〉 Ἴστρον Schneider Callim. II 69; ἔσχον Wil. ad l. : εἶχον | 17 τρία L : δύο propter sch. 311/14 P

c. 〈στόμα:〉 τοῦ Ἴστρου. Gᶢ Sᵐ

c. 〈mouth:〉 of the Ister. Gᶢ Sᵐ

308 a. πανέσχατον Ἰονίοιο: τὸ Ἰόνιον πέλαγος τῆς Ἰταλίας, εἰς ὃ ἐκδίδωσιν ὁ Ἀδρίας· διὸ καί τινες αὐτὸ Ἀδρίαν ὀνομάζουσιν.

308a. uttermost of the Ionian sea: the Ionian sea is off Italy, into which the Adriatic discharges; therefore some call it the Adriatic.

b. Ἰόνιον πέλαγος πρὸς τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ οὕτω καλούμενον. ὠνομάσθη δὲ ἀπὸ Ἰονίου τὸ γένος Ἰλλυριοῦ, ὥς φησιν Θεόπομπος ἐν κα΄ (115 fg 128 a J.)· τινὲς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς γενομένης πλάνης τῇ Ἰοῖ.

b. The Ionian sea is so called near Italy. It was named after Ionius, an Illyrian by birth, as Theopompus says in his twenty-first book (115 fr. 128a J.); but some say from the wandering of Io.

310. τριγλώχιν: Ἐρατοσθένης ἐν γ΄ Γεωγραφικῶν (fg III B 98 Berger) νῆσον εἶναι ἐν τῷ Ἴστρῳ φησὶ τρίγωνον, ἴσην Ῥόδῳ, ἣν Πεύκην λέγεσθαι διὰ τὸ πολλὰς ἔχειν πεύκας.

310. three-pronged: Eratosthenes in the third book of his Geography (fr. III B 98 Berger) says that there is a triangular island in the Ister, equal in size to Rhodes, which is called Peuce because it has many pine trees.

311—14. ἀμφὶ δὲ δοιαί: περὶ τὸν περὶ τὴν Πεύκην ἀγκῶνα δύο εἶναί φησι στόματα τοῦ Ἴστρου, ὧν τὸ μὲν καλεῖται Νάρηκος, τὸ δὲ Καλὸν στόμα, ἐν ᾧ τάχιον οἱ Κόλχοι σὺν Ἀψύρτῳ ἔπλευσαν.

311-14. And on both sides two: around the bend near Peuce he says there are two mouths of the Ister, of which one is called Narex, the other the Fair Mouth, by which the Colchians with Apsyrtus sailed more quickly.

315—18 a. οἱ δ’ ὑψοῦ νήσοιο: οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἰάσονα ἄνωθεν τῆς νήσου διὰ τοῦ Νάρηκος στόματος ἔπλευσαν. οἱ δὲ νομεῖς δόξαντες τὰς ναῦς — πάσας ἀκουαστέον — θαλάσσια θηρία εἶναι, δείσαντες εἰς φυγὴν ἐτράπησαν. L

315-18a. But they high above the island: those with Jason sailed from above the island through the mouth of Narex. But the herdsmen, thinking that the ships—all of them, one must understand—were sea monsters, took fright and turned to flight. L

b. εἰαμεναί οἱ κάθυγροι τόποι καὶ τεναγώδεις. δεῖ δὲ ἀκούειν ἑκατέρωθεν τοὺς νομεῖς πεφευγότας. L

b. Meadows are low-lying, marshy places. One must understand that the herdsmen fled on both sides. L

320 a. οὔτ’ οὖν Θρήιξι: τοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς Εὐρώπης Θρᾳξὶν ὅμοροί εἰσιν οἱ Σκύθαι.

320a. Neither then with the Thracians: the Scythians are neighbours to the Thracians in Europe.

b. 〈οὐδὲ Σίγυννοι: . . .〉 ἔστι δὲ καὶ σίγυννος εἶδος δόρατος παρώνυμον τῷ ἔθνει.

b. 〈nor the Sigynni: . . .〉 There is also a sigynnus, a kind of spear, named after the tribe.

4 Aesch. Prom. 840 Strab. VII 317 sch. Pind. Pyth. III 120 c sch. Lyc. 631 sch. Dion. Per. 94 — Steph. Byz. Ἰόνιον πέλαγος Eust. Dion. Per. 92 Prob. Verg. Georg. II 108 Serv. auct. Verg. Aen. III 211 | 8 Scymn. 785—90 Anon. Per. Pont. Eux. 68 Amm. Marc. XXII 8, 45 | 17 sch. II 794/95 b cum loc. sim. | 21 sch. II 98/100 a cum loc. sim. 4 hoc sch. a praecedente disiunxit W | verβα ὠνομάσθη — κα’ in L scholio a adiecta viam codice P monstrante trai. W | 6 〈ἐκεῖ〉 γενομένης Jacoby | 9 λέγεσθαι Bernhardy Eratosth. 1822, 88 : λέγει L : λέγουσιν H : καλοῦσιν A | καλεῖσθαι P | 11 φησι P : φασὶ L | 11 et 14 Νάρηκος in verbis poetae Hoelzlin : Ἄρηκος | 14 εἰσέπλευσαν A | 15 πάσας ἀκ. hoc loco W : πάντας ἀκ. post νομεῖς | 17 τεναγ- Hoelzlin : στεγαν- | 21 P proprium sch. constituit e verbis scholio 321/22 in L adhaerentibus, cf. W 50 | lac. ind. W, ubi P praestat καὶ Σίγυνοι δὲ ἔθνος Σκυθικόν

321—22. οὐδ’ οἱ περὶ Λαύριον: Λαύριον πεδίον τῆς Σκυθίας. τῆς δὲ Σκυθίας ἔθνη νε΄ Τιμῶναξ ἀναγράφει ἐν α΄ Περὶ Σκυθῶν (fg 1 M. IV 522). 〈. . .〉 κατὰ δὲ τὸ τῶν Σίνδων πεδίον σχίζεται ὁ ποταμὸς Ἴστρος, καὶ τὸ μὲν αὐτοῦ ῥεῦμα εἰς τὸν Ἀδρίαν, τὸ δὲ εἰς τὸν Εὔξεινον πόντον εἰσβάλλει. τὸ δὲ Σίνδοι Ἡρωδιανὸς ἐν τῷ ϛ΄ τῆς Καθόλου (I 142, 20 L.) βαρυτονεῖν φησι δεῖν· τινὲς δὲ ὀξυτονοῦσιν, οὐκ εὖ. καὶ Ἱππῶναξ (fg 68 A B. II 484) δὲ μνημονεύει, πρὸς τὸ ‘Σινδικὸν διάσφαγμα’. Ἑλλάνικος δὲ ἐν τῷ Περὶ ἐθνῶν φησι (4 fg 69 J.)· ‘Βόσπορον διαπλεύσαντι Σίνδοι, ἄνω δὲ τούτων Μαιῶται Σκύθαι’.

321-22. Nor those around Laurium: Laurium is a plain of Scythia. Timonax in the first book of his work On Scythians (fr. 1 M. IV 522) records fifty-five tribes of Scythia. 〈. . .〉 At the plain of the Sindi the river Ister divides, and one stream of it flows into the Adriatic, the other into the Euxine Sea. Herodian in the sixth book of his General Prosody (I 142, 20 L.) says that the word Sindi should be barytone; but some make it oxytone, incorrectly. Hipponax (fr. 68 A B. II 484) also mentions it, with reference to the 'Sindic strait'. Hellanicus in his work On Peoples says (4 fr. 69 J.): 'After crossing the Bosporus one comes to the Sindi, and above them the Maeotian Scythians'.

323—26 a. Ἀγγούρου ὄρεος: Ἄγγουρον ὄρος πλησίον Ἴστρου τοῦ ποταμοῦ. μνημονεύει δὲ αὐτοῦ Τιμάγητος ἐν Λιμέσιν (fg 5 M. IV 520). ὁ δὲ Καυλιακὸς σκόπελος τῆς Σκυθίας πλησίον τοῦ Ἴστρου, οὗ μνημονεύει Πολέμων ἐν Κτίσεσιν Ἰταλικῶν καὶ Σικελικῶν πόλεων (fg 38 M. III 126). γράφεται [Ἄγγουρον ὄρος] καὶ Ἄγτυρον ὄρος καὶ Ἀγγύρου ὄρεος, ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ Καυλιακοῖο· Καυκαείοιο. φησὶ δὲ κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ ὄρος τὸν Ἴστρον διασχιζόμενον τὸ μὲν εἰς τὸν Ἀδρίαν, τὸ δὲ εἰς τὸν Εὔξεινον ῥεῖθρον εἰσβάλλειν.

323-26a. Of the Angurum mountain: Angurum is a mountain near the river Ister. Timagetus mentions it in his work On Harbours (fr. 5 M. IV 520). The Cauliacan rock is in Scythia near the Ister, which Polemon mentions in his Foundations of Italian and Sicilian Cities (fr. 38 M. III 126). It is written [Angurum mountain] also as Agtyrum mountain and Angyri mountain, and instead of Cauliacan: Caucaean. He says that at this mountain the Ister divides and one stream flows into the Adriatic, the other into the Euxine.

b. 〈Καυκαείοιο:〉 γράφεται Καυλιακοῖο. Lᶢ

b. 〈Caucaean:〉 it is written Cauliacan. Lᶢ

327. Κρονίην ἅλα: τὸν Ἀδρίαν φησί· ἐνταῦθα γὰρ τὸν Κρόνον κατῳκηκέναι 〈φασίν〉.

327. Cronian sea: he means the Adriatic; for there they say Cronus dwelt.

336. 〈εἰς ἀκτάς:〉 γράφεται εἰς ἅλας. Lᵐ

336. 〈to the shores:〉 it is written "to the seas." Lᵐ

338—49 a. 〈ἔνθα κε:〉 κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν τόπον φησὶ τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας, τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Κόλχων φοβηθέντας, εἴκειν αὐτοῖς καὶ βούλεσθαι μὲν τὸ κῶας ἔχειν καὶ μὴ παρασχεῖν, τὴν δὲ Μήδειαν — ἦν γὰρ τὸ κατ’ αὐτὴν δίκαιον ἀμφήριστον — παραθέσθαι τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι ἐν τῷ αὐτῆς

338-49a. 〈There:〉 In that place, he says, the Argonauts, fearing the multitude of the Colchians, yielded to them and wished to keep the fleece and not hand it over, but to entrust Medea—for the justice concerning her was disputed—to Artemis in her temple, until someone should judge whether she ought to be given back to her father or to the Argonauts. L

12 Steph. Byz. Καυλικοί | 19 sch. Aesch. Prom. 863 Eust. Dion. Per. 32 | 22 337. Et. Gen. (AB) μέσφα: IV 337. Σαλάγγων καὶ Νέστις (A, -ιος B) ποταμοί· ἤγουν Νέστις (Miller, κέστις AB) 〈καὶ ποταμὸς add. W〉 οὕτω καλούμενος καὶ χώρα. Steph. Byz. Νέστος Scyl. 22 sq. 1 post Σκυθίας P add.: ἐρημαῖον δέ φησιν αὐτὸ διὰ τὸ μὴ πάνυ τοι ὑπ’ ἀνθρώπων οἰκεῖσθαι | 3 lac. ind. W | 7 πρώτῳ pro πρὸς τὸ Meineke (Babr. em. Lachm. 1845, 94); praeter necessitatem, cum ad lexici cuiusdam locum delegari videatur | 9 διαπλ- P : δὲ πλ- L | 11 〈καὶ〉 T. A | 13 Κτίσεσιν P : Κτίσει L | πόλεων. γράφεται verbis subsequentibus deletis K : πολλοὶ γράφουσιν L : γράφεται P | 15 Καυλ- Καυκ- P : Καυκ- Καυλ- L | 20 add. K

ἱερῷ, ἕως τις δικάσῃ, πότερον αὐτὴν ἀποδοτέον τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις. L

temple, until someone should judge whether she ought to be given back to her father or to the Argonauts. L

b. 〈συνθεσίῃ:〉 συμβιβάσει. Gᶢ

b. 〈by agreement:〉 by reconciliation. Gᶢ

373—75. 〈ἦ σύ γ’ ἔπειτα:〉 ὀνειδίζουσα τῷ Ἰάσονί φησι ξίφει αὐτὸν αὐτὴν διαχειρίσασθαι, ἵνα ἀξίαν ἀπολάβῃ χάριν τοῦ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔρωτος. ἐν ἤθει δὲ τοῦτο εἶπεν. L

373-75. 〈Or you then:〉 Reproaching Jason, she says that he should kill her with a sword, so that she may receive a worthy return for her love for him. She said this in character. L

380. 〈σμυγερώς:〉 ἐπιπόνως. Gᶢ

380. 〈wretchedly:〉 laboriously. Gᶢ

384. στρευγόμενος: ἀντὶ τοῦ καταπονούμενος καὶ στρεβλούμενος. Lᵐ P

384. being distressed: instead of "being worn out and tortured." Lᵐ P

387. ἀτροπίῃ: τῇ σῇ κακοτροπίᾳ καὶ ἀβουλίᾳ, ὅτι ἐπιώρκησας. Lᵐ (P)

387. by your fickleness: by your evil disposition and thoughtlessness, because you swore falsely. Lᵐ (P)

406. 〈ἦ ῥα:〉 ἐπιθυμητά. Gᶢ Sᵐ

406. 〈Truly:〉 desirable things. Gᶢ Sᵐ

411—13. 〈ἀεικελίοισιν:〉 ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῖς κακοῖς, φησί, κακὰ δεῖ βουλεύεσθαι. προῄρηται οὖν καὶ τὸν Ἄψυρτον ἀνελεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς προγεγενημένοις ἁμαρτήμασιν ὑπ’ αὐτῆς. Lᵐ

411-13. 〈with unseemly:〉 For in the face of evils, she says, one must plan evils. She has therefore chosen to kill Apsyrtus as well, on account of the sins previously committed by her. Lᵐ

417—18. 〈εἴ κέν πως:〉 εἴ πως, φησί, πείσαιμι τὸν Ἄψυρτον μόνον πρὸς μόνην ἥκειν, φιλίαν πρὸς αὐτὸν συνθεμένη. Lᵐ

417-18. 〈If somehow:〉 If somehow, she says, I could persuade Apsyrtus to come alone to me alone, having made a pact of friendship with him. Lᵐ

425. Δίῃ: ἐν τῇ Νάξῳ. Καλλίμαχος (fg 165 Schn.)· ‘ἐν Δίῃ· τὸ γὰρ ἔσκε παλαίτερον οὔνομα Νάξῳ.’ Lᵐ P

425. Dia: on Naxos. Callimachus (fr. 165 Schn.): "in Dia; for that was the older name for Naxos." Lᵐ P

428—29 a. γλήνεσιν: ποικίλμασιν. Lᵐ (P)

428-29a. with embroideries: with ornaments. Lᵐ (P)

b. οὐ μιν ἀφάσσων: οὐδαμῶς ἂν τὸν πέπλον ἐκεῖνον ψηλαφῶν ἢ καθορῶν τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν πληρώσειας. Lᵐ

b. not touching it: in no way could you satisfy your desire by touching or beholding that robe. Lᵐ

432. ἀκροχάλιξ: ἄκρως μεθύων ἀκράτῳ ἢ νέκταρι. Lᵐ (P)

432. tipsy: extremely drunk with unmixed wine or nectar. Lᵐ (P)

433. Μινωίδος: τῆς Ἀριάδνης. Lᶢ (P)

433. daughter of Minos: Ariadne. Lᶢ (P)

445. 〈μέγα στύγος:〉 τὸν ἔρωτα εἶναι μέγα στύγημα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις λέγει. L

445. 〈great abomination:〉 He says that love is a great abomination to humans. L

4 360. Et. Gen. (AB) ἀναίδητος: ἀναίσχυντος. IV 360. | 7 sch. II 244 a. 373/76 b | 18 Et. Gen. (AB) Δία: ἡ Νάξος ἡ πρότερον οὕτως καλουμένη. Ὅμηρος (λ 325) ‘Δίῃ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ’ καὶ Καλλίμαχος ‘ἐν Δίῃ· τὸ γὰρ ἔσκε παλαίτερον (Et. M., -αιότερον AB) οὔνομα Νάξῳ’. παρὰ τὸ Διός, διότι ἐν αὐτῇ (B, -ῷ A) ἐτράφη. sch. λ 325 | sch. Theocr. II 45/46 a. b Diod. IV 61, 5 Steph. Byz. Δία | 23 Hesych. ἀκροχάλιξ Eust. 1936, 55 1 πότερον HF : πρότερον : πρότερον, 〈εἰ〉 A | 8 καταπονούμενος Gᶢ | 18 Νάξῳ Sᵐ | 19 Δίῃ L : -ᾳ P | ἔσκε παλ. L : παλ. ἔσκεν P | παλαίτερον Et. M. : -αιότερον | οὔν- L : ὄν- P | Νάξῳ P cum Et. : -ος L

459—62. οἰόθι δ’ ἀντικρύ: μόνος δὲ πρὸς τὴν Μήδειαν μετιὼν ὁ Ἄψυρτος πεῖραν ἐλάμβανεν, ὡς ἔτι ὢν ἁπαλὸς καὶ δόλων ἄπειρος, εἰ βουληθείη προδοῦναι τοὺς Ἀργοναύτας, τὸν καθ’ αὑτοῦ δόλον οὐκ ἐπιστάμενος. L

459-62. alone and face to face: Apsyrtus, going alone to Medea, was testing whether, being still tender and inexperienced in wiles, she might wish to betray the Argonauts, not knowing the plot against himself. L

465—67. ἔμπαλιν ὄμματ’ ἔνεικεν: ἡ Μήδεια ἀπεστράφη τοῦ Ἀψύρτου ἀναιρουμένου, ἵνα μὴ τὸν φόνον αὐτοῦ ἴδῃ. L

465-67. she turned her eyes away: Medea turned away from Apsyrtus as he was being killed, so as not to see his murder. L

468. 〈τόν δ’ ὅγε, βουτύπος ὥστε:〉 τὸν δὲ Ἄψυρτον ὁ Ἰάσων ἔπληξεν ὡς τις βοῦν καταβάλλων. L

468. 〈And him, like an ox-slayer:〉 Jason struck Apsyrtus like someone felling an ox. L

470. Βρυγοί: ἔθνος Ἰλλυρίας.

470. Brygi: a people of Illyria.

471. 〈προδόμῳ:〉 καταχρηστικῶς πρόδομον εἶπε τὸ πρόναον.

471. 〈in the forecourt:〉 He used "forecourt" loosely for the pronaos.

473—74. 〈τῆς δὲ καλύπτρην:〉 τῆς δὲ Μηδείας ὁ Ἄψυρτος ἀποθνῄσκων τὴν καλύπτραν καὶ τὸν πέπλον ἐρύθηνε τῷ ἑαυτοῦ αἵματι. L

473-74. 〈her veil:〉 As Apsyrtus was dying, he stained Medea's veil and robe with his own blood. L

477—79. τάμνε θανόντος: οἱ δολοφονοῦντες ἀρχαίως ἀκρωτηριασματά τινα ἐποίουν τοῦ ἀναιρουμένου καὶ ταῦτα λαβόντες ἐξήρτων τοῦ τραχήλου αὐτοῦ. τῶν δὲ καλουμένων ἀκρωτηριασμάτων 〈. . .〉 ἄπειρα καὶ πολλὰ ἐξάργματα. ἔπειτα τοῦ αἵματος αὐτοῦ λαβόντες, τρὶς εἰς τὸ στόμα ἀπέπτυον. τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίουν πρὸς τὸ ἐξιλάσασθαι τὴν δολοφονίαν.

477-79. cut from the dead: Those who killed by treachery in ancient times would cut off certain extremities of the slain and, taking them, would hang them from his neck. Of the so-called extremities 〈...〉 countless and many appendages. Then, taking his blood, they spat it out three times into their mouths. They did this to expiate the treacherous murder.

8 sch. II 90/93 cum loc. sim. | 13 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀπάργματα: Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά, οἷον IV 475—479 (hucusque A, om. B). 〈ἐξάργματα καὶ add. Reitzenstein Ind. lect. Rost. 1890/91, 4〉 ἀπάργματα λέγεται τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν τραγῳδιῶν λεγόμενα μασχαλίσματα, ταῦτα δέ ἐστι τὰ τοῦ φονευθέντος ἀκρωτήρια (ταῦτα — άκρ. A, om. B). ἦν γάρ τι νόμιμον (A, νομικῆ B) τοῖς δολοφονήσασιν ἀφοσιῶσαι τὸν φόνον διὰ τοῦ δολοφονηθέντος ἀκρωτηριασμοῦ. τὰ δὲ ἀκρωτήρια εἴροντες καὶ συρράπτοντες διὰ τῶν τοῦ νεκροῦ μασχαλῶν καὶ τοῦ τραχήλου, περιετίθεσαν τῷ νεκρῷ, καθά φησι Σοφοκλῆς (El. 444 sq.)· ‘ὑφ’ ἧς θανὼν ἄτιμος ὥστε δυσμενὴς ἐμασχαλίσθη (B, -ην A)’. ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἐγεύοντο τοῦ αἵματος καὶ ἀπέπτυον, Αἰσχύλος (cf. fg 354 N.²) ἐν τοῖς †πρὸς λέβισιν† (ταῖς Περραιβίσιν Reitz.) ἱστορεῖ καὶ ἐν τῷ [περὶ del. idem] Λαΐῳ (ὅτι κτλ. A, om. B). Et. Gen. (AB) ἐξάργματα: εἰς τὸ ἀπάργματα. Et. Gen. (AB) ἐμασχαλίσθη (ἐκ τοῦ ῥητορικοῦ καὶ ἐξ ἄλλων) sch. Soph. El. 445 Hesych. Phot. Suid. μασχαλίσματα Suid. ἐμασχαλίσθη Plut. De Isid. et Osir. 20 (358 E) 2 ὡς W : ὥς | 8 βοῦν K : βοῦς | 10 τὸ L : τὸν P | 12 τὸν F : τὸ | 13 τάμνε θανόντος pro l. W : τῶν ἀποθανόντων l. omisso L : ἐξάργματα τάμνε θανόντος P | ἀκρωτηριασμόν τινα Deicke | 30 verba καὶ ταῦτα — ἐξάργματα Etymologici ope hoc modo satis audacter constituens: τὰ δὲ καλούμενα ἀκρωτηριάσματα καὶ ἐξάργματα εἴροντες (καὶ συρράπτοντες) καὶ ταῦτα λαβόντες ἐξήρτων τοῦ τραχήλου αὐτῶν. | 14 ἐποίουν suspectum | τῶν ἀν-ων P | 15 αὑτοῦ W : -ῶν | lac. ind. W

εἰς τὸ στόμα ἀπέπτυον. τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίουν πρὸς τὸ ἐξιλάσασθαι τὴν δολοφονίαν.

they spat it out into their mouths. They did this to expiate the treacherous murder.

481. Ἀψυρτεῖς ἔθνος ἀπὸ Ἀψύρτου εἰρημένον.

481. Apsyrtians: a people named after Apsyrtus.

495—99. ὁ Πηλεὺς ξυμβουλεύει μετὰ τὸν Ἀψύρτου θάνατον πλεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς Κόλχους, λέγων ὅτι ὄρθρου ἰδόντες τὸ πεπραγμένον 〈οὐχ〉 ἑνὶ λόγῳ χρώμενοι διώξουσιν ἡμᾶς. L

495-99. Peleus advises that after the death of Apsyrtus they sail against the remaining Colchians, saying that at dawn, having seen what was done, they will pursue us, not with one accord.

500. 〈κεδόωνται:〉 σκορπίζονται. Lᵐ

500. <kedoontai:> they are scattered.

505. 〈Ἠλεκτρίδα:〉 αὕτη ἡ Ἠλεκτρὶς ἐγγύς ἐστι τοῦ Ἠριδανοῦ ποταμοῦ.

505. <Electrida:> this Electris is near the river Eridanus.

507—21. οἱ Κόλχοι ἀφορμηθείσης τῆς Ἀργοῦς οὐκ ἐπανῆλθον φοβούμενοι τὸν Αἰήτην, ἀλλ’ οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν ᾤκησαν ὅπου ὁ Ἄψυρτος ἐδολοφονήθη, μετὰ τῶν κληθέντων ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ Ἀψυρτέων, οἱ δὲ ἐν Ἰλλυρίᾳ, ὅπου οἱ Ἐγχελεῖς περὶ τὰ Κεραύνια ὄρη. Lᵐ (P)

507-21. The Colchians, when the Argo set sail, did not return for fear of Aeetes, but some of them settled where Apsyrtus was treacherously slain, with the people called Apsyrtians after him, and others in Illyria, where the Encheleis are around the Ceraunian mountains.

524. Ὑλλήων: ἔθνος περὶ τὴν Ἰλλυρίαν, ἀπὸ Ὕλλου τοῦ Ἡρακλέους καὶ Μελίτης ὠνομασμένον.

524. Hylleans: a people around Illyria, named from Hyllus, son of Heracles and Melite.

531. ἱρὴν πευσόμε〈νος〉: πεῦσιν, χρησμὸν αἰτησόμενος παρὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος.

531. hierēn peusome<nos>: inquiry, about to ask an oracle from Apollo.

532—33. ὅπῃ χθονὸς ἱδρυθ〈εῖεν〉: οἱ Ὑλλεῖοι λαβόντες

532-33. hopēi chthonos hidryth<eien>: the Hylleans, having received

3 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἄψυρτοι: ἔθνος Σκυθικόν· ὧν ἐν τῇ γῇ κεῖται τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἀψύρτου. IV 481 Ἀπολλώνιος. Steph. Byz. Ἀψυρτίδες Marc. Heracl. Artem. epit. 11 | 4 498. Et. Gen. (A) ὅτις: IV 498. τὸ προτέρυσσε ἀντὶ τοῦ πρότερον, τὸ δίεσθαι διώκειν (Fr., -εσθαι A), τὸ ὅτις κατ’ ἔκθλιψιν τοῦ ς· ὅστις γάρ ἐστιν. cf. W 84 | 8 Arist. Mir. ausc. 81 (836 a 29) Steph. Byz. Ἠλεκτρίδες νῆσοι | 10 511. Et. Gen. (AB) Κυταιίδος (A, -αΐδος B): Κύταια πόλις Σκυθίας. IV 511. sch. II 399/401 cum loc. sim. | 12 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἐγχέλη: χώρα Ἰλλυρική. οἷον IV 518 (οἷον κτλ. B, om. A). | 14 Et. Gen. (B) Ὑλλήων : IV 521. 524 ἔστι δὲ ἔθνος Κελτικῆς Ὑλλεῖς, ἀπὸ Ὕλλου βασιλέως αὐτῶν, υἱοῦ (Et. M., ὡς οὐ B) Μελίτης καὶ Ἡρακλέους. sch. 1149/50 Steph. Byz. Ὑλλεῖς: ἔθνος Ἰλλυρικόν, ἀπὸ Ὕλλου τοῦ Ἡρακλέους καὶ Μελίτης τῆς Αἰγαίου τοῦ ποταμοῦ, ὡς Ἀπολλώνιος τετάρτῳ Ἀργοναυτικῶν. Eust. Dion. Per. 384 cf. W 63 3 Ἀψυρτεῖς P : om. L | 5 〈ἀπίθανον〉 post ὅτι inserendum censet K, sed cf. O. Damsté Adv. ad Ap. Rh. Arg., Diss. Trai. 1922, 74 | ἰδόντας K | 6 add. W | χρώμενοι διώξουσιν W : χρωμένους διώξειν | 10 ἀφορμηθείσης W : -θέντες L : om. P | τῆς Ἀργοῦς praeterm. A | 14 τοῦ Ἡρ. P (cf. v. 538) : om. L | 16 χρησμοῦ H | 18 Ὑλλεῖοι LGS : -εῖς P : -ῆες A

παρὰ Ἰάσονος τρίποδα μισθὸν τῆς μηνύσεως τῆς ὁδοῦ, ἔκρυψαν ὑπὸ γῆν, ἐπεὶ ὁ χρησμὸς ἐκέλευσεν, ἔνθα ἂν ὁ τρίπους ᾖ, ἀπόρθητον εἶναι τὴν πόλιν. LᴳM Sᴹ P

a tripod from Jason as a reward for showing the way, hid it under the ground, since the oracle commanded that wherever the tripod should be, the city would be unravaged.

534. ὅδε: ὁ τρίπους δηλονότι. Lᵐ (P)

534. hode: the tripod, clearly.

540—49 a. Μάκριν τ’ εἰσαφίκα〈νε〉: Μάκρις τὸ παλαιὸν ἐλέγετο ἡ Σχερία, ὠνομασμένη ἀπὸ τῆς Διονύσου τροφοῦ. ἔνθα φησὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέα παραγενόμενον, τὸν τῶν παίδων αὑτοῦ φόνον καθαρθησόμενον, Μελίτην τὴν Αἰγαίου τοῦ ποταμοῦ θυγατέρα γεγαμηκέναι, ἐξ ἧς ἔσχε τὸν Ὕλλον· ὃς ἀκμάσας οὐκ ἠθέλησε τῷ Ναυσιθόῳ ὑποταγῆναι, ἀλλὰ τοὺς Φαίακας συνήγαγεν εἰς τὴν Κρονίαν θάλασσαν καὶ κατῴκισεν.

540-49a. Makrin t' eisaphika<ne>: Macris was the ancient name of Scheria, named after the nurse of Dionysus. There, they say, Heracles came to be purified of the murder of his children, and married Melite, daughter of the river Aegaeus, from whom he had Hyllus; who, when he grew up, did not wish to be subject to Nausithous, but gathered the Phaeacians to the Cronian sea and settled them.

b. ὑπ’ ὀφρύσι: ὠφρυωμένως. Lᵐ (P)

b. hyp' ophrysi: with knitted brows.

552—56 a. ἀλλά, θεαί, πῶς: πυνθάνεται τῆς Μούσης ὁ ποιητής, ποῦ τὸν πλοῦν ἐποίησαν οἱ Ἀργοναῦται μετὰ τὸν Ἀψύρτου θάνατον καὶ πῶς εἰς θάλασσαν ἦλθον.

552-56a. alla, theai, pōs: the poet asks the Muse where the Argonauts sailed after the death of Apsyrtus and how they came to the sea.

μέμφονται δέ τινες τὸν Ἀπολλώνιον ὡς περὶ τούτους τοὺς χρόνους εἰρηκότα τὴν Ἰταλίαν Αὐσονίαν· ὑστέροις γὰρ χρόνοις τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν οὕτω κέκληται ἀπὸ Αὔσονος τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως καὶ Καλυψοῦς. ἐροῦμεν δέ, ὅτι ἐπεὶ αὐτὸς ὁ ποιητὴς οὕτως ὠνόμαζεν, εἰ καὶ μὴ κατὰ τοὺς ἐκείνων χρόνους ἦν.

Some criticize Apollonius for having said that Italy was called Ausonia at that time; for it was called so in later times than the Argonauts, from Auson, son of Odysseus and Calypso. But we shall say that since the poet himself named it so, even if it was not according to the times of those men.

b. νήσους τε Λιγυστίδας: περὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν εἰσὶ τρεῖς Λιγυστιάδες καλούμεναι, διότι οἰκοῦνται ὑπὸ τῶν Λιγύων· Στοιχάδες δὲ διὰ τὸ στοίχῳ τετάχθαι.

b. nēsous te Ligystidas: near Italy there are three islands called Ligystiades, because they are inhabited by the Ligurians; and Stoechades because they are arranged in a row.

557. αὐτόν που: μετὰ τὴν πεῦσιν ἐμπνευσθεὶς ἐντεῦθεν ἄρχεται τοῦ διηγήματος. Lᵐ (P)

557. auton pou: after the inquiry, inspired, he begins the narrative from here.

564—66. ἑξείης πλήθοντο: Λίβυρνοι ἔθνος οἰκοῦντες ταύτας τὰς νήσους, Ἴσσαν τε καὶ Δυσκέλαδον καὶ Πιτύειαν· μεθ’ ἃς εἰς Κέρκυραν ἦλθον. τὴν δὲ Πιτυοῦσσαν καλουμένην Πιτύειαν εἶπεν Ὁμήρῳ (Β 829) ἑπόμενος.

564-66. hexeiēs plēthonto: the Liburnians, a people inhabiting these islands, Issa and Dysceladus and Pityeia; after which they came to Corcyra. He called the island called Pityussa Pityeia, following Homer (B 829).

576. δοιάζοντο: ἐστοχάζοντο. Lᴳ Sᴹ P

576. doiazonto: they were conjecturing.

577—80 a. χόλον ἐφράσαθ’ Ἥρη: ἡ Ἥρα, φησί, τὴν Διὸς ὀργὴν ἐπισταμένη ἐπὶ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν, σφοδροὺς ἀνέμους ἐποίησε κατ’ ἐκείνους τοὺς τόπους, ὅπως ἀποσταῖεν μὲν αὐτῶν, φέροιντο δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἠλεκτρίδα νῆσον.

577-80a. cholon ephrasath' Hērē: Hera, they say, knowing the wrath of Zeus against the Argonauts, made violent winds in those regions, so that they might depart from them and be carried to the Electrid island.

b. 〈ταῖς αὖτις: γράφεται〉 τοὶ δ’ αὖτις. Lᴳ

b. <tais autis: it is written> toi d' autis.

585—88. ἡ στεῖρα τῆς Ἀργοῦς, φησί, φωνῆεν ἔχουσα ξύλον μεταδέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὸν ἐκ Διὸς χόλον φεύγειν καὶ πρὸς Κίρκην ἀφικέσθαι, τὸν Ἀψύρτου θάνατον καθαρθησομένους.

585-88. The keel of the Argo, he says, having a speaking beam of wood, granted them to flee the wrath of Zeus and to come to Circe, to be purified of the murder of Apsyrtus.

591. δήουσιν: εὑρήσουσιν. Lᴳ P

591. δήουσιν: they will find. Lᴳ P

596—98. εἰς δὲ τὸν Ἠριδανὸν εἰσέβαλλον, ὅς ἐστι τῆς Κελτικῆς ποταμός, εἰς ὃν λέγουσι πεπτωκέναι τὸν Φαέθοντα. L

596-98. They entered the Eridanus, which is a river of Celtic territory, into which they say Phaethon fell. L

603—06 a. λέγεται δέ, ἐκ τῶν Ἡλιάδων θρηνουσῶν τὸν Φαέθοντα καὶ εἰς αἰγείρους μεταβεβλημένων τὸ ἀποστάζον δάκρυον εἶναι ἤλεκτρον.

603-06a. It is said that from the Heliades mourning Phaethon and transformed into poplars, the dripping tear is amber.

b. 〈ἀείμεναι: γράφεται〉 ἐφήμεναι. Lᴳ

611—17. 〈Κελτοὶ δ’ ἐπί:〉 οἱ Κελτοὶ ἐφήμισαν τὸ ἤλεκτρον δάκρυον εἶναι [εἶναι] μὴ τῶν Ἡλιάδων, ἀλλὰ Ἀπόλλωνος, ἡνίκα ὑπὸ Διὸς ἐκελεύσθη θητεύειν ἐπὶ τῷ φόνῳ τοῦ Ἀσκληπιοῦ καὶ τῷ τῶν Κυκλώπων.

611-17. 〈Κελτοὶ δ’ ἐπί:〉 The Celts claimed that the amber is a tear not of the Heliades, but of Apollo, when he was ordered by Zeus to serve as a laborer for the murder of Asclepius and of the Cyclopes.

618. κεκλήσεται: πεφήμισται, ἄδεται. Lᵐ P

618. κεκλήσεται: it is famed, it is sung. Lᵐ P

625—26 a. θρηνουσῶν δὲ τῶν Ἡλιάδων τὸ δάκρυον 〈οὐκ〉 ἀναμίγνυται τοῖς ὕδασιν ὡσεὶ σταγόνες ἐλαίου.

625-26a. While the Heliades mourn, the tear does not mix with the waters, like drops of olive oil.

b. ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ στᾶξ σταγός, στάγες. Lᵐ (P)

b. As from στᾶξ, σταγός, στάγες. Lᵐ (P)

627—34 a. Ῥοδανὸς ποταμὸς τῆς Κελτικῆς, τῷ Ἠριδανῷ συμμιγνύμενος· καὶ σχιζόμενος τῇ μὲν εἰς ὠκεανὸν φέρεται, τῇ δὲ εἰς τὸν Ἰόνιον κόλπον, τῇ δὲ εἰς τὸ Σαρδόνιον πέλαγος.

627-34a. The Rhodanus is a river of Celtic territory, mingling with the Eridanus; and being divided, on one side it flows into the ocean, on another into the Ionian gulf, and on another into the Sardinian sea.

3 ἐπὶ τ. Ἀ. W : περὶ τ. Ἀ. K : ἀπὸ τ. Ἀ. L : κατά τ. Ἀ. A : om. P | 4 φέροιντο Steph. : -ωνται F : -ονται L : ἀφίκωνται P | 13 λέγεται — Φαέθοντα L : τὰς δὲ Ἡλιάδας τινές ἔφασαν Νηρηΐδας τὰς θρηνούσας τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα P. cf. W 40 | 16 ἤλεκτρον F : ἠλέκτριον L : om. P | 17 verba δάκρυον εἶναι post ἀλλὰ leguntur, unde revocavit altero εἶναι simul deleto W Phil. 81, 1926, 22 | ἡνίκα — Κυκλώπων ut supra L vulgarem fabulae formam (cf. e. g. Apoll. Bibl. III 122) cum Apollonii eaque male intellecta commiscens: ἅπερ ἔκλαυσεν, ὅτε διὰ τὸν τοῦ Ἀσκληπιοῦ θάνατον ἀνιαθεὶς εἰς τοὺς Ὑπερβορέους ἀφίκετο, διὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπιτίμησιν. οἱ δέ φασι τότε κλαῦσαι, ὅτε διὰ τὸν τῶν Κυκλώπων θάνατον προσετάχθη θητεύειν P. cf. W 41 | 20 suppl. W | 25 τῇ δὲ εἰς τὸ Σ. π. P (e v. 633) : om. L

b. 〈κόλπον: γράφεται〉 πόντον. Lᴳ

640. Ἑρκύνιον ὄρος Κελτῶν ἢ δρυμός.

640. The Hercynian mountain or forest of the Celts.

647 a. ἀδήιοι: ἀνενόχλητοι. Lᵐ P

647a. ἀδήιοι: untroubled. Lᵐ P

b. 〈ἀδήιοι:〉 πολέμους μὴ ἔχοντες. Gᴳ

b. 〈ἀδήιοι:〉 not having wars. Gᴳ

650—51. 〈εἵνεκα κούρων Ζηνός:〉 τῶν Διοσκούρων, οἵτινες ηὔξαντο ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν.

650-51. 〈εἵνεκα κούρων Ζηνός:〉 of the Dioscuri, who prayed on their behalf.

653. πόρε νῆας: σῴζειν δηλονότι· ὁ τρόπος ἔλλειψις. Lᵐ (P)

653. πόρε νῆας: to save, clearly; the figure is ellipsis. Lᵐ (P)

657. 〈τεύχεα: γράφεται〉 τρύχεα. Lᴳ

661. 〈Αἰαίης λιμένα:〉 ἔοικεν Ἀπολλώνιος ἐκδεδέχθαι τὴν Ὀδυσσέως πλάνην περὶ Τυρρηνίαν καὶ Ἰταλίαν· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ὑποτίθεται τὴν Κίρκην οἰκεῖν.

661. 〈Αἰαίης λιμένα:〉 Apollonius seems to have understood the wandering of Odysseus around Tyrrhenia and Italy; for there he supposes Circe to dwell.

662—66. ἡ Κίρκη, φησί, κατελήφθη ἐπὶ θαλάσσης ἡμέρας γενομένης, ἀποτρεπομένη φοβερὸν ὄναρ, ὅτι νυκτὸς εἶδεν αἵματι τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς μεμολυσμένον.

662-66. Circe, he says, was found by the sea when day came, turning away from a fearful dream, because at night she saw her house stained with blood.

678. 〈πιληθεῖσα:〉 ἀναπαγεῖσα ἡ γῆ. Lᵐ

678. 〈πιληθεῖσα:〉 the earth having been compacted. Lᵐ

680. 〈αινυμένη:〉 ἀπολαβοῦσα. Sᵐ

680. 〈αινυμένη:〉 having taken. Sᵐ

694. ἦτε δίκη λυγροῖς: ὡς νόμος ἐστὶ τοῖς ἱκέταις, ὥστε αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς ἑστίας καθημένους μὴ φθέγγεσθαι.

694. ἦτε δίκη λυγροῖς: as is the custom for suppliants, that they sit at the hearth and do not speak.

698—99 a. ἔγνω, φησίν, ἡ Κίρκη τὸν Ἰάσονα φόνον δεδρακότα. L

698-99a. Circe, he says, recognized that Jason had committed murder. L

b. Φύξιος μὲν Ζεὺς ὁ βοηθῶν τοῖς φυγάσι καὶ πρὸς ὃν καταφεύγουσι· φύξιος δὲ οὗτος ἐνταῦθα ὁ θάνατος, δι’ ὃν καταφεύγουσιν. P

b. Zeus Phyxios is the one who helps fugitives and to whom they flee; but here Phyxios is death, on account of which they flee. P

2 Et. Gen. (B) Ἑρκύνιος: δρυμὸς ὁ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐνδοτάτω. Ἀπολλώνιος ἐν δ’ Ἀργοναυτικῶν: IV 640. καὶ Παρθένιος (fg 28 Mart.)· ‘ἀλλ’ ὅτ’ ἀφ’ ἑσπερίης Ἑρκυνίδος ὥρετο γαίης’. διὰ τὸ εὑρεῖν ἐν αὐτῷ χοῖρον ὑπὸ κυνὸς ἐσθιόμενον· ὅθεν τὸν μὲν δρυμὸν ἕρκος φασί, τὸν δὲ κύνα κύνον καὶ ἐν συνθέσει Ἕρκυνος Ἑρκύνιος. ib. (A) Ἑρκύνιος: δρυμὸς Ἰταλίας. | 9 sch. III 309/13 a. b cum loc. sim. | 15 675. Et. Gen. (AB) ὀπηδεύω: ἀκολουθῶ. IV 674—675. | 20 sch. II 1147 cum loc. sim. 2 ἢ δρυμός P : om. L | 3 ἄγνωστοι ἀζήτητοι post l. add. P | 12 κατελήφθη F : -λείφθη L : aliter P | 13 ὅτι W : ὃ L : aliter P | 16 ἀπολαβ- W : ἀποβαλ- | 17 poetae versibus 694—723 post 724—753 traiectis scholia codicis L hoc ordine sese excipiunt: 725/26, 728/29 a. b, 734/36, 761/65 a, 694, 704/07, 698/99 a, 709 a, 712/13, 718/20 a, 761/65 b

704—07. πρῶτα μὲν ἀτρέπτοιο λυτή〈ριον〉: τὸ καθάρσειον λέγει, ὃ ἔστι χοιρίδιον μικρόν, ὅπερ οἱ ἁγνίζοντες θύσαντες, τὰς χεῖρας τοῦ ἁγνιζομένου τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ βρέχουσιν.

704-07. πρῶτα μὲν ἀτρέπτοιο λυτή〈ριον〉: he means the purification offering, which is a small piglet, which those performing purification sacrifice, and they wet the hands of the person being purified with its blood.

708. ἀγκαλέουσα: ἐπικαλουμένη. Lᴳ P

708. ἀγκαλέουσα: invoking. Lᴳ P

709 a. παλαμναῖον λέγει τὸν φόνον εἰργασμένον.

709a. He calls the one who has committed murder a παλαμναῖος.

b. ἐνταῦθα δὲ παλαμναίας ἱκεσίας λέγει τὰς ὑπὲρ φόνου γιγνομένας· ὧν τὸν Δία τιμήορον ἤγουν τιμητήν φησι. P

b. Here he calls παλαμναῖαι ἱκεσίαι the supplications made on account of murder; of which he says Zeus is the avenger, that is, the punisher. P

c. 〈ἱκεσιάων: γράφεται〉 ἱκεσίῃσι. Lᴳ

712—13. ἡ δὲ Κίρκη πέμματά τινα ἐπέκαιεν, ὕδωρ ἐπιχέουσα κατὰ τὸν νόμον. Lᵐ (P)

712-13. Circe burned certain cakes, pouring water over them according to custom. Lᵐ (P)

718—20 a. ὅτι καθαρίσασα αὐτοὺς ἐκάθισεν ἐπὶ θρόνων, καὶ αὐτὴ ἐναντίον αὐτῶν ἐκαθέσθη.

718-20a. That after purifying them she seated them on thrones, and she herself sat opposite them.

b. ἐνωπαδίς: κατόψιν, ἐξεναντίας. Lᴳ P

b. ἐνωπαδίς: from behind, from opposite. Lᴳ P

725—26. ἵετο δ’ αὖ κούρης: φωνὴν ἀκοῦσαι [ἀκοῦσαι] προεθυμεῖτο συμβάλλουσα, ὅτι ἀπὸ Ἡλίου ἐστίν, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν διαυγείας.

725-26. ἵετο δ’ αὖ κούρης: she was eager to hear her voice, reasoning that she is descended from Helios, from the brightness of her eyes.

728—29 a. ἐπεὶ βλεφάρων ἀποτηλόθι: ἐπεὶ πάνυ πόρρω ἀπὸ τῶν ὀμμάτων ἔλαμπον ταῖς λαμπηδόσιν.

728-29 a. ἐπεὶ βλεφάρων ἀποτηλόθι: since they shone very far from the eyes with their rays.

b. ὥσπερ χρυσέην ἀκτίνα ἐξεναντίας ἔπεμπον. Lᵐ (P)

b. They sent forth a golden ray opposite. Lᵐ (P)

734—36. ἐπλάσατο ἡ Μήδεια, λέγουσα διὰ τοῦτο πεφευγέναι, διὰ τὸ φοβεῖσθαι τὸν πατέρα, ὅτι ἐβοήθησε τῷ Ἰάσονι κατ’ ἔλεον τῆς ἀδελφῆς Χαλκιόπης.

734-36. Medea fabricated a story, saying that she had fled for this reason, because she feared her father, since she had helped Jason out of pity for her sister Chalciope.

746. ἄιστον: ἀφανῆ, ἄγνωστον. Lᴳ Sᴹ P

746. ἄιστον: invisible, unknown. Lᴳ Sᴹ P

747. ἐφέστιος: ἐπὶ τοῦ οἴκου μου οὖσα. Lᴳ (P)

747. ἐφέστιος: being at my house. Lᴳ (P)

761—65 a. ὅθι τ’ ἄκμονες Ἡφαίστοιο: αἱ τοῦ Αἰόλου νῆσοι ἑπτά. τούτων ἐν τῇ Λιπάρᾳ καλουμένῃ ἢ τῇ Στρογγύλῃ ὁ Ἥφαιστος δοκεῖ διατρίβειν καὶ ἀκούεσθαι βρόμον πυρὸς καὶ ἦχον σφυρῶν.

761-65 a. ὅθι τ’ ἄκμονες Ἡφαίστοιο: the islands of Aeolus are seven. On the one called Lipara or Strongyle, Hephaestus is thought to spend his time, and the roar of fire and the sound of hammers are heard.

τὸ δὲ παλαιὸν ἐλέγετο τὸν βουλόμενον ἀργὸν σίδηρον ἐπιφέρειν καὶ τῇ ἑξῆς ἡμέρᾳ ἢ ξίφος λαμβάνειν ἢ εἴ τι ἄλλο ἤθελεν κατασκευάσαι, καὶ τὸν μισθὸν ἀπεδίδου. ταῦτα ἱστορεῖ Πυθέας ἐν Περιόδῳ γῆς (fg 4 A. Schmekel Progr. gymn. Merseb. 1848, 13), καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν λέγων ζεῖν. εἰσὶν δὲ αἱ τοῦ Αἰόλου νῆσοι Ζ΄ αἵδε· Στρογγύλη, Εὐώνυμος, Λιπάρα, Ἱέρα, Διδύμη, Ἐρικώδης, Φοινικώδης.

In ancient times it was said that anyone who wished could bring unwrought iron and on the next day receive either a sword or whatever else he wanted to have made, and he would pay the wage. Pytheas records these things in his Circuit of the Earth (fg 4 A. Schmekel Progr. gymn. Merseb. 1848, 13), also saying that the sea boils. The islands of Aeolus are these seven: Strongyle, Euonymus, Lipara, Hiera, Didyme, Ericodes, Phoenicodes.

b. ἐλθεῖν εἰς ἀκτάς: Ἀγαθοκλῆς ἐν τοῖς Ὑπομνήμασι (fg 9 M. IV 290), περὶ τῶν χαλκείων τοῦ Ἡφαίστου λέγων, φησὶ κατὰ Σικελίαν δύο εἶναι νήσους, ὧν ἡ μὲν καλεῖται Ἱέρα, ἡ δὲ Στρογγύλη, αἵτινες ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς πῦρ ἀφιᾶσιν. ὁ δὲ αὐτός φησιν [ἐν] Ζ΄ ἐν Σικελίᾳ νήσους ὑπάρχειν· τούτων δύο πῦρ ἀφιᾶσι, καλεῖται δὲ ἡ μὲν Αἰόλου, ἡ δὲ Ἡφαίστου· ἐν ᾗ πυρὸς ποταμοὺς ἀνιέναι.

b. ἐλθεῖν εἰς ἀκτάς: Agathocles in his Commentaries (fg 9 M. IV 290), speaking about the forges of Hephaestus, says that there are two islands near Sicily, of which one is called Hiera and the other Strongyle, which emit fire day and night. The same author says that there are seven islands in Sicily; of these two emit fire, and one is called Aeolus' island, the other Hephaestus'; on the latter rivers of fire rise up.

c. 〈τάσγε:〉 ἀκτάς. Sᵐ

c. 〈τάσγε:〉 shores. Sᵐ

d. αἰθρηγενέεσσιν ἀνά〈σσει〉: τοῖς αἴθραν καὶ ψῦχος ποιοῦσιν. ὅτι δὲ Αἴολος ἐξουσίαν εἶχεν ἀνέμων, καὶ Ὅμηρός φησιν (κ 21)· ‘κείνον γὰρ ταμίην ἀνέμων ποίησε Κρονίων.’ ὅτι δὲ αἴθραν τὸ ψῦχος λέγουσιν, ὁ αὐτός φησι ποιητής (Ξ 318)· ‘αἴθρῃ καὶ καμάτῳ δεδμημένον’. καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν τῇ συνηθείᾳ ὑπαίθριά φαμεν τὰ ὑπὸ ἀνέμου καταπνεόμενα.

d. αἰθρηγενέεσσιν ἀνά〈σσει〉: to those who produce clear sky and cold. That Aeolus had power over the winds, Homer also says (κ 21): 'For the son of Cronus made him keeper of the winds.' That they call cold 'αἴθρα', the same poet says (Ξ 318): 'overcome by clear sky and toil'. And we in common speech call things blown by the wind 'ὑπαίθρια'.

786—87. πλαγκταὶ πέτραι ἐν τῷ πορθμῷ εἰσιν, ὡς Τίμαιος (fg 5 M. I 194) καὶ Πεισίστρατος ὁ Λιπαραῖος (fg 1 M. IV 478). ἐν ὑπερβατῷ δὲ ἀναγνωστέον· ἔστι γὰρ διὰ περώντας.

786-87. The Wandering Rocks are in the strait, as Timaeus (fg 5 M. I 194) and Peisistratus of Lipara (fg 1 M. IV 478) say. It must be read with hyperbaton: for it is 'διὰ περώντας'.

788. περιβλύει: περικλύζει, κατὰ μίμησιν ἤχου. σπιλάδες δὲ αἱ πέτραι ἀπὸ τοῦ συμπεπιλῆσθαι.

788. περιβλύει: washes around, in imitation of the sound. 'σπιλάδες' are rocks, from being compacted.

803. τὸ ἐοῦ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἑο. Lᴳ

803. 'ἐοῦ' for 'ἑο'. Lᴳ

807. φιτύσαιο: φυτεύσοις ἢ βλαστήσοις. Lᴳ (P)

807. φιτύσαιο: may you plant or cause to grow. Lᴳ (P)

808—09. αὐτὴ δὲ σέλας χ〈είρεσσιν〉: ὅτι τὸ παλαιὸν τὰς

808-09. αὐτὴ δὲ σέλας χ〈είρεσσιν〉: that in ancient times the

μητέρας τῶν γαμούντων ἐν τοῖς γάμοις δαδουχεῖν ἔθος ἦν, καὶ Εὐριπίδης ἐν Φοινίσσαις φησίν (344—46)· ‘ἐγὼ δὲ οὔτε σοι πυρὸς ἀνῆψα φῶς νόμιμον, ὡς πρέπει μητρὶ μακαρίᾳ.’ ἡ Ἥρα οὖν φησι δαδουχῆσαι τῇ Θέτιδι, διὰ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὴν εὔνοιαν μητρὸς ἔργον ἐπιτελουμένη.

mothers of the bridegrooms had the custom of carrying torches at weddings, and Euripides in the Phoenician Women says (344-46): 'But I did not kindle for you the lawful light of fire, as is fitting for a blessed mother.' Hera therefore says that she carried the torch for Thetis, performing the office of a mother because of her goodwill toward her.

810. 〈νημερτέα: γράφεται〉 θυμηδέα. Lᴳ

810. 〈νημερτέα: written〉 θυμηδέα. Lᴳ

813 a. Νηιάδες κομέουσι: τὴν Χαρικλὼ λέγει καὶ τὴν Φιλύραν, ὑφ’ ὧν ἐτράφη ὁ Ἀχιλλεύς· ὧν ἡ μὲν Χαρικλὼ γυνὴ Χείρωνος, Φιλύρα δὲ μήτηρ.

813a. Naiads tend him: he means Chariclo and Philyra, by whom Achilles was raised; of these Chariclo was the wife of Chiron, and Philyra his mother.

b. λίπτοντα: ἐπιθυμοῦντα. Lᴳ P

b. λίπτοντα: desiring. Lᴳ P

814—15 a. χρειώ μιν κούρης: Ἀναξαγόρας φησίν, ὅτι ταῖς ἀληθείαις τὸν Ἀχιλλέα ὡς θεὸν τετιμήκασιν οἱ περὶ τὴν Λακωνικὴν οἰκοῦντες· ἔνιοι δέ φασιν, ὅτι συμπαθήσαντες οἱ θεοὶ τῇ Θέτιδι ἀπηθανάτισαν αὐτόν. ὅτι δὲ Ἀχιλλεὺς εἰς τὸ Ἠλύσιον πεδίον παραγενόμενος ἔγημε Μήδειαν, πρῶτος Ἴβυκος (fg 37 B. III 248) εἴρηκε, μεθ’ ὃν Σιμωνίδης (fg 213 B. III 527).

814-15a. Need of the maiden: Anaxagoras says that in truth the inhabitants of Laconia honored Achilles as a god; but some say that the gods, sympathizing with Thetis, made him immortal. That Achilles went to the Elysian plain and married Medea was first stated by Ibycus (fg 37 B. III 248), after him Simonides (fg 213 B. III 527).

b. ἄρηγε: βοήθει. Lᴳ (P)

b. ἄρηγε: help. Lᴳ (P)

c. 〈νυώ:〉 τῇ νύμφῃ. Lᵐʳ

c. 〈νυώ:〉 to the nymph. Lᵐʳ

816. ἠδ’ αὐτῷ Πηλῆι: ὁ τὸν Αἰγίμιον ποιήσας ἐν β΄ (Hesiodi fg 185 Rz.2) φησίν, ὅτι ἡ Θέτις εἰς λέβητα ὕδατος ἔβαλλεν τοὺς ἐκ Πηλέως γεννωμένους, γνῶναι βουλομένη εἰ θνητοί εἰσιν, ἕτεροι δὲ εἰς πῦρ, ὡς Ἀπολλώνιός (IV 869 sqq.) φησι· καὶ δὴ πολλῶν διαφθαρέντων ἀγανακτῆσαι τὸν Πηλέα καὶ κωλῦσαι τὸν Ἀχιλλέα ἐμβληθῆναι εἰς λέβητα. Σοφοκλῆς δὲ ἐν Ἀχιλλέως ἐρασταῖς (fg 151 Pearson) φησιν ὑπὸ Πηλέως λοιδορηθεῖσαν τὴν Θέτιν καταλιπεῖν αὐτόν. Στάφυλος δὲ ἐν τρίτῳ τῶν Περὶ Θεσσαλίας (fg 2 M. IV 505) φησὶ Χείρωνα σοφὸν ὄντα καὶ ἀστρονομίας ἔμπειρον, βουλόμενον τὸν Πηλέα ἔνδοξον ποιῆσαι,

816. And to Peleus himself: the author of the Aegimius in the second book (Hesiod fr. 185 Rz.²) says that Thetis threw the children born from Peleus into a cauldron of water, wishing to know if they were mortal, but others say into fire, as Apollonius (IV 869 ff.) says; and indeed when many had been destroyed, Peleus became angry and prevented Achilles from being thrown into the cauldron. Sophocles in the Lovers of Achilles (fr. 151 Pearson) says that Thetis, having been reviled by Peleus, left him. Staphylus in the third book of his Thessalian Affairs (fr. 2 M. IV 505) says that Chiron, being wise and experienced in astronomy, wishing to make Peleus famous,

μεταπέμψαι 〈Φιλομήλαν〉 τὴν Ἄκτορος θυγατέρα τοῦ Μυρμιδόνος καὶ λόγους διασπεῖραι, ὅτι μέλλει γαμεῖν τὴν Θέτιν Πηλεὺς Διὸς διδόντος αὐτῷ, οἱ δὲ θεοὶ μετ’ ὄμβρου καὶ χειμῶνος ἥξουσιν. ταῦτα φημίσας παρετήρει τὸν χρόνον, ἐν ᾧ ὕδατα πολλὰ καὶ πνεύματα ἐξαίσια, καὶ δίδωσι Πηλεῖ Φιλομήλαν· καὶ οὕτως ἐπεκράτησεν ἡ φήμη.

sent for 〈Philomela〉 the daughter of Actor the Myrmidon and spread reports that Peleus was about to marry Thetis, Zeus giving her to him, and that the gods would come with rain and storm. Having spread this rumor, he watched for a time when there were heavy rains and violent winds, and gave Philomela to Peleus; and thus the report prevailed.

820. ἀνέμων ἀικάς: αἱ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ ἐφ’ ἑκάτερα κλίσεις· ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος τὰς ἀντιπνοὰς τῶν ἀνέμων εἴρηκεν.

820. Blasts of winds: the turnings to either side in war; but Apollonius has spoken of the contrary blasts of the winds.

825—31 a. μηδὲ σύ γ’ ἠὲ Χάρυβδιν: ἡ Σικελία ἀντικρὺ κεῖται τῆς Ἰταλίας, ἔστι δὲ τούτων μέσος πορθμὸς ἔχων σταδίους διακοσίους 〈. . .〉 ἀπὸ Σικελίας εἰς Ἰταλίαν. 〈. . .〉 τὸ οὖν ἓν ἄκρον, τὸ Πέλωρον, ἀφορᾷ εἰς Ἰταλίαν, ἐφ’ ᾧ ἐστι κάτω ἡ καλουμένη Χάρυβδις, ἡ δὲ Σκύλλα πάλιν ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ ἀντικρὺ τοῦ Πελώρου. αὕτη ἡ Σκύλλα ἀκρωτήριόν ἐστιν ἐξέχον εἰς θάλασσαν, ὁμοίωμα καὶ πρόσωπον ἔχον γυναικός. κάτω δὲ τοῦ ἀκρωτηρίου εἰσὶ πέτραι ἄγαν καὶ πολλαὶ καὶ μεγάλαι, ἔχουσαι κοίλους τόπους καὶ σπήλαια, ἐν οἷς θαλάσσια θηρία μένουσιν, ἅτινα τῶν πλοίων ἐκεῖ εἰς τὰς πέτρας ἀκοντιζομένων 〈. . .〉.

825-31a. Do not you either Charybdis: Sicily lies opposite Italy, and between them is a strait of two hundred stades 〈...〉 from Sicily to Italy. 〈...〉 So the one promontory, Pelorus, looks toward Italy, below which is the so-called Charybdis, while Scylla is again in Italy opposite Pelorus. This Scylla is a headland jutting out into the sea, having the likeness and face of a woman. Below the headland are very many large rocks, having hollow places and caves, in which sea monsters dwell, which, when ships are driven there against the rocks 〈...〉.

1 sch. I 358 | 6 Et. Gen. (B) ἀικάς: IV 819—820. ἀνέμων ἀικάς, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀΐσσω ῥήματος, τὸ δὲ ἀ〈ϊκὴ ἀϊ〉κὰς ὀξύνεται ὡς ἰωκὴ ἰωκάς. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἄϊξ δισυλλάβου καὶ προ〈παρο〉ξυνομένου ἄϊκες, ἄϊκας, αἱ ἐν πολέμῳ κλί〈σε〉ις ἐφ’ ἑκάτερα. Ἀπολλώνιος δὲ τὰς αὐτὰς 〈ἀντιπνοὰς τῶν ἀνέμων. οὕτως εὗρον εἰς τὰ Ἀργοναυτικὰ Ἀπολλωνίου〉 (quae in B legi iam non possunt, Etymologici Magni ope suppl. Deicke). cf. Berckmann De sch. in Ap. Rh. Arg. Et. M. fonte, Diss. Bonn. 1894, 19. sch. ABT Ο 709 (Herodianus) | 12 Tzetz. Lyc. 35, 10—14 Sch.: ἡ Σκύλλα περὶ τὸ Ῥήγιον τῆς Σικελίας (e Thuc. IV 24) ἐστὶν ἀκρωτήριον ἐξέχον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, οὗ κάτωθεν πέτραι πολλαὶ καὶ μεγάλαι, ἔχουσαι κοίλους τόπους καὶ σπήλαια, ἐν οἷς καταμένουσι θηρία θαλάσσια, τῶν δὲ πλοίων ἐν ταῖς πέτραις ἀκοντιζομένων ἐκ τοῦ τῆς Χαρύβδεως ὕδατος καὶ συγκλωμένων τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐσθίουσιν. cf. W 65 1 suppl. K | 6 ἑκάτερα PH : -έρα L | 9 μέσος K : -ον L : διὰ -ου P | σταδίους ἑπτὰ F | 10 lac. priorem ind. K, posteriorem W, ubi de tribus Siciliae promunturiis dictum fuisse oportet; τῶν δὲ τριῶν αὐτῆς ἀκρωτηρίων suppl. F | Πέλωρον K : Πέλωρος P : Πάχυνον L | 11 ἐφ’ Fr. : ἐν L : κατὰ (δὲ τὸ ἄκρον) P | 12 πελώρου P : Παχύνου L | 16 ἅτινα — p. 295 lin. 4 οὕτως L : ὅσα μὲν οὖν τῶν πλοίων ὑπὸ τῶν πετρῶν ἀπωθούμενα διὰ τὸν κλύδωνα εἰς τὴν Χάρυβδιν κατακοντισθῇ, ἀναρροφοῦνται ὑπ’ αὐτῆς καὶ συγκαταφερόμενα τῇ θαλάσσῃ διαφθείρεται· ὅσα δ’ αὖ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν Χαρύβδει θαλάσσης ἀπωσθῶσιν εἰς τὰς ἐν τῇ Σκύλλῃ πέτρας ὑφάλους οὔσας καὶ τραχείας, ἐκεῖ συγκατακλᾶται καὶ διαφθείρεται P | εἰς τὰς πέτρας W : ἐν ταῖς -αις L | lac. ind. K

〈. . . ἢ〉 συνέρχονται τῇ θαλάσσῃ καὶ φθείρονται, ἢ ὠθούμεναι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ αὗται ἔρχονται εἰς τὰς πέτρας κάτω τῆς Σκύλλης οὔσας ὑφάλους καὶ συγκλῶνται οὕτως· εἶτα ἐξιόντες θαλάσσιοι κύνες καὶ ἕτερα διάφορα θηρία ἐσθίουσι τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶν ἄνδρας. δοκεῖ δὲ ἡ Σκύλλα καὶ λέγεται παρὰ τοῖς ποιηταῖς ἔχειν κύνας ἐξέχοντας ἀπὸ τῶν πλευρῶν καὶ τοῦ στήθους καὶ ἀναιρεῖν τοὺς δι’ αὐτῆς πλέοντας, ἐπεὶ κάτωθεν ἐκ τῶν κοίλων μερῶν τῶν πετρῶν, ἐφ’ ὧν μένουσιν, ἄνω ἀνιόντες ὁρῶνται, καὶ ὑπονοοῦνται ὡς ἐξιόντες ἐκ τοῦ στήθους αὐτῆς ἔσωθεν καὶ τῶν πλευρῶν.

... or they converge with the sea and are destroyed, or being driven into the sea they too come to the rocks below Scylla, which are underwater, and are dashed to pieces in this way; then sea-dogs and various other beasts come out and devour the men in the ships. Scylla is thought and said by the poets to have dogs projecting from her sides and chest and to destroy those sailing past her, since from below, from the hollow parts of the rocks on which they dwell, they are seen coming up, and they are suspected of coming out from her chest and sides from within.

c. 〈Χάρυβδιν: . . .〉 ὑπὸ τῆς Χαρύβδεως θάλασσαν εἰσροφεῖσθαι. τὸ δὲ καταιβάσιον τοῦτο ἐν Ταυρομενίῳ ὁ ποιητὴς (μ 101 sqq.) ἐκάλεσεν Χάρυβδιν.

c. Charybdis: ... the sea is sucked in by Charybdis. This descent the poet (Od. 12.101 ff.) called Charybdis in Tauromenium.

d. ἔστι 〈δὲ〉 κάτω τοῦ ἀκρωτηρίου τῆς Σικελίας τοῦ λεγομένου Πελώρου, ὃ ἀφορᾷ εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ τὴν Σκύλλαν. L

d. It is below the cape of Sicily called Pelorus, which faces Italy and Scylla. L

e. 〈νέεσθαι: λείπει〉 ἐάσῃς. Sᵐ

e. to go: supply 'you may allow'. Sᵐ

f. Σκύλλης Αὐσονίης: τὸ σπήλαιον τῆς Σκύλλης ἐλέγετο εἶναι περὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν τῷ πορθμῷ. L

f. Ausonian Scylla: the cave of Scylla was said to be around Italy, which is in the strait. L

g. ἣν τέκε Φόρκῳ: Ἀκουσίλαος (2 fg 42 J.) Φόρκυνος καὶ Ἑκάτης τὴν Σκύλλαν λέγει, Ὅμηρος (μ 124) δὲ οὐχ Ἑκάτην ἀλλὰ Κράταιιν. ἀμφοτέροις οὖν Ἀπολλώνιος κατηκολούθησεν. ἐν δὲ ταῖς Μεγάλαις Ἠοίαις (Hesiodi fg 150 Rz.2) Φόρβαντος καὶ Ἑκάτης ἡ Σκύλλα. Στησίχορος δὲ ἐν τῇ Σκύλλῃ (fg 13 B. III 210) †εἶδός τινος† Λαμίας τὴν Σκύλλαν φησὶ θυγατέρα εἶναι.

g. whom she bore to Phorcys: Acusilaus (2 FGrH 42 J.) says that Scylla is the daughter of Phorcys and Hecate, but Homer (Od. 12.124) says not Hecate but Crataeis. Apollonius followed both. In the Great Ehoiai (Hesiod fr. 150 Rz.²) Scylla is the daughter of Phorbas and Hecate. Stesichorus in his Scylla (fr. 13 B. III 210) says that Scylla is the daughter of †some kind of† Lamia.

834. εἰ μὲν δὴ μαλεροῖο πυρός: περὶ τὸν πορθμὸν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ πυρὸς ἀναφυσήματα γίνεται, ὥστε καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν θερμαίνεσθαι,

834. if indeed of consuming fire: around the strait in the sea there are exhalations of fire, so that even the sea is heated,

11 Strab. VI 268 | 18 sch. μ 85. 124 Apoll. Epit. VII 20 Ciris 66 sq. Serv. Verg. Aen. III 420 — Eust. 1714, 32 | 24 Antig. Hist. mir. 130 — Strab. VI 276 sq. Plin. Nat. hist. II 238 1 hoc sch. a praecedente disiunxit W | ὑπὸ W : ἐκ L | 2 lac. ind. W, ubi praeter alia desunt verba αἱ νῆες | 3 αὗται W : αὐταί L | 9 ὁρ., καὶ ὑπ. Fr. : ὑπ. καὶ ὁρ. L : ἐδοκεῖτο P | 11 novum l. praem. W | Ταυρομενίῳ K : τῷ Μινοταύρῳ L : τῇ μονοταύρῳ P | 13 Πελώρου K : Παχύνου | 22 εἶδός τινος L : om. P : εἴδους τινὸς K : ἰδίως dubitanter Wil. ad l. fortasse latent verβα τῆς Ποσειδῶνος, ut haec Lamia ea sit, quam Sibyllae matrem dicunt Paus. X 12, 1, Plut. De Pyth. orac. 9 (398 c) alii

ὥς φησι καὶ Μητρόδωρος ἐν α΄ Περὶ ἱστορίας (184 fg 2 J.) καὶ Θεόφραστος ἐν Ἱστορικοῖς ὑπομνήμασιν (fg 165 Wimmer). καί φησι τὸν βρόμον τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν Αἰόλου νήσων ἀκούεσθαι ἕως ,α σταδίων· περὶ Ταυρομένιον γοῦν ἀκούεσθαι βροντῇ παραπλήσιον ψόφον.

as Metrodorus also says in the first book of his On History (184 FGrH 2 J.) and Theophrastus in his Historical Commentaries (fr. 165 Wimmer). And he says that the roar from the islands of Aeolus is heard up to 1000 stades; at any rate around Tauromenium a noise like thunder is heard.

839—41 a. ἀπέρχομαι δέ, ὅπου τὰ ἀπόγεια σχοινία τῆς Ἀργοῦς δέδεται, ὅπως ἑωθινοὶ τῆς ἐπανόδου μνήμην ποιήσωνται, ὅπως αὐτοὺς ἕωθεν ποιήσω ἀποπλεῦσαι ἐκ τῆς γῆς τῶν Τυρσηνῶν. L

839-41a. I am going away to where the stern cables of the Argo are tied, so that early in the morning they may remember the return, so that I may make them sail away from the land of the Tyrrhenians at dawn. L

b. ὑπηῶοι δὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἠοῦς, ἤγουν ἕωθεν· ὄνομα ἀντὶ ἐπιρρήματος. P

b. early in the morning: at the time of dawn, that is, at daybreak; a noun used as an adverb. P

847—48. ὑπερβολικῶς: οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἀκτίνων βολὴν καταλαβέσθαι δύναται οὔτε τὴν λεγομένην μαρμαρυγήν, ἥτις ἐστὶ λαμπηδόνος συνεχούς ὅρμησις.

847-48. hyperbolically: for no one can catch the cast of rays or the so-called sparkling, which is a continuous rush of brightness.

850. 〈Τυρσηνίδα〉 εἴρηκεν τὴν τῆς Κίρκης νῆσον διὰ τὸ πρόσχωρον αὐτῇ εἶναι. Lᵐ

850. He called the island of Circe Tyrrhenian because it is near to it. Lᵐ

852. ὀρεξαμένη: ἐπιλαβομένη. Lᴳ P

852. having reached for: having taken hold of. Lᴳ P

855. ἐείσατο: ἐφάνη. Lᴳ P

855. appeared: was seen. Lᴳ P

856. μηκέτι νῦν ἀκταῖς: μηκέτι καθέζεσθε ἐν ταῖς ἀκταῖς τῆς Αἰαίας νήσου ταῖς οὔσαις πλησίον τῶν Τυρσηνῶν, περιμένοντες καὶ ὑπερτιθέμενοι τὸν πλοῦν ὑμῶν. L

856. no longer now on the shores: no longer sit on the shores of the island of Aeaea, which are near the Tyrrhenians, waiting and delaying your voyage. L

859—61 a. πανευδίῃ κοῦραι: πᾶσαι ὁμοῦ ἀπαντῶσι τὴν ναῦν φυλάξουσαι ἐκ τῶν πετρῶν, αἵτινες καλοῦνται Πλαγκταί. L

859-61a. in fair weather, maidens: all together they come to meet the ship to guard it from the rocks, which are called the Planctae. L

b. ἀντιόωσι δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔρχονται. P

b. they meet: instead of 'they come'. P

c. 〈ῥυόμεναι:〉 περιφυλάττουσαι καὶ διασῶσαι ὀφείλουσαι. Lᵐ

c. 〈ῥυόμεναι:〉 guarding around and owing to save. Lᵐ

d. τὸ δὲ ῥυσέμεναι ἀντὶ τοῦ σώσειν. P

d. ῥυσέμεναι instead of σώσειν. P

e. κείνη γὰρ ἐναίσιμος: ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ὑμῖν ὁ πλοῦς αἴσιος καὶ καθήκων ἐστὶν ὁ διὰ τῶν Πλαγκτῶν πετρῶν. L

e. κείνη γὰρ ἐναίσιμος: for that voyage of yours is auspicious and fitting, the one through the Wandering Rocks. L

f. ἐναίσιμος δὲ ἡ καθήκουσα καὶ πρέπουσα. P

f. ἐναίσιμος means fitting and proper. P

862—65. ἀλλὰ σὺ μή τῳ ἐμὸν δ〈είξῃς〉: μή τινι τῶν Ἀργο-

862-65. ἀλλὰ σὺ μή τῳ ἐμὸν δ〈είξῃς〉: do not show me to any of the Argo-

11 sch. III 1018 cum loc. sim. 1 postquam Mueller FHG III 204 de Metrodori libri inscriptione dubitationem movit, caute proposuerunt Περιηγήσεως K, Περὶ 〈παραδόξου〉 ἱστορίας vel Περὶ 〈Τιγράνου〉 ἱστορίας Jacoby. conicias Ποικίλης ἱστορίας | 3 τῶν P : τοῦ L | ἀκούεσθαι F : καίεσθαι | ,α σταδίων K : χίλια στάδια F : ἑνὸς σταδίου | 23 de l. cf. W 56

ναυτῶν ἀποδείξῃς με, ἡνίκα με ἴδῃς σὺν ταῖς Νηρεΐσιν ὑπαντήσασάν σοι. L

nauts, whenever you see me with the Nereids coming to meet you. L

864. ἀπηλεγέως: ἀναμφιλέκτως. Lᴳ P

864. ἀπηλεγέως: unambiguously. Lᴳ P

865—66. ἀΐδηλος ἐδύ〈σατο〉: ἀφανὴς γενομένη κατέδυ εἰς τὸ βάθος τῆς θαλάσσης. τὸν δὲ Πηλέα δεινῶς ἡ λύπη ἔπληξεν. L

865-66. ἀΐδηλος ἐδύ〈σατο〉: becoming invisible she sank into the depth of the sea. And grief struck Peleus terribly. L

868 a. 〈νηπιάχοντος:〉 νηπίου ὄντος καὶ νήπια φρονοῦντος. Lᴳ

868a. 〈νηπιάχοντος:〉 being an infant and thinking infantile thoughts. Lᴳ

b. νηπιάχειν δὲ τὸ νηπιάζειν. P

b. νηπιάχειν means νηπιάζειν. P

871 a. ἀμβροσίῃ χρίεσκεν: θειοτάτῳ ἐλαίῳ περιέχριε τὸ ἁπαλὸν αὐτοῦ σῶμα. L

871a. ἀμβροσίῃ χρίεσκεν: with most divine oil she anointed his tender body. L

b. ἀμβροσίαν δέ φησι τὸ ἀμβρόσιον ἔλαιον. P

b. ἀμβροσίαν means ambrosial oil. P

872 a. καί οἱ στυγερὸν χροΐ: καὶ αὐτῷ. τὸ μισητὸν γῆρας ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος ἀποσοβήσοι. L

872a. καί οἱ στυγερὸν χροΐ: and to him. May she drive hateful old age from his body. L

b. τὸ δὲ ἀλάλκειν τὸ ἐκβάλλειν δηλοῖ. P

b. ἀλάλκειν means to cast out. P

874. σπαίροντα διὰ φλογός: ἁλλόμενον καὶ σαλευόμενον ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός.

874. σπαίροντα διὰ φλογός: leaping and tossing on the fire.

876. τὸν μὲν ἄρ’ ἁρπάγδην: ἀπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς ἀναρπάξασα ἔρριψεν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐδάφους κράζοντα. L

876. τὸν μὲν ἄρ’ ἁρπάγδην: snatching him from the fire she threw him on the ground screaming. L

879—80 a. παλίσσυτος: μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα οὐκέτι ἐξ ὑποστροφῆς παρεγένετο πρὸς τὸν Πηλέα· ὅθεν τὰς φρένας αὐτοῦ κατέδησεν ἡ ὀλιγωρία. L

879-80a. παλίσσυτος: after this she no longer came back to Peleus; hence neglect bound his mind. L

b. ἀμηχανία δὲ ἡ ἀπορία καὶ λύπη. P

b. ἀμηχανία means helplessness and grief. P

884. τῆς ἔνι δαισάμε〈νοι〉: ἐν ταύταις δὲ εὐωχηθέντες καὶ δειπνήσαντες ἐκοιμήθησαν τὴν νύκτα ὡς καὶ πρότερον, οἷον ὡς καὶ ἑτέραν νύκτα. L

884. τῆς ἔνι δαισάμε〈νοι〉: feasting and dining on these they slept the night as before, that is, as on another night. L

886 a. 〈κατηλυσίῃ:〉 καθόδῳ. Lᴳ

886a. 〈κατηλυσίῃ:〉 descent. Lᴳ

b. κατηλυσία δὲ ἡ κάθοδος καὶ ἐπέλευσις. P

b. κατηλυσία means descent and arrival. P

887—89 a. βαῖνον ἐπὶ κληῖδ〈ας〉: ἀνέβαινον ἐπὶ τὰ σανιδώματα τῆς νηὸς καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν καθέδρας.

887-89a. βαῖνον ἐπὶ κληῖδ〈ας〉: they went up onto the planks of the ship and their own seats.

b. ἐκ δὲ βυθοῖο εὐναίας: ἐκ δὲ τοῦ βυθοῦ ἀνέφερον ἢ

b. ἐκ δὲ βυθοῖο εὐναίας: from the depths they brought up or

25 Et. Gen. (AB) κατηλυείη: οἷον IV 886. σημαίνει δὲ τὴν κάθοδον καὶ τὴν ἐπέλευσιν· ἔλευσίς τις οὖσα καὶ ἐλυείη καὶ ἠλυείη, καὶ μετὰ τῆς κατὰ προθέσεως γίνεται (A, γέγονε B) κατηλυείη. cf. W 88 Et. Gud. 307, 38 Sturz 1 ἀποδ- F : ὑποδ- | 4 ἀφανής etiam P | 11 αὑτῷ W : -οῦ | 23 ἐκοιμήθησαν etiam P

ἀνεῖλκον τὰ σίδηρα, χαίροντες τῇ ἐλεύσει τοῦ ζεφύρου, καὶ τὰ ἄρμενα δὲ ὡς ἔδει ἐσώρευον καὶ εὐτρέπιζον.

hauled up the anchors, rejoicing at the coming of the west wind, and they piled up and prepared the rigging as was necessary.

890 a. τανύσαντες ἐν ἱμά〈ντεσσι〉: ἁπλώσαντες τοῖς ἱμάσι τὸ κέρας καὶ ἀναγαγόντες αὐτὸ σὺν τῷ ἀρμένῳ. L

890a. τανύσαντες ἐν ἱμά〈ντεσσι〉: stretching the yardarm with the straps and raising it with the sail. L

b. ἱμάντας δὲ τῆς κεραίας λέγει, οἷς τὸ ἱστίον προσδέδεται τῇ κεραίᾳ. P

b. He means the straps of the yardarm, with which the sail is fastened to the yardarm. P

892. καλὴν Ἀνθεμόεσσαν: ἠκολούθησεν Ἡσιόδῳ οὕτως ὀνομάζοντι τὴν νῆσον τῶν Σειρήνων (fg 68 Rz.2)· ‘νῆσον ἐς Ἀνθεμόεσσαν, ἵνα σφίσι δῶκε Κρονίων.’ ὀνόματα δὲ αὐτῶν Θελξιόπη ἢ Θελξινόη, Μόλπη, Ἀγλαόφωνος.

892. καλὴν Ἀνθεμόεσσαν: he followed Hesiod, who names the island of the Sirens thus (fr. 68 Rz.²): ‘to the island Anthemoessa, where the son of Cronus gave it to them.’ Their names are Thelxiope or Thelxinoe, Molpe, Aglaophonus.

897. 〈ἀδμῆτ’ ἔτι〉 πορσύνεσκον: ἔτερπον, ἐπιμελείᾳ ἠξίουν καὶ ηὔξανον παρθένον ἔτι οὖσαν καὶ ἄζευκτον. Lᵐ (P)

897. 〈ἀδμῆτ’ ἔτι〉 πορσύνεσκον: they delighted, deemed worthy of care, and raised her while still a maiden and unyoked. Lᵐ (P)

900—02. 〈αἰεὶ δ’ εὐόρμου:〉 ἀεὶ δὲ περιβλεπόμεναι καὶ θεωροῦσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑψηλοῦ καὶ εὐορμίστου τόπου, πολλῶν παριόντων τὴν ἡδεῖαν ἐπάνοδον ἥρπασαν, τῇ τηκεδόνι φθίνειν ποιοῦσαι. Lᵐ (P)

900-02. 〈αἰεὶ δ’ εὐόρμου:〉 always looking around and observing from the high and well-anchored place, they snatched the sweet return of many passers-by, causing them to waste away with melting. Lᵐ (P)

907 a. 〈ἐυτροχάλοιο:〉 τῆς τροχαλῆς ᾠδῆς τὸ μέλος ἐκίνησεν. Lᵐ

907a. 〈ἐυτροχάλοιο:〉 she stirred the melody of the well-rounded song. Lᵐ

b. εὐτρόχαλος δὲ ἡ εὐκόλως καὶ ὁμαλῶς καὶ ἐμμελῶς ῥέουσα. P

b. εὐτρόχαλος means flowing easily, smoothly, and tunefully. P

c. τὸ δὲ κανάχησε τὸ ᾖσε καὶ ἐκίνησε δηλοῖ. P

c. κανάχησε means sang and stirred. P

909. κρεγμῷ: τῇ κρούσει, ὑπὸ τοῦ κρούματος.

909. κρεγμῷ: with the striking, by the strumming.

917. Ἔρυκος μεδέουσα: Ἔρυξ ὄνομα πόλεως, ἔνθα τιμᾶται ἡ Ἀφροδίτη· οἱ δὲ τὴν Σικελίαν.

917. Erycos medeousa: Eryx is the name of a city, where Aphrodite is honored; others say Sicily.

920. 〈ὄπαζον:〉 ἐδίωκον. Sᵐ

920. 〈opazon:〉 they pursued. Sᵐ

921. μιξοδίῃσιν ἁλός: μιξοδίαν καλεῖ τὸν τόπον, καθ’ ὃν ἦν ἡ Σκύλλα καὶ ἡ Χάρυβδις, διὰ τὸ ἀντικρὺ εἶναι ἀλλήλων.

921. mixodiēisin halos: he calls the place mixodia, where Scylla and Charybdis were, because they are opposite each other.

923. ἄμοτον: ἀκατάπαυστον. Lᴳ P

923. amoton: unceasing. Lᴳ P

926. πυριθαλπέος: τῆς ὑπὸ πυρὸς καιομένης. Lᵐ (P)

926. pyrithalpeos: of that which is burned by fire. Lᵐ (P)

10 sch. μ 39 Apoll. Epit. VII 18 Hyg. Fab. praef. 12, 11 Schm. Eust. 1799, 45 | 20 Et. Gen. (AB) κρεγμῷ: IV 909. κρεγμῷ τῇ κρούσει. Ἀπολλώνιος. | 27 925. Et. Gen. (AB) ῥόχθεον: IV 924—925. ποιά φωνή ἐστι· τὸ γὰρ ὕδωρ εἰς τὰ κοιλώματα τῶν πετρῶν εἰσιὸν δοκεῖ τινα ποιεῖν ἦχον· ῥόχθ’ ῥόχθ’. sch. ε 402 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 139, 13 B. Hesych. ῥοχθεῖ 11 ἔτερπον Gᴳ Sᵐ | ἐ-φ. W : -ας | 14 εὐορμίστου Schaefer : -μήτου L : -μου P | 21 Ἔρυξ ὄνομα πόλεως Gᵐ Sᵐ | 22 fort. ἔστι δὲ τῆς Σ-ας

936. παρβολάδην: παρεμβεβλημένως. Lᵐ (P)

936. parboladēn: in an interjected manner. Lᵐ (P)

937. ἐπήτριμοι: ἐκ πλαγίων ἢ ὁμοῦ πρὸς ἀλλήλας κατανηχόμεναι ἑκατέρωθεν.

937. epētrimoi: swimming from the sides or together towards each other on both sides.

940—42 a. αὐτίκ’ ἀνασχόμε〈ναι〉: εὐθέως ἀνελκύσασαι ἐπὶ τῶν λευκῶν γονάτων τὰ ἱμάτια [ἄνωθεν] καὶ τοῦ ζωναρίου ἀναρτήσασαι αὐτά, ἐρρωμένως ἄνωθεν τῶν πετρῶν καὶ τῆς τοῦ κύματος κλάσεως ἐκινοῦντο.

940-42a. autik’ anaschome〈nai〉: immediately drawing up their garments onto their white knees and fastening them with their girdle, they moved vigorously above the rocks and the breaking of the wave.

b. 〈ἀγή: γράφεται〉 αὐγή. Sᵐ

b. 〈agē: it is written〉 augē. Sᵐ

947 a. ἠρήρειντο: ἐπλησίαζον, ἥδραζον. Lᵐ (P)

947a. ērēreinto: they were approaching, they were settling. Lᵐ (P)

b. 〈κῦμα:〉 γράφεται οἶδμα. Gᴳ

b. 〈kyma:〉 it is written oidma. Gᴳ

954. [τὴν δὲ παρηορίην] 〈διηερίην〉: μετέωρον· ἐβάσταζον γὰρ αὐτὴν αἱ Νηρεΐδες ἄνωθεν τῶν πετρῶν, ἀλλήλαις ὡς σφαῖραν ἀκοντίζουσαι.

954. [tēn de parēoriēn] 〈diēeriēn〉: aloft; for the Nereids were carrying her above the rocks, tossing her to one another like a ball.

957. ὀρθὸς ἐπὶ στελεῇ: στελεῇ τῇ λαβῇ, τυπίδας δὲ τῆς σφύρας· ἐπὶ τοῦ ξύλου ἐπερεισθεὶς τῆς σφύρας.

957. orthos epi steleē: steleē is the handle, typides are the hammer's head; leaning on the wood of the hammer.

960. 〈βάλλε:〉 ἔκρουσε. Sᵐ

960. 〈balle:〉 he struck. Sᵐ

961. ὅσση δ’ εἰαρινοῦ: ὅσον ἐστὶ διάστημα ἐαρινῆς ἡμέρας καὶ ὥρας· ἀντὶ τοῦ [καὶ] διαστήματος 〈αἶσα καὶ〉 μοῖρα. ἐαρινὴν δὲ εἴρηκεν ἡμέραν τὴν ἰσημερίαν.

961. hossē d’ eiarinou: as much as is the interval of a spring day and hour; instead of interval 〈portion and〉 share. He has called the equinox a spring day.

965. Θρινακίης λειμῶ〈να〉: Τίμαιος (fg 1 M. I 193) Θρινακίαν φησὶ καλεῖσθαι τὴν Σικελίαν, ὅτι τρεῖς ἄκρας ἔχει· οἱ δὲ ἱστορικοί Θρίνακόν φασιν ἄρξαι τῆς Σικελίας 〈. . .〉 Μύλας δὲ χερσόνησον Σικελίας, ἐν ᾗ αἱ τοῦ Ἡλίου βόες ἐνέμοντο.

965. Thrinakiēs leimō〈na〉: Timaeus (fg 1 M. I 193) says that Sicily is called Thrinacia because it has three promontories; but the historians say that Thrinacus ruled Sicily 〈...〉 and Mylae is a peninsula of Sicily, where the cattle of Helios grazed.

972 a. ἀργύρεον χαῖον: χαῖόν ἐστι καμπύλη βακτηρία, ᾗ οἱ ποιμένες χρῶνται· Ἀμερίας δὲ ψιλὴν ἀπέδωκε ῥάβδον. Καλλίμαχος (fg 125 Schn. = 4 Kapp)·

972a. argyreon chaion: a chaion is a curved staff, which shepherds use; but Amerias rendered it as a bare rod. Callimachus (fg 125 Schn. = 4 Kapp):

‘ἔπρεπέ τοι προέχουσα κάρης εὐρεῖα καλύπτρη, ποιμενικὸν πίλημα’ καὶ ἐν χερὶ χαῖον ἔχουσα. καὶ τὸ παρ’ Ἀλκμᾶνι (fg 24 B. III 45) δὲ λεγόμενον ἐρυσίχαιον, τῷ χαίῳ ἐρύοντα καὶ ποιμαίνοντα. πηχύνουσα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ τῷ πήχει τῆς χειρὸς προσηρτηκυῖα.

‘a broad veil extending from your head suited you, a shepherd's felt cap’ and holding a chaion in your hand. And the word erysichaion in Alcman (fg 24 B. III 45), drawing and shepherding with the chaion. pēchynousa instead of having attached to the forearm of the hand.

b. 〈χαῖον:〉 καλαύροπα. Sᵐ

b. 〈chaion:〉 a shepherd's staff. Sᵐ

973. ὀρειχάλκοιο φα〈εινοῦ〉: ὀρείχαλκος εἶδος χαλκοῦ, ἀπὸ Ὀρείου τινὸς γενομένου εὑρετοῦ ὠνομασμένος. Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ ἐν Τελεταῖς (fg 10 Rose Arist. pseudep. 1863, 619) φησι μηδὲ ὑπάρχειν τὸ ὄνομα μηδὲ τὸ τούτου εἶδος· τὸν γὰρ ὀρείχαλκον ἔνιοι ὑπολαμβάνουσι λέγεσθαι μέν, μὴ εἶναι δέ. τῶν δὲ εἰκῇ διαδεδομένων καὶ τοῦτο· οἱ γὰρ πολυπραγμονέστεροί φασιν αὐτὸν ὑπάρχειν. μνημονεύει καὶ Στησίχορος (fg 88 B. III 231) καὶ Βακχυλίδης (fg 68 B. III 588 = 51 Blass-Snell), καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης δὲ ὁ γραμματικὸς (fg 79 Nauck) σεσημείωται τοῦτο. ἄλλοι δὲ ἀνδριαντοποιοῦ λέγουσιν ὄνομα, ὡς Σωκράτης (fg 18 M. IV 500) καὶ Θεόπομπος ἐν κε΄ (115 fg 158 J.). οὕτως ἦν ἐν τῇ Κωμικῇ λέξει τῇ συμμίκτῳ (Didymi fg I 5, 34 a Schmidt 70).

973. oreichalkoio pha〈einou〉: oreichalkos is a kind of bronze, named from a certain Oreius who was its discoverer. But Aristotle in the Teletai (fg 10 Rose Arist. pseudep. 1863, 619) says that neither the name nor its kind exists; for some suppose that oreichalkos is spoken of, but does not exist. And this is one of the things spread at random; for the more inquisitive say that it exists. Stesichorus (fg 88 B. III 231) and Bacchylides (fg 68 B. III 588 = 51 Blass-Snell) also mention it, and the grammarian Aristophanes (fg 79 Nauck) has noted this. Others say it is the name of a sculptor, as Socrates (fg 18 M. IV 500) and Theopompus in the 25th book (115 fg 158 J.). Thus it was in the Comic Lexicon, the mixed one (Didymi fg I 5, 34 a Schmidt 70).

974. καλαύροπα: ἀντὶ τοῦ καλόροπον, ῥάβδον βουκολικήν. Ὅμηρος (Ψ 845)· ‘καλαύροπα βουκόλος ἀνήρ’.

974. καλαύροπα: instead of καλόροπον, a herdsman's staff. Homer (Iliad 23.845): 'a herdsman's staff'.

982—92 a. ἔστι δέ τις πορθμοῖο ἕως τοῦ εἰν ἁλὶ νῆσος: τούτων ὁ νοῦς οὗτός ἐστιν· εἰς τὸν Ἰόνιον κόλπον εἰσπλέουσι 〈. . .〉 νῆσος εὐλίμενος καὶ πεπιασμένη, ὑφ’ ᾗ κεῖσθαι τὸ δρέπανον τοῦ Κρόνου φασίν, ᾧ τὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αἰδοῖα ἀπέτεμεν. οἱ δέ φασι Δήμητρος εἶναι

982-92a. "There is a certain island before the strait ... in the sea": the sense of these words is this: as they sail into the Ionian gulf, there is a well-harbored and fertile island, under which they say the sickle of Cronus lies, with which he cut off his father's genitals. Others say it belongs to Demeter,

τοῦτο, ᾧ τοὺς Τιτᾶνας ἐδίδαξε σταχυοτομεῖν· κατῴκησε γὰρ ἡ θεὸς τότε τὴν νῆσον ἐκείνην, ἀγαπήσασα τὴν Μάκριδα. 〈. . .〉 ἣν Φαίακες κατῴκουν, ἀπὸ θεῶν ὄντες τὸ γένος.

with which she taught the Titans to reap grain; for the goddess then dwelt on that island, having come to love Macris. ... which the Phaeacians inhabited, being of divine descent.

b. παροιτέρη: ἔμπροσθεν. Lᵍ P

b. παροιτέρη: in front. Lᵍ P

c. ἀμφιλαφής: ἀμφοτέρωθεν πρόσορμον ἔχουσα.

c. ἀμφιλαφής: having anchorage on both sides.

d. 〈πορθμοῖο παροιτέρη Ἰονίοιο:〉 [καὶ] τὸ Ἰόνιον πέλαγος, διότι τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἠπείρου διορίζει. 〈Κεραυνίη δὲ ἅλς . . .〉 κεῖται δὲ ἐν αὐτῇ νῆσος Κέρκυρα· αὕτη πρότερον Σχερία ἐκαλεῖτο. ἀμφιλαφῆ δὲ τὸν λιμένα εἴρηκεν τὸν ἀμφοτέρωθεν πρόσορμον ἔχοντα, ὃν Καλλίμαχος (fg 336 Schn.) ἀμφίδυμον εἶπεν. ἱστορικῶς δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος ἀμφιλαφῆ τὸν λιμένα φησὶ πανταχόθεν πρόσορμον ἔχοντα· ἱστορεῖ δὲ περὶ τοῦ λιμένος τῶν Φαιάκων Ἀπολλωνίδης ἐν τῷ Περίπλῳ τῆς Εὐρώπης (M. IV 309).

d. 〈πορθμοῖο παροιτέρη Ἰονίοιο:〉 [and] the Ionian sea, because it separates Italy from Epirus. 〈Κεραυνίη δὲ ἅλς . . .〉 In it lies the island Corcyra; this was formerly called Scheria. He has called the harbor ἀμφιλαφῆ, meaning having anchorage on both sides, which Callimachus (fr. 336 Schn.) called ἀμφίδυμον. Historically, Apollonius says the harbor is ἀμφιλαφῆ, having anchorage on all sides; Apollonides in his Periplus of Europe (M. IV 309) gives an account of the harbor of the Phaeacians.

e. τινὲς δὲ τὸ ἀμφιλαφὴς ἀντὶ τοῦ ξυλώδης ἀπέδωκαν· ᾧ οἰκείως ἐπισυνάπτει τὸ πίειρα, δηλονότι λιπαρὰ καὶ εὔγειος. P

e. Some rendered ἀμφιλαφής as meaning 'woody'; to which πίειρα is appropriately joined, clearly meaning 'rich' and 'fertile'. P

f. 〈πίειρα:〉 λιπαρά, εὔγειος. Lᵍ

f. 〈πίειρα:〉 rich, fertile. Lᵍ

g. 〈νῆσος,〉 ᾗ ὕπο δὴ κεῖσθαι δρέπ〈ανον〉: [ἡ] νῆσος ἡ Κέρκυρα· αὕτη πρότερον Σχερία ἐκαλεῖτο. ἀποδίδωσι δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν Ἀριστοτέλης ἐν τῇ Κερκυραίων πολιτείᾳ (fg 469 Rose 1555 a 35) φησι γὰρ τὴν Δήμητρα φοβουμένην, μὴ οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἠπείρου ἐρχόμενοι ποταμοὶ ἤπειρον αὐτὴν ποιήσωσι, δεηθῆναι Ποσειδῶνος, ἀποστρέψαι τὰ τῶν ποταμῶν ῥεύματα· ἐπισχεθέντων οὖν τούτων ἀντὶ Δρεπάνης Σχερίαν ὀνομασθῆναι. 〈. . .〉 διὰ τὸ τὴν Δήμητρα αἰτησαμένην δρέπανον

g. 〈νῆσος,〉 ᾗ ὕπο δὴ κεῖσθαι δρέπ〈ανον〉: [the] island Corcyra; this was formerly called Scheria. Aristotle in his Constitution of the Corcyraeans (fr. 469 Rose 1555a35) gives the reason: he says that Demeter, fearing that the rivers coming from the mainland might make it part of the mainland, begged Poseidon to turn aside the streams of the rivers; when these were checked, it was named Scheria instead of Drepane. ... because Demeter asked for a sickle

10 sch. I 936/49 i cum loc. sim. | 13 sch. 1366 | Hesych. ἀμφιλαφές. ἀμφιλαφῆ | Συν. ἀμφιλαφές (81, 10 Ba. Phot. Suid.) | 18 Steph. Byz. Σχερία | sch. ε 34 | Eust. 1521, 30 | 23 Et. Gen. (AB) Δρεπάνη: ἡ Φαιακία· διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖ κεκρύφθαι τὸ δρέπανον, ᾧ ὁ Κρόνος τὸν πατέρα τῶν αἰδοίων ἐξέκοψεν, ἢ τὸ (W, ὅτι AB, ὅτι τὸ Et. M.) παρ’ Ἡφαίστου Δήμητρι δοθέν, ἵνα τοὺς Τιτᾶνας διδάξῃ θερίζειν. | Steph. Byz. Δρεπάνη | sch. et Tzetz. Lyc. 762. 869 2 lac. ind. W | 5 πρόσορμον K : πρὸς ὅρμον | 6 sch. d ab ante-cedente separavit W | [καὶ] — διότι Fr. : καὶ — καὶ L : καὶ — καὶ (ἡ Κεραυνίη θάλασσα) K : om. P | 7 suppl. W | 9 poeta non portum, sed ipsam in-sulam ἀμφιλαφῆ dixit; at cave immutes cum Schneidero verβα scholiastae negligen-tioris | 9 πρόσορμον bis K : πρὸς ὅρμον | 17 del. W | 23 lac., quam K statuit, verbis Δρεπάνη δὲ ἐκαλεῖτο codice P viam monstrante explevit F | διὰ τὸ F : διὸ L : om. P | δρέπανον F : -άνην

παρ’ Ἡφαίστου τοὺς Τιτᾶνας διδάξαι θερίζειν εἶτα αὐτὸ κρύψαι εἰς τὸ παραθαλάσσιον μέρος τῆς νήσου· προσκλυζούσης δὲ τῆς θαλάσσης ἐξομοιωθῆναι τὴν θέαν τῆς γῆς δρεπάνῃ. Τίμαιος (fg 54 M. I 203) δέ φησιν, ᾧ ἐξέτεμεν [τοῦ Οὐρανοῦ ἢ] τοῦ Κρόνου τὰ αἰδοῖα ὁ Ζεύς, τοῦτο κεκρύφθαι [φασίν].

from Hephaestus to teach the Titans to reap, and then hid it in the coastal part of the island; and as the sea washed over it, the appearance of the land became like a sickle. Timaeus (fr. 54 M. I 203) says that the sickle with which Zeus cut off the genitals of Cronus [or Uranus] was hidden there.

h. Μάκριν δὲ ἀπὸ Μάκριδος τῆς Διονύσου τροφοῦ, Κέρκυραν δὲ ἀπὸ Κερκύρας τῆς Ἀσωποῦ θυγατρός. P

h. Macris from Macris, the nurse of Dionysus, and Corcyra from Corcyra, the daughter of Asopus. P

i. στάχυν ὄμπνιον πολύν, δαψιλή. Φιλητᾶς ἐν Ἀτάκτοις γλώσσαις (fg 44 Kuchenmueller) ἀπέδωκεν ὄμπνιον στάχυν τὸν εὔχυλον καὶ τρόφιμον. Κυρηναίων δέ τινες τὸν πλούσιον καὶ εὐδαίμονα ὄμπνιον καλοῦσιν. ἄμεινον δὲ τὸν φερέσβιον εἰπεῖν, οἱονεὶ ἔμπνοόν τινα ὄντα καὶ ὄμπνιον.

i. στάχυν ὄμπνιον: abundant, plentiful. Philetas in his Miscellaneous Glosses (fr. 44 Kuchenmueller) rendered ὄμπνιον στάχυν as 'juicy and nourishing'. Some of the Cyrenaeans call the rich and prosperous ὄμπνιον. But it is better to say 'life-giving', as if it were 'breathing' and 'nourishing'.

k. ἐκλήϊσται πεφήμισται. Lᶢ (P)

k. ἐκλήϊσται: is famed. Lᶢ (P)

l. αἵματος Οὐρα〈νίοιο〉 Ἀκουσίλαος ἐν τῇ γ΄ (2 fg 4 J.) φησίν, ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἐκτομῆς τοῦ Οὐρανοῦ ῥανίδας ἐνεχθῆναι συνέπεσεν, τουτέστι σταγόνας, κατὰ τῆς γῆς, ἐξ ὧν γεννηθῆναι τοὺς Φαίακας· οἱ δὲ τοὺς Γίγαντας. καὶ Ἀλκαῖος (fg 206 Lobel = 116 B. III 185) δὲ λέγει τοὺς Φαίακας ἔχειν τὸ γένος ἐκ τῶν σταγόνων τοῦ Οὐρανοῦ, Ὅμηρος (ε 35. η 56 sqq.) δὲ οἰκείους τοὺς Φαίακας τοῖς θεοῖς φησι διὰ τὴν ἀπὸ Ποσειδῶνος γένεσιν.

l. αἵματος Οὐρα〈νίοιο〉: Acusilaus in the third book (2 fg 4 J.) says that from the castration of Uranus drops, that is, drops, happened to fall upon the earth, from which the Phaeacians were born; but others say the Giants. And Alcaeus (fg 206 Lobel = 116 B. III 185) says the Phaeacians have their origin from the drops of Uranus, while Homer (ε 35. η 56 sqq.) says the Phaeacians are kin to the gods because of their descent from Poseidon.

993—94. τοὺς Ἀργὼ πολέεσσιν οἱ Ἀργοναῦται πολλὰ κακοπαθήσαντες κατηνέχθησαν ἐκ τοῦ Σικελικοῦ πελάγους.

993-94. τοὺς Ἀργὼ πολέεσσιν: the Argonauts, after suffering many hardships, were carried down from the Sicilian sea.

1000. 〈Αἱμονίη:〉 τῇ Θετταλίᾳ. Lᶢ

1000. 〈Αἱμονίη:〉 Thessaly. Lᶢ

1002—03 a. Κόλχων, οἱ Πόντοιο τῶν Κόλχων οἱ μετὰ Ἀψύρτου ὄντες κατῴκησαν ἐν ταῖς Βρυγηΐσιν, αἵτινές εἰσι τῆς Ἰλλυρίδος, οἱ δὲ διὰ τῶν Κυανέων πετρῶν ἐξελθόντες ᾤκησαν Κέρκυραν. τῶν γὰρ διωκόντων τοὺς ἀριστεῖς Κόλχων, οὐ κατὰ ταὐτὸ τὸν πλοῦν στειλαμένων, οἱ μὲν διὰ τοῦ Ἴστρου, καθάπερ προείρηται (IV 303 sqq.), τὸν πλοῦν

1002-03 a. Κόλχων, οἱ Πόντοιο: of the Colchians, those who were with Absyrtus settled in the Brygean islands, which are part of Illyria, while those who came out through the Cyanean rocks settled Corcyra. For of the Colchians pursuing the chiefs, since they did not make the same voyage, some made their voyage through the Ister, as has been said before (IV 303 sqq.),

5 sch. 540/49 a | 6 Diod. IV 72, 1. 3 Paus. II 5, 2. V 22, 6 Steph. Byz. Φαίαξ | 7 sch. Lyc. 1264 Hesych. ὄμπνια Suid. ὄμπνιον. ὄμπνιος Et. M. 625, 45 Et. Gud. 429, 28 Sturz Eust. 1012, 4 | 16 Hes. Theog. 183—185 1 αὐτήν K | 4 [τοῦ Οὐρανοῦ ἤ] del. W] τοῦ Κρόνου τὰ αἰδοῖα ὁ Ζεύς L : ὁ Κρόνος τὰ τοῦ Οὐρ. αἰδοῖα ἢ ὁ Ζεύς τὰ τοῦ Κρόνου P. cf. sch. Lyc. | 5 del. K pendent haec in P ab ὀνομασθῆναι p. 301 lin. 23 | 7 Φιλίτας Croenert Herm. 37, 1902, 212 | 15 τὰς ante σταγόνας add. L | 16 Ἀλκμὰν caute prop. Bergk | 26 ταὐτὸ W : ταὐτὸν H F : τοῦτον L : om. P

ἐποιήσαντο, ὧν ἦρχεν Ἄψυρτος, διὰ τῶν κάτωθεν ἐμβαλόντες εἰς τὸν δεδηλωμένον ποταμόν, καὶ κατέλαβον τοὺς ἥρωας περὶ τὰς καλουμένας Βρυγηΐδας νήσους· οἱ δὲ διὰ τῶν Κυανέων τὸν ἔκπλουν ποιησάμενοι Κόλχοι κατήντησαν εἰς τὴν Κέρκυραν νῆσον, ἐν ᾗ καὶ οἱ Ἀργοναῦται ἔτυχον ὄντες.

whom Absyrtus commanded, entering through the lower parts into the aforementioned river, and they overtook the heroes around the so-called Brygean islands; but the Colchians who made their exit through the Cyanean rocks arrived at the island of Corcyra, where the Argonauts happened to be.

b. μαστῆρες ζητηταί. Lᶢ (P)

b. μαστῆρες: seekers. Lᶢ (P)

1004. ἔξαιτον ἐξαίρετον. Lᶢ (P)

1004. ἔξαιτον: chosen, special. Lᶢ (P)

1005 a. 〈ἵεντ’:〉 ἐπροθυμοῦντο. Gᶢ

1005 a. 〈ἵεντ’:〉 they were eager. Gᶢ

b. ἀπροφάτως χωρὶς προφάσεως, ἀναντιρρήτως. Lᶢ (P)

b. ἀπροφάτως: without pretext, unhesitatingly. Lᶢ (P)

1006. 〈ἀτροπίῃσιν:〉 κακοτροπίαις, ἀμετατρέπτως. Lᶢ

1006. 〈ἀτροπίῃσιν:〉 evil ways, unalterably. Lᶢ

1015—17 a. εἴ νυ καὶ αὐτὴ ἀνθρώπων γενεῆς περὶ αὑτῆς ἡ Μήδεια· 〈. . .〉 καὶ σὺ ἄνθρωπος εἶ, οἷς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν γίνεται ῥᾳδίως. L

1015-17 a. εἴ νυ καὶ αὐτὴ ἀνθρώπων γενεῆς περὶ αὑτῆς ἡ Μήδεια· 〈. . .〉: you too are a human being, for whom erring comes easily. L

b. ἐν δὲ τῷ εἴ νυ καὶ αὐτὴ ἀνθρώπων γενεῆς σφόδρα πρὸς συμπάθειαν ἕλκει τὴν Ἀρήτην ἡ Μήδεια, καὶ γὰρ καὶ διὰ τὸ τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμᾶς εἶναι φύσεως ἀλλήλους ἐλεεῖν χρή, καὶ διὰ τὸ ὀξυρρεπεῖς εἶναι πρὸς τὰ πάθη. P

b. In the phrase "if indeed you too are of the race of humans," Medea strongly draws Arete to compassion, for both because we are of the same nature we ought to pity one another, and because we are quick to be swayed by emotions. P

1019. Ἠελίοιο ἐπεὶ πρόγονος τῆς Μηδείας. Lᵐ (P)

1019. Ἠελίοιο: since he is the ancestor of Medea. Lᵐ (P)

1020. ὅρκος παρὰ Κόλχοις ἡ Ἑκάτη καὶ φαρμακίσιν· εὑρέτις γὰρ τοιούτων ἡ θεός.

1020. Hecate is an oath among the Colchians and sorceresses; for the goddess is the inventor of such things.

1024. 〈ἔτι μοι μίτρη μένει:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ· ἔτι παρθένος εἰμί. Lᶢ

1024. 〈ἔτι μοι μίτρη μένει:〉 meaning: I am still a virgin. Lᶢ

1027. τελεσφόρον τὸν πάντα τελειοποιοῦντα. Lᵐ (P)

1027. τελεσφόρον: the one who brings all things to fulfillment. Lᵐ (P)

1031—35. ἕνεκα τῶν ὑμετέρων ἄθλων ἐγώ, 〈ὦ〉 φέρτατοι, ἐν μεγάλῃ ταραχῇ εἰμι· τῇ γὰρ ἐμῇ γνώμῃ τούς τε ταύρους ἐζεύξατε καὶ τοὺς γηγενεῖς ἐξεθερίσατε καὶ νῦν τὸ δέρος εἰς Θετταλίαν ἀποίσετε.

1031-35. For the sake of your labors, O best of men, I am in great turmoil; for by my counsel you yoked the bulls and mowed down the earth-born men, and now you will carry off the fleece to Thessaly.

1043 a. 〈νέμεσίν τε θεῶν:〉 τὴν ἰοῦσαν ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τῶν θεῶν νέμεσιν, τουτέστι τὸ νεμεσητόν. Lᵐ

1043 a. 〈νέμεσίν τε θεῶν:〉 the nemesis that comes into the hands of the gods, that is, the object of divine wrath. Lᵐ

b. τὴν δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἱκεσίαις γινομένην νέμεσιν εἰς χεῖρας θεῶν ἰέναι φησίν, ὅτι ὥσπερ ἐνώπιον τῶν θεῶν ἱστάμενοι ἱκετεύομεν· διὸ καὶ αἰδούμεθα τοὺς ἱκετεύοντας. P

b. He says that the nemesis that occurs in supplications comes into the hands of the gods, because we supplicate as if standing before the gods; therefore we also respect those who supplicate. P

1 ἐμβαλόντες F : -ών L : om. P | 2 κατέλαβον P : -εν L | 3 νήσων post Κυανέων add. L, unde πετρῶν A. hoc vocabulum, quod in P deest, eiciendum esse vidit Castiglioni Riv. di fil. 61, 1933, 258 | 8 ἀναντιρρήτως GᶜSᵐ | 10 περὶ αὐτῆς W : περὶ αὐτῆς : περὶ Ἀρήτης F (cf. sch. b) | 11 lac. ind. W, ubi εἰ K suppl. | 13 ἢ νυ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀ. γενεῆ P | 18 καὶ L : ταῖς P | 19 τοιούτων P : τούτων L | 21 τελειοποιοῦντα K : τέλειον ποιοῦντα L : τελειοποιόν P | 22 ὑμετέρων W : ὑμῶν L : (περὶ τοῖς) ὑμετέροις (ἄθλοις) P add. A Steph.

1045—46 a. 〈οὐ νηούς:〉 οὐ γὰρ ναός μοί ἐστι βοηθὸς οὔτε πύργος οὔτε ἄλλος οὐδὲ εἷς, ἀλλ’ ὑμεῖς μοι ἀσφάλεια πᾶσα. Lᵐ

1045-46 a. 〈οὐ νηούς:〉 for I have no temple as a helper, nor tower, nor anyone else at all, but you are my entire safety. Lᵐ

b. 〈οἰόθι προτιβάλλομαι:〉 μόνη οὖσα προσβάλλομαι ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς βοηθούς. Lᶢ

b. 〈οἰόθι προτιβάλλομαι:〉 being alone I call upon you yourselves as helpers. Lᶢ

1047—52 a. 〈σχέτλιοι:〉 χαλεποὶ καὶ ἀνηλεεῖς, καὶ οὐ μετατρέπεσθε ὁρῶντές με γονυπετοῦσαν τῇ βασιλείᾳ. Lᵐ (P)

1047-52 a. 〈σχέτλιοι:〉 harsh and pitiless, and you do not change your minds when you see me falling at the knees of the queen. Lᵐ (P)

b. ὁ λόγος· ὅτε τὸ κώδιον λαβεῖν ἠθέλετε, καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς Κόλχοις ἕτοιμοι ἦτε μάχεσθαι, νῦν δὲ ὀλίγους παραγενομένους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀπαίτησιν τὴν ἐμὴν φοβεῖσθε. Lᵐ

b. The meaning: when you wanted to take the fleece, you were ready to fight even all the Colchians, but now you fear the few who have come to demand me. Lᵐ

1057. 〈ἀλιτήμονος:〉 ἡμαρτημένης ἤτοι ἀδίκου. Gᶢ

1057. 〈ἀλιτήμονος:〉 of one who has erred, that is, of an unjust one. Gᶢ

1058 a. στρευγομένοις φθειρομένοις καὶ καταπονουμένοις ἢ καὶ προσδιατρίβουσιν· ὅθεν καὶ στράγξ ἡ κατὰ βραχὺ πρόεσις τοῦ ὕδατος. οὕτω Δίδυμος (fg I 5, 34 Schmidt 69).

1058 a. στρευγομένοις: to those being worn out, destroyed, and distressed, or also to those lingering; whence also στράγξ, the gradual emission of water. Thus Didymus (fg I 5, 34 Schmidt 69).

b. ἐντεῦθεν καὶ ἡ στραγγουρία, ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ στράγγα οὐρεῖν. P

b. Hence also στραγγουρία, from urinating drop by drop. P

1059. κατευκήλησεν κατέπαυσεν, εἰς ἡσυχίαν ἤγαγεν. Lᶢ (P)

1059. κατευκήλησεν: he stopped, brought to rest. Lᶢ (P)

1062. κλωστῆρα τὸν ἄτρακτον. Lᶢ P

1062. κλωστῆρα: the spindle. Lᶢ P

1064. σταλάει στάζει· παρ’ ὃ καὶ ὁ σταλαγμός. Lᶢ (P)

1064. σταλάει: it drips; whence also σταλαγμός (a drop). Lᶢ (P)

1065. 〈μυρομένης: γράφεται〉 μνωομένης. Lᶢ

1065. 〈μυρομένης: it is written〉 μνωομένης. Lᶢ

1066. ἰκμαίνοντο ὑγραίνοντο· ἐκ δὲ τούτου τὸ πολὺ κλαίειν δηλοῖ. Lᶢ (P)

1066. ἰκμαίνοντο: they were being moistened; from this it indicates weeping much. Lᶢ (P)

1072. προσεπτύσσετο ἐλιπάρει, παρεκάλει. Lᶢ P

1072. προσεπτύσσετο: she was entreating, beseeching. Lᶢ P

1080—83 a. ῥέξομεν ἀμπλακίῃσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἁμαρτίαις. ἐὰν δὲ γράφηται ἀτροπίῃσιν, ἀμετατροπίαις. ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἁμαρτάνουσα [δὲ] τὸ πρῶτον ἡ Μήδεια προέδωκε τοὺς ἰδίους καὶ 〈. . .〉 ἐφημάρτησε φυγοῦσα, οἷα πολλάκις ποιοῦμεν δι’ ἄνοιαν.

1080-83 a. ῥέξομεν ἀμπλακίῃσιν: instead of ἁμαρτίαις (with sins). But if it is written ἀτροπίῃσιν, it means with unchangeableness. The sense: erring at first, Medea betrayed her own people and 〈...〉 she sinned by fleeing, as we often do through folly.

b. 〈ἀκειομένη:〉 ῥωννυμένη. Lᶢ

b. 〈ἀκειομένη:〉 strengthening herself. Lᶢ

c. ἀκειομένη δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ θεραπεύουσα καὶ ἰωμένη. P

c. ἀκειομένη: instead of θεραπεύουσα (tending) and ἰωμένη (healing). P

1090. οἷα μὲν Ἀντιόπ〈ην〉 Ἀντιόπη Νυκτέως ἦν θυγάτηρ, ἣν ὁ Ζεὺς Σατύρῳ ὁμοιωθεὶς φθείρει, καὶ φεύγουσα τοῦ Νυκτέως τὰς

1090. οἷα μὲν Ἀντιόπ〈ην〉: Antiope was the daughter of Nycteus, whom Zeus, having taken the form of a satyr, seduced, and fleeing the threats of Nycteus

ἀπειλὰς καταφεύγει εἰς Σικυῶνα πρὸς Ἐπωπέα. τεκοῦσα δὲ Ἀμφίονα καὶ Ζῆθον ἐξέθηκεν ἐν τῷ Κιθαιρῶνι 〈. . .〉 βουκόλῳ τινί. ὁ δὲ Νυκτεὺς διὰ τὴν τόλμαν τῆς παιδὸς λυπηθεὶς τελευτᾷ, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ Λύκου δεηθεὶς μὴ περιιδεῖν τὴν παῖδα, ἀλλ’ ἑλεῖν ἐπελθόντα Σικυῶνι. στρατεύει δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν Λύκος καὶ κτείνει τὸν Ἐπωπέα, καὶ λαβὼν τὴν Ἀντιόπην αἰχμάλωτον παραδίδωσι φυλάττειν Δίρκῃ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ γαμετῇ. ἡ δὲ φεύγει, καὶ ληφθεῖσα πάλιν τοῖς ἑαυτῆς παισὶν ἐκδίδοται. ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἐκκαλύπτει ὁ τροφεὺς βουκόλος τὸ γεγονός. οἱ δὲ τὴν μὲν Ἀντιόπην σῴζουσιν, τὴν δὲ Δίρκην ἐξ ἀγρίου ταύρου προσδήσαντες διαφθείρουσιν. μεταπεμψάμενοι δὲ τὸν Λύκον, ὡς ἐκδώσοντες τὴν Ἀντιόπην, σφάττειν ἔμελλον· Ἑρμῆς δὲ ἐκώλυσε, τῷ Λύκῳ δὲ ἐκχωρεῖν τῆς βασιλείας προσέταξεν.

she takes refuge in Sicyon with Epopeus. Having given birth to Amphion and Zethus, she exposed them on Cithaeron 〈...〉 to a certain cowherd. Nycteus, grieving because of his daughter's audacity, died, after entreating his brother Lycus not to overlook the girl, but to attack Sicyon and take her. Lycus campaigns against the city, kills Epopeus, and taking Antiope captive hands her over to Dirce, his own wife, to guard. But she flees, and being caught again is given up to her own sons. There the cowherd foster-father reveals what had happened. They save Antiope, and they destroy Dirce by tying her to a wild bull. Having summoned Lycus, as if to hand over Antiope, they were about to slaughter him; but Hermes prevented it, and ordered Lycus to yield the kingdom.

1091. οἷα δὲ καὶ Δανάη Φερεκύδης ἐν τῷ [ι] β΄ (3 fg 10 J.) ἱστορεῖ, ὡς Ἀκρίσιος γαμεῖ Εὐρυδίκην τὴν Λακεδαίμονος· τῶν δὲ γίνεται Δανάη. χρωμένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ περὶ ἄρσενος παιδὸς ἔχρησεν ὁ θεὸς ἐν Πυθοῖ, ὅτι αὐτῷ μὲν οὐκ ἔσται παῖς ἄρσην, ἐκ δὲ τῆς θυγατρός, πρὸς οὗ αὐτὸν ἀπολέεσθαι. ὁ δὲ ἀναχωρήσας εἰς Ἄργος θάλαμον ποιεῖ χαλκοῦν ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ τῆς οἰκίας κατὰ γῆς, ἔνθα τὴν Δανάην εἰσάγει μετὰ τροφοῦ· ἐν ᾧ αὐτὴν ἐφύλασσεν, ὅπως ἐξ αὐτῆς παῖς μὴ γένηται. ἐρασθεὶς δὲ Ζεὺς τῆς παιδός, ἐκ τοῦ ὀρόφου χρυσῷ παραπλήσιος ῥεῖ, ἣ δὲ ὑποδέχεται τῷ κόλπῳ· καὶ ἐκφήνας αὑτὸν ὁ Ζεὺς τῇ παιδὶ μίγνυται. τῶν δὲ γίνεται Περσεύς, καὶ ἐκτρέφει αὐτὸν ἡ Δανάη καὶ ἡ τροφὸς κρύπτουσαι Ἀκρίσιον. ὅτε δὲ Περσεὺς τριέτης καὶ τετραέτης ἐγένετο, ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ τῆς φωνῆς παίζοντος, καὶ διὰ τῶν θεραπόντων μετακαλεσάμενος τὴν Δανάην σὺν τῇ τροφῷ, τὴν μὲν ἀναιρεῖ, Δανάη δὲ καταφεύγει σὺν τῷ παιδὶ ἐπὶ τὸν [ὑπὸ τὸ] Ἑρκείου Διὸς

1091. And Pherecydes in the second book (3 F 10 J.) relates about Danae that Acrisius married Eurydice, daughter of Lacedaemon; and from them was born Danae. When he consulted the oracle about a male child, the god at Pytho prophesied that he himself would have no male child, but that from his daughter would be born one by whom he would be slain. He returned to Argos and made a bronze chamber underground in the courtyard of his house, where he placed Danae with a nurse; in this he guarded her, so that no child might be born from her. But Zeus fell in love with the girl, and flowed from the roof in the likeness of gold, and she received him in her lap; and Zeus revealed himself and had intercourse with the girl. From them was born Perseus, and Danae and the nurse reared him secretly, hiding him from Acrisius. When Perseus was three or four years old, Acrisius heard his voice as he played, and summoning Danae with the nurse through his servants, he killed the nurse, while Danae fled with the child to the altar of Zeus Herkeios.

12 sch. AB Ξ 319 sch. Pind. Pyth. X 72 a Apoll. Bibl. II 34 sq. Hyg. Fab. 63 Soph. Ant. 944 sqq. Hor. Od. III 16, 1 sqq. Strab. X 487 1 Ἐπω- bis P : Ἐπο- L | 2 lac. ind. W, ubi παρὰ P suppl. | 12 del. Matthiae Verm. Schr. 1833, 104 | 16 ἀπολέεσθαι Jacoby : -έεσθαι L : -εῖσθαι K : aliter P | 18 ἐν ᾧ αὐτ. ἐφύλασσεν L : φυλάσσων αὐτήν P. Wil. verbis ἐν ᾧ 〈δὲ〉 αὐτ. ἐφύλασσεν post γένηται traiectis novam sententiam incipere vult S.-B. d. Berl. Akad., Phil.-hist. Kl. 1926, 137 | 22 καὶ τετρ. L : ἢ καὶ τετρ. P | 23 Δανάη δὲ καταφεύγει Fr. : Δ-ην δὲ καταφέρει τῷ (P)HF : τῇ L ὑπὸ τὸ Ἑ. praeterm. A ὑπὸ del. Sturz Pherec.² 1824, 74 τὸ L P : τοῦ F : del. Jacoby Ἑρκείου Sturz : ἑρκίου F : -ίον

βωμόν. μόνος δὲ αὐτὴν ἐρωτᾷ, πόθεν εἴη αὐτῇ γεγονὼς ὁ παῖς· ἡ δὲ ἔφη· ἐκ Διός. ὁ δὲ οὐ πείθεται, ἀλλ’ εἰς λάρνακα ἐμβιβάσει αὐτὴν μετὰ τοῦ παιδός, καὶ κλείσας καταποντοῖ. καὶ φερόμενοι ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς Σέριφον τὴν νῆσον, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐξέλκει Δίκτυς ὁ Περισθένους, δικτύῳ ἁλιεύων. εἶτα ἡ Δανάη ἀνοῖξαι ἱκετεύει τὴν λάρνακα, ὁ δὲ ἀνοίξας καὶ μαθὼν οἵτινές εἰσιν, ἄγει εἰς τὸν οἶκον καὶ τρέφει, ὡς ἂν συγγενεῖς αὑτοῦ ὄντας· ἦσαν γὰρ ὁ Δίκτυς καὶ ὁ Πολυδέκτης Ἀνδροθόης τῆς Κάστορος καὶ Περισθένους τοῦ Δαμάστορος τοῦ Ναυπλίου τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀμυμώνης, ὡς Φερεκύδης ἐν α΄ (3 fg 4 J.).

Alone he asked her from whom the child had been born to her; and she said, 'From Zeus.' But he did not believe her, and placed her with the child in a chest, and closing it, cast it into the sea. And they were carried along and arrived at the island of Seriphos, and Dictys, son of Peristhenes, drew them out while fishing with a net. Then Danae begged him to open the chest, and he opened it and learned who they were, and brought them to his house and cared for them, as being his own kinsmen; for Dictys and Polydectes were sons of Androthoe, daughter of Castor, and Peristhenes, son of Damastor, son of Nauplius, son of Poseidon and Amymone, as Pherecydes says in the first book (3 F 4 J.).

ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἑξῆς (3 fg 12 J.) καὶ περὶ τοῦ θανάτου φησὶν Ἀκρισίου, ὅτι μετὰ τὴν ἀπολίθωσιν Πολυδέκτου καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς τῆς Γοργόνος [ἐν Σερίφῳ] Δίκτυν μὲν Περσεὺς ἀπολείπει ἐν τῇ Σερίφῳ βασιλεύειν τῶν λελειμμένων Σεριφίων, αὐτὸς δὲ ἔβη πλέων εἰς Ἄργος σὺν τοῖς Κύκλωψι καὶ τῇ Δανάῃ καὶ τῇ Ἀνδρομέδᾳ· καὶ ἐλθὼν Ἀκρίσιον οὐχ εὑρίσκει ἐν Ἄργει, ὑπεχώρει γὰρ αὐτὸν δείσας εἰς τοὺς Πελασγοὺς εἰς Λάρισσαν. μὴ καταλαβὼν δὲ αὐτόν, τὴν μὲν Δανάην καταλείπει παρὰ τῇ μητρὶ Εὐρυδίκῃ καὶ τὴν Ἀνδρομέδαν καὶ τοὺς Κύκλωπας, αὐτὸς δὲ ἔβη εἰς Λάρισσαν, καὶ ἀφικόμενος Ἀκρίσιον ἀναγνωρίζει καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ ἕπεσθαι εἰς Ἄργος πείθει. καὶ ὅτε δὴ ἔμελλον ἰέναι, συντυγχάνουσιν ἀγῶνι νέων ἐν τῇ Λαρίσσῃ, καὶ ὁ Περσεὺς ἀποδύεται εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα καὶ λαβὼν τὸν δίσκον δικεύει· τό〈τε〉 δὲ πένταθλον οὐκ ἦν, ἀλλὰ ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν ἄθλων ἤθλουν. ὁ δὲ δίσκος τροχαλισθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸν πόδα τοῦ Ἀκρισίου τιτρώσκει αὐτόν. καμὼν δὲ ἐκ τούτου Ἀκρίσιος ἀποθνῄσκει αὐτοῦ ἐν Λαρίσσῃ· καὶ αὐτὸν κατατίθεται Περσεὺς καὶ οἱ Λαρισσαῖοι πρόσθεν τῆς πόλεως, καὶ αὐτοῦ ποιοῦσιν ἡρῷον οἱ ἐπιχώριοι. Περσεὺς δὲ ἀναχωρεῖ τοῦ Ἄργους.

In the following verses (3 fr. 12 J.) he also speaks about the death of Acrisius, that after the petrification of Polydectes and those with him by the head of the Gorgon [in Seriphos], Perseus leaves Dictys in Seriphos to rule over the remaining Seriphians, while he himself sailed to Argos with the Cyclopes and Danae and Andromeda; and when he arrived he did not find Acrisius in Argos, for he had withdrawn in fear of him to the Pelasgians at Larissa. Not finding him, he leaves Danae with her mother Eurydice, and Andromeda and the Cyclopes, and went himself to Larissa, and upon arriving he recognizes Acrisius and persuades him to follow to Argos. And when they were about to go, they happen upon a contest of young men in Larissa, and Perseus strips for the contest and taking the discus throws it; for the pentathlon did not exist then, but they competed in each of the contests separately. The discus, rolling, strikes Acrisius on the foot and wounds him. Suffering from this, Acrisius dies there in Larissa; and Perseus and the Larisaeans bury him before the city, and the locals make a hero-shrine for him. Perseus then departs from Argos.

1093—95 a. ὑβριστὴς Ἔχετος τοῦ Ἐχέτου Ὅμηρος ὡς ὠμοτάτου μέμνηται, ἡ δὲ Ἀρήτη ὡς κατ’ αὐτὴν τοῦ πράγματος γεγε-

1093-95a. Echetus the insolent: Homer mentions Echetus as most cruel, but Arete as having happened in her time; for she says "not even far off." We found the story in the catalogue of impious men attributed to Lysippus of Epirus.

νημένου· λέγει γὰρ νέον γε μὲν οὐδ’ ἀποτηλοῦ. εὕρομεν δὲ τὸν μῦθον ἐν τῷ ἐπιγραφομένῳ Λυσίππου Ἠπειρώτου Ἀσεβῶν καταλόγῳ.

We found the story in the catalogue of impious men attributed to Lysippus of Epirus.

b. ὀρφναίῃ ἔνι χαλκόν τὸ ἑξῆς· ἐν ὀρφναίῃ καλιῇ.

b. "bronze in the dark": the order is "in a dark hut."

c. τὸ δὲ χαλκὸν ἀλιτρεύοντα γράφεται καὶ χαλκὸν ἀλιτεύοντα. P

c. "bronze sinning" is also written "bronze erring." P

1100. ἀλλὰ δέδοικα τὸ δίκαιον παραβῆναι Lᵐ (P)

1100. "But I fear to transgress justice" Lᵐ (P)

1108. 〈γενέθλην:〉 ἔμβρυον. Sᵐ

1108. "offspring": embryo. Sᵐ

1115. 〈ἐπιφροσύνῃσιν: γράφεται〉 ἐφημοσύνῃσιν. Lᶢ

1115. "with counsels": written "with commands." Lᶢ

1125. Ὑλλικῷ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὕλλου τοῦ ἐκ Μελίτης καὶ Ἡρακλέους. Lᵐ (P)

1125. "Hyllic": from Hyllus, son of Melite and Heracles. Lᵐ (P)

1131. ἄντρῳ ἐν ἠγαθέῳ ἐν τῷ μεγάλῳ καὶ θείῳ, ἐν ᾧ Μάκρις κατῴκει. ἐν τούτῳ τῷ ἄντρῳ τὸν Διόνυσον ἔθρεψεν [ὃ καλεῖται Διθυρίτης]. διὰ τοῦτο Διθύραμβος ὁ Διόνυσος ἐκλήθη, διὰ τὸ δύο θύρας ἔχειν τὸ ἄντρον. Lᵐ (P)

1131. "in a holy cave": in the great and divine one, in which Macris dwelt. In this cave she nursed Dionysus [which is called Dithyrites]. Because of this Dionysus was called Dithyrambus, because the cave has two doors. Lᵐ (P)

1136—38. καί ἑ χολωσαμέ〈νη〉 ἡ Ἥρα τὴν Μάκριν τῆς Εὐβοίας ἐξέβαλε διὰ τὸ δέξασθαι παρὰ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ τὸν Διόνυσον καὶ θρέψαι. ἡ δὲ Εὔβοια ἱερά ἐστι τῇ Ἥρᾳ.

1136-38. "And Hera, angered, drove Macris out of Euboea because she received Dionysus from Hermes and nursed him. Euboea is sacred to Hera."

1141. ἔνθα τότ’ ἐστόρε〈σαν〉 ἐν τῷ ἄντρῳ 〈τῷ〉 Μάκριδός φησι τὸν γάμον γεγενῆσθαι Μηδείας καὶ Ἰάσονος, Φιλητᾶς δὲ ἐν Τηλέφῳ (fg 9 Kuchenmueller) ἐν τῇ Ἀλκινόου οἰκίᾳ.

1141. "There then they spread": in the cave of Macris, he says, the marriage of Medea and Jason took place, but Philetas in his Telephus (fr. 9 Kuchenmueller) says it was in the house of Alcinous.

1144. 〈ἀμεργόμεναι:〉 σωρεύσασαι. Gᶢ

1144. "gathering": heaping up. Gᶢ

1146—48. ἴσχε δ’ ἑκάστην αἰδώς διὰ τούτων τὰς νύμφας φησίν, ἐπιθυμούσας ἅψασθαι τοῦ μαλλοῦ διὰ τὸ κάλλος, ὅμως αἰδουμένας ἀπέχεσθαι διὰ τὸ ἐπ’ αὐτοῦ μέλλειν γίνεσθαι τὴν μῖξιν. περὶ δὲ τοῦ δέρους ὅτι ἦν χρυσοῦν οἱ πλεῖστοι ἱστοροῦσιν, Ἀκουσίλαος δὲ ἐν τῷ Περὶ γενεαλογιῶν (2 fg 37 J.) πορφυρευθῆναί φησιν ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάσσης.

1146-48. "Shame held each": through these he says that the nymphs, desiring to touch the fleece because of its beauty, nevertheless out of shame refrained because the union was to take place upon it. Concerning the fleece, that it was golden most relate, but Acusilaus in his Genealogies (2 fr. 37 J.) says it was dyed purple by the sea.

4 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀλετρεύουσα: ἀλήθουσα. IV 1095. ὅτι τὴν Ἀντιόπην ὁ Νυκτεὺς βασιλεὺς Θηβῶν θυγατέρα αὑτοῦ (Fr., αὐ- AB) οὖσαν ἐγκλείσας ἐποίησε χαλκᾶς ἀλήθειν κριθάς. de his ineptiis v. W 83 | sch. η 104 Hesych. Suid. ἀλετρεύουσιν | 9 sch. 1149/50 | 12 Phot. Bibl. 320 a 25 (Proclus) Et. M. 274, 44 | 24 sch. 176/77 cum loc. sim. 2 καταλόγῳ PA : -ου L | 11 W del. verba, quae eandem sententiam olim extulisse videntur atque ea quae sequuntur. | 17 add. Fr. | 18 Φιλίτας Croenert Herm. 37, 1902, 212 | ὁ Τηλέφου Bach Phil. Herm. et Phan. rell. 1829, 60, sed traditum defendunt Rohde Der gr. Roman 1876, 74 n. 3 et Cam. Cessi Riv. di fil. 42, 1914, 283 | 24 δέρους AF : -ος L : aliter P | 25 ἀπό L (cf. sch. Eur. Med. 5) : ὑπό P

1149—50. αἱ μέν τ’ Αἰγαίου Αἰγαῖος ποταμὸς περὶ Κέρκυραν· τούτου θυγάτηρ Μελίτη, ἧς καὶ Ἡρακλέους Ὕλλος, ἀφ’ οὗ ἔθνος Ἰλλυριῶν καὶ Ὑλλικὸς λιμήν (1125) παρὰ Φαίαξι. Πανύασις (fg 17 Kink.) δὲ φησιν ἐν Λυδίᾳ τὸν Ἡρακλέα νοσήσαντα τυχεῖν ἰάσεως ὑπὸ Ὕλλου τοῦ ποταμοῦ, ὃς ἔστι τῆς Λυδίας· διὸ καὶ τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ Ὕλλους ὀνομασθῆναι. Μελιτήιον δὲ ὄρος Κερκύρας.

1149-50. αἱ μέν τ’ Αἰγαίου: The Aegaean is a river near Corcyra; its daughter is Melite, and her son by Heracles is Hyllus, from whom come the Illyrian tribe and the Hyllian harbor (1125) among the Phaeacians. Panyasis (fr. 17 Kinkel) says that Heracles, when ill in Lydia, received healing from the river Hyllus, which is in Lydia; for this reason his two sons were named Hyllus. Meliteion is a mountain of Corcyra.

1153—54. κεῖνο τὸ Μάκριδος, ὃ νῦν ἱερὸν Μηδείας καλεῖται. Τιμαίου (fg 8 M. I 195) λέγοντος ἐν Κερκύρᾳ τοὺς γάμους ἀχθῆναι, Διονύσιος ὁ Μιλήσιος ἐν β΄ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν (32 fg 3 J.) ἐν Βυζαντίῳ φησίν, Ἀντίμαχος δὲ ἐν Λύδῃ (fg 11 B. II 291) ἐν Κόλχοις πλησίον τοῦ ποταμοῦ μιγῆναι.

1153-54. κεῖνο τὸ Μάκριδος: that which is now called the sanctuary of Medea. Timaeus (fr. 8 M. I 195) says the marriage took place in Corcyra, Dionysius of Miletus in the second book of his Argonautica (32 fr. 3 J.) says in Byzantium, and Antimachus in his Lyde (fr. 11 B. II 291) says they had intercourse in Colchis near the river.

1160. προμολὰς εἴρηκε τοὺς ἐκτὸς τοῦ ἄντρου τόπους. Lᵐ P

1160. προμολὰς: he has called the places outside the cave προμολαί. Lᵐ P

1167. παρμέμβλωκε πάρεστι. Lᶢ P

1167. παρμέμβλωκε: is present. Lᶢ P

1170 a. 〈φαέεσσιν:〉 ἀντὶ τοῦ φωτισμοῖς, φύσει γὰρ ὄντα σκοτεινὸν τὸν ἀέρα τοῖς φωτισμοῖς ἐλάμπρυνεν. Lᵐ

1170a. 〈φαέεσσιν:〉 instead of "with lights"; for the air, being naturally dark, he made bright with lights. Lᵐ

b. γράφεται φαρέεσσιν. F

b. It is written φαρέεσσιν. F

1174—75 a. ἀνὰ πτόλιν ἡ τῶν Κερκυραίων ἐπὶ χερσονήσου κεῖται. φησὶν οὖν ἱστορικῶς, ὅτι μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐπὶ τοῦ αἰγιαλοῦ τῆς χερσονήσου ἦσαν ἐν ᾗ ἐστιν ἡ πόλις, ὡς Ἀπολλωνίδης ἐν τῷ Περίπλῳ τῆς Εὐρώπης (M. IV 309). Lᵐ (P)

1174-75a. ἀνὰ πτόλιν: the city of the Corcyraeans lies on a peninsula. He says, then, in historical fashion, that they were far from the city on the shore of the peninsula on which the city is situated, as Apollonides says in his Periplus of Europe (M. IV 309). Lᵐ (P)

b. χερνήσοιο τὴν χερσόνησον χέρνησον εἴρηκεν ὡς ἐν τῷ α΄ (925). τὴν δὲ ἀντικρύ, τῆς Κέρκυρας χερσόνησον εἴρηκε Μακριδίην, ἴσως διὰ τὸ ᾠκηκέναι ἐκεῖ τοὺς Εὐβοεῖς, ἡ δὲ Εὔβοια Μάκρις ἐκαλεῖτο τὸ πρότερον. ταύτην οἱ κατοικοῦντες μετὰ Ἰλίου ἅλωσιν 〈. . .〉 οἱ μὲν Ἄβαντες 〈. . .〉 Ἀμαντίνην ᾤκισαν’ (Call. fg 259 Schn.).

b. χερνήσοιο: he has called the peninsula χέρνησος, as in Book 1 (925). The peninsula opposite Corcyra he has called Macridian, perhaps because the Euboeans settled there; Euboea was formerly called Macris. Those who inhabited it after the capture of Troy 〈...〉 the Abantes 〈...〉 founded Amantia (Call. fr. 259 Schn.).

2 sch. 524 cum loc. sim. sch. 1125 | 4 sch. Τ Ω 616 Paus. I 35, 8 | 10 sch. 1217/19 a | 21 sch. I 925 | 23 sch. I 1024 a cum loc. sim. | 25 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἀμαντες: οἱ περὶ Ἐλεφήνορα μετὰ Τροίας ἅλωσιν διέβησαν 3 Πανύασις Steph. : Πανίασις F : Πάντασις | 9 Ἀ-τῶν L : -τικών P | 10 δὲ P : om. L | 16 cf. W 25 | 18 ἱστορικῶς Hecker Phil. 5, 1850, 418 : ὁ ἱστορικός | 22 ἀντικρύ scil. τῆς Ἠπείρου χερσόνησον P : χώραν L | 24 ταύτην κτλ. olim vel ad v. 1214 pertinuerunt (Reitzenstein Gesch. d. gr. Etym. 1897, 17) vel ad v. 1135 (W) lac. ind. W 94 | 25 Μάκριν ὠνόμασαν post Ἄβαντες inepte add. F (cf. W 27). plura excidisse eaque e Stephano petenda recte monuit K ᾤκισαν Wil. ad l. : -ησαν

1187. ἄλλοι δ’ ἀμφιφο〈ρῆας〉: Θεόπομπος (115 fg 405 J.) ἀμφιφορεῖς λέγεσθαί φησι τοὺς ὑπ’ ἐνίων μετρητάς, Λυσανίας δέ φησι τὸν ἀμφιφορέα ὑπὸ Ἀθηναίων ἀμφορέα καλεῖσθαι.

1187. ἄλλοι δ’ ἀμφιφο〈ρῆας〉: Theopompus (115 fr. 405 J.) says that what some call μετρηταί are called ἀμφιφορεῖς, and Lysanias says that the ἀμφορεύς is called ἀμφορεύς by the Athenians.

1188 a. 〈θυέων:〉 θυμιαμάτων. Gᴳ

1188a. 〈θυέων:〉 of incense. Gᴳ

b. λιγνύς: ἡ καπνώδης ἀναφορά· ἢ τὸ τοῦ φωτὸς ἄκρον, ὃ καὶ ἄμεινον.

b. λιγνύς: the smoky exhalation; or the tip of the flame, which is better.

1191. ἀγλαΐην: κόσμια. Lᴳ (P)

1191. ἀγλαΐην: ornaments. Lᴳ (P)

1193. εἴδεα καὶ μορφάς: τὸ μὲν εἶδος κυρίως ἐπὶ προσώπου τέταχεν ὁ Ἀπολλώνιος, μορφὴ δὲ τὸ σχῆμα (Eur. Bacch. 4)· ‘μορφὴν δ’ ἀμείψας ἐκ θεοῦ βροτησίαν.’

1193. εἴδεα καὶ μορφάς: Apollonius has properly used εἶδος for the face, and μορφή for the shape (Eur. Bacch. 4): "having changed his form from god to mortal."

1194. ἐυκρέκτου: εὐήχου. Lᴳ (P)

1194. ἐυκρέκτου: well-sounding. Lᴳ (P)

1202. 〈ἐκλήϊστο:〉 ἐφημίζετο, ᾔδετο. Lᴳ

1202. 〈ἐκλήϊστο:〉 was celebrated, was sung. Lᴳ

1210. συνήμονας: συνήθεις, ἑταίρους, παρὰ τὸ συνῆσθαι. Lᴳ (P)

1210. συνήμονας: companions, comrades, from συνῆσθαι (to be together). Lᴳ (P)

1212—14 a. εἰσότε Βακχιάδαι: Βάκχις ἐγένετο υἱὸς Διονύσου, ἐν Κορίνθῳ δὲ διέτριβεν. ἦσαν δὲ εὐγενέστατοι οἱ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ γένος εἰς τὴν Ἤπειρον καὶ ᾤκησαν περὶ (Reitz., παρὰ AB) τὰ Κεραύνια ὄρη. ἔκτισαν δὲ καὶ Εὔβοιαν (Ἄβαντος ἡγουμένου suppl. Kaibel), ὅθεν Ἄβαντες ἐκλήθησαν καὶ κατὰ μεταφορὰν Ἄμαντες (Orus). Steph. Byz. Ἀβαντίς: ἡ Εὔβοια . . . τὸ Ἀβαντία θηλυκόν, ὅπερ κατὰ βαρβαρικὴν τροπὴν τοῦ β εἰς μ Ἀμαντία ἐλέχθη παρὰ Ἀντιγόνῳ ἐν Μακεδονικῇ περιηγήσει (fg 3 M. IV 306). Καλλίμαχος δὲ Ἀμαντίνην (Xylander, μαντ- libri) ὡς Λεοντίνην αὐτὴν ἔφη (v. supra)· ‘καὶ Ἀμαντίνην ᾤκισαν (Holstenius, -ησαν libri) Ὠρικίην’. id. Ἀμαντία: Ἰλλυριῶν μοῖρα πλησίον Ὠρικοῦ καὶ Κερκύρας, ἐξ Ἀβάντων τῶν ἀπὸ Τροίας νοστησάντων ᾠκισμένη. Καλλίμαχος Ἀμαντίνην αὐτήν φησιν. . . . λέγονται καὶ Ἄμαντες (Meineke, Ἄβ- libri). . . . καὶ Ἄβαντας αὐτούς φασιν. cf. W 94 sch. Lyc. 1042 Tzetz. ib. Hesych. Ἄμαντοι

1212-14a. Until the Bacchiadae: Bacchis was a son of Dionysus, and he spent time in Corinth. Those descended from him were most noble, and they came to Epirus and settled around the Ceraunian mountains. They also founded Euboea (with Abas leading, as Kaibel supplements), whence they were called Abantes and, by a change of letters, Amantes (Orus). Stephanus of Byzantium, 'Abantis': Euboea ... the feminine Abantia, which by a barbarian change of b to m was called Amantia in Antigonus' Macedonian Periegesis (fr. 3 M. IV 306). Callimachus called it Amantinē (Xylander; manuscripts have mant-) like Leontinē (see above): 'and they settled Amantinē Orician' (Holstenius; manuscripts have -ēsan). The same author, 'Amantia': a part of the Illyrians near Oricus and Corcyra, settled by Abantes who returned from Troy. Callimachus calls it Amantinē. ... They are also called Amantes (Meineke; manuscripts have Ab-). ... and they say Abantes themselves. Cf. W 94, scholium on Lycophron 1042, Tzetzes on the same, Hesychius 'Amantoi'.

1 Poll. X 70 Hesych. ἀμφιφορεύς Συν. ἀμφορεύς (XIII b 17 Boy. Phot. Suid.) Moer. 189, 26. 27 | 5 sch. Nic. Al. 52 Erot. 30, 9 N. Hesych. λιγνύς Συν. λ. (290, 22 Ba. Phot. Suid.) | 13 1206. Et. Gen. (AB) ἠλέματος: . . . ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἄλη καὶ τὸ μάτην ἠλεμάτως, σημαίνει δὲ τὸ μάτην. οἷον IV 1206. οὕτως εὗρον ἐγώ. sch. Call. Hymn. VI 91 sch. Opp. Hal. IV 590 | 1210. Συν. συνήμονας (375, 22 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 735, 29 2 Παυσανίας (fg inc. 451 Schwabe) F | 3 τὸν P : τὰ L μετρητὴν pro ἀμφορέα propter Poll. l. l. Wil. ad l., sed consentit cum scholiasta Moeris | 5 ὃ καὶ ἄμ. L : ἄμ. δὲ τὸ πρῶτον P | 9 μορφὴ P : -ήν L | 10 δ’ L : om. P | 13 συνῆσθαι P : ἧσθαι (sine spiritu, ἥ- K) L | 14 Βάκχις K : -ίας : -ιος F

ἔχοντες, οἵτινες ἐξεβλήθησαν ἐκ Κορίνθου διὰ τὸν Ἀκταίωνος θάνατον. ἡ δὲ αἰτία ἐστὶν ἥδε. Μέλισσος εὐεργετήσας τοὺς Κορινθίους — μέλλοντας γὰρ ὑπὸ Φείδωνος τοῦ τῶν Ἀργείων βασιλέως διαφθαρῆναι ἐρρύσατο — τιμῆς ἠξιώθη παρ’ αὐτοῖς. 〈. . .〉 καὶ τότε οἱ Βακχιάδαι νυκτὸς ἐπελθόντες τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Ἀκταίωνος ἐβούλοντο ἀποσπᾶν τὸν παῖδα· τῶν δὲ γονέων ἀντεχόντων συνέβη διασπασθῆναι τὸν Ἀκταίωνα. μελλόντων δὲ τῶν Ἰσθμίων ἄγεσθαι, στὰς ἐπὶ τοῦ βωμοῦ ὁ Μέλισσος πολλὰ τοῖς Κορινθίοις κατηράσατο, ἐὰν μὴ τὸν τοῦ παιδὸς ἐκδικήσωσι θάνατον· ταῦτα εἰπὼν εἰς τὸν ὑποκείμενον κρημνὸν ἑαυτὸν ἔβαλεν. οἱ δὲ Κορίνθιοι, εὐλαβούμενοι ἀνεκδίκητον καταλιπεῖν τὸν τοῦ Ἀκταίωνος θάνατον, ἅμα μὲν καὶ τοῦ θείου κελεύοντος, ἐξέβαλον τοὺς Βακχιάδας. Χερσικράτης δέ, εἷς τῶν Βακχιαδῶν, ἔκτισε Κέρκυραν, ἐκβαλὼν τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας Κόλχους· ἐκβληθέντες δὲ εἰς Ἤπειρον παρεγένοντο.

who were expelled from Corinth because of the death of Actaeon. The reason is this: Melissus, having benefited the Corinthians—for when they were about to be destroyed by Pheidon, king of the Argives, he rescued them—was deemed worthy of honor by them. 〈...〉 And then the Bacchiadae, coming by night to the house of Actaeon, wanted to drag away the boy; but when his parents resisted, it happened that Actaeon was torn apart. When the Isthmian games were about to be held, Melissus stood upon the altar and called down many curses upon the Corinthians if they did not avenge the death of his son; having said this, he threw himself down the cliff below. The Corinthians, being careful not to leave the death of Actaeon unavenged, and at the same time the god commanding it, expelled the Bacchiadae. Chersicrates, one of the Bacchiadae, founded Corcyra, driving out the Colchians who inhabited it; but they, being expelled, went to Epirus.

b. Ἐφύρηθεν: Ἐφύρα ἡ Κόρινθος, ἀπὸ Ἐφύρας τῆς Ἐπιμηθέως θυγατρός· Εὔμηλος (fg 1 Kink. 187) δὲ ἀπὸ Ἐφύρας τῆς Ὠκεανοῦ καὶ Τηθύος, γυναικὸς δὲ γενομένης Ἐπιμηθέως.

b. From Ephyra: Ephyra is Corinth, named after Ephyra, daughter of Epimetheus; but Eumelus (fr. 1 Kinkel 187) says it is from Ephyra, daughter of Oceanus and Tethys, who became the wife of Epimetheus.

1215. Νεσταίους τε: τοὺς Νεσταίους Σκύλαξ (Peripli maris interni fg 4 M. Geogr. gr. min. I, XXXV) φησὶν ἔθνος Ἰλλυρικόν· ἀπὸ τούτων παράπλους ἐστὶν εἰς τὸν κόλπον 〈. . .〉. καὶ Ἐρατοσθένης ἐν γ΄ Γεωγραφουμένων φησί (fg III B 112 Berger)· ‘μετὰ Ἰλλυριοὺς Νεσταῖοι, καθ’ οὓς νῆσος Φάρος Παρίων ἄποικος’.

1215. And the Nestaeans: Scylax (Periplus of the Inner Sea, fr. 4, Geographi Graeci Minores I, XXXV) says the Nestaeans are an Illyrian people; from them there is a coastal voyage into the gulf 〈...〉. And Eratosthenes in the third book of his Geography says (fr. III B 112 Berger): 'After the Illyrians come the Nestaeans, off whom is the island Pharos, a colony of the Parians.'

1216. ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν στείχ〈οντος〉: ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ πολὺν

1216. But these things while he was going: meaning 'after a long time'.

2 Plut. Am. Narr. 2 (IV 464 Bern.) | 12 Strab. VI 269 | 14 Eust. 290, 21 | Paus. II 1, 1 | Hyg. Fab. 275 | 17 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἄμαντες: IV 1214—1215. Νέστις καὶ Ὠρικὸς πόλεις. sch. 337 cum loc. sim. | 21 Diod. XV 13, 4. 14, 1 | Scymn. 427 4 lac. ind. W | 5 Ἀκταίωνος L : Μελίσσου P | 6 Ἀκταίωνα P : Αἰγαίωνα L | 8 πολλὰ P : -οῖς L | 11 μὲν L : om. PA | 12 Χερσι- P (e sch. 1216) : Χερσι- L | 15 Εὔμηλος L : Σιμωνίδης (fg 206 B. III 525) P, unde Εὔμηλος 〈δὲ καὶ〉 Σιμωνίδης Schneidewin Simon. 1837, 101. cf. W 47 | 19 παράπλους K : περί- L : om. P | post κόλπον, ubi F spatium reliquit vacuum, e Ps.-Scyl. 23 (ἀπὸ δὲ Νέστου πλοῦς ἐστι κολπώδης. καλεῖται δὲ Μάνιος ἅπας οὗτος ὁ κόλπος, παράπλους δέ ἐστιν ἡμέρας μιᾶς) suppl. 〈ἡμέρας μιᾶς〉 Hoelzlin, 〈Μάνιον〉 I. Vossius Peripl. Scyl. 1639 Not. 4 | 21 Παρίων C. Mueller Geogr. gr. min. I 28 b e loc. sim. : Φ-

χρόνον. Τίμαιος δέ φησι μετὰ ἔτη ἑξακόσια τῶν Τρωικῶν Χερσικράτη ἀπόγονον τῶν Βακχιαδῶν κατωκηκέναι τὴν νῆσον (fg 53 M. I 203)· ‘Κόλχοι δὲ διαβάντες εἰς τὴν πλησίον νῆσον καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰς τὰ Κεραύνια ὄρη ὁρμήσαντες, εἴς τε τοὺς Ἄβαντας καὶ Νεσταίους καὶ Ὠρικὸν ἀπῳκίσθησαν· ἔστι δὲ ὁ τὴν ἀποικίαν ἀγαγὼν τῶν Βακχιαδῶν Χερσικράτης, ἀποστερούμενος τῶν τιμῶν ὑπὸ Κορινθίων.’

time. Timaeus says that six hundred years after the Trojan War, Chersicrates, a descendant of the Bacchiads, settled the island (fg 53 M. I 203): 'The Colchians crossed to the nearby island and then rushed to the Ceraunian Mountains, and they were settled among the Abantes, Nestaeans, and Oricum; the leader of the colony of the Bacchiads was Chersicrates, who was deprived of his honors by the Corinthians.'

1217—19 a. Μοιράων δέ τε κεῖσε: Τιμῶναξ ἐν α΄ τῶν Σκυθικῶν (fg 2 M. IV 522) ἐν Κόλχοις φησὶν Ἰάσονα Μήδειαν γῆμαι Αἰήτου αὐτῷ ἐγγυήσαντος. ὁ δὲ αὐτός φησι· ‘δείκνυνται δὲ παρὰ τὸν παράπλουν ἔνδον τοῦ Πόντου κῆποί τινες Ἰασόνιοι καλούμενοι, καθ’ ὧν τὰς ἀποβάσεις αὐτὸν ποιήσασθαι, καὶ κατὰ τὴν Αἶαν γυμνάσια καὶ δίσκοι, καὶ τῆς Μηδείας θάλαμος, καθ’ ὃν ἐνυμφεύθη ποτέ, καὶ πρὸς τῇ πόλει ἱερὸν ἱδρυμένον 〈ὑπ’〉 Ἰάσονος καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἱερὰ πολλά’.

1217-19a. And there the Fates: Timonax in the first book of his Scythica (fg 2 M. IV 522) says that in Colchis Jason married Medea, Aeetes having betrothed her to him. The same author says: 'Along the coast inside the Pontus are shown certain gardens called Jason's, where he made his landings, and in Aea gymnasia and discus grounds, and the chamber of Medea, where she was once married, and near the city a temple founded by Jason, and in addition many sanctuaries.'

b. 〈θύη ἐπέτεια:〉 Τίμαιος (fg 7 M. I 194) περὶ τῆς θυσίας ἱστορεῖ, ἔτι καὶ νῦν λέγων ἄγεσθαι κατ’ ἐνιαυτόν, Μηδείας πρῶτον θυσάσης ἐν τῷ Ἀπόλλωνος ἱερῷ· καὶ βωμοὺς δὲ φησι μνημεῖα τῶν γάμων ἱδρύσασθαι σύνεγγυς μὲν τῆς θαλάσσης, οὐ μακρὰν δὲ τῆς πόλεως· ὀνομάζουσι δὲ τὸν μὲν Νυμφῶν, τὸν δὲ Νηρεΐδων. ὅ γε μὴν Ἀπολλώνιος τὸν μέν φησι Νυμφῶν εἶναι τῶν βωμῶν, τὸν δὲ τῶν Μοιρῶν.

b. annual sacrifices: Timaeus (fg 7 M. I 194) records concerning the sacrifice, saying that even now it is held annually, Medea having first sacrificed in the temple of Apollo; and he says that they set up altars as memorials of the marriage near the sea, not far from the city; and they call one the altar of the Nymphs, the other of the Nereids. Apollonius, however, says that one of the altars is of the Nymphs, the other of the Fates.

c. 〈θύη:〉 θυμιάματα. Gᵐ

c. sacrifices: incense offerings. Gᵐ

d. ἐπέτεια: ἐνιαυσειαῖα. Lᵍ (P)

d. annual: yearly. Lᵍ (P)

e. Νομίοιο: διὰ τὸ κατὰ νόμον γενέσθαι τὴν κρίσιν τοῦ Ἀλκινόου, διὰ τοῦτο Νομίου Ἀπόλλωνος ἱερὸν ἱδρύσασθαι τὴν Μήδειαν.

e. Nomios: because the judgment of Alcinous took place according to law, for this reason Medea founded a temple of Apollo Nomios.

1226. 〈αἴσιμον:〉 μεμοιραμένον. Gᴳ

1226. fated: allotted. Gᴳ

1235. 〈Σύρτιν:〉 δύο εἰσὶν ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ Σύρτεις. εἰσὶ δὲ πηλώδεις, γίνονται δὲ ἀμπώτεις εἰς αὐτὰς ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ ὠκεανῷ. εἰσὶ 〈δέ〉 τόποι, ὅπου κατασύρονται οἱ πλέοντες καὶ ἀπόλλυνται.

1235. Syrtis: there are two Syrtes in Libya. They are muddy, and ebb tides occur in them as in the ocean. They are places where sailors are dragged down and destroyed.

8 sch. 1153/54 | 25 Strab. XVII 835 sq. Sall. Iug. 78 Eust. Dion. Per. 198 1 numerum annorum, quem Muellero monente Jacoby Marm. Par. 1904, 147 mutare voluerat, defendit Laqueur Herm. 42, 1907, 515 n. 1 | 3 καὶ P : om. L | 7 Σκυθ- Hecker Phil. 5, 1850, 420 : Σικελ- | 11 αὐτὸν P : -ῶν L | 13 add. W | 14 sch. b ab a separavit W post Τίμαιος P add. e sch. 1153/54 : δὲ ἐν Κερκύρᾳ λέγων γενέσθαι τοὺς γάμους καὶ | 16 καὶ β. δὲ φ. P : om. L | 18 τὸν δὲ Νηρ. — βωμῶν P : om. L. cf. W 49 | Νηρεΐδων K : -ηίδων | 26 add. Fr.

1237 a. τέναγος: πηλώδης τόπος. Lᴳ P

1237a. shoal: muddy place. Lᴳ P

b. μνιόεντα: σύμφυτα. Lᴳ P

b. mossy: overgrown. Lᴳ P

1238. κωφή: ἀκίνητος, διὰ τὸ πηλώδη εἶναι.

1238. deaf: motionless, because it is muddy.

1239. ἠερίη: πᾶν τὸ πολὺ καὶ δαψιλὲς ἠερόεν λέγομεν. Lᵐ P

1239. misty: we call everything abundant and copious 'misty'. Lᵐ P

1243 a. 〈ἐνέωσε:〉 ὤθησεν. Lᴳ

1243a. pushed: thrust. Lᴳ

b. τάχιστα: γράφεται ἄγεσθαι. F

b. very quickly: the reading 'to be driven' is found. F

1247. ἀρδμόν: ποτισμόν. L Gᴳ (P)

1247. watering-place: drinking-place. L Gᴳ (P)

1248. πάτον: περίπατον. Lᴳ (P)

1248. path: walk. Lᴳ (P)

1258. διωλυγίης: σκοτεινῆς. ἢ διωλυγίης ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπὶ πολὺ διηκούσης. Lᵐ (P)

1258. far-stretching: dark. Or 'far-stretching' meaning 'extending far'. Lᵐ (P)

1260. ἰθυντήρ: κυβερνήτης. Lᴳ P

1260. steersman: pilot. Lᴳ P

1264. τεναγώδεα: πηλώδη. τέναγος δὲ ἔστι κυρίως γῆ ἐπιπόλαιον ὕδωρ ἔχουσα, ἢ πηλώδες ὕδωρ.

1264. shoaly: muddy. A shoal is properly land having surface water, or muddy water.

1270. 〈ἅλμη:〉 πλημμυρίς. Sᵐ

1270. brine: flood-tide. Sᵐ

1271. 〈ὅσσον:〉 ὀλίγον. Sᴳ

1271. as much as: a little. Sᴳ

1279. παχνώθη: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπάγη, ἐλυπήθη· ὁ τρόπος εἴληπται ἀπὸ τῆς πάχνης.

1279. was chilled: meaning 'was frozen', 'was grieved'; the figure is taken from frost.

1284. ἦ ὅτ’ ἂν αὐτόματα ξόανα ῥ〈έῃ〉: ὅταν μέλλῃ τι συμβαίνειν χαλεπόν, εἴωθεν τὰ ἀγάλματα ἱδροῦν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐν Θήβαις, ὅτε συνίστατο ὁ περὶ Χαιρώνειαν πόλεμος Φιλίππῳ πρὸς Θηβαίους.

1284. Or when the wooden images of themselves flow: whenever something terrible is about to happen, the statues are accustomed to sweat, as also in Thebes, when the war around Chaeronea was being waged by Philip against the Thebans.

1285. καὶ μυκαὶ σηκοῖς: καὶ ἦχοι ἐν τοῖς ναοῖς φαντασίαν ποιήσωσι καὶ δόκησιν· ἢ ὅταν μυκήσεις δοκῶσι γίνεσθαι περὶ τὰ ἀγάλματα.

1285. and lowings in the sanctuaries: and sounds in the temples produce an apparition and belief; or when lowings seem to occur around the statues.

1295. 〈ἄκμηνοι:〉 ἄφατοι. καὶ Νίκανδρος (Ther. 116)· ‘ἄκμηνοι σίτων’. Sᵐ

1295. 〈ἄκμηνοι:〉 unspeakable. And Nicander (Ther. 116): ‘ἄκμηνοι σίτων’. Sᵐ

1297. τὸ ἑξῆς· παρ’ Αἰήταο θυγατρὶ ἐστενάχοντο.

1297. The order is: they were lamenting by the daughter of Aeetes.

1299 a. χηραμοῦ: καταδύσεως. Lᴳ (P)

1299a. χηραμοῦ: of a hiding-place. Lᴳ (P)

b. ἀπτήνες: οἱ μὴ ἵπτασθαι δυνάμενοι.

b. ἀπτήνες: those unable to fly.

1300. Πακτωλὸς ποταμὸς Λυδίας, ὁ νῦν Χρυσορρόας λεγόμενος.

1300. Pactolus is a river of Lydia, now called Chrysorrhoas.

1304. ἰήλεμον: ἀντὶ τοῦ θρῆνον· εἴρηται ἀπὸ Ἰαλέμου τοῦ Μούσης παιδός.

1304. ἰήλεμον: instead of θρῆνον; it is derived from Ialemus, the son of the Muse.

1305. ἐλίασθεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπέθανον. Lᴳ P

1305. ἐλίασθεν: instead of they died. Lᴳ P

1306. 〈δαῆναι:〉 γνωσθῆναι. Gᴳ

1306. 〈δαῆναι:〉 to be known. Gᴳ

1309 a. ἡρώισσαι: προπερισπωμένως Ἡρωδιανὸς ἐν τῷ ια΄ (I 270, 31 L.) φησίν, ἐκ συναλοιφῆς τοῦ ἡρώισσαι — τοῦ ἥρως δὲ τὸ θηλυκὸν γίνεται ἡρώισσα — [ἢ] ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡρωῖναι. τιμήοροι δὲ αἱ ἔφοροι τῆς Λιβύης ἢ αἱ ἐν Λιβύῃ τιμώμεναι [ἡρωῖναι].

1309a. ἡρώισσαι: Herodian in the eleventh book (I 270, 31 L.) says, with a circumflex on the penult, from the contraction of ἡρώισσαι — for the feminine of ἥρως becomes ἡρώισσα — [or] instead of ἡρωῖναι. τιμήοροι are the guardians of Libya or those honored in Libya [heroines].

b. τιμήοροι: ἔκδικοι. Lᴳ Gᴳ Sᵐ P

b. τιμήοροι: avengers. Lᴳ Gᴳ Sᵐ P

1310. ἦμος ὅτ’ ἐκ πα〈τρός〉: πρῶτος Στησίχορος (fg 62 B. III 226) ἔφη σὺν ὅπλοις ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Διὸς κεφαλῆς ἀναπηδῆσαι τὴν Ἀθηνάν.

1310. ἦμος ὅτ’ ἐκ πα〈τρός〉: Stesichorus (fg 62 B. III 226) was the first to say that Athena leapt with her weapons from the head of Zeus.

1311. Τρίτων ποταμὸς Λιβύης, ἔστι δὲ καὶ Βοιωτίας. δοκεῖ δὲ ἡ Ἀθηνᾶ παρ’ ἑτέρῳ αὐτῶν γεγενῆσθαι, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ Τριτογένεια λέγεται. οὕτω τινές, οἱ δέ· ἢ τὸ τρεῖν, ὃ ἔστι φοβεῖσθαι, τοῖς δι’ ἐναντίας ἐμποιοῦσα.

1311. Triton is a river of Libya, and there is also one in Boeotia. Athena is thought to have been born by one of them, from which she is also called Tritogeneia. So some say; but others: or from τρεῖν, which means to frighten, because she instills fear in her enemies.

1312. θέρον: ἐθέρμαινον, ἔκαιον. Lᴳ P

1312. θέρον: they were warming, burning. Lᴳ P

1314. πέπλον: κυρίως τὸν γυναικεῖον. Lᴳ (P)

1314. πέπλον: properly the woman's garment. Lᴳ (P)

1315. παλιμπετές: παλιγκλινὲς εἰς τοὐπίσω. Lᴳ Gᴳ (P)

1315. παλιμπετές: falling back, backwards. Lᴳ Gᴳ (P)

1317. ἀτυζόμενον: ἀτύζω· παρὰ τὴν ἄτην γίνεται ῥῆμα ἀτῶ, οὗ παραγωγὸν ἀτύω, ὡς ὀλῶ ὀλύω καὶ ὀλλύω, περισσεύσαντος δὲ τοῦ ζ ἀτύζω, ὡς καὶ παρὰ τὸ ἀτίω ἀτίζω.

1317. ἀτυζόμενον: ἀτύζω; from ἄτη comes the verb ἀτῶ, from which is derived ἀτύω, as from ὀλῶ comes ὀλύω and ὀλλύω, and with the addition of ζ, ἀτύζω, just as from ἀτίω comes ἀτίζω.

1318. ἀμηχανίῃ: ἀπορίᾳ. Lᴳ (P)

1318. ἀμηχανίῃ: helplessness. Lᴳ (P)

1322. οἰοπόλοι: περὶ τὰς ὄϊς πολοῦσαι, εἰσὶ δὲ αἱ Ἐπιμηλίδες. χθονίας δὲ εἶπεν αὐτὰς διὰ τὸ θυγατέρας εἶναι τῆς Λιβύης. ἢ χθόνιαι γηγενεῖς, αὐδήεσσαι δὲ αἱ εἰς λόγον ἀνθρώποις ἐρχόμεναι.

1322. οἰοπόλοι: those who tend sheep, and they are the Epimelides. He called them chthonian because they are daughters of Libya. Or chthonian means earth-born, and with human voice because they come to speak with men.

περὶ δὲ τῶν Νυμφῶν μέμνηται Καλλίμαχος οὕτω λέγων (fg 126 Schn.)· ‘δέσποιναι Λιβύης ἡρωίδες, αἳ Νασαμώνων αὖλιν καὶ δολιχὰς θῖνας ἐπιβλέπετε, μητέρα μοι ζώουσαν ὀφέλλετε.’

Callimachus mentions the Nymphs, speaking thus (fg 126 Schn.): ‘Mistresses of Libya, heroines, who watch over the fold of the Nasamones and the long sandbanks, increase my mother while she lives.’

1327—28. σφετέρῃ: ἔδει εἰπεῖν ὑμετέρᾳ. λέγει δὲ τῇ νηΐ· φέρει γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ κύτει ὡς ἐν γαστρὶ μήτηρ.

1327-28. σφετέρῃ: he should have said ὑμετέρᾳ. He speaks to the ship; for it carries them in its hull as a mother in her womb.

1329. Ἀχαιίδα: Ἀχαιίδα λέγει ἢ τὴν Θεσσαλίαν ἢ τὴν Ἑλλάδα. βέλτιον δὲ τὴν Θεσσαλίαν· οἱ γὰρ οἰκοῦντες Ἀχαιοὶ λέγονται. Ὅμηρος (Β 681)· ‘νῦν αὖ τούς, ὅσσοι τὸ Πελασγικὸν Ἄργος ἔναιον,’ εἶτα (684)· ‘Μυρμιδόνες δὲ καλεῦντο καὶ Ἕλληνες καὶ Ἀχαιοί.’ L

1329. Ἀχαιίδα: by Achaeis he means either Thessaly or Greece. Better Thessaly; for its inhabitants are called Achaeans. Homer (B 681): ‘now those who dwelt in Pelasgian Argos,’ then (684): ‘they were called Myrmidons and Hellenes and Achaeans.’ L

1333. ἵλατ’ ἐρημονόμοι: ἱλάσθητε αἱ νεμόμεναι ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ.

1333. ἵλατ’ ἐρημονόμοι: be gracious, you who dwell in the desert.

1339. ὠρύεται: ἀντὶ τοῦ βοᾷ· ἔστι δὲ τῆς τῶν λεόντων φωνῆς.

1339. ὠρύεται: instead of cries out; it is the sound of lions.

1342. βουπελάται: οἱ βουκόλοι. εἴρηται ἤτοι τοῦ π περισσεύοντος — βουελάται γάρ εἰσιν — ἢ παρὰ τὸ πέλας τῶν βοῶν εἶναι, ὃ καὶ βέλτιον.

1342. βουπελάται: the cowherds. It is said either with the π being redundant — for they are βουελάται — or from being near the cattle, which is better.

1348. στέρφεσι: τοῖς δέρμασιν· ἔνθεν καὶ στερφιῶσαι. Ἴβυκος (fg 59 B. III 252) δὲ στερφωτῆρα στρατὸν εἴρηκε τὸν ἔχοντα δέρματα.

1348. στέρφεσι: with hides; hence στερφιῶσαι. Ibycus (fg 59 B. III 252) called an army στερφωτῆρα, meaning one that has hides.

1 sch. A N 473 | sch. λ 574 | Apoll. Lex. Hom. 119, 25 B. | Hesych. οἰοπόλῳ | Phryn. Praep. soph. 27, 6 Borr. | 3 sch. ε 334. κ 136 | Apoll. Lex. Hom. 48, 13 B. | Hesych. αὐδήεσσα | Συν. αὐδ. (163, 2 Ba. Suid.) | 19 sch. Nic. Al. 38 | 22 Et. Gen. (AB) στέρφος: σημαίνει τὸ δέρμα, παρὰ τὴν στρυφνότητα (στεριφνότητα ? W) καὶ πυκνότητα. ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἐρέφειν ὃ ἔστι σκεπάζειν (A, -άσαι B) τὸ σῶμα, ἔρφος (W, ἔρεφος B, om. A omnia ab hac voce usque ad στέφος) καὶ στέρφος. οἱ δὲ παρὰ τὸ στέφειν ὃ ἔστι σκεπάζειν τὸ σῶμα, στέφος, καὶ στέρφος πλεονασμῷ τοῦ ρ. IV 1348. sch. Nic. Al. 248 | sch. Lyc. 652 | Hesych. στέρφος 1 περὶ — πολοῦσαι Gᴳ Sᵐ | εἰσὶ — Ἐπιμηλίδες post Λιβύης leguntur, trai. W | 3 αἳ AHF : οἳ L : om. P | 7 αὔλια Scaliger Coni. in Varr. de lingua lat. 1565, 128 | 12 γὰρ W : δὲ

ὅθεν καὶ παρ’ Αἰσχύλῳ (fg 370 N.2) ἀξιοῦσι γράφειν ‘μελανστέρφων γένος’, οὐχ, ὡς τινες, ‘μελανστέρνων’· οὐ γὰρ μόνα τὰ στέρνα μέλανα ἔχουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα. ὅθεν καὶ τὸ κεράμιον στέρφος λέγεται.

Hence also in Aeschylus (fr. 370 N.2) they deem it right to write ‘μελανστέρφων γένος’, not, as some do, ‘μελανστέρνων’; for they have not only their chests black, but also their whole body. Hence also the jar is called στέρφος.

1366. ἀμφιλαφής: ἀντὶ τοῦ ποικίλος ἢ μέγας ἢ ἀμφοτέρωθεν θριξὶ στεγαζόμενος.

1366. ἀμφιλαφής: meaning variegated or large or covered with hair on both sides.

1367. νήχυτον: τὴν πολύχυτον. Lᴳ (P)

1367. νήχυτον: the much-poured. Lᴳ (P)

1380. ἐπήβολος: ἐπιβάλλουσα, ἐπιτυχής.

1380. ἐπήβολος: attaining, successful.

1381—82. Μουσεάων ὅδε μόχθος: καθὸ πέπλασται, φησίν· Μουσεῶν ὅδε μῦθος, ἐγὼ δ’ ὑπηρέτης τῶν Μουσῶν. ἐμπέπνευσται γὰρ πρὸς αὐτῶν, ὥστε διηγήσασθαι.

1381-82. Μουσεάων ὅδε μόχθος: inasmuch as it is invented, he says; this is the tale of the Muses, and I am the servant of the Muses. For he is inspired by them, so as to narrate.

1384. θῖνας 〈ἐρήμους〉: σωροὺς τῆς ἄμμου. Lᵐ (P)

1384. θῖνας 〈ἐρήμους〉: heaps of sand. Lᵐ (P)

1396—99 a. ᾧ ἔνι Λάδων: Πείσανδρος (16 fg 8 J.) τὸν δράκοντα ὑπείληφεν ἀπὸ τῆς Γῆς γεγενῆσθαι, Ἡσίοδος 〈. . .〉 δὲ ἐκ Τυφῶνός φησιν. Ἀγροίτας δὲ ἐν γ΄ Λιβυκῶν (fg 3 M. IV 295) φησι μὴ μῆλα, ἀλλὰ πρόβατα κάλλιστα, ἃ χρυσᾶ ὠνομάσθη· ἔχειν δὲ ταῦτα ποιμένα ἄγριον, ὃν διὰ τὸ ἀνήμερον δράκοντα ὠνομάσθαι.

1396-99a. ᾧ ἔνι Λάδων: Peisander (16 fr. 8 J.) supposed that the dragon was born from Earth, but Hesiod 〈...〉 says that he was from Typhon. But Agroitas in the third book of his Libyan History (fr. 3 M. IV 295) says that they were not apples, but most beautiful sheep, which were called golden; and that these had a wild shepherd, who because of his savagery was called a dragon.

b. Φερεκύδης ἐν β΄ (3 fg 16 a J.) τῆς Ἥρας γαμουμένης φησὶ τὴν Γῆν ἀναδοῦναι μηλέας χρυσοῦν καρπὸν φερούσας, καὶ ὅτι αἱ Νύμφαι αἱ Διὸς καὶ Θέμιδος, οἰκοῦσαι ἐν σπηλαίῳ περὶ τὸν Ἠριδανόν, ὑπέθεντο Ἡρακλεῖ ἀποροῦντι, μαθεῖν παρὰ Νηρέως, ποῦ εἴη τὰ χρύσεα μῆλα· καὶ λαβὼν αὐτὸν βίᾳ, πρῶτον μὲν μεταμορφούμενον εἰς ὕδωρ καὶ πῦρ, εἶτα εἰς τὴν παλαιὰν ὄψιν καταστάντα καὶ δηλώσαντα, ἀφίησιν. ὁ δὲ ἔρχεται οὕτως ἐπὶ τὰ χρυσᾶ μῆλα. 〈. . .〉 ἀφικόμενος δὲ εἰς Ταρτησσὸν πορεύεται εἰς Λιβύην, ἔνθα ἀναιρεῖ Ἀνταῖον τὸν Ποσειδῶνος,

b. Pherecydes in the second book (3 fr. 16a J.) says that when Hera was married, Earth brought forth apple trees bearing golden fruit, and that the nymphs, daughters of Zeus and Themis, dwelling in a cave by the Eridanus, advised Heracles in his perplexity to learn from Nereus where the golden apples were; and seizing him by force, first as he changed into water and fire, then when he returned to his former shape and revealed it, he released him. And he thus goes to the golden apples. 〈...〉 Having arrived at Tartessus he journeys to Libya, where he kills Antaeus, son of Poseidon,

5 sch. II 729/35 e. IV 982/92 e cum loc. sim. | 7 sch. III 530 cum loc. sim. | 13 Diod. IV 26, 2. 3 Serv. Verg. Aen. IV 484 Palaeph. 18 | 18 Apoll. Bibl. II 113—120 1 μελανστέρφων Nauck : μελαστ- L : μελανοστ- P | 2 μελανστέρνων W : μελανοστ- | 3 de κεράμιον dubitat Fr. | 5 ποικίλος Sᵐ μέγας L : μέλας P | 10 ὑπηρέτης L : ὑποφήτης (P) | 14 W ind. lac., quam expleas verbis δὲ ἐκ Κητοῦς καὶ Φόρκυνος (Theog. 333), Φερεκύδης (v. sch. c). Hesiodi fg 249 Rz.2 eiciendum | 18 β΄ Luetke Pherec., Diss. Gott. 1893, 11 e sch. c : γ΄ | 20 αἱ post Ν. P : om. L | περὶ L : παρὰ P | 23 ἀφίησιν Wil. S.-B. d. Preuss. Ak. d. Wiss., Ph.-hist. Kl. 1926, 138 : φησιν L : om. P | 24 lac. ind. W

ὑβριστὴν ὄντα. εἶτα ἀφικνεῖται ἐπὶ τὸν Νεῖλον εἰς Μέμφιν παρὰ Βούσιριν τὸν Ποσειδῶνος, ὃν κτείνει καὶ τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ Ἰφιδάμαντα καὶ τὸν κήρυκα Χάλβην καὶ τοὺς ὀπάονας πρὸς τῷ βωμῷ τοῦ Διός, ἔνθα ἐξενοκτόνει. ἀφικόμενος δὲ εἰς Θήβας ᾔει διὰ τῶν ὀρῶν εἰς τὴν ἔξω Λιβύην, ἧς ἐν τοῖς ἐρήμοις πολλὰ τῶν θηρίων τοξεύων ἀναιρεῖ. καθάρας δὲ τὴν Λιβύην κατέβη ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν τὴν ἔξω κειμένην, καὶ λαβὼν χρυσοῦν δέπας παρὰ Ἡλίου διαβαίνει ἐν αὐτῷ εἰς πέρην, [διά τε τῆς γῆς καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ] διὰ τοῦ ὠκεανοῦ πλέων. ἐξελθὼν δὲ παρὰ Προμηθέα καὶ ὀφθεὶς ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, οἰκτείρει ἱκετεύοντα καὶ κτείνει τὸν ἀετόν, ὃς αὐτοῦ τὸ ἧπαρ ἤεσθιε, τοξεύσας προσπετόμενον. ἀντὶ δὲ τούτου Προμηθεὺς μὴ ἀπιέναι ἐπὶ τὰ μῆλα ὑποτίθεται, ἐλθόντα δὲ πρὸς Ἄτλαντα κελεύειν ἐνέγκαι αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀντὶ Ἄτλαντος αὐτὸν ἔχειν τὸν οὐρανόν, ἕως ἂν ἐνέγκῃ τὰ μῆλα παρὰ τῶν Ἑσπερίδων. Ἡρακλῆς δὲ ἀκούσας ἔρχεται πρὸς Ἄτλαντα καὶ κελεύει αὐτὸν ἐνεγκεῖν τὰ μῆλα παρὰ τῶν Ἑσπερίδων τρία λαβόντα, διηγησάμενος τὸν ἆθλον. δοὺς δὲ Ἄτλας ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων Ἡρακλεῖ τὸν οὐρανόν καὶ ἐλθὼν πρὸς τὰς Ἑσπερίδας, δεξάμενος παρ’ αὐτῶν τὰ μῆλα ἐλθών τε πρὸς τὸν Ἡρακλέα, τὰ μὲν μῆλα αὐτός φησιν ἀποίσειν Εὐρυσθεῖ, τὸν δ’ οὐρανὸν ἐκέλευεν ἐκεῖνον ἔχειν ἀντ’ αὐτοῦ. ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλῆς ὑποσχόμενος, δόλῳ ἀντεπέθηκεν αὐτὸν τῷ Ἄτλαντι· ἦν γὰρ εἰπὼν αὐτῷ ὁ Προμηθεύς, ὑποθέμενος κελεύειν δέξασθαι τὸν οὐρανόν, ἕως οὗ σπεῖραν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ποιήσηται. ὁ δὲ καταθεὶς τὰ μῆλα εἰς τὴν γῆν ὑποδέχεται τὸν οὐρανόν, Ἡρακλῆς δὲ λαβὼν τὰ μῆλα, χαίρειν εἰπὼν τῷ Ἄτλαντι ἀπέρχεται εἰς Μυκήνας παρ’ Εὐρυσθέα καὶ δεικνύει αὐτῷ ταῦτα. οὕτως ὁ αὐτὸς Φερεκύδης ἐν β΄ (3 fg 17 J.) ἱστορεῖ.

being a violent man. Then he arrives at the Nile in Memphis to Busiris, son of Poseidon, whom he kills along with his son Iphidamas and the herald Chalbes and the attendants at the altar of Zeus, where he used to murder strangers. Arriving at Thebes, he went through the mountains to outer Libya, in whose deserts he kills many of the wild beasts with his arrows. Having cleansed Libya, he went down to the outer sea, and taking a golden cup from Helios he crosses in it to the other side, sailing through the land and the sea and the ocean. Coming to Prometheus and being seen by him, he pities him as he supplicates and kills the eagle that was eating his liver, shooting it as it flew. In return for this, Prometheus advises him not to go for the apples, but to go to Atlas and bid him bring them, and to hold the sky himself in place of Atlas until he brings the apples from the Hesperides. Heracles, hearing this, goes to Atlas and bids him bring three apples from the Hesperides, explaining the labor. Atlas, placing the sky on Heracles' shoulders and going to the Hesperides, receiving the apples from them and coming to Heracles, says that he himself will carry the apples to Eurystheus, and bids him to hold the sky in his place. Heracles, having agreed, by a trick placed it back on Atlas; for Prometheus had told him, advising him to bid him take the sky until he made a coil for his head. Atlas, setting the apples on the ground, takes the sky, and Heracles, taking the apples, bidding farewell to Atlas, departs to Mycenae to Eurystheus and shows them to him. Thus Pherecydes in the second book (3 F 17 J.) relates.

2 Ἀμφιδάμαντα Sturz Pherec.2 1824, 139 ex Apoll. Bibl. II 117 | 4 ἀφικόμενος — lin. 8 πλέων Pherecydis non esse putat Jacoby | ᾔει Wil. ap. Luetkium : ἧς L : καὶ P : ἐξῄει K | ἔξω simul deleto εἰς τὴν P : om. L | ἔξω scil. τῶν Ἡρακλείων στηλῶν (Herod. IV 196) | 5 Αἰθιοπίην pro Λιβύην bis Luetke ap. Wil. ad l. | 6 καὶ λαβὼν — διαβαίνει W : καὶ λ. — ἀφικνεῖται P : λ. — καὶ διαβαίνει L | 7 πέρην Wil. ap. Luetkium : περαίαν Heyne Ad Apoll. Bibl. Observ. 1803, 173 : περάτην dubitanter K : Πέργην. traditum defendit Usener Kl. Schr. IV 54 n. | del. W verba ab hoc loco aliena. conicias ea ante ἀφικόμενος p. 315 lin. 24 esse inserenda | 8 ἐξ- L : ἐπ- P | 21 σπεῖραν Heyne ex Apoll. Bibl. II 120 : πεῖραν L : om. P | 23 χαίρειν — Ἄτλαντι P : om. L. cf. Wil. Eurip. Herakles 22 1895, 132 n.

c. ὅτι τῷ Διὶ γαμοῦντι Ἥραν δῶρα τὰ χρυσᾶ μῆλα ἐπὶ τῷ ὠκεανῷ ἀναδέδωκεν ἡ Γῆ, Φερεκύδης ἐν β΄ (3 fg 16 b J.) φησίν. ἐφύλασσεν δὲ αὐτὰ ὄφις ὁ Τυφῶνος καὶ Ἐχίδνης, ἔχων κεφαλὰς ρ΄ καὶ φωνὰς παντοίας.

c. That when Zeus married Hera, Earth brought forth the golden apples as gifts on the ocean, Pherecydes in the second book (3 F 16 b J.) says. A serpent, offspring of Typhon and Echidna, guarded them, having a hundred heads and voices of all kinds.

d. Ἑσπερίδες ποίπνυον: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑσπέρας ἐπιφαίνεσθαι ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν τῇ Ἑσπερίᾳ κατοικεῖν. ἦσαν δὲ Φόρκου καὶ Κητοῦς αἱ Ἑσπερίδες. 〈. . .〉 ἀπὸ μιᾶς δὲ αὐτῶν εἴρηται ἡ νῆσος, ἣν κατώκει Γηρυονεύς, ἔχων κύνα Ὄρθον, ἀδελφὸν Κερβέρου, ὃν Ἡρακλῆς ἀπέκτεινεν· οἱ δὲ Ἄτλαντος λέγουσιν.

d. The Hesperides bustled: from appearing in the evening or from dwelling in Hesperia. The Hesperides were daughters of Phorcys and Ceto. 〈...〉 From one of them the island is named, which Geryon inhabited, having the dog Orthus, brother of Cerberus, whom Heracles killed; but others say they are daughters of Atlas.

1401. στύπος: στέλεχος. Lᴳ Gᴳ P

1401. στύπος: trunk, stem. Lᴳ Gᴳ P

1404. χόλον: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν χολήν. Ὅμηρος (Π 203)· ‘χόλῳ ἄρα σ’ ἔτρεφε μήτηρ’. Lᵐ (P)

1404. χόλον: instead of χολήν (bile). Homer (Il. 16.203): 'with bile, then, your mother nourished you'. Lᵐ (P)

1405. μυῖαι πυθομένοισιν: πυθομένοις ἀντὶ τοῦ σηπομένοις· ὅθεν καὶ ἡ Πυθία ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐκεῖ σαπῆναι τὸν δράκοντα. (ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ πευστικῶς ἔχοντας ἐπὶ τοὺς χρησμοὺς ἔρχεσθαι· ἢ ἀπὸ παιδός τινος Πυθικῆς, ᾗ ὄνομα Πυθίς, θυγατρὸς Δελφοῦ.) Λύκος δὲ ὁ Νεαπολίτης καὶ τὸ πῦον ἐντεῦθέν φησιν εἶναι· ἔστι γὰρ τοῦτο σεσηπὸς αἷμα.

1405. μυῖαι πυθομένοισιν: πυθομένοις instead of σηπομένοις (rotting); whence also Pythia from the dragon having rotted there. (Or from those who come to the oracles in an inquiring manner; or from a certain Pythian child, whose name was Pythia, daughter of Delphus.) Lycus of Neapolis says that pus is also from this; for it is rotted blood.

1408. 〈ταὶ δ’ αἶψα κόνις καὶ γαῖα〉 [ἐσσυμένως ἐγένοντο]: διὰ τούτου σημαίνει, ὅπως ἀφανεῖς ἐγένοντο.

1408. 〈And they quickly became dust and earth〉 [rushing]: through this he indicates how they became invisible.

1412—14. εἴτ’ οὖν οὐρανίαις: τοῦτό φησιν, ἐπεὶ τῶν Νυμφῶν αἱ μέν εἰσιν οὐράνιαι, αἱ δὲ ἐπίγειοι, αἱ δὲ ἐπιποτάμιοι, αἱ δὲ λιμναῖαι, αἱ δὲ θαλάσσειαι. καὶ καθόλου δὲ τὸ τῶν Νυμφῶν γένος εἰς πολλὰ διήρηται, ὥς φησι Μνησίμαχος ὁ Φασηλίτης ἐν Διακόσμοις (fg 2 M. IV 453).

1412-14. Whether heavenly: he says this because of the Nymphs, some are heavenly, some earthly, some river-dwelling, some of the marshes, some of the sea. And in general the race of Nymphs is divided into many kinds, as Mnesimachus of Phaselis says in his Diacosmi (fg 2 M. IV 453).

1 Apoll. Bibl. II 113 Hyg. Praef. 12, 16 Schm. Fab. 30 | 7 Hes. Theog. 287—94. 309—11 | 11 sch. ABT Π 203 | 13 sch. I 207/09 a cum loc. sim | 17 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 137, 19 B. Hesych. πυθομένων Et. Or. 125, 16 Et. M. 697, 3 Et. Gud. 487, 33 | 20 1409. Et. Gen. (AB) νώσατο: IV 1409. νώσατο ἐπέγνω, ἀπὸ τοῦ νοήσατο κατὰ κρᾶσιν τοῦ ο καὶ η εἰς ω, ὡς ὀγδοήκοντα ὀγδώκοντα. 6 Ἑσπερίᾳ F : ἑσπέρᾳ | 7 lac. ind. W, ubi nomina Hesperidum desiderantur | μιᾶς : cui nomen erat Ἐρυθείας | 14 Πυθία L : -ῷ P | 16 verba Λύκος — αἷμα in L post δράκοντα, in P post σηπομένοις leguntur; in finem scholii trai. W | Λύκος Wil. Ind. schol. aest. Gott. 1884, 16 : Μύκλος | 18 l. mutavit W | 20 ἔνιαι post ἐπεὶ add. L | 21 λιμναῖαι H Steph. : λη- | 23 Φασηλίτης Steph. : Φασιλήτης | Δ-οις L : -ῳ P

1415. ἐνωπαδίς: φανερῶς, κατόψιν. Lᴳ P

1415. ἐνωπαδίς: openly, in full view. Lᴳ P

1418. λωφήσομεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ παύσομεν. κυρίως δὲ λέγεται λωφῆσαι τὸ βάρος ἀπὸ τοῦ τραχήλου ἀποβαλέσθαι· λόφος γὰρ ὁ τράχηλος.

1418. λωφήσομεν: instead of "we will cease." Properly, λωφῆσαι means to cast off a burden from the neck; for λόφος is the neck.

1421. εἰλαπίνας: νῦν θυσίας. Lᴳ (P)

1421. εἰλαπίνας: here, sacrifices. Lᴳ (P)

1422. ἀδινῇ: ἀσθενεῖ, διὰ τὴν δίψαν. Lᵐ (P)

1422. ἀδινῇ: weak, because of thirst. Lᵐ (P)

1433. κύντατος: ὁ χείριστος, ὁ αἴσχιστος. Lᵐ P

1433. κύντατος: the worst, the most shameful. Lᵐ P

1442 a. παίφασσε: ἐψηλάφα, ἐνθουσιασδῶς ἐφέρετο. Lᵐ P

1442a. παίφασσε: he groped, he was carried away in ecstasy. Lᵐ P

b. 〈παίφασσε:〉 ὥρμα. Sᵐ

b. 〈παίφασσε:〉 he rushed. Sᵐ

1452. 〈περὶ〉 χηραμόν: περὶ τὴν ἑαυτῶν κατάδυσιν. Lᵐ (P)

1452. 〈περὶ〉 χηραμόν: around their own lair. Lᵐ (P)

1453 a. γειομόροι: οἱ περὶ τὴν γῆν κακοπαθοῦντες. Lᵐ (P)

1453a. γειομόροι: those who toil upon the earth. Lᵐ (P)

b. 〈ἠύτε μυῖαι:〉 ἐπὶ τῇ παραβολῇ ἑτέρα παραβολή. Sᵐ

b. 〈ἠύτε μυῖαι:〉 upon the simile, another simile. Sᵐ

1454. λίβα: σταγόνα. Lᴳ (P)

1454. λίβα: a drop. Lᴳ (P)

1460. δήοιμεν: εὕροιμεν. Lᵐ P

1460. δήοιμεν: we might find. Lᵐ P

1462. ἐπηλίνδητο: ἐκεκάλυπτο. Lᵐ Gᴳ P

1462. ἐπηλίνδητο: he was covered. Lᵐ Gᴳ P

1470. Εἰλατίδην Πολύφη〈μον〉: Πολύφημος ἐν Μυσίᾳ καταλειφθεὶς ἔκτισε πόλιν Κίον, τὴν οὕτως ὀνομασθεῖσαν ἀπὸ τοῦ παραρρέοντος ποταμοῦ· μαχόμενος πρὸς Χάλυβας οὗτος ἐτελεύτησεν, ὥς φησι Νυμφόδωρος (fg 18 M. II 380). ὅτι δὲ τὴν Κίον ἔκτισεν, εἴρηκεν Αὐτόχαρις ἐν α΄ Χρόνων (249 fg 1 J.).

1470. Eilatides Polyphemus: Polyphemus, left behind in Mysia, founded the city of Cius, which was named after the river flowing past it; fighting against the Chalybes he died, as Nymphodorus says (fg 18 M. II 380). That he founded Cius, Autocharis has said in the first book of his Chronicles (249 fg 1 J.).

1471. οὗ ἔθεν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ. Lᴳ P

1471. οὗ ἔθεν: instead of ἑαυτοῦ (his own). Lᴳ P

1487. αὐλείτης: ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπαύλεως, ὁ ἀγροῖκος. ἔστι δὲ παρὰ τὴν αὖλιν τὸ ὄνομα.

1487. αὐλείτης: the one from the farmstead, the rustic. The name is from αὖλιν (courtyard).

1490—94 a. Λυκωρείοιο: ἀντὶ τοῦ Δελφικοῦ· οἱ γὰρ Δελφοὶ τὸ πρῶτον Λυκωρεῖς ἐκαλοῦντο ἀπό τινος κώμης Λυκωρείας.

1490-94a. Λυκωρείοιο: instead of Delphic; for the Delphians were first called Lycoreans from a certain village Lycoreia.

2 sch. II 485 b cum loc. sim. | 15 Et. Gen. (AB) Εἰλατίδην Πολύφημον: τὸν (A, om. B) τοῦ Ἐλάτου υἱόν. cf. W 83 | 16 sch. I 1177/78 a cum loc. sim. | 23 Et. Gen. (AB) Λυκώρεια: IV 1486—1487. 1490. Λυκώ- 6 αἴσχιστος Schaefer : ἔσχατος | 12 P add. : ἡ εὐθεῖα λίψ, ἀρσενικῶς (θηλυκῶς Schaefer). ὁ δὲ λὶψ τὸν ἀπὸ Ἀφρικῆς πνέοντα ἄνεμον σημαίνει. | 19 Αὐτόχαρις (ut primus vidi) L : αὑτὸ Χάρις F : Χάρης P : Χάριν V. nomen auctoris ignotum et a multis tentatum. Keilio placuit emendatio Heringae Misc. Obs. crit. nov. 8, 1749, 949 αὑτὸ Χάραξ, quam post alios iure refellit Schwartz RE2 III 2133. αὑτὸ Χάρων coni. Spitzner Cur. crit. in scholia Ap. Rh. 1, Progr. Lyc. Vit. 1819, 5, αὑτὸ Χάρης Susemihl Gesch. d. gr. Lit. i. d. Alex.zeit 2, 1892, 152 n. 23. Αὐτόχαρις e Ps.-Eudocia 768 Fl. receperunt C. Mueller et Jacoby. contestatum est nomen Αὐτοχάρης. Χρόνων LV : Χρονικῶν P | 21 ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπαύλεως Gᴳ

b. βαρὺ κῦμα: ἀντὶ τοῦ κύημα. Ἀλέξανδρος δὲ ἐν α΄ Κρητικῶν (fg 32 M. III 231) τῇ Ἀκακαλλίδι συνελθεῖν φησι τὸν Ἑρμῆν καὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα, καὶ ἐκ μὲν Ἀπόλλωνος γενέσθαι Νάξον, ἐκ δὲ Ἑρμοῦ Κύδωνα, ἀφ’ οὗ ἡ πόλις Κυδωνία καλεῖται ἐν Κρήτῃ.

b. βαρὺ κῦμα: instead of κύημα (swelling). Alexander in the first book of his Cretan History (fg 32 M. III 231) says that Hermes and Apollo had intercourse with Acacallis, and from Apollo was born Naxos, and from Hermes Cydon, after whom the city Cydonia in Crete is named.

c. Γαράμαντες ἔθνος Λιβύης.

c. Garamantes: a people of Libya.

d. 〈Γαράμαντα:〉 ἄδηλον, πότερον ἀπὸ τοῦ Γαράμαντος τούτου οἱ ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ Γαράμαντες ὠνομάσθησαν ἢ οὗτος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔθνους. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ναὸς παρ’ αὐτοῖς, καὶ Γαράμας μνημονεύεται θεός.

d. 〈Γαράμαντα:〉 it is unclear whether the Garamantes in Libya were named after this Garamas or he after the people. There is also a temple among them, and Garamas is mentioned as a god.

1515 a. Γοργόνος ἀρτίτομον: Περσέως ἐν Σερίφῳ μετὰ τῆς μητρὸς διάγοντος παρὰ Δίκτυι καὶ ἡβήσαντος, Πολυδέκτης ὁ Δίκτυος ὁμομήτριος, βασιλεὺς Σερίφου τυγχάνων, ἰδὼν τὴν Δανάην ἠράσθη αὐτῆς, ἠπόρει δὲ συγκοιμηθῆναι· καὶ παρασκευάσας ἄριστον ἐκάλει ἄλλους τε πολλοὺς καὶ αὐτὸν Περσέα. Περσέως δὲ πυθομένου, ἐπὶ τίνι ὁ ἔρανος εὐωχεῖται, τοῦ δὲ φήσαντος ἐπὶ ἵππῳ, Περσεὺς εἶπεν ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς Γοργόνος κεφαλῇ. μετὰ δὲ τὸν ἔρανον τῇ ἑξῆς ἡμέρᾳ, ὅτε οἱ ἄλλοι ἐρανισταί τὸν ἵππον ἀπεκόμιζον καὶ Περσεύς, ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἐδέχετο, ἀπήτει δὲ τὴν τῆς Γοργόνος κεφαλὴν κατὰ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ κομίσῃ, τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ λήψεσθαι ἔφη. ὁ δὲ ἀνιαθεὶς ἀπέρχεται ὀλοφυρόμενος τὴν συμφορὰν εἰς τὸ ἔσχατον τῆς νήσου. Ἑρμῆς δὲ αὐτῷ ὀφθεὶς καὶ πεῦσιν αὐτῷ προσαγαγών, μανθάνει τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ θρήνου. ὁ δὲ

1515a. Gorgon's freshly cut head: When Perseus was living on Seriphos with his mother at the house of Dictys and had reached manhood, Polydectes, the brother of Dictys on his mother's side, who was king of Seriphos, saw Danae and fell in love with her, but was at a loss as to how to sleep with her. So he prepared a feast and invited many others and Perseus himself. When Perseus asked on what account the banquet was being held, and he said it was for a horse, Perseus said, "For the head of the Gorgon." After the feast, on the next day, when the other guests brought their horses and Perseus too, he would not accept his, but demanded the head of the Gorgon according to the promise; and he said that if he did not bring it, he would take his mother. Perseus, grieved, went away to the farthest part of the island, lamenting his misfortune. Hermes appeared to him and questioned him, and learned the cause of his lamentation.

ρεια πόλις Δελφίδος, ἐν ᾗ τιμᾶται Ἀπόλλων· ἀπὸ Λυκώρου τοῦ (τοῦ B, om. A) κτίσαντος αὐτήν, υἱοῦ Κωρυκίας (A, -είας B), οἰκοῦντος ἐν τῷ Παρνασσῷ. καὶ τὸ παρακείμενον ὄρος ἐκάλεσεν Κωρύκιον (-εῖον A B) ἀπὸ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ μητρὸς Κωρυκίας (-είας A B). sch. II 705/11 h cum loc. sim. | 1 Hesych. Phot. κῦμα Et. Or. 88, 26 Or. Werf. 614, 46 Et. M. 545, 1 Et. Gud. 353, 33 Sturz Eust. 656, 57. 1640, 60 | 3 Paus. VIII 53, 4 sch. Theocr. VII 12 c Steph. Byz. Κυδωνία sch. τ 176 | 6 Eust. Dion. Per. 217 Serv. auct. Verg. Aen. IV 198 | 9 sch. Pind. Pyth. X 72 a Apoll. Bibl. II 36—46 1 κύημα Gᴳ Sᵐ | 4 P add.: τὸν δὲ (Ἀ)κακαλλίδος υἱὸν Ἀμφίθεμιν καὶ Γαράμαντά φησι κληθῆναι (scil. Apollonius, v. 1494) | 6 novum sch. constituit W | 8 Ἀγροίτας (fg 4 M. IV 295) pro Γαράμας Bernhardy Dion. Per. 1828, 876 | μνημονεύεται θεός Wil. Hell. Dicht. 2, 1924, 274 : μνημονεύει τοῦ ἔθνους L : ἱστορεῖ P | 16 ἀπεκόμιζον L : (ἕκαστος) ἐκόμιζε P | 17 μὴ P : om. L

ἡγεῖται, θαρρεῖν εἰπών, πρῶτον παρὰ τὰς Φόρκου Γραίας, Πεμφρηδὼ καὶ Ἐνυὼ καὶ Δεινώ, Ἀθηνᾶς φθασάσης· καὶ αὐτῶν ὑφαιρεῖται τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν καὶ τὸν ὀδόντα ὀρεγουσῶν ἀλλήλαις, αἱ δὲ αἰσθανόμεναι βοῶσιν καὶ ἱκετεύουσι τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν καὶ τὸν ὀδόντα ἀποδοῦναι· ἑνὶ γὰρ αἱ τρεῖς ἐκ διαδοχῆς ἐκέχρηντο. ὁ δὲ Περσεύς φησιν αὐτὸς ἔχειν, καὶ ἀποδώσειν, ἐὰν αὐτῷ ὑποδείξωσι τὰς Νύμφας, αἳ ἔχουσι τὴν Ἄϊδος κυνέην καὶ τὰ πέδιλα τὰ ὑπόπτερα καὶ τὴν κίβισιν. αἱ δὲ αὐτῷ φράζουσι, καὶ ὁ Περσεὺς ἀποδίδωσιν. καὶ ἀπελθὼν πρὸς τὰς Νύμφας σὺν Ἑρμῇ, αἰτήσας τε καὶ λαβὼν ὑποδεσμεῖται τὰ ὑπόπτερα πέδιλα καὶ τὴν κίβισιν περιβάλλει κατὰ τῶν ὤμων καὶ τὴν Ἄϊδος κυνῆν τῇ κεφαλῇ περιτίθησιν. εἶτα ἔρχεται πετόμενος πρὸς τὸν ὠκεανὸν καὶ τὰς Γοργόνας συνεπομένων αὐτῷ Ἑρμοῦ τε καὶ Ἀθηνᾶς· ταύτας δὲ κοιμωμένας εὑρίσκει. ὑποτίθενται δὲ αὐτῷ οὗτοι οἱ θεοί, πῶς χρὴ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποτεμεῖν ἀπεστραμμένον, καὶ δεικνύουσι Μέδουσαν, ἣ μόνη ἦν θνητὴ τῶν Γοργόνων. ὁ δὲ πλησίον γενόμενος ἀποτέμνει, καὶ ἐνθεὶς εἰς τὴν κίβισιν φεύγει. αἱ δὲ αἰσθόμεναι διώκουσι καὶ αὐτὸν οὐχ ὁρῶσιν. Περσεὺς δὲ εἰς Σέριφον γενόμενος ἔρχεται παρὰ Πολυδέκτην καὶ κελεύει συναθροῖσαι τὸν λαόν, ὅπως δείξῃ αὐτοῖς τὴν τῆς Γοργόνος κεφαλήν, εἰδὼς ὅτι, ἐὰν ἴδωσιν, λίθοι ἔμελλον ἔσεσθαι. ὁ δὲ Πολυδέκτης ἀολλίσας τὸν ὄχλον κελεύει αὐτὸν δεικνύειν. ὁ δὲ ἀποστρεφόμενος ἐξαιρεῖ ἐκ τῆς κιβίσεως καὶ δείκνυσιν, οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες λίθοι ἐγένοντο. ἡ δὲ Ἀθηνᾶ παρὰ Περσέως λαβοῦσα τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐντίθησιν εἰς τὴν ἑαυτῆς αἰγίδα· τὴν δὲ κίβισιν Ἑρμῆς ἀποδίδωσι καὶ τὰ πέδιλα καὶ τὴν κυνῆν ταῖς Νύμφαις. ἱστορεῖ Φερεκύδης ἐν τῇ β΄ (3 fg 11 J.).

He leads him, telling him to take courage, first to the Graeae, daughters of Phorcys, Pemphredo and Enyo and Deino, with Athena having gone ahead. And he steals their eye and tooth as they pass them to one another; they, perceiving it, cry out and beg him to give back the eye and the tooth, for the three used them in turn, one at a time. Perseus says that he has them and will return them if they show him the Nymphs who have the cap of Hades, the winged sandals, and the kibisis. They tell him, and Perseus gives them back. And going with Hermes to the Nymphs, he asks for and receives them, binds on the winged sandals, slings the kibisis over his shoulders, and puts the cap of Hades on his head. Then he flies to the ocean and the Gorgons, with Hermes and Athena accompanying him; he finds them asleep. These gods instruct him how to cut off the head while turned away, and they point out Medusa, who alone of the Gorgons was mortal. He approaches and cuts it off, puts it in the kibisis, and flees. They, perceiving it, pursue him but do not see him. Perseus, arriving at Seriphos, goes to Polydectes and bids him assemble the people, so that he may show them the head of the Gorgon, knowing that if they saw it, they would become stones. Polydectes gathers the crowd and bids him show it. He, turning away, takes it out of the kibisis and shows it, and those who saw it became stones. Athena took the head from Perseus and placed it on her aegis; Hermes returned the kibisis, the sandals, and the cap to the Nymphs. Pherecydes relates this in the second book (3 F 11 J.).

1 τὰς AH : τοῦ L : τὰς τοῦ P. Πεμφρηδὼ L : Πεφριδὼ P | 2 Ἐνυὼ καὶ Δεινώ Heyne Apoll. Bibl.2 1803, 137 : Ἐντὼ καὶ Ἰαινὼ φθασάσης L : φρ- P | ὑφ- L : ἀφ- P | 5 αὐτὸς Castiglioni Riv. di fil. 61, 1933, 279 et Wil. ad l. : οὗ L : -ὸν AF : om. P | 14 post ἀπεστραμμένον P insert : δηλαδὴ 〈καὶ add. Schaefer〉 κάτοπτρον ἔχοντα, ὅπερ ἔλαβε παρὰ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς (cf. Apoll. Bibl. II 41) | αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ κατόπτρῳ post δεικνύουσι add. P | 15 ὁ δὲ — ἀποτέμνει L : πλησιάσας οὖν αὐταῖς ἀπεστραμμένος, ἵνα μὴ ἀπολιθωθῇ ἰδὼν αὐτάς, καὶ ἐν τῷ κατόπτρῳ ὁρῶν τὴν Μέδουσαν κατ’ ἀνάκλασιν, τῇ ἅρπῃ (cf. Apoll. Bibl. II 39) καρατομεῖ (Schaefer, κατατ- P) αὐτήν P | τὴν κεφαλὴν post θεὶς (pro ἐνθεὶς) add. P | 16 διὰ τὴν Ἄϊδος κυνῆν post ὁρῶσιν add. F | 19 ἀολλίσας F : -ήσας L : συναθροίσας P | 23 Ἑρμῇ Steph. quo receptο Jacoby 〈ὁ δὲ πάλιν ἀποδίδωσι〉 post κυνῆν vult suppleri

ἄλλοι δέ φασι τὸν Περσέα καρατομήσαντα τὴν Γοργόνα ὑπὲρ τῆς Λιβύης πετασθῆναι, ἐκ δὲ τῶν κατενεχθέντων σταγόνων τοῦ αἵματος γενέσθαι θηρία· διὸ καὶ τὴν Λιβύην πολύθηρον εἶπε (1561). τὸ αὐτό φησι καὶ 〈Λυκόφρων〉 ἐν τῇ Ἀλεξάνδρᾳ (838).

Others say that Perseus, having cut off the Gorgon's head, flew over Libya, and from the drops of blood that fell were born wild beasts; for this reason he called Libya rich in wild beasts (1561). The same is said by Lycophron in the Alexandra (838).

b. 〈βασιλῆϊ:〉 τῷ Πολυδέκτῃ ἢ τῷ Δίκτυϊ. Gᵍ Sᵐ

b. To the king: to Polydectes or to Dictys. Gᵍ Sᵐ

1523. ὑπέρβιον: ἀντὶ τοῦ χαλεπῶς καὶ ὑπερβίως. γράφεται δέ· ἐπεὶ οὔ μιν ὑπέρβιον ἕλκος ἔτειρεν. Lᵐ P

1523. Hyperbion: meaning 'grievously and violently'. It is written: 'since no grievous wound distressed him'. Lᵐ P

1524. 〈κῶμα:〉 θάνατος. Sᵐ

1524. Coma: death. Sᵐ

1532. 〈χαλκείῃσι:〉 τοῖς χαλκείοις σκαφίοις ἐλάχαινον, ὅ ἐστιν ἔσκαπτον. Lᵐ (P)

1532. With bronze: they dug with bronze scoops, that is, they excavated. Lᵐ (P)

1533. ἡ δὲ μάκελλα τὴν δίκελλαν σημαίνει. P

1533. The mattock signifies the two-pronged hoe. P

1536. εὖ κτερέων ἴσχοντα: ἀντὶ τοῦ λαβόντα. χυτὴν δὲ Ὁμηρικῶς τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς νεκροῖς χεομένην γῆν.

1536. Having proper burial: meaning 'having received'. 'Poured earth' in Homeric fashion means the earth heaped over the dead.

1537. πρήσσοντος 〈ἀήτεω〉: φυσῶντος τοῦ ἀνέμου. Lᵍ (P)

1537. Of the blowing wind: of the wind blowing. Lᵍ (P)

1543. ῥοίζῳ: ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ συριγμοῦ.

1543. With a whiz: meaning 'with a whistling'.

1544. σπινθαρύγεσσι: σπινθῆρσι. σπινθῆρές εἰσιν αἱ λαμπηδόνες. Lᵐ (P)

1544. Sparks: sparks. Sparks are flashes of light. Lᵐ (P)

1545. ῥωχμοί εἰσιν αἱ κατὰ τὴν γῆν ῥήξεις. Lᵐ (Sᵐ) (P)

1545. Clefts are the fissures in the earth. Lᵐ (Sᵐ) (P)

1549. μείλια: τὰ ἐκμειλίξασθαι δυνάμενα δῶρα, τὰ ἱλαστήρια. Lᵐ (P)

1549. Propitiatory gifts: gifts able to appease, expiatory offerings. Lᵐ (P)

1552. καὶ Πίνδαρος ἐν Πυθιονίκαις ἐν τῇ εἰς Ἀρκεσίλαον ᾠδῇ (IV 20 sq.) τὴν τοῦ Τρίτωνος ἐπιφάνειαν λέγει. ἔστι δὲ παρὰ τοῖς γεγραφόσι τὰ Περὶ Κυρήνης καὶ Λιβύης. Lᵐ P

1552. Pindar also in the Pythian Odes, in the ode to Arcesilaus (IV 20 sq.), mentions the appearance of Triton. It is found among those who have written about Cyrene and Libya. Lᵐ P

1558. δὴ γάρ με πατὴρ ἐπιΐστορα: ἀντὶ τοῦ κριτήν. ὅταν δ’ αὖ Ὅμηρος περὶ Ἀγαμέμνονος λέγῃ (Ψ 486) ‘ἴστορα δ’ Ἀτρείδην Ἀγαμέμνονα’, ἀντὶ τοῦ μάρτυρα, συνθηκοφύλακα. λέγει δὲ νῦν ἐπιμελητήν, κατάσκοπον.

1558. For my father made me a witness: meaning 'judge'. But when Homer says of Agamemnon (Il. 23.486) 'witness Agamemnon son of Atreus', he means 'witness', 'guardian of the covenant'. Here he means 'overseer', 'scout'.

12 sch. A Z 464. Ξ 114. Ψ 256 Hesych. χυτή Συν. χ. (417, 32 Ba. Suid.) Et. M. 816, 7 Eust. 655, 35. 699, 52. 971, 20 | 19 sch. III 146 cum loc. sim. | 24 sch. ABT Σ 501. Ψ 486 Apoll. Lex. Hom. 93, 2 B. Hesych. ἴστωρ Συν. ἴστορι (264, 7 Ba. Phot. Suid.) Et. M. 478, 15 4 suppl. K | ἐν τῇ Ἀλεξάνδρᾳ L : Ἀλέξανδρος (Polyhistor fg 135 M. III 239) P. cf. W 41 | 5 τῷ Π. ἢ S : om. G | 23 Κυρήνης O. Mueller Orchomenos 1820, 351 : Κύπρου | 24 ὅταν δ’ αὖ Ὅμηρος P : ὅταν L : 〈καὶ Ὅμηρος (Σ 501) ‘ἐπὶ ἴστορι πεῖραρ ἑλέσθαι’, καὶ〉 ὅταν K

1561 a. Λιβύῃ μηλοτρόφῳ: ἀντὶ τοῦ Λιβύης μηλοτρόφου ἐκγεγαῶτα. L

1561 a. In sheep-nurturing Libya: meaning 'born of sheep-nurturing Libya'. L

b. τὸ δὲ θηροτρόφῳ γράφεται καὶ μηλοτρόφῳ. P

b. It is written both 'beast-nurturing' and 'sheep-nurturing'. P

c. Εὐρύπυλον Λιβύης: Εὐρύπυλος Ποσειδῶνος υἱὸς καὶ Κελαινοῦς τῆς Ἄτλαντος, βασιλεὺς δὲ Κυρήνης. Φύλαρχος δὲ ἐν ζ΄ (81 fg 15 J.) Εὔρυτον αὐτὸν καλεῖ, καὶ ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἀναγράφει Λυκάονα. Ἀκέσανδρος δὲ ἐν α΄ Περὶ Κυρήνης [τῆς Ὑψέως] (fg 4 M. IV 285) μετ’ αὐτὸν βασιλεῦσαί φησι Λιβύης Κυρήνην τὴν Ὑψέως. μνημονεύει τοῦ Εὐρυπύλου καὶ Καλλίμαχος, λέγων (Hymn. II 92) ‘βοῶν σίνιν Εὐρυπύλοιο’, περὶ Κυρήνης ποιούμενος τὸν λόγον.

c. Eurypylus of Libya: Eurypylus was the son of Poseidon and Celaeno, daughter of Atlas, and king of Cyrene. Phylarchus in the seventh book (81 F 15 J.) calls him Eurytus, and records his brother Lycaon. Acesander in the first book of his work On Cyrene (F 4 M. IV 285) says that after him Cyrene, daughter of Hypseus, ruled Libya. Callimachus also mentions Eurypylus, saying (Hymn 2.92) 'the destroyer of cattle, Eurypylus', when speaking of Cyrene.

1562—63 a. πρόφρων ὑπερέσχεθε: τὸν Εὔφημον ἐποίησε δεχόμενον τὴν βῶλον δι’ οἰκειότητα, ἐπεὶ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Εὐρώπης τῆς Τιτυοῦ. καὶ Εὐρύπυλος δέ, οὗ εἰς τὴν χώραν παρεγένοντο, Ποσειδῶνός ἐστιν υἱός. λέγεται δὲ καὶ παρὰ Πινδάρῳ (Pyth. IV 22), ὅτι ἐδέξατο τὴν βῶλον ὁ Εὔφημος.

1562-63 a. Willingly he held out: he made Euphemus receive the clod because of kinship, since he was the son of Poseidon and Europa, daughter of Tityus. And Eurypylus, into whose land they came, is also a son of Poseidon. It is also said by Pindar (Pyth. 4.22) that Euphemus received the clod.

b. καὶ τοῖα παραβλή〈δην〉: Παλαμήδης ἐξ ἀντιβολῆς ἢ παραλογιστικῶς, νῦν δὲ ἐξ ἀποκρίσεως.

b. And such things in reply: Palamedes from a counter-argument or by deception, but here from an answer.

1564 a. Ἀτθίδα καὶ πέλα〈γος〉: γράφεται Ἀπίδα καὶ πέλαγος Μινώιον. Ἀπὶς νῆσος κειμένη πρὸ τῆς Κρήτης· Μινώιον δὲ πέλαγος πρὸ τῆς Κρήτης, αὕτη γὰρ Μίνωος ἦν βασιλεία· ἢ ἐπεὶ θαλαττοκρατῶν ὑφ’ αὑτὸν τὰς νήσους ἐποίησε. μετὰ δὲ τὸ Κρητικὸν τὸ Αἰγύπτιον.

1564 a. Attic land and sea: it is written 'Apian land and Minôan sea'. Apis is an island lying before Crete; the Minôan sea is before Crete, for this was the kingdom of Minos; or because he ruled the sea and made the islands subject to him. After the Cretan sea comes the Egyptian sea.

b. 〈Ἀπίδα: γράφεται〉 Ἀτθίδα. Sᵐ

1569. χεῦμα δι’ ἠπείρου βεβαρημέ〈νοι〉: ἄδηλον, πότερον κατὰ τὸ κοινὸν ἤπειρον εἴρηκε τὴν γῆν ἢ 〈τὴν Λιβύην〉, ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ οἰκουμένη εἰς ἠπείρους τρεῖς διήρηται, Ἀσίαν, Εὐρώπην, Λιβύην· ἡ δὲ Αἴγυπτος κατὰ μέν τινας τῆς Ἀσίας ἐστί, κατὰ δέ τινας τῆς Λιβύης.

1569. χεῦμα δι’ ἠπείρου βεβαρημέ〈νοι〉: It is unclear whether he has said "mainland" in the common sense of "land" or "Libya," because the whole inhabited world is divided into three continents: Asia, Europe, Libya. Egypt, according to some, is part of Asia, but according to others, part of Libya.

1571. ἄπωθεν: ἀπὸ διαστήματος. Lᵍ P

1571. ἄπωθεν: from a distance. Lᵍ P

1573. διήλυσις: διεξέλευσις, ἔξοδος. Lᵍ P

1573. διήλυσις: passage through, exit. Lᵍ P

1575. φρίσσουσι: εἰς ὕψος αἴρονται. Lᵍ P

1575. φρίσσουσι: they rise to a height. Lᵍ P

1581. περιρρήδην: ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ περιφέρειαν. Lᵍ P

1581. περιρρήδην: instead of "around the circumference." Lᵍ P

1589. εἴσατο: ὥρμησεν. Lᵍ Gᵍ Sᵐ P

1589. εἴσατο: he rushed. Lᵍ Gᵍ Sᵐ P

1599. ἁλοσύδναι: θαλάσσιαι, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν ἁλὶ δύνειν 〈. . .〉, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ὁρμᾶν.

1599. ἁλοσύδναι: of the sea, from "to sink in the sea" 〈...〉, that is, "to move in the sea."

1608. ὀδακτάζοντι: δάκνοντι. Lᵍ Sᵐ P

1608. ὀδακτάζοντι: biting. Lᵍ Sᵐ P

1609. ὁλκήιον Ἀργοῦς: τὸ κάτω τοῦ πλοίου ξύλον τὸ πρὸς τῇ τρόπιδι, οὗ ἡ ναῦς ἕλκεται, ὃ πήσσεται πρῶτον ἐπὶ γῆς, κατασκευαζομένου πλοίου.

1609. ὁλκήιον Ἀργοῦς: the lower timber of the ship, near the keel, by which the ship is dragged, which is fixed first on the ground when the ship is being built.

1613—16 a. αὐτὰρ ὑπαὶ λαγόνων δίκραιρά οἱ: διπλή· τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ τοῦ Τρίτωνος οὐρά, διῃρημένη εἰς δύο. ἔτεμνε δὲ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ ὕδατος ταῖς ἀκάνθαις, αἵτινες κάτωθεν ἐπὶ τοῖς κέντροις τοῖς σκαμβοῖς ἐδιχάζοντο, ὅμοιαι οὖσαι τοῖς τῆς σελήνης κέρασιν, ἅτινα ἡμικύκλιά ἐστι· τοιούτῳ δὲ σχήματι καὶ τὰ ἄκρα τῆς οὐρᾶς τῶν ἰχθύων ἐστίν, ἡμικύκλια.

1613-16a. αὐτὰρ ὑπαὶ λαγόνων δίκραιρά οἱ: double; for such is the tail of Triton, divided into two. It cut the surface of the water with its spines, which below were divided at the curved points, being like the horns of the moon, which are semicircular. And in such a shape are the ends of the tails of fish, semicircular.

b. κήτεος ἀλκαίη: 〈ἡ〉 οὐρά. κυρίως ἀλκαία λέγεται ἡ τοῦ λέοντος οὐρά, ἀπὸ τοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς εἰς ἀλκὴν τρέπεσθαι. καὶ ὁ ποιητής (Υ 170)· ‘οὐρῇ δὲ πλευράς τε καὶ ἰσχία ἀμφοτέρωθεν μαστίεται.’ Καλλίμαχος δὲ κακῶς ἐπὶ τῶν μυῶν τέθεικεν (fg 317 Schn.)· ‘ἀλκαίας ἀφύσσα’. ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀλαλκεῖν, ὅ ἐστι βοηθεῖν· ὥσπερ καὶ οὐρὰ ἢ παρὰ

b. κήτεος ἀλκαίη: the tail. Properly the lion's tail is called ἀλκαία, from the fact that through it the animal turns to strength. And the poet (Iliad 20.170): "with his tail he lashes his sides and flanks on both sides." But Callimachus has wrongly used it of mice (fr. 317 Schn.): "drawing from the tail." Or from ἀλαλκεῖν, that is, to help; just as οὐρά either from

τὸ οὐρεῖν, ὅ ἐστι φυλάττειν, ἢ διὰ τὸ ὀρίνειν ἑαυτὰ τὰ ζῶα τῇ οὐρᾷ, ὡς ὁ λέων καὶ ὁ ταῦρος καὶ ὁ κύων καὶ τὰ λοιπά.

οὐρεῖν, that is, to guard, or because animals stir themselves with their tail, as the lion, the bull, the dog, and the rest.

c. 〈ἀλκαίη:〉 κυρίως [δὲ] ἡ τοῦ λέοντος οὐρὰ ἀλκαία λέγεται, ἡ εἰς ἀλκὴν παρορμῶσα. ἐν δὲ τῇ Κωμικῇ λέξει (Didymi fg I 5, 35 Schmidt 71) οὐ μόνον ἡ τοῦ λέοντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἵππου καὶ βοὸς καὶ τῶν ἐμφερῶν, ὅσα ὥσπερ ἀλεξητηρίῳ τῇ οὐρᾷ χρῆται.

c. 〈ἀλκαίη:〉 properly the lion's tail is called ἀλκαία, the one that urges to strength. But in the Comic Lexicon (Didymus fr. I 5, 35 Schmidt 71) not only the lion's, but also the horse's, the ox's, and those of similar animals, as many as use the tail as a means of defense.

1619. ἥρωες, τέρας: τὸν Τρίτωνα λέγει τέρας, ἐπεὶ τὰ μὲν ἀνδρὸς ἔχει, τὰ δὲ κήτους.

1619. ἥρωες, τέρας: he calls Triton a monster, since he has some parts of a man and some of a sea-monster.

1620. Ἀργῷός τε λιμήν: παρὰ τῇ Τριτωνίδι λιμήν ἐστιν Ἀργῷος καλούμενος.

1620. Ἀργῷός τε λιμήν: near Lake Tritonis there is a harbor called Argoos.

1630. αὔλιος: ὁ ἕσπερος· ἢ παρὰ τὸ αὐλίζεσθαι, ὅ ἐστι κοιμᾶσθαι, ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἐν αὐλαῖς διατρίβειν κατ’ ἐκείνην τὴν ὥραν, ὅτε ὁ ἕσπερος ἀνατέλλει.

1630. αὔλιος: the evening star; either from αὐλίζεσθαι, that is, to sleep, or from spending time in the courtyards at that hour when the evening star rises.

1633. ἐπερρώοντο: ἐρρωμένως ἤλαυνον. Lᵐ P

1633. ἐπερρώοντο: they drove vigorously. Lᵐ P

1636. Κάρπαθος: νῆσός ἐστι τῶν Σποράδων πλησίον τῆς Κῶ. ταύτην Ὅμηρος εἴρηκεν (Β 676) ‘Κάρπαθόν τε Κάσον τε’. ἄλλοι δὲ Κράπαθον αὐτὴν καλοῦσιν.

1636. Κάρπαθος: it is an island of the Sporades near Cos. Homer has called it (Iliad 2.676) "Carpathos and Casos." But others call it Crapathos.

1638. 〈Τάλως:〉 ὄνομα κύριον. Lᵍ

1638. 〈Τάλως:〉 proper name. Lᵍ

1640. ἐπιωγήν: σκέπην, ὑφ’ ἧς ὁ ἄνεμος ἄγνυται. L Sᵐ (P)

1640. ἐπιωγήν: shelter, by which the wind is broken. L Sᵐ (P)

1646—48. [τοὺς δὲ Τάλως] 〈ὑπαὶ δέ οἱ ἔσκε〉: ὁ Τάλως ἐπὶ τοῦ σφυροῦ σύριγγα εἶχεν ὑμένι περιεχομένην. σύριγξ δὲ λέγεται

1646-48. [τοὺς δὲ Τάλως] 〈ὑπαὶ δέ οἱ ἔσκε〉: Talos had on his ankle a tube enclosed in a membrane. It is called a tube

11 Et. M. 641, 8 | Eust. 831, 9 | 15 Steph. Byz. Κάρπαθος | Dion. Per. 500 sq. | 19 sch. ε 404 | Apoll. Lex. Hom. 75, 1 B. | Hesych. ἐπιωγαί | Suid. ἐπιωγή | Eust. 1540, 24 | 20 Apoll. Bibl. I 140 | Phot. Bibl. 443 b 22—25 B. 3 novum sch. constituit W | 4 verba ἡ εἰς ἀλκὴν παρ., quae in sch. b post βοηθεῖν leguntur, huc trai. W | ad Theonis opus haec referre vult Wil. ad l. | 6 ἀλεξη- P : ἀλεξι- L | 11 ἕσπερος Gᵍ, ἑσπέριος Sᵐ | ἢ — κοιμᾶσθαι P : ἄδηλον δέ, πότερον τὸ αὐλίζεσθαι κεῖται ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιμᾶσθαι L glossam reddens ad genuina interpretis verba in P servata pertinentem, cf. W 48. 54 | 16 Κράπ. Hom. | 17 Κράπαθον αὐτὴν καλοῦσιν W : Κρήτην αὐτ. καλ. L : πλησίον Κρήτης εἶναί φασιν αὐτήν P | 19 ὑφ’ L : ἀφ’ S : aliter P | 20 l. mutavit W | post ὁ Τάλως P add. e v. 1641 : δὲ ἦν μὲν τοῦ γένους ἐκείνου τοῦ χαλκοῦ· ὅλος δὲ χαλκοῦς ὢν | 21 L post περιεχ. praestat verba σ. δὲ λέγεται ἡ π. et sub finem scholii σ. δὲ ἡ π., ἧς ῥαγ. εἴμ. αὐτῷ ἁλῶναι, unde quae supra leguntur composuit W Phil. 81, 1926, 21 (cf. W 50) : P recto loco habet σ. δὲ ἔστιν ἡ π.· ῥαγ. οὖν τῆς σύριγγος εἴμ. ἁλῶναι αὐτοῦ (l. -ῷ)

ἡ περόνη, ἧς ῥαγείσης εἵμαρτο αὐτῷ ἁλῶναι. ὅτι δὲ εἵμαρτο αὐτῷ τελευτῆσαι, λέγει καὶ Σοφοκλῆς ἐν Δαιδάλῳ (fg 161 Pearson).

The pin, which when it broke it was fated for him to be captured. That it was fated for him to die, Sophocles also says in Daedalus (fr. 161 Pearson).

1659. βελέων: τῶν πετρῶν· καὶ γὰρ Ὅμηρος (ι 495) βέλος εἴρηκε τὴν πέτραν τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ Κύκλωπος βληθεῖσαν. καὶ πᾶν τὸ πεμπόμενον βέλος φασίν.

1659. βελέων: of the rocks; for Homer (Od. 9.495) called the rock thrown by the Cyclops a βέλος. And they say every missile is a βέλος.

1661. ἀνωΐστως: ἐξαίφνης.

1661. ἀνωΐστως: suddenly.

1667 a. 〈ἠέρα:〉 σκοτασμόν. Sᵐ

1667a. 〈ἠέρα:〉 darkness. Sᵐ

b. ἐπὶ ζωοῖσιν ἄγονται: διὰ τῶν φαρμάκων τοῖς ζῶσιν ἐπάγονται. Lᵐ P

b. ἐπὶ ζωοῖσιν ἄγονται: by means of drugs they are brought upon the living. Lᵐ P

1671. 〈πρῖεν:〉 ἔπριεν. Lᵍ

1671. 〈πρῖεν:〉 he sawed. Lᵍ

1672. δίκηλα: εἴδωλα, φαντάσματα. Lᵐ (P)

1672. δίκηλα: images, phantoms. Lᵐ (P)

1673. ἄηται: φέρεται, κεκίνηται. Lᵐ (P)

1673. ἄηται: is carried, is moved. Lᵐ (P)

1677. βρίμῃ: τῇ ἰσχύϊ. παρὰ δὲ τὸ βρι πέπτωκε ῥῆμα τὸ βρίθω, οὗ ὁ μέλλων βρίσω καὶ ῥηματικὸν ὄνομα βρίμη. τὰ γὰρ εἰς μη λήγοντα καὶ ἑνὶ φωνήεντι παραληγόμενα βαρύνεται, οἷον χρήμη φήμη κνήμη· τὰ δὲ ἔχοντα πρὸ τοῦ μ ἕτερον σύμφωνον ὀξύνεται, οἷον γραμμή.

1677. βρίμῃ: with strength. From the syllable βρι the verb βρίθω is formed, whose future is βρίσω and the verbal noun βρίμη. For words ending in μη with a single vowel in the penult are barytone, such as χρήμη, φήμη, κνήμη; but those having another consonant before the μ are oxytone, such as γραμμή.

1679. πετραίῳ στόνυχι: στόνυξ ἐστὶ κυρίως τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δόρατος, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ πᾶν τὸ εἰς ὀξὺ λῆγον.

1679. πετραίῳ στόνυχι: στόνυξ is properly the point of a spear, but by extension anything ending in a sharp point.

1693. Σαλμωνὶς ἢ Σαλμώνιον ἀκρωτήριον Κρήτης.

1693. Salmōnis or Salmōnion, a headland of Crete.

1695. 〈κατουλάδα:〉 ἡ σκοτεινὴ νὺξ κατουλὰς καλεῖται παρὰ

1695. 〈κατουλάδα:〉 the dark night is called κατουλάς from

3 sch. ι 495 | Apoll. Lex. Hom. 51, 8 B. | sch. Aesch. Sept. 255 | Hesych. βέλος | Et. M. 194, 29 | Eust. 704, 53 | 10 Et. Gen. (AB) πρῖε: ἐνταῦθα ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔλαβέ (Sylburg, λάβε AB) ἐστι. IV 1671. | 11 Et. Gen. (AB) δείκελον: λέγεται καὶ δείκηλον, σημαίνει δὲ ἄγαλμα ἢ ὁμοίωμα. ῥητορικόν. οἷον IV 1672. ζαφελὸς δέ ἐστι μεγαλόκοτος. | sch. I 745/46 a cum loc. sim. | 13 Herod. I 325, 16 L. | Et. M. 214, 11 | Eust. 1395, 55 | 17 Et. Gen. (AB) ὀχλίζω: σημαίνει δὲ τὸ κινῶ. ἔνθεν καὶ μόχλος ὁ μὴ ἐῶν κινεῖσθαι τὰς θύρας. οἷον IV 1678—1679. στόνυξ δὲ λέγεται τὸ εἰς ὀξὺ λῆγον. sch. Lyc. 795 | Hesych. στόνυχες | 20 Et. Gen. (AB) κατουλάς: κατουλὰς λέγεται ἡ σκοτεινή 2 καὶ P : om. L | Δαιδάλῳ Brunck Soph. 3, 1789, 610 : Τάλῳ. nomen traditum retineri posse putat Pearson. | 5 βέλος PH : om. L | φασίν L corr., H : φησίν L ante corr. : λέγεται P | 13 τῇ ἰσχύϊ Gᵍ, ἰσχύϊ παρὰ τὸ βρίθω Sᵐ | 15 ἑνὶ φωνήεντι AF : φωνήεντι P : ἓν φωνῆεν L | χρήμη Meineke (Bernhardy Suid. 2, 1833, 1846) : κρήμη L corr., P : κρήνη L ante corr. : βρίμη A | 16 P add. in fine ἐκβεβλήσθω τὸ τιμή (cf. Herod. I 326, 6 L.)

τὸ ὀλοόν. καὶ παρὰ Σοφοκλεῖ ἐν Ναυπλίῳ (fg 433 Pearson) ‘νυκτὶ 〈τῇ〉 κατουλάδι’.

τὸ ὀλοόν. And in Sophocles in Nauplius (fr. 433 Pearson) ‘in the dark night’.

1698. μυχάτων: τῶν ἐσχάτων. Lᵍ P

1698. μυχάτων: of the innermost. Lᵍ P

1700. ἠείδειν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἠείδεον.

1700. ἠείδειν: instead of ἠείδεον.

1707. ἀριήκοος: λίαν ἐπήκοος. Μελάντιοι δὲ δύο σκόπελοι πρὸς τῇ Θήρᾳ οὕτως ὀνομαζόμενοι, ἀπὸ Μέλανος τοῦ κατασχόντος τὴν χώραν τὴν προσηγορίαν ἔχοντες.

1707. ἀριήκοος: very attentive. The Melantian rocks are two peaks near Thera so named, having their name from Melas who took possession of the region.

1711. Σποράδων βαιή: νῆσος βαιὴ ἡ Ἀνάφη κληθεῖσα πλησίον Θήρας.

1711. Σποράδων βαιή: a small island, Anaphe, named near Thera.

1712. [νῆσος ἰδεῖν] 〈Ἱππουρίδος ἀντία νήσου〉: νῆσος ἡ Ἱππουρὶς πλησίον Θήρας. μνημονεύει δὲ αὐτῆς καὶ Τιμοσθένης (fg 24 E. A. Wagner Die Erdbeschr. d. T., Diss. Lips. 1888, 68) καὶ Πυθαίνετος ἐν α΄ Περὶ Αἰγίνης (fg 3 M. IV 487).

1712. [νῆσος ἰδεῖν] 〈Ἱππουρίδος ἀντία νήσου〉: the island Hippuris near Thera. Timosthenes also mentions it (fr. 24 E. A. Wagner, Die Erdbeschr. d. T., Diss. Lips. 1888, 68) and Pythaenetus in book 1 of On Aegina (fr. 3 M. IV 487).

1725. ἐπεστοβέεσκον: ἔπεσιν ἐλοιδοροῦντο, ὕβριζον.

1725. ἐπεστοβέεσκον: they reviled with words, they insulted.

1726. 〈τοῖσιν: γράφεται〉 μέσσῳ. Lᵍ

1733. 〈ἁζόμενος Μαίης υἱα:〉 τὸν Ἑρμῆν φησιν ἐξιλάσασθαι

1733. 〈ἁζόμενος Μαίης υἱα:〉 he says that Euphemus propitiated Hermes

νὺξ διὰ τὸ ὀλοήν (Et. M., -όν AB) αὐτὴν εἶναι. οἷον IV 1695. Ἀπολλώνιος A, om. B). Hesych. Phot. κατουλάδα | Eust. 1769, 34 | 5 Et. Gen. (AB) ἀριήκοος: εὐήκοος. οἷον IV 1707—1708. Μελάντιοι (B, -άντεροι A) πέτραι ἀκρωτήριά ἐστιν περὶ Θήραν τὴν νῆσον. ἐκλήθη δὲ οὕτως διὰ τὸ (W, τὸν AB) Μέλανα (W, -αντα AB), τὸν υἱὸν Νάξου (υἱ. Ν. Β, γινάξ A) τοῦ κτίσαντος τὴν Νάξον, πλέοντα (B, -ι A) πρὸς (W, πρὸ AB) αὐτῆς τῆς Νάξου εἰς Θήραν, περὶ τὰς ἄκρας ναυαγήσαι ἐλθόντα. Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τὰ Ἀργοναυτικά. | ib. Μελάντιοι πέτραι: εἰς τὸ ἀριήκοος. | Hesych. Μελάντειος χοιράς | 8 Steph. Byz. Ἀνάφη: νῆσος μία τῶν Σποράδων πλησίον Θήρας, ἥτις ἀπὸ Μεμβλιάρου, τοῦ σὺν Κάδμῳ πλεύσαντος εἰς ἀναζήτησιν Εὐρώπης, Μεμβλίαρος ἐκαλεῖτο. τοῖς δ’ Ἀργοναύταις ὑπὸ χειμῶνος τρυχομένοις καὶ σκοτομήνης ἀναφανεῖσα Ἀνάφη ἐπικέκληται. id. Μεμβλίαρος: νῆσος πλησίον Θήρας 〈ἡ〉 καὶ Ἀνάφη (Bochart, καὶ Ἀνάφης libri), ἀπὸ Μεμβλιάρου τοῦ Θήραν οἰκήσαντος Φοίνικος, τῶν μετὰ Κάδμου ἑνός. Herod. IV 147, 4 Paus. III 1, 8 sch. Pind. Pyth. IV 88 c cf. Rud. Pfeiffer Kallimachosstudien 1922, 76 et W 94 | 14 sch. III 656/63 d cum loc. sim. 1 Ναυπλίῳ Kuester Suid. 2, 1705, 281 e Photio : -πάκτῳ | 2 suppl. Nauck e Photio | 4 ᾔδεσαν Gᵐ Sᵐ | 5 Μ-ιοι P : -ίους L | 6 ἀπὸ | ἔχ. Gᵐ Sᵐ | τοῦ P : om. L G S | 7 ἔχοντες L P : -ουσαι G S | 10 l. immutavit W

τὸν Εὔφημον διὰ τὸ θεάσασθαι ὄνειρον. οὗτος γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀνείρων ὁ θεός· τοὺς γὰρ ὀνείρους Ἑρμῇ ἀνατιθέασιν.

because he had seen a dream. For this god is in charge of dreams; for they attribute dreams to Hermes.

1734. 〈δαιμονίη βῶλαξ ἐπιμάστιος:〉 ἡ τοῦ Τρίτωνος βῶλος ἐπὶ τῶν μαστῶν· δαίμονα γὰρ τοῦτον εἶπεν (v. 1597).

1734. 〈δαιμονίη βῶλαξ ἐπιμάστιος:〉 the clod of Triton upon his breasts; for he called him a divinity (v. 1597).

1745. 〈νεπόδεσσιν:〉 υἱέσιν ὤφειλε. Gᴳ Sᵐ

1745. 〈νεπόδεσσιν:〉 he owed to his sons. Gᴳ Sᵐ

1748. πεμπάζων: ἀναλογιζόμενος. Lᵍ (P)

1748. πεμπάζων: counting, reckoning. Lᵍ (P)

1750—57. Εὔφημος ᾤκει τὴν Λακωνικὴν παρὰ τὸν αἰγιαλόν. εἷς δέ τις αὐτοῦ τῶν ἀπογόνων Σάμος ᾤκησεν Θήραν, οὗ ἀπόγονος γέγονεν Ἀριστοτέλης, ὃς τῆς περὶ Κυρήνην ἀποικίας ἡγήσατο. ἱστορεῖται ταῦτα παρὰ Πινδάρῳ ἐν Πυθιονίκαις (IV et V c. sch.), ἐπιμελέστερον δὲ παρὰ Θεοχρήστῳ ἐν α΄ Λιβυκῶν (M. II 87) καὶ παρὰ Ἀκεσάνδρῳ ἐν α΄ Κυρήνης (fg 6 M. IV 286).

1750–57. Euphemus dwelt in Laconia by the seashore. One of his descendants, Samus, settled Thera, whose descendant was Aristoteles, who led the colony to Cyrene. These things are related by Pindar in the Pythian Odes (IV and V with scholia), and more fully by Theochrestus in book 1 of Libyca (M. II 87) and by Acesander in book 1 of Cyrene (fr. 6 M. IV 286).

λέγει δὲ τὴν Θήραν ὡς ἐκ τῆς τότε ῥιφείσης βώλου γεγενημένην ἐν αὐξήσει καὶ ἀναπεφυκυῖαν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ. καὶ Πίνδαρος (Pyth. IV 40—43) δὲ τακεῖσάν φησι τὴν βῶλον, κατὰ τὴν νῦν καλουμένην Θήραν νῆσον διαρρυῆναι ἐπιλαθομένων τῶν θεραπόντων. ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος ἑκουσίως φησὶ τὸν Εὔφημον ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν τὴν βῶλον βαλεῖν συμβουλίᾳ Ἰάσονος.

He says that Thera was formed from the clod that was thrown at that time, growing and rising up in the sea. And Pindar (Pyth. 4.40–43) says that the clod melted and was washed away around the island now called Thera, when the servants forgot. But Apollonius says that Euphemus willingly threw the clod into the sea on Jason's advice.

1758. 〈Καλλίστη:〉 ἡ καὶ Θήρα κληθεῖσα ὕστερον. Sᵐ

1758. Calliste: the island later called Thera. Sᵐ

1760—64 a. 〈ἐξελαθέντες:〉 ἐκβληθέντες ὑπὸ Τυρσηνῶν ἀπῆλθον εἰς Σπάρτην ἔποικοι. Lᵐ

1760–64a. Driven out: expelled by the Tyrrhenians, they went to Sparta as settlers. Lᵐ

b. [Καλλίστην ἐπὶ νῆσον] 〈ἀμείψατο δ’ οὔνομα〉: ἤλλαξε δὲ τὸ ὄνομα ἡ Καλλίστη νῆσος, καὶ ὠνομάσθη Θήρα ἀπὸ σοῦ, ὦ υἱὲ Αὐτεσίωνος Θήρα, ἐκεῖ σοῦ ἀπὸ Σπάρτης ἀποικίαν ποιήσαντος καὶ μείναντος.

b. [Calliste to the island] but changed its name: the island Calliste changed its name and was called Thera after you, O Theras, son of Autesion, when you led a colony there from Sparta and remained.

c. ἦν δὲ ὁ Θήρας ἀπὸ Οἰδίποδος ἔχων τὸ γένος·

c. Theras was descended from Oedipus;

Αὐτεσίωνος γὰρ ἦν τοῦ Τεισαμενοῦ τοῦ Θερσάνδρου τοῦ Πολυνείκους τοῦ Οἰδίποδος.

for he was the son of Autesion, son of Teisamenus, son of Thersander, son of Polynices, son of Oedipus.

d. [ἐξ ἔθεν] 〈ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν μετόπιν γένετ’ Εὐφήμοιο〉: ἀπὸ Εὐφήμου γενόμενος καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς Λιβύην τὴν ἀποικίαν ἠγάγετο Ἀριστοτέλης. L

d. [from him] but these things happened later for Euphemus: Aristotle, himself descended from Euphemus, led the colony to Libya. L

1765. ἀπτερέως: ταχέως. Lᵍ (P)

1765. ἀπτερέως: swiftly. Lᵍ (P)

1767. ὑδρείης: ὑδρεύσεως. Lᵍ (P)

1767. ὑδρείης: of water-drawing. Lᵍ (P)

1768. φθαίη: πρῶτος. Lᵍ (P)

1768. φθαίη: first. Lᵍ (P)

1776—81 a. ἐπεὶ οὔ τέ τις ὔμμιν ἄεθλος ἕως τέλους: ἐπεὶ οὐδεὶς ὑμῖν ἕτερος ἆθλος καὶ ἀγὼν ἀναχωρήσασιν ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγίνης γέγονεν καὶ συνέβη· ἀλλ’ οὔτε σφοδροὶ ἄνεμοι ἐκινήθησαν καὶ ἔπνευσαν, ἀλλ’ ἥσυχοι παραπλεύσαντες τήν τε Ἀττικὴν καὶ τὴν Αὐλίδα καὶ τὴν Εὔβοιαν καὶ τὰς πόλεις τῶν Λοκρῶν, χαριέντως καὶ εὐγαλήνως εἰς τοὺς λιμένας τῶν Παγασῶν εἰσήλθετε, ὅθεν καὶ ἀπεπλεύσατε ἀπιόντες ἐπὶ Σκυθίαν διὰ τὸ χρυσοῦν δέρας. L

1776–81a. Since no other contest for you until the end: since no other contest or struggle befell you after you departed from Aegina; but neither did violent winds stir and blow, but calmly sailing past Attica, Aulis, Euboea, and the cities of the Locrians, you entered pleasantly and calmly into the harbors of Pagasae, from which you had sailed away when you went to Scythia for the golden fleece. L

b. ἐριωλαί: αἱ τῶν μεγάλων ἀνέμων καταιγίδες καὶ συστροφαί.

b. ἐριωλαί: the gusts and whirlwinds of great winds.

c. ἡ δὲ Αὐλὶς πόλις Βοιωτίας καταντικρὺ τῆς Εὐβοίας κειμένη. P

c. Aulis is a city of Boeotia lying opposite Euboea. P

d. Ὀπούντιά τ’ ἄστεα: τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀποῦντος περιεχόμενα· Ὀποῦς δὲ ποταμὸς Λοκρίδος καὶ πόλις. L

d. Opuntian cities: those encompassed by Opus; Opus is a river of Locris and a city. L

1 Herod. IV 147, 1. VI 52, 2 Strab. VIII 347 Paus. III 15, 6 sch. Pind. Ol. II 82 d | 6 Et. Gen. (AB) πτερέως: σημαίνει τὸ ταχέως. οἷον IV 1765. Et. M. 133, 34. 183, 24 | 7 Et. Gen. (AB) Ἀμφιφορίτης: ὅτι ἐν Αἰγίνῃ ἔδραμον περὶ τὴν Ἀσωπίδα κρήνην ὑδρεύσασθαι (Reitz. prop. παρὰ τῆς Ἀσωπίδος κρήνης ὑδρευσάμενοι). ὅθεν καὶ (νῦν add. Reitz.) ἀγὼν ἄγεται Ἀμφιφορίτης λεγόμενος παρὰ τοῖς Αἰγινήταις, ἐν ᾧ οἱ ἐκεῖνον (Reitz., ἐκεῖσε AB) ἀγωνιζόμενοι τοὺς κεράμους ὕδατος πεπληρωμένους κατὰ τῶν ὤμων ἀναλαβόντες τρέχουσι περὶ τῆς νίκης φιλονεικοῦντες κατὰ μίμησιν τῶν ἡρώων. cf. Berckmann De sch. in Ap. Rh. Arg. Et. M. fonte, Diss. Bonn. 1894, 32 et W 82 sch. Pind. Ol. VII 156 c | 16 sch. Ar. Equ. 511 Hesych. ἐριωλαί | 19 Et. Gen. (AB) Ὀποῦς: πόλις Λοκρίδος. IV 1780 1 Τεισ- W : Τισ- | 2 P add. haec e verbis poetae repetita: συνηκολούθησαν δὲ εἰς τὴν ἀποικίαν τῷ Θήρᾳ καὶ Λήμνιοι ἐκβληθέντες ὑπὸ Τυρσηνῶν ἐκ τῆς Λήμνου, cf. sch. a | 3 ll. permutavit W | 9 ἕως τέλους hoc loco Fr. : ἕως (τοῦ) τέλους post συνέβη lin. 11 K : ἕως πελοπ ib. L : ἕως οὗ ἐπανήλθετε ib. F : om. P | 12 τήν τε Ἀττικὴν F : τὴν τῆς -ῆς L : τὴν ἦν H : om. P | 18 τὰ — περιεχόμενα H : τὰς περιεχομένας L : τὰ — ἐχόμενα F | 19 καὶ Wil. ad l. : ἢ

e. Ὀπούντια δὲ ἄστη τὰ τῶν Λοκρῶν λέγει ἀπὸ Ὀποῦντος τοῦ Διὸς καὶ Πρωτογενείας, οὗ πόλις ἐπώνυμος Λοκρική, ἡ Πατρόκλου πατρίς. καὶ ποταμὸς δὲ Ὀποῦς κατὰ τινας, ῥέων διὰ τῆς Λοκρίδος. P

e. By Opuntian cities he means those of the Locrians, named after Opus, son of Zeus and Protogeneia, whose eponymous city is in Locris, the homeland of Patroclus. And according to some, Opus is also a river flowing through Locris. P

f. ἀσπασίως ἀκτὰς Παγασηίδας: εἰς τοὺς αἰγιαλοὺς τῶν Παγασῶν εἰσήλθετε, ὅθεν καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπεπλεύσατε. L

f. gladly to the Pagasaean shores: you entered the shores of Pagasae, from which you had originally sailed away. L

g. Παγασηίδας δὲ ἀκτὰς λέγει τὰς τῶν Παγασῶν· Παγασαὶ δὲ πόλις Μαγνησίας. P

g. By Pagasaean shores he means those of Pagasae; Pagasae is a city of Magnesia. P

1 Pind. Ol. IX 62—100 sch. ib. 62 d. 64 c. 79 c. 82 g. 87 b. 90 c 8 Σοφοκλέους Hoelzlin, sed cf. W 90, 1 | 9 glossam del. W 54

Παράκειται τὰ σχόλια ἐκ τῶν Λουκίλλου Ταρραίου καὶ Σοφοκλείου καὶ Θέωνος. [Τάρρα πόλις Κρήτης, ὥς φησι Λογγῖνος ἐν τοῖς Φιλολόγοις (fg philol. 18 Vauch. 307).] L